Nema MG1

NEMA MG 1
MOTORS
AND
GENERATORS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Provided by IHS under license with NEMA
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

Not for Resale, 02/03/2011 05:39:31 MST
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


NEMA Standards Publication MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Motors and Generators
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Published by:
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
1300 North 17th Street, Suite 1752
Rosslyn, VA 22209
www.nema.org
Copyright 2010 by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. All rights including
translation into other languages, reserved under the Universal Copyright Convention, the Berne
Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works, and the International and Pan
American Copyright Conventions.


NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER

The information in this publication was considered technically sound by the consensus of persons
engaged in the development and approval of the document at the time it was developed.
Consensus does not necessarily mean that there is unanimous agreement among every person
participating in the development of this document.
The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) standards and guideline publications,
of which the document contained herein is one, are developed through a voluntary consensus
standards development process. This process brings together volunteers and/or seeks out the
views of persons who have an interest in the topic covered by this publication. While NEMA
administers the process and establishes rules to promote fairness in the development of
consensus, it does not write the document and it does not independently test, evaluate, or verify
the accuracy or completeness of any information or the soundness of any judgments contained in
its standards and guideline publications.
NEMA disclaims liability for any personal injury, property, or other damages of any nature
whatsoever, whether special, indirect, consequential, or compensatory, directly or indirectly
resulting from the publication, use of, application, or reliance on this document. NEMA disclaims
and makes no guaranty or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of
any information published herein, and disclaims and makes no warranty that the information in
this document will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs. NEMA does not undertake to
guarantee the performance of any individual manufacturer or sellers products or services by
virtue of this standard or guide.
In publishing and making this document available, NEMA is not undertaking to render
professional or other services for or on behalf of any person or entity, nor is NEMA undertaking to
perform any duty owed by any person or entity to someone else. Anyone using this document
should rely on his or her own independent judgment or, as appropriate, seek the advice of a
competent professional in determining the exercise of reasonable care in any given
circumstances. Information and other standards on the topic covered by this publication may be
available from other sources, which the user may wish to consult for additional views or
information not covered by this publication.
NEMA has no power, nor does it undertake to police or enforce compliance with the contents of
this document. NEMA does not certify, test, or inspect products, designs, or installations for
safety or health purposes. Any certification or other statement of compliance with any health or
safetyrelated information in this document shall not be attributable to NEMA and is solely the
responsibility of the certifier or maker of the statement.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Summary of Changes, Page 1
Changes made for MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010 are marked by an orange line to
the left of the changed material
NoteWhere text has been revised in more than one version, only the most recent is color-coded
Example of change made for MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I, Part 7
7.4.2
Replaced inches with mils
7.6.1
Revised text
Figure 7-1
Renamed figure
7.8.1
Revised text
Figure 7-6
Replaced figure
Table 7-1
Revised table
7.8.2
Deleted section
7.8.3
Deleted section
7.8.4
Deleted section
7.8.5
Revised reference to table
7.8.6
7.9.1
7.9.2
Revised text and reference to table
7.9.3
Deleted section
Table 7-2
Deleted table
Table 7-3
Deleted table
Table 7-4
Added table to replace Tables 7-2 and 7-3
Section II, Part 14
14.48
Added section
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Changes made for MG 1-2009 are marked by a red line to the left of the changed
material
Example of change made for MG 1-2009

Section I, Part 1
1.1
Added: Reference to IEC 60034-30-2008
1.16
Deleted section
1.41.3
Added: Premium Efficiency Motor
Section I, Part 2
2.2
Added: To prevent confusion with the numerals 1 and 0, the letters I and O shall not
be used.
Updated footnote references
Added and revised markings
Added: Reference to 2.67 for auxiliary devices
2.60.1.2
Revised Figure 2-48B for clarity
2.67
Added: Auxiliary Devices (entire section)
Section I, Part 4
Table 4-2
Dimension revised in column 6
Section II, Part 10
Table 10-5
Adjusted table
Section II, Part 12
12.41
In table, corrected synchronous speed of the 50 Hz machine
12.60.3
Added: Additional paragraphs, equation, and table
Table 12-14
Replaced Table 12-14
12.62
Revised 12.62a
For 12.62b and 12.62d, revised minimum insulation resistance
Added: Note
12.63
Note 2: Updated reference to 20.8
Section II, Part 13
13.2
Revised frame size
Section II, Part 18:
18.131
Figure 18-16: Dimension revised to 5.875
Section III, Part 20:
20.18.1
Revised 20.18.1a
For 20.18.1b and 20.18.1d, revised minimum insulation resistance
20.18.2
Revised 20.18.2a
For 20.18.2b and 20.18.2d, revised minimum insulation resistance
Added: Note
Section IV, Part 30:
Table 30-1
Revised footnote G.1 reference to 12.53
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Changes made for MG 1-2006 Revision 1, published Nov. 20, 2007 (includes MG 12006 Errata) are marked by a blue line to the left of the changed material
Example of change made for MG 1-2006 Revision 1

Contents
Section I, Part 1
1.16
NEMA PREMIUM EFFICIENCY ELECTRIC MOTOR
Changed TM to
Deleted general paragraph, added:
1.16.1
60 Hz
1.16.2
50 Hz
Section I, Part 2
2.2
2.20.2
2.24
2.60.1.1
2.60.1.2
FIGURE 2-48B
2.61.6
TERMINAL MARKINGS Footnotes

Induction Machines
DIRECTION OF ROTATION
Terminal Markings Using T
Terminal Markings in Accordance with IEC 60034-8 Using U, V, W
Added figure
Sixth
Revised text
Section I, Part 3
3.1.8
Accessories and Components
Inserted sentence
Section I, Part 4
4.9.4
Parallelism of Keyseats to Shaft Centerline
4.9.5
Lateral Displacement of Keyseats
Figure 4-7
Corrected specifications
4.9.8
Shaft Extension Key(s)
Table 4-7
Corrected specifications
Section II, Part 10 RatingsAC Motors
10.38
NAMEPLATE TEMPERATURE RATINGS FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT SMALL AND
UNIVERSAL MOTORS
Corrected reference 12.42.3
10.40.1
Medium Single-Phase and Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Motors
Corrected references in text and footnote 2
10.42.2
Polyphase Wound-Rotor Motors
Corrected references in text
Section II, Part 10 RatingsDC Motors
10.66.2
Small Motors Except Those Rated 1/20 Horsepower and Less
Corrected footnote references


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Entire Table of Contents was revised due to added sections and repagination
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II, Part 12 Ratings Tests and Performance AC Motors
12.42.4
Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40 C, but Not
Below 0 C
(Added section)
12.43.2
Below 0 C
(Added section)
12.60
EFFICIENCY LEVEL OF PREMIUM EFFICIENCY ELECTRIC MOTORS
(Added throughout)
Tables 12-12 through 12-14
(Added )
12-13
FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCIES FOR 60 HZ NEMA PREMIUM EFFICIENCY ELECTRIC
MOTORS
(Added ), edited table title
12.62
MACHINE WITH ENCAPSULATED OR SEALED WINDINGSCONFORMANCE
TESTS
(Clarified text in b and d)
Section II, Part 12 Ratings Tests and Performance DC Motors
12.67.5
Below 0 C
Added section
Section II, Part 15
15.41.2
Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40C
Added section
Section III, Part 20
20.8.1
Machines with a 1.0 Service Factor at Rated Load
Corrected reference in footnote
20.8.2
Machines with a 1.15 Service Factor at Service Factor Load
Corrected reference in footnote
20.18.1
Test for Stator Which Can Be Submerged
Clarified text in b and d
20.18.2
Test for Stator Which Can Be Submerged
Clarified text in b and d
21.10.5
Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Motors for Ambients Lower than 40 C, but Not Below
0 C
Deleted lower ambients in a and b
21.28.3
Unusual Service Conditions
Corrected references in subclause b.
21.37
COMPRESSOR FACTORS
Corrected reference
21.38
SURGE CAPABILITIES OF AC WINDINGS WITH FORM-WOUND COILS
Corrected reference
23.9.3
Below 0 C
Added section
24.40.3
Below 0 C
Added section
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section IV, Part 31
31.4.1.6
Below 0 C
Added section
Section IV, Part 32
Table 32-3
corrected reference
32.6.2
Below 0 C
Added section
32.26
GENERATOR TERMINAL HOUSING
Added housing
Section IV, Part 33
33.3.2.5
Below 0 C
Added section
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Changes made for MG 1-2003 Revision 2, published as MG 1-2006, are marked by

a purple line to the left of the changed material
Example of change made for MG 1-2003 Revision 2, published as MG 1-2006

Section I, Part 1
1.1
Referenced Standards updated to reflect current editions
1.70
NAMEPLATE MARKING
Entire section added
Section I, Part 3
3.1.8
Correction
3.1.11
Tests of an Assembled Group of Machines and Apparatus
Correction
Section I, Part 4
4.4.1
Dimensions for Alternating-Current Foot-Mounted Machines with Single Straight-Shaft
Extension
Notes correction
4.4.2
Notes correction
4.4.3
Notes correction
4.5.1
Notes correction
4.5.2
Notes correction
4.5.3
Notes
4.9.3
Bottom of Keyseat to Shaft Surface
Figure 4-7
Corrected dimension
4.9.8
correction
Section I, Part 9
9.1
SCOPE
changed electrical motors to machines
9.4
METHODS OF MEASUREMENT
updated references to ANSI standards
9.4.2
The (added; Either deleted) method specified in ANSI S12.56 may be used.
9.6.2
Corrected reference to 9.6.2b
Table 9-4
Updated ANSI standard references; added third column
Section II, Part 10
10.39
corrected section reference
10.39.6
deleted
10.40.1
Medium Single-Phase and Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Motors
corrected section reference
10.66
NAMEPLATE MARKING
correction
10.66.3
Medium Motors
correction
Section II, Part 12
12.3
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST VOLTAGES FOR UNIVERSAL, INDUCTION, AND DIRECTCURRENT MOTORS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

12.35
12.40.1
12.40.2
12.54.1
12.54.3
Table 12-7
Corrections to Effective Test Voltage

Corrections to Note 3 80 percent
LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT OF 3-PHASE SMALL AND MEDIUM SQUIRREL-CAGE
INDUCTION MOTORS
deleted reference 60-hertz and rated at 230 volts
Design A and B Motors
The pull-up torque of Design A and B
Added: 60- and 50-hertz
Design C Motors
The pull-up torque of Design C
Added: 60- and 50-hertz, single speed, polyphase squirrel-cage medium motors
Normal Starting Conditions
Considerations for Additional Starts
SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
Revised specifications
Section II, Part 14

14.43
ASEISMATIC CAPABILITY
Table 14-1
MEDIUM MOTORSPOLYPHASE INDUCTION
Correction to conventional specifications
Section II, Part 15
15.12
NAMEPLATE MARKING
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section II Part 18
Added and corrected headers throughout (editorial)
DEFINITE PURPOSE MACHINES
MOTORS FOR HERMETIC REFRIGERATION COMPRESSORS
SMALL MOTORS FOR AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSERS AND

EVAPORATOR FANS
SMALL MOTORS FOR GASOLINE DISPENSING PUMPS
SMALL MOTORS FOR HOME LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
MEDIUM AC POLYPHASE ELEVATOR MOTORS
MEDIUM AC CRANE MOTORS
MEDIUM SHELL-TYPE MOTORS FOR WOODWORKING AND MACHINETOOL APPLICATIONS

18.9
VARIATIONS
updated reference to 12.44
18.27
VARIATIONS FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED FREQUENCY
18.41
18.52
18.74
18.101
18.111
NAMEPLATE MARKING
18.116
18.128
18.142


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

18.152
18.153
18.165
18.166
18.177
18.178
18.210
18.211
18.216
18.225
18.230
18.247
18.264
18.269.1
18.269.2

NAMEPLATE MARKING
NAMEPLATE MARKING (Revised reference)
DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT OPEN AND
TOTALLY ENCLOSED WOUND-ROTOR CRANE MOTORS HAVING ANTIFRICTION
BEARINGS
Deleted note
NAMEPLATE MARKING
AC Torque Motors
DC Torque Motors
Section III Part 20

20.5
VOLTAGE RATINGS (complete replacement of existing text)
20.7.3.1
General
20.8.5
Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40 C,
but Not Below 0 C
Added section
20.10.3
Motor Torques When Customer Specifies A Custom Load Curve
Added
20.10.4
Motor with 4.5 pu and Lower Locked-Rotor Current
Added
20.11
LOAD WK2 FOR POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
20.24.2
Voltage Unbalance Defined
Corrected specification in example
20.25
For some examples of additional information that may be included on the nameplate see
1.70.2.
20.25.5
Deleted
20.27
EMBEDDED TEMPERATURE DETECTORS
Revised text and dimensions in table
20.31.3
Units for Capability Requirements
20.35.8
Test Voltage Values
Section III Part 21
21.5
VOLTAGE RATINGS
Revised specification
21.5.1
Voltage Ratings
Added
21.5.2
Preferred motor output/voltage rating
Added
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

21.8.3.1
21.10.5
21.11
21.11.1
21.11.2
21.25
General
Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Motors for Ambients Lower than 40o C, but not Below 0o
C
Added section
deleted text
General
Added
Motor Torques When Customer Supplies Load Curve
1.70.2.
Added
Section III Part 23

23.13
EFFICIENCY
23.24
1.70.2.
Added
Section III Part 24
24.61
NAMEPLATE MARKING
Section IV Part 30
30.1.3
Power Factor Correction
Figure 30-2
THE EFFECT OF REDUCED COOLING ON THE TORQUE CAPABILITY AT REDUCED
SPEEDS OF 60 HZ NEMA DESIGN A AND B MOTORS
30.2.2.2.4
Motor Torque During Operation Above Base Speed
30.2.2.8
Voltage Stress
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section IV Part 31
31.5.1
Variable Torque Applications
Section IV Part 30
32.24
NAMEPLATE MARKING
Revised additional information
Section IV Part 30
33.3.2.2
Embedded Temperature Detectors
Index
Revised references throughout


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Changes made for MG 1-2003, Revision 1-2004 are marked by a green line to the
left of the changed material
Example of change made for MG 1-2003 Revision 1-2004

Contents
Section I, Part 5
5.1
Scope
5.3.4
Table 5-1
5.4.1
Indication of Degree of Protection
5.6
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTS
5.7
TESTS FOR FIRST CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
Table 5-3:
TEST AND ACCEPTANCE CONDITIONS FOR FIRST CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
5.8.1
Test Conditions
5.8.2.1
Allowable Water Leakage
5.8.2.2
Post Water Electrical Test
Figure 5-1:
STANDARD TEST FINGER NOTES
Figure 5-2
Added: (Reproduced with permission of the IEC, which retains the copyright.)
Figure 5-3
Figure 5-4
Figure 5-5
Figure 5-6
Section II, Part 12
12.51.1
General-Purpose Alternating-Current Motors of the Open Type
Table 12-4
Note: *In the case of polyphase squirrel-cage motors, these service factors apply only to
Design A, B, and C motors.
12.51.2
Other Motors
12.58.2
Efficiency of Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Medium Motors with Continuous Ratings
Section II DC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
Added Header (editorial) to odd pages
Section II, Part 14
14.3
UNUSUAL SERVICE CONDITIONS
b. Operation where: (revised text)
1.
There is excessive departure from rated voltage or frequency, or both (see 12.44
for alternating current motors and 12.68 for direct-current motors)
3.
The alternating-current supply voltage is unbalanced by more than 1 percent
(see 12.45 and 14.36)
14.42
APPLICATION OF V-BELT SHEAVES TO ALTERNATING CURRENT MOTORS
HAVING ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS
14.42.1
Dimensions
14.42.1.1
Selected Motor Ratings
14.42.1.2
Other Motor Ratings
14.42.2
Radial Overhung Load Limitations
Table 14-1
Note: The width of the sheave shall be not greater than that required to transmit the
indicated horsepower but in no case shall it be wider than 2(N-W) - 0.25.
Table 14-1A
Added 2004
20.17.2
Test VoltagePrimary Windings Footnote


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
pages vii, viii, xii, xv, xxvii
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010


21.35.1
Undamped Natural Frequency
Section IV, Part 30
30.0
SCOPE
30.2.2.2.2
Torque Derating Based on Reduction in Cooling
30.2.2.2.4
Motor Torque During Operation Above Base Speed
Figure 30-4
Notes
Figure 30-4
Note: a. Standard NEMA Design A and B motors in frames per Part 13.
Index
Revised references on pages 3, 4, 5
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


< This page is intentionally left blank. >
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page i
CONTENTS
Section I GENERAL STANDARDS APPLYING TO ALL MACHINES

Part 1REFERENCED STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS ............................................................1-1
1.1
REFERENCED STANDARDS..............................................................................................1-1
DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................1-5
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO SIZE ......................................................................................1-5
1.2
MACHINE .............................................................................................................................1-5
1.3
SMALL (FRACTIONAL) MACHINE ......................................................................................1-5
1.4
MEDIUM (INTEGRAL) MACHINE ........................................................................................1-5
1.4.1 Alternating-Current Medium Machine .........................................................................1-5
1.4.2 Direct-Current Medium Machine.................................................................................1-5
1.5
LARGE MACHINE ................................................................................................................1-5
1.5.1 Alternating-Current Large Machine.............................................................................1-5
1.5.2 Direct-Current Large Machine ....................................................................................1-6
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO APPLICATION......................................................................1-6
1.6
GENERAL PURPOSE MOTOR............................................................................................1-6
1.6.1 General-Purpose Alternating-Current Motor...............................................................1-6
1.6.2 General-Purpose Direct-Current Small Motor ............................................................1-6
1.7
GENERAL-PURPOSE GENERATOR ..................................................................................1-6
1.8
INDUSTRIAL SMALL MOTOR .............................................................................................1-6
1.9
INDUSTRIAL DIRECT-CURRENT MEDIUM MOTOR .........................................................1-6
1.10
INDUSTRIAL DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATOR ...............................................................1-6
1.11
DEFINITE-PURPOSE MOTOR ............................................................................................1-7
1.12
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MOTORS .....................................................................................1-7
1.13
METAL ROLLING MILL MOTORS .......................................................................................1-7
1.14
REVERSING HOT MILL MOTORS ......................................................................................1-7
1.15
SPECIAL-PURPOSE MOTOR .............................................................................................1-7
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO ELECTRICAL TYPE .............................................................1-8
1.17
GENERAL.............................................................................................................................1-8
1.17.1 Electric Motor .............................................................................................................1-8
1.17.2 Electric Generator......................................................................................................1-8
1.17.3 Electric Machines.......................................................................................................1-8
1.18
ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS .................................................................................1-9
1.18.1 Induction Motor ..........................................................................................................1-9
1.18.2 Synchronous Motor....................................................................................................1-9
1.18.3 Series-Wound Motor................................................................................................1-10
1.19
POLYPHASE MOTORS .....................................................................................................1-10
1.19.1 Design Letters of Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Medium Motors ..................................1-10
1.20
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS ................................................................................................1-10
1.20.1 Design Letters of Single-Phase Small Motors .........................................................1-10
1.20.2 Design Letters of Single-Phase Medium Motors .....................................................1-11
1.20.3 Single-Phase Squirrel-Cage Motors ........................................................................1-11
1.20.4 Single-Phase Wound-Rotor Motors.........................................................................1-12
1.21
UNIVERSAL MOTORS.......................................................................................................1-12
1.21.2 Compensated Series-Wound Motor ........................................................................1-12
1.22
ALTERNATING-CURRENT GENERATORS......................................................................1-12
1.22.1 Induction Generator .................................................................................................1-12
1.22.2 Synchronous Generator...........................................................................................1-13
1.23
DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS...........................................................................................1-13
1.23.1 Shunt-Wound Motor.................................................................................................1-13
Copyright 2010 by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Page No.
Foreword ..........................................................................................................................................xxxv
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page ii
1.23.3 Compound-Wound Motor ........................................................................................1-13
1.23.4 Permanent Magnet Motor ........................................................................................1-13
1.24
DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS .................................................................................1-13
1.24.1 Shunt-Wound Generator..........................................................................................1-13
1.24.2 Compound-Wound Generator .................................................................................1-13
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND METHODS
OF COOLING ..................................................................................................................................1-14
1.25
OPEN MACHINE (IP00, IC01)............................................................................................1-14
1.25.1 Dripproof Machine (IP12, IC01) ...............................................................................1-14
1.25.2 Splash-Proof Machine (IP13, IC01) .........................................................................1-14
1.25.3 Semi-Guarded Machine (IC01)................................................................................1-14
1.25.4 Guarded Machine (IC01) .........................................................................................1-14
1.25.5 Dripproof Guarded Machine (IC01) .........................................................................1-17
1.25.6 Open Independently Ventilated Machine (IC06)......................................................1-17
1.25.7 Open Pipe-Ventilated Machine ................................................................................1-17
1.25.8 Weather-Protected Machine ....................................................................................1-17
1.26
TOTALLY ENCLOSED MACHINE .....................................................................................1-17
1.26.1 Totally Enclosed Nonventilated Machine (IC410)....................................................1-17
1.26.2 Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled Machine....................................................................1-17
1.26.3 Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled Guarded Machine (IC411)........................................1-18
1.26.4 Totally Enclosed Pipe-Ventilated Machine (IP44) ...................................................1-18
1.26.5 Totally Enclosed Water-Cooled Machine (IP54)......................................................1-18
1.26.6 Water-Proof Machine (IP55) ....................................................................................1-18
1.26.7 Totally Enclosed Air-to-Water-Cooled Machine (IP54)............................................1-18
1.26.8 Totally Enclosed Air-to-Air-Cooled Machine (IP54) .................................................1-18
1.26.9 Totally Enclosed Air-Over Machine (IP54, IC417)...................................................1-18
1.26.10 Explosion-Proof Machine.......................................................................................1-19
1.26.11 Dust-Ignition-Proof Machine ..................................................................................1-19
1.27
MACHINE WITH ENCAPSULATED OR SEALED WINDINGS..........................................1-19
1.27.1 Machine with Moisture Resistant Windings .............................................................1-19
1.27.2 Machine with Sealed Windings................................................................................1-19
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO VARIABILITY OF SPEED ..................................................1-19
1.30
CONSTANT-SPEED MOTOR ............................................................................................1-19
1.31
VARYING-SPEED MOTOR................................................................................................1-19
1.32
ADJUSTABLE-SPEED MOTOR.........................................................................................1-20
1.33
BASE SPEED OF AN ADJUSTABLE-SPEED MOTOR.....................................................1-20
1.34
ADJUSTABLE VARYING-SPEED MOTOR........................................................................1-20
1.35
MULTISPEED MOTOR.......................................................................................................1-20
RATING, PERFORMANCE, AND TEST.........................................................................................1-20
1.40
RATING OF A MACHINE ...................................................................................................1-20
1.40.1 Continuous Rating ...................................................................................................1-20
1.40.2 Short-Time Rating....................................................................................................1-20
1.41
EFFICIENCY.......................................................................................................................1-20
1.41.1 General ....................................................................................................................1-20
1.41.2 Energy Efficient Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Induction Motor ....................................1-20
1.41.3 Premium Efficiency Motor........................................................................................1-21
1.42
SERVICE FACTORAC MOTORS...................................................................................1-21
1.43
SPEED REGULATION OF DC MOTORS ..........................................................................1-21
1.43.1 Percent Compounding of Direct-Current Machines.................................................1-21
1.44
VOLTAGE REGULATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS.................................1-21
1.45
SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF WOUND-MOTOR ROTORS...............................................1-21
1.46
FULL-LOAD TORQUE........................................................................................................1-21
1.47
LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE (STATIC TORQUE)..............................................................1-21
1.48
PULL-UP TORQUE ............................................................................................................1-21
1.49
PUSHOVER TORQUE .......................................................................................................1-21
1.50
BREAKDOWN TORQUE ....................................................................................................1-22

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


1.51
1.52
1.53
1.54
1.55
1.56
1.57
1.58
1.59
PULL-OUT TORQUE..........................................................................................................1-22
PULL-IN TORQUE..............................................................................................................1-22
LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT ............................................................................................1-22
NO-LOAD CURRENT ........................................................................................................1-22
TEMPERATURE TESTS ....................................................................................................1-22
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE................................................................................................1-22
HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTS .................................................................................................1-22
STARTING CAPACITANCE FOR A CAPACITOR MOTOR ..............................................1-22
RADIAL MAGNETIC PULL AND AXIAL CENTERING FORCE .........................................1-23
1.59.1 Radial Magnetic Pull ................................................................................................1-23
1.59.2 Axial Centering Force ..............................................................................................1-23
1.60
INDUCTION MOTOR TIME CONSTANTS.........................................................................1-23
1.60.1 General ....................................................................................................................1-23
1.60.2 Open-Circuit AC Time Constant ..............................................................................1-23
1.60.3 Short-Circuit AC Time Constant ..............................................................................1-23
1.60.4 Short-Circuit DC Time Constant ..............................................................................1-23
1.60.5 X/R Ratio..................................................................................................................1-23
1.60.6 Definitions (See Figure 1-4).....................................................................................1-23
COMPLETE MACHINES AND PARTS...........................................................................................1-24
1.61
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORCOMPLETE ................................................................1-24
1.61.1 Belted Type..............................................................................................................1-24
1.61.2 Engine Type.............................................................................................................1-24
1.61.3 Coupled Type...........................................................................................................1-24
1.62
DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORCOMPLETE ............................................................1-24
1.62.1 Belted Type..............................................................................................................1-24
1.62.2 Engine Type.............................................................................................................1-24
1.62.3 Coupled Type...........................................................................................................1-24
1.63
FACE AND FLANGE MOUNTING......................................................................................1-25
1.63.1 Type C Face ............................................................................................................1-25
1.63.2 Type D Flange .........................................................................................................1-25
1.63.3 Type P Flange..........................................................................................................1-25
CLASSIFICATION OF INSULATION SYSTEMS ...........................................................................1-25
1.65
INSULATION SYSTEM DEFINED......................................................................................1-25
1.65.1 Coil Insulation with its Accessories..........................................................................1-25
1.65.2 Connection and Winding Support Insulation ...........................................................1-25
1.65.3 Associated Structural Parts .....................................................................................1-25
1.66
CLASSIFICATION OF INSULATION SYSTEMS ...............................................................1-25
MISCELLANEOUS..........................................................................................................................1-26
1.70
NAMEPLATE MARKING ....................................................................................................1-26
1.70.1 Nameplate................................................................................................................1-26
1.70.2 Additional Nameplate Markings ...............................................................................1-26
1.71
CODE LETTER...................................................................................................................1-27
1.72
THERMAL PROTECTOR ...................................................................................................1-27
1.73
THERMALLY PROTECTED ...............................................................................................1-27
1.74
OVER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION.............................................................................1-27
1.75
PART-WINDING START MOTOR......................................................................................1-27
1.76
STAR (WYE) START, DELTA RUN MOTOR .....................................................................1-27
1.77
CONSTANT FLUX ..............................................................................................................1-27
1.78
DEVIATION FACTOR.........................................................................................................1-28
1.79
MARKING ABBREVIATIONS FOR MACHINES ................................................................1-28
Part 2TERMINAL MARKINGS
GENERAL .........................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1
LOCATION OF TERMINAL MARKINGS ..............................................................................2-1
2.2
TERMINAL MARKINGS........................................................................................................2-1


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page iii
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page iv
2.3
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DIRECTION OF ROTATION ................................................................................................2-2

2.3.1 Alternating-Current Machines .....................................................................................2-2
2.3.2 Direct-Current Machines.............................................................................................2-2
2.3.3 Motor-Generator Sets .................................................................................................2-2
DC MOTORS AND GENERATORS..................................................................................................2-2
2.10
TERMINAL MARKINGS........................................................................................................2-2
2.10.1 General ......................................................................................................................2-2
2.10.2 Armature Leads .........................................................................................................2-2
2.10.3 Armature LeadsDirection of Rotation.....................................................................2-2
2.11
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR DUAL VOLTAGE SHUNT FIELDS.......................................2-2
2.12
DIRECTION OF ROTATION ................................................................................................2-3
2.12.1 Direct-Current Motors ................................................................................................2-3
2.12.2 Direct-Current Generators .........................................................................................2-3
2.12.3 Reverse Function.......................................................................................................2-3
2.13
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS WITH TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR
DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS.............................................................................................2-3
2.14
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS WITH TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR
DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS ...................................................................................2-7
AC MOTORS AND GENERATORS..................................................................................................2-9
2.20
NUMERALS ON TERMINALS OF ALTERNATING-CURRENT
POLYPHASE MACHINES ....................................................................................................2-9
2.20.1 Synchronous Machines .............................................................................................2-9
2.20.2 Induction Machines....................................................................................................2-9
2.21
DEFINITION OF PHASE SEQUENCE .................................................................................2-9
2.22
PHASE SEQUENCE.............................................................................................................2-9
2.23
DIRECTION OF ROTATION OF PHASORS........................................................................2-9
2.24
DIRECTION OF ROTATION ..............................................................................................2-10
AC GENERATORS AND SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS ..................................................................2-10
2.25
REVERSAL OF ROTATION, POLARITY AND PHASE SEQUENCE................................2-10
2.30
CONNECTION AND TERMINAL MARKINGSALTERNATINGCURRENT GENERATORS AND SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
THREE-PHASE AND SINGLE-PHASE ..............................................................................2-10
SINGLE PHASE MOTORS .............................................................................................................2-11
2.40
GENERAL...........................................................................................................................2-11
2.40.1 Dual Voltage ............................................................................................................2-11
2.40.2 Single Voltage..........................................................................................................2-11
2.41
TERMINAL MARKINGS IDENTIFIED BY COLOR.............................................................2-12
2.42
AUXILIARY DEVICES WITHIN MOTOR ............................................................................2-12
2.43
AUXILIARY DEVICES EXTERNAL TO MOTOR................................................................2-12
2.44
MARKING OF RIGIDLY MOUNTED TERMINALS.............................................................2-12
2.45
INTERNAL AUXILIARY DEVICES PERMANENTLY CONNECTED
TO RIGIDLY MOUNTED TERMINALS...............................................................................2-13
2.46
GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS ................................................................................................2-13
2.46.1 First Principle ...........................................................................................................2-13
2.46.2 Second Principle ......................................................................................................2-13
2.46.3 Third Principle ..........................................................................................................2-13
2.47
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR SPLIT-PHASE MOTORS
SINGLE VOLTAGEREVERSIBLE ..................................................................................2-14
2.47.1 Without Thermal Protector.......................................................................................2-14
2.47.2 With Thermal Protector............................................................................................2-14
2.48
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR CAPACITOR-START MOTORS
REVERSIBLE .....................................................................................................................2-15
2.48.1 Single-Voltage Capacitor-start MotorsReversible ................................................2-15
2.48.2 Dual-Voltage Capacitor-start MotorsReversible...................................................2-16


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page v
2.49
2.50
2.51
2.52
2.53
2.60
2.61
2.62
2.63
2.64
2.65
2.66
2.67
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR TWO-VALUE CAPACITOR

MOTORSSINGLE VOLTAGEREVERSIBLE...............................................................2-20
2.49.1 Without Thermal Protector.......................................................................................2-20
2.49.2 With Thermal Protector............................................................................................2-21
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR
MOTORSSINGLE VOLTAGEREVERSIBLE...............................................................2-22
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR UNIVERSAL MOTORS
SINGLE VOLTAGE.............................................................................................................2-23
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR REPULSION, REPULSION-START
INDUCTION, AND REPULSION-INDUCTION MOTORS ..................................................2-24
SHADED-POLE MOTORSTWO SPEED ........................................................................2-25
GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR
POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS ................................................................................2-25
2.60.1 Method of Marking ...................................................................................................2-25
2.60.2 Three-Phase, Two Speed Motors............................................................................2-27
2.60.3 Two-Phase Motors...................................................................................................2-27
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR THREE-PHASE SINGLE-SPEED
INDUCTION MOTORS .......................................................................................................2-27
2.61.1 First ..........................................................................................................................2-27
2.61.2 Second.....................................................................................................................2-27
2.61.3 Third.........................................................................................................................2-27
2.61.4 Fourth.......................................................................................................................2-27
2.61.5 Fifth ..........................................................................................................................2-27
2.61.6 Sixth .........................................................................................................................2-28
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR Y- AND DELTA-CONNECTED
DUAL VOLTAGE MOTORS ...............................................................................................2-28
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR THREE-PHASE TWO-SPEED
SINGLE-WINDING INDUCTION MOTORS........................................................................2-28
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR Y- AND DELTA-CONNECTED
THREE-PHASE TWO-SPEED SINGLE-WINDING MOTORS ...........................................2-28
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR THREE-PHASE INDUCTION
MOTORS HAVING TWO OR MORE SYNCHRONOUS SPEEDS
OBTAINED FROM TWO OR MORE INDEPENDENT WINDINGS....................................2-34
2.65.1 Each Independent Winding Giving One Speed .......................................................2-34
2.65.2 Each Independent Winding Reconnectible to Give Two
Synchronous Speeds...............................................................................................2-34
2.65.3 Two or More Independent Windings at Least One of Which
Gives One Synchronous Speed and the Other Winding
Gives Two Synchronous Speeds.............................................................................2-35
TERMINAL MARKINGS OF THE ROTORS OF WOUND-ROTOR
TERMINAL MARKINGS......................................................................................................2-38
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Part 3HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTS
3.1
HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTS ...................................................................................................3-1
3.1.1 Safety..........................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.2 Definition .....................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.3 Procedure ...................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.4 Test Voltage................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.5 Condition of Machine to be Tested .............................................................................3-1
3.1.6 Duration of Application of Test Voltage ......................................................................3-1
3.1.7 Points of Application of Test Voltage..........................................................................3-2
3.1.8 Accessories and Components ....................................................................................3-2
3.1.9 Evaluation of Dielectric Failure ...................................................................................3-2
3.1.10 Initial Test at Destination ...........................................................................................3-2


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page vi

Part 4DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES, AND MOUNTING
4.1
LETTERING OF DIMENSION SHEETS...............................................................................4-1
4.2
SYSTEM FOR DESIGNATING FRAMES...........................................................................4-10
4.2.1 Frame Numbers ........................................................................................................4-10
4.2.2 Frame Letters............................................................................................................4-11
4.3
MOTOR MOUNTING AND TERMINAL HOUSING LOCATION.........................................4-12
4.4
DIMENSIONSAC MACHINES ........................................................................................4-14
4.4.1 Dimensions for Alternating-Current Foot-Mounted
Machines with Single Straight-Shaft Extension ........................................................4-14
4.4.2 Shaft Extensions and Key Dimensions for AlternatingCurrent Foot-Mounted Machines with Single Tapered or
Double Straight/Tapered Shaft Extension ................................................................4-16
4.4.3 Shaft Extension Diameters and Key Dimensions for
Alternating-Current Motors Built in Frames Larger than the 449T Frames ..............4-17
4.4.4 Dimensions for Type C Face-Mounting Foot or Footless
Alternating-Current Motors........................................................................................4-17
4.4.5 Dimensions for Type FC Face Mounting for Accessories
on End of Alternating-Current Motors .......................................................................4-18
4.4.6 Dimensions for Type D Flange-Mounting Foot or Footless
Alternating-Current Motors........................................................................................4-19
4.5
DIMENSIONSDC MACHINES ........................................................................................4-20
4.5.1 Dimensions for Direct-Current Small Motors with
Single Straight Shaft Extension ................................................................................4-20
4.5.2 Dimensions for Foot-Mounted Industrial Direct-Current Machines ..........................4-21
4.5.3 Dimensions for Foot-Mounted Industrial Direct-Current Motors...............................4-25
4.5.4 Dimensions for Type C Face-Mounting Direct-Current
Small Motors .............................................................................................................4-26
4.5.5 Dimensions for Type C Face-Mounting Industrial Direct-Current Motors................4-26
4.5.6 Dimensions for Type C Face-Mounting Industrial Direct-Current Motors.................4-27
4.5.7 Dimensions for Type D Flange-Mounting Industrial Direct-Current Motors .............4-27
4.5.8 Base Dimensions for Type P and PH Vertical Solid-Shaft
Industrial Direct-Current Motors................................................................................4-28
on End Opposite Drive End of Industrial Direct-Current Motors...............................4-28
4.6
SHAFT EXTENSION DIAMETERS FOR UNIVERSAL MOTORS .....................................4-28
4.7
TOLERANCE LIMITS IN DIMENSIONS.............................................................................4-29
4.8
KNOCKOUT AND CLEARANCE HOLE DIAMETER FOR MACHINE
TERMINAL BOXES ............................................................................................................4-29
4.9
TOLERANCES ON SHAFT EXTENSION DIAMETERS AND
KEYSEATS .........................................................................................................................4-29
4.9.1 Shaft Extension Diameter .........................................................................................4-29
4.9.2 Keyseat Width...........................................................................................................4-29
4.9.3 Bottom of Keyseat to Shaft Surface..........................................................................4-29
4.9.4 Parallelism of Keyseats to Shaft Centerline .............................................................4-30
4.9.5 Lateral Displacement of Keyseats ............................................................................4-30
4.9.6 Diameters and Keyseat Dimensions ........................................................................4-30
4.9.7 Shaft Runout .............................................................................................................4-30
4.9.8 Shaft Extension Key(s) .............................................................................................4-31
4.10
RING GROOVE SHAFT KEYSEATS FOR VERTICAL SHAFT MOTORS ........................4-32
4.11
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT OF SHAFT RUNOUT AND OF
ELECTRICITY AND FACE RUNOUT OF MOUNTING SURFACES .................................4-32
4.11.1 Shaft Runout ............................................................................................................4-32


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.1.11 Tests of an Assembled Group of Machines and Apparatus ......................................3-2

3.1.12 Additional Tests Made After Installation ....................................................................3-3
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page vii
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.11.2 Eccentricity and Face Runout of Mounting Surfaces...............................................4-32

TOLERANCES FOR TYPE C FACE MOUNTING AND TYPE D
FLANGE MOUNTING MOTORS ........................................................................................4-33
TOLERANCES FOR TYPE P FLANGE-MOUNTING MOTORS........................................4-33
MOUNTING BOLTS OR STUDS........................................................................................4-33
METHOD TO CHECK COPLANARITY OF FEET OF FULLY
ASSEMBLED MOTORS .....................................................................................................4-34
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT OF SHAFT EXTENSION
PARALLELISM TO FOOT PLANE .....................................................................................4-34
MEASUREMENT OF BEARING TEMPERATURE ............................................................4-34
TERMINAL CONNECTIONS FOR SMALL MOTORS........................................................4-35
4.18.1 Terminal Leads ........................................................................................................4-35
4.18.2 Blade Terminals .......................................................................................................4-35
MOTOR TERMINAL HOUSINGS .......................................................................................4-35
4.19.1 Small and Medium Motors .......................................................................................4-35
4.19.2 Dimensions ..............................................................................................................4-35
GROUNDING MEANS FOR FIELD WIRING .....................................................................4-41
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Part 5ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINESCLASSIFICATION OF DEGREES OF
PROTECTION PROVIDED BY ENCLOSURES FOR ROTATING MACHINES
5.1
SCOPE .................................................................................................................................5-1
5.2
DESIGNATION ...................................................................................................................5-1
5.2.1 Single Characteristic Numeral ....................................................................................5-1
5.2.2 Supplementary Letters................................................................................................5-1
5.2.3 Example of Designation..............................................................................................5-2
5.2.4 Most Frequently Used.................................................................................................5-2
5.3
DEGREES OF PROTECTIONFIRST CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL ............................5-2
5.3.1 Indication of Degree of Protection ..............................................................................5-2
5.3.2 Compliance to Indicated Degree of Protection ...........................................................5-2
5.3.3 External Fans..............................................................................................................5-2
5.3.4 Drain Holes .................................................................................................................5-3
Table 5-1 .............................................................................................................................5-3
5.4
DEGREES OF PROTECTIONSECOND CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL .......................5-4
5.4.1 Indication of Degree of Protection ............................................................................5-4
5.4.2 Compliance to Indicated Degree of Protection ...........................................................5-4
Table 5-2 .............................................................................................................................5-4
5.5
MARKING .............................................................................................................................5-5
5.6
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTS .......................................................................5-5
5.6.1 Adequate Clearance ...................................................................................................5-5
5.7
TESTS FOR FIRST CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL .........................................................5-5
Table 5-3 .............................................................................................................................5-6
5.8
TESTS FOR SECOND CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL......................................................5-7
5.8.1 Test Conditions .........................................................................................................5-7
Table 5-4...............................................................................................................................5-8
5.8.2 Acceptance Conditions ...........................................................................................5-10
5.8.3 Allowable Water Leakage .........................................................................................5-10
5.9
REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS FOR OPEN WEATHER-PROTECTED MACHINES .......5-10
Figure 5-1 ..........................................................................................................................5-11
Figure 5-2 ..........................................................................................................................5-12
Figure 5-3 ..........................................................................................................................5-13
Figure 5-4 ..........................................................................................................................5-14
Figure 5-5 ..........................................................................................................................5-15
Figure 5-6 ..........................................................................................................................5-16


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page viii

Part 6ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINESMETHODS OF COOLING (IC CODE)
6.1
SCOPE .................................................................................................................................6-1
6.2
DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................................................6-1
6.2.1 Cooling........................................................................................................................6-1
6.2.2 Coolant........................................................................................................................6-1
6.2.3 Primary Coolant ..........................................................................................................6-1
6.2.4 Secondary Coolant .....................................................................................................6-1
6.2.5 Final Coolant...............................................................................................................6-1
6.2.6 Surrounding Medium ..................................................................................................6-1
6.2.7 Remote Medium..........................................................................................................6-2
6.2.8 Direct Cooled Winding (Inner-cooled Winding) ..........................................................6-2
6.2.9 Indirect Cooled Winding..............................................................................................6-2
6.2.10 Heat Exchange ..........................................................................................................6-2
6.2.11 Pipe, Duct ..................................................................................................................6-2
6.2.12 Open Circuit ...............................................................................................................6-2
6.2.13 Closed Circuit.............................................................................................................6-2
6.2.14 Piped or Ducted Circuit..............................................................................................6-2
6.2.15 Stand-by or Emergency Cooling System...................................................................6-2
6.2.16 Integral Component ...................................................................................................6-2
6.2.17 Machine-Mounted Component ..................................................................................6-3
6.2.18 Separate Component.................................................................................................6-3
6.2.19 Dependent Circulation Component ...........................................................................6-3
6.2.20 Independent Circulation Component .........................................................................6-3
6.3
DESIGNATION SYSTEM .....................................................................................................6-3
6.3.1 Arrangement of the IC Code.......................................................................................6-3
6.3.2 Application of Designations ........................................................................................6-4
6.3.3 Designation of Same Circuit Arrangements for Different
Parts of a Machine ......................................................................................................6-4
6.3.4 Designation of Different Circuit Arrangements for Different
Parts of a Machine......................................................................................................6-4
6.3.5 Designation of Direct Cooled Winding........................................................................6-5
6.3.6 Designation of Stand-by or Emergency Cooling Conditions ......................................6-5
6.3.7 Combined Designations..............................................................................................6-5
6.3.8 Replacement of Characteristic Numerals ...................................................................6-5
6.4
CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL FOR CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT ......................................6-5
6.5
CHARACTERISTIC LETTERS FOR COOLANT..................................................................6-6
6.6
CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL FOR METHOD OF MOVEMENT ......................................6-7
6.7
COMMONLY USED DESIGNATIONS .................................................................................6-8
6.7.1 General Information on the Tables .............................................................................6-8
Part 7MECHANICAL VIBRATION-MEASUREMENT, EVALUATION AND LIMITS
7.1
SCOPE .................................................................................................................................7-1
7.2
OBJECT................................................................................................................................7-1
7.3
REFERENCES .....................................................................................................................7-1
7.4
MEASUREMENT QUANTITY...............................................................................................7-1
7.4.1 Bearing Housing Vibration ..........................................................................................7-1
7.4.2 Relative Shaft Vibration ..............................................................................................7-1
7.5
MEASURING EQUIPMENT..................................................................................................7-1
7.6
MACHINE MOUNTING.........................................................................................................7-2
7.6.1 General .......................................................................................................................7-2
7.6.2 Resilient Mounting ......................................................................................................7-2
7.6.3 Rigid Mounting ............................................................................................................7-2
7.6.4 Active Environment Determination .............................................................................7-3

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page ix
7.7
7.8
7.9
CONDITIONS OF MEASUREMENT ....................................................................................7-3

7.7.1 Shaft Key ....................................................................................................................7-3
7.7.2 Measurement Points for Vibration ..............................................................................7-3
7.7.3 Operating Conditions ..................................................................................................7-4
7.7.4 Vibration Transducer Mounting...................................................................................7-4
LIMITS OF BEARING HOUSING VIBRATION.....................................................................7-7
7.8.1 General .......................................................................................................................7-7
7.8.5 Twice Line Frequency Vibration of Two Pole Induction Machines .............................7-9
7.8.6 Axial Vibration ...........................................................................................................7-10
LIMITS OF RELATIVE SHAFT VIBRATION.......................................................................7-10
7.9.1 General .....................................................................................................................7-10
7.9.2 Shaft Vibration Limits................................................................................................7-10
7.9.3 Special Machines......................................................................................................7-10

Part 9ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINESSOUND POWER LIMITS
AND MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES
9.1
SCOPE .................................................................................................................................9-1
9.2
GENERAL.............................................................................................................................9-1
9.3
REFERENCES .....................................................................................................................9-1
9.4
METHODS OF MEASUREMENT.........................................................................................9-1
9.5
TEST CONDITIONS .............................................................................................................9-2
9.5.1 Machine Mounting ......................................................................................................9-2
9.5.2 Test Operating Conditions ..........................................................................................9-2
9.6
SOUND POWER LEVEL ......................................................................................................9-2
9.7
DETERMINATION OF SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL...........................................................9-3
Table 9-1...............................................................................................................................9-4
Table 9-2...............................................................................................................................9-5
Table 9-3...............................................................................................................................9-5
Table 9-4...............................................................................................................................9-6
Section II SMALL (FRACTIONAL) AND MEDIUM (INTEGRAL) MACHINES
Part 10AC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
10.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................10-1
10.30 VOLTAGES.........................................................................................................................10-1
10.31 FREQUENCIES ..................................................................................................................10-1
10.31.1 Alternating-Current Motors ....................................................................................10-1
10.31.2 Universal Motors....................................................................................................10-1
10.32 HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS...........................................................................10-2
10.32.1 Small Induction Motors, Except Permanent-Split Capacitor
Motors Rated 1/3 Horsepower and Smaller and ShadedPole Motors .............................................................................................................10-2
10.32.2 Small induction Motors, permanent-Split Capacitor Motors
Rated 1/3 Horsepower and Smaller and Shaded-Pole Motors...............................10-2
10.32.3 Single-Phase Medium Motors................................................................................10-3
10.32.4 Polyphase Medium Induction Motors ....................................................................10-3
10.32.5 Universal Motors....................................................................................................10-4
10.33 HORSEPOWER RATINGS OF MULTISPEED MOTORS .................................................10-4
10.33.1 Constant Horsepower ............................................................................................10-4
10.33.2 Constant Torque ....................................................................................................10-5
10.33.3 Variable Torque .....................................................................................................10-5
10.34 BASIS FOR HORSEPOWER RATING...............................................................................10-5
10.34.1 Basis of Rating.......................................................................................................10-5
10.34.2 Temperature ..........................................................................................................10-5
10.34.3 Minimum Breakdown Torque.................................................................................10-5
10.35 SECONDARY DATA FOR WOUND-ROTOR-MOTORS ...................................................10-8

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page x
10.36
10.37
10.38
10.39
10.40
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TIME RATINGS FOR SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE

CODE LETTERS (FOR LOCKED-ROTOR KVA)...............................................................10-8
10.37.1 Nameplate Marking................................................................................................10-8
10.37.2 Letter Designation..................................................................................................10-8
10.37.3 Multispeed Motors .................................................................................................10-8
10.37.4 Single-Speed Motors .............................................................................................10-9
10.37.5 Broad- or Dual-Voltage Motors ..............................................................................10-9
10.37.6 Dual-Frequency Motors .........................................................................................10-9
10.37.7 Part-Winding-Start Motors .....................................................................................10-9
NAMEPLATE TEMPERATURE RATINGS FOR ALTERNATINGCURRENT SMALL AND UNIVERSAL MOTORS ..............................................................10-9
NAMEPLATE MARKING FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT SMALL
AND UNIVERSAL MOTORS ..............................................................................................10-9
10.39.1 Alternating-Current Single-Phase and Polyphase SquirrelCage Motors, Except Those Included in 10.39.2, 10.39.3,
and 10.39.4 .............................................................................................................10-9
10.39.2 Motors Rated Less than 1/20 Horsepower ..........................................................10-10
10.39.3 Universal Motors..................................................................................................10-10
10.39.4 Motors Intended for Assembly in a Device Having its
Own Markings .......................................................................................................10-10
10.39.5 Motors for Dual Voltage .......................................................................................10-10
NAMEPLATE MARKING FOR MEDIUM SINGLE-PHASE AND
POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS ..............................................................................10-11
10.40.1 Medium Single-Phase and Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Motors .............................10-11
10.40.2 Polyphase Wound-Rotor Motors..........................................................................10-12

Part 10DC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
10.0
SCOPE .............................................................................................................................10-13
10.60 BASIS OF RATING...........................................................................................................10-13
10.60.1 Small Motors ........................................................................................................10-13
10.60.2 Medium Motors ....................................................................................................10-13
10.61 POWER SUPPLY IDENTIFICATION FOR DIRECT-CURRENT
MEDIUM MOTORS...........................................................................................................10-13
10.60.1 Supplies Designated by a Single Letter...............................................................10-13
10.60.2 Other Supply Types .............................................................................................10-13
10.62 HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS ....................................................10-14
10.62.1 Direct-Current Small Motors ................................................................................10-14
10.62.2 Industrial Direct-Current Motors...........................................................................10-15
10.63 NAMEPLATE TIME RATING............................................................................................10-15
10.64 TIME RATING FOR INTERMITTENT, PERIODIC, AND VARYING
DUTY ................................................................................................................................10-15
10.65 NAMEPLATE MAXIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND
INSULATION SYSTEM CLASS........................................................................................10-15
10.66 NAMEPLATE MARKING ..................................................................................................10-17
10.66.1 Small Motors Rated 1/20 Horsepower and Less .................................................10-17
10.66.2 Small Motors Except Those Rated 1/20 Horsepower and
Less.......................................................................................................................10-18
10.66.3 Medium Motors ....................................................................................................10-18


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xi
Part 12TESTS AND PERFORMANCEAC AND DC MOTORS
12.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................12-1
12.2
HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTSAFETY PRECAUTIONS
AND TEST PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................12-1
12.3
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST VOLTAGES FOR UNIVERSAL, INDUCTION,
AND DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS ..................................................................................12-1
12.4
PRODUCTION HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTING OF SMALL MOTORS................................12-2
12.4.1 Dielectric Test Equipment........................................................................................12-3
12.4.2 Evaluation of Insulation Systems by a Dielectric Test .............................................12-3
12.5
REPETITIVE SURGE TEST FOR SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS ................................12-3
12.6
MECHANICAL VIBRATION................................................................................................12-4
12.7
BEARING LOSSESVERTICAL PUMP MOTORS...........................................................12-4
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Part 12TESTS AND PERFORMANCEAC MOTORS
12.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................12-5
12.30 TEST METHODS................................................................................................................12-5
12.31 PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS.............................................................................12-5
12.32 TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS OF SINGLE-PHASE GENERALPURPOSE INDUCTION MOTORS ....................................................................................12-5
12.32.1 Breakdown Torque ................................................................................................12-5
12.32.2 Locked-rotor Torque of Small Motors ....................................................................12-6
12.32.3 Locked-rotor Torque of Medium Motors ................................................................12-6
12.32.4 Pull-Up Torque of Medium Motors.........................................................................12-6
12.33 LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT OF SINGLE-PHASE SMALL MOTORS.............................12-6
12.33.1 Design O and Design N Motors .............................................................................12-6
12.33.2 General-Purpose Motors .......................................................................................12-7
12.34 LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT OF SINGLE-PHASE MEDIUM
MOTORS, DESIGNS L AND M ..........................................................................................12-7
12.35 LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT OF 3-PHASE 60-HERTZ SMALL AND
MEDIUM SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS RATED AT
230 VOLTS .........................................................................................................................12-7
12.35.1 60-Hertz Design B, C, and D Motors at 230 Volts .................................................12-7
12.35.2 50-Hertz Design B, C, and D Motors at 380 Volts .................................................12-9
12.36 INSTANTANEOUS PEAK VALUE OF INRUSH CURRENT ..............................................12-9
12.37 TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS OF POLYPHASE SMALL MOTORS...............................12-9
12.38 LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE OF SINGLE-SPEED POLYPHASE
SQUIRREL-CAGE MEDIUM MOTORS WITH CONTINUOUS
RATINGS ..........................................................................................................................12-10
12.38.1 Design A and B Motors........................................................................................12-10
12.38.2 Design C Motors ..................................................................................................12-10
12.38.3 Design D Motors ..................................................................................................12-11
12.39 BREAKDOWN TORQUE OF SINGLE-SPEED POLYPHASE
SQUIRREL-CAGE MEDIUM MOTORS WITH CONTINUOUS
RATINGS ..........................................................................................................................12-11
12.39.2 Design C Motors ..................................................................................................12-11
12.40 PULL-UP TORQUE OF SINGLE-SPEED POLYPHASE SQUIRRELCAGE MEDIUM MOTORS WITH CONTINUOUS RATINGS...........................................12-12
12.40.2 Design C Motors ..................................................................................................12-13
12.41 BREAKDOWN TORQUE OF POLYPHASE WOUND-ROTOR MEDIUM
MOTORS WITH CONTINUOUS RATINGS......................................................................12-13
12.42 TEMPERATURE RISE FOR SMALL AND UNIVERSAL MOTORS.................................12-14


12.43
12.44
12.45
12.46
12.47
12.48
12.49
12.50
12.51
12.52
12.53
12.54
12.55
12.56
12.57
12.58
12.59
12.42.1 Alternating-Current Small MotorsMotor Nameplates

Marked with Insulation System Designation and Ambient
Temperature.........................................................................................................12-14
12.42.2 Universal Motors..................................................................................................12-15
12.42.3 Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40oC ..............................................12-15
12.42.4 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40o C
but Not Below 0o C...............................................................................................12-16
TEMPERATURE RISE FOR MEDIUM SINGLE-PHASE AND
POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS ..............................................................................12-17
12.43.2 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40o C,
but Not Below 0o C...............................................................................................12-18
VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED FREQUENCY..............................12-19
12.44.1 Running................................................................................................................12-19
12.44.2 Starting.................................................................................................................12-19
VOLTAGE UNBALANCE..................................................................................................12-19
VARIATION FROM RATED SPEED ................................................................................12-19
NAMEPLATE AMPERESALTERNATING-CURRENT MEDIUM
MOTORS ..........................................................................................................................12-19
OCCASIONAL EXCESS CURRENT ................................................................................12-19
STALL TIME .....................................................................................................................12-20
PERFORMANCE OF MEDIUM MOTORS WITH DUAL VOLTAGE
RATING (SUGGESTED STANDARD FOR FUTURE DESIGN) ......................................12-20
SERVICE FACTOR OF ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS ......................................12-20
12.51.1 General-Purpose Alternating-Current Motors of the Open Type .......................12-20
12.51.2 Other Motors ......................................................................................................12-21
OVERSPEEDS FOR MOTORS........................................................................................12-21
12.52.1 Squirrel-Cage and Wound-Rotor Motors .............................................................12-21
12.52.2 General-Purpose Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors ..............................................12-21
12.52.3 General-Purpose Design A and B Direct-Coupled Drive Squirrel-Cage
Induction Motors ..................................................................................................12-23
12.52.4 Alternating-Current Series and Universal Motors ................................................12-23
MACHINE SOUND (MEDIUM INDUCTION MOTORS) ...................................................12-25
NUMBER OF STARTS .....................................................................................................12-25
12.54.1 Normal Starting Conditions..................................................................................12-25
12.54.2 Other than Normal Starting Conditions................................................................12-25
12.54.3 Considerations for Additional Starts ....................................................................12-25
ROUTINE TESTS FOR POLYPHASE MEDIUM INDUCTION MOTORS........................12-25
12.55.1 Method of Testing ................................................................................................12-25
12.55.2 Typical Tests on Completely Assembled Motors.................................................12-26
12.55.3 Typical of Tests on Motors Not Completely Assembled......................................12-26
THERMAL PROTECTION OF MEDIUM MOTORS .........................................................12-27
12.56.1 Winding Temperature ..........................................................................................12-27
12.56.2 Trip Current..........................................................................................................12-29
OVERTEMPERATURE PROTECTION OF MEDIUM MOTORS NOT
MEETING THE DEFINITION OF "THERMALLY PROTECTED" .....................................12-29
12.57.1 Type 1Winding Running and Locked Rotor Overtemperature
Protection .............................................................................................................12-29
12.57.2 Type 2Winding Running Overtemperature Protection .....................................12-29
12.57.3 Type 3Winding Overtemperature Protection, Nonspecific Type......................12-29
EFFICIENCY.....................................................................................................................12-29
12.58.1 Determination of Motor Efficiency and Losses ....................................................12-29
12.58.2 Efficiency of Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Medium Motors with
Continuous Ratings .............................................................................................12-30
EFFICIENCY LEVELS OF ENERGY EFFICIENT POLYPHASE
SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS ......................................................................12-31


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xii
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xiii
12.60
12.61
12.62
12.63
EFFICIENCY LEVEL OF PREMIUM EFFICIENCY ELECTRIC MOTORS......................12-32

12.60.1 60 Hz Motors Rated 600 Volts or Less (Random Wound) .................................12-32
12.60.2 60 Hz Motors Rated Medium Voltage, 5000 Volts or Less (Form Wound) ........12-32
12.60.3 50 Hz Motors Rated 400 Volts or Less (Random Wound) .................................12-32
REPORT OF TEST FOR TESTS ON INDUCTION MOTORS .........................................12-32
Table 12-11.......................................................................................................................12-33
Table 12-12.......................................................................................................................12-35
Table 12-13.......................................................................................................................12-37
Table 12-14.......................................................................................................................12-38
MACHINE WITH ENCAPSULATED OR SEALED WINDING
CONFORMANCE TESTS.................................................................................................12-40
MACHINE WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT WINDINGS
CONFORMANCE TEST ...................................................................................................12-40

Part 12TESTS AND PERFORMANCEDC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
12.0
SCOPE .............................................................................................................................12-41
12.65 TEST METHODS..............................................................................................................12-41
12.66 TEST POWER SUPPLY ...................................................................................................12-41
12.66.1 Small Motors ........................................................................................................12-41
12.66.2 Medium Motors ....................................................................................................12-41
12.67 TEMPERATURE RISE .....................................................................................................12-43
12.67.1 Direct-Current Small Motors ................................................................................12-43
12.67.2 Continuous-Time-Rated Direct-Current Medium Motors .....................................12-43
12.67.3 Short-Time-Rated Direct-Current Medium Motors...............................................12-44
but Not Below 0o C...............................................................................................12-45
12.68 VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE............................................................................12-46
12.69 VARIATION IN SPEED DUE TO LOAD ...........................................................................12-46
12.69.1 Straight-Shunt-Wound, Stabilized-Shunt-Wound, and
Permanent-Magnet Direct-Current Motors ..........................................................12-46
12.69.2 Compound-Wound Direct-Current Motors...........................................................12-46
12.70 VARIATION IN BASE SPEED DUE TO HEATING ..........................................................12-46
12.70.1 Speed Variation with Temperature ......................................................................12-46
12.70.2 Resistance Variation with Temperature...............................................................12-47
12.71 VARIATION FROM RATED SPEED ................................................................................12-47
12.72 MOMENTARY OVERLOAD CAPACITY ..........................................................................12-47
12.73 SUCCESSFUL COMMUTATION .....................................................................................12-47
12.74 OVERSPEEDS FOR MOTORS........................................................................................12-47
12.74.1 Shunt-Wound Motors...........................................................................................12-47
12.74.2 Compound-Wound Motors Having Speed Regulation of
35 Percent or Less ...............................................................................................12-47
12.74.3 Series-Wound Motors and Compound-Wound Motors Having
Speed Regulation Greater Than 35 Percent .......................................................12-47
12.75 FIELD DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS ..........................................................12-48
12.76 ROUTINE TESTS ON MEDIUM DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS.....................................12-48
12.77 REPORT OF TEST FORM FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MACHINES.................................12-48
12.78 EFFICIENCY.....................................................................................................................12-48
12.78.1 Type A Power Supplies .......................................................................................12-48
12.78.2 Other Power Supplies..........................................................................................12-49
12.79 STABILITY ........................................................................................................................12-49
12.80 OVER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION OF MEDIUM DIRECTCURRENT MOTORS........................................................................................................12-49
12.81 DATA FOR DIRECT CURRENT MOTORS......................................................................12-50
12.82 MACHINE SOUND OF DIRECT-CURRENT MEDIUM MOTORS ...................................12-51
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xiv

Part 13FRAME ASSIGNMENTS FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
INTEGRAL HORSEPOWER INDUCTION MOTORS
13.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................13-1
13.1
FRAME DESIGNATIONS FOR SINGLE-PHASE DESIGN L,
HORIZONTAL, AND VERTICAL MOTORS, 60 HERTZ
CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM, OPEN TYPE, 1.15
SERVICE FACTOR, 230 VOLTS AND LESS.....................................................................13-1
13.2
FRAME DESIGNATIONS FOR POLYPHASE, SQUIRREL-CAGE,
DESIGNS A, B, AND E, HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOTORS,
60 HERTZ, CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM, OPEN TYPE, 1.15
SERVICE FACTOR, 575 VOLTS AND LESS.....................................................................13-2
13.3
DESIGNS A, B, ND E, HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOTORS,
60 HERTZ, CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM, TOTALLY ENCLOSED
FAN-COOLED TYPE, 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR, 575 VOLTS AND LESS ..........................13-3
13.4
DESIGN C, HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOTORS, 60 HERTZ,
CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM, OPEN TYPE, 1.15 SERVICE
FACTOR, 575 VOLTS AND LESS .....................................................................................13-4
13.5
DESIGN C, HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOTORS, 60 HERTZ,
CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM, TOTALLY ENCLOSED FANCOOLED TYPE, 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR, 575 VOLTS AND LESS...................................13-5
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SECTION II SMALL (FRACTIONAL) AND MEDIUM (INTEGRAL MACHINES)

Part 14APPLICATION DATAAC AND DC SMALL AND MEDIUM MACHINES
14.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................14-1
14.1
PROPER SELECTION OF APPARATUS ..........................................................................14-1
14.2
USUAL SERVICE CONDITIONS .......................................................................................14-2
14.2.1 Environmental Conditions........................................................................................14-2
14.2.2 Operating Conditions ...............................................................................................14-2
14.3
UNUSUAL SERVICE CONDITIONS ..................................................................................14-2
14.4
TEMPERATURE RISE .......................................................................................................14-3
14.4.1 Motors with Class A or Class B Insulation Systems ................................................14-3
14.4.2 Motors with Service Factor ......................................................................................14-3
14.4.3 Temperature Rise at Sea Level ...............................................................................14-3
14.4.4 Preferred Values of Altitude for Rating Motors ........................................................14-4
14.5
SHORT-TIME RATED ELECTRICAL MACHINES.............................................................14-4
14.6
DIRECTION OF ROTATION ..............................................................................................14-4
14.7
APPLICATION OF PULLEYS, SHEAVES, SPROCKETS, AND
GEARS ON MOTOR SHAFTS ...........................................................................................14-4
14.7.1 Mounting ..................................................................................................................14-4
14.7.2 Minimum Pitch Diameter for Drives Other than V-Belt ............................................14-4
14.7.3 Maximum Speed of Drive Components...................................................................14-5
14.8
THROUGH-BOLT MOUNTING ..........................................................................................14-5
14.9
RODENT PROTECTION ....................................................................................................14-5
SECTION II SMALL (FRACTIONAL) AND MEDIUM (INTEGRAL) MACHINES
Part 14APPLICATION DATAAC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
14.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................14-7
14.30 EFFECTS OF VARIATION OF VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY UPON
THE PERFORMANCE OF INDUCTION MOTORS............................................................14-7
14.30.1 General ..................................................................................................................14-7
14.30.2 Effects of Variation in Voltage on Temperature.....................................................14-7


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xv
14.31
14.32
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
14.33
14.34
14.35
14.36
14.37
14.38
14.39
14.40
14.41
14.42
14.30.3 Effect of Variation in Voltage on Power Factor......................................................14-7

14.30.4 Effect of Variation in Voltage on Starting Torques.................................................14-7
14.30.5 Effect of Variation in Voltage on Slip .....................................................................14-7
14.30.6 Effects of Variation in Frequency...........................................................................14-8
14.30.7 Effect of Variations in Both Voltage and Frequency ..............................................14-8
14.30.8 Effect on Special-Purpose or Small Motors...........................................................14-8
MACHINES OPERATING ON AN UNDERGROUND SYSTEM ........................................14-8
OPERATION OF ALTERNATING CURRENT MOTORS FROM
VARIABLE-FREQUENCY OR VARIABLE-VOLTAGE POWER
SUPPLIES, OR BOTH ........................................................................................................14-8
14.32.1 Performance ..........................................................................................................14-8
14.32.2 Shaft Voltages........................................................................................................14-9
EFFECTS OF VOLTAGES OVER 600 VOLTS ON THE PERFORMANCE
OF LOW-VOLTAGE MOTORS...........................................................................................14-9
OPERATION OF GENERAL-PURPOSE ALTERNATING-CURRENT
POLYPHASE, 2-, 4-, 6-, AND 8-POLE, 60-HERTZ MEDIUM
INDUCTION MOTORS OPERATED ON 50 HERTZ..........................................................14-9
14.34.1 Speed.....................................................................................................................14-9
14.34.2 Torques..................................................................................................................14-9
14.34.3 Locked-Rotor Current ..........................................................................................14-10
14.34.4 Service Factor......................................................................................................14-10
14.34.5 Temperature Rise ................................................................................................14-10
OPERATION OF 230-VOLT INDUCTION MOTORS ON 208-VOLT
SYSTEMS.........................................................................................................................14-10
14.35.1 General ................................................................................................................14-10
14.35.2 Nameplate Marking of Useable @ 200 V ............................................................14-10
14.35.3 Effect on Performance of Motor...........................................................................14-10
EFFECTS OF UNBALANCED VOLTAGES ON THE PERFORMANCE
OF POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS ........................................................................14-10
14.36.1 Effect on PerformanceGeneral.........................................................................14-11
14.36.2 Unbalance Defined ..............................................................................................14-11
14.36.3 Torques................................................................................................................14-11
14.36.4 Full-Load Speed ..................................................................................................14-11
14.36.5 Currents ...............................................................................................................14-11
APPLICATION OF ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS WITH
SERVICE FACTORS ........................................................................................................14-12
14.37.1 General ................................................................................................................14-12
14.37.2 Temperature RiseMedium Alternating-Current Motors....................................14-12
14.37.3 Temperature RiseSmall Alternating-Current Motors........................................14-12
CHARACTERISTICS OF PART-WINDING-START POLYPHASE
INDUCTION MOTORS .....................................................................................................14-12
COUPLING END-PLAY AND ROTOR FLOAT FOR HORIZONTAL
ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS .............................................................................14-12
14.39.1 Preferred Hp Ratings for Motors with Ball Bearings ............................................14-12
14.39.2 Limits for Motors with Sleeze Bearings ...............................................................14-13
14.39.3 Drawing and Shaft Markings................................................................................14-13
OUTPUT SPEEDS FOR MEDIUM GEAR MOTORS OF PARALLEL
CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................................14-14
APPLICATION OF MEDIUM ALTERNATING-CURRENT SQUIRRELCAGE MACHINES WITH SEALED WINDINGS...............................................................14-14
14.41.1 Usual Service Conditions.....................................................................................14-14
14.41.2 Unusual Service Conditions.................................................................................14-14
14.41.3 Hazardous Locations ...........................................................................................14-15
HAVING ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS ..............................................................................14-15
14.42.1 Dimensions ..........................................................................................................14-15


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xvi
14.43
14.44
14.45
14.46
14.47
14.48
14.42.2 Radial Overhung Load Limitations ....................................................................14-15

ASEISMATIC CAPABILITY ..............................................................................................14-15
POWER FACTOR OF THREE-PHASE, SQUIRREL-CAGE,
MEDIUM MOTORS WITH CONTINUOUS RATINGS......................................................14-17
14.44.1 Determination of Power Factor from Nameplate Data.........................................14-17
14.44.2 Determination of Capacitor Rating for Connecting Power
Factor to Desired Value .......................................................................................14-18
14.44.3 Determination of Corrected Power Factor for Specified
Capacitor Rating ...................................................................................................14-18
14.44.4 Application of Power Factor Correction Capacitors on Power Systems..............14-18
14.44.5 Application of Power Factor Correction Capacitors on Motors
Operated from Electronic Power Supply...............................................................14-18
BUS TRANSFER OR RECLOSING .................................................................................14-19
ROTOR INERTIA FOR DYNAMIC BREAKING................................................................14-19
EFFECTS OF LOAD ON MOTOR EFFICIENCY .............................................................14-19
REED FREQUENCY OF VERTICAL MACHINES ...........................................................14-19

Part 14APPLICATION DATADC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
14.0
SCOPE .............................................................................................................................14-21
14.60 OPERATION OF SMALL MOTORS ON RECTIFIED ALTERNATING
CURRENT ........................................................................................................................14-21
14.60.1 General ................................................................................................................14-21
14.60.2 Form Factor .........................................................................................................14-21
14.61 OPERATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT MEDIUM MOTORS ON
RECTIFIED ALTERNATING CURRENT ..........................................................................14-22
14.62 ARMATURE CURRENT RIPPLE .....................................................................................14-23
14.63 OPERATION ON A VARIABLE-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY ........................................14-23
14.64 SHUNT FIELD HEATING AT STANDSTILL.....................................................................14-24
14.65 BEARING CURRENTS.....................................................................................................14-24
14.66 EFFECTS OF 50-HERTZ ALTERNATING-CURRENT POWER
FREQUENCY ...................................................................................................................14-24
14.67 APPLICATION OF OVERHUNG LOADS TO MOTOR SHAFTS .....................................14-25
14.67.1 Limitations............................................................................................................14-25
14.67.2 V-Belt Drives ........................................................................................................14-26
14.67.3 Applications Other Than V-Belts..........................................................................14-27
14.67.4 General ................................................................................................................14-27
14.68 RATE OF CHANGE OF ARMATURE CURRENT............................................................14-28
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Part 15DC Generators
15.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................15-1
15.10 KILOWATT, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS ..............................................................15-1
15.10.1 Standard Ratings ...................................................................................................15-1
15.10.2 Exciters ..................................................................................................................15-2
15.11 NAMEPLATE TIME RATING, MAXIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE,
AND INSULATION SYSTEM CLASS .................................................................................15-2
15.12 NAMEPLATE MARKING ....................................................................................................15-2
TESTS AND PERFORMANCE .......................................................................................................15-2
15.40 TEST PERFORMANCE......................................................................................................15-2
15.41 TEMPERATURE RISE .......................................................................................................15-2
15.41.1 Temperature Rise for Maximum Ambient of 40oC.................................................15-2
15.41.2 Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40oC ................................................15-3
but Not Below 0o C.................................................................................................15-3
15.42 SUCCESSFUL COMMUTATION .......................................................................................15-4


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xvii
15.43
15.44
15.45
15.46
15.47
15.48
OVERLOAD ........................................................................................................................15-4
VOLTAGE VARIATION DUE TO HEATING.......................................................................15-4
FLAT COMPOUNDING ......................................................................................................15-4
TEST FOR REGULATION..................................................................................................15-4
OVERSPEEDS FOR GENERATORS ................................................................................15-5
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST ...................................................................................................15-5
15.48.1 Safety Precautions for Test Procedure..................................................................15-5
15.48.2 Test Voltage...........................................................................................................15-5
15.49 ROUTINE TESTS ...............................................................................................................15-5
15.50 FIELD DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS...................................................15-5
15.51 REPORT OF TEST FORM .................................................................................................15-6
15.52 EFFICIENCY.......................................................................................................................15-6
MANUFACTURING .........................................................................................................................15-7
15.60 DIRECTION OF ROTATION ..............................................................................................15-7
15.61 EQUALIZER LEADS OF DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS .........................................15-7

Part 18DEFINITE PURPOSE MACHINES
18.1
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................18-1
MOTORS FOR HERMETIC REFRIGERATION COMPRESSORS ................................................18-1
18.2
CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO ELECTRICAL TYPE ........................................................18-2
RATINGS.........................................................................................................................................18-3
18.3
VOLTAGE RATINGS ..........................................................................................................18-3
18.3.1 Single-Phase Motors ...............................................................................................18-3
18.3.2 Polyphase Induction Motors ....................................................................................18-3
18.4
FREQUENCIES ..................................................................................................................18-3
18.5
SPEED RATINGS...............................................................................................................18-3
18.6
OPERATING TEMPERATURE ..........................................................................................18-3
18.7
BREAKDOWN TORQUE AND LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT
OF 60-HERTZ HERMETIC MOTORS ................................................................................18-3
18.7.1 Breakdown Torque ..................................................................................................18-3
18.7.2 Locked-Rotor Current ..............................................................................................18-3
18.8
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST ...................................................................................................18-5
18.9
VARIATIONS FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED
FREQUENCY .....................................................................................................................18-5
18.10 DIRECTION OF ROTATION ..............................................................................................18-5
18.11 TERMINAL LEAD MARKINGS ...........................................................................................18-5
18.12 METHOD TEST FOR CLEANLINESS OF SINGLE-PHASE
HERMETIC MOTORS HAVING STATOR DIAMETERS OF 6.292
INCHES AND SMALLER....................................................................................................18-5
18.12.1 Stators....................................................................................................................18-6
18.12.2 Rotors ....................................................................................................................18-6
18.13 METHOD OF TEST FOR CLEANLINESS OF HERMETIC MOTORS
HAVING STATOR DIAMETERS OF 8.777 INCHES AND SMALLER ...............................18-6
18.13.1 Purpose..................................................................................................................18-6
18.13.2 Description .............................................................................................................18-6
18.13.3 Sample Storage .....................................................................................................18-6
18.13.4 Equipment..............................................................................................................18-6
18.13.5 Procedure ..............................................................................................................18-7
MANUFACTURING .........................................................................................................................18-7
18.14 ROTOR BORE DIAMETERS AND KEYWAY DIMENSIONS FOR
60-HERTZ HERMETIC MOTORS ......................................................................................18-8
18.15 DIMENSIONS FOR 60-HERTZ HERMETIC MOTORS .....................................................18-9
18.16 FORMING OF END WIRE..................................................................................................18-9
18.17 THERMAL PROTECTORS ASSEMBLED ON OR IN END
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xviii
WINDINGS OF HERMETIC MOTORS...............................................................................18-9
LETTERING OF DIMENSIONS FOR HERMETIC MOTORS
FOR HERMETIC COMPRESSORS .................................................................................18-10
SMALL MOTORS FOR SHAFT-MOUNTED FANS AND BLOWERS .........................................18-12
18.19 CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO ELECTRICAL TYPE .............................................18-12
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-12
18.20 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-12
18.20.1 Single-Phase Motors ...........................................................................................18-12
18.20.2 Polyphase Induction Motors ................................................................................18-12
18.21 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-12
18.22 HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS.........................................................................18-12
18.22.1 Single-Speed Motors ...........................................................................................18-12
18.22.2 Two-Speed Motors ..............................................................................................18-12
TESTS AND PERFORMANCE .....................................................................................................18-13
18.24 BASIS OF HORSEPOWER RATING ...............................................................................18-13
18.25 MAXIMUM LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENTSINGLE-PHASE .........................................18-13
18.26 HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTS ...............................................................................................18-13
18.27 VARIATIONS FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED FREQUENCY ...........................18-13
18.28 DIRECTION OF ROTATION ............................................................................................18-13
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-13
18.29 GENERAL MECHANICAL FEATURES............................................................................18-13
18.30 DIMENSIONS AND LETTERING OF DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORS
FOR SHAFT-MOUNTED FANS AND BLOWERS............................................................18-13
18.31 TERMINAL MARKINGS....................................................................................................18-13
18.32 TERMINAL LEAD LENGTHS ...........................................................................................18-14
SMALL MOTORS FOR BELTED FANS AND BLOWERS BUILT IN
FRAMES 56 AND SMALLER .......................................................................................................18-16
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-16
18.34 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-16
18.34.2 Polyphase Motors ................................................................................................18-16
18.35 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-16
18.36.1 Single-Speed Motors ...........................................................................................18-16
18.36.2 Two-Speed Motors ..............................................................................................18-16
18.39 MAXIMUM LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT........................................................................18-17
18.40 HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST .................................................................................................18-17
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-17
18.44 LETTERING OF DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORS FOR BELTED FANS
AND BLOWERS ...............................................................................................................18-18
SMALL MOTORS FOR AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSERS AND
EVAPORATOR FANS...................................................................................................................18-19
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-19
18.46 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-19
18.47 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-19
18.48.1 Horsepower Ratings ............................................................................................18-19
18.18
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xix
18.48.2 Speed Ratings .....................................................................................................18-19
18.50 BASIS OF HORSEPOWER RATINGS.............................................................................18-19
18.54 TERMINAL MARKINGSMULTISPEED SHADED-POLE MOTORS.............................18-20
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-20
18.56 TERMINAL LEAD LENGTHS ...........................................................................................18-21
18.58 TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR NON-POLE-CHANGING MULTISPEED
SINGLE-VOLTAGE NONREVERSIBLE PERMANENT-SPLIT
CAPACITOR MOTORS AND SHADED POLE MOTORS................................................18-22
18.59 DIMENSIONS OF SHADED-POLE AND PERMANENT-SPLIT
CAPACITOR MOTORS HAVING A P DIMENSION 4.38 INCHES AND
LARGER ...........................................................................................................................18-24
18.60 DIMENSIONS OF SHADED-POLE AND PERMANENT SPLIT
CAPACITOR MOTORS HAVING A P DIMENSION SMALLER THAN
4.38 INCHES ....................................................................................................................18-25
18.61 DIMENSIONS FOR LUG MOUNTING FOR SHADED-POLE AND
PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORS .................................................................18-25
APPLICATION DATA....................................................................................................................18-26
18.62 NAMEPLATE CURRENT..................................................................................................18-26
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-26
18.63 EFFECT OF VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE UPON
OPERATING SPEED........................................................................................................18-26
18.64 INSULATION TESTING....................................................................................................18-26
18.64.1 Test Conditions ....................................................................................................18-26
18.64.2 Test Method .........................................................................................................18-27
18.65 SERVICE CONDITIONS...................................................................................................18-27
SMALL MOTORS AND SUMP PUMPS........................................................................................18-30
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-30
18.67 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-30
18.68 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-30
18.69.2 Speed Ratings .....................................................................................................18-30
18.72 TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS .......................................................................................18-30
18.74 VARIATIONS FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED
FREQUENCY ...................................................................................................................18-31
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-31
18.77 DIMENSIONS FOR SUMP PUMP MOTORS, TYPE K...................................................18-31
18.78 FRAME NUMBER AND FRAME SUFFIX LETTER..........................................................18-31
SMALL MOTORS FOR GASOLINE DISPENSING PUMPS ........................................................18-33
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-33
18.80 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-33

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



18.30.2 Polyphase Induction Motors ................................................................................18-33
18.81 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-33
18.82.2 Speed Ratings .....................................................................................................18-33
18.85 LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE ............................................................................................18-34
18.86 LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT ..........................................................................................18-34
18.88 VARIATIONS FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED
FREQUENCY ...................................................................................................................18-35
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-35
18.92 DIMENSIONS FOR GASOLINE DISPENSING PUMP MOTORS,
TYPE G .............................................................................................................................18-36
SMALL MOTORS FOR OIL BURNERS .......................................................................................18-37
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-37
18.94 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-37
18.95 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-37
18.96.2 Speed Ratings .....................................................................................................18-37
18.99 LOCKED-ROTOR CHARACTERISTICS..........................................................................18-38
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-38
18.104 DIMENSIONS FOR FACE-MOUNTING MOTORS FOR OILBURNERS, TYPES M AND N ..........................................................................................18-39
18.104.1 Dimensions ........................................................................................................18-39
18.105 TOLERANCES..................................................................................................................18-39
18.106.1 Suffix Letter M....................................................................................................18-39
18.106.2 Suffix Letter N ....................................................................................................18-40
SMALL MOTORS FOR HOME LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT ............................................................18-41
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-41
18.108 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-41
18.109 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-41
18.110.1 Horsepower Ratings ..........................................................................................18-41
18.110.2 Speed Ratings ...................................................................................................18-41
18.112 TEMPERATURE RISE .....................................................................................................18.42


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xx
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxi
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-42
18.118 DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORS FOR HOME LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT ............................18-43
MOTORS AND JET PUMPS .........................................................................................................18-44
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-44
18.120 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-44
18.120.1 Single-Phase Motors .........................................................................................18-44
18.120.2 Polyphase Induction Motors ..............................................................................18-44
18.121 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-44
18.122 HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND SERVICE FACTOR RATINGS......................................18-44
TEST AND PERFORMANCE........................................................................................................18-45
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-45
18.131 DIMENSION FOR FACE-MOUNTED MOTORS FOR JET PUMPS................................18-46
SMALL MOTORS FOR COOLANT PUMPS ................................................................................18-48
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-48
18.134 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-48
18.134.3 Direct-current Motors .........................................................................................18-48
18.135 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-48
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-51
SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS FOR DEEP WELL PUMPS4-INCH................................................18-52
18.145 CLASSIFICATION TO ELECTRICAL TYPE.....................................................................18-52
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-52
18.146 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-52
18.147 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-52
18.148.2 Speed Ratings ...................................................................................................18-52
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



18.150.1 Single-Phase Small Motors ...............................................................................18-53
18.150.2 Single-Phase Medium Motors............................................................................18-53
18.152.3 Three-Phase Medium Motors ............................................................................18-53
18.152 VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE AT CONTROL BOX...........................................18-53
18.153 VARIATION FROM RATED FREQUENCY ......................................................................18-53
18.155 THRUST CAPACITY ........................................................................................................18-53
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-53
18.156 TERMINAL LEAD MARKINGS .........................................................................................18-53
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-55
18.159 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-55
18.160 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-55
18.162 BASIS FOR HORSEPOWER RATING.............................................................................18-55
18.168 THRUST CAPACITY ........................................................................................................18-56
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-56
18.169 TERMINAL LEAD MARKINGS .........................................................................................18-56
18.170 GENERAL-MECHANICAL FEATURES............................................................................18-57
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-58
18.172 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-58
18.173 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-58
18.174.2 Speed Ratings ...................................................................................................18-58
18.180 THRUST CAPACITY ........................................................................................................18-59
MEDIUM DC ELEVATOR MOTORS.............................................................................................18-61
18.182 CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO TYPE.....................................................................18-61
18.182.1 Class DH............................................................................................................18-61
18.182.2 Class DL ............................................................................................................18-61
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-61
18.183 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-61


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxii
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxiii
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.184.1 Class DH............................................................................................................18-61

18.184.2 Class DL ............................................................................................................18-61
18.185 BASIS OF RATING...........................................................................................................18-62
18.185.1 Class DH............................................................................................................18-62
18.185.2 Class DL ............................................................................................................18-62
18.186 NAMEPLATE MARKINGS................................................................................................18-62
18.187 ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION CAPACITY .....................................................18-62
18.188 VARIATION IN SPEED DUE TO LOAD ...........................................................................18-62
18.188.1 Class DH............................................................................................................18-62
18.188.2 Class DL ............................................................................................................18-62
18.190 VARIATION IN SPEED DUE TO HEATING .....................................................................18-62
18.190.1 Open-Loop Control System ...............................................................................18-62
18.190.2 Closed-Loop Control System.............................................................................18-63
MOTOR-GENERATOR SETS FOR DC ELEVATOR MOTORS ..................................................18-64
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-64
18.193 BASIS OF RATING...........................................................................................................18-64
18.193.1 Time Rating........................................................................................................18-64
18.193.2 Relation to Elevator Motor .................................................................................18-64
18.194 GENERATOR VOLTAGE RATINGS ................................................................................18-64
18.194.1 Value..................................................................................................................18-64
18.194.2 Maximum Value .................................................................................................18-64
18.195 VARIATION IN VOLTAGE DUE TO HEATING ................................................................18-64
18.195.1 Open-Loop Control System ...............................................................................18-64
18.195.2 Closed-Loop Control System.............................................................................18-64
18.196 OVERLOAD ......................................................................................................................18-64
18.200 COMBINED VARIATION OF VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY..........................................18-65
18.201.1 Induction Motors ................................................................................................18-65
18.201.2 Direct-Current Adjustable-Voltage Generators..................................................18-65
MEDIUM AC POLYPHASE ELEVATOR MOTORS .....................................................................18-66
18.202.1 AH1 ....................................................................................................................18-65
18.202.2 AH2 ....................................................................................................................18-66
18.202.3 AH3 ....................................................................................................................18-66
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-66
18.203 BASIS OF RATINGELEVATOR MOTORS...................................................................18-66
18.204 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-66
18.205 FREQUENCY ...................................................................................................................18-66
18.207 LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE FOR SINGLE-SPEED SQUIRRELCAGE ELEVATOR MOTORS...........................................................................................18-67
18.208 TIME-TEMPERATURE RATING ......................................................................................18-67
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-68
MEDIUM AC CRANE MOTORS ...................................................................................................18-69


RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-69
18.212 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-69
18.213 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-69
18.215 SECONDARY DATA FOR WOUND-ROTOR CRANE MOTORS....................................18-70
18.217 FRAME SIZES FOR TWO- AND THREE-PHASE 60-HERTZ
OPEN AND TOTALLY ENCLOSED WOUND-ROTOR CRANE
MOTORS HAVING CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEMS ..................................................18-71
18.218 TIME RATINGS ................................................................................................................18-71
18.220 BREAKDOWN TORQUE ..................................................................................................18-71
18.220.1 Minimum Value ..................................................................................................18-71
18.221.2 Maximum Value .................................................................................................18-71
18.223 OVERSPEEDS .................................................................................................................18-72
18.224 PLUGGING .......................................................................................................................18-72
18.226 ROUTINE TESTS .............................................................................................................18-72
18.227 BALANCE OF MOTORS ..................................................................................................18-72
18.228 BEARINGS .......................................................................................................................18-72
18.229 DIMENSIONS FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT WOUND-ROTOR
OPEN AND TOTALLY ENCLOSED CRANE MOTORS...................................................18-73
18.230 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR ALTERNATINGCURRENT OPEN AND TOTALLY ENCLOSED WOUND-ROTOR
CRANE MOTORS HAVING ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS................................................18-74
MEDIUM SHELL-TYPE MOTORS FOR WOODWORKING AND
MACHINE-TOOL APPLICATIONS ...............................................................................................18-76
18.231 DEFINITION OF SHELL-TYPE MOTOR ..........................................................................18-76
18.232 TEMPERATURE RISESHELL-TYPE MOTOR .............................................................18-76
18.233 TEMPERATURE RISE FOR 60-HERTZ SHELL-TYPE MOTORS
OPERATED ON 50-HERTZ .............................................................................................18-76
18.234 OPERATION AT OTHER FREQUENCIESSHELL-TYPE MOTORS............................18-76
18.235 RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS FOR SHELL-TYPE MOTORS.........................................18-76
18.235.1 Rotor Bore and Keyway Dimensions, Three-Phase
60-Hertz 40oC Open Motors, 208, 220, 440, and 550 Volts .............................18-76
18.235.2 BH and BJ Dimensions in Inches, Open Type Three-Phase
60-Hertz 40oC Continuous, 208, 220, 440, and 550 Volts.................................18-77
18.236 LETTERING FOR DIMENSION SHEETS FOR SHELL-TYPE MOTORS .......................18-78
MEDIUM AC SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR
VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP APPLICATIONS.............................................................................18-78
18.237 DIMENSION FOR TYPE VP VERTICAL SOLID-SHAFT, SINGLE-PHASE
AND POLYPHASE, DIRECT CONNECTED SQUIRREL-CAGE
INDUCTION MOTORS FOR VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP
APPLICATIONS................................................................................................................18-79
18.238 DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE P AND PH ALTERNATING-CURRENT
SQUIRREL-CAGE VERTICAL HOLLOW-SHAFT MOTORS FOR
VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP APPLICATIONS.................................................................18-81
18.238.1 Base Dimensions...............................................................................................18-81
18.238.2 Coupling Dimensions.........................................................................................18-82
MEDIUM AC SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR
CLOSE-COUPLED PUMPS ..........................................................................................................18-83
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-83
18.239 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-83
18.240 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-83


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxiv

18.242 NAMEPLATE RATINGS ...................................................................................................18-83
18.244 TORQUES ........................................................................................................................18-83
18.245 LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENTS........................................................................................18-83
18.248 BALANCE OF MOTORS ..................................................................................................18-83
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-83
18.249 FRAME ASSIGNMENTS ..................................................................................................18-83
18.250 DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE JM AND JP ALTERNATING-CURRENT
FACE-MOUNTING CLOSE-COUPLED PUMP MOTORS HAVING
ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS .............................................................................................18-84
18.251 DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE LP AND LPH VERTICAL SOLID-SHAFT
SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE DIRECT-CONNECTED SQUIRRELCAGE INDUCTION MOTORS (HAVING THE THRUST BEARING IN THE
MOTOR) FOR CHEMICAL PROCESS IN-LINE PUMP APPLICATIONS........................18-89
18.252 DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE HP AND HPH VERTICAL SOLID-SHAFT
SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE DIRECT-CONNECTED
SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR PROCESS AND
IN-LINE PUMP APPLICATIONS ......................................................................................18-91
DC PERMANENT-MAGNET TACHOMETER GENERATORS FOR CONTROL SYSTEMS ......18-93
18.254 CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO OUTPUT VOLTAGE RATING ..............................18-93
RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-93
18.255 OUTPUT VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................18-93
18.256 CURRENT RATING..........................................................................................................18-93
18.257 SPEED RATINGS.............................................................................................................18-93
18.258 TEST METHODS..............................................................................................................18-93
18.260 VARIATION FROM RATED OUTPUT VOLTAGE............................................................18-94
18.260.1 High-Voltage Type .............................................................................................18-94
18.260.2 Low-Voltage Type..............................................................................................18-94
18.261.1 Test ....................................................................................................................18-94
18.261.2 Application .........................................................................................................18-94
18.262 OVERSPEED....................................................................................................................18-94
18.263 PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS...........................................................................18-94
18.263.2 Low-Voltage Type..............................................................................................18-95
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-95
18.264.2 Low-Voltage Type..............................................................................................18-95
18.266.2 Low-Voltage Type..............................................................................................18-96
TORQUE MOTORS.......................................................................................................................18-97
18.268 DEFINITION......................................................................................................................18-97
18.269.1 AC Torque Motors .............................................................................................18-97
18.269.2 DC Torque Motors .............................................................................................18-97


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxv
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxvi
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SMALL MOTORS FOR CARBONATOR PUMPS ........................................................................18-98

RATINGS.......................................................................................................................................18-98
18.271 VOLTAGE RATINGS ........................................................................................................18-98
18.272 FREQUENCIES ................................................................................................................18-98
18.273 HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATING ...........................................................................18-98
18.273.2 Speed Ratings ...................................................................................................18-98
18.277 MAXIMUM LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENTSINGLE PHASE..........................................18-98
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................18-99
18.280 GENERAL MECHANICAL FEATURE ..............................................................................18-99
18.281 DIMENSIONS FOR CARBONATOR PUMP MOTORS....................................................18-99
Section III LARGE MACHINES
Part 20LARGE MACHINESINDUCTION MACHINES
20.1
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................20-1
20.2
BASIS OF RATING.............................................................................................................20-1
20.3
MACHINE POWER AND SPEED RATINGS......................................................................20-1
20.4
POWER RATINGS OF MULTISPEED MACHINES ...........................................................20-2
20.4.1 Constant Power .......................................................................................................20-2
20.4.2 Constant Torque ......................................................................................................20-2
20.4.3 Variable Torque .......................................................................................................20-2
20.5
VOLTAGE RATINGS ..........................................................................................................20-3
20.6
FREQUENCIES ..................................................................................................................20-3
20.7
SERVICE FACTOR ............................................................................................................20-3
20.7.1 Service Factor of 1.0................................................................................................20-3
20.7.2 Service Factor of 1.15..............................................................................................20-3
20.7.3 Application of Motors with a Service Factor of 1.15 ................................................20-3
20.8
20.8.1 Machines with a 1.0 Service Factor at Rated Load .................................................20-4
20.8.2 Machines with a 1.15 Service Factor at Service Factor Load .................................20-5
20.8.3 Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40oC ..................................................20-5
20.8.4 Temperature Rise for Altitudes Greater than 3300 Feet
(1000 Meters)...........................................................................................................20-5
20.8.5 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40oC,
but Not Below 0oC....................................................................................................20-5
20.9
CODE LETTERS (FOR LOCKED-ROTOR KVA)...............................................................20-6
20.10 TORQUE.............................................................................................................................20-7
20.10.1 Standard Torque....................................................................................................20-7
20.10.2 High Torque ...........................................................................................................20-8
20.10.3 Motor Torques When Customer Specifies A Custom Load Curve ......................20-8
20.10.4 Motor With 4.5 pu and Lower Locked-Rotor Current ...........................................20-8
20.11 LOAD WK2 FOR POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CASE INDUCTION
MOTORS ............................................................................................................................20-8
20.12 NUMBER OF STARTS .......................................................................................................20-9
20.12.1 Starting Capability..................................................................................................20-9
20.12.2 Additional Starts.....................................................................................................20-9
20.12.3 Information Plate....................................................................................................20-9
20.13 OVERSPEEDS ...................................................................................................................20-9


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxvii
20.14
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`-
VARIATIONS FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED FREQUENCY ...........................20-11

20.14.1 Running................................................................................................................20-11
20.14.2 Starting.................................................................................................................20-11
20.15 OPERATION OF INDUCTION MACHINES FROM VARIABLEFREQUENCY OR VARIABLE-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES,
OR BOTH..........................................................................................................................20-11
20.16 TESTS ..............................................................................................................................20-12
20.16.1 Test Methods .......................................................................................................20-12
20.16.2 Routine Tests on Machines Completely Assembled in Factory ..........................20-12
20.16.3 Routine Tests on Machines Not Completely Assembled in Factory....................20-12
20.17.1 Safety Precautions and Test Procedure..............................................................20-12
20.17.2 Test VoltagePrimary Windings .......................................................................20-12
20.17.3 Test VoltageSecondary Windings of Wound Rotors........................................20-12
20.18 MACHINE WITH SEALED WINDINGSCONFORMANCE TESTS ...............................20-13
20.18.1 Test for Stator Which Can be Submerged...........................................................20-13
20.18.2 Test for Stator Which Cannot be Submerged......................................................20-13
20.19 MACHINE SOUND ...........................................................................................................20-13
20.20 REPORT OF TEST FORM FOR INDUCTION MACHINES .............................................20-14
20.21 EFFICIENCY.....................................................................................................................20-14
20.22 MECHANICAL VIBRATION..............................................................................................20-14
20.23 REED FREQUENCY OF VERTICAL MACHINES ...........................................................20-15
20.24 EFFECTS OF UNBALANCED VOLTAGES ON THE PERFORMANCE
OF POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS .........................................20-15
20.24.1 Effect on PerformanceGeneral.........................................................................20-16
20.24.2 Voltage Unbalance Defined .................................................................................20-16
20.24.3 Torques................................................................................................................20-16
20.24.4 Full-Load Speed ..................................................................................................20-16
20.24.5 Currents ...............................................................................................................20-16
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................20-16
20.25.1 Alternating-Current Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Motors .........................................20-17
20.25.2 Polyphase Wound-Rotor Motors..........................................................................20-17
20.25.3 Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Generators..................................................................20-17
20.25.4 Polyphase Wound-Rotor Generators ..................................................................20-18
20.26 MOTOR TERMINAL HOUSINGS AND BOXES...............................................................20-18
20.26.1 Box Dimensions...................................................................................................20-18
20.26.2 Accessory Lead Terminations .............................................................................20-18
20.26.3 Lead Terminations of Accessories Operating at 50 Volts or Less.......................20-18
20.27 EMBEDDED TEMPERATURE DETECTORS..................................................................20-19
20.28.1 General ................................................................................................................20-21
20.29 END PLAY AND ROTOR FLOAT FOR COUPLED SLEEVE BEARING
HORIZONTAL INDUCTION MACHINES..........................................................................20-22
20.29.1 General ................................................................................................................20-22
20.29.2 Limits....................................................................................................................20-22
20.29.3 Marking Requirements.........................................................................................20-22
20.30 PULSATING STATOR CURRENT IN INDUCTION MOTORS.........................................20-23
20.31 ASEISMATIC CAPABILITY ..............................................................................................20-23
20.31.1 General ................................................................................................................20-23
20.31.2 Frequency Response Spectrum ..........................................................................20-23
20.31.3 Units for Capability Requirements .......................................................................20-23
20.31.4 Recommended Peak Acceleration Limits............................................................20-23


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxviii
20.32
20.33
20.34
20.35
20.36
20.37
BELT, CHAIN, AND GEAR DRIVE...................................................................................20-24

BUS TRANSFER OR RECLOSING .................................................................................20-24
20.33.1 Slow Transfer or Reclosing..................................................................................20-24
20.33.2 Fast Transfer or Reclosing ..................................................................................20-24
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION ...................................................................................20-25
SURGE CAPABILITIES OF AC WINDINGS WITH FORMWOUND COILS ................................................................................................................20-25
20.35.1 General ................................................................................................................20-25
20.35.2 Surge Sources .....................................................................................................20-25
20.35.3 Factors Influencing Magnitude and Rise Time ....................................................20-25
20.35.4 Surge Protection ..................................................................................................20-26
20.35.5 Surge Withstand Capability for Standard Machines ............................................20-26
20.35.6 Special Surge Withstand Capability ....................................................................20-26
20.35.7 Testing .................................................................................................................20-26
20.35.8 Test Voltage Values.............................................................................................20-26
MACHINES OPERATING ON AN UNGROUNDED SYSTEM .........................................20-26
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Part 21LARGE MACHINESSYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
RATINGS.........................................................................................................................................21-1
21.1
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................21-1
21.2
BASIS OF RATING.............................................................................................................21-1
21.3
HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS...........................................................................21-2
21.4
POWER FACTOR...............................................................................................................21-2
21.5
VOLTAGE RATINGS ..........................................................................................................21-2
21.5.1 Voltage Ratings........................................................................................................21-2
21.5.2 Preferred Motor Output/Voltage Rating ...................................................................21-3
21.6
FREQUENCIES ..................................................................................................................21-3
21.7
EXCITATION VOLTAGE ....................................................................................................21-3
21.8
SERVICE FACTOR ............................................................................................................21-3
21.8.1 Service Factor of 1.0................................................................................................21-3
21.8.2 Service Factor of 1.15..............................................................................................21-3
21.8.3 Application of Motor with 1.15 Service Factor .........................................................21-3
21.9
TYPICAL KW RATINGS OF EXCITERS FOR 60-HERTZ
SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS...............................................................................................21-4
21.10 TEMPERATURE RISESYNCHRONOUS MOTORS ......................................................21-9
21.10.1 Machines with 1.0 Service Factor at Rated Load ..................................................21-9
21.10.2 Machines with 1.15 Service Factor at Service Factor Load ..................................21-9
21.10.4 Temperature Rise for Altitudes Greater than 3300 Feet (1000 Meters)..............21-10
21.10.5 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Motors for Ambients Lower than 40oC,
but Not Below 0oC................................................................................................21-10
21.11 TORQUES ........................................................................................................................21-11
21.11.1 General ................................................................................................................21-11
21.11.2 Motor Torques When Customer Supplies Load Curve........................................21-11
21.12 NORMAL WK2 OF LOAD..................................................................................................21-11
21.13 NUMBER OF STARTS .....................................................................................................21-12
21.13.1 Starting Capability................................................................................................21-12
21.13.2 Additional Starts...................................................................................................21-12
21.13.3 Information Plate..................................................................................................21-12
21.14 EFFICIENCY.....................................................................................................................21-12
21.15 OVERSPEED....................................................................................................................21-13
21.16 OPERATION AT OTHER THAN RATED POWER FACTORS ........................................21-13
21.16.1 Operation of an 0.8 Power-factor Motor at 1.0 Power-factor...............................21-13


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxix
21.16.2 Operation of a 1.0 Power-factor Motor at 0.8 Power-factor.................................21-14
VARIATIONS FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED FREQUENCY ...........................21-14
21.17.1 Running................................................................................................................21-14
21.17.2 Starting.................................................................................................................21-14
21.18 OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS FROM VARIABLEFREQUENCY POWER SUPPLIES ..................................................................................21-14
21.19 SPECIFICATION FORM FOR SLIP-RING SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS ........................21-18
21.20 SPECIFICATION FORM FOR BRUSHLESS SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS.....................21-19
21.21 ROUTINE TESTS .............................................................................................................21-20
21.21.1 Motors Not Completely Assembled in the Factory ..............................................21-20
21.21.2 Motors Completely Assembled in the Factory .....................................................21-20
21.22.2 Test VoltageArmature Windings ......................................................................21-20
21.22.3 Test VoltageField Windings, Motors with Slip Rings........................................21-20
21.22.4 Test VoltageAssembled Brushless Motor Field
Windings and Exciter Armature Winding .............................................................21-20
21.22.5 Test VoltageBrushless Exciter Field Winding ..................................................21-21
21.23 MACHINE SOUND ...........................................................................................................21-21
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................21-21
21.26 MOTOR TERMINAL HOUSINGS AND BOXES...............................................................21-22
21.26.1 Box Dimensions...................................................................................................21-22
21.26.2 Accessory Lead Terminations .............................................................................21-22
21.26.3 Lead Terminations of Accessories Operating at 50 Volts or Less.......................21-22
21.27 EMBEDDED DETECTORS ..............................................................................................21-24
21.28.1 General ................................................................................................................21-25
21.29 EFFECTS OF UNBALANCED VOLTAGES ON THE PERFORMANCE
OF POLYPHASE SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS................................................................21-26
21.29.1 Effect on Performance .........................................................................................21-27
21.29.2 Voltage Unbalanced Defined ...............................................................................21-27
21.30 COUPLING END PLAY AND ROTOR FLOAT FOR HORIZONTAL
MOTORS ..........................................................................................................................21-27
21.31 BELT, CHAIN, AND GEAR DRIVE...................................................................................21-27
21.32 PULSATING ARMATURE CURRENT..............................................................................21-27
21.33 TORQUE PULSATIONS DURING STARTING OF SYNCHRONOUS
MOTORS ..........................................................................................................................21-28
21.34 BUS TRANSFER OR RECLOSING .................................................................................21-28
21.34.1 Slow Transfer of Reclosing..................................................................................21-28
21.34.2 Fast Transfer of Reclosing...................................................................................21-28
21.34.3 Bus Transfer Procedure.......................................................................................21-29
21.35 CALCULATION OF NATURAL FREQUENCY OF SYNCHRONOUS
MACHINES DIRECT-CONNECTED TO RECIPROCATING
MACHINERY ....................................................................................................................21-29
21.35.1 Undamped Natural Frequency.............................................................................21-29
21.35.2 Synchronizing Torque Coefficient, Pr ..................................................................21-29
21.35.3 Factors Influencing Pr ..........................................................................................21-29
21.36 TYPICAL TORQUE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................21-29
21.37 COMPRESSOR FACTORS..............................................................................................21-34
21.38 SURGE CAPABILITIES OF AC WINDINGS WITH FORM-WOUND COILS ...................21-35
21.39 MACHINES OPERATING ON AN UNGROUNDED SYSTEM .........................................21-35


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21.17
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxx
21.40
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`-

Part 23LARGE MACHINESDC MOTORS LARGER THAN 1.25 HORSEPOWER PER RPM,
OPEN TYPE
CLASSIFICATION...........................................................................................................................23-1
23.1
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................23-1
23.2
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MOTORS ...................................................................................23-1
23.3
METAL ROLLING MILL MOTORS .....................................................................................23-1
23.3.1 Class N Metal Rolling Mill Motors ............................................................................23-1
23.3.2 Class S Metal Rolling Mill Motors ............................................................................23-1
23.4
REVERSING HOT MILL MOTORS ....................................................................................23-1
RATINGS.........................................................................................................................................23-2
23.5
BASIS OF RATING.............................................................................................................23-2
23.6
HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS ......................................................23-3
23.6.1 General Industrial Motors and Metal Rolling Mill Motors,
Classes N and S ......................................................................................................23-3
23.6.2 Reversing Hot Mill Motors........................................................................................23-4
23.7
SPEED RATINGS BY FIELD CONTROL FOR 250-VOLT DIRECTCURRENT MOTORS..........................................................................................................23-5
23.8
SPEED RATINGS BY FIELD CONTROL FOR 500- OR 700-VOLT
DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS...........................................................................................23-6
23.9
23.9.1 Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40oC ..................................................23-9
(1000 Meters)...........................................................................................................23-9
but Not Below 0o C...................................................................................................23-9
23.10 OVERLOAD CAPABILITY ................................................................................................23-10
23.10.1 General Industrial Motors ....................................................................................23-10
23.10.2 Metal Rolling Mill Motors (Excluding Reversing Hot Mill
Motors)Open, Forced-Ventilated, and Totally Enclosed WaterAir-Cooled ............................................................................................................23-10
23.10.3 Reversing Hot Mill MotorsForced-Ventilated and Totally
Enclosed Water-Air-Cooled .................................................................................23-11
23.11 MOMENTARY LOAD CAPACITY.....................................................................................23-11
23.12 SUCCESSFUL COMMUTATION .....................................................................................23-11
23.13 EFFICIENCY.....................................................................................................................23-11
23.14 TYPICAL REVERSAL TIME OF REVERSING HOT MILL MOTORS ..............................23-12
23.15 IMPACT SPEED DROP OF A DIRECT-CURRENT MOTOR ..........................................23-12
23.16 OVERSPEED....................................................................................................................23-12
23.17.1 Steady State ........................................................................................................23-13
23.17.2 Transient Voltages of Microsecond Duration.......................................................23-13
23.18 FIELD DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS ..........................................................23-13
23.19 ROUTINE TESTS .............................................................................................................23-14
23.20.2 Test Voltage.........................................................................................................23-14
23.22 METHOD OF MEASURING THE MOTOR VIBRATION ..................................................23-14
23.23 CONDITIONS OF TEST FOR SPEED REGULATION.....................................................23-14
MANUFACTURING .......................................................................................................................23-14


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxxi
23.25
23.26
23.27
23.28
SERVICE CONDITIONS...................................................................................................23-15
23.25.1 General ................................................................................................................23-15
OPERATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS ON RECTIFIED
ALTERNATING CURRENT ..............................................................................................23-16
23.26.1 General ................................................................................................................23-16
23.26.2 Operation on Parallel with Power Supply with High Ripple .................................23-16
23.26.3 Bearing Currents..................................................................................................23-17
OPERATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS BELOW BASE SPEED
BY REDUCED ARMATURE VOLTAGE ...........................................................................23-17
RATE OF CHANGE OF LOAD CURRENT ......................................................................23-17

Part 24LARGE MACHINESDC GENERATORS LARGER THAN 1.0 KILOWATT
PER RPM, OPEN TYPE CLASSIFICATION
24.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................24-1
24.1
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL GENERATORS ..........................................................................24-1
24.2
METAL ROLLING MILL GENERATORS............................................................................24-1
24.3
REVERSING HOT MILL GENERATORS...........................................................................24-1
RATINGS.........................................................................................................................................24-1
24.9
BASIS OF RATING.............................................................................................................24-1
24.10 KILOWATT, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS ..............................................................24-2
24.40 TEMPERATURE RISE .......................................................................................................24-3
24.40.1 Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40oC ................................................24-4
(1000 Meters).........................................................................................................24-4
24.40.3 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower
than 40o C, but Not Below 0o C* ...........................................................................24-4
24.41 OVERLOAD CAPABILITY ..................................................................................................24-5
24.41.1 General Industrial Generators ...............................................................................24-5
24.41.2 Metal Rolling Mill Generators (Excluding Reversing Hot Mill
Generators)Open, Forced-Ventilated, and Totally Enclosed
Water-Air-Cooled ...................................................................................................24-5
24.41.3 Reversing Hot Mill GeneratorsForced-Ventilated and Totally
Enclosed Water-Air-Cooled ...................................................................................24-5
24.42 MOMENTARY LOAD CAPACITY.......................................................................................24-5
24.43 SUCCESSFUL COMMUTATION .......................................................................................24-6
24.44 OUTPUT AT REDUCED VOLTAGE...................................................................................24-6
24.45 EFFICIENCY.......................................................................................................................24-6
24.46 OVERSPEED......................................................................................................................24-7
24.47 FIELD DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS...................................................24-7
24.48 ROUTINE TESTS ...............................................................................................................24-7
24.49 HIGH POTENTIAL TESTS .................................................................................................24-7
24.49.1 Safety Precautions and Test Procedure................................................................24-7
24.49.2 Test Voltage...........................................................................................................24-8
24.50 CONDITIONS OF TESTS FOR VOLTAGE REGULATION ...............................................24-8
24.51 MECHANICAL VIBRATION................................................................................................24-8
MANUFACTURING .........................................................................................................................24-8
24.61 NAMEPLATE MARKING ....................................................................................................24-8
APPLICATION DATA......................................................................................................................24-8
24.80 SERVICE CONDITIONS.....................................................................................................24-8
24.80.1 General ..................................................................................................................24-8
24.80.2 Usual Service Conditions.......................................................................................24-9
24.80.3 Unusual Service Conditions...................................................................................24-9
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxxii
24.81
24.82
24.83
24.84
RATE OF CHANGE OF LOAD CURRENT ........................................................................24-9

SUCCESSFUL PARALLEL OPERATION OF GENERATORS........................................24-10
OPERATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS IN PARALLEL
WITH RECTIFIED ALTERNATING-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY ..................................24-10
24.83.1 General ................................................................................................................24-10
24.83.2 Operation in Parallel with Power Supply with Ripple...........................................24-10
24.83.3 Bearing Currents..................................................................................................24-10
COMPOUNDING ..............................................................................................................24-11
24.84.1 Flat Compounding ...............................................................................................24-11
24.84.2 Other ....................................................................................................................24-11
Section IV PERFORMANCE STANDARDS APPLYING TO ALL MACHINES

Part 31DEFINITE-PURPOSE INVERTER-FED POLYPHASE MOTORS
31.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................31-1
31.1
SERVICE CONDITIONS.....................................................................................................31-1
31.1.1 General ....................................................................................................................31-1
31.1.2 Usual Service Conditions.........................................................................................31-1
31.1.3 Unusual Service Conditions.....................................................................................31-1
31.1.4 Operation in Hazardous (Classified) Locations .......................................................31-2
31.2
DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES, AND MOUNTING FOR
FRAME DESIGNATIONS ...................................................................................................31-2
31.3
RATING ..............................................................................................................................31-3
31.3.1 Basis of Rating.........................................................................................................31-3
31.3.2 Base Horsepower and Speed Ratings ....................................................................31-3
31.3.3 Speed Range ...........................................................................................................31-4
31.3.4 Voltage.....................................................................................................................31-4
31.3.5 Number of Phases ...................................................................................................31-4
31.3.6 Direction of Rotation ................................................................................................31-5
31.3.7 Service Factor..........................................................................................................31-5
31.3.8 Duty..........................................................................................................................31-5
31.4
PERFORMANCE ................................................................................................................31-5
31.4.1 Temperature Rise ....................................................................................................31-5
31.4.2 Torque......................................................................................................................31-9
31.4.3 Operating Limitations..............................................................................................31-9
31.4.4 Insulation Considerations ......................................................................................31-10
31.4.5 Resonances, Sound, Vibration ..............................................................................31-12
31.4.6 Bearing Lubrication at Low and High Speeds .......................................................31-12
31.5
NAMEPLATE MARKING ..................................................................................................31-13
31.5.1 Variable Torque Applications.................................................................................31-13
31.5.2 Other Applications .................................................................................................31-13


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Part 30APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS FOR CONSTANT SPEED MOTORS
USED ON A SINUSOIDAL BUS WITH HARMONIC CONTENT AND
GENERAL PURPOSE MOTORS USED WITH ADJUSTABLE-VOLTAGE
OR ADJUSTABLE-FREQUENCY CONTROLS OR BOTH
30.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................30-1
30.1
APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS FOR CONSTANT SPEED MOTORS
USED ON A SINUSOIDAL BUS WITH HARMONIC CONTENT .......................................30-1
30.1.1 Efficiency..................................................................................................................30-1
30.1.2 Derating for Harmonic Content ................................................................................30-1
30.1.3 Power Factor Correction..........................................................................................30-2
30.2
GENERAL PURPOSE MOTORS USED WITH ADJUSTABLEVOLTAGE OR ADJUSTABLE-FREQUENCY CONTROLS OR BOTH..............................30-2
30.2.1 Definitions ................................................................................................................30-2
30.2.2 Application Considerations ......................................................................................30-5
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxxiii
31.6
31.7
TESTS ..............................................................................................................................31-13
31.6.1 Test Method ...........................................................................................................31-13
31.6.2 Routine Tests.........................................................................................................31-14
31.6.3 Performance Tests ................................................................................................31-14
ACCESSORY MOUNTING...............................................................................................31-14

Part 32SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORS (EXCLUSIVE OF GENERATORS
COVERED BY ANSI STANDARDS C50.12, C50.13, C50.14,
AND C50.15 ABOVE 5000 kVA) RATINGS
32.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................32-1
32.1
BASIS OF RATING.............................................................................................................32-1
32.2
KILOVOLT-AMPERE (KVA) AND (KW) RATINGS ............................................................32-1
32.3
SPEED RATINGS...............................................................................................................32-1
32.4
VOLTAGE RATINGS ..........................................................................................................32-3
32.4.1 Voltage Ratings for 60 Hz Circuits, Volts.................................................................32-3
32.4.2 Voltage Ratings for 50 Hz Circuits, Volts.................................................................32-3
32.5
FREQUENCIES ..................................................................................................................32-3
32.6
but Not Below 0o C ..................................................................................................32-5
32.7
MAXIMUM MOMENTARY OVERLOADS...........................................................................32-5
32.8
OVERLOAD CAPABILITY ..................................................................................................32-6
32.9
OCCASIONAL EXCESS CURRENT ..................................................................................32-6
32.10 MAXIMUM DEVIATION FACTOR ......................................................................................32-6
32.11 TELEPHONE INFLUENCE FACTOR (TIF) ........................................................................32-6
32.12 EFFICIENCY.......................................................................................................................32-7
32.13 SHORT-CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................32-8
32.14 CONTINUOUS CURRENT UNBALANCE ..........................................................................32-8
32.15 OPERATION WITH NON-LINEAR OR ASYMMETRIC LOADS ........................................32-9
32.16 OVERSPEEDS ...................................................................................................................32-9
32.17.1 Broad Voltage Range ..........................................................................................32-10
32.17.2 Discrete Voltage ..................................................................................................32-10
32.18 SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR VOLTAGE REGULATION
(VOLTAGE DIP)................................................................................................................32-10
32.18.1 General ................................................................................................................32-10
32.18.2 Definitions ............................................................................................................32-10
32.18.3 Voltage Recorder Performance ...........................................................................32-12
32.18.4 Examples .............................................................................................................32-12
32.18.5 Motor Starting Loads ...........................................................................................32-12
32.19 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION FORMS ...................................................................32-15
32.19.1 Slip-ring Synchronous Generators ......................................................................32-15
32.19.2 Brushless Synchronous Generators....................................................................32-16
32.20 ROUTINE FACTORY TESTS...........................................................................................32-17
32.20.1 Generators Not Completely Assembled in the Factory .......................................32-17
32.20.2 Generators Completely Assembled in the Factory ..............................................32-17
32.21.1 Safety Precautions and Test Procedures ............................................................32-17
32.21.2 Test VoltageArmature Windings ......................................................................32-17
32.21.3 Test VoltageField Windings, Generators with Slip Rings ................................32-17
32.21.4 Test VoltageAssembled Brushless Generator Field
Winding and Exciter Armature Winding...............................................................32-17
32.21.5 Test VoltageBrushless Exciter Field Winding ..................................................32-18
32.22 MACHINE SOUND SYNCHRONOUS (GENERATORS) .................................................32-18
32.22.1 Sound Quality ......................................................................................................32-18
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxxiv

Part 33DEFINITE PURPOSE SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORS FOR
GENERATING SET APPLICATIONS
33.0
SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................33-1
33.1
DEFINITIONS .....................................................................................................................33-1
33.1.1 Rated Output Power ...............................................................................................33-1
33.1.2 Rated Speed of Rotation n .....................................................................................33-2
33.1.3 Voltage Terms.........................................................................................................33-2
33.1.4 Performance Classes .............................................................................................33-4
33.2
RATINGS ............................................................................................................................33-5
33.2.1 Power Factor...........................................................................................................33-5
33.2.2 Kilovolt Ampere (kVA) and Kilowatt (kW) Ratings ...............................................33-5
33.2.3 Speed......................................................................................................................33-6
33.2.4 Voltage....................................................................................................................33-6
33.2.5 Frequencies ............................................................................................................33-7
33.3
PERFORMANCE ................................................................................................................33-7
33.3.1 Voltage and Frequency Variation ...........................................................................33-7
33.3.2 Limits of Temperature and Temperature Rise........................................................33-8
33.3.3 Special Load Conditions .......................................................................................33-11
33.3.4 Power Quality........................................................................................................33-12
33.3.5 Overspeed ............................................................................................................33-18
33.3.6 Machine Sound.....................................................................................................33-18
33.3.7 Linear Vibration.....................................................................................................33-19
33.3.8 Testing ..................................................................................................................33-19
33.3.9 Performance Specification Forms.........................................................................33-22
33.4
APPLICATIONS................................................................................................................33-24
33.4.1 Service Conditions................................................................................................33-24
33.4.2 Transient Voltage Performance ............................................................................33-25
33.4.3 Torsional Vibration................................................................................................33-29
33.4.4 Generator Grounding............................................................................................33-29
33.4.5 Cyclic Irregularity ..................................................................................................33-30
33.4.6 Application Criteria................................................................................................33-30
33.5
MANUFACTURING ..........................................................................................................33-32
33.5.1 Nameplate Marking...............................................................................................33-32
33.5.2 Terminal Housings................................................................................................33-33


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32.22.2 Sound Measurement ...........................................................................................32-18

32.23 VIBRATION.......................................................................................................................32-18
MANUFACTURING DATA ............................................................................................................32-19
32.25 SHAFT EXTENSION KEY ................................................................................................32-19
32.26 GENERATOR TERMINAL HOUSING ..............................................................................32-19
32.27 EMBEDDED TEMPERATURE DETECTORS..................................................................32-20
32.29 PARALLEL OPERATION .................................................................................................32-21
32.30 CALCULATION OF NATURAL FREQUENCY .................................................................32-21
32.31 TORSIONAL VIBRATION.................................................................................................32-21
32.32 MACHINES OPERATING ON AN UNGROUNDED SYSTEM .........................................32-21
32.33.1 General ................................................................................................................32-21
32.34 NEUTRAL GROUNDING..................................................................................................32-23
32.35 STAND-BY GENERATOR................................................................................................32-23
32.36 GROUNDING MEANS FOR FIELD WIRING ...................................................................32-23
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxxv
The standards appearing in this publication have been developed by the Motor and Generator Section
and approved for publication as Standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. They are
intended to assist users in the proper selection and application of motors and generators. These
standards are revised periodically to provide for changes in user needs, advances in technology, and
changing economic trends. All persons having experience in the selection, use, or manufacture of electric
motors and generators are encouraged to submit recommendations that will improve the usefulness of
these standards. Inquiries, comments, and proposed or recommended revisions should be submitted to
the Motor and Generator Section by contacting:
Vice President, Technical Services
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
Rosslyn, VA 22209
The best judgment of the Motor and Generator Section on the performance and construction of motors
and generators is represented in these standards. They are based upon sound engineering principles,
research, and records of test and field experience. Also involved is an appreciation of the problems of
manufacture, installation, and use derived from consultation with and information obtained from
manufacturers, users, inspection authorities, and others having specialized experience. For machines
intended for general applications, information as to user needs was determined by the individual
companies through normal commercial contact with users. For some motors intended for definite
applications, the organizations that participated in the development of the standards are listed at the
beginning of those definite-purpose motor standards.
Practical information concerning performance, safety, test, construction, and manufacture of alternatingcurrent and direct-current motors and generators within the product scopes defined in the applicable
section or sections of this publication is provided in these standards. Although some definite-purpose
motors and generators are included, the standards do not apply to machines such as generators and
traction motors for railroads, motors for mining locomotives, arc-welding generators, automotive
accessory and toy motors and generators, machines mounted on airborne craft, etc.
In the preparation and revision of these standards, consideration has been given to the work of other
organizations whose standards are in any way related to motors and generators. Credit is hereby given to
all those whose standards may have been helpful in the preparation of this volume.
NEMA Standards Publication No. MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010 revises and supersedes the NEMA
Standards Publication No. MG 1-2009. Prior to publication, the NEMA Standards and Authorized
Engineering Information that appear in this publication unchanged since the preceding edition were
reaffirmed by the Motor and Generator Section.
The standards or guidelines presented in a NEMA Standards Publication are considered technically
sound at the time they are approved for publication. They are not a substitute for a product seller's or
user's own judgment with respect to the particular product referenced in the standard or guideline, and
NEMA does not undertake to guaranty the performance of any individual manufacturer's products by
virtue of this standard or guide. Thus, NEMA expressly disclaims any responsibility for damages arising
from the use, application, or reliance by others on the information contained in these standards or
guidelines.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Foreword
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Page xxxvi
This Standards Publication was developed by the Motors and Generator Section. Section approval of the
standard does not necessarily imply that all section members voted for its approval or participated in its
development. At the time it was approved, the Motors and Generator Section was composed of the following
members:
A.O. Smith Electric Products Co.Tipp City, OH
Baldor Electric CompanyFort Smith, AR
Cummins, Inc.Minneapolis, MN
Emerson Motor TechnologiesSt. Louis, MO
GE Consumer and IndustrialFt. Wayne, IN
Ram IndustriesLeesport, PA
Regal-Beloit CorporationBeloit, WI, composed of:
Leeson ElectricGrafton, WI
Lincoln MotorsCleveland, OH
Marathon Electric Manufacturing CorporationWausau, WI
Electra-GearUnion Grove, WI
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc.Lyman, SC
Siemens Industry, Inc.Norcross, GA
Sterling Electric, Inc.Indianapolis, IN
TECO-Westinghouse Motor Co.Round Rock, TX
Toshiba International CorporationHouston, TX
WEG Electric Motor Corp.Duluth, GA
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---




--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 1


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

REFERENCED STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
Section I
Part 1, Page 1
Section I
GENERAL STANDARDS APPLYING TO ALL MACHINES
Part 1
1.1
REFERENCED STANDARDS
The following publications are adopted, in whole or in part as indicated, by reference in this standards
publication. Mailing address of each reference organization is also provided.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
11 West 42nd Street
New York, NY 10036
ANSI B92.1-1970 (R1982)
ANSI C84.1-1995
ANSI S12.12-1992 (R1997, R2002)
ANSI S12.51-2002
ANSI S12.53-1-1999
ANSI S12.53-2-1999
ANSI S12.54-1999
ANSI S12.55-2006
ANSI S12.56-1999
ANSI S12.57-2002
Involute Splines and Inspection

Electric Power Systems and Equipment-Voltage Ratings (60 Hz)
Engineering Method for the Determination of Sound Power
Levels of Noise Sources Using Sound Intensity
Acoustics Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise
Sources Using Sound Pressure Precision Methods for
Reverberation Rooms
Sources Engineering Methods for Small, Movable Sources in
Reverberant Fields Part 1: Comparison Method for HardWalled Test Rooms
Sources Engineering Methods for Small, Movable Sources in
Reverberant Fields Part 2: Methods for Special Reverberation
Test Rooms
Sources Using Sound Pressure Engineering Method in an
Essentially Free Field Over a Reflecting Plane
Sources Using Sound Pressure Precision Methods for
Anechoic and Hemi-Anechoic Rooms
Sources Using Sound Pressure Survey Method Using an
Enveloping Measurement Surface Over a Reflecting Plane
Standard Acoustics Determination of Sound Power Levels of
Noise Sources Using Sound Pressure Comparison Method
in Situ
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
ASTM D149-97a(2004)
ASTM D635-06
Standard Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage and Dielectric

Strength of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials at Commercial Power
Frequencies
Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of
Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 1, Page 2
Canadian Standards Association

178 Rexdale Boulevard
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3
CSA 390-98
Energy Efficiency Test Methods for Three-Phase Induction Motors
ANSI/IEEE Std 1-2000

IEEE Std 112-2004
(R1991, R2000)
ANSI/IEEE Std 275-1992 (R1998)
ANSI/IEEE Std 304-1977 (R1991)

IEEE Std 522-2004
General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of

Electric Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation
Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of
Rotating Machinery
Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronic Terms
Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines
Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating
Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery
Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation
Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator Coils, Machines Rated 6900V and Below
Test Procedure for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation
System for DC
IEEE Guide for Testing Turn to Turn Insulation of Form-Wound
Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machine
Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)

3001 West Big Beaver
Troy, MI 48084
ANSI/SAE J429-1999
Mechanical and Material Requirements for Externally Threaded Fasteners

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)1
3 Rue de Varemb, CP 131, CH-1211
Geneva 20, Switzerland
IEC 60034-1-2004
IEC 60034-8-2007
IEC 60034-14-2003
IEC 60034-30-2008
1
1
Rotating Electrical Machines Part One: Rating and Performance

Rotating Electrical Machines Part Eight: Terminal Markings and Direction of
Rotation
Rotating Electrical Machines Part 14: Mechanical Vibration of Certain
Machines with Shaft Heights 56 mm and HigherMeasurement, Evaluation and
Limits of Vibration Severity
Efficiency classes of single-speed, three-phase, cage-induction motors (IE-code)
Also available from ANSI.

Also available from ANSI.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)1

445 Hoes Lane
Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 1, Page 3
International Organization for Standardization (ISO)1

1, rue de Varembe
1211 Geneva 20
Switzerland
SI Units and Recommendations for the Use of their Multiples and of Certain
Other Units
ISO 3741: 1999
Acoustics Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources
Using Sound Pressure Precision Methods for Reverberation Rooms
ISO 3743-1: 1994 (R2004) Acoustics Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources
Engineering Methods for Small, Movable Sources in Reverberant Fields
Part 1: Comparison Method in Hard-Walled Test Rooms
ISO 3743-2: 1994 (R2004) Acoustics Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources Engineering Methods for Small, Movable Sources in Reverberant Fields
Part 2: Method for Special Reverberation Test Rooms
ISO 3744: 1994 (R2004)
Acoustics Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources Using
Sound Pressure Engineering Method Employing an Enveloping
Measurement Surface in an Essentially Free Field Over a Reflecting Plane
ISO 3745: 2003
Sound Pressure Precision Methods for Anechoic and Hemi-Anechoic
Rooms
ISO 3746: 1995 (R2004)
Sound Pressure Survey Method Using an Enveloping Measurement
Surface Over a Reflecting Plane
ISO 3747: 2000
Sound Pressure Comparison Method in Situ
ISO 7919-1: 1996
Mechanical Vibration of Non-Reciprocating Machines Measurements on
Rotating Shafts and Evaluation Criteria Part 1: General Guidelines
ISO 8528-3: 2005
Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engine-Driven Alternating Current
Generating Sets Part 3: Alternating Current Generators for Generating
Sets
ISO 8528-4:2005
Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engine-Driven Alternating Current
Generating Sets Part 4: Controlgear and Switchgear
ISO 8821: 2002
Mechanical Vibration Shaft and Fitment Key Convention
ISO 9614-1: 1993
Sound Intensity Part 1: Measurement at Discrete Points
ISO 9614-2: 1996
Sound Intensity Part 2: Measurement by Scanning
ISO 9614-3: 2002
Sound Intensity Part 3: Precision Method for Measurement by Scanning
ISO 10816-3: 1998
Mechanical Vibration Evaluation of Machine Vibration by Measurements on
Non-Rotating Parts Part 3: Industrial Machines with Nominal Power Above
15 kW and Nominal Speeds Between 120 r/min and 15 000 r/min when
measured in situ.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
Rosslyn, VA 22209
NEMA MG 2-1994 (R1999, R2007)
NEMA MG 3-1974 (R1979, R1984,
R2000, R2006)
Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection,

Installation and Use of Electric Motors and Generators
Sound Level Prediction for Installed Rotating
Electrical Machines


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ISO R-1000-1992
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 1, Page 4
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02269
ANSI/NFPA 70-2005
National Electrical Code

Rubber Manufacturers Association
1400 K Street NW
Suite 300
Washington, DC 20005
Engineering StandardsSpecifications for Drives Using Classical V-Belts and Sheaves (A, B, C, and D
Cross-sections), 1988, 3rd Edition, Pub #IP-20
Engineering StandardsSpecifications for Drives Using Narrow V-Belts and Sheaves 9N/9NX, 15N/15NX,
25N (metric) and 3V/3VX, 5V/5VX, and 8V (inch-pound) Cross-sections; 1991, 3rd Edition, Pub #IP-22
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 1, Page 5
DEFINITIONS
(For definitions not found in Part 1, refer to IEEE Std 100, Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronic Terms.)
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO SIZE

1.2
MACHINE
As used in this standard a machine is an electrical apparatus which depends on electromagnetic

induction for its operation and which has one or more component members capable of rotary movement.
In particular, the types of machines covered are those generally referred to as motors and generators as
defined in Part 1.
1.3
SMALL (FRACTIONAL) MACHINE
1.4
MEDIUM (INTEGRAL) MACHINE
1.4.1
Alternating-Current Medium Machine
An alternating-current medium machine is a machine: (1) built in a three- or four-digit frame number
series in accordance with 4.2.1 (or equivalent for machines without feet); and (2) having a continuous
rating up to and including the information in Table 1-1.
1.4.2
Direct-Current Medium Machine
A direct-current medium machine is a machine: (1) built in a three- or four-digit frame number series in
accordance with 4.2.1 (or equivalent for machines without feet); and (2) having a continuous rating up to
and including 1.25 horsepower per rpm for motors or 1.0 kilowatt per rpm for generators.
Table 1-1
ALTERNATING CURRENT MEDIUM MACHINE
Generators, Kilowatt at
0.8 Power Factor
Synchronous Speed, Rpm

1201-3600
Motors Hp
500
901-1200
350
300
721-900
250
200
601-720
200
150
515-600
150
125
451-514
125
100
1.5
LARGE MACHINE
1.5.1
Alternating-Current Large Machine
400
An alternating-current large machine is: (1) a machine having a continuous power rating greater than that
given in 1.4.1 for synchronous speed ratings above 450 rpm; or (2) a machine having a continuous power
rating greater than that given in 1.3 for synchronous speed ratings equal to or below 450 rpm.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A small machine is either: (1) a machine built in a two digit frame number series in accordance with 4.2.1
(or equivalent for machines without feet); or (2) a machine built in a frame smaller than that frame of a
medium machine (see 1.4) which has a continuous rating at 1700-1800 rpm of 1 horsepower for motors
or 0.75 kilowatt for generators; or (3) a motor rated less than 1/3 horsepower and less than 800 rpm.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

1.5.2
Section I
Part 1, Page 6
Direct-Current Large Machine
A direct-current large machine is a machine having a continuous rating greater than 1.25 horsepower per
rpm for motors or 1.0 kilowatt per rpm for generators.
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO APPLICATION

(Some of the definitions in this section apply only to specific types or sizes of machines.)
1.6
GENERAL PURPOSE MOTOR
1.6.1
General-Purpose Alternating-Current Motor
A general-purpose alternating-current motor is an induction motor, rated 500 horsepower and less, which
incorporates all of the following:
a. Open or enclosed construction
b. Rated continuous duty
c. Service factor in accordance with 12.51
d. Class A or higher rated insulation system with a temperature rise not exceeding that specified in 12.42
for Class A insulation for small motors or Class B or higher rated insulation system with a temperature
rise not exceeding that specified in 12.43 for Class B insulation for medium motors.
It is designed in standard ratings with standard operating characteristics and mechanical construction for
use under usual service conditions without restriction to a particular application or type of application.
1.6.2
General-Purpose Direct-Current Small Motor
A general-purpose direct-current small motor is a small motor of mechanical construction suitable for
general use under usual service conditions and has ratings and constructional and performance
characteristics applying to direct-current small motors as given in Parts 4, 10, 12, and 14.
1.7
GENERAL-PURPOSE GENERATOR
A general-purpose generator is a synchronous generator of mechanical construction suitable for general

use under usual service conditions and has ratings and constructional and performance characteristics as
given in Part 32.
1.8
INDUSTRIAL SMALL MOTOR
An industrial small motor is an alternating-current or direct-current motor built in either NEMA frame 42,
48, or 56 suitable for industrial use.
It is designed in standard ratings with standard operating characteristics for use under usual service
conditions without restriction to a particular application or type of application.
1.9
INDUSTRIAL DIRECT-CURRENT MEDIUM MOTOR
An industrial direct-current motor is a medium motor of mechanical construction suitable for industrial use
under usual service conditions and has ratings and constructional and performance characteristics
applying to direct current medium motors as given in Parts 4, 10, 12, and 14.
1.10
INDUSTRIAL DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATOR
An industrial direct-current generator is a generator of mechanical construction suitable for industrial use
under usual service conditions and has ratings and constructional and performance characteristics
applying to direct current generators as given in Part 4 and 15.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

1.11
Section I
Part 1, Page 7
DEFINITE-PURPOSE MOTOR
A definite-purpose motor is any motor designed in standard ratings with standard operating
characteristics or mechanical construction for use under service conditions other than usual or for use on
a particular type of application.
1.12
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MOTORS
A general industrial motor is a large dc motor of mechanical construction suitable for general industrial
use (excluding metal rolling mill service), which may include operation at speeds above base speed by
field weakening, and has ratings and constructional and performance characteristics applying to general
industrial motors as given in Part 23.
1.13
METAL ROLLING MILL MOTORS
A metal rolling mill motor is a large dc motor of mechanical construction suitable for metal rolling mill
service (except for reversing hot-mill service) and has ratings and constructional and performance
characteristics applying to metal rolling mill motors as given in Part 23.
1.14
REVERSING HOT MILL MOTORS
A reversing hot mill motor is a large dc motor of mechanical construction suitable for reversing hot mill
service, such as blooming and slabbing mills, and has ratings and constructional and performance
characteristics applying to reversing hot mill motors as given in Part 23.
1.15
SPECIAL-PURPOSE MOTOR
A special-purpose motor is a motor with special operating characteristics or special mechanical

construction, or both, designed for a particular application and not falling within the definition of a generalpurpose or definite-purpose motor.
1.16
[Section deleted]
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 8
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO ELECTRICAL TYPE

1.17
GENERAL
1.17.1 Electric Motor

An electric motor is a machine that transforms electric power into mechanical power.
1.17.2 Electric Generator
An electric generator is a machine that transforms mechanical power into electric power.
1.17.3 Electric Machines
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.17.3.1 Asynchronous Machine

An asynchronous machine is an alternating-current machine in which the rotor does not turn at a
synchronous speed.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 9
1.17.3.2 Direct-Current (Commutator) Machine

A direct-current (commutator) machine is a machine incorporating an armature winding connected to a
commutator and magnetic poles which are excited from a direct-current source or permanent magnets.
1.17.3.3 Induction Machine
An induction machine is an asynchronous machine that comprises a magnetic circuit interlinked with two
electric circuits, or sets of circuits, rotating with respect to each other and in which power is transferred
from one circuit to another by electromagnetic induction.
1.17.3.4 Synchronous Machine
A synchronous machine is an alternating-current machine in which the average speed of normal
operation is exactly proportional to the frequency of the system to which it is connected.
1.18
ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS
1.18.1 Induction Motor

An induction motor is an induction machine in which a primary winding on one member (usually the
stator) is connected to the power source, and a polyphase secondary winding or a squirrel-cage
secondary winding on the other member (usually the rotor) carries induced current.
1.18.1.1 Squirrel-Cage Induction Motor
A squirrel-cage induction motor is an induction motor in which the secondary circuit (squirrel-cage
winding) consists of a number of conducting bars having their extremities connected by metal rings or
plates at each end.
1.18.1.2 Wound-Rotor Induction Motor
A wound-rotor induction motor is an induction motor in which the secondary circuit consists of a
polyphase winding or coils whose terminals are either short-circuited or closed through suitable circuits.
1.18.2 Synchronous Motor
A synchronous motor is a synchronous machine for use as a motor.
1.18.2.1 Direct-Current-Excited Synchronous Motor
Unless otherwise stated, it is generally understood that a synchronous motor has field poles excited by
direct current.
1.18.2.2 Permanent-Magnet Synchronous Motor
A permanent-magnet synchronous motor is a synchronous motor in which the field excitation is provided
by permanent magnets.
1.18.2.3 Reluctance Synchronous Motor
A reluctance synchronous motor is a synchronous motor similar in construction to an induction motor, in
which the member carrying the secondary circuit has a cyclic variation of reluctance providing the effect of
salient poles, without permanent magnets or direct-current excitation. It starts as an induction motor, is
normally provided with a squirrel-cage winding, but operates normally at synchronous speed.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Alternating-current motors are of three general types: induction, synchronous, and series-wound and are
defined as follows.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 10
1.18.3 Series-Wound Motor

A series-wound motor is a commutator motor in which the field circuit and armature are connected in
series.
1.19
POLYPHASE MOTORS
Alternating-current polyphase motors are of the squirrel-cage induction, wound-rotor induction, or

synchronous types.
1.19.1 Design Letters of Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Medium Motors
Polyphase squirrel-cage medium induction motors may be one of the following:
1.19.1.1 Design A
A Design A motor is a squirrel-cage motor designed to withstand full-voltage starting and developing
locked-rotor torque as shown in 12.38, pull-up torque as shown in 12.40, breakdown torque as shown in
12.39, with locked-rotor current higher than the values shown in 12.35.1 for 60 hertz and 12.35.2 for 50
hertz and having a slip at rated load of less than 5 percent.1
1.19.1.2 Design B
A Design B motor is a squirrel-cage motor designed to withstand full-voltage starting, developing lockedrotor, breakdown, and pull-up torques adequate for general application as specified in 12.38, 12.39, and
12.40, drawing locked-rotor current not to exceed the values shown in 12.35.3 for 60 hertz and 12.35.3
for 50 hertz, and having a slip at rated load of less than 5 percent.1
1.19.1.3 Design C
A Design C motor is a squirrel-cage motor designed to withstand full-voltage starting, developing lockedrotor torque for special high-torque application up to the values shown in 12.38, pull-up torque as shown
in 12.40, breakdown torque up to the values shown in 12.39, with locked-rotor current not to exceed the
values shown in 12.34.1 for 60 hertz and 12.35.2 for 50 hertz, and having a slip at rated load of less than
5 percent.
1.19.1.4 Design D
A Design D motor is a squirrel-cage motor designed to withstand full-voltage starting, developing high
locked rotor torque as shown in 12.38, with locked rotor current not greater than shown in 12.35.1 for 60
hertz and 12.35.2 for 50 hertz, and having a slip at rated load of 5 percent or more.
1.20
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS
Alternating-Current single-phase motors are usually induction or series-wound although single-phase

synchronous motors are available in the smaller ratings.
1.20.1 Design Letters of Single-Phase Small Motors
1.20.1.1 Design N
A Design N motor is a single-phase small motor designed to withstand full-voltage starting and with a
locked-rotor current not to exceed the values shown in 12.33.
1.20.1.2 Design O
A Design O motor is a single-phase small motor designed to withstand full-voltage starting and with a
locked-rotor current not to exceed the values shown in 12.33.
1 Motors with 10 or more poles shall be permitted to have slip slightly greater than 5 percent.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 11
1.20.2 Design Letters of Single-Phase Medium Motors

Single-phase medium motors include the following:
1.20.2.1 Design L
A Design L motor is a single-phase medium motor designed to withstand full-voltage starting and to
develop a breakdown torque as shown in 10.34 with a locked-rotor current not to exceed the values
shown in 12.34.
1.20.2.2 Design M
A Design M motor is a single-phase medium motor designed to withstand full-voltage starting and to
develop a breakdown torque as shown in 10.34 with a locked-rotor current not to exceed the values
shown in 12.33.
1.20.3 Single-Phase Squirrel-Cage Motors
Single-phase squirrel-cage induction motors are classified and defined as follows:
1.20.3.1 Split-Phase Motor
A split-phase motor is a single-phase induction motor equipped with an auxiliary winding, displaced in
magnetic position from, and connected in parallel with, the main winding.
Unless otherwise specified, the auxiliary circuit is assumed to be opened when the motor has attained a
predetermined speed. The term split-phase motor, used without qualification, describes a motor to be
used without impedance other than that offered by the motor windings themselves, other types being
separately defined.
1.20.3.2 Resistance-Start Motor
A resistance-start motor is a form of split-phase motor having a resistance connected in series with the
auxiliary winding. The auxiliary circuit is opened when the motor has attained a predetermined speed.
1.20.3.3 Capacitor Motor
A capacitor motor is a single-phase induction motor with a main winding arranged for direct connection to
a source of power and an auxiliary winding connected in series with a capacitor. There are three types of
capacitor motors, as follows.
1.20.3.3.1 Capacitor-Start Motor
A capacitor-start motor is a capacitor motor in which the capacitor phase is in the circuit only during the
starting period.
1.20.3.3.2 Permanent-Split Capacitor Motor
A permanent-split capacitor motor is a capacitor motor having the same value of capacitance for both
starting and running conditions.
1.20.3.3.3 Two-Value Capacitor Motor
A two-value capacitor motor is a capacitor motor using different values of effective capacitance for the
starting and running conditions.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 12
1.20.3.4 Shaded-Pole Motor

A shaded-pole motor is a single-phase induction motor provided with an auxiliary short-circuited winding
or windings displaced in magnetic position from the main winding.
1.20.4 Single-Phase Wound-Rotor Motors
Single-phase wound-rotor motors are defined and classified as follows:
1.20.4.1 Repulsion Motor
1.20.4.2 Repulsion-Start Induction Motor

A repulsion-start induction motor is a single-phase motor having the same windings as a repulsion motor,
but at a predetermined speed the rotor winding is short-circuited or otherwise connected to give the
equivalent of a squirrel-cage winding. This type of motor starts as a repulsion motor but operates as an
induction motor with constant speed characteristics.
1.20.4.3 Repulsion-Induction Motor
A repulsion-induction motor is a form of repulsion motor which has a squirrel-cage winding in the rotor in
addition to the repulsion motor winding. A motor of this type may have either a constant-speed (see 1.30)
or varying-speed (see 1.31) characteristic.
1.21
UNIVERSAL MOTORS
A universal motor is a series-wound motor designed to operate at approximately the same speed and
output on either direct-current or single-phase alternating-current of a frequency not greater than 60 hertz
and approximately the same rms voltage.
A series-wound motor is a commutator motor in which the field circuit and armature circuit are connected
in series.
1.21.2 Compensated Series-Wound Motor
A compensated series-wound motor is a series-wound motor with a compensating field winding. The
compensating field winding and the series field winding shall be permitted to be combined into one field
winding.
1.22
ALTERNATING-CURRENT GENERATORS
Alternating-current generators are of two basic types, induction and synchronous, and are defined as
follows:
1.22.1 Induction Generator
An induction generator is an induction machine driven above synchronous speed by an external source of
mechanical power for use as a generator.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A repulsion motor is a single-phase motor which has a stator winding arranged for connection to a source
of power and a rotor winding connected to a commutator. Brushes on the commutator are short-circuited
and are so placed that the magnetic axis of the rotor winding is inclined to the magnetic axis of the stator
winding. This type of motor has a varying-speed characteristic.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 13
1.22.2 Synchronous Generator

A synchronous generator is a synchronous machine for use as a generator.
NOTEUnless otherwise stated it is generally understood that a synchronous generator has field poles excited by
direct current.
1.23
DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
Direct-current motors are of four general typesshunt-wound, series-wound, compound-wound, and

permanent magnet, and are defined as follows.
1.23.1 Shunt-Wound Motor
A shunt-wound motor is either a straight shunt-wound motor or a stabilized shunt-wound motor.
1.23.1.1 Straight Shunt-Wound Motor
A straight shunt-wound motor is a direct-current motor in which the field circuit is connected either in
parallel with the armature circuit or to a separate source of excitation voltage. The shunt field is the only
winding supplying field excitation.
1.23.1.2 Stabilized Shunt-Wound Motor
A stabilized shunt-wound motor is a direct-current motor in which the shunt field circuit is connected either
in parallel with the armature circuit or to a separate source of excitation voltage and which also has a light
series winding added to prevent a rise in speed or to obtain a slight reduction in speed with increase in
load.
A series-wound motor is a motor in which the field circuit and armature circuit are connected in series.
1.23.3 Compound-Wound Motor
A compound-wound motor is a direct-current motor which has two separate field windings-one, usually
the predominating field, connected as in a straight shunt-wound motor, and the other connected in series
with the armature circuit.
1.23.4 Permanent Magnet Motor
A permanent magnet motor is a direct-current motor in which the field excitation is supplied by permanent
magnets.
1.24
DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS
Direct-current generators are of two general typesshunt-wound and compound-woundand are

defined as follows:
1.24.1 Shunt-Wound Generator
A shunt-wound generator is a direct-current generator in which the field circuit is connected either in
parallel with the armature circuit or to a separate source of excitation voltage.
A compound-wound generator is a direct-current generator which has two separate field windingsone,
usually the predominating field, connected as in a shunt-wound generator, and the other connected in
series with the armature circuit.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.24.2 Compound-Wound Generator
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 14
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

AND METHODS OF COOLING
Details of protection (IP) and methods of cooling (IC) are defined in Part 5 and Part 6, respectively. They
conform to IEC Standards.
1.25
OPEN MACHINE (IP00, IC01)
An open machine is one having ventilating openings which permit passage of external cooling air over
and around the windings of the machine. The term open machine, when applied in large apparatus
without qualification, designates a machine having no restriction to ventilation other than that necessitated
by mechanical construction.
1.25.1 Dripproof Machine (IP12, IC01)
A dripproof machine is an open machine in which the ventilating openings are so constructed that
successful operation is not interfered with when drops of liquid or solid particles strike or enter the
enclosure at any angle from 0 to 15 degrees downward from the vertical.
The machine is protected against solid objects greater than 1.968 inches (50 mm).
1.25.2 Splash-Proof Machine (IP13, IC01)
A splash-proof machine is an open machine in which the ventilating openings are so constructed that
successful operation is not interfered with when drops of liquid or solid particles strike or enter the
enclosure at any angle not greater than 60 degrees downward from the vertical.
The machine is protected against solid objects greater than 1.968 inches (50 mm).
1.25.3 Semi-Guarded Machine (IC01)
A semi-guarded machine is an open machine in which part of the ventilating openings in the machine,
usually in the top half, are guarded as in the case of a guarded machine but the others are left open.
1.25.4 Guarded Machine (IC01)
A guarded machine is an open machine in which all openings giving direct access to live metal or rotating
parts (except smooth rotating surfaces) are limited in size by the structural parts or by screens, baffles,
grilles, expanded metal, or other means to prevent accidental contact with hazardous parts.
The openings in the machine enclosure shall be such that (1) a probe such as that illustrated in Figure 11, when inserted through the openings, will not touch a hazardous rotating part; (2) a probe such as that
illustrated in Figure 1-2 when inserted through the openings, will not touch film-coated wire; and (3) an
articulated probe such as that illustrated in Figure 1-3, when inserted through the openings, will not touch
an uninsulated live metal part.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 15
Figure 1-1*
PROBE FOR HAZARDOUS ROTATING PARTS
Figure 1-2*
PROBE FOR FILM-COATED WIRE
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
* All dimensions in inches.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 16
Both joints of this finger may bend

o
through an angle of 90 , but in one
and the same direction only.
Dimensions in millimeters.
Tolerances:
On angles: +5o
On linear dimensions:
Less than 25mm: +0.05
More than 25 mm: +0.2
Figure 1-3
ARTICULATED PROBE FOR UNINSULATED LIVE METAL PARTS
(Reproduced with permission of IEC, which retains the copyright)

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 17
1.25.5 Dripproof Guarded Machine (IC01)

A dripproof guarded machine is a dripproof machine whose ventilating openings are guarded in
accordance with 1.25.4.
1.25.6 Open Independently Ventilated Machine (IC06)
An open independently ventilated machine is one which is ventilated by means of a separate motordriven blower mounted on the machine enclosure. Mechanical protection shall be as defined in 1.25.1 to
1.25.5, inclusive. This machine is sometimes known as a blower-ventilated machine.
1.25.7 Open Pipe-Ventilated Machine
An open pipe-ventilated machine is an open machine except that openings for the admission of the
ventilating air are so arranged that inlet ducts or pipes can be connected to them. Open pipe-ventilated
machines shall be self-ventilated (air circulated by means integral with the machine) (IC11) or forceventilated (air circulated by means external to and not a part of the machine) (IC17). Enclosures shall be
as defined in 1.25.1 to 1.25.5, inclusive.
1.25.8 Weather-Protected Machine
1.25.8.1 Type I (IC01)
A weather-protected Type I machine is a guarded machine with its ventilating passages so constructed as
to minimize the entrance of rain, snow and air-borne particles to the electric parts.
1.25.8.2 Type II (IC01)
A weather-protected Type II machine shall have, in addition to the enclosure defined for a weatherprotected Type I machine, its ventilating passages at both intake and discharge so arranged that highvelocity air and air-borne particles blown into the machine by storms or high winds can be discharged
without entering the internal ventilating passages leading directly to the electric parts of the machine itself.
The normal path of the ventilating air which enters the electric parts of the machine shall be so arranged
by baffling or separate housings as to provide at least three abrupt changes in direction, none of which
shall be less than 90 degrees. In addition, an area of low velocity not exceeding 600 feet per minute shall
be provided in the intake air path to minimize the possibility of moisture or dirt being carried into the
electric parts of the machine.
NOTERemovable or otherwise easy to clean filters may be provided instead of the low velocity chamber.
1.26
TOTALLY ENCLOSED MACHINE
A totally enclosed machine is so enclosed as to prevent the free exchange of air between the inside and
outside of the case but not sufficiently enclosed to be termed air-tight and dust does not enter in sufficient
quantity to interfere with satisfactory operation of the machine.
1.26.1 Totally Enclosed Nonventilated Machine (IC410)
A totally enclosed nonventilated machine is a frame-surface cooled totally enclosed machine which is
only equipped for cooling by free convection.
1.26.2 Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled Machine
A totally enclosed fan-cooled machine is a frame-surface cooled totally enclosed machine equipped for
self exterior cooling by means of a fan or fans integral with the machine but external to the enclosing
parts.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 18
1.26.3 Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled Guarded Machine (IC411)

A totally-enclosed fan-cooled guarded machine is a totally-enclosed fan-cooled machine in which all
openings giving direct access to the fan are limited in size by the design of the structural parts or by
screens, grilles, expanded metal, etc., to prevent accidental contact with the fan. Such openings shall not
permit the passage of a cylindrical rod 0.75 inch diameter, and a probe such as that shown in Figure 1-1
shall not contact the blades, spokes, or other irregular surfaces of the fan.
1.26.4 Totally Enclosed Pipe-Ventilated Machine (IP44)
A totally enclosed pipe-ventilated machine is a machine with openings so arranged that when inlet and
outlet ducts or pipes are connected to them there is no free exchange of the internal air and the air
outside the case. Totally enclosed pipe-ventilated machines may be self-ventilated (air circulated by
means integral with the machine (IC31)) or force-ventilated (air circulated by means external to and not
part of the machine (IC37)).
1.26.5 Totally Enclosed Water-Cooled Machine (IP54)
A totally enclosed water-cooled machine is a totally enclosed machine which is cooled by circulating
water, the water or water conductors coming in direct contact with the machine parts.
1.26.6 Water-Proof Machine (IP55)
A water-proof machine is a totally enclosed machine so constructed that it will exclude water applied in
the form of a stream of water from a hose, except that leakage may occur around the shaft provided it is
prevented from entering the oil reservoir and provision is made for automatically draining the machine.
The means for automatic draining may be a check valve or a tapped hole at the lowest part of the frame
which will serve for application of a drain pipe.
1.26.7 Totally Enclosed Air-to-Water-Cooled Machine (IP54)
A totally enclosed air-to-water-cooled machine is a totally enclosed machine which is cooled by circulating
air which, in turn, is cooled by circulating water. It is provided with a water-cooled heat exchanger, integral
(IC7_W) or machine mounted (IC8_W), for cooling the internal air and a fan or fans, integral with the rotor
shaft (IC_1W) or separate (IC_5W) for circulating the internal air.
1.26.8 Totally Enclosed Air-to-Air-Cooled Machine (IP54)
A totally enclosed air-to-air-cooled machine is a totally enclosed machine which is cooled by circulating
the internal air through a heat exchanger which, in turn, is cooled by circulating external air. It is provided
with an air-to-air heat exchanger, integral (IC5_), or machine mounted (IC6_), for cooling the internal air
and a fan or fans, integral with the rotor shaft (IC_1_) or separate (IC_5_) for circulating the internal air
and a fan or fans, integral with the rotor shaft (IC_1), or separate, but external to the enclosing part or
parts (IC_6), for circulating the external air.
A totally enclosed air-over machine is a totally enclosed frame-surface cooled machine intended for
exterior cooling by a ventilating means external to the machine.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.26.9 Totally Enclosed Air-Over Machine (IP54, IC417)
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 19
1.26.10 Explosion-Proof Machine1

An explosion-proof machine is a totally enclosed machine whose enclosure is designed and constructed
to withstand an explosion of a specified gas or vapor which may occur within it and to prevent the ignition
of the specified gas or vapor surrounding the machine by sparks, flashes, or explosions of the specified
gas or vapor which may occur within the machine casing.
1.26.11 Dust-Ignition-Proof Machine2
A dust-ignition proof machine is a totally enclosed machine whose enclosure is designed and constructed
in a manner which will exclude ignitable amounts of dust or amounts which might affect performance or
rating, and which will not permit arcs, sparks, or heat otherwise generated or liberated inside of the
enclosure to cause ignition of exterior accumulations or atmospheric suspensions of a specific dust on or
in the vicinity of the enclosure.
Successful operation of this type of machine requires avoidance of overheating from such causes as
excessive overloads, stalling, or accumulation of excessive quantities of dust on the machine.
1.27
MACHINE WITH ENCAPSULATED OR SEALED WINDINGS
1.27.1 Machine with Moisture Resistant Windings3

A machine with moisture-resistant windings is one in which the windings have been treated such that
exposure to a moist atmosphere will not readily cause malfunction. This type of machine is intended for
exposure to moisture conditions that are more excessive than the usual insulation system can withstand.
Alternating-current squirrel-cage machines of this type shall be capable of passing the test described in
12.63 as demonstrated on a representative sample or prototype.
1.27.2 Machine with Sealed Windings1
Alternating-current squirrel-cage machines of this type shall be capable of passing the tests described in
12.62 or 20.18.
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO VARIABILITY OF SPEED
1.30
CONSTANT-SPEED MOTOR
A constant-speed motor is one in which the speed of normal operation is constant or practically constant;
for example, a synchronous motor, an induction motor with small slip, or a DC shunt-wound motor.
1.31
VARYING-SPEED MOTOR
A varying-speed motor is one in which the speed varies with the load, ordinarily decreasing when the load
increases; such as a series-wound or repulsion motor.
1 See ANSI/NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 500. For Hazardous Locations, Class I, Groups A, B, C, or D.
2 See ANSI/NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 500. For Hazardous Locations, Class II, Groups E, F, or G.
3 This machine shall be permitted to have any one of the enclosures described in 1.25 or 1.26.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A machine with sealed windings is one which has an insulation system which, through the use of
materials, processes, or a combination of materials and processes, results in windings and connections
that are sealed against contaminants. This type of machine is intended for environmental conditions that
are more severe than the usual insulation system can withstand.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

1.32
Section 1
Part 1, Page 20
ADJUSTABLE-SPEED MOTOR
An adjustable-speed motor is one in which the speed can be controlled over a defined range, but when
once adjusted remains practically unaffected by the load.
Examples of adjustable-speed motors are: a direct-current shunt-wound motor with field resistance
control designed for a considerable range of speed adjustment; or an alternating-current motor controlled
by an adjustable frequency power supply.
1.33
BASE SPEED OF AN ADJUSTABLE-SPEED MOTOR
The base speed of an adjustable-speed motor is the lowest rated speed obtained at rated load and rated
voltage at the temperature rise specified in the rating.
1.34
ADJUSTABLE VARYING-SPEED MOTOR
An adjustable varying-speed motor is one in which the speed can be adjusted gradually, but when once
adjusted for a given load will vary in considerable degree with change in load; such as a DC compoundwound motor adjusted by field control or a wound-rotor induction motor with rheostatic speed control.
1.35
MULTISPEED MOTOR
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A multispeed motor is one which can be operated at any one of two or more definite speeds, each being
practically independent of the load; for example, a DC motor with two armature windings or an induction
motor with windings capable of various pole groupings. In the case of multispeed permanent-split
capacitor and shaded pole motors, the speeds are dependent upon the load.
RATING, PERFORMANCE, AND TEST
1.40
RATING OF A MACHINE
The rating of a machine shall consist of the output power together with any other characteristics, such as
speed, voltage, and current, assigned to it by the manufacturer. For machines which are designed for
absorbing power, the rating shall be the input power.
1.40.1 Continuous Rating
The continuous rating defines the load which can be carried for an indefinitely long period of time.
1.40.2 Short-Time Rating
The short-time rating defines the load which can be carried for a short and definitely specified time, less
than that required to reach thermal equilibrium, when the initial temperature of the machine is within 5C
of the ambient temperature. Between periods of operation the machine is de-energized and permitted to
remain at rest for sufficient time to re-establish machine temperatures within 5C of the ambient before
being operated again.
1.41
EFFICIENCY
1.41.1 General
The efficiency of a motor or generator is the ratio of its useful power output to its total power input and is
usually expressed in percentage.
1.41.2 Energy Efficient Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Induction Motor
An energy efficient polyphase squirrel-cage induction motor is one having an efficiency in accordance
with 12.59.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 21
1.41.3 Premium Efficiency Motor

A premium efficiency motor is one having an efficiency in accordance with 12.60.
1.42
SERVICE FACTORAC MOTORS
The service factor of an AC motor is a multiplier which, when applied to the rated horsepower, indicates a
permissible horsepower loading which may be carried under the conditions specified for the service factor
(see 14.37).
1.43
SPEED REGULATION OF DC MOTORS
The speed regulation of a DC motor is the difference between the steady no-load speed and the steady
rated-load speed, expressed in percent of rated-load speed.
1.43.1 Percent Compounding of Direct-Current Machines
The percent of the total field-ampere turns at full load that is contributed by the series field.
NOTES
1The percent compounding is determined at rated shunt field current.
2Percent regulation of a compound-wound DC motor or generator is related to but not the same as percent
compounding.
1.44
VOLTAGE REGULATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS
The voltage regulation of a direct-current generator is the final change in voltage with constant field
rheostat setting when the specified load is reduced gradually to zero, expressed as a percent of ratedload voltage, the speed being kept constant.
NOTEIn practice, it is often desirable to specify the overall regulation of the generator and its driving machine, thus
taking into account the speed regulation of the driving machine.
1.45
SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF WOUND-ROTOR MOTORS
The secondary voltage of wound-rotor motors is the open-circuit voltage at standstill, measured across
the slip rings, with rated voltage applied on the primary winding.
1.46
FULL-LOAD TORQUE
The full-load torque of a motor is the torque necessary to produce its rated horsepower at full-load speed.
In pounds at a foot radius, it is equal to the horsepower times 5252 divided by the full-load speed.
1.47
LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE (STATIC TORQUE)
The locked-rotor torque of a motor is the minimum torque which it will develop at rest for all angular
positions of the rotor, with rated voltage applied at rated frequency.
1.48
PULL-UP TORQUE
The pull-up torque of an alternating-current motor is the minimum torque developed by the motor during
the period of acceleration from rest to the speed at which breakdown torque occurs. For motors which do
not have a definite breakdown torque, the pull-up torque is the minimum torque developed up to rated
speed.
1.49
PUSHOVER TORQUE
The pushover torque of an induction generator is the maximum torque which it will absorb with rated
voltage applied at rated frequency, without an abrupt increase in speed.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

1.50
Section 1
Part 1, Page 22
BREAKDOWN TORQUE
The breakdown torque of a motor is the maximum torque which it will develop with rated voltage applied
at rated frequency, without an abrupt drop in speed.
1.51
PULL-OUT TORQUE
The pull-out torque of a synchronous motor is the maximum sustained torque which the motor will
develop at synchronous speed with rated voltage applied at rated frequency and with normal excitation.
1.52
PULL-IN TORQUE
The pull-in torque of a synchronous motor is the maximum constant torque under which the motor will pull
its connected inertia load into synchronism, at rated voltage and frequency, when its field excitation is
applied.
The speed to which a motor will bring its load depends on the power required to drive it, and whether the
motor can pull the load into step from this speed, depends on the inertia of the revolving parts, so that the
pull-in torque cannot be determined without having the Wk2 as well as the torque of the load.
1.53
LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT
The locked-rotor current of a motor is the steady-state current taken from the line, with the rotor locked
and with rated voltage (and rated frequency in the case of alternating-current motors) applied to the
motor.
1.54
NO-LOAD CURRENT
No-load current is the current flowing through a line terminal of a winding.

1.55
TEMPERATURE TESTS
Temperature tests are tests taken to determine the temperature rise of certain parts of the machine above
the ambient temperature, when running under a specified load.
1.56
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
Ambient temperature is the temperature of the surrounding cooling medium, such as gas or liquid, which
comes into contact with the heated parts of the apparatus.
NOTEAmbient temperature is commonly known as room temperature in connection with air-cooled apparatus not
provided with artificial ventilation.
1.57
HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTS
High-potential tests are tests which consist of the application of a voltage higher than the rated voltage for
a specified time for the purpose of determining the adequacy against breakdown of insulating materials
and spacings under normal conditions. (See Part 3.)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.58
STARTING CAPACITANCE FOR A CAPACITOR MOTOR
The starting capacitance for a capacitor motor is the total effective capacitance in series with the starting
winding under locked-rotor conditions.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

1.59
Section 1
Part 1, Page 23
RADIAL MAGNETIC PULL AND AXIAL CENTERING FORCE
1.59.1 Radial Magnetic Pull

The radial magnetic pull of a motor or generator is the magnetic force on the rotor resulting from its radial
(air gap) displacement from magnetic center.
1.59.2 Axial Centering Force
The axial centering force of a motor or generator is the magnetic force on the rotor resulting from its axial
displacement from magnetic center.
Unless other conditions are specified, the value of radial magnetic pull and axial centering force will be for
no load, with rated voltage, rated field current, and rated frequency applied, as applicable.
1.60
INDUCTION MOTOR TIME CONSTANTS
When a polyphase induction motor is open-circuited or short-circuited while running at rated speed, the
rotor flux-linkages generate a voltage in the stator winding. The decay of the rotor-flux linkages, and the
resultant open-circuit terminal voltage or short-circuit current, is determined by the various motor time
constants defined by the following equations.
1.60.2 Open-Circuit AC Time Constant
T" do =
XM + X 2
(sec onds )
2fr2
1.60.3 Short-Circuit AC Time Constant
T" d =
XS
T" do (sec onds )
X1 + X M
1.60.4 Short-Circuit DC Time Constant

Ta =
XS
(sec onds)
LL
2fr1 1+ kWS
1.60.5 X/R Ratio

X/R =
XS
LL
r1 1+ S
kW1
(radians)
1.60.6 Definitions (See Figure 1-4)
r1 = Stator DC resistance per phase corrected to operating temperature

r2 = Rotor resistance per phase at rated speed and operating temperature referred to stator
X1 = Stator leakage reactance per phase at rated current
X2 = Rotor leakage reactance per phase at rated speed and rated current referred to stator
XS = Total starting reactance (stator and rotor) per phase at zero speed and locked-rotor current
XM = Magnetizing reactance per phase
LLs = Fundamental-frequency component of stray-load loss in kW at rated current


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.60.1 General
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 24
kW1 = Stator I2R loss in kW at rated current and operating temperature

f = Rated frequency, hertz
s = Slip in per unit of synchronous speed
Figure 1-4
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
COMPLETE MACHINES AND PARTS
1.61
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORCOMPLETE
1.61.1 Belted Type
A belted-type generator consists of a generator with a shaft extension suitable for the driving pulley or
sheave, with either two or three bearings as required, and with rails or with a sliding base which has
provision for adjusting belt tension.
1.61.2 Engine Type
An engine-type generator consists of a stator, rotor (without shaft), foundation caps or sole plates, and
brush rigging support. No base, bearings, shaft, shaft keys, or foundation bolts are included in generators
of this type.
1.61.3 Coupled Type
A coupled-type generator consists of a generator with shaft extension for coupling and with one or two
bearings.
1.62
DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORCOMPLETE
1.62.1 Belted Type
A belted-type generator consists of a generator with a shaft extension suitable for the driving pulley or
sheave, with either two or three bearings as required, and with rails or with a sliding base which has
provision for adjusting belt tension.
1.62.2 Engine Type
An engine-type generator consists of a field frame, armature (without shaft), foundation caps or sole
plates (when required), and a brush rigging support. No base, bearings, shaft, shaft keys, or foundation
bolts are included in generators of this type.
1.62.3 Coupled Type
A coupled-type generator consists of a generator with a shaft extension suitable for coupling, with either
one or two bearings as required.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

1.63
Section 1
Part 1, Page 25
FACE AND FLANGE MOUNTING
1.63.1 Type C Face
A Type C face-mounting machine has a male pilot (rabbet) fit with threaded holes in the mounting
surface. The mounting surface shall be either internal or external to the pilot fit. (See Figure 4-3.)
1.63.2 Type D Flange
A Type D flange-mounting machine has a male pilot (rabbet) fit with clearance holes in the mounting
surface. The mounting surface is external to the pilot fit. (See Figure 4-4.)
1.63.3 Type P Flange
A Type P flange-mounting machine has a female pilot (rabbet) fit with clearance holes in the mounting
surface. The mounting surface is external to the pilot fit. (See Figure 4-5.)
CLASSIFICATION OF INSULATION SYSTEMS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.65
INSULATION SYSTEM DEFINED
An insulation system is an assembly of insulating materials in association with the conductors and the
supporting structural parts. All of the components described below that are associated with the stationary
winding constitute one insulation system and all of the components that are associated with the rotating
winding constitute another insulation system.
1.65.1 Coil Insulation with its Accessories
The coil insulation comprises all of the insulating materials that envelop and separate the current-carrying
conductors and their component turns and strands and form the insulation between them and the
machine structure; including wire coatings, varnish, encapsulants, slot insulation, slot fillers, tapes, phase
insulation, pole-body insulation, and retaining ring insulation when present.
1.65.2 Connection and Winding Support Insulation
The connection and winding support insulation includes all of the insulation materials that envelop the
connections, which carry current from coil to coil, and from stationary or rotating coil terminals to the
points of external circuit attachment; and the insulation of any metallic supports for the winding.
1.65.3 Associated Structural Parts
The associated structural parts of the insulation system include items such as slot wedges, space blocks
and ties used to position the coil ends and connections, any non-metallic supports for the winding, and
field-coil flanges.
1.66
CLASSIFICATION OF INSULATION SYSTEMS
Insulation systems are divided into classes according to the thermal endurance of the system for
temperature rating purposes. Four classes of insulation systems are used in motors and generators,
namely, Classes A, B, F, and H. These classes have been established in accordance with IEEE Std 1.
Insulation systems shall be classified as follows:
Class A An insulation system which, by experience or accepted test, can be shown to have suitable
thermal endurance when operating at the limiting Class A temperature specified in the temperature rise
standard for the machine under consideration.
Class BAn insulation system which, by experience or accepted test, can be shown to have suitable
thermal endurance when operating at the limiting Class B temperature specified in the temperature rise


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 26
Class FAn insulation system which, by experience or accepted test, can be shown to have suitable
thermal endurance when operating at the limiting Class F temperature specified in the temperature rise
Class HAn insulation system which, by experience or accepted test, can be shown to have suitable
thermal endurance when operating at the limiting Class H temperature specified in the temperature rise
Experience, as used in this standard, means successful operation for a long time under actual operating
conditions of machines designed with temperature rise at or near the temperature rating limit.
Accepted test, as used in this standard, means a test on a system or model system which simulates the
electrical, thermal, and mechanical stresses occurring in service.
Where appropriate to the construction, tests shall be made in accordance with the following applicable
IEEE test procedures:
a. Std 43
b. Std 117
c. Std 275
d. Std 304
For other constructions for which tests have not been standardized, similar procedures shall be permitted
to be used if it is shown that they properly discriminate between service-proven systems known to be
different.
When evaluated by an accepted test, a new or modified insulation system shall be compared to an
insulation system on which there has been substantial service experience. If a comparison is made on a
system of the same class, the new system shall have equal or longer thermal endurance under the same
test conditions; if the comparison is made with a system of a lower temperature class, it shall have equal
or longer thermal endurance at an appropriately higher temperature. When comparing systems of
different classes, an appropriate higher temperature shall be considered to be 25 degrees Celsius per
class higher than the temperature for the base insulation system class.
MISCELLANEOUS
NAMEPLATE MARKING
A permanent marking of nameplate information shall appear on each machine, displayed in a readily
visible location on the machine enclosure.
1.70.1 Nameplate
A permanent marking of nameplate information shall appear on each machine, displayed in a readily
visible location on the machine enclosure. If the electric machine is so enclosed or incorporated in the
equipment that its rating plate will not be easily legible, the manufacturer should, on request, supply a
second rating plate to be mounted on the equipment.
1.70.2 Additional Nameplate Markings
In addition to the specific nameplate markings set forth in the various Parts for each particular size or type
of machine, the following are examples of information that may also be included on a nameplate:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Manufacturers name, mark, or logo

Manufacturers plant location
Manufacturers machine code
Manufacturers model number or catalog number


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.70
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
Section 1
Part 1, Page 27
Serial number or date of manufacture

Enclosure or IP code (see Part 5)
Method of cooling or IC code (see Part 6)
Applicable rating and performance standard(s): e.g., NEMA MG 1 or IEC 60034-1
Maximum momentary overspeed
For ac machines, the rated power factor
Maximum ambient if other than 40C
Minimum ambient temperature
Maximum water temperature for water-air-cooled machines if greater than 25C
Altitude if greater than 3300 ft (1000 m)
Connection diagram located near or inside the terminal box
Approximate weight of the machine, if exceeding 66 lbs (30 kg)
Direction of rotation for unidirectional machines, indicated by an arrow
1.71
CODE LETTER
A code letter is a letter which appears on the nameplate of an alternating-current motor to show its
locked-rotor kVA per horsepower. The letter designations for locked rotor kVA per horsepower are given
in 10.37.
THERMAL PROTECTOR
A thermal protector is a protective device for assembly as an integral part of the machine and which,
when properly applied, protects the machine against dangerous over-heating due to overload and, in a
motor, failure to start.
NOTEThe thermal protector may consist of one or more temperature sensing elements integral with the machine and
a control device external to the machine.
1.73
THERMALLY PROTECTED
The words thermally protected appearing on the nameplate of a motor indicate that the motor is
provided with a thermal protector.
1.74
OVER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION
For alternating-current medium motors, see 12.56.

For direct-current medium motors, see 12.80.
1.75
PART-WINDING START MOTOR
A part-winding start polyphase induction or synchronous motor is one in which certain specially designed
circuits of each phase of the primary winding are initially connected to the supply line. The remaining
circuit or circuits of each phase are connected to the supply in parallel with initially connected circuits, at a
predetermined point in the starting operation. (See 14.38.)
1.76
STAR (WYE) START, DELTA RUN MOTOR
A star (wye) start, delta run polyphase induction or synchronous motor is one arranged for starting by
connecting to the supply with the primary winding initially connected in star (wye), then reconnected in
delta for running operation.
1.77
CONSTANT FLUX
Constant flux operation at any point occurs when the value of air gap magnetic flux is equal to the value
which would exist at the base rating (i.e. rated voltage, frequency, and load).


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.72
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

1.78
Section 1
Part 1, Page 28
DEVIATION FACTOR
The deviation factor of a wave is the ratio of the maximum difference between corresponding ordinates of
the wave and of the equivalent sine wave to the maximum ordinate of the equivalent sine wave when the
waves are superimposed in such a way as to make this maximum difference as small as possible. The
equivalent sine wave is defined as having the same frequency and the same rms value as the wave being
tested.
1.79
MARKING ABBREVIATIONS FOR MACHINES
When abbreviations are used for markings which are attached to the motor or generator (rating plates,
connection, etc.), they shall consist of capital letters because the conventional marking machines provide
only numbers and capital letters and shall be in accordance with the following:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Abbreviation
A
Marking Indicated
Ampere
Section 1
Part 1, Page 29
Abbreviation
MAX
Marking Indicated
Maximum
AC
Alternating-current
MFD
Microfarad
AMB
Ambient
MG
Motor-generator
AO
Air over
MH
Milihenry
ARM
Armature
MHP
Milihorsepower
BB
Ball bearing
MIN
Minimum
BRG
Bearing
MIN
Minute
Celsius (Centigrade) degrees
MTR
Motor
CAP
Capacitor
NEMA or DES**
NEMA Design Letter
CCW
Counterclockwise
NO or #
Number
CL
Class or Classification
OZ-FT
Ounce-feet
CODE
Code Letter
OZ-IN
Ounce-inch
CONN
Connection
PF
Power factor
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CONT
Continuous
PH
Phase, Phases or Number of Phases
CFM
Cubic feet per minute
PM
Permanent magnet
COMM
Commutating (interpole)
RB
Roller bearing
COMP
Compensating
RECT
Rectifier or rectified
CPD
Compound
RES
Resistance
C/S
Cycles per second
RHEO
Rheostat
CW
Clockwise
RMS
Root mean square
DC
Direct-current
ROT
Rotation
DIAG
Diagram
RPM
Revolutions per minute
EFF
Efficiency
RTD
Resistance temperature detector
ENCL
Enclosure
SB
Sleeve bearing
EXC
Exciter or Excitation
SEC
Second (time)
Fahrenheit, degrees
SEC
Secondary
FF
Form factor
SER
Serial or Serial number
FHP
Fractional horsepower
SF
Service factor
FLA
Full load amperes
SFA
Service factor amperes
FLD
Field
SH
Shunt
FR
Frame
SPL
Special
FREQ
Frequency
STAB
Stabilized or stabilizing
GEN
Generator
STD
Standard
GPM
Gallons per minute
TACH
Tachometer
GPS
Gallons per second
TC
Thermocouple
Henry
TEMP
Temperature
HI
High
TEMP RISE
Temperature rise
HP
Horsepower
TERM
Terminal
HR
Hour
TH
Thermometer
HZ
Hertz
TIME
Time rating
IND
Inductance or Induction
TORQ
Torque
INS
Insulation System Class
TYPE
Type
KVA
Kilovolt-ampere
Volt(s) or Voltage
KVAR
Reactive Kilovolt-ampere
VA
Volt-amperes
KW
Kilowatt
VAR
Reactive volt-amperes
L*
Line
Watt
LB-FT
Pound-feet
WDG
Winding
LO
Low
WT
Weight
LRA
Locked rotor amperes
* Shall be permitted to be used in conjunction with a number **Used in conjunction with a letter.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section 1
Part 1, Page 30
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---




--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 1
Section I
Part 2
TERMINAL MARKINGS
GENERAL
2.1
LOCATION OF TERMINAL MARKINGS
Terminal markings shall be placed on or directly adjacent to terminals to which connections must be
made from outside circuits or from auxiliary devices which must be disconnected for shipment. Wherever
specified, color coding shall be permitted to be used instead of the usual letter and numeral marking.
2.2
TERMINAL MARKINGS
A combination of capital letters or symbols and an Arabic numeral shall be used to indicate the character
or function of the windings which are brought to the terminal.
To prevent confusion with the numerals 1 and 0, the letters I and O shall not be used.
The following letters and symbols shall be used for motors and generators and their auxiliary devices
when they are included within or mounted on the machine:
a. Armature - A1, A2, A3, A4, etc.
b. Alternating-current rotor windings (collector rings) 1 - M1, M2, M3, M4, etc.
c. Control signal lead attached to commutating winding - C
d. Dynamic braking resistor - BR1, BR2, BR3, BR4, etc.
e. Field (series) - S1, S2, S3, S4, etc.
f. Field (shunt) - F1, F2, F3, F4, etc.
g. Line - L1, L2, L3, L4, etc.
h. Magnetizing winding (for initial and maintenance magnetization and demagnetization of
permanent magnet fields) - E1, E2, E3, E4, etc.
NOTEE1, E3, or other odd-numbered terminals should be attached to the positive terminal of the magnetizing power supply for
magnetization and to the negative terminal for demagnetization.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
Resistance (armature and miscellaneous) - R1, R2, R3, R4, etc.

Resistance 2 (shunt field adjusting) - V1, V2, V3, V4, etc.
Shunt braking resistor - DR1, DR2, DR3, DR4, etc.
Stator 1 - T1, T2, T3, T4, etc.; U1, U2, U3, U4, etc.; V1, V2, V3, V4, etc.; W1, W2, W3, W4, etc.
Starting switch - K
Thermal protector - P1, P2, P3, P4, etc.
Equalizing lead - = (equality sign)
Neutral connection - Terminal letter with numeral 0
AC brakes - BA1, BA2, BA3, BA4, B1, B2, B3, B4, etc.
DC brakes - BD1, BD2, BD3, BD4, B1, B2, B3, B4, etc.
Brush-wear detector - BW1, BW2, BW3, BW4, etc.
Capacitors - CA1, CA2, CA3, CA4, etc.; J1, J2, J3, J4, etc.
1 For alternating-current machines only.

2 For direct current machines only.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 2
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
bb.
cc.
dd.
ee.
ff.
gg.
hh.
ii.
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
Current transformer - CT1, CT2, CT3, CT4, etc.

Space Heaters - HE1, HE2, HE3, HE4, etc.; H1, H2, H3, H4, etc.
Lightning arrestor - LA1, LA2, LA3, LA4, etc.
Potential transformer - PT1, PT2, PT3, PT4, etc.
Resistance thermometer - RT1, RT2, RT3, RT4, etc.
Surge capacitor - SC1, SC2, SC3, SC4, etc.
Surge protector - SP1, SP2, SP3, SP4, etc.
Switch, including plugging switch - SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, etc.
Thermostat opening on increase of temperature - TB1, TB2, TB3, TB4, etc.
Thermocouple - TC1, TC2, TC3, TC4, etc.
Thermostat closing on increase of temperature - TM1, TM2, TM3, TM4, etc.
Thermistor with negative temperature coefficient - TN1, TN2, TN3, TN4, etc.
Thermistor with positive temperature coefficient - TP1, TP2, TP3, TP4, etc.
For the significance of the Arabic numeral, see 2.10 for direct-current machines, 2.20 for alternatingcurrent machines, and 2.67 for auxiliary devices.
2.3
2.3.1
Alternating-Current Machines
See 2.24.
2.3.2
Direct-Current Machines
See 2.12.
2.3.3
Motor-Generator Sets
When one motor and one generator are coupled together at their drive ends, the standard direction of
rotation for both machines shall be as given for that type of machine and will apply to the motor generator
set without a change in connections.
The correct direction of rotation shall be clearly indicated on a motor-generator set.
When two or more machines are coupled together but not at their drive ends, the standard direction of
rotation cannot apply to all machines in the set. Changes in connections will be necessary for those
machines operating in the opposite direction of rotation.
DC MOTORS AND GENERATORS

2.10
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.10.1 General
The markings comprising letters and numbers on the terminals of a direct-current machine shall indicate
the relation of circuits within the machine.
When an armature lead passes through the commutating or compensating field, or any combination of
these fields, before being brought out for connection to the external circuit, the terminal marking of this
lead shall be an A. When an armature lead passes through a series field and all internal connections
are permanently made, the lead brought out shall be marked with an appropriate S designation. If an
equalizer lead for paralleling purposes is brought out, it shall be marked with an = (equality sign).


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.10.2 Armature Leads
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 3
2.10.3 Armature LeadsDirection of Rotation

All numerals shall be determined on the following fundamental basis. the numerals of all the terminals of
direct-current machines shall be selected so that when the direction of current in any single excitation
winding is from a lower to a higher numeral, the voltage generated (counter electromotive force in a
motor) in the armature from this excitation shall, for counterclockwise rotation facing the end opposite the
drive, make armature terminal A1 positive and A2 negative. With excitation applied in the same manner,
the opposite rotation will result in A2 being positive and A1 negative.
2.11
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR DUAL VOLTAGE SHUNT FIELDS
When a separately excited shunt field winding is reconnectable series-parallel for dual voltage, the
terminal markings shall be as shown in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1
SEPARATELY EXCITED SHUNT FIELD WINDING FOR SERIES-PARALLEL DUAL VOLTAGE

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 4
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
Voltage
Join
Connect to Supply
Low
High
-------(F2, F3)
(F1, F3) (F2, F4)

(F1, F4)
2.12
2.12.1 Direct-Current Motors
The standard direction of shaft rotation for direct-current motors shall be counterclockwise facing the end
opposite the drive end.
The direction of shaft rotation of direct-current motors depends on the relative polarities of the field and
armature and, therefore, if the polarities of both are reversed, the direction of rotation will be unchanged.
Since the field excitation of direct-current motors is obtained from an external source, residual magnetism
has no practical effect on polarity except for those with permanent magnet excitation. Reversal of the
shaft rotation of a direct-current motor is obtained by a transposition of the two armature leads or by a
transposition of the field leads. With such reversed shaft rotation (clockwise) and when the polarity of the
power supply is such that the direction of the current in the armature is from terminal 2 to terminal 1, the
current will be flowing in the field windings from terminal 1 to terminal 2, and vice versa.
2.12.2 Direct-Current Generators
The standard direction of shaft rotation for direct-current generators shall be clockwise facing the end
opposite the drive end.
The direction of rotation of a generator mounted as a part of an engine-generator set is usually
counterclockwise facing the end opposite the drive end.
Self-excited direct-current generators, with connections properly made for standard direction of shaft
rotation (clockwise), will not function if driven counterclockwise as any small current delivered by the
armature tends to demagnetize the fields and thus prevent the armature from delivering current. If the
conditions call for reversed direction of shaft rotation, connections should be made with either the
armature leads transposed or the field leads transposed. The polarity of a self-excited direct-current
generator, with accompanying direction of current flow in the several windings, is determined by the
polarity of the residual magnetism. An accidental or unusual manipulation may reverse this magnetic
polarity. Though the generator itself will function as well with either polarity, an unforeseen change may
cause disturbance or damage to other generators or devices when the generator is connected to them.
2.12.3 Reverse Function
A direct-current machine can be used either as a generator or as a motor if the field design is suitable for
such operation. (The manufacturer should be consulted regarding this.) For the desired direction of
rotation, connection changes may be necessary. The conventions for current flow in combination with the
standardization of opposite directions of rotation for direct current generators and direct-current motors
are such that any direct-current machine can be called generator or motor without a change in terminal
markings.
2.13
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS WITH TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
The connection diagrams with terminal markings for direct-current motors shall be as shown in Figures 22 through 2-9.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 5
Figure 2-2
SHUNT MOTORCOUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE END,
CLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING DRIVE END
Figure 2-3
SHUNT MOTORCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE END,
COUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING DRIVE END
Figure 2-4
COMPOUND OR STABILIZED SHUNT MOTORCOUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING
END OPPOSITE DRIVE END, CLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING DRIVE END
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 6
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 2-5
COMPOUND OR STABILIZED SHUNT MOTORCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE
DRIVE END, COUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING DRIVE END
Figure 2-6
SERIES MOTORCOUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE END,
Figure 2-7
SERIES MOTORCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE END, COUNTER


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 7
Figure 2-8*
PERMANENT MAGNET MOTORCOUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE
DRIVE END, CLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING DRIVE END
*When magnetizing windings are provided, see 2.2.
Figure 2-9*
PERMANENT MAGNET MOTORCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE END,
*When magnetizing windings are provided, see 2.2.
When connections between different windings are made permanently inside the machine, any lead
brought out of the machine from the junction (except a control lead) shall bear the terminal markings of all
windings to which it is connected except that no markings shall be included for commutating and
compensating fields.
These connection diagrams show all leads from the armature, the shunt field, and the series (or
stabilizing) field brought out of the machines. The same diagram is, therefore, applicable for reversing the
nonreversing motors. The dotted connections may be made inside the machine or outside the machine
as conditions require. The relationship between the terminal marking numbers, the relative polarity of the
windings, and the direction of rotation is in accordance with 2.12, but the polarities shown in these
connection diagrams, while preferred, are not standardized.
NOTES
1See 2.2 for terminal letters assigned to different types of windings and 2.10.3 for the significance of the numerals.
2The connections shown are for cumulative series fields. Differential connection of the series field in direct-current
motors is very seldom used but when required, no change should be made on the field leads or terminal markings on
the machine, but the connection of the series field to the armature should be shown reversed.
3Commutating, compensating, and series field windings are shown on the A1 side of the armature but this location
while preferred, is not standardized. If sound engineering, sound economics, or convenience so dictates, these
windings may be connected on either side of the armature or may be divided part on one side and part on the other.
5When the compensation field or both the commutating and the compensating fields are omitted from any machine,
the terminal markings do not change.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4For shunt-wound, stabilized-shunt-wound, and compound-wound motors, the shunt field may be either connected in
parallel with the armature as shown by the dotted lines or may be separately excited. When separately excited, the
shunt field is usually isolated from the other windings of the machine, but the polarity of the voltage applied to the
shunt field should be as shown for the particular rotation and armature and series field polarities.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 8
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
6The lead designated by C, if used, is for control purposes and would not be used in any machine which has neither
commutating nor compensating fields. In utilizing this terminal, the location of the commutating or compensating field
should be known. See Note 3.
7The position of the field rheostat shown in these diagrams does not indicate any preference. The field rh eostat may
be attached to either terminal of the shunt field.
2.14
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS WITH TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR DIRECT-CURRENT

GENERATORS
The connection diagrams with terminal markings for direct-current generators shall be as shown in
Figures 2-10 through 2-13.
When connections between different windings are made permanently inside the machine, any lead
brought out of the machine from the junction (except an equalizer or control lead) shall bear the terminal
markings of all windings to which it is connected except that no markings shall be included for
commutating and compensating fields.
These connection diagrams show all leads from the armature, the shunt field, and the series field brought
out of the machines. The dotted connections may be made inside the machine or outside the machine as
conditions require. The relationship between the terminal marking numbers, the relative polarity of the
windings, and the direction of rotation is in accordance with 2.12, but the polarities shown in these
connection diagrams, while preferred, are not standardized.
NOTES
1See 2.2 for terminal letters assigne d to different types of windings and 2.10.3 for the numerals.
2The connections shown are for cumulative series fields. For differential connection of the series fields, no change
should be made on the field leads or terminal markings on the machine, but the connection of the series field to the
armature should be shown reversed.
3Commutating, compensating, and series field windings are shown on the A1 side of the armature, but this location,
while preferred, is not standardized. If sou nd engineering, sound economics, or convenience so dictates, these
windings may be connected on either side of the armature or may be divided part on one side and part on the other.
4Figures 2-12 and 2-13 show the shunt field connected either inside or outside the series field. Either may be used
depending upon the desired characteristics.
6When the compensating field or commutating field, or both, and the compensating fields are omitted from any
machine, the terminal markings do not change.
7The terminal designated by C, if used, is for control purposes and would not be used in any machine which has
neither commutating nor compensating fields . In utilizing this terminal, the location of the commutating or
compensating field should be known. See Note 3.
8The position of the field rheostat shown in these diagrams does not indicate any preference. The field rheostat may
be attached to either terminal of the shunt field.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5For shunt-wound generators and compound-wound generators, the shunt-field may be either self-excited or
separately excited. When self-excited, connections should be made as shown by the dotted lines. When separately
excited, the shunt field is usually isolated from the other windings of the machine, but the polarity or the voltage
applied to the shunt field should be as shown for the particular rotation and armature polarity.
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 9
Figure 2-10
SHUNT GENERATORCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE END,
Figure 2-11
SHUNT GENERATORCOUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE END,
Figure 2-12
COMPOUND GENERATORCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE END,

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 10
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
Figure 2-13
COMPOUND GENERATORCOUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING END OPPOSITE DRIVE
END, CLOCKWISE ROTATION FACING DRIVE END
AC MOTORS AND GENERATORS

2.20
NUMERALS ON TERMINALS OF ALTERNATING-CURRENT POLYPHASE MACHINES
2.20.1 Synchronous Machines
The numerals 1, 2, 3, etc., indicate the order in which the voltages at the terminals reach their maximum
positive values (phase sequence) with clockwise shaft rotation when facing the connection end of the coil
windings; hence, for counterclockwise shaft rotation (not standard) when facing the same end, the phase
sequence will be 1, 3, 2.
2.20.2 Induction Machines
The numerals 1, 2, 3, etc. used for terminal markings of polyphase induction machines do not define a
relationship between the phase sequence, the connection end of the coil windings, and the direction of
shaft rotation.
2.21
DEFINITION OF PHASE SEQUENCE
Phase sequence is the order in which the voltages successively reach their maximum positive values
between terminals.
2.22
PHASE SEQUENCE
The order of numerals on terminal leads does not necessarily indicate the phase sequence, but the
phase sequence is determined by the direction of shaft rotation relative to the connection end of the coil
winding.
2.23
DIRECTION OF ROTATION OF PHASORS
Phasor diagrams shall be shown so that advance in phase of one phasor with respect to another is in the
counter-clockwise direction. See Figure 2-14 in which phasor 1 is 120 degrees in advance of phasor 2
and the phase sequence is 1, 2, 3. (See 2.21)

--``,,```,,,`,`,


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 11
Figure 2-14
ROTATION OF PHASORS
2.24
The standard direction of rotation for all alternating-current single-phase generators, all synchronous
generators, and all universal generators shall be clockwise when facing the end of the machine opposite
the drive end.
The direction of rotation of a generator mounted as a part of an engine-generator set is usually
counterclockwise when facing the end opposite the drive end.
The standard direction of rotation for all alternating-current single-phase motors, all synchronous motors,
and all universal motors shall be counterclockwise when facing the end of the machine opposite the drive
end.
The standard direction of rotation for polyphase induction motors and generators, when only the terminal
markings U, V, W are used, in accordance with 2.60.1.2 and are connected to L1, L2, and L3 respectively
shall be counterclockwise when facing the end opposite the drive end, unless otherwise marked on the
machine. No direction of rotation is defined when terminal markings T1, T2, T3 are used, either alone or
in addition to the markings U, V, W.
CAUTION - In some cases where field modification of the lead location of polyphase induction machines
is required (i.e. from F1 to F2 mounting), it may be necessary to retag the leads with proper terminal
markings, replace the leads for proper terminal markings, or otherwise mark the machine with the
direction of rotation.
AC GENERATORS AND SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS

2.25
REVERSAL OF ROTATION, POLARITY AND PHASE SEQUENCE
Alternating-current generators driven counterclockwise when facing the connection end of the coil
windings will generate without change in connections, but the terminal phase sequence will be 1, 3, 2.
Synchronous condensers and synchronous motors may be operated with counterclockwise shaft rotation
viewed from the connection end of the coil windings by connecting them to leads in which the phase
sequence is 1, 2, 3, in the following manner:
a. Power leads................1, 2, 3
b. Machine terminals.......1, 3, 2
2.30
CONNECTIONS AND TERMINAL MARKINGS-ALTERNATINGCURRENT GENERATORS

AND SYNCHRONOUS MOTORSTHREE-PHASE AND SINGLE-PHASE
The alternating-current windings of three-phase alternating-current generators and synchronous motors
shall have terminal markings as given in 2.61 for three-phase single-speed induction motors.
The alternating-current windings of single-phase alternating-current generators and synchronous motors
shall have terminal markings as given in Figure 2-15.
The terminal markings of direct-current field windings shall be F1 and F2.
NOTESee 2.2 for terminal letters assigned to different types of windings and 2.20 for the significance of the numerals.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 12
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
Figure 2-15
SINGLE-PHASE
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS
2.40
GENERAL
2.40.1 Dual Voltage
Regardless of type, when a single-phase motor is reconnectible series-parallel for dual voltage, the
terminal marking shall be determined as follows.
For the purpose of assigning terminal markings, the main winding is assumed to be divided into two
halves, and T1 and T2 shall be assigned to one half and T3 and T4 to the other half.
For the purpose of assigning terminal markings, the auxiliary winding (if present) is assumed to be
divided into two halves, and T5 and T6 shall be assigned to one half and T7 and T8 to the other half.
Polarities shall be established so that the standard direction of rotation (counterclockwise facing the end
opposite the drive end) is obtained when the main winding terminal T4 and the auxiliary winding terminal
T5 are joined or when an equivalent circuit connection is made between the main and auxiliary winding.
The terminal marking arrangement is shown diagrammatically in Figure 2-16.
Figure 2-16
DUAL VOLTAGE
2.40.2 Single Voltage
If a single-phase motor is single voltage or if either winding is intended for only one voltage, the terminal
marking shall be determined as follows.
T1 and T4 shall be assigned to the main winding and T5 and T8 to the auxiliary winding (if present) with
the polarity arrangement such that the standard direction of rotation is obtained if T4 and T5 are joined to
one line and T1 and T8 to the other.
The terminal marking arrangement is shown diagrammatically in Figure 2-17.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 13
NOTES
1It has been found to be impracticable to follow this standard for the terminal markings of some definite-purpose
motors. See Part 18.
2No general standards have been developed for terminal markings of multispeed motors because of the great
variety of methods employed to obtain multiple speeds.
Figure 2-17
SINGLE VOLTAGE
2.41
TERMINAL MARKINGS IDENTIFIED BY COLOR
When single-phase motors use lead colors instead of letter and number markings to identify the leads,
the color assignment shall be determined from the following:
a. T1 - Blue
b. T2 - White
c. T3 - Orange
d. T4 - Yellow
e. T5 - Black
f. T8 - Red
g. P1 - No color assigned
h. P2 - Brown
NOTEIt has been found to be impracticable to follow this standard for the lead markings of some definite-purpose
motors. See Part 18.
2.42
AUXILIARY DEVICES WITHIN MOTOR
The presence of an auxiliary device or devices, such as a capacitor, starting switch, thermal protector,
etc., permanently connected in series between the motor terminal and the part of the winding to which it
ultimately connects, shall not affect the marking unless a terminal is provided at the junction.
Where a terminal is provided at the junction, the terminal marking of this junction shall be determined by
the part of the winding to which it is connected. Any other terminals connected to this auxiliary device
shall be identified by a letter indicating the auxiliary device within the motor to which the terminal is
connected.
2.43
AUXILIARY DEVICES EXTERNAL TO MOTOR
Where the capacitors, resistors, inductors, transformers, or other auxiliary devices are housed separately
from the motor, the terminal markings shall be those established for the device.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.44
MARKING OF RIGIDLY MOUNTED TERMINALS
On a terminal board, the identification of rigidly mounted terminals shall be either by marking on the
terminal board or by means of a diagram attached to the machine. When all windings are permanently
connected to rigidly-mounted terminals, these terminals may be identified in accordance with the terminal
markings specified in this publication. When windings are not permanently attached to rigidly mounted
terminals on a terminal board, the rigidly mounted terminals shall be identified by numbers only, and the
identification need not coincide with that of the terminal leads connected to the rigidly mounted terminals.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 14
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.45
INTERNAL AUXILIARY DEVICES PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO RIGIDLY MOUNTED

TERMINALS
If the motor design is such that the starting switch, thermal protector, or other auxiliary device is
permanently connected to a rigidly mounted terminal, some variation from the connection arrangements
illustrated in 2.47 through 2.53 will be required. However, any variations shall be based on the provisions
of 2.46.
2.46
GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS
The terminal marking and connection procedure given in 2.40 through 2.45 and in the schematic
diagrams which follow are based on the following principles.
2.46.1 First Principle
The main winding of a single-phase motor is designate by T1, T2, T3, and T4 and the auxiliary winding by
T5, T6, T7, and T8 to distinguish it from a quarter-phase motor which uses odd numbers for one phase
and even numbers for the other phase.
2.46.2 Second Principle
By following the first principle, it follows that odd-to-odd numbered terminals of each winding are joined
for lower voltage (parallel) connection and odd-to-even numbered terminals of each winding are joined for
higher voltage (series) connection.
2.46.3 Third Principle
The rotor of a single-phase motor is represented by a circle, even though there are no external
connections to it. It also serves to distinguish the single-phase motor schematic diagram from that of the
quarter-phase motor in which the rotor is never represented.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 15

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 16
2.47
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR SPLIT-PHASE MOTORSSINGLE VOLTAGEREVERSIBLE
2.47.1 Without Thermal Protector1
2.47.2 With Thermal Protector12

1 Motor starting switch shown in running position. All directions of rotation shown are facing the end opposite the drive end.
2 Terminal boards are shown viewed from the front. Dotted lines indicate permanent connection.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 17
2.48
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR CAPACITOR-START MOTORSREVERSIBLE
2.48.1 Single-Voltage Capacitor-start MotorsReversible
2.48.1.1
Without Thermal Protector1
2.48.1.2
With thermal Protector1


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 18
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.48.2 Dual-Voltage Capacitor-start Motors Reversible

2.48.2.1 Dual-VoltageWithout Thermal Protection1

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 19
2.48.2.2 Dual-VoltageWith Thermal Protector

The design proportions for dual-voltage reversible capacitor-start motors are such that three different groups of diagrams are necessary to show
the means for obtaining adequate protection for these motors. These three groups of diagrams (I, II, and III) insert the thermal protector at
different points in the circuit; therefore, different currents are provided to actuate the thermal protector.
2.48.2.2.1 Group IDual-VoltageWith Thermal Protector1

3 Proper connection depends upon design of motor and thermal protector; refer to motor manufacturers' information for proper diagram.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 20
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.48.2.2.2 Group IIDual VoltageWith Thermal Protector1

Line Leads
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 21
2.48.2.2.3 Group IIIDual VoltageWith Thermal Protector1
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 22
2.49
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR TWO-VALUE CAPACITOR MOTORSSINGLE VOLTAGEREVERSIBLE
2.49.1 Without Thermal Protector1

Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 23
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.49.2 With Thermal Protector1

2.50
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORSSINGLE VOLTAGEREVERSIBLE1 2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 24

1 All directions of rotation shown are facing the end opposite the drive end.
2 There are other terminal markings for definite-purpose permanent-split capacitor motors; see Part 18.
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.51
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 25
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR UNIVERSAL MOTORSSINGLE VOLTAGE
Figure 2-44.a
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 2-44.b


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 26
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FOR REPULSION, REPULSION-START INDUCTION, AND

REPULSION-INDUCTION MOTORS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.52
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.53
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 27
SHADED-POLE MOTORS TWO SPEED
Figure 2-47
POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS
Figure 2-47
POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS

2.60
GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR POLYPHASE INDUCTION

MOTORS
2.60.1 Method of Marking
2.60.1.1
Terminal Markings Using T
The markings of the terminals of a motor serve their purpose best if they indicate the electrical relations
between the several circuits within the motor. The windings of a motor are seldom accessible, and the
arrangement of the terminal numbers varies with the combinations of connections which are required.
However, if a definite system of numbering is used, the marking of the terminals may be made to tell the
exact relations of the windings within the motor. As far as practicable, 2.61 is formulated to embody such
a system, which system employs as one of its fundamental points a clockwise rotating spiral with T1 at
the outer end and finishing with the highest number at its inner end as a means for determining the
sequence of the numerals. See Figure 2-48A. Such numbering of the terminals on polyphase induction
motors does not imply standardization of the direction of rotation of the motor shaft.
Figure 2-48A
CLOCKWISE ROTATING SPIRAL WITH T1 AT THE OUTER END
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 28
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
When terminal markings are required to be in accordance with IEC 60034-8, they can be per 2.60.1.2
instead, (for single speed only), or in addition to those as numbered in 2.60.1.1. The markings of the
terminals of a motor serve their purpose best if they indicate the electrical relations between the several
circuits within the motor. The windings of a motor are seldom accessible and the arrangement of the
terminal numbers varies with the combinations of connections which are required. However, if a definite
system of numbering is used the marking of the terminals may be made to tell the exact relations of the
windings within the motor. As far as practicable, 2.60 is formulated to embody such a system, which
system employs as one of its fundamental points a clockwise rotating spiral with U1 at the outer end
followed by V1 and W1 and finishing with the highest number for W at its inner end as a means for
determining the sequence of the numerals. See Figure 2-48B in contrast to terminal marking shown in
Figure 2-48A. The numbering of the terminals on polyphase induction motors in accordance with IEC
60034-8 does imply standardization of the direction of the rotation of the motor shaft as described in 2.24
The terminal marking in Figure 2-48B can be appropriately substituted for those shown in Figure 2-48A,
when used as described in Figures 2-49 through 2-57.
Motors having three leads may be marked U, V, W with the numeral 1 omitted.
U1
U2
U3
U4
W4
W2
V4
V3
W3
V2
W1
V1
FIGURE 2-48B
CLOCKWISE ROTATING SPIRAL WITH U1 AT THE OUTER END, SAME AS 2-48A EXCEPT
USING TERMINAL MARKINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEC 60034-8.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.60.1.2 Terminal Markings in Accordance with IEC 60034-8 Using U, V, W
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 29
2.60.2 Three-Phase, Two Speed Motors

For three-phase motors having two synchronous speeds obtained from a reconnectible winding it is
undesirable to adhere to the clockwise system of numbering for all terminals as this would cause the
motor to run with clockwise shaft rotation on one speed and counterclockwise on the other speed if the
power lines are connected to each set of terminals in the same sequence. This feature may be
considered an advantage as a winding with part of its terminals following a clockwise sequence and part
following a counterclockwise sequence can be recognized immediately as a two-speed motor with a
reconnectible winding.
2.60.3 Two-Phase Motors
For two-phase motors, the terminal markings are such that all odd numbers are in one phase and all even
numbers are in the other phase. The markings of all motors except those for two-speed motors using a
single reconnectible winding are based, as are three-phase windings, on a clockwise spiral system of
rotation in the sequence of terminal numbering.
2.61
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR THREE-PHASE SINGLE-SPEED INDUCTION MOTORS
The terminal markings for three-phase single-speed induction motors shall be as shown in Figures 2-49,
2-50, 2-51, and 2-52. These terminal markings were developed in accordance with the following
procedure which shall be used in developing terminal markings for other combinations of motor stator
circuits:
2.61.1 First
A schematic phasor diagram shall be drawn showing an inverted Y connection with the individual circuits
in each phase arranged for series connection with correct polarity relation of circuits. The diagram for two
circuits per phase, for example, is as shown in Figure 2-53.
2.61.2 Second
Starting with T1 or U1 at the outside and top of the diagram, the ends of the circuit shall be numbered
consecutively in a clockwise direction proceeding on a spiral towards the center of the diagram. For two
circuits per phase, for example, the terminals are marked as shown in Figure 2-48A or 2-48B.
2.61.3 Third
A schematic phasor diagram shall be drawn showing the particular interconnection of circuits for the
motor under consideration, and the terminal markings determined in accordance with 2.61.1 and 2.61.2
shall be arranged to give the correct polarity relation of circuits. For example, if the winding shown in
Figure 2-48 A or 2-48B is to be connected with two circuits in multiple per phase, the diagram and
markings shall be as shown in Figure 2-54.
2.61.4 Fourth
The highest numbers shall be dropped and only the lowest number shall be retained where two or more
terminals are permanently connected together. For example, if the winding shown in Figure 2-54 is to
have two circuits in each phase permanently connected together with three line leads and three neutral
leads brought out, the terminal marking shall be as shown in Figure 2-55 or, if the winding shown in
Figures 2-48A or 2-48B is to be arranged for either a series or a multiple connection with the neutral point
brought out, the vector diagram and terminal markings shall be as shown in Figure 2-56.
2.61.5 Fifth
Where the ends of three coils are connected together to form a permanent neutral, the terminal markings
of the three leads so connected shall be dropped. If the neutral point is brought out, it shall always be
marked TO. See Figure 2-56.

--``,,```,,,`,`,


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 30
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.61.6 Sixth
If a winding is to be delta-connected, the inverted Y diagram (Figure 2-53) shall be rotated 30 degrees
counter-clockwise. T1 or U shall be assigned to the outer end of the top leg and the balance of the
numbering in accordance with 2.60.1.1 and Figure 2-48A or in accordance with 2.60.1.2 and Figure 248B. A schematic delta shall then be constructed in which the T1 or U leg of the rotated Y becomes the
right hand side of the delta, the T2 or V leg becomes the bottom (horizontal) side, and the T3 or W leg
becomes the left side of the delta. 2.60.1.1 or 2.60.1.2 shall be applied insofar as it applies to a delta
connection. See Figure 2-57.
2.62
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR Y- AND DELTA-CONNECTED DUAL VOLTAGE MOTORS
Figures 2-49 through 2-52 illustrate the application of 2.61 in determining terminal markings of Y- and
delta-connected dual-voltage motors.
2.63
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR THREE-PHASE TWO-SPEED SINGLE-WINDING INDUCTION

MOTORS
The general principles for terminal markings for polyphase induction motors given in 2.60.1.1 are not
applicable to three-phase two-speed single-winding induction motors because, if followed and the
terminals are connected in the same sequence, the direction of rotation at the two speeds will be
different.
2.64
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR Y- AND DELTA-CONNECTED THREE-PHASE TWO-SPEED

SINGLE-WINDING MOTORS
The terminal markings for Y- and delta-connected three-phase two-speed single-winding three-phase
induction motors shall be in accordance with Figures 2-58 through 2-62.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 31
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 32


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 33
Figure 2-57
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR TWO CIRCUITS PER PHASE, DELTA CONNECTED

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 34
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
Figure 2-58
VARIABLE TORQUE MOTORS
FOR ONE OR MORE WINDINGS
L2
L3
Insulate
Separately
Speed
L1
Low
T1
T2
T3
T4-T5-T6
High
T6
T4
T5
Figure 2-60
CONSTANT TORQUE MOTORS FOR TWO OR
MORE INDEPENDENT WINDINGS
Join
L2
L3
Insulate
Separately
L1
Low
T1
T2
T3
T4-T5-T6
High
T6
T4
T5
L1
L2
L3
Insulate
Separately
Low
T1
T2
(T3, T7)
T4-T5-T6
(T1, T2, T3)
High
T6
T4
T5
Figure 2-59
CONSTANT TORQUE MOTORS FOR
SINGLE WINDING ONLY
Speed
Speed
Join
Join
(T1, T2, T3, T7)
Figure 2-61
CONSTANT HORSEPOWER MOTORS FOR
TWO OR MORE INDEPENDENT WINDINGS
L3
Insulate
Separately
Speed
L1
L2
Low
T1
T2
T3
(T1, T2, T3)
High
T6
T4
(T5, T7)
T1-T2-T3
Join
(T4, T5, T6, T7)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 35
Figure 2-62
CONSTANT HORSEPOWER MOTORS FOR SINGLE WINDING ONLY
Speed
L1
L2
Low
T1
T2
High
T6
T4
Insulate
Separately
Join
T3
(T4, T5, T6)
T5
T1-T2-T3
L3
Figure 2-63
THREE-SPEED MOTOR USING THREE WINDINGS
Speed
L1
Low
T1
Second
High
L2
T2
L3
T3
Insulate Separately
Join
T11-T12-T13-T17-T21-T22-T23
T11 T12 (T13, T17)
T1-T2-T3-T21-T22-T23
T21 T22 T23
T1-T2-T3-T11-T12-T13-T17
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 36
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
Figure 2-64
FOUR-SPEED MOTOR USING TWO WINDINGS
Speed
L1
Low
T1
Second
L2
T2
L3
T3
Insulate Separately
Join
T4-T5-T6-T11-T12-T13-T14-T15-T16
T11 T12 T13
T1-T2-T3-T4-T5-T6-T14-T15-T16
Third
T6
T11-T12-T13-T14-T15-T16
High
T16 T14 T15
T4
T5
T1-T2-T3-T4-T5-T6
(T1, T2, T3)

(T11, T12, T13)
2.65
TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR THREE-PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS HAVING TWO OR MORE

SYNCHRONOUS SPEEDS OBTAINED FROM TWO OR MORE INDEPENDENT WINDINGS
2.65.1 Each Independent Winding Giving One Speed
The winding giving the lowest speed shall take the same terminal markings as determined from 2.61 for
the particular winding used. The terminal markings for the higher speed windings shall be obtained by
adding 10, 20, or 30, etc., to the terminal markings as determined from 2.61 for the particular winding
used, the sequences being determined by progressing each time to the next higher speed. The terminal
markings for a three speed motor using three windings are given in Figure 2-63.
2.65.2 Each Independent Winding Reconnectible to Give Two Synchronous Speeds
2.65.2.1 First
Phasor diagrams of the windings to be used shall be drawn and each winding given the terminal
markings shown in accordance with Figures 2-58 through 2-60. The neutral terminal, if brought out, shall
be marked TO.
No change shall be made in any of the terminal markings of the winding giving the lowest speed,
irrespective of whether the other speed obtained from this winding is an intermediate or the highest
speed.
2.65.2.3 Third
Ten shall be added to all terminal markings of the winding giving the next higher speed, and an additional
10 shall be added to all the terminal markings for each consecutively higher speed winding. An example
of terminal markings for a four-speed motor using two windings are given in Figure 2-64.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.65.2.2 Second
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 37
2.65.3 Two or More Independent Windings at Least One of Which Gives One Synchronous Speed
and the Other Winding Gives Two Synchronous Speeds
2.65.3.1 First
Each winding shall be given the markings determined in accordance with 2.65.2.1.
2.65.3.2 Second
No change shall be made in any of the terminal markings of the winding giving the lowest speed.
2.65.3.3 Third
Ten shall be added to all terminal markings of the winding giving the next higher speed, and an additional
10 shall be added to all the terminal markings for each consecutively higher speed winding. A typical
marking for a three-speed motor using two windings where one of the windings is used for the high speed
only is given in Figure 2-65.
NOTES
1If, under any of the provisions of this standard, the addition of 10, 20, 30, etc. to the basic terminal markings
causes a duplication of markings due to more than nine leads being brought out on any one winding, then 20, 40, 60,
etc. should be added instead of 10, 20, 30, etc., to obtain the markings for the higher speeds.
2The illustrative figures in this standard apply when all leads are brought out on the same end of the motor. When
one or more of the windings have some leads brought out on one end of the motor and some on the other end, the
rotation of the terminal markings for leads brought out on one end may be shown on the diagram as shown in the
illustrative figures, and the terminal markings for those brought out on the opposite end may be shown reversed in
rotation. When diagrams use this reversed rotation of markings, an explanatory note should be included for the benefit
of the control manufacturer and user to inform them that, when L1, L2, and L3 are connected to any winding with the
same sequence of numbers (T1, T2, T3; or T4, T5, T6; or T11, T12, T13, etc.), the shaft rotation will be the same.
Figure 2-65
THREE-SPEED MOTOR USING TWO WINDINGS
Speed
L1
L2
L3
Insulate Separately
Low
T1
T2
(T3, T7)
Second
T6
T4
T5
T11-T12-T13
T4-T5-T6-T11-T12-T13
High
T11
T12
T13
T1-T2-T3-T4-T5-T6-T7
Join
(T1,T2,T3,T7)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 38
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.66
TERMINAL MARKINGS OF THE ROTORS OF WOUND-ROTOR INDUCTION MOTORS
See Figures 2-66 and 2-67.
Figure 2-66
THREE-PHASE WOUND ROTOR
Figure 2-67
TWO-PHASE WOUND ROTOR
AUXILIARY DEVICES
2.67
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.67.1 General
All auxiliary devices with more than two terminals shall have connecting instructions.
Each auxiliary circuit shall be assigned a letter symbol(s).
2.67.2 Auxiliary terminal marking rules
The marking of auxiliary terminals shall be according to 2.67.1, with 2.2 identifying the type of auxiliary
device, together with
a numerical prefix identifying the individual circuit or device;
a numerical suffix identifying the lead function.
The addition of letters and/or numbers to the auxiliary symbol shall wherever possible, be based on the
rules given in 2.67.1.
When there is a large number of terminals for a given type of device (e.g., thermocouples), the leads may
be grouped by device code and the terminals identified by a prefix (1-99) and followed by a single digit
suffix (1-9).

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 39
The manufacturer should identify the function of these devices in the written instructions.
When only one device of a certain type exists, the prefix may be omitted.
2.67.3 Examples of Marking
2.67.3.1 Power related devices
Devices such as BA, BD, BW, CA, DC, HE, LA, SC and SP shall be marked and connected in
accordance with 2.67.3.1.1 to 2.67.3.1.4 where
indicates the device coding and
represents the device.
2.67.3.1.1 Single-phase, single voltage

1
Figure 2-68 Single-phase, single voltage

L1
L2
2.67.3.1.2 Single-phase, dual voltage

2
1
Figure 2-69 Single-phase dual voltage

Voltage
L1
L2
Join
Isolate
High
Low
[1, 4]
2.67.3.1.3 Three-phase, single voltage

**T1
U
**T1
U
**T3
W
**T2
V
**T3
W
**T2
V
Figure 2-70 Three-phase, single voltage

L1
L2
L3
Connection
L1
L2
L3
Connection
T1
T2
T3
Delta
T1
T2
T3

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 40
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
2.67.3.1.4 Three-phase, dual voltage

**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2-71
Voltage
Low
High
L1
L2
L3
Join
(**T1,**T7) (**T2,**T8) (**T3,**T9)

**T1
**T2
**T3
(**T4,**T5,**T6)
(**T4,**T7) (**T5,**T8)
(**T6,**T9)
**
**
**
**
Voltage
Low
High
L1
L2
**
**
**
**
**
2-72
L3
Join
(**T1,**T6,**T7) (**T2,**T4,**T8) (**T3,**T5,**T9)

**T1
**T2
**T3
(**T4,**T7) (**T5,**T8)
(**T6,**T9)
Alternate marking of U, V, W rather than T1, T2, T3, etc. shall be in accordance with 2.60.1.2.


Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 41
2.67.3.2 Thermal and measurement devices

Devices CT, PT, RT, TB, TC, TN, TM and TP shall be marked and connected in accordance with
2.67.3.2.1 to 2.67.3.2.3 where
indicates the device coding and
NOTE:
represents the device.
For TC devices, the leads are color coded by the manufacturer to denote polarity.
2.67.3.2.1 Two-lead devices of types RT, TB, TC, TM, TN, and TP
11
12
21
22
Figure 2-73 Two-lead devices

2.67.3.2.2 Three-lead devices of type RT
1RT1
1RT2
2RT1
2RT2
2RT2
1RT2
Figure 2-74 Three-lead devices of type RT

Terminal *RT1 is connected to the lead on one side of the measurement bridge. One terminal *RT2 is
connected to center lead and the second terminal *RT2 is connected to the opposite side lead of the
measurement bridge.
2.67.3.2.3 Four-lead devices of type RT
1RT1
1RT2
2RT1
2RT2
1RT1
1RT2
2RT1
2RT2
Figure 2-75 Four-lead devices of type RT

The two terminals *RT1 are connected to leads on one side of the measurement bridge and the two
terminals *RT2 are connected to leads on the opposite side of the measurement bridge.
2.67.3.3 Switches
Switches shall be marked as shown in Figure 2-76 where denotes the switch number.
S2
S1
Figure 2-76 Switch connections

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 2, Page 42
Section I
TERMINAL MARKINGS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`


MG 1
Part 3
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 3, Page 1
Section I
Part 3
3.1
3.1.1
Safety
WARNING: Because of the high voltages used, high potential tests should be conducted only by trained
personnel, and adequate safety precautions should be taken to avoid injury to personnel and damage to
property. Tested windings should be discharged carefully to avoid injury to personnel on contact. See
2.10 in NEMA Publication No. MG 2.
3.1.2
Definition
High-potential tests are tests which consist of the application of a voltage higher than the rated voltage for
a specified time for the purpose of determining the adequacy against breakdown of insulating materials
and spacings under normal conditions.
3.1.3 Procedure
High-potential tests shall be made in accordance with the following applicable IEEE Publications:
a. Std 112
b. Std 113
c. Std 114
d. Std 115
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.1.4
Test Voltage
The high-potential test shall be made by applying a test voltage having the magnitude specified in the
part of this publication that applies to the specific type of machine and rating being tested.
The frequency of the test circuit shall be 50 to 60 hertz,1 and the effective value of the test voltage shall
be the crest value of the specified test voltage divided by the square root of two. The wave shape shall
have a deviation factor not exceeding 0.1.
The dielectric test should be made with a dielectric tester which will maintain the specified voltage at the
terminals during the test.
3.1.5
Condition of Machine to be Tested
The winding being tested shall be completely assembled (see 3.1.10). The test voltage shall be applied
when, and only when, the machine is in good condition and the insulation resistance is not impaired due
to dirt or moisture. (See IEEE Std 43.)
3.1.6
Duration of Application of Test Voltage
The specified high-potential test voltage shall be applied continuously for 1 minute. Machines for which
the specified test voltage is 2500 volts or less shall be permitted to be tested for 1 second at a voltage
which is 1.2 times the specified 1-minute test voltage as an alternative to the 1-minute test, if desired.
To avoid excessive stressing of the insulation, repeated application of the high-potential test voltage is
not recommended.
1 A direct instead of an alternating voltage may be used for high-potential test. In such cases, a test voltage of 1.7
times the specified alternating voltage (effective voltage) as designated in 12.3 is required.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 3, Page 2
3.1.7
Section I
Points of Application of Test Voltage
The high-potential test voltage shall be successively applied between each electric circuit and the frame
or core. All other windings or electric circuits not under test and all external metal parts shall be
connected to the frame or core. All leads of each winding, phase, or electric circuit shall be connected
together, whether being tested or connected to the frame or core.
An electric circuit consists of all windings and other live parts which are conductively connected to the
same power supply or load bus when starting or running. A winding which may be connected to a
separate power supply, transformer, or load bus any time during normal operation is considered to be a
separate circuit and must be high-potential tested separately. For example, fields of direct-current
machines shall be considered to be separate circuits unless they are permanently connected in the
machine. Unless otherwise stated, interconnected polyphase windings are considered as one circuit and
shall be permitted to be so tested.
3.1.8
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
All accessories such as surge capacitors, lightning arresters, current transformers, etc., which have leads
connected to the rotating machine terminals shall be disconnected during the test, with the leads
connected together and to the frame or core. These accessories shall have been subjected to the highpotential test applicable to the class of apparatus at their point of manufacture. Capacitors of capacitortype motors must be left connected to the winding in the normal manner for machine operation (running
or starting).
a. Component devices and their circuits such as space heaters and temperature sensing devices in
contact with the winding (thermostats, thermocouples, thermistors, resistance temperature
detectors, etc.), connected other than in the line circuit, shall be connected to the frame or core
during machine winding high-potential tests. Each of these component device circuits, with leads
connected together, shall then be tested by applying a voltage between the circuit and the frame
or core, equal to 1500 volts. During each device circuit test all other machine windings and
components shall be connected together and to the frame or core.
When conducting a high-potential test on an assembled brushless exciter and synchronous machine field
winding, the brushless circuit components (diodes, thyristors, etc.) shall be short circuited (not grounded)
during the test.
3.1.9
Evaluation of Dielectric Failure
Insulation breakdown during the application of the high-potential test voltage shall be considered as
evidence of dielectric failure, except that in the production testing of small motors dielectric failure shall be
indicated by measurement of insulation resistance below a specified value (see 12.4).
3.1.10 Initial Test at Destination
When assembly of a winding is completed at the destination, thus precluding the possibility of making
final high-potential tests at the factory, it is recommended that high-potential tests be made with the test
voltages specified in the applicable section of this publication immediately after the final assembly and
before the machine is put into service. The test voltage should be applied when, and only when, the
machine is in good condition and the insulation resistance is not impaired due to dirt or moisture. (See
IEEE Std 43.)
3.1.11 Tests of an Assembled Group of Machines and Apparatus
Repeated application of the foregoing test voltage is not recommended. When a motor is installed in
other equipment immediately after manufacture and a high-potential test of the entire assembled motor
and equipment is required, the test voltage shall not exceed 80 percent of the original test voltage or,
when the motor and equipment are installed in an assembled group, the test voltage shall not exceed 80
percent of the lowest test voltage specified for that group.


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 3, Page 3
3.1.12 Additional Tests Made After Installation

When a high-potential test is made after installation on a new machine which has previously passed its
high-potential test at the factory and whose windings have not since been disturbed, the test voltage shall
be 75 percent of the test voltage specified in the part of this publication that applies to the type of
machine and rating being tested.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 3, Page 4
Section I

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1
Part 4
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES, AND MOUNTING
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 1
Section I
Part 4
4.1
LETTER SYMBOLS FOR DIMENSION SHEETS
Dimensions shall be lettered in accordance with Table 4-1. See also Figures 4-1 through 4-5.
Any letter dimension normally applying to the drive end of the machine will, when prefixed with the letter
F, apply to the end opposite the drive end.
Letter dimensions other than those listed below used by individual manufacturers shall be designated by
the prefix letter X followed by A, B, C, D, E, etc.
Table 4-1
NEMA
Letter
IEC
Letter
AB
Overall dimension across feet of horizontal machine (end view)
BB
Overall dimension across feet of horizontal machine (side view)
Dimension Indicated
Overall length of single shaft extension machine (For overall length of double shaft extension
machine, see letter dimension FC.)
Centerline of shaft to bottom of feet
...
Centerline of shaft to centerline of mounting holes in feet (end view)
2E
Distance between centerlines of mounting holes in feet or base of machine (end view)
2F
Distance between centerlines of mounting holes in feet or base of machine (side view)
HA
Thickness of mounting foot at H hole or slot

Diameter of holes or width of slot in feet of machine
AA
Width of mounting foot at mounting surface
BA
Length of mounting foot at mounting surface
...
Length of shaft from end of housing to end of shaft, drive end
N-W
Length of the shaft extension from the shoulder at drive end
HC
Top of horizontal machine to bottom of feet
AC
Maximum width of machine (end view) including pole bells, fins, etc., but excluding terminal
housing, lifting devices, feet, and outside diameter of face or flange
Bottom of keyseat or flat to bottom side of shaft or bore
Width of keyseat
HD-HC
T+O
HD
Distance from the top of the lifting eye, the terminal box or other most salient part mounted on the
top of the machine to the bottom of the feet
Height of lifting eye, terminal box, or other salient part above the surface of the machine.
Diameter of shaft extension. (For tapered shaft, this is diameter at a distance V from the threaded
portion of the shaft.)
U-R
GE
Depth of the keyway at the crown of the shaft extension at drive end
...
Length of shaft available for coupling, pinion, or pulley hub, drive end. (On a straight shaft
extension, this is a minimum value.)
...
For straight and tapered shaft, end of housing to shoulder. (For shaft extensions without shoulders,
it is a clearance to allow for all manufacturing variations in parts and assembly.)
..
Length of hub of pinion when using full length of taper, drive end
...
Distance from end of shaft to outer end of taper, drive end

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 2
Section I
Table 4-1 (Continued)

NEMA
Letter
IEC
Letter
...
Width across corners of nut or diameter of washer, or tapered shaft, drive end
AA
Threaded or clearance hole for external conduit entrance (expressed in conduit size) to terminal
housing
Dimension Indicated
AB
AD
Centerline of shaft to extreme outside part of terminal housing (end view)
AC
...
Centerline of shaft to centerline of hole AA in terminal housing (end view)
AD
...
Centerline of terminal housing mounting to centerline of hole AA (side view)
AE
...
Centerline of terminal housing mounting to bottom of feet (end view)

Centerline of terminal housing mounting to hole AA (end view)
AF
...
AG
LB
AH
E+R
Mounting surface of face, flange, or base of machine to end of shaft
Mounting surface of face, flange, or base of machine to opposite end of housing (side view)
AJ
Diameter of mounting bolt circle in face, flange, or base of machine
AK
Diameter of male or female pilot on face, flange, or base of machine
AL
...
Overall length of sliding base or rail
AM
...
Overall width of sliding base or outside dimensions of rails

Distance from centerline of machine to bottom of sliding base or rails
AN
...
AO
...
Centerline of sliding base or rail to centerline of mounting bolt holes (end view)
AP
...
Centerline of sliding base or rails to centerline of inner mounting bolt holes (motor end view)
AR
...
Distance between centerlines of mounting holes in sliding base or distance between centerlines of
rail mounting bolt holes (side view)
AT
...
Thickness of sliding base or rail foot
AU
...
Size of mounting holes in sliding base or rail
AV
...
Bottom of sliding base or rail to top of horizontal machine
AW
...
Centerline of rail or base mounting hole to centerline of adjacent motor mounting bolt
AX
...
Height of sliding base or rail
AY
...
Maximum extension of sliding base (or rail) adjusting screw
AZ
...
Width of slide rail
BA
Centerline of mounting hole in nearest foot to the shoulder on drive end shaft (For machines
without a shaft shoulder, it is the centerline of mounting hole in nearest foot to the housing side of
N-W dimension.)
BB
Depth of male or female pilot of mounting face, flange, or base of machine
BC
Distance between mounting surface of face, flange, or base of machine to shoulder on shaft. (For
machine without a shaft shoulder, it is the distance between the mounting surface of face, flange,
or base of machine to housing side of N-W dimension)
BD
Outside diameter of mounting face, flange or base of machine
BE
LA
Thickness of mounting flange or base of machine

Threaded or clearance hole in mounting face, flange, or base of machine
BF
BH
...
Outside diameter of core or shell (side view)
BJ
...
Overall length of coils (side view). Actual dimensions shall be permitted to be less depending on
the number of poles and winding construction
BK
...
Distance from centerline of stator to lead end of coils
BL
Diameter over coils, both ends (BL = two times maximum radius)
BM
...
Overall length of stator shell
BN
...
Diameter of stator bore
BO
...
Length of rotor at bore
BP
...
Length of rotor over fans
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 3

IEC
Letter
Dimension Indicated
BR
...
Diameter of finished surface or collar at ends of rotor
BS
...
Centerline of foot mounting hole, shaft end, to centerline of terminal housing mounting (side view)
BT
...
Movement of horizontal motor on base or rail
BU
...
Angle between centerline of terminal housing mounting and reference centerline of motor (end
view)
BV
...
Centerline of terminal housing mounting to mounting surface of face or flange (side view)
BW
...
Inside diameter of rotor fan or end ring for shell-type and hermetic motors
BX
...
Diameter of bore in top drive coupling for hollow-shaft vertical motor
BY
...
Diameter of mounting holes in top drive coupling for hollow-shaft vertical motor
BZ
...
Diameter of bolt circle for mounting holes in top drive coupling for hollow-shaft vertical motor
CA
...
Rotor bore diameter
CB
...
Rotor counterbore diameter
CC
...
Depth of rotor counterbore
CD
...
Distance from the top coupling to the bottom of the base on Type P vertical motors.
CE
...
Overall diameter of mounting lugs
CF
...
Distance from the end of the stator shell to the end of the motor quill at compressor end. Where
either the shell or quill is omitted, the dimension refers to the driven load end of the core.
CG
...
Distance from the end of the stator shell to the end of the stator coil at compressor end.
CH
...
Distance from the end of the stator shell to the end of the stator coil at end opposite the
compressor.
Distance between clamp-bolt centers for two-hole clamping of universal motor stator cores.
CL
CO
...
Clearance hole for maximum size of clamp bolts for clamping universal motor stator cores.
DB
Outside diameter of rotor core.
DC
Distance from the end of stator shell (driven load end) to the end of rotor fan or end ring (driven
load end). Where the shell is omitted, the dimensions is to the driven load end of the stator core.
DD
Distance from the end of stator shell (driven load end) to the end of rotor fan or end ring (driven
load end). Where the shell is omitted, the dimension is to the driven load end of the stator core.
DE
...
Diameter inside coils, both ends (DE = 2 times minimum radius).
DF
...
Distance from driven load end of stator core or shell to centerline of mounting hole in lead clip or
end of lead if no clip is used.
DG
...
Distance from driven load end of stator core or shell to end of stator coil (opposite driven load
end).
DH
...
Centerline of foot mounting hole (shaft end) to centerline of secondary terminal housing mounting
(side view).
DJ
...
Centerline of secondary lead terminal housing inlet to bottom of feet (horizontal).
DK
...
Center of machine to centerline of hole "DM" for secondary lead conduit entrance (end view).
DL
...
Centerline of secondary lead terminal housing inlet to entrance for conduit.
DM
...
Diameter of conduit (pipe size) for secondary lead terminal housing.
DN
...
Distance from the end of stator shell to the bottom of rotor counterbore (driven load end). Where
the shell is omitted, the dimension is to the driven load end of the stator core.
DO
...
Dimension between centerlines of base mounting grooves for resilient ring mounted motors or, on
base drawings, the dimension of the base which fits the groove.
DP
...
Radial distance from center of Type C face at end opposite drive to center of circle defining the
available area for disc brake lead opening(s).
DQ
Centerline of shaft to extreme outside part of secondary terminal housing (end view).
EL
Diameter of shaft after emergence from the mounting surface of face or flange.
EM
...
Diameter of shaft first step after EL.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NEMA
Letter
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 4
Section I
LETTER SYMBOLS FOR DIMENSIONS
NEMA
Letter
IEC
Letter
EN
...
Dimension Indicated
Internal threaded portion of shaft extension.
EO
...
Top of coupling to underside of canopy of vertical hollow-shaft motor.
EP
...
Diameter of shaft at emergence from bearing (face or flange end).
EQ
...
Length of shaft from mounting surface of face or flange to EL-EM interface.
ER
...
Length of shaft from EP-EL interface to end of shaft.
ES
Usable length of keyseat.
ET
Length of shaft from mounting surface of face or flange to EM-U interface.
EU
..
Diameter of shaft at bottom of ring groove.
EV
Distance between centerline of H hole and end of motor foot at shaft end (side view).
EW
Width of the ring groove or gib head keyseat.
EX
Distance from end of shaft to opposite side of ring groove keyseat.
FBA
CA
Distance from the shoulder of the shaft at opposite drive end to the center-line of the mounting
holes in the nearest feet.
FC
LC
Overall length of double shaft extension machine (For overall length of single shaft extension, see
letter dimension C.)
FN-FW
EA
Length of the shaft extension from the shoulder at opposite drive end.
FR
GB
Distance from the bottom of the keyway to the opposite surface of the shaft extension at opposite
drive end.
FS
FA
Width of the keyway of the shaft extension at opposite drive end.
FU
DA
Diameter of the shaft extension at opposite drive end.
FU-FR
GH
Depth of the keyway at the crown of the shaft extension at opposite drive end.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 5
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section I
Figure 4-1
LETTER SYMBOLS FOR FOOT-MOUNTED MACHINESSIDE VIEW


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 6
Section I
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 4-2
LETTER SYMBOLS FOR FOOT-MOUNTED MACHINESDRIVE END VIEW



Section I
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DIMENSIONS FOR
FRAMES WHERE AJ IS
GREATER THAN AK
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 7
WHERE 8 HOLES (BF) ARE

USED, THE ADDITIONAL
FOUR HOLES ARE LOCATED
ON THE HORIZONTAL AND
VERTICAL CENTERLINES.
Figure 4-3
LETTER SYMBOLS FOR TYPE C FACE-MOUNTING FOOT OR FOOTLESS MACHINES
Section I
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 8

Figure 4-4
LETTER SYMBOLS FOR TYPE D FLANGE-MOUNTING FOOT OR FOOTLESS MACHINES
Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 9
Figure 4-5
LETTER SYMBOLS FOR VERTICAL MACHINES
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 10
Section I
4.2
SYSTEM FOR DESIGNATING FRAMES
The system for designating frames of motors and generators shall consist of a series of numbers in
combination with letters, defined as follows:
4.2.1
Frame Numbers
The frame number for small machines shall be the D dimension in inches multiplied by 16.
The system for numbering the frames of other machines shall be according to Table 4-2, as follows:
a. The first two digits of the frame number are equal to four times the D dimension in inches. When
this product is not a whole number, the first two digits of the frame number shall be the next higher
whole number.
b. The third and, when required, the fourth digit of the frame number is obtained from the value of 2F
in inches by referring to the columns headed 1 to 15, inclusive.
As an example, a motor with a D dimension of 6.25 inches and 2F of 10 inches would be designated as
frame 256.
Table 4-2
MACHINE FRAME NUMBERING

Frame
Number
Series
140
160
180
200
210
220
250
280
320
360
400
440
500
580
680
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.25
5.50
6.25
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.50
14.50
17.00
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.50
16.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.50
14.00
18.00
Frame
Number
Series
Third/Fourth Digit in Frame Number

10
11
12
13
14
15
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
11.00
12.50
14.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
22.00
25.00
28.00
32.00
40.00
2F Dimensions
10.00
11.00
11.00
12.50
12.50
14.00
...
...
14.00
16.00
...
...
18.00
20.00
20.00
22.00
22.00
25.00
25.00
28.00
28.00
32.00
32.00
36.00
36.00
40.00
40.00
45.00
50.00
56.00
14.00
16.00
18.00
...
20.00
...
25.00
28.00
32.00
36.00
40.00
45.00
50.00
56.00
71.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
...
22.00
...
28.00
32.00
36.00
40.00
45.00
50.00
56.00
63.00
80.00
140
3.50
160
4.00
180
4.50
200
5.00
210
5.25
220
5.50
250
6.25
280
7.00
320
8.00
360
9.00
400
10.00
440
11.00
500
12.50
580
14.50
680
17.00
All dimensions in inches.
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
10.00
11.00
12.50
14.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
22.00
25.00
28.00
36.00
Third/Fourth Digit in Frame Number

3
4
5
2 F Dimensions
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
5.50
6.25
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.50
14.00
16.00
20.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
...
12.50
...
16.00
18.00
20.00
22.00
25.00
28.00
32.00
36.00
45.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.50
6.25
6.75
8.25
9.50
10.50
11.25
12.25
14.50
16.00
18.00
22.00
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.00
7.50
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.25
13.75
16.50
18.00
20.00
25.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
8.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.00
14.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
22.00
28.00
6.25
7.00
8.00
9.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.50
14.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
22.00
25.00
32.00
12.50
14.00
16.00
...
18.00
...
22.00
25.00
28.00
32.00
36.00
40.00
45.00
50.00
63.00

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
4.2.2
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 11
Frame Letters
A Industrial direct-current machine

B Carbonator pump motors (see 18.270 through 18.281)
C Type C face-mounting on drive end
When the face mounting is at the end opposite the drive end, the prefix F shall be used, making the
suffix letters FC.
CHType C face-mounting dimensions are different from those for the frame designation having the
suffix letter C (the letters CH are to be considered as one suffix and shall not be separated)
D Type D flange-mounting on drive end
When the flange mounting is at the end opposite the drive end, the prefix F shall be used, making
the suffix letters FD
E Shaft extension dimensions for elevator motors in frames larger than the 326T frame
G Gasoline pump motors (see 18.91)
H Indicates a small machine having an F dimension larger than that of the same frame without the
suffix letter H (see 4.4.1 and 4.5.1)
HP and HPHType P flange mounting vertical solid shaft motors having dimensions in accordance with
18.252 (the letters HP and HPH are to be considered as one suffix and shall not be separated)
J Jet pump motors (see 18.132)
JMType C face-mounting close-coupled pump motor having antifriction bearings and dimensions in
accordance with Table 1 of 18.250 (the letters JM are to be considered as one suffix and shall not
be separated)
JP Type C face-mounting close-coupled pump motor having antifriction bearings and dimensions in
accordance with Table 2 of 18.250 (the letters JP are to be considered as one suffix and shall not be
separated)
K Sump pump motors (see 18.78)
LP and LPHType P flange-mounting vertical solid shaft motors having dimensions in accordance with
18.251 (the letters LP and LPH are to be considered as one suffix and shall not be separated)
M Oil burner motors (see 18.106)
N Oil burner motors (see 18.106)
P and PHType P flange-mounting vertical hollow shaft motors having dimensions in accordance with
18.238
R Drive end tapered shaft extension having dimensions in accordance with this part (see 4.4.2)
S Standard short shaft for direct connection (see dimension tables)
T Included as part of a frame designation for which standard dimensions have been established (see
dimension tables)
U Previously used as part of a frame designation for which standard dimensions had been established
(no longer included in this publication)
V Vertical mounting only
VPType P flange-mounting vertical solid-shaft motors having dimensions in accordance with 18.237
(The letters VP are to be considered as one suffix and shall not be separated.)
X Wound-rotor crane motors with double shaft extension (see 18.229 and 18.230)
Y Special mounting dimensions (dimensional diagram must be obtained from the manufacturer)
Z All mounting dimensions are standard except the shaft extension(s)(also used to designate machine
with double shaft extension)
NoteFor their own convenience manufacturers may use any letter in the alphabet preceding the frame number, but such
a letter will have no reference to standard mounting dimensions.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Letters shall immediately follow the frame number to denote variations as follows:
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 12
Section I
Suffix letters shall be added to the frame number in the following sequence:
Suffix Letters
Sequence
A, H
G, J, M, N, T, U, HP, HPH, JM, JP, LP, LPH and VP
R and S
C, D, P and PH
FC, FD
V
E, X, Y, Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4.3
MOTOR MOUNTING AND TERMINAL HOUSING LOCATION
The motor mounting and location of terminal housing shall be as shown in assembly symbol F-1 of Figure
4-6. Where other motor mountings and terminal housing locations are required, they shall be designated
in accordance with the symbols shown in Figure 4-6.
Assembly symbols F-1, W-2, W-3, W-6, W-8, and C-2 show the terminal housing in the same relative
location with respect to the mounting feet and the shaft extension.
All mountings shown may not be available for all methods of motor construction.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 13
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section I
Figure 4-6
MACHINE ASSEMBLY SYMBOLS


Section I
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 14
4.4
4.4.1
DIMENSIONSAC MACHINES
Dimensions for Alternating-Current Foot-Mounted Machines with Single Straight-Shaft Extension

Frame
Designation
A Max
D*
E
2F
BA***
H
U
N-W
V Min
R
42
--2.62
1.75
1.69
2.06
0.28 slot
0.3750
1.12
...
0.328
48
--3.00
2.12
2.75
2.50
0.34 slot
0.5000
1.50
...
0.453
48H
--3.00
2.12
4.75
2.50
0.34 slot
0.5000
1.50
...
0.453
56
--3.50
2.44
3.00
2.75
0.34 slot
0.6250
1.88
...
0.517
56H
--3.50
2.44
5.00
2.75
0.34 slot
0.6250
1.88
...
0.517
2.25
0.34 hole
0.8750
2.25
2.00
0.771
143T
7.0
3.50
2.75
4.00
5.00
2.25
0.34 hole
0.8750
2.25
2.00
0.771
145T
7.0
3.50
2.75
4.50
2.75
0.41 hole
1.1250
2.75
2.50
0.986
182T
9.0
4.50
3.75
184T
9.0
4.50
3.75
5.50
2.75
0.41 hole
1.1250
2.75
2.50
0.986
213T
10.5
5.25
4.25
5.50
3.50
0.41 hole
1.3750
3.38
3.12
1.201
215T
10.5
5.25
4.25
7.00
3.50
0.41 hole
1.3750
3.38
3.12
1.201
254T
12.5
6.25
5.00
8.25
4.25
0.53 hole
1.625
4.00
3.75
1.416
256T
12.5
6.25
5.00
10.00
4.25
0.53 hole
1.625
4.00
3.75
1.416
284T
14.0
7.00
5.50
9.50
4.75
0.53 hole
1.875
4.62
4.38
1.591
284TS
14.0
7.00
5.50
9.50
4.75
0.53 hole
1.625
3.25
3.00
1.416
286T
14.0
7.00
5.50
11.00
4.75
0.53 hole
1.875
4.62
4.38
1.591
286TS
14.0
7.00
5.50
11.00
4.75
0.53 hole
1.625
3.25
3.00
1.416
324T
16.0
8.00
6.25
10.50
5.25
0.66 hole
2.125
5.25
5.00
1.845
324TS
16.0
8.00
6.25
10,50
5.25
0.66 hole
1.875
3.75
3.50
1.591
326T
16.0
8.00
6.25
12.00
5.25
0.66 hole
2.125
5.25
5.00
1.845
326TS
16.0
8.00
6.25
12.00
5.25
0.66 hole
1.875
3.75
3.50
1.591
364T
18.0
9.00
7.00
11.25
5.88
0.66 hole
2.375
5.88
5.62
2.021
364TS
18.0
9.00
7.00
11.25
5.88
0.66 hole
1.875
3.75
3.50
1.591
365T
18.0
9.00
7.00
12.25
5.88
0.66 hole
2.375
5.88
5.62
2.021
365TS
18.0
9.00
7.00
12.25
5.88
0.66 hole
1.875
3.75
3.50
1.591
404T
20.0
10.00
8.00
12.25
6.62
0.81 hole
2.875
7.25
7.00
2.450
404TS
20.0
10.00
8.00
12.25
6.62
0.81 hole
2.125
4.25
4.00
1.845
405T
20.0
10.00
8.00
13.75
6.62
0.81 hole
2.875
7.25
7.00
2.450
405TS
20.0
10.00
8.00
13.75
6.62
0.81 hole
2.125
4.25
4.00
1.845
444T
22.0
11.00
9.00
14.50
7.50
0.81 hole
3.375
8.50
8.25
2.880
444TS
22.0
11.00
9.00
14.50
7.50
0.81 hole
2.375
4.75
4.50
2.021
445T
22.0
11.00
9.00
16.50
7.50
0.81 hole
3.375
8.50
8.25
2.880
445TS
22.0
11.00
9.00
16.50
7.50
0.81 hole
2.375
4.75
4.50
2.021
447T
22.0
11.00
9.00
20.00
7.50
0.81 hole
3.375
8.50
8.25
2.880
447TS
22.0
11.00
9.00
20.00
7.50
0.81 hole
2.375
4.75
4.50
2.021
449T
22.0
11.00
9.00
25.00
7.50
0.81 hole
3.375
8.50
8.25
2.880
449TS
22.0
11.00
9.00
25.00
7.50
0.81 hole
2.375
4.75
4.50
2.021
440
...
11.00
9.00
**
7.50
...
...
...
...
...
500
...
12.50
10.00
**
8.50
...
...
...
...
...
*The tolerances on the D dimension for rigid base motors shall be +0.00 inch, -0.06 inch. No tolerance has been established for the D dimension of resilient mounted motors.
Frames 42 to 56H, inclusiveThe tolerance for the 2F dimension shall be 0.03 inch and for the H dimension (width of slot) shall be +0.02 inch, -0.00 inch.
Frames 143T to 500, inclusiveThe tolerance for the 2E and 2F dimensions shall be 0.03 inch and for the H dimension shall be +0.05 inch, -0.00 inch.
The values of the H dimension represent standard bolt sizes plus dimensional clearances.
Keyseat
ES Min
...
...
...
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.78
1.78
2.41
2.41
2.91
2.91
3.28
1.91
3.28
1.91
3.91
2.03
3.91
2.03
4.28
2.03
4.28
2.03
5.65
2.78
5.65
2.78
6.91
3.03
6.91
3.03
6.91
3.03
6.91
3.03
...
...
S
flat
flat
flat
0.188
0.188
0.188
0.188
0.250
0.250
0.312
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.625
0.500
0.625
0.500
0.750
0.500
0.750
0.500
0.875
0.625
0.875
0.625
0.875
0.625
0.875
0.625
...
...
AA Min
...
...
...
...
...
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 15
H dimension:; Frames 143T to 365T inclusiveThe clearance of the std. bolt to hole size is 0.03. The tolerance is +0.05, -0.00 inch. Frames 404T to 449T inclusiveThe clearance of std. bolt to hole size is 0.06 inch. The
tolerance is +0.020 inch, -0.00 inch.
For dimensions of clearance holes see 4.8.
**For the 2F dimension and corresponding third (and when required the fourth) digit in the frame series, see 4.2.1 and Table 4-2.
***BA tolerance: 0.09 inch.
_________
NOTES:
1 For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1 and Figures 4-1 and 4-2.
2 For tolerances on shaft extension diameters and keyseats, see 4.9.
3 Frames 42 to 56H, inclusiveif the shaft extension length of the motor is not suitable for the application, it is recommended that deviations from this length be in 0.25-inch increments.
4 For cast-iron products, bottom of feet coplanar: 0.015 inch.
5 For cast-iron products, foot top parallel to foot bottom: 1.5 degree.
6 For cast-iron products, shaft parallel to foot plan: 0.015 inch.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 16
Section I
4.4.2 Shaft Extensions and Key Dimensions For Alternating-Current-Foot-Mounted Machines with Single Tapered or Double
Straight/Tapered Shaft Extension
Drive EndTapered Shaft Extension*
Frame
Designation
143TR and 145TR
182TR and 184TR
213TR and 215TR
254TR and 256TR
284TR and 286TR
324TR and 326TR
364TR and 365TR
404TR and 405TR
444TR and 445TR
BA
2.25
2.75
3.50
4.25
4.75
5.25
5.88
6.62
7.50
U
N-W
V
X
0.8750
2.62
1.75
1.88
1.1250
3.38
2.25
2.38
1.3750
4.12
2.62
2.75
1.625
4.50
2.88
3.00
1.875
4.75
3.12
3.25
2.125
5.25
3.50
3.62
2.375
5.75
3.75
3.88
2.875
6.62
4.38
4.50
3.375
7.50
5.00
5.12
Opposite Drive EndTapered Shaft Extension*
Y
0.75
1.88
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.75
2.00
Keyseat
Shaft
Key
Threads
Width
Depth
Length**
5/8-18
0.188
0.094
1.50
3/4-16
0.250
0.125
2.00
1-14
0.312
0.156
2.38
1-14
0.375
0.188
2.62
1-1/4-12
0.500
0.250
2.88
1-1/2-8
0.500
0.250
3.25
1-3/4-8
0.625
0.312
3.50
2-8
0.750
0.375
4.12
2-1/4-8
0.875
0.438
4.75
Opposite Drive EndStraight Shaft Extension
Keyseat
Z Max
1.38
1.50
2.00
2.00
2.38
2.75
3.25
3.62
4.12
Keyseat
Frame Number
Series
FU
FN-FW
FV
FX
FY
FZ
Max
Shaft
Threads
Width
Depth
Key
Length
FU
FN-FW
FV Min
ES Min

140
0.6250
2.00
1.38
1.50
0.50
1.12
3/8-24
0.188
0.094
1.12
0.6250
1.62
1.38
0.517
0.91
0.188
180
0.8750
2.62
1.75
1.88
0.75
1.38
5/8-18
0.188
0.094
1.50
0.8750
2.25
2.00
0.771
1.41
0.188
210
1.1250
3.38
2.25
2.38
0.88
1.50
3/4-16
0.250
0.125
2.00
1.1250
2.75
2.50
0.986
1.78
0.250
250
1.3750
4.12
2.62
2.75
1.25
2.00
1-14
0.312
0.156
2.38
1.3750
3.38
3.12
1.201
2.41
0.312
280
1.6250
4.50
2.88
3.00
1.25
2.00
1-14
0.375
0.188
2.62
1.625
4.00
3.75
1.416
2.91
0.375
280 Short Shaft
1.625
3.25
3.00
1.416
1.91
0.375
320
1.8750
4.75
3.12
3.25
1.25
2.38
1-1/4-12
0.500
0.250
2.88
1.875
4.62
4.38
1.591
3.28
0.500
320 Short Shaft
1.875
3.75
3.50
1.591
2.03
0.500
360
1.8750
4.75
3.12
3.25
1.25
2.38
1-1/4-12
0.500
0.250
2.88
1.875
4.62
4.38
1.591
2.03
0.500
360 Short Shaft
1.875
3.75
3.50
1.591
2.03
0.500
400
2.1250
5.25
3.50
3.62
1.38
2.75
1-1/2-8
0.500
0.250
3.25
2.125
5.25
5.00
1.845
3.91
0.500
400 Short Shaft
2.125
4.25
4.00
1.845
2.78
0.500
440
2.3750
5.75
3.75
3.88
1.50
3.25
1-3/4-8
0.625
0.312
3.50
2.375
5.88
5.62
2.021
4.28
0.625
440 Short Shaft
2.375
4.75
4.50
2.021
3.03
0.625
*The standard taper of shafts shall be at the rate of 1.25 inch in diameter per foot of length. The thread at the end of the taper shaft shall be provided with a nut and a suitable locking device.
**Tolerance on the length of the key is 0.03 inch.
For drive applications other than direct connect, the motor manufacturer should be consulted.
NOTES:
1. For the meaning of the letter dimensions see 4.1 and Figures 4-1 and 4-2
2. For tolerances on shaft extension diameters and keyseats, see 4.9.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 17
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section I
4.4.3 Shaft Extension Diameters and Key Dimensions for Alternating-Current Motors Built In Frames Larger than the 449T Frames
The shaft extension diameters and key dimensions for alternating-current motors having ratings built in frames larger than the 449T frame up to and
including the ratings built in frames corresponding to the continuous open-type rating given in 12.0 shall be as shown in Table 4-3.
4.4.4 Dimensions for Type C Face-Mounting Foot or Footless Alternating-Current Motors
BF Hole
Keyseat
Tap Size
Bolt
Penetration
Allowance
AH
ES Min
4
4
1/4-20
1/4-20
...
...
0.3750
0.500
1.312
1.69
0.328
0.453
...
...
Flat
flat
3/8-16
...
0.6250
2.06
0.517
1.41
0.188
...
3/4
Frame
Designation*
AJ**
AK
BA
BB Min
BC
BD Max
Number
42C
48C
3.750
3.750
3.000
3.000
2.062
2.50
0.16
0.16
-0.19
-0.19
5.00
5.625
56C
5.875
4.500
2.75
0.16
-0.19
6.50
AA
Min
...
...
143TC and 145TC
5.875
4.500
2.75
0.16
+0.12
6.50
3/8-16
0.56
0.8750
2.12
0.771
1.41
0.188
182TC and 184TC
7.250
8.500
3.50
0.25
+0.12
9.00
1/2-13
0.75
1.1250
2.62
0.986
1.78
0.250
3/4
182TCH and 184TCH
5.875
4.500
3.50
0.16
+0.12
6.50
3/8-16
0.56
1.1250
2.62
0.986
1.78
0.250
3/4
213TC and 215TC
7.250
8.500
4.25
0.25
+0.25
9.00
1/2-13
0.75
1.3750
3.12
1.201
2.41
0.312
254TC and 256TC
7.250
8.500
4.75
0.25
+0.25
10.00
1/2-13
0.75
1.625
3.75
1.416
2.91
0.375
1-1/4
284TC and 286TC
9.000
10.500
4.75
0.25
+0.25
11.25
1/2-13
0.75
1.875
4.38
1.591
3.28
0.500
1-1/2
284TSC and 286TSC
9.000
10.500
4.75
0.25
+0.25
11.25
1/2-13
0.75
1.625
3.00
1.416
1.91
0.375
1-1/2
324TC and 326TC
11.000
12.500
5.25
0.25
+0.25
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
2.125
5.00
1.845
3.91
0.500
324TSC and 326TSC
11.000
12.500
5.25
0.25
+0.25
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
1.875
3.50
1.591
2.03
0.500

364TC and 365TC
11.000
12.500
5.88
0.25
+0.25
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
2.375
5.62
2.021
4.28
0.625
364TSC and 365TSC
11.000
12.500
5.88
0.25
+0.25
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
1.875
3.50
1.591
2.03
0.500
404TC and 405TC
11.000
12.500
6.62
0.25
+0.25
15.50
5/8-11
0.94
2.875
7.00
2.450
5.65
0.750
404TSC and 405TSC
11.000
12.500
6.62
0.25
+0.25
15.50
5/8-11
0.94
2.125
4.00
1.845
2.78
0.500
444TC and 445TC
14.000
16.000
7.50
0.25
+0.25
18.00
5/8-11
0.94
3.375
8.25
2.880
6.91
0.875
444TSC and 445TSC
14.000
16.000
7.50
0.25
+0.25
18.00
5/8-11
0.94
2.375
4.50
2.021
3.03
0.625
447TC and 449TC
14.000
16.000
7.50
0.25
+0.25
18.00
5/8-11
0.94
3.375
8.25
2.880
6.91
0.875
447TSC and 449TSC
14.000
16.000
7.50
0.25
+0.25
18.00
5/8-11
0.94
2.375
4.50
2.021
3.03
0.625
500 frame series
14.500
16.500
...
0.25
+0.25
18.00
5/8-11
0.94
...
...
...
...
...
...

*For frames 42C to 445TSC, see 4.4.1, for dimensions A, D, E, 2F, and H.
**For frames 182TC, 184TC, and 213TC through 500TC, the centerline of the bolt holes shall be within 0.025 inch of true location. True location is defined as angular and diametrical location with reference to the
centerline of the AK dimension.
The tolerance on this BB dimension shall be +0.00 inch, -0.06 inch.
These BD dimensions are nominal dimensions.
NOTES
1. For the meaning of the letter dimensions see 4.1 and Figure 4-3.
2. For tolerances on shaft extension diameters and keyseats see 4.9.
3 .For tolerances on AK dimensions, face runout, and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbet, see 4.12.
4. If the shaft extension length of the motor is not suitable for the application, it is recommended that deviations from this length be in 0.25-inch increments.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 18
Section I
4.4.5 Dimensions for Type FC Face Mounting for Accessories on End Opposite Drive End
of Alternating-Current Motors
F B F Hole
Bolt
Penetration
Frame Design ations
FAJ
FAK
FBB Min
FBD Min
Number
Tap Size
Allowance
Hole for
Accessory
Leads
DP
Diameter
143TFC and 145TFC

5.875
4.500
0.16*
6.50
4
3/8-16
0.56
2.81
0.41
182TFC and 184TFC
5.875
4.500
0.16*
6.50
4
3/8-16
0.56
2.81
0.41
213TFC and 215TFC
7.250
8.500
0.25
9.00
4
1/2-13
0.75
3.81
0.62
254TFC and 256TFC
7.250
8.500
0.25
10.00
4
1/2-13
0.75
3.81
0.62
284TFC and 286TFC
9.000
10.500
0.25
11.25
4
1/2-13
0.75
4.50
0.62
324TFC and 326TFC
11.000
12.500
0.25
14.00
4
5/8-11
0.94
5.25
0.62
*The tolerance on this FBB dimension shall be +0.00, -0.06 inch.
This BD dimension is a nominal dimension.
When a hole is required in the Type C face for accessory leads, the hole shall be located within the available area defined by a circle
located in accordance with the figure and the table.
NOTES
1. For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1.
2. For tolerances on FAK dimensions, face runout, and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbits, see 4.12. For permissible shaft
runout see 4.9.
3. Standards have not been developed for the FU, FAH, FBC, and keys at dimensions.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Section 1
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 19
4.4.6 Dimensions for Typ e D Flang e- Mounting Foot or Footless Al ternating-Current Motors
Recommended
Keyseat
Bolt

Frame
Designation
143TD and
145TD
182TD and
184TD
213TD and
215TD
254TD and
256TD
284TD and
286TD
284TSD and
286TSD
324TD and
326TD
324TSD and
326TSD
364TD and
365TD
364TSD and
365TSD
404TD and
405TD
404TSD and
405TSD
444TD and
445TD
444TSD and
445TSD
447TD and
449TD
447TSD and
449TSD
500 frame
series
Length
AA Min
1.25
U
0.8750
AH
2.25
R
0.771
ES Min
1.41
S
0.188
0.53
1.25
1.1250
2.75
0.986
1.78
0.250
3/4
0.53
1.25
1.3750
3.38
1.201
2.41
0.312
0.75
0.81
2.00
1.625
4.00
1.416
2.91
0.375
1-1/4
14.00
0.75
0.81
2.00
1.875
4.62
1.591
3.28
0.500
1-1/2
0.00
14.00
0.75
0.81
2.00
1.625
3.25
1.416
1.91
0.375
1-1/2
0.25
0.00
18.00
0.75
0.81
2.00
2.125
5.25
1.845
3.91
0.500
5.25
0.25
0.00
18.00
0.75
0.81
2.00
1.875
3.75
1.591
2.03
0.500
14.000
5.88
0.25
0.00
18.00
0.75
0.81
2.00
2.375
5.88
2.021
4.28
0.625
16.00
14.000
5.88
0.25
0.00
18.00
0.75
0.81
2.00
1.875
3.75
1.591
2.03
0.500
20.00
18.000
6.62
0.25
0.00
22.00
1.00
0.81
2.25
2.875
7.25
2.450
5.65
0.750
20.00
18.000
6.62
0.25
0.00
22.00
1.00
0.81
2.25
2.125
4.25
1.845
2.78
0.500
20.00
18.000
7.50
0.25
0.00
22.00
1.00
0.81
2.25
3.375
8.50
2.880
6.91
0.875
20.00
18.000
7.50
0.25
0.00
22.00
1.00
0.81
2.25
2.375
4.75
2.021
3.03
0.625
20.00
18.000
7.50
0.25
0.00
22.00
1.00
0.81
2.25
3.375
8.50
2.880
6.91
0.875
20.000
18.000
7.50
0.25
0.00
22.00
1.00
0.81
2.25
2.375
4.75
2.021
3.03
0.625
22.000
18.000
...
0.25
0.00
25.00
1.00
0.81
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
AJ
10.00
AK
9.000
BA
2.75
B B*
0.25
BC
0.00
BD Ma x
11.00
BE No
0.50
Num ber
4
Size
0.53
10.00
9.000
3.50
0.25
0.00
11.00
0.50
10.00
9.000
4.25
0.25
0.00
11.00
0.50
12.50
11.000
4.75
0.25
0.00
14.00
12.50
11.000
4.75
0.25
0.00
12.50
11.000
4.75
0.25
16.00
14.000
5.25
16.00
14.000
16.00

*Tolerance is +0.00 inch, -0.06 inch.
NOTES
1. For the meaning of the letter dimensions see 4.1 and Figure 4-4.
2. See 4.4.1 for dimensions A, B, D, E, 2F, and H for frames 143TD-445TSD, and for dimensions D, E, 2F, and BA for the 500 frame series.
4. For tolerances on AK dimensions, face runout, and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbit, see 4.12.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3/4

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 20
4.5
4.5.1
Section I
DIMENSIONSDC MACHINES
Dimensions for Direct-Current Small Motors w ith Single Straight Shaft Extension
Key seat
Fram e
De signa tions
A M ax
B Ma x
D*
2F
BA
H Slot
N- W
E S M in
42
---
---
2.62
1.75
1.69
2.06
0.28
0.3750
1.12
0.328
---
flat
48
---
---
3.00
2.12
2.75
2.50
0.34
0.5000
1.50
0.453
---
flat
56
---
---
3.50
2.44
3.00
2.75
0.34
0.6250
1.88
0.517
1.41
0.188
56H
---
---
3.50
2.44
3.00
2.75
0.34
0.6250
1.88
0.517
1.41
0.188
All dimensions in inches

*The tolerance on the D dimension for rigid base motors shall be +0.00 inch, -0.06 inch. No tolerance has been established for the D dimension of resilient mounted motors.
The tolerance of the 2F dimension shall be 0.03 inch and for the H dimension (width of slot) shall be +0.05 inch, -0.00 inch.
NOTES
1. For the meaning of the letter dimensions see 4.1 and Figures 4-1 and 4-2.
2. For tolerance on shaft extension diameters and keyseats see 4.9.
3. If the shaft extension length of the motor is not suitable for the application, it is recommended that deviations from this length be in 0.25-inch increments.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 21
4.5.2 Dimensions for Foot-Mounted Industrial Direct-Current Machines

Frame
Designations
182AT
A Max
9.00
B Max
6.50
D*
4.50
E
3.75
2F
4.50
BA
2.75
H Hole
0.41
AL
12.75
AM
9.50
AO
4.50
AR
4.25
AU
0.50
AX
1.50
AY Max
Bases
0.50
BT
3.00
183AT
9.00
7.00
4.50
3.75
5.00
2.75
0.41
12.75
10.00
4.50
4.50
0.50
1.50
0.50
3.00
184AT
9.00
7.50
4.50
3.75
5.50
2.75
0.41
12.75
10.50
4.50
4.75
0.50
1.50
0.50
3.00
185AT
9.00
8.25
4.50
3.75
6.25
2.75
0.41
12.75
11.25
4.50
5.12
0.50
1.50
0.50
3.00
186AT
9.00
9.00
4.50
3.75
7.00
2.75
0.41
12.75
12.00
4.50
5.50
0.50
1.50
0.50
3.00
187AT
9.00
10.00
4.50
3.75
8.00
2.75
0.41
12.75
13.00
4.50
6.00
0.50
1.50
0.50
3.00
188AT
9.00
11.00
4.50
3.75
9.00
2.75
0.41
12.75
14.00
4.50
6.50
0.50
1.50
0.50
3.00
189AT
9.00
12.00
4.50
3.75
10.00
2.75
0.41
12.75
15.00
4.50
7.00
0.50
1.50
0.50
3.00
1810AT
9.00
13.00
4.50
3.75
11.00
2.75
0.41
12.75
16.00
4.50
7.50
0.50
1.50
0.50
3.00
213AT
10.50
7.50
5.25
4.25
5.50
3.50
0.41
15.00
11.00
5.25
4.75
0.50
1.75
0.50
3.50
214AT
10.50
8.25
5.25
4.25
6.25
3.50
0.41
15.00
11.75
5.25
5.12
0.50
1.75
0.50
3.50
215AT
10.50
9.00
5.25
4.25
7.00
3.50
0.41
15.00
12.50
5.25
5.50
0.50
1.75
0.50
3.50
216AT
10.50
10.00
5.25
4.25
8.00
3.50
0.41
15.00
13.50
5.25
6.00
0.50
1.75
0.50
3.50
217AT
10.50
11.00
5.25
4.25
9.00
3.50
0.41
15.00
14.50
5.25
6.50
0.50
1.75
0.50
3.50
218AT
10.50
12.00
5.25
4.25
10.00
3.50
0.41
15.00
12.50
5.25
7.00
0.50
1.75
0.50
3.50

219AT
10.50
13.00
5.25
4.25
11.00
3.50
0.41
15.00
16.50
5.25
7.50
0.50
1.75
0.50
3.50
2110AT
10.50
14.00
5.25
4.25
12.50
3.50
0.41
15.00
18.00
5.25
8.25
0.50
1.75
0.50
3.50
253AT
12.50
9.50
6.25
5.00
7.00
4.25
0.53
17.75
13.88
6.25
6.00
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.00
254AT
12.50
10.75
6.25
5.00
8.25
4.25
0.53
17.75
15.12
6.25
6.62
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.00
255AT
12.50
11.50
6.25
5.00
9.00
4.25
0.53
17.75
15.88
6.25
7.00
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.00
256AT
12.50
12.50
6.25
5.00
10.00
4.25
0.53
17.75
16.88
6.25
7.50
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.00
257AT
12.50
13.50
6.25
5.00
11.00
4.25
0.53
17.75
17.88
6.25
8.00
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.00
258AT
12.50
15.00
6.25
5.00
12.50
4.25
0.53
17.75
19.38
6.25
8.78
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.00
259AT
12.50
16.50
6.25
5.00
14.00
4.25
0.53
17.75
20.88
6.25
9.00
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.00
283AT
14.00
11.00
7.00
5.50
8.00
4.75
0.53
19.75
15.38
7.00
6.75
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.50
284AT
14.00
12.50
7.00
5.50
9.00
4.75
0.53
19.75
16.88
7.00
7.50
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.50
285AT
14.00
13.00
7.00
5.50
10.00
4.75
0.53
19.75
17.38
7.00
7.75
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.50
286AT
14.00
14.00
7.00
5.50
11.00
4.75
0.53
19.75
18.38
7.00
8.25
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.50
287AT
14.00
15.50
7.00
5.50
12.50
4.75
0.53
19.75
19.88
7.00
9.00
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.50
288AT
14.00
17.00
7.00
5.50
14.00
4.75
0.53
19.75
21.38
7.00
9.75
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.50
289AT
14.00
19.00
7.00
5.50
16.00
4.75
0.53
19.75
23.38
7.00
10.75
0.62
2.00
0.62
4.50

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 22
Section I
4.5.2 (continued)

Frame
Designations
A Max
B Max
D*
2F
BA
H Hole
AL
AM
AO
AR
AU
AX
AY Max
Bases
BT
323AT
16.00
12.50
8.00
6.25
9.00
5.25
0.66
22.75
17.75
8.00
7.75
0.75
2.50
0.75
5.25
324AT
16.00
14.00
8.00
6.25
10.50
5.25
0.66
22.75
19.25
8.00
8.50
0.75
2.50
0.75
5.25
325AT
16.00
14.50
8.00
6.25
11.00
5.25
0.66
22.75
19.75
8.00
8.75
0.75
2.50
0.75
5.25
326AT
16.00
15.50
8.00
6.25
12.00
5.25
0.66
22.75
20.75
8.00
9.25
0.75
2.50
0.75
5.25
327AT
16.00
17.50
8.00
6.25
14.00
5.25
0.66
22.75
22.75
8.00
10.25
0.75
2.50
0.75
5.25
328AT
16.00
19.50
8.00
6.25
16.00
5.25
0.66
22.75
24.75
8.00
11.25
0.75
2.50
0.75
5.25
329AT
16.00
21.50
8.00
6.25
18.00
5.25
0.66
22.75
26.75
8.00
12.25
0.75
2.50
0.75
5.25
363AT
18.00
14.00
9.00
7.00
10.00
5.88
0.81
25.50
19.25
9.00
8.25
0.88
2.50
0.75
6.00
364AT
18.00
154.25
9.00
7.00
11.25
5.88
0.81
25.50
20.50
9.00
9.12
0.88
2.50
0.75
6.00
365AT
18.00
16.25
9.00
7.00
12.25
5.88
0.81
25.50
21.50
9.00
9.62
0.88
2.50
0.75
6.00
366AT
18.00
181.00
9.00
7.00
14.00
5.88
0.81
25.50
23.25
9.00
10.50
0.88
2.50
0.75
6.00
367AT
18.00
20.00
9.00
7.00
16.00
5.88
0.81
25.50
25.25
9.00
11.50
0.88
2.50
0.75
6.00
368AT
18.00
22.00
9.00
7.00
18.00
5.88
0.81
25.50
27.25
9.00
12.50
0.88
2.50
0.75
6.00
369AT
18.00
14.00
9.00
7.00
20.00
5.88
0.81
25.50
29.25
9.00
13.50
0.88
2.50
0.75
6.00
403AT
20.00
15.00
10.00
8.00
11.00
6.62
0.94
28.75
21.12
10.00
9.25
1.00
3.00
0.88
7.00
404AT
20.00
16.25
10.00
8.00
12.75
6.62
0.94
28.75
22.38
10.00
9.88
1.00
3.00
0.88
7.00
405AT
20.00
17.75
10.00
8.00
13.75
6.62
0.94
28.75
23.88
10.00
10.62
1.00
3.00
0.88
7.00
406AT
20.00
20.00
10.00
8.00
16.00
6.62
0.94
28.75
26.12
10.00
11.75
1.00
3.00
0.88
7.00
407AT
20.00
22.00
10.00
8.00
18.00
6.62
0.94
28.75
28.12
10.00
12.75
1.00
3.00
0.88
7.00
408AT
20.00
24.00
10.00
8.00
20.00
6.62
0.94
28.75
30.12
10.00
13.75
1.00
3.00
0.88
7.00
409AT
20.00
26.00
10.00
8.00
22.00
6.62
0.94
28.75
32.12
10.00
14.75
1.00
3.00
0.88
7.00
443AT
22.00
16.50
11.00
9.00
12.50
7.50
1.06
31.25
22.62
11.00
10.00
1.12
3.00
0.88
7.50
444AT
22.00
18.50
11.00
9.00
15.00
7.50
1.06
31.25
24.62
11.00
11.00
1.12
3.00
0.88
7.50
445AT
22.00
20.50
11.00
9.00
16.50
7.50
1.06
31.25
26.62
11.00
12.00
1.12
3.00
0.88
7.50
446AT
22.00
22.00
11.00
9.00
18.00
7.50
1.06
31.25
28.12
11.00
12.75
1.12
3.00
0.88
7.50
447AT
22.00
24.00
11.00
9.00
20.00
7.50
1.06
31.25
30.12
11.00
13.75
1.12
3.00
0.88
7.50
448AT
22.00
26.00
11.00
9.00
22.00
7.50
1.06
31.25
32.12
11.00
14.75
1.12
3.00
0.88
7.50
449AT
22.00
29.00
11.00
9.00
25.00
7.50
1.06
31.25
35.12
11.00
16.25
1.12
3.00
0.88
7.50
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 23
4.5.2 (continued)

Frame
Design ations
A Max
B Max
D*
2F
BA
H Hole
AL
AM
AO
AR
AU
AX
AY Max
Bases
BT
502AT
25.00
17.50
12.50
10.00
12.50
8.50
1.19
35.00
24.50
12.50
10.75
1.25
3.50
---
8.00
503AT
25.00
19.00
12.50
10.00
14.00
8.50
1.19
35.00
26.00
12.50
11.50
1.25
3.50
---
8.00
504AT
25.00
21.00
12.50
10.00
16.00
8.50
1.19
35.00
28.00
12.50
12.50
1.25
3.50
---
8.00
505AT
25.00
23.00
12.50
10.00
18.00
8.50
1.19
35.00
30.00
12.50
13.50
1.25
3.50
---
8.00
506AT
25.00
25.00
12.50
10.00
20.00
8.50
1.19
35.00
32.00
12.50
14.50
1.25
3.50
---
8.00
507AT
25.00
27.00
12.50
10.00
22.00
8.50
1.19
35.00
34.00
12.50
15.50
1.25
3.50
---
8.00
508AT
25.00
30.00
12.50
10.00
25.00
8.50
1.19
35.00
37.00
12.50
17.00
1.25
3.50
---
8.00
509AT
25.00
33.00
12.50
10.00
28.00
8.50
1.19
35.00
40.00
12.50
18.50
1.25
3.50
---
8.00
583
29.00
21.00
14.50
11.50
16.00
10.00
1.19
38.75
29.00
14.50
13.00
1.25
4.00
---
8.50
584
29.00
23.00
14.50
11.50
18.00
10.00
1.19
38.75
31.00
14.50
14.00
1.25
4.00
---
8.50
585
29.00
25.00
14.50
11.50
20.00
10.00
1.19
38.75
33.00
14.50
15.00
1.25
4.00
---
8.50
586
29.00
27.00
14.50
11.50
22.00
10.00
1.19
38.75
35.00
14.50
16.00
1.25
4.00
---
8.50
587
29.00
30.00
14.50
11.50
25.00
10.00
1.19
38.75
38.00
14.50
17.50
1.25
4.00
---
8.50
588
29.00
33.00
14.50
11.50
28.00
10.00
1.19
38.75
41.00
14.50
19.00
1.25
4.00
---
8.50
683
34.00
25.00
17.00
13.50
20.00
11.50
1.19
42.50
30.75
13.50
14.00
1.38
4.25
---
9.00
684
34.00
27.00
17.00
13.50
22.00
11.50
1.19
42.50
32.75
13.50
15.00
1.38
4.25
---
9.00
685
34.00
30.00
17.00
13.50
25.00
11.50
1.19
42.50
35.75
13.50
16.50
1.38
4.25
---
9.00
686
34.00
33.00
17.00
13.50
28.00
11.50
1.19
42.50
38.75
13.50
18.00
1.38
4.25
---
9.00
687
34.00
37.00
17.00
13.50
32.00
11.50
1.19
42.50
42.75
13.50
20.00
1.38
4.25
---
9.00
688
34.00
41.00
17.00
13.50
36.00
11.50
1.19
42.50
46.75
13.50
22.00
1.38
4.25
---
9.00

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 24
Section I
4.5.2 (continued)
Drive EndFor Belt Drive
Drive EndFor Dir ect-connected Drive
Keys eat
End opposite DriveStraight
Keyseat
Keyseat
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Frame
Designation s
182AT-1810AT
U
1.1250
N- W
2.25
V Mi n
2.00
R
0.986
ES Min
1.41
S
0.250
U
---
N- W
---
V Min
---
R
---
ES Min
---
S
---
FU
FN-FW FV Min
0.8750
1.75
1.50
FR
0.771
FES
Min
0.91
FS
0.188
213AT-2110AT
1.3750
2.75
2.50
1.201
1.78
0.312
---
---
---
---
---
---
1.1250
2.25
2.00
0.986
1.41
0.250
253AT-259AT
1.625
3.25
3.00
1.416
2.28
0.375
---
---
---
---
---
---
1.3750
2.75
2.50
1.201
1.78
0.312
283AT-289AT
1.875
3.75
3.50
1.591
2.53
0.500
---
---
---
---
---
---
1.625
3.25
3.00
1.416
2.28
0.375
323AT-329AT
2.125
4.25
4.00
1.845
3.03
0.500
---
---
---
---
---
---
1.875
3.75
3.50
1.591
2.53
0.500
363AT-369AT
2.375
4.75
4.50
2.021
3.53
0.625
---
---
---
---
---
---
2.125
4.25
4.00
1.845
3.03
0.500
403AT-409AT
2.625
5.25
5.00
2.275
4.03
0.625
---
---
---
---
---
---
2.375
4.75
4.50
2.021
3.53
0.625
443AT-449AT
2.875
5.75
5.50
2.450
4.53
0.750
---
---
---
---
---
---
2.625
5.25
5.00
2.275
4.03
0.625
502AT-509AT
3.250
6.50
6.25
2.831
5.28
0.750
---
---
---
---
---
---
2.875
5.75
5.50
2.450
4.53
0.750
583A-588A
3.250
9.75
9.50
2.831
8.28
0.750
2.875
5.75
5.50
2.450
4.28
0.750
---
---
---
---
---
---
683A-688A
3.625
10.88
10.62
3.134
9.53
0.875
3.250
6.50
6.25
2.831
5.03
0.750
---
---
---
---
---
---


*Frames 182AT to 329AT, inclusiveThe tolerance on the D dimension shall be +0.00 inch, -0.03 inch, Frames 363AT to 688AT, inclusiveThe tolerance on the D dimension shall be
+0.00 inch, -0.06 inch.
The tolerance for the 2E and 2F dimensions shall be 0.03 inch and for the H dimension shall be +0.05 inch, -0.00 inch.
When frames 583A through 688A have a shaft extension for direct-connected drive, the frame number shall have a suffix letter S (that is, 583AS).
NOTE
For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1 and Figures 4-1 and 4-2.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 25
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section I
4.5.3 Dimensions For Foot-Mounted Industrial Direct-Current Motors

Frame
Designation
s
A Max
B Max
D*
2F
BA
H Hole
142 AT
7.00
6.75
3.50
2.75
3.50
2.75
0.34
143 AT
7.00
7.25
3.50
2.75
4.00
2.75
0.34
144 AT
7.00
7.75
3.50
2.75
4.50
2.75
0.34
145 AT
7.00
8.25
3.50
2.75
5.00
2.75
0.34
146 AT
7.00
8.75
3.50
2.75
5.50
2.75
0.34
147 AT
7.00
9.50
3.50
2.75
6.25
2.75
0.34
148 AT
7.00
10.25
3.50
2.75
7.00
2.75
0.34
149 AT
7.00
11.25
3.50
2.75
8.00
2.75
0.34
1410 AT
7.00
12.25
3.50
2.75
9.00
2.75
0.34
1411 AT
7.00
13.25
3.50
2.75
10.00
2.75
0.34
1412 AT
7.00
14.25
3.50
2.75
11.00
2.75
0.34
162 AT
8.00
6.00
4.00
3.12
4.00
2.50
0.41
163 AT
8.00
6.50
4.00
3.12
4.50
2.50
0.41
164 AT
8.00
7.00
4.00
3.12
5.00
2.50
0.41
165 AT
8.00
7.50
4.00
3.12
5.50
2.50
0.41
166 AT
8.00
8.20
4.00
3.12
6.25
2.50
0.41
167 AT
8.00
9.00
4.00
3.12
7.00
2.50
0.41
168 AT
8.00
10.00
4.00
3.12
8.00
2.50
0.41
169 AT
8.00
11.00
4.00
3.12
9.00
2.50
0.41
1610 AT
8.00
12.00
4.00
3.12
10.00
2.50
0.41
Dri ve End Fo r Belt Drive
Dri v e EndFor Direct-c onnec ted D rive
Keyseat
End op posite Driv e End St raight
Keyseat
Frame
Designatio ns
142AT-1412AT
N-W
V Min
ES Min
N-W
V Min
0.8750
2.25
2.00
0.771
0.91
0.188
---
---
---
---
162AT-1610AT
0.8750
1.75
1.50
0.771
0.91
0.188
---
---
---
---
ES Min
Keyseat
S
FU
FN-FW
FV Min
FR
---
---
0.625
1.25
1.00
---
---
0.625
1.25
1.00

*The tolerance on the D dimension shall be +0.00 inch, -0.03 inch
The tolerance for the 2E and 2F dimensions shall be 0.03 inch and for the H dimension shall be +0.05 inch, -0.00 inch.
NOTES1 For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1 and Figures 4-1 and 4-2.
2. For tolerances on shaft diameters and keyseats, see 4.9.
0.517
FES
Min
0.66
FS
0.188
0.517
0.66
0.188

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 26
Section I
4.5.4 Dimensions for Type C Face-Mounting Direct-Current Small Motors

DF Hole
Frame
Designations
AJ
AK
BA
BB*
BC
42C
3.750
3.000
2.062
0.16
48C
3.750
3.000
2.5
0.16
56C
5.875
4.500
2.75
0.16
Keyseat
BD Nom
Numbe r
Tap S ize
AH
ES Mi n
-0.19
5.00
1/4-20
0.3750
1.312
0.328
---
flat
-0.19
5.625
1/4-20
0.500
1.69
0.453
---
flat
-0.19
6.5
3/8-16
0.6250
2.06
0.517
1.41
0.188
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

*These BB dimensions have a tolerance of +0.00, -0.06 inch.
If the shaft extension length of the motor is not suitable for the application, it is recommended that deviations from the length be in 0.25 inch increments.
NOTES
1 For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1 and Figure 4-3.
2 See 4.5.1 for dimensions D, E, and 2F when the motor is provided with feet.
4 For tolerance on AK dimensions, face runout, and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbet, see 4.12.
4.5.5 Dimensions for Type C Face-Mounting Industrial Direct-Current Motors

BF Hole
K eys eat

Bolt
P enetrati on
B D M ax N umb er Ta p Siz e Allowanc e
Frame
D esignations
182ATC-1810ATC
7.250
8.500
2.75
0.25
0.12
9.00
1/2-13
0.75
1.1250
2.12
0.986
1.41
0.250
213ATC-2110ATC
7.250
8.500
3.50
0.25
0.25
9.00
1/2-13
0.75
1.3750
2.50
1.201
1.78
0.312
AJ
AK
BA
BB*
BC
AH
ES Mi n
253ATC-259ATC
7.250
8.500
4.25
0.25
0.25
10.00
1/2-13
0.75
1.625
3.00
1.416
2.28
0.375
283ATC=289ATC
9.000
10.500
4.75
0.25
0.25
11.25
1/2-13
0.75
1.875
3.50
1.591
2.53
0.500
323ATC-329ATC
11.000
12.500
5.25
0.25
0.25
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
2.125
4.00
1.845
3.03
0.500
363ATC-369ATC
11.000
12.500
5.88
0.25
0.25
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
2.375
4.50
2.021
3.53
0.625

NOTES
1. For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1 and Figure 4-3.
3. For tolerance on AK dimensions, face runout, and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbet, see 4.12.
4. See 4.5.2 for dimensions A, B, D, E, 2F, H, and BA when the motor is provided with feet.

Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 27
4.5.6 Dimensions for Type C Face-Mounting Industrial Direct-Current Motors

BF Hole
Keyseat
Bolt
BD Max Number Tap Size Penetration
Allowance
Frame
Designations
AJ
AK
BA
BB*
BC
142ATC-1412ATC
5.875
4.500
2.75
0.16
0.12
6.50
3/8-16
162ATC-1610ATC
5.875
4.500
2.50
0.16
0.12
6.50
3/8-16
AH
ES Min
0.56
0.8750
2.12
0.771
1.41
0.188
0.56
0.8750
2.12
0.771
1.41
0.188

*Tolerance = +0.00 inch, -0.06 inch.
NOTES
1. See 4.5.3 for dimensions A, B, E, 2F, and H when the motor is provided with feet.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4.5.7 Dimensions for Type D Flange-Mounting Industrial Direct-Current Motors

BF Clearance Hole
BD Max BE Nom
Size
Recommended
Number
Bolt Length
Keyseat
Frame Designations
AJ
AK
BB*
BC
AH
182ATD-1810ATD
10.00
9.000
0.25
11.00
0.50
0.53
1.25
1.125
2.25
0.986
0.250
213ATD-2110ATD
12.50
11.000
0.25
14.00
0.75
0.75
2.00
1.375
2.75
1.201
0.312
253ATD-259ATD
16.00
14.000
0.25
18.00
0.75
0.75
2.00
1.625
3.25
1.416
0.375
283ATD-289ATD
16.00
14.000
0.25
18.00
0.75
0.75
2.00
1.875
3.75
1.591
0.500
323ATD-329ATD
16.00
14.000
0.25
18.00
0.75
0.75
2.00
2.125
4.25
1.845
0.500
363ATD-369ATD
20.00
18.000
0.25
22.00
1.00
1.00
2.50
2.375
4.75
2.021
0.625
403ATD-409ATD
22.00
18.000
0.25
24.00
1.00
1.00
2.50
2.625
5.25
2.275
0.625
443ATD-449ATD
22.00
18.000
0.25
24.00
1.00
1.00
2.50
2.875
5.75
2.450
0.750
502ATD-509ATD
30.00
28.000
0.25
0.38
32.00
1.00
1.00
2.50
3.250
6.88
2.831
0.750
583AD-588AD
30.00
28.000
0.25
0.38
32.00
1.00
1.00
2.50
3.250
10.12
2.831
0.750
583ASD-588ASD
30.00
28.000
0.25
0.38
32.00
1.00
1.00
2.50
2.875
6.12
2.845
0.750
683AD-688AD
35.25
33.250
0.25
0.38
37.25
1.00
1.00
2.50
3.625
11.25
3.134
0.875
683ASD-688ASD
35.25
33.250
0.25
0.38
37.25
1.00
1.00
2.50
3.250
6.88
2.831
0.750

*Tolerance = +0.00 inch, -0.06 inch
NOTES
1. See 4.5.3 for dimensions A, B, E, 2F, and H when the motor is provided with feet.
6. See 4.5.2 for dimensions A, B, D, E, 2F, H and BA.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 28
Section I
DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES, AND MOUNTINGS
4.5.8 Base Dimensions for Types P and PH Vertical Solid-Shaft

Industrial Direct-Current Motors1
BF Clearance Hole
AJ
AK
BB Min
BD Max
Number
Size
9.125
8.250
0.19
10
0.44
9.125
8.250
0.19
12
0.44
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.5
0.69
14.750
13.500
0.25
20
0.69
14.750
13.500
0.25
24.5
0.69

Tolerances (See 4.13.)
AK Dimension
For 8.250 inches, +0.003 inch, 0.000 inch.
For 13.500 inches, +0.005 inch, -0.000 inch.
Face runout
For AJ of 9.125 inches, 0.004-inch indicator reading.
For AJ of 14.750 inches, 0.007-inch indicator reading.
Permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbet
For AK of 8.250 inches, 0.004-inch indicator reading.
For AK of 13.500 inches, 0.007-inch indicator reading.

on End Opposite Drive End of Industrial Direct-Current Motors2,3
FBF Hole
FAJ
5.875
FAK
4.500
FBB*
0.16
FBC
0.12
Number
4
Tap Size
3/8-16
Bolt
Penetration
Allowance
0.56
7.250
8.500
0.31
0.25
1/2-13
0.75
9.000
10.500
0.31
0.25
1/2-13
0.75
11.000
12.500
0.31
0.25
5/8-11
0.94
All dimensions in inch.

*Tolerances
FBB Dimension
For 0.16 inch, +0.00 inch, -0.03 inch.
For 0.31 inch, +0.00 inch, -0.06 inch.
4.6
SHAFT EXTENSION DIAMETERS FOR UNIVERSAL MOTORS
The shaft extension diameters,4 in inches shall be:
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750
0.5000
0.6250
0.7500
1 For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1 and Figure 4-5
2 For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1 and Figure 4-3
3 For tolerance on FAK dimensions, face runout, and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbet, see 4.12. For
permissible runout, see 4.9.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 29
4.7
TOLERANCE LIMITS IN DIMENSIONS
The dimensions from the shaft center to the bottom of the feet shall be not greater than the dimensions
shown on the manufacturer's dimension sheet. When the machine is coupled or geared to the driven (or
driving) machines, shims are usually required to secure accurate alignment.
4.8
KNOCKOUT AND CLEARANCE HOLE DIAMETER FOR MACHINE TERMINAL BOXES
The diameter of the knockout, excluding any projection of breakout ears or tabs, and the clearance hole
in the terminal box of a machine shall be in accordance with the following:
Conduit
4.9
4.9.1
Knockout or Clearance Hole Diameter, Inches
Size, Inches
Nominal
Minimum
Maximum
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
5
6
0.875
1.109
1.375
1.734
1.984
2.469
2.969
3.594
4.125
4.641
5.719
6.813
0.859
1.094
1.359
1.719
1.969
2.453
2.953
3.578
4.094
4.609
5.688
6.781
0.906
1.141
1.406
1.766
2.016
2.500
3.000
3.625
4.156
4.672
5.750
6.844
TOLERANCES ON SHAFT EXTENSION DIAMETERS AND KEYSEATS

Shaft Extension Diameter
The tolerances on shaft extension diameters shall be:

Tolerances, Inches
4.9.2
Shaft Diameter, Inches
Plus
Minus
0.1875 to 1.5000, incl.

Over 1.5000 to 6.500, incl.
0.000
0.000
0.0005
0.001
Keyseat Width
The tolerance on the width of shaft extension keyseats shall be:

Tolerances, Inches
4.9.3
Width of Keyseat, Inches
Plus
Minus
0.188 to 0.750, incl.

Over 0.750 to 1.500, incl.
0.002
0.003
0.000
0.000
Bottom of Keyseat to Shaft Surface
The tolerance from the bottom of the keyseat to the opposite side of a cylindrical shaft extension shall be
+0.000 inch, -0.015 inch.
The tolerance on the depth of shaft extension keyseats for tapered shafts shall be +0.015 inch, -0.000
inch.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 30
Section I
4.9.4. Parallelism of Keyseats to Shaft Centerline

The tolerance for making keyseats parallel to the centerline of the shaft shall be as follows (also See
Figure 4-7):
a. For ES dimensions up to and including 4.00 in. .002 in.
b. For ES dimensions greater than 4.00 in. up to and including 10.00 in .0005 in. per in. of ES
dimension
c. For ES dimensions exceeding 10.00 in. .005 in.
4.9.5 Lateral Displacement of Keyseats
Keyseat lateral displacement is defined as the greatest distance at any point along the usable length of
keyseat from the centerline of the keyseat to the plane through the centerline of the shaft extension
perpendicular to the true position of the bottom of the keyseat.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Keyseat lateral displacement shall not exceed 0.010 in. (0.25mm), or 0.020 in. (0.51mm) total zone.
See Figure 4-7.
4.9.6
Diameters and Keyseat Dimensions
The cylindrical shaft extension diameters and keyseat dimensions for square keys shall be as shown in
Table 4-3.
4.9.7
Shaft Runout
The tolerance for the permissible shaft runout, when measured at the end of the shaft extension, shall be
(see 4.11):
a. For 0.1875- to 1.625-inch diameter shafts, inclusive0.002-in. indicator reading.
b. For over 1.625- to 6.500-inch diameter shafts, inclusive0.003-in. indicator reading.
NOTEStandards have not been established for shaft runouts where the shaft extension length exceeds the standard.
However, runouts for shafts longer than standard are usually greater than those indicated above.
.020 in (0.51 mm) Total
PARALLELISM
LENGTH OF KEYSEAT
ES 4 IN (102 mm)
.002 IN (0.051 mm)

.0005 IN (0.013 mm) per inch of ES Dim
4 IN < ES 10 IN
.005 IN (0.127 mm)
ES > 10 IN (250 mm)

Figure 4-7
KEYSEAT LATERAL DISPLACEMENT AND PARALLELISM


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 31
Table 4-3
CYLINDRICAL SHAFT EXTENSION DIAMETERS AND KEYSEAT DIMENSIONS FOR
SQUARE KEYS
* R=
4.9.8
Shaft Diameter, U
Inches
0.1875
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750
0.5000
Keyseat Width, S
Inches
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Bottom of Keyseat to Opposite Side of

Cylindrical Shaft, R
Inches
0.178
0.235
0.295
0.328
0.453
0.6250
0.7500
0.8750
1.0000
1.1250
0.188
0.188
0.188
0.250
0.250
0.517
0.644
0.771
0.859
0.986
1.2500
1.3750
1.5000
1.625
1.750
0.250
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.375
1.112
1.201
1.289
1.416
1.542
1.875
2.000
2.125
2.250
2.375
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.625
1.591
1.718
1.845
1.972
2.021
2.500
2.625
2.750
2.875
3.000
0.625
0.625
0.625
0.750
0.750
2.148
2.275
2.402
2.450
2.577
3.125
3.250
3.375
3.500
3.625
0.750
0.750
0.875
0.875
0.875
2.704
2.831
2.880
3.007
3.134
3.750
3.875
4.000
4.250
4.375
0.875
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
3.261
3.309
3.436
3.690
3.817
4.500
Over 4.500 to 5.500
Over 5.500 to 6.500
1.000
1.250
1.500
3.944
*
*
U S + U2 S 2
2
When a machine shaft extension is provided with one or more straight keyseats, each shall be provided
with a full key of normal shape and length, unless otherwise specified by the customer.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 32
Section I
4.10
RING GROOVE SHAFT KEYSEATS FOR VERTICAL SHAFT MOTORS
Dimensions and tolerances for ring groove shaft keyseats shall be in accordance with Table 4-4.
Table 4-4
DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR RING GROOVE KEYSEATS
U, Inches
EU*, Inches
EW, Inches
EX, Inches
0.8750 through 1.0000
U-(0.1875)
1.1250 through 1.5000
U-(0.250)
1.625 through 2.500
U-(0.375)
2.625 through 4.500
U-(0.500)
4.625 through 6.000
U-(0.750)
0.377
0.375
0.377
0.375
0.377
0.375
0.503
0.500
0.755
0.750
0.750
0.745
0.750
0.745
0.750
0.745
1.000
0.990
1.500
1.485
*Tolerance on ring keyseat diameter (EU)

Nominal Shaft Diameter, Inches
Tolerances, Inches
0.875 to 2.500, incl.

2.625 to 4.500, incl.
4.625 to 6.000, incl.
+0.000/-0.005
+0.000/-0.010
+0.000/-0.015
4.11
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT OF SHAFT RUNOUT AND OF ECCENTRICITY AND FACE

RUNOUT OF MOUNTING SURFACES
4.11.1 Shaft Runout
The shaft runout shall be measured with the indicator stationary with respect to the motor and with its
point at the end of the finished surface of the shaft. See Figures 4-8 and 4-9 for typical fixtures.
Read the maximum and minimum values on the indicator as the shaft is rotated slowly through 360
degrees. The difference between the readings shall not exceed the specified value.
4.11.2 Eccentricity and Face Runout of Mounting Surfaces
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The eccentricity and face runout of the mounting surfaces shall be measured with indicators mounted on
the shaft extension. The point of the eccentricity indicator shall be at approximately the middle of the
rabbet surface, and the point of the face runout indicator shall be at approximately the outer diameter of
the mounting face. See Figure 4-10 for typical fixture.
Read the maximum and minimum values on the indicators as the shaft is rotated slowly through 360
degrees. The difference between the readings shall not exceed the specified value.
NOTEOn ball-bearing motors, it is recommended that the test be made with the shaft vertical to minimize the
effect of bearing clearances.
4.12
TOLERANCES FOR TYPE C FACE MOUNTING AND TYPE D FLANGE MOUNTING MOTORS
For Type C face-mounting and Type D flange-mounting motors, the tolerance on the mounting rabbet
diameter, the maximum face runout, and the maximum eccentricity of the mounting rabbet shall be as in
Table 4-5 when measured in accordance with 4.11.


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 33
Table 4-5
MAXIMUM ECCENTRICITY OF MOUNTING RABBET
AK Dimension,
Inches
<12
Tolerance on AK Dimension, Inches

Plus
Minus
0.000
0.003
Maximum Face
Runout, Inches
0.004
Maximum
Permissible
Eccentricity of
Mounting Rabbet
Inches
0.004
12 to 24
0.000
0.005
0.007
0.007
>24 to 40
0.000
0.007
0.009
0.009
4.13
TOLERANCES FOR TYPE P FLANGE-MOUNTING MOTORS
For Type P flange-mounting motors (see Figure 4-5), the tolerance on the mounting rabbet diameter, the
maximum face runout, and the maximum eccentricity of the mounting rabbet shall be as in Table 4-6
when measured in accordance with 4.11.
Table 4-6
MAXIMUM ECCENTRICITY OF MOUNTING RABBET
Tolerance on AK Dimension, Inches
AK Dimension,
Inches
Plus
Minus
Maximum Face
Runout, Inches
Maximum
Permissible
Eccentricity of
Mounting Rabbet
Inches
0.004
<12
0.003
0.000
0.004
12 to 24
0.005
0.000
0.007
0.007
>24 to 40
0.007
0.000
0.009
0.009
>40 to 60
0.010
0.000
0.012
0.012
4.14
MOUNTING BOLTS OR STUDS
Bolts or studs used for installing foot-mounting machines may be one size smaller than the maximum size
permitted by the foot hole diameter if Grade 5 or 8 fasteners and heavy duty washers are used. Doweling
after alignment is recommended.
NOTEFor the definition of Grade 5 or 8 fasteners refer to ANSI/SAE Standard J429.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 34
Section I
Figure 4-10
ECCENTRICITY AND FACE RUNOUT OF MOUNTING SURFACES
4.15
METHOD TO CHECK COPLANARITY OF FEET OF FULLY ASSEMBLED MOTORS
To check the flatness of the feet of a fully assembled motor, the motor shall be placed on a flat surface
plate (tool room grade "B"), and a feeler gauge inserted between the surface plate and the motor feet at
each bolt mounting hole. A feeler gauge of the required coplanar tolerance shall not penetrate any gap
between the bottom of the feet and the surface plate within a circular area about the centerline of the bolt
hole with a diameter equal to 3 times the bolt hole diameter or 1 inch, whichever is greater. The motor
must not be allowed to shift or rock, changing points of contact during these measurements. If the room
temperature is not controlled the surface plate shall be a granite block. Alternate methods using lasers or
co-ordinate measuring machines can be used provided they are shown to provide equivalent results.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4.16
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT OF SHAFT EXTENSION PARALLELISM TO FOOT PLANE
When measuring the parallelism of the shaft extension with respect to the foot mounting surface, the
motor shall be mounted on a flat surface satisfying the requirements of the coplanar test (see 4.15) and
the parallelism measured by determining the difference between the distances from the mounting surface
to the top or bottom surface of the shaft, at the end of the shaft, and to the top or bottom surface of the
shaft, at the position on the shaft corresponding to the BA dimension. Alternate methods using lasers or
co-ordinate measuring machines can be used provided they are shown to provide equivalent results.
4.17
MEASUREMENT OF BEARING TEMPERATURE
Either thermometers, thermocouples, resistance temperature devices (RTD), or other temperature
detectors may be used. The measuring point shall be located as near as possible to one of the two
locations specified in the following table:
Type of Bearing
Ball or roller
Location Measuring Point

Preferred
Alternate
Sleeve
Preferred
Alternate
In the bearing housing at the outer ring of the bearing, or if not practical, not more
than 1/2 inch from the outer ring of the bearing.
Outer surface of the bearing housing as close as possible to the outer ring of the
bearing.
In the bottom of the bearing shell and not more than 1/2 inch from the oil-film.
Elsewhere in the bearing shell.
Thermal resistance between the temperature detector and the bearing to be measured shall be
minimized. For example, any gaps could be packed with a suitable thermal conductive material.


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 35
4.18
TERMINAL CONNECTIONS FOR SMALL MOTORS
4.18.1 Terminal Leads
The terminal leads of small motors shall be brought: (1) out of the end shield at the end opposite the drive
end and at the right-hand side when viewing this end; or (2) out of the frame at the right-hand side when
viewing the end opposite the drive end and as close to this end as is practicable.
4.18.2 Blade Terminals
Except where other dimensions for blade terminals are specified in Part 18, blade terminals when used
for external connection of small motors shall have the following dimensions:
Frame Size
48 and larger
Width, Inches
0.250
Thickness, Inches
0.031
Smaller than 48
0.187
0.020
4.19
MOTOR TERMINAL HOUSINGS
4.19.1 Small and Medium Motors
Terminal housings shall be of metal and of substantial construction. For motors over 7 inches in diameter,
the terminal housings shall be capable of withstanding without failure a vertical loading on the horizontal
surfaces of 20 pounds per square inch of horizontal surface up to a maximum of 240 pounds. This load
shall be applied through a 2-inch-diameter flat metal surface. Bending or deforming of the housing shall
not be considered a failure unless it results in spacings between the housing and any rigidly mounted live
terminals less than those given in 4.19.2.2.
In other than hazardous (classified) locations, substantial, non-metallic, non-burning1 terminal housings
shall be permitted to be used on motors and generators provided internal grounding means between the
machine frame and the equipment grounding connection is incorporated into the housing.
4.19.2 Dimensions
4.19.2.1 Terminal Housings for Wire-to-Wire ConnectionsSmall and Medium Machines
When these terminal housings enclose wire-to-wire connections, they shall have minimum dimensions and
usable volumes in accordance with the following. Auxiliary leads for such items as brakes, thermostats,
space heaters, exciting fields, etc., shall be permitted to be disregarded if their current-carrying area does
not exceed 25 percent of the current-carrying area of the machine power leads.
TERMINAL HOUSINGMINIMUM DIMENSIONS AND VOLUMES FOR MOTORS
11 INCHES IN DIAMETER* OR LESS
Cover Opening, Minimum
Useable Volume Minimum,
Hp
Dimensions, Inches
Cubic Inches
1 and smaller**
1.62
10.5
1 1/2, 2, and 3
1.75
16.8
5 and 7 1/2
2.00
22.4
10 and 15
2.50
36.4
*This is a diameter measured in the plane of lamination of the circle circumscribing the stator
frame, excluding lugs, fins, boxes, etc., used solely for motor cooling, mounting, assembly, or
connection.
**For motors rated 1 horsepower and smaller and with the terminal housing partially or wholly
integral with the frame or end shield, the volume of the terminal housing shall be not less than
1.1 cubic inch per wire-to-wire connection. The minimum cover opening dimension is not
specified.
For motors rated 1-1/2, 2, and 3 horsepower and with the terminal housing partially or wholly
integral with the frame or end shield, the volume of the terminal housing shall be not less than
1.4 cubic inch per wire-to-wire connection. The minimum cover opening dimension is not
specified.
1 See American Society for Testing and MaterialsTest for Flammability of Self-Supporting Plastics, ASTM D635-81, over 0.050 inch
(0.127 cm) in thickness, for the non-burning test.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 36
Section I
TERMINAL HOUSINGMINIMUM DIMENSIONS AND VOLUMES FOR MOTORS

OVER 11 INCHES IN DIAMETER *
Alternating-current Motors
Maximum
Full-Load
Current for
Three-Phase
Motors with
Maximum of
Twelve Leads,
Amperes
45
70
110
160
250
400
600
Terminal Box
Cover Opening
Minimum
Dimension,
Inches
2.5
3.3
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
Usable Volume,
Minimum,
Cubic Inches
36.4
77
140
252
450
840
1540
Typical Maximum Three Phase

Horsepower
230 Volts
460 Volts
15
30
25
50
40
75
60
125
100
200
150
300
250
500
Direct Current Motors

Maximum
Full-Load
Current for
Motors with
Maximum of Six
Leads
68
105
165
240
375
600
900
Terminal
Housing
Minimum
Dimension,
Inches
2.5
3.3
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
Usable Volume,
Minimum,
Cubic Inches
26
55
100
180
330
600
1100
*This is a diameter measured in the plane of lamination of the circle circumscribing the stator frame,
excluding lugs, fins, boxes, etc., used solely for motor cooling, mounting, assembly, or connection.
4.19.2.2 Terminal Housings for Rigidly-Mounted Terminals Medium Machines

When the terminal housings enclose rigidly-mounted motor terminals, the terminal housings shall be of
sufficient size to provide minimum terminal spacings and usable volumes in accordance with the
following:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 37
TERMINAL SPACINGS
Minimum Spacing, Inches
Between Line Terminals
and Other Uninsulated
Between Line Terminals
Metal Parts
0.25
0.25
Volts
250 or less
251600, incl.
0.38
0.38
USABLE VOLUMES
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Power Supply Conductor Size, AWG

14
Minimum Usable Volume per Power

Supply Conductor, Cubic Inches
1.0
12 and 10
1.25
8 and 6
2.25
For larger wire sizes or when motors are installed as a part of factory-wired equipment, without additional
connection being required at the motor terminal housing during equipment installation, the terminal
housing shall be of ample size to make connections, but the foregoing provisions for the volumes of
terminal housings need not apply.
4.19.2.3 Terminal Housings for Large AC Motors
When large motors are provided with terminal housings for line cable connections1, the minimum
dimensions and usable volume shall be as indicated in Table 4-6 for Type I terminal housings or Figure 411 for Type II terminal housings.
Unless otherwise specified, when induction motors are provided with terminal housings, a Type I terminal
housing shall be supplied.
For motors rated 601 volts and higher, accessory leads shall terminate in a terminal box or boxes
separate from the machine terminal housing. As an exception, current and potential transformers located
in the machine terminal housing shall be permitted to have their secondary connections terminated in the
machine terminal housing if separated from the machine leads by a suitable physical barrier.
For motors rated 601 volts and higher, the termination of leads of accessory items normally operating at a
voltage of 50 volts (rms) or less shall be separated from leads of higher voltage by a suitable physical
barrier to prevent accidental contact or shall be terminated in a separate box.
1 Terminal housings containing stress cones, surge capacitors, surge arresters, current transformers, or potential
transformers require individual consideration.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 38
Section I
Table 4-6
TYPE I TERMINAL HOUSING
UNSUPPORTED AND INSULATED TERMINATIONS
Voltage
0-600
601-2400
2401-4800
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4801-6900
6901-13800
Maximum FullLoad Current

400
Minimum
Useable
Volumes, Cubic
Inches
900
600
2000
---
900
3200
10
---
1200
4600
14
---
160
180
---
250
330
---
400
900
---
600
2000
12.6
900
3200
10
12.6
1500
5600
16
20.1
12.6
Minimum
Internal
Dimensions,
Inches
8
Minimum
Centerline
Distance,*
Inches
---
160
2000
700
5600
14
16
1000
8000
16
20
1500
10740
20
25
2000
13400
22
28.3
16
260
5600
14
680
8000
16
20
1000
9400
18
25
1500
11600
20
25
2000
14300
22
28.3
400
44000
22
28.3
900
50500
25
32.3
1500
56500
27.6
32.3
2000
62500
30.7
32.3
*Minimum distance from the entrance plate for conduit entrance to the centerline of machine leads.


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 39
Minimum Dimensions (Inches)

Machine
Voltage
460-600
L
24
W
18
D
18
A
9-1/2
B
8-1/2
C
4
2300-4800
26
27
18
9-1/2
8-1/2
6600-6900
36
30
18
9-1/2
8-1/2
13200-13800
48
48
25
13-1/2
11-1/2
X
5
E
2-1/2
F
4
G
12
5-1/2
3-1/2
14
30
8-1/2
13-1/2
6-3/4
9-1/2
36
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 4-11
TYPE II MACHINE TERMINAL HOUSING STAND-OFF-INSULATOR-SUPPORTED
INSULATED OR UNINSULATED TERMINATIONS


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 40
Section I
4.19.2.4 Terminal Housings for Large AC Synchronous Generators

When large ac synchronous generators are provided with terminal housings for wire-to-wire
connections,1 the housings shall have the following dimensions and useable volumes:
Voltage
0-599
480
600 -2399
2400 -4159
4160 -6899
6900 -13800
kVA
Minimum
Usable
Volume
Cu. In.
Minimum
Dimension,
Inches
2.5
<20
75
21-45
250
46-200
500
201-312, incl.
600
313-500, incl.
1100
501-750, incl.
2000
751-1000, incl.
3200
10
Minimum
Centerline
Distance,*
Inches
201-312, incl..
600
313-500, incl.
1100
501-750, incl.
2000
751-1000, incl.
3200
10
251-625, incl.
180
626-1000, incl.
330
1000-1563, incl.
600
1564-2500, incl.
1100
2501-3750, incl.
2000
351-1250, incl.
2000
12.5
1251-5000, incl.
5600
14
16
5001-7500, incl.
8000
16
20
876-3125, incl.
5600
14
16
3126-8750, incl.
8000
16
20
*Minimum distance from the entrance plate for conduit entrance to the centerline of generator leads.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1 Terminal housings containing surge capacitors, surge arresters, current transformers, or potential transformers
require individual consideration.


Section I
4.20
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 41
GROUNDING MEANS FOR FIELD WIRING
When motors are provided with terminal housings for wire-to-wire connections or fixed terminal
connections, a means for attachment of an equipment grounding conductor termination shall be provided
inside, or adjacent with accessibility from, the terminal housing. Unless its intended use is obvious, it shall
be suitably identified. The termination shall be suitable for the attachment and equivalent fault current
ampacity of a copper grounding conductor as shown in Table 4-7. A screw, stud, or bolt intended for the
termination of a grounding conductor shall be not smaller than shown in Table 4-7. For motor full-load
currents in excess of 30 amperes ac or 45 amperes dc, external tooth lockwashers, serrated screw
heads, or the equivalent shall not be furnished for a screw, bolt, or stud intended as a grounding
conductor termination.
When a motor is provided with a grounding terminal, this terminal shall be the solderless type and shall
be on a part of the machine not normally disassembled during operation or servicing.
When a terminal housing mounting screw, stud, or bolt is used to secure the grounding conductor to the
main terminal housing, there shall be at least one other equivalent securing means for attachment of the
terminal housing to the machine frame.
Table 4-7
MINIMUM SIZE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TERMINATION
Motor Full Load Current
Minimum Size of Grounding

Conductor Termination
Attachment Means, AWG
Minimum Size of Screw, Stud, or Bolt
ac
12
dc
12
14
Steel
#6
Bronze
---
16
16
12
#8
---
30
40
10
#10
--#10
45
68
#12
70
105
5/16
#12
110
165
5/16
5/16
160
240
3/8
5/16
250
375
1/2
3/8
400
600
2/0
---
1/2
600
900
3/0
---
1/2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 4, Page 42
Section I
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1
Part 5

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINESCLASSIFICATION OF DEGREES
Part 5, Page 1
OF PROTECTION PROVIDED BY ENCLOSURES FOR ROTATING MACHINES
Section I
Part 5
5.1
SCOPE
This Standard applies to the classification of degrees of protection provided by enclosures for rotating
electrical machines. It defines the requirements for protective enclosures that are in all other respects
suitable for their intended use and which, from the point of view of materials and workmanship, ensure
that the properties dealt with in this standard are maintained under normal conditions of use.
This standard does not specify:
degrees of protection against mechanical damage of the machine, or conditions such as moisture
(produced for example by condensation), corrosive vapours, fungus or vermin;
types of protection of machines for use in an explosive atmosphere;
the requirements for barriers external to the enclosure which have to be provided solely for the safety
of personnel.
In certain applications (such as agricultural or domestic appliances), more extensive precautions against
accidental or deliberate contact may be specified.
This standard gives definitions for standard degrees of protection provided by enclosures applicable to
rotating electrical machines as regards the:
a) protection of persons against contacts with or approach to live parts and against contact with moving
parts (other than smooth rotating shafts and the like) inside the enclosure and protection of the machine
against ingress of solid foreign objects;
b) protection of machines against the harmful effects due to ingress of water.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It gives designations for these protective degrees and tests to be performed to check that the machines
meet the requirements of this standard.
5.2
DESIGNATION
The designation used for the degree of protection consists of the letters IP followed by two characteristic
numerals signifying conformity with the conditions indicated in the tables of 5.3 and 5.4 respectively.
5.2.1
Single Characteristic Numeral
When it is required to indicate a degree of protection by only one characteristic numeral, the omitted
numeral shall be replaced by the letter X, for example IPX5 or IP2X.
5.2.2
Supplementary Letters
Additional information may be indicated by a supplementary letter following the second characteristic
numeral. If more than one letter is used, the alphabetic sequence shall apply.
5.2.2.1 Letters Following Numerals
In special applications (such as machines with open circuit cooling for ship deck installation with air inlet
and outlet openings closed during stand-still) numerals may be followed by a letter indicating whether the
protection against harmful effects due to ingress of water was verified or tested for the machine not


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 2
running (letter S) or the machine running (letter M). In this case the degree of protection in either state of
the machine shall be indicated, for example IP55S/IP20M.
The absence of the letters S and M shall imply that the intended degree of protection will be provided
under all normal conditions of use.
5.2.2.2 Letters Placed Immediately after the Letters IP
For air-cooled open machines suitable for specific weather conditions and provided with additional
protective features or processes (as specified in 5.10), the letter W may be used.
5.2.3
Example of Designation
IP
Characteristic letters
1st characteristic numeral
(see Table 5-1)
2nd characteristic numeral
(see Table 5-2)
5.2.4
Most Frequently Used
The most frequently used degrees of protection for electrical machines are given in Appendix A.
5.3
DEGREES OF PROTECTIONFIRST CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
5.3.1
The first characteristic numeral indicates the degree of protection provided by the enclosure with respect
to persons and also to the parts of the machine inside the enclosure.
Table 5-1 gives, in column 3, brief details of objects which will be excluded from the enclosure for each
of the degrees of protection represented by the first characteristic numeral.
The term excluded implies that a part of the body, or a tool or a wire held by a person, either will not
enter the machine or if it enters, that adequate clearance will be maintained between it and the live parts
or dangerous moving parts (smooth rotating shafts and the like are not considered dangerous).
Column 3 of Table 5-1 also indicates the minimum size of solid foreign objects which will be excluded.
5.3.2
Compliance to Indicated Degree of Protection
Compliance of an enclosure with an indicated degree of protection implies that the enclosure will also
comply with all lower degrees of protection in Table 5-1. In consequence, the tests establishing these
lower degrees of protection are not required, except in case of doubt.
5.3.3
External Fans
The blades and spokes of fans external to the enclosure shall be protected against contact by means of
guards complying with the following requirements:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Protection of machine
Test of fan
IP 1X
IP2X to IP6X
1.968 inch (50 mm) sphere test

Finger test
For the test, the rotor shall be slowly rotated, for example by hand when possible.
Smooth rotating shafts and similar parts are not considered dangerous.


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 5, Page 3
5.3.4
Drain Holes
If the machine is provided with drain holes, the following shall apply:
a.
b.
c.
Drain holes intended normally to be open on site shall be kept open during testing.
Drain holes intended normally to be closed on site shall be kept closed during testing.
If machines with protection IP3X or IP4X are intended to be run with open drain holes, the drain
holes may comply with protection IP 2X.
If machines with protection IP5X are intended to be run with open drain holes, the drain holes
shall comply with protection IP4X.
d.
Table 5-1
DEGREES OF PROTECTION INDICATED BY THE FIRST CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
Degree of Protection
First
Characteristic
Numeral
Brief Description
(Note 1)
Definition
Test
Condition
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0
1
(Note 2)
Non-protected machine
Machine protected against
solid objects greater than
1.968 in. (50 mm)
No special protection
Accidental or inadvertent contact with or approach to live and moving
parts inside the enclosure by a large surface of the human body,
such as a hand (but no protection against deliberate access).
2
(Note 2)

0.4724 in. (12 mm)
Ingress of solid objects exceeding 1.968 in. (50 mm) in diameter

Contact with or approach to live or moving parts inside the enclosure
by fingers or similar objects not exceeding 3.15 inch (80 mm) in
length.
Table 5-3
3
(Note 2)

0.0984 in. (2.5 mm)
Ingress of solid objects exceeding 0.4724 in. (12 mm) in diameter.

by tools or wires exceeding 0.0984 inch (2.5 mm) in diameter.
Table 5-3
4
(Note 2)

0.0394 in. (1 mm)
Ingress of solid objects exceeding 0.0984 in. (2.5 mm) in diameter.

by wires or strips of thickness greater than 0.0394 in. (1 mm).
Table 5-3
5
(Note 3)
Dust-protected machine
Ingress of solid objects exceeding 0.0394 in. (1 mm) in diameter

Contact with or approach to live or moving parts inside the enclosure.
Table 5-3
Dust-tight machine
Ingress of dust is not totally prevented but dust does not enter in
sufficient quantity to interfere with satisfactory operation of the
machine.
Contact with or approach to live or moving parts inside the enclosure.
Table 5-3
6
(Note 3)
No test
Table 5-3
No ingress of dust
NOTES
1. The brief description given in column 2 in this table should not be used to specify the type of protection.
2. Machines assigned a first characteristic numeral 1, 2, 3, or 4 will exclude both regularly or irregularly shaped solid objects provided
that three normally perpendicular dimensions of the object exceed the appropriate figure in column Definition.
3. The degree of protection against dust defined by this standard is a general one. When the nature of the dust (dimensions of
particles, their nature, for instance fibrous particles) is specified, test conditions should be determined by agreement between
manufacturer and user.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 4
5.4
DEGREES OF PROTECTIONSECOND CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
5.4.1
The second characteristic numeral indicates the degree of protection provided by the enclosure with
respect to harmful effects due to ingress of water.
Table 5-2 gives, in column 3, details of the type of protection provided by the enclosure for each of the
degrees of protection represented by the second characteristic numeral.
An air-cooled open machine is weather-protected when its design reduces the ingress of rain, snow, and
airborne particles, under specified conditions, to an amount consistent with correct operation. This
degree of protection is designated by the letter "W" placed after the two characteristic numerals.
5.4.2
Compliance to Indicated Degree of Protection
For second characteristic numerals up to and including 6, compliance of an enclosure with an indicated
degree of protection implies that the enclosure will also comply with all lower degrees of protection in
Table 5-2.
In consequence, the tests establishing these lower degrees of protection are not required, except in case
of doubt.
For IPX7 and IPX8, it shall not be assumed that compliance of the enclosure implies that the enclosure
will also comply with all lower degrees of protection in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2
DEGREES OF PROTECTION INDICATED BY THE SECOND CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
Degree of Protection
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Brief Description
(Note 1)
Non-protected machine
Machine protected
against dripping water
Machine protected
against dripping water
when tilted up to 15
degrees
Machine protected
against spraying water
Machine protected
against splashing water
Machine protected
against water jets
Machine protected
against heavy seas
Machine protected
against the effects of
immersion
Machine protected
against continuous
submersion (Note 2)
Definition
Test Condition
No special protection
Dripping water (vertically falling drops) shall have no harmful
effect.
Vertically dripping water shall have no harmful effect when the
machine is tilted at any angle up to 15 degrees from its normal
position.
No test
Table 5-4
Water falling as a spray at an angle up to 60 degrees from the

vertical shall have no harmful effect.
Water splashing against the machine from any direction shall
have no harmful effect.
Water projected by a nozzle against the machine from any
direction shall have no harmful effect.
Water from heavy seas or water projected in powerful jets shall
not enter the machine in harmful quantities.
Ingress of water in the machine in a harmful quantity shall not
be possible when the machine is immersed in water under
stated conditions of pressure and time.
The machine is suitable for continuous submersion in water
under conditions which shall be specified by the manufacturer.
Table 5-4
Table 5-4
Table 5-4
Table 5-4
Table 5-4
Table 5-4
Table 5-4
NOTES
1. The brief description given in column 2 in this table should not be used to specify the type of protection.
2. Normally, this means that the machine is hermetically sealed. However, with certain types of machines it can mean that water
can enter but only in such a manner that it produces no harmful effect.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Second
Characteristic
Numeral
Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 5, Page 5
5.5
MARKING
It is recommended that the characteristic letters and numerals be marked on the machine preferably on
the rating plate, or, if this is not practicable, on the enclosure.
When all parts of a machine do not have the same degree of protection, at least the designation of the
lowest degree shall be shown, followed, if necessary, by the higher designation with clear reference to
the part to which it applies.
NOTESpace limitations on the rating plate usually only allow the lowest IP code to be marked. Parts or components
having a higher degree of protection should then be specified in the documentation and/or in the operating
instructions.
The lower degree of protection of:

guards for external fans (as allowed in 5.4.3);
drain holes (as allowed in 5.4.4);
need not be specified on the rating plate or in the documentation.
Where the mounting of the machine has an influence on the degree of protection, the intended mounting
arrangements shall be indicated by the manufacturer on the rating plate or in the instructions for
mounting.
5.6
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTS
The tests specified in this standard are type tests. They shall be carried out on standard products or
models of them. Where this is not feasible, verification either by an alternative test or by examination of
drawings shall be the subject of an agreement between manufacturer and user.
Unless otherwise specified, the machine for each test shall be clean with all the parts in place and
mounted in the manner stated by the manufacturer.
In the case of both first and second characteristic numerals 1, 2, 3, and 4, a visual inspection may, in
certain obvious cases, show that the intended degree of protection is obtained. In such cases, no test
need be made. However, in case of doubt, tests shall be made as prescribed in 5.7 and 5.8.
5.6.1
Adequate Clearance
For the purpose of the following test clauses in this standard, the term adequate clearance has the
following meaning:
5.6.1.1 Low-Voltage Machines (Rated Voltages Not Exceeding 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC)
The test device (sphere, finger, wire, etc.) does not touch the live parts or moving parts other than nondangerous parts such as smooth rotating shafts.
5.6.1.2 High-Voltage Machines (Rated Voltages Exceeding 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC)
When the test device is placed in the most unfavorable position, the machine shall be capable of
withstanding the dielectric test applicable to the machine.
This dielectric test requirement may be replaced by a specified clearance dimension in air which would
ensure that this test would be satisfactory under the most unfavorable electrical field configuration.
5.7
TESTS FOR FIRST CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
Test and acceptance conditions for the first characteristic numeral are given in Table 5-3.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The dust test for numerals 5 and 6 shall be performed with the shaft stationary, provided that the
difference in pressure between running and stationary (caused by fan effects) is lower than 2 kPa. If the
pressure difference is greater than 2 kPa, the internal machine pressure during the dust test shall be
depressed accordingly. Alternatively, the machine may be tested with the shaft rotating at rated speed.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 6
Table 5-3
First Characteristic
Numeral
Test and Acceptance Conditions
0
1
No test is required.
The test is made with a rigid sphere of 1.968 +.002/-0 inches (50 +0.05/-0 mm) diameter applied against the
opening(s) in the enclosure with a force of 11.2 lbf (50 N) 10 percent.
The protection is satisfactory if the sphere does not pass through any opening and adequate clearance is
maintained to parts which are normally live in service or moving parts inside the machine.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. Finger test
The test is made with a metallic test finger as shown in Figure 1-3 or 5-1. Both joints of this finger may be
bent through an angle of 90 degrees with respect to the axis of the finger, but in one and the same direction
only. The finger is pushed without undue force (not more than 2.24 lbf (10 N)) against any openings in the
enclosure and, if it enters, it is placed in every possible position.
The protection is satisfactory if adequate clearance is maintained between the test finger and live or moving
parts inside the enclosure. However, it is permissible to touch smooth rotating shafts and similar nondangerous parts.
For this test, the internal moving parts may be operated slowly, where this is possible.
For tests on low-voltage machines, a low-voltage supply (of not less than 40V) in series with a suitable lamp
may be connected between the test finger and the live parts inside the enclosure. Conducting parts covered
only with varnish or paint, or protected by oxidation or by a similar process, shall be covered with a metal
foil electrically connected to those parts that are normally live in service. The protection is satisfactory if the
lamp does not light.
For high-voltage machines, adequate clearance is verified by a dielectric test, or by a measurement of
clearance distance in accordance with the principles of 5.6.1.2.
b. Sphere test
The test is made with a rigid sphere of 0.4724 +.002/-0 inch (12.0 +0.05/-0 mm) diameter applied to the
openings of the enclosure with a force of 6.74 lbf (30 N) 10 percent.
The protection is satisfactory if the sphere does not pass through any opening and adequate clearance is
maintained to live or moving parts inside the machine.
The test is made with a straight rigid steel wire or rod of .0984 +.002/-0 inch (2.5 +0.05/-0 mm) diameter
applied with a force of 0.674 lbf (3 N) 10 percent. The end of the wire or rod shall be free from burrs and at
right angles to its length.
The protection is satisfactory if the wire or rod cannot enter the enclosure.
The test is made with a straight rigid steel wire of 0.0394 +.002/-0 inch (1 +0.05/-0 mm) diameter applied
with a force of 0.224 lbf (1 N) 10 percent. The end of the wire shall be free from burrs and at right angles to
its length.
The protection is satisfactory if the wire cannot enter the enclosure.

5
a. Dust test
The test is made using equipment incorporating the basic principles shown in Figure 5-2, in which talcum
powder is maintained in suspension in a suitable closed test chamber. The talcum powder used shall be
able to pass through a square-meshed sieve having a nominal wire diameter of 50m and a nominal width
between wires of 75m. The amount of talcum powder to be used is 2 kg per cubic meter of the test
chamber volume. It shall not have been used for more than 20 tests.
Electrical machines have an enclosure where the normal operating cycle of the machine causes reductions
in the air pressure within the enclosure in relation to the ambient atmospheric pressure. These reductions
may be due, for example, to thermal cycling effects (category I).


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 5, Page 7
Table 5-3
First Characteristic
Numeral
Test and Acceptance Conditions

For this test the machine is supported inside the test chamber and the pressure inside the machine is
maintained below atmospheric pressure by a vacuum pump. If the enclosure has a single drain hole, the
suction connection shall be made to one hole specially provided for the purpose of the test, except if the
drain hole is intended normally to be closed on site (see 5.3.4).
The object of the test is to draw into the machine, if possible, at least 80 times the volume of air in the
enclosure without exceeding an extraction rate of 60 volumes per hour with a suitable depression. In no
event shall the depression exceed 20 mbar (2kPa) on the manometer shown in Figure 5-2.
If an extraction rate of 40 to 60 volumes per hour is obtained, the test is stopped after 2 hours.
If, with a maximum depression of 20 mbar (2 kPa), the extraction rate is less than 40 volumes per hour, the
test is continued until 80 volumes have been drawn through, or a period of 8 hours has elapsed.
If it is impracticable to test the complete machine in the test chamber, one of the following procedures shall
be applied.
1. Testing of individually enclosed sections of the machine (terminal boxes, slip-ring housings, etc.)
2. Testing of representative parts of the machine, comprising components such as doors, ventilating
openings, joints, shaft seals, etc. with the vulnerable parts of the machine, such as terminals, slip-rings,
etc., in position at the time of testing.
3. Testing of a smaller machine having the same full scale design details.
4. Testing under conditions determined by agreement between manufacturer and user.
In the second and third cases, the volume of air to be drawn through the machine under test is as specified
for the whole machine in full scale.
The protection is satisfactory if, on inspection, talcum powder has not accumulated in a quantity or location
such that, as with any kind of ordinary dust (i.e., dust that is not conductive, combustible, explosive or
chemically corrosive) it could interfere with the correct operation of the machine.
b. Wire test
If the machine is intended to run with open drain holes, these shall be tested in the same manner as the first
characteristic numeral 4, i.e., using a 0.0394 inch (1 mm) diameter wire.
Test in accordance with 5 a).
The protection is satisfactory if, on inspection, there is no ingress of talcum powder.
5.8
TESTS FOR SECOND CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
5.8.1
Test Conditions
Test conditions for the second characteristic numeral are given in Table 5-4.
The test shall be conducted with fresh water. During the test, the moisture contained inside the enclosure
may be partly condensed. The dew which may thus be deposited should not be mistaken for an ingress
of water.
For the purpose of the tests, the surface area of the machine shall be calculated with an accuracy of 10
percent.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When possible, the machine shall be run at rated speed. This can be achieved by mechanical means or
by energization. If the machine is energized, adequate safety precautions shall be taken.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 8
Table 5-4
TEST CONDITIONS FOR SECOND CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL
Second
Characteristic
Numeral
No test is required.
The test is made by means of an equipment, the principle of which is shown in Figure 5-3. The rate of
discharge shall be reasonably uniform over the whole area of the apparatus and shall produce a rainfall of
between 3 mm and 5 mm of water per minute (in the case of equipment according to Figure 5-3, this
corresponds to a fall in water level of 3 mm to 5 mm per minute).
The machine under test is placed in its normal operating position under the dripping equipment, the base of
which shall be larger than that of the machine. Except for machines designed for wall or ceiling mounting,
the support for the enclosure under test should be smaller than the base of the enclosure.
The machine normally fixed to a wall or ceiling is fixed in its normal position of use to a wooden board
having dimensions that are equal to those of that surface of the machine which is in contact with the wall or
ceiling when the machine is mounted as in normal use.
The duration of the test shall be 10 minutes.
The dripping equipment is the same as that specified for the second characteristic numeral 1 and is
adjusted to give the same rate of discharge.
The machine is tested for 2.5 minutes in each of four fixed positions of tilt. These positions are 15 degrees
either side of the vertical in two mutually perpendicular planes.
The total duration of the test shall be 10 minutes.
The test shall be made using equipment such as is shown in Figure 5-4, provided that the dimensions and
shape of the machine to be tested are such that the radius of the oscillating tube does not exceed 1 m.
Where this condition cannot be fulfilled, a hand-held spray device, as shown in Figure 5-5, shall be used.
a. Conditions when using test equipment as shown in Figure 5-4.

The total flow rate shall be adjusted to an average rate of 0.067 to 0.074 liter/min. per hole multiplied by the
number of holes. The total flow rate shall be measured with a flowmeter.
The tube is provided with spray holes over an arc of 60 degrees either side of the center point and shall be
fixed in a vertical position. The test machine is mounted on a turntable with a vertical axis and is located at
approximately the center point of the semicircle.
The minimum duration of the test shall be 10 minutes.
b. Conditions when using test equipment as shown in Figure 5-5.
The moving shield shall be in place for this test.
The water pressure is adjusted to give a delivery rate of 10 0.5 liters/min. (pressure approximately 80-100
kPa [0.8-1.0 bar]).
2
The test duration shall be 1 minute per m of calculated surface area of the machine (excluding any
mounting surface and cooling fin) with a minimum duration of 5 minutes.
The conditions for deciding whether the apparatus of Figure 5-4 or that of Figure 5-5 should be used are the
same as stated for the second characteristic numeral 3.
a. Using the equipment of Figure 5-4.

The oscillating tube has holes drilled over the whole 180 degrees of the semicircle. The test duration and
the total water flow rate are the same as for degree 3.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Test conditions
0
1
Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 5, Page 9
The support for the machine under test shall be perforated so as to avoid acting as a baffle and the
enclosure shall be sprayed from every direction by oscillating the tube at a rate of 60 degrees/s to the limit
of its travel in each direction.
b. Using the equipment of Figure 5-5.
The moving shield is removed from the spray nozzle and the machine is sprayed from all practicable
directions.
The rate of water delivery and the spraying time per unit area are the same as for degree 3.
The test is made by spraying the machine from all practicable directions with a stream of water from a
standard test nozzle as shown in Figure 5-6. The conditions to be observed are as follows.
1. Nozzle internal diameter: 6.3 mm

2. Delivery rate: 11.9 13.2 liters/min
3. Water pressure at the nozzle: approximately 30 kPa (0.3 bar) (see Note 1)
2
4. Test duration per m of surface area of machine: 1 minute
5. Minimum test duration: 3 minutes
6. Distance from nozzle to machine surface: approximately 3 m (see Note 2). (This distance may be reduced if
necessary to ensure proper wetting when spraying upwards.)
The test is made by spraying the machine from all practicable directions with a stream of water from a
standard test nozzle as shown in Figure 5-6. The conditions to be observed are as follows.
1. Nozzle internal diameter: 12.5 mm

2. Delivery rate: 100 liters/min. 5 percent
3. Water pressure at the nozzle: approximately 100 kPa (1 bar) (see Note 1)
2
4. Test duration per m of surface area of machine: 1 minute
5. Minimum test duration: 3 minutes
6. Distance from nozzle to machine surface: approximately 3 m (see Note 2)
The test is made by completely immersing the machine in water so that the following conditions are
satisfied:
1. The surface of the water shall be at least 150 mm above the highest point of the machine
2. The lowest portion of the machine shall be at least 1 m below the surface of the water
3. The duration of the test shall be at least 30 minutes
4. The water temperature shall not differ from that of the machine by more than 5C
By agreement between manufacturer and user, this test may be replaced by the following procedure:
The machine should be tested with an inside air pressure of about 10 kPa (0.1 bar). The duration of the test
is 1 minute. The test is deemed satisfactory if no air leaks out during the test. Air leakage may be detected
either by submersion, the water just covering the machine, or by the application on to it of a solution of soap
in water.
The test conditions are subject to agreement between manufacturer and user, but they shall not be less
severe than those prescribed for degree 7.
NOTES
1. The measurement of the water pressure may be replaced by that of the height to which the spray of the nozzle freely rises:
Pressure
Height
30 kPa (0.3 bar)
2.5 m
100 kPa (1 bar)
8m
2. The distance of the nozzle to the machine under test, for degrees 5 and 6, was set at 3 m for practical reasons; it may be
reduced in order to test the machine from every direction.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 10
5.8.2
Acceptance Conditions
After the test in accordance with Table 5-4 has been carried out, the machine shall be inspected for
ingress of water and subjected to the following verifications and tests.
5.8.2.1 Allowable Water Leakage
The amount of water which has entered the machine shall not be capable of interfering with its
satisfactory operation. The windings and live parts not designed to operate when wet shall not be wet and
no accumulation of water which could reach them shall occur inside the machine.
It is, however, permissible for the blades of fans inside rotating machines to be wet and leakage along the
shaft is allowable if provision is made for drainage of this water.
5.8.2.2 Post Water Electrical Test
a.
In the case of a test on a machine not running, the machine shall be operated under no-load
conditions at rated voltage for 15 minutes, then submitted to a high-voltage test, the test voltage
being 50 percent of the test voltage for a new machine (but not less than 125 percent of the rated
voltage).
b. In the case of a test on a running machine, only the high-voltage test is made, in accordance with
Item a. above.
The test is deemed satisfactory if these checks show no damage according to Part 3.
5.9
REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS FOR OPEN WEATHER-PROTECTED MACHINES
The degree of protection "W" is intended for air-cooled open machines with open circuit cooling, that is,
machines with cooling systems designated by IC0X to IC3X according to Part 6.
Weather-protected machines shall be so designed that the ingress of rain, snow, and airborne particles
into the electrical parts is reduced.
Other measures providing weather protection (such as encapsulated windings or total enclosure) are not
designated by "W".
Machines with degree of protection "W" shall have ventilation passages constructed such that:
a.
At both intake and discharge, high-velocity air and airborne particles are prevented from entering
the internal passages leading directly to the electrical parts of the machine.
b. The intake air path, by baffling or use of separate housings, provide at least three abrupt changes
in direction of the intake air, each of which is at least 90 degrees.
c. The intake air path shall provide an area of average velocity not exceeding 3 m/s enabling any
particles to settle. Removable or otherwise easy to clean filters or any other arrangement for the
separation of particles may be provided instead of a settling chamber.
The protection of the machine against contact, foreign objects and water shall comply with the conditions
and tests specified for the stated degree of protection.
If necessary, arrangements to provide protection against icing, moisture, corrosion or other abnormal
conditions shall be made by agreement (e.g. by using anti-condensation heating).
For verification of weather-protection "W" a study of drawings is generally sufficient.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The design of the terminal box shall ensure a degree of protection of at least IP54.
Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 5, Page 11
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NOTES
o
Both joints of this finger may be bent through an angle of 90 +10/-0, but in one and the same direction only.
Dimensions in millimeters.
Tolerances on dimensions without specific tolerance:
o
on angles: +0/-10
on dimensions:
up to 25mm: +0/-0.05 mm
over 25 mm: +0.2 mm
Material for finger: e.g. heat-treated steel.
Using the pin and groove solution is only one of the possible approaches in order to limit the bending angle to 90. For this reason,
dimensions and tolerances of these details are not given in the drawing. The actual design shall ensure a 90 bending angle with a
0 to +10 tolerance.
Figure 5-1
STANDARD TEST FINGER
(Reproduced with permission of the IEC which retains the copyright.)


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 12
Figure 5-2
EQUIPMENT TO PROVE PROTECTION AGAINST DUST
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 5, Page 13
Figure 5-3
EQUIPMENT TO PROVE PROTECTION AGAINST DRIPPING WATER


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 14
Figure 5-4
EQUIPMENT TO PROVE PROTECTION AGAINST SPRAYING AND SPLASHING WATER
SHOWN WITH SPRAYING HOLES
IN THE CASE OF SECOND CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL 3
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 5, Page 15
Figure 5-5
HAND-HELD EQUIPMENT TO PROVE PROTECTION
AGAINST SPRAYING AND SPLASHING WATER

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 16
Figure 5-6
STANDARD NOZZLE FOR HOSE TESTS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 5, Page 17
Appendix A
MOST FREQUENTLY USED DEGREES OF PROTECTION FOR ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Second
Characteristic
Numeral
First
Characteristic
Numeral
0
1
2
3
4
5
IP21
IP12
IP22
IP23
IP44
IP54
IP55
NOTEThe above list comprises the most frequently used degrees of protection, on the international level, in
accordance with the description given in 5.3 and 5.4. It may be altered or completed for special needs, or according to
the necessities of national standards.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 5, Page 18
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1
Part 6
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINESMETHODS OF COOLING (IC CODE)
Part 6, Page 1
Section I
Part 6
6.1
SCOPE
This Part identifies the circuit arrangements and the methods of movement of the coolant in rotating
electrical machines, classifies the methods of cooling and gives a designation system for them.
The designation of the method of cooling consists of the letters IC, followed by numerals and letters
representing the circuit arrangement, the coolant and the method of movement of the coolant.
A complete designation and a simplified designation are defined. The complete designation system is
intended for use mainly when the simplified system is not applicable.
The complete designations, as well as the simplified designations, are illustrated in the tables of 6.7 for
some of the most frequently used types of rotating machines, together with sketches of particular
examples.
6.2
DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this part, the following definitions apply.
6.2.1
Cooling
A procedure by means of which heat resulting from losses occurring in a machine is given up to a primary
coolant which may be continuously replaced or may itself be cooled by a secondary coolant in a heat
exchanger.
6.2.2
Coolant
A medium, liquid or gas, by means of which heat is transferred.

6.2.3
Primary Coolant
A medium, liquid or gas which, being at a lower temperature than a part of a machine and in contact with
it, removes heat from that part.
NOTE A machine may have more than one primary coolant.
6.2.4
Secondary Coolant
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A medium, liquid or gas which, being at a lower temperature than the primary coolant, removes the heat
given up by this primary coolant by means of a heat exchanger or through the external surface of the
machine.
NOTEEach primary coolant in a machine may have its own secondary coolant.
6.2.5
Final Coolant
The last coolant to which the heat is transferred.

NOTEIn some machines the final coolant is also the primary coolant.
6.2.6
Surrounding Medium
The medium, liquid or gas, in the environment surrounding the machine.

NOTEThe coolant may be drawn from and/or be discharged to this environment.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 6, Page 2
6.2.7
Remote Medium
A medium, liquid or gas, in an environment remote from the machine and from which a coolant is drawn
and/or to which it is discharged through inlet and/or outlet pipe or duct, or in which a separate heat
exchanger may be installed.
6.2.8
Direct Cooled Winding (Inner Cooled Winding)
A winding in which the coolant flows through hollow conductors, tubes or channels which form an integral
part of the winding inside the main insulation.
6.2.9 Indirect Cooled Winding
A winding cooled by any method other than that of 6.2.8.
NOTEIn all cases when indirect or direct is not stated, an indirect cooled winding is implied.
6.2.10 Heat Exchanger

A component intended to transfer heat from one coolant to another while keeping the two coolants
separate.
6.2.11 Pipe, Duct
A passage provided to guide the coolant.
NOTEThe term duct is generally used when a channel passes directly through the floor on which the machine is
mounted. The term pipe is used in all other cases where a coolant is guided outside the machine or heat exchanger.
6.2.12 Open Circuit

A circuit in which the final coolant is drawn directly from the surrounding medium or is drawn from a
remote medium, passes over or through a heat exchanger, and then returns directly to the surrounding
medium or is discharged to a remote medium.
NOTEThe final coolant will always flow in an open circuit (see also 6.2.13).
A circuit in which a coolant is circulated in a closed loop in or through the machine and possibly through a
heat exchanger, while heat is transferred from this coolant to the next coolant through the surface of the
machine or in the heat exchanger.
NOTES
1A general cooling system of a machine may consist of one or more successively acting closed circuits and always
a final open circuit. Each of the primary, secondary and/or final coolants may have its own appropriate circuit.
2The different kinds of circuits are stated in Clause 6.4 and in the tables of 6.7.
6.2.14 Piped or Ducted Circuit

A circuit in which the coolant is guided either by inlet or outlet pipe or duct, or by both inlet and outlet pipe
or duct, these serving as separators between the coolant and the surrounding medium.
NOTEThe circuit may be an open or a closed circuit (see 6.2.12 and 6.2.13).
6.2.15 Stand-by or Emergency Cooling System

A cooling system which is provided in addition to the normal cooling system and which is intended to be
used when the normal cooling system is not available.
6.2.16 Integral Component
A component in the coolant circuit which is built into the machine and which can only be replaced by
partially dismantling the machine.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6.2.13 Closed Circuit
Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 6, Page 3
6.2.17 Machine-Mounted Component
A component in the coolant circuit which is mounted on the machine and forms part of it but which can be
replaced without disturbing the main machine.
6.2.18 Separate Component
NOTEThis component may be located in the surrounding or a remote medium.
6.2.19 Dependent Circulation Component

A component in the coolant circuit which for its operation is dependent on (linked with) the rotational
speed of the rotor of the main machine (e.g. fan or pump on the shaft of the main machine or fan unit or
pump unit driven by the main machine).
6.2.20 Independent Circulation Component
A component in the coolant circuit which for its operation is independent of (not linked with) the rotational
speed of the rotor of the main machine, (e.g. design with its own drive motor).
6.3
DESIGNATION SYSTEM
The designation used for the method of cooling of a machine consists of letters and numerals as stated
below:
6.3.1
Arrangement of the IC Code
The designation system is made up as follows, using the examples IC8A1W7 for complete designation
and IC81W for simplified designation.
NOTEThe following rule may be applied to distinguish between complete and simplified designations:
1Complete designation can be recognized by the presence (after the letters IC) of three or five numerals and letters
in the regular sequence - numeral, letter, numeral (letter, numeral).
Examples: IC3A1, IC4A1A1 or IC9A1W7
2A simplified designation has two or three consecutive numerals, or a letter in the final position.
Examples: IC31, IC411, or IC71W.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A component in the coolant circuit which is associated with a machine but which is not mounted on or
integral with the machine.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 6, Page 4
Complete designation
Simplified designation
IC
IC
8
8
1
1
W
W
6.3.1.1 Code Letters

(International Cooling)
6.3.1.2 Circuit Arrangement
Designated by a characteristic numeral in accordance with 6.4.
6.3.1.3 Primary Coolant
Designated by a characteristic letter in accordance with 6.5.
Omitted for simplified designation if it is A for air.
6.3.1.4 Method of Movement of Primary Coolant
(higher temperature)
Designated by a characteristic numeral in accordance with 6.6.
6.3.1.5 Secondary Coolant
If applicable, designated by a
characteristic letter in accordance with 6.5.
Omitted for simplified designation if it is A for air.
6.3.1.6 Method of Movement of Secondary Coolant
(lower temperature)
If applicable, designated by a characteristic numeral in accordance with 6.6. Omitted in case of the
simplified designation if it is 7 with water (W7) for secondary coolant.
Application of Designations
The simplified designation should preferably be used (i.e., the complete designation system is intended
for use mainly when the simplified system is not applicable).
6.3.3
Designation of Same Circuit Arrangements for Different Parts of a Machine
Different coolants or methods of movement may be used in different parts of a machine. These shall be
designated by stating the designations as appropriate after each part of the machine.
An example for different circuits in rotor and stator is as follows:
Rotor IC7H1W
Stator IC7W5W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (simplified)
Rotor IC7H1W7
Stator IC7W5W7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (complete)
An example for different circuits in a machine is as follows:
Generator IC7H1W
Exciter IC75W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (simplified)
Generator IC7H1W7
Exciter IC7A5W7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (complete)
6.3.4
Designation of Different Circuit Arrangements for Different Parts of a Machine
Different circuit arrangements may be used on different parts of a machine. These shall be designated by
stating the designations as appropriate after each part of the machine, separated by a stroke (/).
Example:
Generator IC81W
Exciter IC75W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (simplified)
Generator IC8A1W7
Exciter IC7A5W7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .(complete)


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6.3.2
Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 6, Page 5
6.3.5
Designation of Direct Cooled Winding
In the case of machines with direct cooled (inner cooled) windings, the part of the designation related to
this circuit shall be put between brackets.
Example:
Rotor IC7H1W
Stator IC7(W5)W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (simplified)
Rotor IC7H1W7
Stator IC7(W5)W7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (complete)
6.3.6
Designation of Stand-by or Emergency Cooling Conditions
Different circuit arrangements may be used depending on stand-by or emergency cooling conditions.
These shall be designated by the designation for the normal method of cooling, followed by the
designation of the special cooling system enclosed in brackets, including the words Emergency or
Stand-by and the code letters IC.
Example:
IC71W
(Emergency IC01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (simplified)
IC7A1W7
(Emergency IC0A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . (complete)
6.3.7
Combined Designations
When two or more of the conditions of 6.3.3 to 6.3.6, inclusive, are combined, the appropriate
designations described above can be applied together.
6.3.8
Replacement of Characteristic Numerals
When a characteristic numeral has not yet been determined or is not required to be specified for certain
application, the omitted numeral shall be replaced by the letter X.
Examples: IC3X, IC4XX
6.3.9
Examples of Designations and Sketches
In 6.7, the different designations, together with appropriate sketches, are given for some of the most
commonly used types of rotating machines.
6.4
CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL FOR CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT
The characteristic numeral following the basic symbol IC designates the circuit arrangement (see
6.3.1.2) for circulating the coolant(s) and for removing heat from the machine in accordance with Table
6-1.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 6, Page 6
Table 6-1
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT
Characteristic
Numeral
Brief Description
Definition
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0*
Free circulation
The coolant is freely drawn directly from the surrounding medium, cools the
machine, and then freely returns directly to the surrounding medium (open circuit).
1*
Inlet pipe or inlet duct

circulated
The coolant is drawn from a medium remote from the machine, is guided to the
machine through an inlet pipe or duct, passes through the machine and returns
directly to the surrounding medium (open circuit).
2*
Outlet pipe or outlet duct

circulated
The coolant is drawn directly from the surrounding medium, passes through the
machine and is then discharged from the machine through an outlet pipe or duct to
a medium remote from the machine (open circuit).
3*
Inlet and outlet pipe or

duct circulated
The coolant is drawn from a medium remote from the machine, is guided to the
machine through an inlet pipe or duct, passes through the machine and is then
discharged from the machine through an outlet pipe or duct to a medium remote
from the machine (open circuit).
Frame surface cooled
The primary coolant is circulated in a closed circuit in the machine and gives its
heat through the external surface of the machine (in addition to the heat transfer via
the stator core and other heat conducting parts) to the final coolant which is the
surrounding medium. The surface may be plain or ribbed, with or without an outer
shell to improve the heat transfer.
5**
Integral heat exchanger

(using surrounding
medium)
The primary coolant is circulated in a closed circuit and gives its heat via a heat
exchanger, which is built into and forms an integral part of the machine, to the final
coolant which is the surrounding medium.
6**
Machine-mounted heat
exchanger (using
surrounding medium)
exchanger, which is mounted directly on the machine, to the final coolant which is
the surrounding medium.
7**
Integral heat exchanger

(using remote medium)
exchanger, which is built into and forms an integral part of the machine, to the
secondary coolant which is the remote medium.
8**
Machine-mounted heat
exchanger (using
remote medium)
exchanger, which is mounted directly on the machine, to the secondary coolant
which is the remote medium.
Separate heat
exchanger (using
surrounding or remote
medium)
exchanger, which is separate from the machine, to the secondary coolant which is
either the surrounding or the remote medium.
9**
6.5
CHARACTERISTIC LETTERS FOR COOLANT
6.5.1 The coolant (see 6.3.1.3 and 6.3.1.5) is designated by one of the characteristic letters in
accordance with Table 6-2.
* Filters or labyrinths for separating dust, suppressing noise, etc., may be mounted in the frame or ducts. Characteristic numerals 0
to 3 also apply to machines where the cooling medium is drawn from the surrounding medium through a heat exchanger in order to
provide cooler medium than the surrounding medium, or blown out through a heat exchanger to keep the ambient temperature
lower.
** The nature of the heat exchanger is not specified (ribbed or plain tubes, etc.).
A separate heat exchanger may be installed beside the machine or in a location remote from the machine. A gaseous secondary
coolant may be the surrounding medium or a remote medium (see also 6.7, Table 6-6).


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 6, Page 7
Table 6-2
COOLANT
Characteristic Letter
Coolant
A (see 6.5.2)
Air
Refrigerant
Hydrogen
Nitrogen
Carbon Dioxide
Water
Oil
S (See 6.5.3)
Any other coolant
Y (See 6.5.4)
Coolant not yet selected
6.5.2 When the single coolant is air or when in case of two coolants either one or both are air, the
letter(s) A stating the coolant is omitted in the simplified designation.
6.5.3
For the characteristic letter S, the coolant shall be identified elsewhere.
6.5.4 When the coolant is finally selected, the temporarily used letter Y shall be replaced by the
appropriate final characteristic letter.
6.6
CHARACTERISTIC NUMERAL FOR METHOD OF MOVEMENT
The characteristic numeral following (in the complete designation) each of the letters stating the coolant
designates the method of movement of this appropriate coolant (see 6.3.1.4 and 6.3.1.6) in accordance
with Table 6-3.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 6, Page 8
Table 6-3
METHOD OF MOVEMENT
Characteristic
Numeral
Brief
Description
Free convection
The coolant is moved by temperature differences. The fanning action of the rotor is
negligible.
Self-circulation
The coolant is moved dependent on the rotational speed of the main machine, either
by the action of the rotor alone or by means of a component designed for this purpose
and mounted directly on the rotor of the main machine, or by a fan or pump unit
mechanically driven by the rotor or the main machine.
5*
Integral
independent
component
The coolant is moved by an integral component, the power of which is obtained in

such a way that it is independent of the rotational speed of the main machine, e.g. an
internal fan or pump unit driven by its own electric motor.
6*
Machine-mounted
independent
component
The coolant is moved by a component mounted on the machine, the power of which is
obtained in such a way that it is independent of the rotational speed of the main
machine, e.g. a machine-mounted fan unit or pump unit driven by its own electric
motor.
7*
Separate and
independent
component or
coolant system
pressure
The coolant is moved by a separate electrical or mechanical component not mounted

on the machine and independent of it or is produced by the pressure in the coolant
circulating system, e.g. supplied from a water distribution system, or a gas main under
pressure.
8*
Relative
displacement
The movement of the coolant results from relative movement between the machine
and the coolant, either by moving the machine through the coolant or by flow of the
surrounding coolant (air or liquid).
All other
components
The movement of the coolant is produced by a method other than defined above and
shall be fully described.
Definition
2-4
Reserved for future use.
6.7
COMMONLY USED DESIGNATIONS
Following are simplified and complete designations for some of the most commonly used types of rotating
electrical machines:
6.7.1
General Information on the Tables
In Tables 6-4, 6-5, and 6-6 the columns show the characteristic numerals for circuit arrangements and
the rows show the characteristic numerals for the method of movement of the coolant.
Circuit Arrangement
Table
Characteristic numerals 0, 1, 2, 3 (open circuits using surrounding medium or remote medium)
6-4
Characteristic numerals 4, 5, 6 (primary circuit closed, secondary circuit open using surrounding medium)
6-5
Characteristic numerals 7, 8, 9 (primary circuit closed, secondary circuit open and using remote or
surrounding medium)
6-6
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The sketches show examples with cooling air flowing from non-drive end to drive-end. The air flow may
be in the opposite direction, or the air inlet may be at both ends with discharge at the center, depending
on the design of the machine, the arrangement and number of fans, fan units, inlet and outlet pipes or
ducts.
The top line of each box gives the simplified designation on the left and the complete designation on the
right with air and/or water as coolant (see 6.3.2 and
6.5.1).
Symbols used in sketches:
a. Integral or machine-mounted dependent fan
b. Independent circulation component
c. Duct or pipe, not part of the machine.
* The use of an independent component as a principal source for movement does not exclude the fanning action of the rotor or the
existence of a supplementary fan mounted directly on the rotor of the main machine.


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 6, Page 9
Table 6-4
EXAMPLES OF OPEN CIRCUIT USING SURROUNDING OR REMOTE MEDIUM*
Characteristic numeral for circuit arrangement (See 6.4)
0
Free circulation
(using surrounding
medium)
Inlet pipe or inlet

duct circulated
(using remote
medium)
Outlet pipe or outlet

duct circulated
(using surrounding
medium)
Inlet and outlet pipe

or duct circulated
(using remote
medium)
Characteristic
numeral for method
of movement of
coolant
(see 6.6)
0
Free convection
1
Self-circulation
5
Circulation by integral
independent
component
6
Circulation by machinemounted independent
component
7
Circulation by separate
and independent
component or by
coolant pressure
system
8
Circulation by relative
displacement
*For arrangement of the IC Codes, see 6.3.1.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 6, Page 10
Table 6-5
EXAMPLES OF PRIMARY CIRCUITS CLOSED, SECONDARY CIRCUITS OPEN USING
SURROUNDING MEDIUM*
Characteristic numeral for circuit arrangement
(See 6.4)
4
Free circulation
cooled (Using
surrounding
medium)
Integral heat
exchanger (Using
surrounding
medium)
Machine-Mounted
heat exchanger
(Using surrounding
medium)
Characteristic numeral for method of

movement (See 6.6)
of primary coolant
(See note)
of secondary
coolant
0
Free convection
1
Self-circulation
5
Circulation by integral
independent component
6
Circulation by machinemounted independent
component
7
Circulation by separate
and independent
component or by coolant
pressure system
8
Circulation by relative
displacement
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NOTEThe shown examples in this table are related to the movement of the secondary coolant. The characteristic numeral for the
movement of the primary coolant in this table is assumed to be "1." Obviously, other designs not shown can also be specified by
means of the IC Code, e.g., design with machine-mounted independent fan unit for primary coolant: IC666 (IC6A6A6) instead of
IC616 (IC6A1A6)


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 6, Page 11
Table 6-6
EXAMPLES OF PRIMARY CIRCUITS CLOSED, SECONDARY CIRCUITS OPEN USING REMOTE OR
SURROUNDING MEDIUM*
Characteristic numeral for circuit arrangement
(See 6.4)
7
Integral heat
exchanger
(Using remote
medium)
Machine-mounted
heat exchanger
(Using remote
medium)
(Secondary
coolant: gas,
remote medium or
surrounding
medium)
Characteristic numeral for

method of movement
(See 6.6)
of primary
coolant
of
secondary
coolant
(See note)
0
Free convection
1
Self-circulation
5
Circulation by
integral
independent
component
6
Circulation by
machine-mounted
independent
component
7
Circulation by
separate and
independent component or by coolant
pressure system
8
Circulation by
relative
displacement
NOTEThe shown examples in this table are related to the movement of the secondary coolant. The characteristic numeral for the
movement of the secondary coolant in this table is assumed to be "7." Obviously, other designs not shown can also be specified by
means of the IC Code, e.g., design with machine-mounted independent pump unit for primary coolant: IC71W6 (IC7A1W6) instead of
IC71W (IC7A1W7)

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section I
Part 6, Page 12
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1
Part 7
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MECHANICAL VIBRATION
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 1
Section I
Part 7
MECHANICAL VIBRATION-MEASUREMENT, EVALUATION AND LIMITS
7.1
SCOPE
This standard is applicable to direct-current machines tested with direct-current power and to polyphase
alternating-current machines tested with sinusoidal power, in frame sizes 42 and larger and at rated
power up to 100,000 HP or 75 MW, at nominal speeds up to and including 3600 rev/min.
For vertical and flange-mounting machines, this standard is only applicable to those machines that are
tested in the intended orientation.
This standard is not applicable to single-bearing machines, machines mounted in situ, single-phase
machines, three-phase machines operated on single-phase systems, vertical water power generators,
permanent magnet generators or to machines coupled to prime movers or driven loads.
NOTEFor machines measured in situ, refer to ISO 10816-3.
7.2
OBJECT
This standard establishes the test and measurement conditions of, and fixes the limits for, the level of
vibration of an electrical machine, when measurements are made on the machine alone in a test area
under properly controlled conditions. Measurement quantities are the vibration levels (velocity,
displacement and/or acceleration) at the machine bearing housings and the shaft vibration relative to the
bearing housings within or near the machine bearings. Shaft vibration measurements are recommended
only for machines with sleeve bearings and speeds equal to or greater than 1000 rev/min and shall be the
subject of prior agreement between manufacturer and user with respect to the necessary provisions for
the installation of the measurement probes.
7.3
REFERENCES
Referenced documents used in this Part are, ISO 8821, ISO 7919-1, ISO 10816-3, and IEC 60034-14.
7.4
MEASUREMENT QUANTITY
7.4.1
Bearing Housing Vibration
The criterion adopted for bearing housing vibration is the peak value of the unfiltered vibration velocity in
inches per second. The greatest value measured at the prescribed measuring points (see 7.7.2)
characterizes the vibration of the machine.
7.4.2
Relative Shaft Vibration
The criterion adopted for relative shaft vibration (relative to the bearing housing) is the peak-to-peak
vibratory displacement (Sp-p) in mils in the direction of measurement (see ISO 7919-1).
7.5
MEASURING EQUIPMENT
Equipment used to measure vibration shall be accurate to within 10 percent of the allowable limit for the
vibration being measured.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 2
7.6
MACHINE MOUNTING
7.6.1
General
Section I
Evaluation of vibration of rotating electrical machines requires measurement of the machines under
properly determined test conditions to enable reproducible tests and to provide comparable
measurements. The vibration of an electrical machine is closely linked with the mounting of the machine.
The choice of the mounting method will be made by the manufacturer. Typically, machines with shaft
heights of 11 inches or less use resilient mounting. For machines with speeds lower than 600 rpm,
resilient mounting is not practical.
NOTEThe shaft height of a machine without feet, or a machine with raised feet, or any vertical machine, is to be
taken as the shaft height of a machine in the same basic frame, but of the horizontal shaft foot-mounting type.
7.6.2
Resilient Mounting
Resilient mounting is achieved by suspending the machine on a spring or by mounting it on an elastic

support (springs, rubber, etc.).
The vertical natural oscillation frequency of the suspension system and machine should be less than 33
percent of the frequency corresponding to the lowest speed of the machine under test, as defined in
7.7.3.3. For an easy determination of the necessary elasticity of the suspension system, see Figure 7-1.
The effective mass of the elastic support shall be no greater than 10 percent of that of the machine, to
reduce the influence of the mass and the moments of inertia of these parts on the vibration level.
7.6.3
Rigid Mounting
Rigid mounting is achieved by fastening the machine directly to a massive foundation.

A massive foundation is one that has a vibration (in any direction or plane) limited, during testing, to 0.02
in/s peak (0.5 mm/s peak) above any background vibrations. The natural frequencies of the foundation
should not coincide within 10 percent of the rotational frequency of the machine, within 5 percent of two
times rotational frequency, or within 5 percent of one- and two-times electrical-line frequency.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The vibration velocity of the foundation in the horizontal and vertical directions near the machine feet
should not exceed 25 percent of the maximum velocity at the adjacent bearing in either the horizontal or
vertical direction at rotational frequency and at twice line frequency (if the latter is being evaluated).


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 3
10
0.1
0.01
100
1000
1200
1800
3600
10000
Figure 7-1
MINIMUM ELASTIC DISPLACEMENT AS A FUNCTION OF NOMINAL TEST
SPEED FOR RESILIENT MOUNTING
7.6.4
Active Environment Determination
The support systems mentioned in 7.6.2 and 7.6.3 are considered passive, admitting insignificant
external disturbances to the machine. If the vibration with the machine stationary exceeds 25 percent of
the value when the machine is running, then an active environment is said to exist. Vibration criteria for
active support systems are not given in this Part.
7.7
CONDITIONS OF MEASUREMENT
7.7.1
Shaft Key
For the balancing and measurement of vibration on machines provided with a shaft extension keyway,
the keyway shall contain a half key.
A full length rectangular key of half height or a half length key of full height (which should be centered
axially in the keyway) is acceptable (reference Clause 3.3 of ISO 8821).
7.7.2
Measurement Points for Vibration
7.7.2.1
Bearing Housing
The location of the measurement points and directions to which the levels of vibration severity apply are
shown in Figure 7-2 for machines with end-shield bearings and in Figure 7-4 for machines with pedestal
bearings. Figure 7-3 applies to those machines where measurement positions according to Figure 7-2
are not possible without disassembly of parts, or where no hub exists.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Test Speed - RPM
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 4
7.7.2.2
Section I
Shaft
Non-contacting transducers, if used, shall be installed inside the bearing, measuring directly the relative
shaft journal displacement, or near the bearing shell when mounting inside is not practical. The preferred
radial positions are as indicated in Figure 7-5.
7.7.3
Operating Conditions
7.7.3.1
General
For machines that are bi-directional, the vibration limits apply for both directions of rotation, but need to be
measured in only one direction.
Measurement of the vibration shall be made with the machine at no load and uncoupled.
7.7.3.2
Power Supply
Alternating current machines shall be run at rated frequency and rated voltage with a virtually sinusoidal
wave form. The power supply shall provide balanced phase voltages closely approaching a sinusoidal
waveform. The voltage waveform deviation factor1 shall not exceed 10 percent. The frequency shall be
maintained within 0.5 percent of the value required for the test being conducted, unless otherwise
specified. Tests shall be performed where the voltage unbalance does not exceed 1 percent. The percent
voltage unbalance equals 100 times the maximum voltage deviation from the average voltage divided by
the average voltage.
Direct current machines shall be supplied with the armature voltage and field current corresponding to the
speed at which vibration is being measured. Vibration limits are based upon the use of low ripple power
supply A (see 12.66.2.1) type power sources. Other types of power supplies may be used for testing
purposes at the discretion of the manufacturer.
7.7.3.3
Operating Speed
Unless otherwise specified for machines having more than one fixed speed the limits of this Part shall not
be exceeded at any operational speed. For machines with a range of speeds, tests shall be performed at
least at base and top speeds. Series DC motors shall be tested only at rated operating speed. For
inverter-fed machines, it shall be acceptable to measure the vibration at only the speed corresponding to
a 60 Hz power supply.
7.7.4
Vibration Transducer Mounting
Care should be taken to ensure that a contact between the vibration transducer and the machine surface
is as specified by the manufacturer of the transducer and does not disturb the vibratory condition of the
machine under test. The total coupled mass of the transducer assembly shall be less than 2 percent of
the mass of the machine.
The deviation factor of a wave is the ratio of the maximum difference between corresponding ordinates of the wave and of the
equivalent sine wave to the maximum ordinate of the equivalent sine wave when the waves are superimposed in such a way as to
make this maximum difference as small as possible. The equivalent sine wave is defined as having the same frequency and the
same root mean square value as the wave being tested.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 5
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 7-2
PREFERRED POINTS OF MEASUREMENT APPLICABLE TO ONE OR
BOTH ENDS OF THE MACHINE
Figure 7-3
MEASUREMENT POINTS FOR THOSE ENDS OF MACHINES WHERE MEASUREMENTS PER
FIGURE 7-2 ARE NOT POSSIBLE WITHOUT DISASSEMBLY OF PARTS


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 6
Section I
Figure 7-4
MEASUREMENT POINTS FOR PEDESTAL BEARINGS
Figure 7-5
PREFERRED CIRCUMFERENTIAL POSITION OF TRANSDUCERS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF
RELATIVE SHAFT DISPLACEMENT

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 7
7.8
LIMITS OF BEARING HOUSING VIBRATION
7.8.1
General
The following section defines the limits of vibration for machines running at no load, uncoupled, for vibration
grades A and B. See Table 7-1.
Grade A applies to machines with no special vibration requirements. Grade A is supplied as standard
unless the customer specifies grade B.
Grade B applies to machines with critical vibration requirements and must be specified by purchaser.
The preferred method of measurement is unfiltered velocity and the limits are as given in Table 7-1.
Vibration levels shown in the following paragraphs represent internally excited vibration only. Machines as
installed (in situ) may exhibit higher levels. This is generally caused by misalignment or the influence of the
driven or driving equipment, including coupling, or a mechanical resonance of the mass of the machine with
the resilience of the machine or base on which it is mounted.
In Table 7-1, vibration limits are given in mils peak-to-peak displacement, in/s peak velocity and g peak
acceleration.
The values corresponding to constant velocity apply for rotational frequencies between 20 and 250 Hz. For
rotational frequencies below 20 Hz, limits are given in mils peak-to-peak displacement based on equivalent
velocity at 20 Hz. For rotational frequencies above 250 Hz, limits are given in gs acceleration, based on
equivalent velocity at 250 Hz.
Figure 7.6 illustrates the relationship among displacement, velocity and acceleration.
NOTEInternational Standards specify vibration velocity as rms in mm/s. To obtain an approximate mm/s rms
equivalent, multiply the peak vibration in in/s by 18.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 8
Section I
Figure 7-6
MACHINE VIBRATION LIMITS (RESILIENTLY MOUNTED)
Table 7-1
UNFILTERED HOUSING VIBRATION LIMITS
140 NEMA FRAME 210
NEMA FRAME SIZE

Mounting
Displacement
mils
pk-pk
Velocity
in/s
g pk
resilient
2.4
rigid
resilient
2,4,
6
Rigid pole
8+
pole
Vibration
Grade
210 < NEMA FRAME 440
Acceleration
g pk
Displacement
mils
pk-pk
Velocity
in/s
pk
0.15
0.61
2.4
1.9
0.12
0.49
1.0
0.06
0.24
NEMA FRAME > 440
Acceleration
pk
Displacement
mils
pk-pk
Velocity
in/s pk
Acceleration
g pk
0.15
0.61
2.4
0.15
0.61
1.9
0.12
0.49
1.9
0.12
0.49
1.3
0.08
0.33
1.6
0.10
0.41
N/A*
1.3
0.08
0.33
1.6
0.10
0.41
N/A*
1.0
0.06
0.24
1.3
0.08
0.33
*NOTE: Rigid mounting is not considered acceptable for NEMA frame sizes 210 and smaller
7.8.2 Vibration Limits for Standard Machines
[Section deleted]

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 9
7.8.3 Vibration Limits for Special Machines

[Section deleted]
7.8.4 Vibration Banding for Special Machines
[Section deleted]
7.8.5
Twice Line Frequency Vibration of Two Pole Induction Machines
7.8.5.1
General
If the unfiltered vibration level of the machine exceeds the unfiltered limit in Table 7-1, the modulation of
the unfiltered vibration at twice electrical line frequency may be examined following the procedure in
7.8.5.2 to determine if the machine is acceptable.
Mechanical vibration at a frequency equal to twice the electrical line frequency is produced by the
magnetic field within the airgap of two-pole three-phase AC induction machines. The magnitude of this
twice electrical line frequency vibration can modulate at a rate equal to the slip frequency of the rotor
multiplied by the number of poles. This modulation can have an adverse effect on the proper evaluation
of the level of vibration in the machine when unfiltered measurements are taken. To evaluate the effect of
this modulation it is generally necessary to monitor the unfiltered vibration of the machine during a
complete slip cycle (i.e., the time required for one revolution at the slip frequency). AC induction
machines running at a very low slip value at no load may require 10 minutes or longer for such
measurements to be completed at each vibration measuring position.
7.8.5.2
Filtered Vibration
A filtered measurement of vibration can be performed on a representative sample of a machine design for
the purpose of determining whether or not that design has a significant level of twice electrical line
frequency vibration in the machine and to determine if there is any merit to evaluating the magnitude of
the modulation of the unfiltered vibration following the procedure in 7.8.5.3.
If the filtered twice electrical line frequency component of the vibration of the machine does not exceed 90
percent of the unfiltered limit in Table 7-1, then the machine is considered to have failed the vibration test
and corrective action is required.
If the filtered twice electrical line frequency component of the vibration of the machine exceeds 90 percent
of the unfiltered limit in Table 7-1, then the procedure in 7.8.5.3 may be used to evaluate the modulation
of the vibration and determine if any machine of that design may be acceptable.
7.8.5.3
Evaluation of Modulation of Unfiltered Vibration
The machine is to be rigidly mounted and the unfiltered vibration monitored for a complete slip cycle for
the purpose of determining the maximum and minimum values of the unfiltered peak vibration over the
slip cycle. A value of effective vibration velocity is to be determined using the relationship:
Veff =
2
V
+ Vmin2
max
where
Veff is the effective vibration velocity
Vmax is the maximum unfiltered vibration velocity
Vmin is the minimum unfiltered peak vibration velocity
If the level of the effective vibration velocity Veff does not exceed 80 percent of the values in Table 7-1,
then the machine complies with the vibration requirements of this Part 7.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 7, Page 10
7.8.6
Section I
Axial Vibration
The level of axial bearing housing or support vibration depends on the bearing installation, bearing
function and bearing design, plus uniformity of the rotor and stator cores. Machines designed to carry
external thrust may be tested without externally applied thrust. In the case of thrust bearing applications,
axial vibrations correlate with thrust loading and axial stiffness. Axial vibration shall be evaluated per 7.7
and the limits of Table 7-1 apply.
Where bearings have no axial load capability or function, axial vibration of these configurations should be
judged in the same manner as vibration levels in 7.8.1.
7.9
LIMITS OF RELATIVE SHAFT VIBRATION
7.9.1
General
Shaft vibration limits are applicable only when probe mounting for non-contacting proximity probes is
provided as part of the machine. Proximity probes are sensitive to mechanical and magnetic anomalies of
the shaft. This is commonly referred to as "electrical and mechanical probe-track runout." The combined
electrical and mechanical runout of the shaft shall not exceed the limits in Table 7-4. The probe-track runout
is measured with the rotor at a slow-roll (100-400 rpm) speed, where the mechanical unbalance forces on
the rotor are negligible. It is preferred that the shaft be rotating on the machine bearings, positioned at
running axial center (magnetic center), when the runout determinations are made.
NOTES
1. Special shaft surface preparation (burnishing and degaussing) may be necessary to obtain the required peak-to-peak runout
readings.
2. Shop probes may be used for tests when the actual probes are not being supplied with the machine.
7.9.2
Shaft Vibration Limits
When specified, the limits for the relative shaft vibration of machines with sleeve bearings, inclusive of
electrical and mechanical runout, shall not exceed the limits in Table 7-4.
Table 7-2
[Table Deleted]
7.9.3
Special Machines
[Section deleted]
Table 7-3
[Table Deleted]
Maximum Relative Shaft Vibration

(including electrical and mechanical
probe runout)
Vibration
Grade
A
B
Speed
range
>1800
1800
>1800
1800
max displ mils

Pk-pk
2.6
3.5
1.5
1.5
Maximum Combined
Mechanical and
Electrical Run-Out
mils
0.65
0.88
0.45
0.45


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 7-4
SHAFT VIBRATION LIMITS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 9


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section I
ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES
SOUND POWER LIMITS AND MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 9, Page 1
Section I
Part 9
ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINESSOUND POWER LIMITS AND
MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES
9.1
SCOPE
This Part specifies maximum no-load A-weighted sound power levels for factory acceptance testing of
rotating machines in accordance with this Standard and having the following characteristics:
a.
b.
c.
d.
motors with rated output from 0.5 HP through 5000 HP;

speed not greater than 3600 RPM;
140 frame size and larger;
enclosures of the ODP, TEFC, or WPII type.
Sound power levels for motors under load are for guidance only.
This Part also specifies the method of measurement and the test conditions appropriate for the
determination of the sound power level of electrical motors.
Excluded are ac motors supplied by inverters (see Part 31), series wound d.c. motors, generators and
single-bearing motors.
9.2
GENERAL
The limits specified in Tables 9-1 and 9-2 of this Standard are applicable to motors operated at rated
voltage without load. Usually, load has some influence on noise, which is recognized in Table 9-3 for
single-speed, three-phase ac induction motors.
Sound pressure levels at a distance from the motor, rather than sound power levels, may be required in
some applications, such as hearing protection programs. However, this Part is only concerned with the
physical aspect of noise and expresses limits in terms of sound power level. Guidance is given for
calculation of sound pressure levels at a distance, derived from the sound power values (see 9.7). In situ
sound pressure calculations require knowledge of motor size, operating conditions, and the environment
in which the motor is to be installed. Information for making such calculations taking into account
environmental factors can be found, if needed, in classical textbooks on acoustics.
9.3
REFERENCES
Reference standards are listed in Part 1 of this Standard.

9.4
METHODS OF MEASUREMENT
9.4.1 Sound level measurements and calculation of sound power level produced by the motor shall be
in accordance with either ANSI S12.12, S12.51, S12.53, S12.54, or S12.35, unless one of the methods
specified in 9.4.2 is used.
NOTEAn overview of applicable measurement standards is provided in Table 9-4.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Acoustic quantities can be expressed in sound pressure terms or sound power terms. The use of a sound
power level, which can be specified independently of the measurement surface and environmental
conditions, avoids the complications associated with sound pressure levels which require additional data
to be specified. Sound power levels provide a measure of radiated energy and have advantages in
acoustic analysis and design.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 9, Page 2
9.4.2
Section I
The method specified in ANSI S12.56 may be used.
However, to prove compliance with this standard, unless a correction due to inaccuracy of the
measurement has already been applied to the values determined by the method in accordance with ANSI
S12.56, the levels of Tables 9-1 and 9-2 shall be decreased by 2 dB.
9.4.3 When testing under load conditions, the methods of ANSI S12.12 are preferred. However, other
methods are allowed when the connected motor and auxiliary equipment are acoustically isolated or
located outside the test environment.
9.5
TEST CONDITIONS
9.5.1
Machine Mounting
Care should be taken to minimize the transmission and the radiation of structure-borne noise from all
mounting elements, including the foundation. This minimizing may be achieved by the resilient mounting
of smaller motors. Larger motors can usually only be tested under rigid mounting conditions. If
practicable, when testing, the motor should be as it would be in normal usage.
Motors tested under load conditions shall be rigidly mounted.
9.5.1.1 Resilient mounting
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The natural frequency of the support system and the motor under test shall be lower than 33 percent of
the frequency corresponding to the lowest rotational speed of the motor.
9.5.1.2 Rigid Mounting
The motor shall be rigidly mounted to a surface with dimensions adequate for the motor type. The motor
shall not be subject to additional mounting stresses from incorrect shimming or fasteners.
9.5.2
Test Operating Conditions
The following test conditions shall apply:

a. The motor shall be operated at rated voltage(s), rated frequency or rated speed(s), and with
appropriate field current(s), where applicable. These shall be measured with instruments of an
accuracy of 1.0% or better.
1. The standard load condition shall be no-load.
2. When required by agreement, the motor may be operated at a load condition.
b. A motor designed to operate with a vertical axis shall be tested with the axis in a vertical position.
c. For an ac motor, the waveform and the degree of unbalance of the supply system shall comply
with the requirements of this Standard.
NOTEAny increase in voltage (and current) waveform distortion and unbalance will result in an increase in noise and vibration.
d.
e.
f.
g.
A synchronous motor shall be run with appropriate excitation to obtain unity power factor;
A dc motor suitable for variable speed shall be evaluated at base speed;
A motor designed to operate at two or more discrete speeds shall be tested at each speed;
A motor intended to be reversible shall be operated in both directions unless no difference in the
sound power level is expected. A unidirectional motor shall be tested in its design direction only.
h. A dc motor shall be evaluated when connected to a low-ripple Type A power supply.
9.6
SOUND POWER LEVEL
9.6.1 The maximum sound power levels specified in Tables 9-1 and 9-2, or adjusted by Table 9-3, relate
to measurements made in accordance with 9.4.1.


Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 9, Page 3
9.6.2 When a motor is tested under the conditions specified in 9.5, the sound power level of the motor
shall not exceed the relevant value(s) specified as follows:
a. For all TEFC, ODP, and WPII motors, other than those specified in 9.6.2b, operating at no-load,
see Table 9-1.
b. For dc motors of ODP construction with outputs from 1 HP through 200 HP, operating at no-load,
see Table 9-2.
9.6.3 When a single-speed, three-phase, squirrel-cage, induction motor of ODP, TEFC or WPII
construction, with outputs from 0.5 HP through 500 HP is tested under rated load, the sound power level
should not exceed the sum of the values specified in Tables 9-1 and 9-3.
NOTES
1 The limits of Tables 9-1 and 9-2 recognize class 2 accuracy grade levels of measurement uncertainty and production
variations. See 9.4.2.
2 Sound power levels under load conditions are normally higher than those at no-load. Generally, if ventilation noise is
predominant the change may be small, but if the electromagnetic noise is predominant the change may be significant.
3 For dc motors the limits in Tables 9-1 and 9-2 apply to base speed. For other speeds, or where the relationship between
noise level and load is important, limits should be agreed between the manufacturer and the purchaser.
9.7
DETERMINATION OF SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL
No additional measurements are necessary for the determination of sound pressure level, Lp, in dB, since
it can be calculated directly from the sound power level, LWA, in dB, according to the following:
2r 2
d
Lp = L WA 10log10
So
Where:
Lp is the average sound pressure level in a free-field over a reflective plane on a hemispherical
surface at 1m distance from the motor
rd = 1.0m + 0.5 times the maximum linear dimension of the motor in meters
So = 1.0m2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 9, Page 4
Section I
ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINESSOUND POWER LIMITS AND MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES
Table 9-1
MAXIMUM A-WEIGHTED SOUND POWER LEVELS, LWA (dB), AT NO-LOAD
Rated Power, PN
Motor (ac or dc) HP
.5
.75
1801- 3600 RPM

ODP
TEFC
WP II
Rated Speed
1201- 1800 RPM
901 - 1200 RPM
ODP
TEFC
WP II
ODP
TEFC
WP II
65
64
900 RPM or less

ODP
TEFC
WP II
67
67
67
67

85
85
88
88
70
70
70
70
72
72
70
70
70
70
74
74
65
65
67
67
72
72
64
64
67
67
71
71
69
69
69
70
70
73
69
69
69
72
72
76
80
82
82
84
84
91
91
94
94
94
76
76
80
80
80
79
79
84
84
88
76
76
81
81
83
75
75
80
80
83
73
76
76
79
79
76
80
80
83
83
30
40
50
60
75
86
86
89
89
94
94
100
100
101
101
80
84
84
86
86
88
89
89
95
95
83
86
86
88
88
83
86
86
90
90
81
81
84
84
87
86
86
89
89
93
100
125
150
200
250
94
98
98
101
101
102
104
104
107
107
89
89
93
93
103
98
100
100
103
105
99
91
91
96
99
99
94
94
98
100
100
97
97
87
93
95
95
95
93
96
97
97
97
92
92
92
92
300
350
400
450
500
107
107
107
107
110
110
110
110
110
113
102
102
102
102
105
103
103
103
106
106
105
105
105
108
108
99
99
99
102
102
99
99
102
102
102
100
100
103
103
103
97
97
99
99
99
98
98
98
99
99
100
100
100
102
102
96
96
96
98
98
600
700
800
900
1000
110
110
110
111
111
113
113
113
116
116
105
105
105
106
106
106
106
108
108
108
108
108
111
111
111
102
102
104
104
104
102
102
105
105
105
103
103
106
106
106
99
99
101
101
101
99
99
101
101
101
102
102
105
105
105
98
98
100
100
100
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
111
111
112
112
112
116
116
118
118
118
106
106
107
107
107
108
109
109
109
109
111
113
113
113
113
104
105
105
105
105
105
107
107
107
107
106
109
109
109
109
101
103
103
103
103
101
103
103
103
103
105
107
107
107
107
100
102
102
102
102
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
112
114
114
114
114
114
118
120
120
120
120
120
107
109
109
109
109
109
110
110
110
110
115
115
115
115
106
106
106
106
107
109
109
109
111
111
103
105
105
1
1
1.5
2
3
5
76
76
76
80
7.5
10
15
20
25
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section I
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 9, Page 5
Table 9-2
MAXIMUM A-WEIGHTED SOUND POWER LEVELS LWA (dB) OF
DRIP-PROOF INDUSTRIAL DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS, AT NO-LOAD
Rated Power, PN
HP
Base Speed, Rpm

2500
1750
1150
850
81
72
63
60
1.5
81
72
63
60
81
72
64
61
82
72
66
62
84
75
68
66
7.5
86
77
71
69
10
88
79
73
71
15
90
82
77
74
20
92
84
79
75
25
94
86
81
77
30
95
88
82
78
40
96
90
84
79
50
--
91
85
80
60
--
92
86
81
75
--
93
87
82
100
--
94
88
83
125
--
95
88
83
150
--
95
89
84
200
--
96
90
85
Table 9-3
INCREMENTAL EXPECTED INCREASE OVER NO-LOAD CONDITION, IN A-WEIGHTED
SOUND POWER LEVELS LWA (dB) , FOR RATED LOAD CONDITION FOR SINGLE-SPEED,
THREE-PHASE, SQUIRREL-CAGE, INDUCTION MOTORS
Rated Output, PN
HP
2 Pole
4 Pole
6 Pole
8 Pole
1.0 < PN 15
15 < PN 50
50 < PN 150
150 < PN 500

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 9, Page 6
Section I
ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINESSOUND POWER LIMITS AND MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES
Table 9-4
OVERVIEW OF STANDARDS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF SOUND POWER LEVELS OF MOTORS
Sound Pressure Level
ANSI
Standard
S12.51
S12.53-1
S12.53-2
S12.54
Sound Intensity
S12.55
S12.56
S12.57
S12.12
S12.12
S12.12
ISO Standard
3741
3743-1
3743-2
3744
3745
3746
3747
9614-1
9614-2
9614-3
Test
Environment
Reverberation
room
Hard-walled
room
Special
Free-field over a
Essentially
reverberant field
in situ
In situ
In situ
reflecting plane
No special test
environment
In situ
reverberation
room
Anechoic or hemianechoic room
Grade of
Accuracy
Precision
Engineering
Engineering
Engineering
Precision
Survey
Engineering
Survey
Engineering
Precision


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 10
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
RATINGSAC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 1
Section II
SMALL (FRACTIONAL) AND MEDIUM (INTEGRAL) MACHINES
Part 10
10.0
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 10 of Section II cover alternating-current motors up to and including the ratings
built in frames corresponding to the continuous open-type ratings given in the table below.
10.30
Synchronous
Speed
3600
Motors
Squirrel-Cage
and Wound
Rotor, Hp
500
1800
500
500
400
1200
350
350
300
900
250
250
200
720
200
200
150
600
150
150
125
514
125
125
100
Motors, Synchronous, Hp
Power Factor
Unity
0.8
500
400
VOLTAGES
a. Universal motors115 and 230 volts

b. Single-phase motors
1. 60 hertz115, 200, and 230 volts
2. 50 hertz110 and 220 volts
c. Polyphase motors
1. 60 hertz115*, 200, 230, 460, 575, 2300, 4000, 4600, and 6600 volts
2. Three phase, 50 hertz - 220 and 380 volts
NOTEIt is not practical to build motors of all horsepower ratings for all of the standard voltages.
*Applies only to motors rated 15 horsepower and smaller.
10.31
FREQUENCIES
10.31.1 Alternating-Current Motors

The frequency shall be 50 and 60 hertz.
10.31.2 Universal Motors
The frequency shall be 60 hertz/direct-current.
NOTEUniversal motors will operate successfully on all frequencies below 60 hertz and on direct-current.
.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 2
Section II
Table 10-1
HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS, SMALL INDUCTION MOTORS
Hp
1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10,
15, 25, and 35
millihorsepower
1/20,1/12, and 1/8

horsepower
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1/6, 1/4, and 1/3

horsepower
1/2 horsepower
3/4 horsepower
1 horsepower
10.32
Permanent-Split
All Motors Except Shaded-Pole
Capacitor
and Permanent-Split Capacitor
Motors
60-Hertz
Approximate
Synchronous
Rpm at
Rpm
Rated Load
3600
3450
...
All Motors Except ShadedPermanentPole and Permanent-Split

Split
Capacitor
Capacitor
50-Hertz
Approximate
Synchronous
Rpm at
Rpm
Rated Load
3000
2850
...
1800
1725
...
1500
1425
...
1200
1140
...
1000
950
...
900
...
...
3600
3450
...
3000
2850
...
1800
1725
...
1500
1425
...
1200
1140
...
1000
950
...
900
850
...
3600
3450
...
3000
2850
...
1800
1725
...
1500
1425
...
1200
1140
...
1000
950
...
900
850
...
3600
3450
3250
3000
2850
2700
1800
1725
1625
1500
1425
1350
1200
1140
1075
1000
950
900
3600
3450
3250
3000
2850
2700
1800
1725
1625
1500
1425
1350
3600
3450
3250
3000
2850
2700
HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS
10.32.1 Small Induction Motors, Except Permanent-Split Capacitor Motors Rated 1/3 Horsepower
and Smaller and Shaded-Pole Motors
Typical horsepower and speed ratings for small induction motors rated 115, 200, and 230 volts singlephase and 115, 200,1 and 230 volts polyphase are given in Table 10-1.
10.32.2 Small Induction Motors, Permanent-Split Capacitor Motors Rated 1/3 Horsepower and
Smaller and Shaded-Pole Motors
Typical horsepower and speed ratings for small induction motors rated 115, 200, and 230 volts singlephase are given in Table 10-2.
Applies to 60-Hertz circuits only


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 3
Table 10-2
HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS, PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR AND SHADED POLE MOTORS
Hp
1, 1.25, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4,
5, 6, 8, 10, 12.5, 16, 20,
25, 30, and 40
millihorsepower
Permanent-Split Capacitor Motors

60-Hertz Synchronous
Approximate Rpm at
50-Hertz synchronous
Rpm
Rated Load
Rpm
3600
3000
3000
1800
1550
1500
1300
1200
1050
1000
875
900
800
3600
3250
3000
2700
1800
1625
1500
1350
1200
1075
1000
900
900
Rpm
1800
825
Shaded-Pole Motors
Approximate Rpm at
Rated Load
1550
Rpm
1500
Approximate Rpm at
Rated Load
1300
1200
1050
1000
875
900
800
1800
1550
1500
1300
1200
1050
1000
875
900
800
1/20, 1/15, 1/12, 1/10,

1/8, 1/6, 1/5, 1/4, and
1/3 horsepower
1, 1.25, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4,

5, 6, 8, 10, 12.5, 16, 20,
25, 30, and 40
millihorsepower
Approximate Rpm at
Rated Load
2500
1/20, 1/15, 1/12, 1/10,

1/8, 1/6, 1/5, and 1/4
horsepower
10.32.3 Single-Phase Medium Motors

The horsepower and synchronous speed ratings of single-phase medium motors rated 115, 200, and 230
volts shall be as shown in Table 10-3.
Table 10-3
HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS, MEDIUM MOTORS
Hp
1/2
60-Hertz
Synchronous Rpm
...
...
...
900
50-Hertz
Synchronous Rpm
...
1000
...
750
3/4
...
...
1200
900
...
1500
1000
750
...
1800
1200
900
3000
1500
1000
750
1-1/2
3600
1800
1200
900
3000
1500
1000
750
3600
1800
1200
900
3000
1500
1000
750
3600
1800
1200
900
3000
1500
1000
750
3600
1800
1200
900
3000
1500
1000
750
7-1/2
3600
1800
1200
900
3000
1500
1000
750
10
3600
1800
1200
900
3000
1500
1000
750
10.32.4 Polyphase Medium Induction Motors

The horsepower and synchronous speed ratings of polyphase medium induction motors shall be as
shown in Table 10-4.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 4
Section II
Table 10-4*
HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS, POLYPHASE MEDIUM INDUCTION MOTORS
Hp
1/2
...
...
3/4
...
...
60-Hertz
Synchronous Rpm
...
900
720
1200
900
720
600
514
...
600
514
...
50-Hertz
Synchronous Rpm
...
...
...
1000
750
750
...
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
...
1500
1000
750
1-1/2
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
7-1/2
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
10
3600*
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
15
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
20
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
25
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
30
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
40
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
50
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
60
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
75
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
100
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
125
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
3000
1500
1000
750
150
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
600
...
3000
1500
1000
750
200
3600**
1800
1200
900
720
..
...
3000
1500
1000
750
250
3600**
1800
1200
900
...
...
..
3000
1500
1000
750
300
3600**
1800
1200
...
...
...
...
3000
1500
1000
...
350
3600**
1800
1200
...
...
...
...
3000
1500
1000
...
400
3600**
1800
...
...
...
...
...
3000
1500
...
...
450
3600**
1800
...
...
...
...
...
3000
1500
...
...
500
3600**
1800
...
...
...
...
...
3000
1500
...
...
*For frame assignments, see Part 13.

**Applies to squirrel-cage motors only.

Horsepower ratings shall be 10, 15, 25, and 35 millihorsepower and 1/20, 1/12, 1/8, 1/6, 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4,
and 1 horsepower at a rated speed of 5000 rpm or above.
NOTEAt speeds less than 5000 rpm, there will be a marked difference in performance characteristics between
operation on alternating-current and operation on direct-current.
10.33
HORSEPOWER RATINGS OF MULTISPEED MOTORS
The horsepower rating of multispeed motors shall be selected as follows:

10.33.1 Constant Horsepower
The horsepower rating for each rated speed shall be selected from 10.32.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 5
10.33.2 Constant Torque

The horsepower rating for the highest rated speed shall be selected from 10.32. The horsepower rating
for each lower speed shall be determined by multiplying the horsepower rating at the highest speed by
the ratio of the lower synchronous speed to the highest synchronous speed.
10.33.3 Variable Torque
The horsepower rating for the highest rated speed shall be selected from 10.32. The horsepower rating
for each lower speed shall be determined by multiplying the horsepower rating at the highest speed by
the square of the ratio of the synchronous speed to the highest synchronous speed.
10.34
BASIS OF HORSEPOWER RATING
10.34.1 Basis of Rating

The horsepower rating of a small or medium single-phase induction motor is based upon breakdown
torque (see 1.51). The value of breakdown torque to be expected by the user for any horsepower and
speed shall fall within the range given in Tables 10-5 and 10-6.
10.34.2 Temperature
The breakdown torque which determines the horsepower rating is that obtained in a test when the
temperature of the winding and other parts of the machine are at approximately 25C at the start of the
test.
10.34.3 Minimum Breakdown Torque
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The minimum value of breakdown torque obtained in the manufacture of any design will determine the
rating of that design. Tolerances in manufacturing will result in individual motors having breakdown torque
from 100 percent to approximately 115 percent (125 percent for motors rated millihorsepower and for all
shaded-pole motors) of the value on which the rating is based, but this excess torque shall not be relied
upon by the user in applying the motor to its load.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 6
Section II
Table 10-5*
BREAKDOWN TORQUE FOR INDUCTION MOTORS, EXCEPT SHADED-POLE AND PERMANENT-SPLIT
CAPACITOR MOTORS
60
3600
50
3000
60
1800
50
1500
60
1200
50
1000
60
900
50
750
3450**
2850**
1725**
1425**
1140**
950**
850**
...
0.35-0.55
0.42-0.66
0.7-1.1
0.85-1.3
1.1-1.65
...
...
...
0.55-0.7
0.66-0.85
1.1-1.45
1.3-1.75
1.65-2.2
...
...
...
1.5
0.7-1.1
0.85-1.3
1.45-2.2
1.75-2.6
2.2-3.3
...
...
...
1.1-1.8
1.3-2.2
2.2-3.6
2.6-4.3
3.3-5.4
...
...
...
1.8-2.7
2.2-3.2
3.6-5.4
4.3-6.6
5.4-8.1
...
...
...
2.7-3.6
3.2-4.3
5.4-7.2
6.6-8.6
8.1-11
...
...
...
7.5
Hp
Millihp
3.6-5.5
4.3-6.6
7.2-11
8.6-13
11-17
...
...
...
10
5.5-9.5
6.6-11.4
11-19
13-23
17-29
...
...
...
15
9.5-15
11.4-18
19-30
23-36
29-46
...
...
...
25
15-24
18-28.8
30-48
36-57.6
46-72
...
...
...
35
2.0-3.7
3.7-6.0
6.0-8.7
8.7-11.5
11.5-16.5
16.5-21.5
21.5-31.5
31.5-44.0
44.0-58.0
2.4-4.4
4.4-7.2
7.2-10.5
10.5-13.8
13.8-19.8
19.8-25.8
25.8-37.8
37.8-53.0
53.0-69.5
4.0-7.1
7.1-11.5
11.5-16.5
16.5-21.5
21.5-31.5
31.5-40.5
40.5-58.0
58.0-82.5
5.16-6.8
4.8-8.5
8.5-13.8
13.8-19.8
19.8-25.8
25.8-37.8
37.8-48.5
48.5-69.5
69.5-99.0
6.19-8.2
6.0-10.4
10.4-16.5
16.5-24.1
24.1-31.5
31.5-44.0
44.0-58.0
58.0-82.5
5.16-6.9
6.9-9.2
7.2-12.4
12.4-19.8
19.8-28.9
28.9-37.8
37.8-53.0
53.0-69.5
69.5-99.0
8.0-13.5
13.5-21.5
21.5-31.5
31.5-40.5
40.5-58.0
58.0-77.0
...
...
...
...
...
...
Hp
1/20
1/12
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
3.6-4.6
4.6-6.0
6.0-8.6
8.6-13.5
13.5-20.0
20.0-27.0
4.3-5.5
5.5-7.2
7.2-10.2
10.2-16.2
16.2-24.0
24.0--32.4
6.8-10.1
10.1-13.0
13.0-19.0
19.0-30.0
30.0-45.0
45.0-60.0
8.2-12.1
12.1-15.6
15.6-22.8
22.8-36.0
36.0-54.0
54.0-72.0
9.2-13.8
13.8-18.0
18.0-25.8
25.8-40.5
40.5-60.0
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
Frequencies, Hertz
Synchronous
Speeds, Rpm
Small Motors,
Nominal Speeds,
Rpm
The figures at the left
are for motors rated
less than 1/20
horsepower.
Breakdown torques in
oz-in.
The figures at left are

for small motors.
oz-ft.

for medium motors.
lb-ft.
*The breakdown torque range includes the higher figure down to, but not including, the lower figure.
**These approximate full-load speeds apply only for small motor ratings.
The horsepower ratings of motors designed to operate on two or more frequencies shall be determined by the torque at the highest rated
frequency.
These are ratings for which no torque values have been established.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 7
Table 10-6*
BREAKDOWN TORQUE FOR SHADED-POLE AND PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORS FOR FAN
AND PUMP APPLICATIONS
(For permanent-split capacitor hermetic motors, see 18.7)
60
50
60
50
60
1800
1500
1200
1000
900
* See 10.32.1 and 10.32.2.
Hp
Millihp
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0.89-1.1
1.1-1.3
1.3-1.6
1.6-1.9
1.7-2.1
1.1-1.4
1.3-1.7
1.6-2.1
1.9-2.5
2.1-2.7
1.25
1.4-1.7
1.7-2.0
2.1-2.5
2.5-3.0
2.7-3.3
1.5
1.7-2.1
2.0-2.5
2.5-3.1
3.0-3.7
3.3-4.1
2.1-2.6
2.5-3.1
3.1-3.8
3.7-4.6
4.1-5.0
2.5
2.6-3.2
3.1-3.8
3.8-4.7
4.6-5.7
5.0-6.2
3.2-4.0
3.8-4.8
4.7-5.9
5.7-7.1
6.2-7.8
4.0-4.9
4.8-5.8
5.9-7.2
7.1-8.7
7.8-9.5
4.9-6.2
5.8-7.4
7.2-9.2
8.7-11.0
9.5-12.0
6.2-7.7
7.4-9.2
9.2-11.4
11.0-13.6
12.0-14.9
7.7-9.6
9.2-11.4
11.4-14.2
13.6-17.0
14.9-18.6
10
9.6-12.3
11.4-14.7
14.2-18.2
17.0-21.8
18.6-23.8
12.5
12.3-15.3
14.7-18.2
18.2-22.6
21.8-27.1
23.8-29.6
16
15.3-19.1
18.2-22.8
22.6-28.2
27.1-33.8
29.6-37.0
20
19.1-23.9
22.8-28.5
28.2-35.3
33.8-42.3
37.0-46.3
25
23.9-30.4
28.5-36.3
35.3-44.9
42.3-53.9
46.3-58.9
30
30.4-38.2
36.3-45.6
44.9-56.4
53.9-68.4
58.9-74.4
40
3.20-4.13
3.8-4.92
4.70-6.09
5.70-7.31
6.20-8.00
1/20
4.13-5.23
4.92-6.23
6.09-7.72
7.31-9.26
8.00-10.1
1/15
5.23-6.39
6.23-7.61
7.72-9.42
9.26-11.3
10.1-12.4
1/12
6.39-8.00
7.61-9.54
9.42-11.8
11.3-14.2
12.4-15.5
1/10
8.00-10.4
9.54-12.4
11.8-15.3
14.2-18.4
15.5-20.1
1/8
10.4-12.7
12.4-15.1
15.3-18.8
18.4-22.5
20.1-24.6
1/6
12.7-16.0
15.1-19.1
18.8-23.6
22.5-28.3
24.6-31.0
1/5
16.0-21.0
19.1-25.4
23.6-31.5
28.3-37.6
31.0-41.0
1/4
21.0-31.5
25.4-37.7
31.5-47.0
37.6-56.5
41.0-61.0
1/3
31.5-47.5
37.7-57.3
47.0-70.8
56.5-84.8
3.81-5.81
1/2
47.5-63.5
57.3-76.5
4.42-5.88
5.30-7.06
5.81-7.62
3/4
3.97-5.94
4.78-7.06
5.88-8.88
7.06-10.6
7.62-11.6
5.94-7.88
7.06-9.56
8.88-11.8
10.6-14.1
11.6-15.2
1-1/2
Frequencies, Hertz
Synchronous Speeds,
Rpm
Small Motors,
Approximate Full-Load
Speeds, Rpm

breakdown torques in oz-in.
Hp

breakdown torques in oz-ft.

breakdown torques in lb-ft.
*The breakdown torque range includes the higher figure down to, but not including, the lower figure.
The horsepower rating of motors designed to operate on two or more frequencies shall be determined by the torque at the highest
rated frequency.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 8
10.35
Section II
SECONDARY DATA FOR WOUND-ROTOR MOTORS
Hp
1
Secondary Volts*
90
Maximum
Secondary
Amperes
6
Hp
25
Maximum
Secondary
Amperes
60
Secondary Volts*
220
110
7.3
30
240
65
120
8.4
40
315
60
145
10
50
350
67
140
19
60
375
74
165
23
75
385
90
10
195
26.5
100
360
130
15
240
32.5
125
385
150
20
265
38
150
380
185
*Tolerance - plus or minus 10 percent.
10.36
TIME RATINGS FOR SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS
The time ratings for single-phase and polyphase induction motors shall be 5, 15, 30 and 60 minutes and
continuous.
All short-time ratings are based upon a corresponding short-time load test which shall commence only
when the winding and other parts of the machine are within 5C of the ambient temperature at the time of
the starting of the test.
10.37
CODE LETTERS (FOR LOCKED-ROTOR KVA)
10.37.1 Nameplate Marking

When the nameplate of an alternating-current motor is marked to show the locked-rotor kVA per
horsepower, it shall be marked with the caption Code followed by a letter selected from the table in
10.37.2.
10.37.2 Letter Designation
The letter designations for locked-rotor kVA per horsepower as measured at full voltage and rated
frequency are as follows:
kVA per Horsepower*
0.00-3.15
Letter Designation
K
kVA per Horsepower*

8.0-9.0
3.15-3.55
9.0-10.0
3.55-4.0
10.0-11.2
4.0-4.5
11.2-12.5
4.5-5.0
12.5-14.0
5.0-5.6
14.0-16.0
5.6-6.3
16.0-18.0
6.3-7.1
18.0-20.0
7.1-8.0
20.0-22.4
22.4-and up
*Locked kVA per horsepower range includes the lower figure up to, but not including, the higher figure. For example, 3.14 is
designated by letter A and 3.15 by letter B.
10.37.3 Multispeed Motors

Multispeed motors shall be marked with the code letter designating the locked-rotor kVA per horsepower
for the highest speed at which the motor can be started, except constant-horsepower motors which shall
be marked with the code letter for the speed giving the highest locked-rotor kVA per horsepower.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Letter Designation
A
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 9
10.37.4 Single-Speed Motors

Single-speed motors starting on Y connection and running on delta connection shall be marked with a
code letter corresponding to the locked-rotor kVA per horsepower for the Y connection.
10.37.5 Broad- or Dual-Voltage Motors
Broad- or dual-voltage motors which have a different locked-rotor kVA per horsepower on the different
voltages shall be marked with the code letter for the voltage giving the highest locked-rotor kVA per
horsepower.
10.37.6 Dual-Frequency Motors
Motors with 60- and 50-hertz ratings shall be marked with a code letter designating the locked-rotor kVA
per horsepower on 60-hertz.
10.37.7 Part-Winding-Start Motors
Part-winding-start motors shall be marked with a code letter designating the locked-rotor kVA per
horsepower that is based upon the locked-rotor current for the full winding of the motor.
10.38
NAMEPLATE TEMPERATURE RATINGS FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT SMALL AND

UNIVERSAL MOTORS
Alternating-current motors shall be rated on the basis of a maximum ambient temperature and the
insulation system class.
The rated value of the maximum ambient temperature shall be 40C unless otherwise specified, and the
insulation system shall be Class A, B, F, or H. All such ratings are based upon a rated load test with
temperature rise values (measured by either method when two methods are listed) not exceeding those
shown for the designated class of insulation system in the appropriate temperature rise table in 12.43.
Ratings of alternating-current motors for any other value of maximum ambient temperature shall be
based on temperature rise values as calculated in accordance with 12.42.3.
10.39
NAMEPLATE
MOTORS1
MARKING
FOR
ALTERNATING-CURRENT
SMALL
AND
UNIVERSAL
The following information shall be given on all nameplates. For motors with dual ratings, see 10.39.5. For
abbreviations, see 1.79. For some examples of additional information that may be included on the
nameplate see 1.70.2.
10.39.1 Alternating-Current Single-Phase and Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Motors, Except Those
Included in 10.39.2, 10.39.3, and 10.39.4
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Manufacturers type and frame designation

Horsepower output
Time rating
Maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed (see Note 1 of 12.43.1)
Insulation system designation. (If stator and rotor use different classes of insulation systems, both
insulation system designations shall be given on the nameplate, that for stator being given first.)
f. Rpm at full load2
g. Frequency
h. Number of phases
i. Voltage
j. Full-load amperes
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When air flow is required over the motor from the driven equipment in order to have the motor conform to temperature rise
standards, air over shall appear on the nameplate. When the heat dissipating characteristics of the driven equipment, other than
air flow, are required in order to have the motor conform to temperature rise standards, auxiliary cooling shall appear on the
nameplate.
2
This speed is the approximate rpm at rated load (see 10.32.1 and 10.32.2).


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 10
k.
l.
Section II
Locked-rotor amperes or code letter for locked-rotor kVA per horsepower for motors 1/2
horsepower or larger (see 10.37)
For motors equipped with thermal protection, the words thermally protected and, for motors rated
more than 1 horsepower, a type number (see 12.58) (For their own convenience, motor
manufacturers shall be permitted to use letters, but not numbers, preceding or following the words
thermally protected for other identification purposes.)
10.39.2 Motors Rated Less Than 1/20 Horsepower

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Power output
Full-load speed1
Voltage rating
Frequency
Number of phases-polyphase only (this shall be permitted to be designated by a number showing
the number of phases following the frequency).
g. The words thermally protected for motors equipped with a thermal protector2 (see 1.72 and 1.73)
(For their own convenience, motor manufacturers shall be permitted to use letters, but not
numbers, preceding or following the words thermally protected for other identification purposes.)
Thermally-protected motors rated 100 watts or less and complying with 430-32(c)(2) of the
National Electrical Code, shall be permitted to use the abbreviated making, T.P.
h. The words impedance protected for motors with sufficient impedance within the motors so that
they are protected from the dangerous overheating due to overload or failure to start. Impedanceprotected motors rated 100 watts or less and complying with 430-32(c)(4) of the National
Electrical Code, shall be permitted to use the abbreviated marking, Z.P.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

Horsepower output
Time rating
Rpm at full load
Voltage
Full-load amperes (on 60-hertz)
Frequency (60/dc is recommended form)
10.39.4 Motors Intended for Assembly in a Device Having its Own Markings
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. Voltage rating
b. Frequency
c. Number of phases-polyphase only (this shall be permitted to be designated by a number showing
the number of phases following the frequency)
10.39.5 Motors for Dual Voltage
a. Broad Voltage (no reconnection of motor leads)
1.
Use dash between voltages (i.e., 200-300)
b. Dual Voltage (reconnection of motor leads)
1.
Use slash between voltages (i.e., 230/460)
2.
Use slash between amperes (i.e., 4.6/2.3)
c. Dual Frequency and Single voltage
1.
Use ampersand (&) between values for each frequency
a)
Hz (i.e., 60&50)
b)
Volt (i.e., 115&110)
c)
Rpm (i.e., 1725&1450)
d)
Amp (i.e., 5.0&6.0)
1
2
This speed is the approximate rpm at rated load (see 10.32.1 and 10.32.2).
This shall be permitted to be shown on a separate plate or decalcomania.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 11
NOTEIf spacing in standard location on nameplate is not adequate, the values of alternative frequency and
associated volts, rpm and amps shall be permitted to be specified at a different location on the nameplate.
d. Dual Frequency and Dual Voltage

1. Use slash between voltages for one frequency and ampersand (&) between values for
each frequency.
a)
Hz
(i.e., 60&50)
b)
Volt
(i.e., 115/230&110/220)
c)
Rpm (i.e., 1725&1450)
d)
Amp
(i.e., 5.0/2.5&6.0/3.0)
NOTEIf spacing in standard location on nameplate is not adequate, the values of alternative frequency and
associated volts, rpm, and amps shall be permitted to be specified at a different location on the nameplate.
e. Dual Pole-Changing, Single Frequency and Single Voltage

1. Use slash between values of hp, rpm, and amps
a)
Hp (i.e., 1/4/1/12)
b)
Rpm (i.e., 1725/1140)
c)
Amp (i.e., 4.2/2.6)
NOTEHorsepowers shall be permitted to be designated in decimals rather than fractions for clarity.
f.
Single-Phase-Tapped Winding
Use marking for high speed connection only with designation for number of speeds following high
speed rpm value and separated by a slash.
Rpm (i.e., 1725/5SPD)
10.40 NAMEPLATE MARKING FOR MEDIUM SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE INDUCTION

MOTORS
The following information shall be given on all nameplates of single-phase and polyphase induction
motors. For motors with broad range or dual voltage, see 10.39.5. For abbreviations, see 1.79. For some
examples of additional information that may be included on the nameplate, see 1.70.2.
10.40.1 Medium Single-Phase and Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Motors1
Horsepower output
Time rating (see 10.36)
Maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed (see Note 1 of 12.43)2
Insulation system designation. (If stator or rotor use different classes of insulation systems, both
insulation system designations shall be given on the nameplate, that for the stator being given
first.)2
f. Rpm at rated load
g. Frequency3
h. Number of phases
I. Rated-load amperes
j. Voltage
k. Locked-rotor amperes or code letter for locked-rotor kVA per horsepower for motors 1/2
horsepower or greater (see 10.37)
l. Design letter for medium motors (see 1.19 and 1.20)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
When air flow is required over the motor from the driven equipment in order to have the motor conform to temperature rise
standards, air over shall appear on the nameplate. When the heat dissipating characteristics of the driven equipment, other than
air flow, are required in order to have the motor conform to temperature rise standards, auxiliary cooling shall appear on the
nameplate.
2
As an alternative to items d and e, the temperature rise by resistance as shown in 12.43 shall be permitted to be given.
3
If two frequencies are stamped on the nameplate, the data covered by items b, c, d, f, i, j, and m, if different, shall be given for both
frequencies.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 12
Section II
m.
n.
o.
p.
NEMA nominal efficiency when required by 12.58

Service factor
Service factor amperes when service factor exceeds 1.15
For motors equipped with thermal protectors, the words thermally protected if the motor provides
all the protection described in 12.57 (see 1.72 and 1.73)1
q. For motors rated above 1 horsepower equipped with over-temperature devices or systems, the
words OVER TEMP PROT- followed by a type number as described in 12.57
10.40.2 Polyphase Wound-Rotor Motors

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Horsepower output
Maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed (see Note 1 of 12.43)2
Insulation system designation. (If stator or rotor use different classes of insulation systems, both
first.)2
f. Rpm at rated load
g. Frequency2
h. Number of phases
I. Rated-load amperes
j. Voltage
k. Secondary amperes at full load
l. Secondary voltage
This shall be permitted to be shown on a separate plate or decalcomania.

If two frequencies are stamped on the nameplate, the data covered by items b, c, d, f, i, and j, if different, shall be given for both
frequencies.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
RATINGSDC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 13
Section II
Part 10
RATINGSDC SMALL AND MEDIUM MACHINES
10.0
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 10 of Section II cover direct-current motors built in frames with continuous
dripproof ratings, or equivalent capacities, up to and including 1.25 horsepower per rpm, open type.
10.60
BASIS OF RATING
10.60.1 Small Motors

The basis of rating for a direct-current small motor shall be a rated form factor.
If the direct-current is low ripple, the form factor is 1.0. As the ripple increases, the form factor increases.
A small motor is not intended to be used on a power supply that produces a form factor at the rated load
in conjunction with the motor greater than the rated form factor of the motor.
10.60.2 Medium Motors
While direct-current medium motors may be used on various types of power supplies, the basis for
demonstrating conformance of the motor with these standards shall be a test using a power supply
described in 12.66.2. The power supply identification shall be indicated on the nameplate as an essential
part of the motor rating in accordance with 10.66.
It may not be practical to conduct tests on motors intended for use on power supplies other than those
specified in 12.66.2. In such cases, the performance characteristics of a motor may be demonstrated by a
test using the particular power supply or by a combination of tests on an available power supply and the
calculation of the predicted performance of the motor from the test data.
10.61
POWER SUPPLY IDENTIFICATION FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MEDIUM MOTORS
10.61.1 Supplies Designated by a Single Letter

When the test power supply used as the basis of rating for a direct-current medium motor is one of those
described in 12.66.2, a single letter shall be used to identify the test power supply.
10.61.2 Other Supply Types
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When a direct-current medium motor is intended to be used on a power supply other than those
described in 12.66.2, it shall be identified as follows:
M/N F-V-H-L
Where:
M = a digit indicating total pulses per cycle
N = a digit indicating controlled pulses per cycle
F = free wheeling (this letter appears only if free wheeling is used)
V = three digits indicating nominal line-to-line alternating-current voltage to the rectifier
H = two digits indicating input frequency in hertz
L = one, two, or three digits indicating the series inductance in millihenries (may be zero) to be
added externally to the motor armature circuit
If the input frequency is 60 hertz and no series inductance is added externally to the motor armature
circuit, these quantities need not be indicated and shall be permitted to be omitted from the identification


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 14
Section II
of the power supply. However, if one of these quantities is indicated, then both of them shall appear to
avoid confusion.
EXAMPLE: 6/3 F-380-50-12 defines a power supply having six total pulses per cycle, three controlled
pulses per cycle, with free wheeling, with 380 volts alternating-current input at 50 hertz input, and 12
millihenries of externally added series inductance to the motor armature circuit inductance.
10.62
HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS
10.62.1 Direct-Current Small Motors

10.62.1.1 Operational From Low Ripple (1.0 Form Factor) Power Supplies
The horsepower and speed ratings for direct-current small constant speed motors rated 115 and 230
volts shall be:
Hp
1/20
1/12
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
Approximate Full Load, Rpm

2500
1725
2500
1725
2500
1725
2500
1725
2500
1725
2500
1725
2500
1725
2500
1725
2500
...
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
1140
...
...
10.62.1.2 Operation From Rectifier Power Supplies

The horsepower, speed, voltage, and form factor ratings of direct-current small motors intended for use
on adjustable-voltage rectifier power supplies shall be as shown in Table 10-7.
Table 10-7
MOTOR RATINGS FOR OPERATION FROM RECTIFIED POWER SUPPLIES
1/20
1/15
1/12
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
Rated Voltages, Average Direct-Current

Values
Approximate Rated-Load Speed, Rpm*
Armature Voltages
Field Voltages
Single-Phase Primary Power Source
3450
2500
1725
1140
3450
2500
1725
1140
3450
2500
1725
1140
3450
2500
1725
1140
75 volts
50 or 100 volts
3450
2500
1725
1140
90 volts
50 or 100 volts
3450
2500
1725
1140
150 volts
100 volts
3450
2500
1725
1140
3450
2500
1725
1140
3450
2500
1725
...
90 volts
50 or 100 volts
3450
2500
...
...
180 volts
100 or 200 volts
1/4
3450
Hp
Rated Form Factor
See Notes 1 and 2
Three-Phase Primary Power Source

2500
1725
1140
1/3
3450
2500
1725
1140
1/2
3450
2500
1725
1140
240 volts
100, 150, 240 volts
See Notes 1 and 2
3/4
3450
2500
1725
...
1
3450
2500
...
...
NOTES
1The rated form factor of a direct-current motor is the armature current form factor at rated load and rated speed and is an
essential part of the motor rating.
2The rated form factor of a direct-current motor is determined by the motor manufacturer; see 14.60. Recommended rated form
factors are given in Table 14-2 of 14.60.
*Motors rated 1/20 to 1 horsepower, inclusive, are not suitable for speed control by field weakening.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 15
10.62.2 Industrial Direct-Current Motors

The horsepower, voltage, and base speeds for industrial direct-current motors shall be in accordance
with Tables 10-8, 10-9 and 10-10. The speed obtained by field control of straight shunt-wound or
stabilized shunt-wound industrial direct-current motors shall be as shown in the tables.
Table 10-8
HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS FOR INDUSTRIAL DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS180
VOLTS ARMATURE VOLTAGE RATING*, POWER SUPPLY K
3500
2500
Base Speed, Rpm

1750
...
1150
850
Field Voltage,
Volts
Hp
1/2*
...
...
Speed by Field Control, Rpm

...
3/4*
...
...
...
1380
940
1*
...
...
2050
1380
940
3850
2750
2050
1380
940
3850
2750
2050
1380
940
3850
2750
2050
1380
940
3850
2750
2050
1380
940
3850
2750
2050
1380
940
940
50, 100, or 200
100 or 200
*For these ratings, the armature voltage rating shall be 90 or 180 volts.
10.63
NAMEPLATE TIME RATING
Direct-current motors shall have a continuous rating unless otherwise specified. When a short-time rating
is used, it shall be for 5, 15, 30, or 60 minutes. All short-time ratings are based upon a corresponding
short-time load test which shall commence only when the windings and other parts of the machine are
within 5C of the ambient temperature at the time of starting the test.
10.64
TIME RATING FOR INTERMITTENT, PERIODIC, AND VARYING DUTY
For application on intermittent, periodic, or varying duty, the time rating shall be continuous or short- time,
based on the thermal effects being as close as possible to those which will be encountered in actual
service.
10.65
NAMEPLATE MAXIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND INSULATION SYSTEM CLASS
Direct-current motors shall be rated on the basis of a maximum ambient temperature and the insulation
system class.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The rated value of the maximum ambient temperature shall be 40C unless otherwise specified, and the
insulation system shall be Class A, B, F, or H. All such ratings are based upon a load test with
temperature rise values (measured by either method when two methods are listed) not exceeding those
shown for the designated class of insulation system in the appropriate temperature rise table in 12.67.
Ratings of direct-current motors for any other value of maximum ambient temperature shall be based on
temperature rise values as calculated in accordance with 12.67.4.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 16
Section II
Table 10-9
HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS FOR INDUSTRIAL DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS240
VOLTS ARMATURE VOLTAGE RATING, POWER SUPPLY A, C, D, OR E
2500
1750
...
...
...
Base Speed, Rpm

1150
850
650
...
1700
...
500
400
300
...
...
...
Field Voltage Volts
3/4
...
...
...
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
...
...
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
1-1/2
3850
3000
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
3850
3000
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
3850
3000
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
3850
3000
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
7-1/2
...
3000
2300
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
10
...
3000
2300
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
15
...
3000
2300
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
20
...
3000
2300
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
25
...
3000
2300
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
30
...
3000
2300
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
40
...
3000
2100
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
50
...
...
2100
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
60
...
...
2100
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
75
...
...
2100
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
100
...
...
2000
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
125
...
...
2000
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
150
...
...
2000
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1100
200
...
...
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1200
1100
250
...
...
1900
1700
1600
...
...
...
...
100, 150, or 240


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Hp
1/2
3500
150 or 240
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 17
Table 10-10
HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS FOR INDUSTRIAL DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS - 500
OR 550* VOLTS ARMATURE VOLTAGE RATING, POWER SUPPLY A, C, OR D
2500
1750
1150
Base Speed, Rpm

850
650
500
400
300
Field Voltage Volts
Hp
7-1/2
2000

1700
...
...
...
3000
2300
10
3000
2300
...
2000
1700
...
...
...
15
3000
...
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
20
...
3000
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
25
3000
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
30
3000
2300
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
40
3000
2100
2000
1700
...
...
...
...
50
...
2100
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
60
...
2100
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
75
...
2100
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
100
...
2000
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
125
...
2000
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1200
150
...
2000
2000
1700
1600
1500
1200
1100
200
...
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1200
1100
250
...
1900
1700
1600
1600
1400
1200
1100
300
...
1900
1600
1500
1500
1300
1200
1000
400
...
1900
1500
1500
1400
1300
1200
...
500
...
1900
1500
1400
1400
1250
1100
...
600
...
...
1500
1300
1300
1200
...
...
700
...
...
1300
1300
1250
...
...
...
800
...
...
1250
1250
1200
...
...
...
900
...
...
1250
1200
...
...
...
...
1000
...
...
1250
1200
...
...
...
...
240 or 300
*550 Volts is an alternate voltage rating.
10.66
NAMEPLATE MARKING
The following minimum amount of information shall be given on all nameplates. For abbreviations, see
1.79. For some examples of additional information that may be included on the nameplate see 1.70.2.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Manufacturers type designation

Power output (millihorsepower - mhp)
Full-load speed (see 10.62.1)
Voltage rating
The words thermally protected1 for motors equipped with a thermal protector. (See 1.72 and
1.73.)
(For their own convenience, motor manufacturers shall be permitted to use letters, but not
numbers, preceding or following the words thermally protected for other identification purposes.)
These words shall be permitted to be shown on a separate plate or decalcomania.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
10.66.1 Small Motors Rated 1/20 Horsepower and Less
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 18
f.
Section II
The words impedance protected" for motors with sufficient impedance within the motors so that
they are protected from dangerous overheating due to overload or failure to start.1
10.66.2 Small Motors Except Those Rated 1/20 Horsepower and Less
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Horsepower output at rated speed
Time rating at rated speed
Maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed2
Insulation system designation (if field and armature use different classes of insulation systems,
both insulation system designations shall be given on the nameplate, that for the field being given
first.)
f. Speed in rpm
g. Rated armature voltage3
h. Rated field voltage (PM for permanent magnet motors)4, 5
I. Armature rated-load amperes at rated speed4
j. Rated form factor when operated from rectifier power supply (see Table 10-7, Notes 1 and 2)
k. The words thermally protected for motors equipped with a thermal protector (see 1.72 and 1.73)

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

Horsepower or kW output at base speed
Time rating at rated speed
Maximum safe rpm for all series-wound motors and for those compound-wound motors whose
variation in speed from rated load to no-load exceeds 35 percent with the windings at the
constant temperature attained when operating at its rating
Maximum ambient temperature for which the motor is designed2
Insulation system designation (If field and armature use different classes of insulation systems,
both insulation systems shall be given, that for the field being given first.)2
Base speed at rated load
Rated armature voltage3
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
These words shall be permitted to be shown in a separate plate or decalcomania.

As an alternative, these items shall be permitted to be replaced by a single item reading Rated temperature rise.
3
These are average direct-current quantities.
4
As an alternative, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following:
a. Field resistance in ohms at 25C
b. Rated field current in amperes
5
For separately excited, series-parallel, dual voltage windings, the two values of rated voltage shall both be shown. If a single value
of current and resistance is shown, the data applies to the high voltage connection. If values of current and resistance for each
voltage is shown, the voltage connection for which this data applies shall be indicated as well. A slash is permitted to indicate dual
voltage and currents and they may be respectively high volt/low volt, high current/low current.
2


Section II
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 19
Rated field voltage (not applicable for permanent magnet motors1, 2, 3

Armature rated-load current in amperes at base speed1
Power supply identification in accordance with 10.61
Winding - straight shunt, stabilized shunt, compound, series, or permanent magnet
Direct-current or dc
(Optional) Enclosure or IP code (see Part 5)
(Optional) Manufacturers name, mark, or logo
(Optional) Manufacturers plant location
(Optional) Serial number or date of manufacture
(Optional) Model number or catalog number
These are average direct-current quantities

As an alternative, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following:
a. Field resistance in ohms at 25C
b. Rated field current in amperes. A single value of field current corresponds to the base speed. Two values correspond to the
base speed and the highest speed obtained by field control.
3
For separately excited, series-parallel, dual voltage windings, the two values of rated voltage shall both be shown. If a single value
of current and resistance is shown, the data applies to the high voltage connection. If values of current and resistance for each
voltage is shown, the voltage connection for which this data applies shall be indicated as well. A slash is permitted to indicate dual
voltage and currents and they may be respectively high volt/low volt, high current/low current.
2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 10, Page 20
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 12


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
TESTS AND PERFORMANCEAC AND DC MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 1
Section II
Part 12
12.0
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 12 of Section II cover the following machines:

a. Alternating-Current Motors: Alternating-current motors up to and including the ratings built in frames
corresponding to the continuous open-type ratings given in the table below.
Power Factor
3600
Motors
SquirrelCage and
Wound
Rotor, Hp
500
Unity
500
0.8
400
1800
500
500
400
1200
350
350
300
900
250
250
200
720
200
200
150
600
150
150
125
514
125
125
100
Synchronous
Speed
b. Direct-Current Motors: Direct-current motors built in frames with continuous dripproof ratings, or
equivalent capacities, up to and including 1.25 horsepower per rpm, open type.
12.2
HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTSAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND TEST PROCEDURE
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
See 3.1.
12.3
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST VOLTAGES FOR UNIVERSAL, INDUCTION, AND DIRECTCURRENT MOTORS
The high-potential test voltage specified in the following table shall be applied to the windings of each
new machine in accordance with the test procedures specified in 3.1.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 2
Section II
Category
a. Universal Motors (rated for operation on circuits not
exceeding 250 volts)
1. Motors rated greater than 1/2 horsepower and all motors for
portable tools........................................................................
2. All other motors*....................................................................
Effective Test Voltage
1000 volts + 2 times the rated voltage of the motor, but in no

case less than 1500 volts
1500 volts
b. Induction and Nonexcited Synchronous Motors

1. Motors rated greater than 1/2 horsepower
a) Stator windings ..............................................................
b) For secondary windings of wound rotors of induction
motors ...........................................................................
c. For secondary windings of wound rotors of reversing

motors ...............................................................................

1000 volts + 2 times the maximum voltage induced between
collector rings on open circuit at standstill (or running if under
this condition the voltage is greater) with rated primary voltage
applied to the stator terminals, but in no case less than 1500
volts
1000 volts + 4 times the maximum voltage induced between
collector rings on open circuit at standstill with rated primary
voltage applied to the stator terminals, but in no case less than
1500 volts
2. Motors rated 1/2 horsepower and less

a. Rated 250 volts or less ......................................................
1500 volts
b. Rated above 250 volts ......................................................

c. Direct-Current Motors
1. Motors rated greater than 1/2 horsepower
a) Armature or field windings for use on adjustable-voltage
electronic power supply .....................................................
b) All other armature or field windings ..................................
1000 volts + 2 times the ac line-to-line voltage of the power

supply selected for the basis of rating, but in no case less than
1500 volts
1000 volts + 2 times the rated voltage** of the motor, but in no
2. Motors rated 1/2 horsepower and less

a) 240 volts or less ................................................................
1500 volts
b) Rated above 240 volts .......................................................
See C.1.a and C.1.b above (Direct-Current Motors)
*Complete motors 1/2 horsepower and less shall be in the all other category unless marked to indicate that they are motors for
portable tools.
**Where the voltage rating of a separately excited field of a direct-current motor or generator is not stated, it shall be assumed to be
1.5 times the field resistance in ohms at 25C times the rated field current.
NOTES
1Certain applications may require a high-potential test voltage higher than those specified.
2The normal production high-potential test voltage may be 1.2 times the specified 1-minute high-potential test-voltage, applied for
1 second. (See 3.1.6.)
3To avoid excessive stressing of the insulation, repeated application of the high-potential test-voltage is not recommended.
Immediately after manufacture, when equipment is installed or assembled with other apparatus and a high-potential test of the entire
assembly is required, it is recommended that the test voltage not exceed 80 percent of the original test voltage or, when in an
assembled group, not exceed 80 percent of the lowest test voltage of that group. (See 3.1.11.)
12.4
PRODUCTION HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTING OF SMALL MOTORS
Dielectric failure in high-potential production testing of small motors shall be indicated by a measurement
of insulation resistance less than 1 megohm when tested in accordance with 12.2 and 12.3.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
12.4.1
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 3
Dielectric Test Equipment
The dielectric test equipment should indicate a failure by visual or audible means, or both. The test
equipment should preferably be designed to limit the level of applied current to a nondestructive value at
the high-potential voltage.
12.4.2
Evaluation of Insulation Systems by a Dielectric Test
The definition of dielectric failure per ASTM D149 is based upon observation of actual rupture of
insulation as positive evidence of voltage breakdown. In small motors, a suitable evaluation of insulation
quality in production testing may be made without complete rupture of the insulation to ground. As a
quality control procedure during manufacture, measurement of the insulation resistance may be taken as
a true evaluation of the effectiveness of the insulation system.
12.5
REPETITIVE SURGE TEST FOR SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
Many manufacturers use a repetitive test as a quality control test for the components of motors; for
example, stators and rotors. When a large number of motors of a single design are to be tested, a
repetitive surge test is a quick and economical test to make to detect the following faults:
a. Grounded windings
b. Short circuits between turns
c. Short circuits between windings
d. Incorrect connections
e. Incorrect number of turns
f. Misplaced conductors or insulation
The repetitive surge test compares an unknown winding with a known winding or a winding assumed to
be satisfactory. This is accomplished by superimposing on an oscilloscope the traces of the surge voltage
at the terminals of the windings. Major faults are easily detected but a skilled operator is required to
distinguish between minor faults; for example, a slipped slot cell and the harmless deviations in the traces
which occur when windings are produced by two or more operators who place the coils or form the end
turns in slightly different ways.
Unfortunately, the repetitive surge test has disadvantages which limit its general usage, such as the
necessity for elaborate preliminary tests before a surge test can be made on production units. For
example, voltage distribution through the winding should be investigated because resonant conditions
may exist which would cause abnormally high or low stresses at some point in the insulation system of
the motor component. Elaborate preliminary tests can seldom be justified when a small number of
components is involved because comparatively small changes in design may require additional
preliminary tests. When a repetitive surge test is made, the surge voltage level and other test conditions
should be based upon data obtained from laboratory tests made on the particular design (or designs) of
the motors involved.
When a rotor or stator has two or more identical windings, for example, a polyphase stator, each winding
may be tested against the other because it is unlikely that any two of the windings will have identical
faults. To make it practicable to surge test rotors or stators of similar motor designs one at a time, it is
essential that sufficient data be accumulated by the preliminary tests on several individual designs. When
a rotor or stator does not have two identical windings, for example, single-phase stators and directcurrent armatures, a minimum of two of the same component is required for the repetitive surge test. In
the event that a fault is disclosed by the test, a minimum of three units is required to determine which one
had the fault.
It should be noted that, except by undertaking extensive comparative breakdown tests, there is at present
no satisfactory way of determining the surge test voltage equivalent to a 60-hertz high-potential test.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 4
12.6
Section II
See Part 7.
12.7
BEARING LOSSESVERTICAL PUMP MOTORS
The added losses in horsepower in angular contact bearings used on vertical pump motors, due to added
load over that incurred by the motor rotor, should be calculated by the following formula:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Added losses in horsepower = 2.4 x 10-8 x added load in lbs. x revolutions per minute x pitch
diameter in inches of the balls in the ball bearing.


Section II
TESTS AND PERFORMANCEAC MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 5
Section II
PART 12
12.0
SCOPE
built in frames corresponding to the continuous open-type ratings given in the table below.
Power Factor
12.30
Synchronous
Speed
3600
Motors
SquirrelCage and
Wound
Rotor, Hp
500
Unity
500
0.8
400
Generators,
Synchronous
Revolving
Field Type,
kW at 0.8
Power Factor
400
1800
500
500
400
400
1200
350
350
300
300
900
250
250
200
200
720
200
200
150
150
600
150
150
125
125
514
120
125
100
100
TEST METHODS
Tests to determine performance characteristics shall be made in accordance with the following:
a. For single-phase motors-IEEE Std 114
b. For polyphase induction motors - IEEE Std 112
12.31
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
When performance characteristics are provided, they should be expressed as follows:

a. Current in amperes or percent of rated current
b. Torque in pound-feet, pound-inches, ounce-feet, ounce-inches, or percent of full-load torque
d. Output in horsepower or percent of synchronous speed
e. Efficiency in percent
f. Power factor in percent
g. Voltage in volts or percent of rated voltage
h. Input power in watts or kilowatts
NOTEIf SI units are used, they should be in accordance with ISO Publication No. R-1000.
12.32
TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS OF SINGLE-PHASE GENERAL-PURPOSE INDUCTION

MOTORS
12.32.1 Breakdown Torque

The breakdown torque of single-phase general-purpose small and medium induction motors shall be
within the torque range as given in Table 10-5, subject to tolerances in manufacturing and all other
conditions given in 10.34.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 6
Section II
12.32.2 Locked-Rotor Torque of Small Motors

The locked-rotor torque of single-phase general-purpose small motors, with rated voltage and frequency
applied, shall be not less than the following:
Minimum Locked-Rotor Torque, ounce-feet*
60-Hertz Synchronous Speed, Rpm
50-Hertz Synchronous Speed, Rpm
Hp
1/8
3600
...
1800
24
1200
32
3000
...
1500
29
1000
39
1/6
15
33
43
18
39
51
1/4
21
46
59
25
55
70
1/3
26
57
73
31
69
88
1/2
37
85
100
44
102
120
3/4
50
119
...
60
143
...
61
...
...
73
...
...
*On the high voltage connection of dual voltage motors, minimum locked-rotor torques up to
10% less than these values may be expected.
12.32.3 Locked-Rotor Torque of Medium Motors

The locked-rotor torque of single-phase general-purpose medium motors, with rated voltage and
frequency applied, shall be not less than the following:
Minimum Locked-Rotor Torque, pound-feet
Hp
3/4
3600
...
1800
...
1200
8.0
...
9.0
9.5
4.5
12.5
13.0
5.5
16.0
16.0
7.5
22.0
23.0
11.0
33.0
...
16.0
45.0
...
10
21.0
52.0
...
12.32.4 Pull-Up Torque of Medium Motors

The pull-up torque of single-phase general-purpose alternating-current medium motors, with rated
voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less than the rated load torque.
12.33
LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT OF SINGLE-PHASE SMALL MOTORS
The locked-rotor current of 60-hertz, single-phase motors shall not exceed the values given in the
following table:


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12.33.1 Design O and Design N Motors
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 7
2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-Pole, 60-Hertz Motors, Single Phase

Locked-Rotor Current, Amperes
115 Volts
230 Volts
Hp
1/6 and smaller
Design O
50
Design N
20
Design O
25
Design N
12
1/4
50
26
25
15
1/3
50
31
25
18
1/2
50
45
25
25
3/4
...
61
...
35
...
80
...
45
12.33.2 General-Purpose Motors

The locked-rotor currents of single-phase general-purpose motors shall not exceed the values for Design
N motors.
12.34
LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT OF SINGLE-PHASE MEDIUM MOTORS, DESIGNS L AND M
The locked-rotor current of single-phase, 60-hertz, Design L and M motors of all types, when measured
with rated voltage and frequency impressed and with the rotor locked, shall not exceed the following
values:
Design L
Design
Motors
M
Motors
Hp
1/2
12.35
115
Volts
45
230
Volts
25
230
Volts
...
3/4
61
35
...
80
45
...
...
50
40
...
65
50
...
90
70
...
135
100
...
200
150
10
...
260
200
LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT OF 3-PHASE SMALL AND MEDIUM SQUIRREL-CAGE

INDUCTION MOTORS
12.35.1 60-Hertz Design B, C, and D Motors at 230 Volts


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The locked-rotor current of single-speed, 3-phase, constant-speed induction motors rated at 230 volts,
when measured with rated voltage and frequency impressed and with rotor locked, shall not exceed the
values listed on the next page.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 8
Section II
MAXIMUM LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT FOR 60-Hz

DESIGN B, C, AND D MOTORS AT 230 VOLTS
Hp
1/2
Locked-Rotor
Current, Amperes*
20
3/4
25
B, D
30
B, C, D
1-1/2
40
B, C, D
50
B, C, D
64
B, C, D
92
B, C, D
7-1/2
127
B, C, D
10
162
B, C, D
15
232
B, C, D
20
290
B, C, D
25
365
B, C, D
30
435
B, C, D
40
580
B, C, D
50
725
B, C, D
60
870
B, C, D
75
1085
B, C, D
100
1450
B, C, D
125
1815
B, C, D
150
2170
B, C, D
200
2900
B, C
250
3650
300
4400
350
5100
400
5800
450
6500
500
7250
Design Letters
B, D
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
*The locked-rotor current of motors designed for voltages other than 230
volts shall be inversely proportional to the voltages.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 9
12.35.2 50-Hertz Design B, C, and D Motors at 380 Volts

The locked-rotor current of single-speed, 3-phase, constant-speed induction motors rated at 380 volts,
when measured with rated voltage and frequency impressed and with rotor locked, shall not exceed the
values shown in Table 12-1.
Table 12-1
MAXIMUM LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT FOR 50-Hz
DESIGN B, C, AND D MOTORS AT 380 VOLTS

Locked-Rotor
Current,
Hp
3/4 or less
1
1-1/2
2
Amperes*
20
20
27
34
Design Letters
B, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
43
61
84
107
154
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
20
25
30
40
50
194
243
289
387
482
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
60
75
100
125
150
578
722
965
1207
1441
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
B, C, D
200
250
300
350
400
1927
2534
3026
3542
4046
B, C
B
B
B
B
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
450
4539
B
500
5069
B
*The locked-rotor current of motors designed for voltages other
than 380 volts shall be inversely proportional to the voltages.
12.36
INSTANTANEOUS PEAK VALUE OF INRUSH CURRENT
The values in the previous tables are rms symmetrical values, i.e. average of the three phases. There will
be a one-half cycle instantaneous peak value which may range from 1.8 to 2.8 times the above values as
a function of the motor design and switching angle. This is based upon an ambient temperature of 25C.
12.37
TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS OF POLYPHASE SMALL MOTORS
The breakdown torque of a general-purpose polyphase squirrel-cage small motor, with rated voltage and
frequency applied, shall be not less than 140 percent of the breakdown torque of a single-phase generalpurpose small motor of the same horsepower and speed rating given in 12.32.
NOTEThe speed at breakdown torque is ordinarily much lower in small polyphase motors than in small single-phase
motors. Higher breakdown torques are required for polyphase motors so that polyphase and single-phase motors will
have interchangeable running characteristics, rating for rating, when applied to normal single-phase motor loads.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 10
12.38
Section II
LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE OF SINGLE-SPEED POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE MEDIUM

MOTORS WITH CONTINUOUS RATINGS
12.38.1 Design A and B Motors

The locked-rotor torque of Design A and B, 60- and 50-hertz, single-speed polyphase squirrel-cage
medium motors, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less than the values shown in
Table 12-2 which are expressed in percent of full-load torque. For applications involving higher torque
requirements, see 12.38.2 and 12.38.3 for locked-rotor torque values for Design C and D motors.
Table 12-2
LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE OF DESIGN A AND B, 60- AND 50-HERTZ SINGLE-SPEED
POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE MEDIUM MOTORS
1200
900
1000
750
...
140
175
135
170
135
165
130
160
130
3600
3000
...
...
...
175
170
1800
1500
...
...
275
250
235
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
160
150
140
135
130
215
185
175
165
160
155
150
150
150
140
20
25
30
40
50
130
130
130
125
120
150
150
150
140
140
60
75
100
125
150
120
105
105
100
100
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
100
70
70
70
70
70
70
Hp
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
720
...
140
135
135
130
125
600
...
115
115
115
115
115
514
...
110
110
110
110
110
130
130
125
125
125
125
125
120
120
120
115
115
115
115
115
110
110
110
110
110
135
135
135
135
135
125
125
125
125
125
120
120
120
120
120
115
115
115
115
115
110
110
110
110
110
140
140
125
110
110
135
135
125
125
120
125
125
125
120
120
120
120
120
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
110
110
110
110
...
100
80
80
80
80
80
80
120
100
100
100
...
...
...
120
100
...
...
...
...
...
115
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12.38.2 Design C Motors

The locked-rotor torque of Design C, 60- and 50-hertz, single-speed polyphase squirrel-cage medium
motors, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less than the values shown in Table 12-3
which are expressed in percent of full-load torque.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 11
Table 12-3
LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE OF DESIGN C MOTORS
1800
1500
285
1200
1000
255
900
750
225
1.5
285
250
225
285
250
225
270
250
225
255
250
225
7.5
250
225
200
10
250
225
200
15
225
210
200
20-200 Inclusive
200
200
200
60 Hz
50 Hz
Hp
1
12.38.3 Design D Motors
12.39
BREAKDOWN TORQUE OF SINGLE-SPEED POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE MEDIUM

MOTORS WITH CONTINUOUS RATINGS

The breakdown torque of Design A and B, 60- and 50-hertz, single-speed polyphase squirrel-cage
medium motors, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less than the following values
which are expressed in percent of full-load torque:
Hp
1/2
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
3600
3000
...
1800
1500
...

1200
900
1000
750
225
...
720
...
200
600
...
200
514
...
200
3/4
...
...
275
220
200
200
200
...
300
265
215
200
200
200
1-1/2
250
280
250
210
200
200
200
240
270
240
210
200
200
200
230
250
230
205
200
200
200
215
225
215
205
200
200
200
7-1/2
200
215
205
200
200
200
200
10-125, inclusive
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
150
200
200
200
200
200
200
...
200
200
200
200
200
200
...
...
250
175
175
175
175
...
...
...
300-350
175
175
175
...
...
...
...
400-500, inclusive
175
175
...
...
...
...
...

The breakdown torque of Design C, 60- and 50-hertz, single-speed polyphase squirrel-cage medium
motors, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less than the following values which are
expressed in percent of full-load torque:


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The locked-rotor torque of Design D, 60- and 50-hertz, 4-, 6-, and 8-pole, single-speed polyphase
squirrel-cage medium motors rated 150 horsepower and smaller, with rated voltage and frequency
applied, shall be not less than 275 percent, expressed in percent of full-load torque.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 12

1800
1200
1500
1000
200
225
200
225
200
225
200
225
200
200
200
190
190
190
60 Hz
50 Hz
Hp
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2-20
25-200 Inclusive
12.40
Section II
900
750
200
200
200
200
200
190
190
PULL-UP TORQUE OF SINGLE-SPEED POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE MEDIUM MOTORS

WITH CONTINUOUS RATINGS

The pull-up torque of Design A and B, 60- and 50-hertz single-speed, polyphase squirrel-cage medium
motors, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less than the following values which are
expressed in percent of full-load torque:
Hp
1/2
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
3600
3000
...
1800
1500
...

1200
900
1000
750
100
...
720
...
100
600
...
100
514
...
100
3/4
...
...
120
100
100
100
100
...
190
120
100
100
100
100
1-1/2
120
175
115
100
100
100
100
120
165
110
100
100
100
100
110
150
110
100
100
100
100
105
130
105
100
100
100
100
7-1/2
100
120
105
100
100
100
100
10
100
115
105
100
100
100
100
15
100
110
100
100
100
100
100
20
100
105
100
100
100
100
100
25
100
105
100
100
100
100
100
30
100
105
100
100
100
100
100
40
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
60
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
95
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
95
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
90
100
100
100
100
100
...
200
90
90
100
100
100
...
...
250
65
75
90
90
...
...
...
300
65
75
90
...
...
...
...
350
65
75
90
...
...
...
...
400
65
75
...
...
...
...
...
450
65
75
...
...
...
...
...
500
65
75
...
...
...
...
...

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 13

The pull-up torque of Design C 60- and 50-hertz, single speed, polyphase squirrel-cage medium motors,
with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less than the following values which are expressed
in percent of full-load torque:
60 Hz
50 Hz
Hp
1
12.41

1800
1200
1500
1000
195
180
900
750
165
1-1/2
195
175
160
195
175
160
180
175
160
180
175
160
7-1/2
175
165
150
10
175
165
150
15
165
150
140
20
165
150
140
25
150
150
140
30
150
150
140
40
150
150
140
50
150
150
140
60
140
140
140
75
140
140
140
100
140
140
140
125
140
140
140
150
140
140
140
200
140
140
140
BREAKDOWN TORQUE OF POLYPHASE WOUND-ROTOR MEDIUM MOTORS WITH

CONTINUOUS RATINGS
The breakdown torques of 60- and 50-hertz, polyphase wound-rotor medium motors, with rated voltage
and frequency applied, shall be not less than the following values which are expressed in percent of fullload torque:
Hp
1
60 Hz
50 Hz
Breakdown Torque, Percent of FullLoad Torque

1800
1200
900
1500
1000
750
...
...
250
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1-1/2
...
...
250
275
275
250
275
275
250
275
275
250
7-1/2
275
275
225
10
275
250
225
15
250
225
225
20-200 Inclusive
225
225
225


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 14
12.42
Section II
TEMPERATURE RISE FOR SMALL AND UNIVERSAL MOTORS
Temperatures for 12.42.1 and 12.42.2 shall be determined in accordance with the following:
a. For single-phase motors - IEEE Std 114
12.42.1 Alternating-Current Small MotorsMotor Nameplates Marked with Insulation System
Designation and Ambient Temperature
Class of Insulation System (see 1.65) ............................................................

Time Rating (see 10.36)
Temperature Rise (based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C), Degrees C
a. Windings
1. Open motors other than those given in items a.2 and a.5-resistance or
thermocouple ........................................................................................
2. Open motors with 1.15 or higher service factor - resistance or
thermocouple ........................................................................................
3. Totally enclosed nonventilated motors, including variations thereof resistance or thermocouple .................................................................
4. Totally enclosed fan-cooled motors, including variations thereof resistance or thermocouple ..................................................................
5. Any motor in a frame smaller than the 42 frame resistance or
thermocouple ..
F*
H*
60
80
105
125
70
90
115
...
65
85
110
130
65
85
110
135
65
85
110
135
*Where a Class F or H insulation system is used, special consideration should be given to bearing temperatures, lubrication, etc.
NOTES
1Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if the ambient temperature of 40C is exceeded in regular
operation. See 12.42.3.
2The foregoing values of temperature rise are based upon operation at altitudes of 3300 feet (1000 meters) or less.
For temperature rises for motors intended for operation at altitudes above 3300 feet (1000 meters), see 14.4.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The temperature rise, above the temperature of the cooling medium, for each of the various parts of the
motor shall not exceed the values given in the following table when tested in accordance with the rating,
except that for motors having a service factor greater than 1.0, the temperature rise shall not exceed the
values given in the following table when tested at the service factor load:
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 15

motor, when tested in accordance with the rating, shall not exceed the values given in the following table:
Class of Insulation System (see 1.65) ............................................................
Time Rating (see 10.36)
Temperature Rise (based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C) Degrees C
a. Windings
1. Open motors - thermocouple or resistance ...........................................
2. Totally enclosed nonventilated motors, including variations thereof thermocouple or resistance ..................................................................
3. Totally enclosed fan-cooled motors, including variations thereof resistance or thermocouple ..................................................................
F*
H*
60
80
105
125
65
85
110
130
65
85
110
135
NOTES
12.42.3 Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40oC

The temperature rises given in 12.42.1 and 12.42.2 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of
40oC. However, it is recognized that induction machines may be required to operate in an ambient
temperature higher than 40oC. For successful operation of induction machines in ambient temperatures
higher than 40oC, the temperature rises of the machines given in 12.42.1 and 12.42.2 shall be reduced by
the number of degrees that the ambient temperature exceeds 40oC. When a higher ambient temperature
than 40oC is required, preferred values of ambient temperatures are 50oC, 65oC, 90oC, and 115oC.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 16
12.42.4
Section II
Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40o C, but Not
Below 0o C*
40C to cover most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled induction machines
may be operated in environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always be less
than 40C. When an air-cooled induction machine is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C
then the allowable temperature rises in 12.42.1 and 12.42.2 shall be increased according to the following:
a) For machines for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 12.42.1 and 12.42.2 is less than or equal to 5C then the
temperature rises given in 12.42.1 and 12.42.2 shall be increased by the amount of the difference
between 40oC and the lower marked ambient temperature.
b) For machines for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 12.42.1 and 12.42.2 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises
given in 12.42.1 and 12.42.2 shall be increased by the amount calculated from the following expression:
Increase in Rise = {40C - Marked Ambient} x { 1 [Reference Temperature (40C + Temperature
Rise Limit)] / 80oC}
Reference Temperature for SF less than

1.15, Degrees C
Reference Temperature for 1.15 SF or
higher, Degrees C
A
105
Class of Insulation System

B
F
130
155
115
140
165
H
180
190
*NoteThis requirement does not include water-cooled machines.
Temperature Rise Limit = maximum allowable temperature rise according to 12.42.1 and 12.42.2
For example: A 1.0 service factor rated open motor with a Class F insulation system is marked for
use in an ambient with a maximum temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference
Temperature is 155oC and from 12.42.1 the Temperature Rise Limit is 105oC. The allowable
Increase in Rise to be added to the Temperature Rise Limit is then:
155o C 40 O C + 105O C
O
Increase in Rise = 40 o C 25o C 1
= 13 C
O
80 C
The total allowable Temperature Rise by Resistance above a maximum of a 25oC ambient is then
equal to the sum of the Temperature Rise Limit from 12.42.1 and the calculated Increase in Rise.
For this example that total is 105oC + 13oC = 118oC.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Where:
Section II
12.43
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 17
TEMPERATURE RISE FOR MEDIUM SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE INDUCTION

MOTORS
motor shall not exceed the values given in the following table when tested in accordance with the rating,
except that for motors having a service factor 1.15 or higher, the temperature rise shall not exceed the
values given in the following table when tested at the service factor load. Temperatures shall be
determined in accordance with the following:
a. For single-phase motors - IEEE Std 114
Class of Insulation System (see 1.65) ..............................................................
Time Rating (shall be continuous or any short-time rating given in 10.36)
Temperature Rise (based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C), Degrees C
a. Windings, by resistance method
1. Motors with 1.0 service factor other than those given in items
a.3 and a.4 ........................................................................................................
2. All motors with 1.15 or higher service factor ...........................................
3. Totally-enclosed nonventilated motors with 1.0 service factor ................
4. Motors with encapsulated windings and with 1.0 service factor, all
enclosures ..............................................................................................
b. The temperatures attained by cores, squirrel-cage windings, and miscellaneous
parts (such as brushholders, brushes, pole tips , etc.) shall not injure the insulation
or the machine in any respect
F*
H*
60
70
65
80
90
85
105
115
110
125
...
130
65
85
110
...
This column applies to polyphase motors only.
NOTES
The temperature rises given in 12.43 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40oC.
However, it is recognized that induction machines may be required to operate in an ambient temperature
higher than 40oC. For successful operation of induction machines in ambient temperatures higher than
40oC, the temperature rises of the machines given in 12.43 shall be reduced by the number of degrees
that the ambient temperature exceeds 40oC. When a higher ambient temperature than 40oC is required,
preferred values of ambient temperatures are 50oC, 65oC, 90oC, and 115oC.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 18
12.43.2
Section II
Below 0o C*
The temperature rises given in 12.43 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40C to cover
most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled induction machines may be
operated in environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always be less than 40C.
When an air-cooled induction machine is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C then the
allowable temperature rises in 12.43 shall be increased according to the following:
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 12.43 is less than or equal to 5C then the temperature rises given in
12.43 shall be increased by the amount of the difference between 40oC and the lower marked ambient
temperature.
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 12.43 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises given in 12.43
shall be increased by the amount calculated from the following expression:
Where:
A
105
Reference Temperature for SF less than

1.15, Degrees C
Reference Temperature for 1.15 SF or
higher, Degrees C

B
F
130
155
115
140
165
H
180
190
*NOTEThis requirement does not include water-cooled machines.
Temperature Rise Limit = maximum allowable temperature rise according to 12.43

For example: A 1.0 service factor rated open motor with a Class F insulation system is marked for
use in an ambient with a maximum temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference
Temperature is 155oC and from 12.43 the Temperature Rise Limit is 105oC. The allowable Increase
in Rise to be added to the Temperature Rise Limit is then:
155o C 40 O C + 105O C
o
o
O
Increase in Rise = 40 C 25 C 1
= 13 C
O
80 C
equal to the sum of the Temperature Rise Limit from 12.43 and the calculated Increase in Rise. For
this example that total is 105oC + 13oC = 118oC.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
12.44
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 19
VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED FREQUENCY
12.44.1 Running
Alternating-current motors shall operate successfully under running conditions at rated load with a
variation in the voltage or the frequency up to the following:
a. Plus or minus 10 percent of rated voltage, with rated frequency for induction motors.
b. Plus or minus 6 percent of rated voltage, with rated frequency for universal motors.
c. Plus or minus 5 percent of rated frequency, with rated voltage.
d. A combined variation in voltage and frequency of 10 percent (sum of absolute values) of the rated
values, provided the frequency variation does not exceed plus or minus 5 percent of rated
frequency, and the voltage variation of universal motors (except fan motors) does not exceed plus
or minus 6 percent of rated voltage.
Performance within these voltage and frequency variations will not necessarily be in accordance with the
standards established for operation at rated voltage and frequency.
12.44.2 Starting
Medium motors shall start and accelerate to running speed a load which has a torque characteristic and
an inertia value not exceeding that listed in 12.54 with the voltage and frequency variations specified in
12.44.1.
The limiting values of voltage and frequency under which a motor will successfully start and accelerate to
running speed depend on the margin between the speed-torque curve of the motor at rated voltage and
frequency and the speed-torque curve of the load under starting conditions. Since the torque developed
by the motor at any speed is approximately proportional to the square of the voltage and inversely
proportional to the square of the frequency, it is generally desirable to determine what voltage and
frequency variations will actually occur at each installation, taking into account any voltage drop resulting
from the starting current drawn by the motor. This information and the torque requirements of the driven
machine define the motor-speed-torque curve, at rated voltage and frequency, which is adequate for the
application.
12.45
VOLTAGE UNBALANCE
Alternating-current polyphase motors shall operate successfully under running conditions at rated load
when the voltage unbalance at the motor terminals does not exceed 1 percent. Performance will not
necessarily be the same as when the motor is operating with a balanced voltage at the motor terminals
(see 14.36).
12.46
VARIATION FROM RATED SPEED
The variation from the nameplate or published data speed of alternating-current, single-phase and
polyphase, medium motors shall not exceed 20 percent of the difference between synchronous speed
and rated speed when measured at rated voltage, frequency, and load and with an ambient temperature
of 25oC.
12.47
NAMEPLATE AMPERESALTERNATING-CURRENT MEDIUM MOTORS
12.48
OCCASIONAL EXCESS CURRENT
Polyphase motors having outputs not exceeding 500 horsepower (according to this part) and rated
voltages not exceeding 1kV shall be capable of withstanding a current equal to 1.5 times the full load
rated current for not less than two minutes when the motor is initially at normal operating temperature.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When operated at rated voltage, rated frequency, and rated horsepower output, the input in amperes
shall not vary from the nameplate value by more than 10 percent.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 20
Section II
Repeated overloads resulting in prolonged operation at winding temperatures above the maximum values
given by 12.43 will result in reduced insulation life.
12.49
STALL TIME
Polyphase motors having outputs not exceeding 500 horsepower and rated voltage not exceeding 1kV
shall be capable of withstanding locked-rotor current for not less than 12 seconds when the motor is
initially at normal operating temperatures.
Motors specially designed for inertia loads greater than those in Table 12-7 shall be marked on the
nameplate with the permissible stall time in seconds.
12.50
PERFORMANCE OF MEDIUM MOTORS WITH DUAL VOLTAGE RATING
When a medium motor is marked with a broad range or dual voltage the motor shall meet all performance
requirements of MG 1 over the marked voltage range.
12.51
SERVICE FACTOR OF ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS
12.51.1 General-Purpose Alternating-Current Motors of the Open Type

When operated at rated voltage and frequency, general-purpose alternating-current motors of the open
type shall have a service factor in accordance with Table 12-4 (see 14.37).
Table 12-4
SERVICE FACTORS
Service Factor
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Hp
1/20
3600
1.4
1800
1.4
1200
1.4
900
1.4
720
...
600
...
514
...
1/12
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
...
...
...
1/8
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
...
...
...
Small
1/6
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
...
...
...
Motors
1/4
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
...
...
...
1/3
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
...
...
...
1/2
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.15*
...
...
...
Medium
3/4
1.25
1.25
1.15*
1.15*
...
...
...
Motors
1.25
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
...
...
...
1-1/2-125
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
150
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
...
200
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
...
...
250
1.0
1.15*
1.15*
1.15*
...
...
...
300
1.0
1.15*
1.15*
...
...
...
...
350
1.0
1.15*
1.15*
...
...
...
...
400
1.0
1.15*
...
...
..
...
...
450
1.0
1.15*
...
...
...
...
...
500
1.0
1.15*
...
...
...
...
...
*In the case of polyphase squirrel-cage motors, these service factors apply only to Design A, B, and C motors.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 21
12.51.2 Other Motors

When operated at rated voltage and frequency, other open-type and all totally enclosed alternatingcurrent motors shall have a service factor of 1.0.
In those applications requiring an overload capacity, the use of a higher horsepower rating, as given in
10.32.4, is recommended to avoid exceeding the temperature rises for the class of insulation system
used and to provide adequate torque capacity.
12.52
OVERSPEEDS FOR MOTORS
12.52.1 Squirrel-Cage and Wound-Rotor Motors

Squirrel-cage and wound-rotor induction motors, except crane motors, shall be so constructed that, in an
emergency not to exceed 2 minutes, they will withstand without mechanical injury overspeeds above
synchronous speed in accordance with the following. During this overspeed condition the machine is not
electrically connected to the supply.
Hp
200 and smaller
250-500, incl.
Synchronous
Speed, Rpm
1801 and over
Overspeed, Percent
of Synchronous
Speed
25
1201 to 1800
25
1200 and below
50
1801 and over
20
1800 and below
25
12.52.2 General-Purpose Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors

General-purpose squirrel-cage induction motors for the ratings specified in Table 12-5 and horsepower
per frame assignments per Part 13 shall be mechanically constructed so as to be capable of operating
continuously at the rated load at speeds not less than the speed indicated in Table 12-5 when directly
coupled. Those motors for which this speed is greater than synchronous speed at 60 Hz shall be capable
of withstanding overspeed, not to exceed 2 minutes, of 10 percent above the speed indicated in Table 125 without mechanical damage. For motors where the speed in Table 12-5 is equal to synchronous speed
at 60 Hz, the overspeed limits in 12.52.1 shall apply, assuming the motor is not energized when the
overspeed occurs.
Table 12-5 does not apply to motors used in belted applications. For belted applications, consult the
motor manufacturer.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 22
Section II
Table 12-5
CONTINUOUS SPEED CAPABILITY FOR GENERAL-PURPOSE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
IN DIRECT COUPLED APPLICATIONS, EXCEPT THOSE MOTORS IN TABLE 12-6
Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled
Open Dripproof
Synchronous Speed at 60 Hz
3600
1800
1200
3600
1800
1200
3600
2400
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
2400
5200
3600
2400
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
5200
3600
2400
7.5
4500
2700
2400
5200
2700
2400
10
4500
2700
2400
4500
2700
2400
15
4500
2700
2400
4500
2700
2400
20
4500
2700
2400
4500
2700
2400
25
4500
2700
1800
4500
2700
1800
30
4500
2700
1800
4500
2700
1800
Horsepower
1/4
Minimum Design Speed

5200
2400
5200
3600
1/3
5200
3600
2400
5200
1/2
5200
3600
2400
3/4
5200
3600
5200
1.5
(Table continued on following page.)

CONTINUOUS SPEED CAPABILITY FOR GENERAL-PURPOSE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
IN DIRECT COUPLED APPLICATIONS, EXCEPT THOSE MOTORS IN TABLE 12-6
Open Dripproof
3600
1800
Horsepower
1200
3600
1800
1200
40
3600
2300
1800
4500
2300
1800
50
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
60
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
75
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
100
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
125
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
150
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
200
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
250
3600
2300
1200
3600
2300
1200
300
3600
1800
1200
3600
2300
1200
350
3600
1800
1200
3600
1800
1200
400
3600
1800
3600
1800
450
3600
1800
3600
1800
500
3600
1800
3600
1800
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 23
12.52.3 General-Purpose Design A and B Direct-Coupled Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors

General-purpose Design A and B (TS shaft for motors above the 250 frame size) squirrel-cage induction
motors for the ratings specified in Table 12-6 and horsepower per frame assignments per Part 13 shall be
capable of operating mechanically constructed so as to be capable of operating continuously at the rated
load at speeds not less than the speed indicated in Table 12-6 when directly coupled. Those motors for
which this speed is greater than the synchronous speed at 60 Hz shall be capable of withstanding
overspeeds, not to exceed 2 minutes, of 10 percent above the speed indicated in Table 12-6without
mechanical damage. For motors where the speed in Table 12-6 is equal to synchronous speed at 60 Hz,
the overspeed limits in 12.52.1 shall apply, assuming the motor is not energized when the overspeed
occurs.
Table 12-6 does not apply to motors used in belted applications. For belted applications consult the motor
manufacturer.
12.52.4 Alternating-Current Series and Universal Motors
Alternating-current series and universal motors shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to
exceed 2 minutes, they will withstand without mechanical injury an overspeed of 10 percent above the
no-load speed1 at rated voltages.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For motors which are integrally attached to loads that cannot become accidentally disconnected, the words no-load speed shall
be interpreted to mean the lightest load condition possible with the load.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 24
Section II
Table 12-6
CONTINUOUS SPEED CAPABILITY FOR GENERAL-PURPOSE DESIGN A AND B DIRECT COUPLED (TS
SHAFT FOR MOTORS ABOVE THE 250 FRAME SIZE) SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
3600
1800
1200
3600
7200
2400
3600
7200
Horsepower
1/4
Open Dripproof
1800
1200
3600
2400
1/3
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
1/2
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
3/4
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
1.5
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
7.5
5400
3600
2400
7200
3600
2400
10
5400
3600
2400
5400
3600
2400
15
5400
3600
2400
5400
3600
2400
20
5400
3600
2400
5400
3600
2400
25
5400
2700
2400
5400
2700
2400
30
5400
2700
2400
5400
2700
2400
40
4500
2700
2400
5400
2700
2400
50
4500
2700
2400
4500
2700
2400
60
3600
2700
2400
4500
2700
2400
75
3600
2700
2400
3600
2700
2400
100
3600
2700
1800
3600
2700
1800
125
3600
2700
1800
3600
2700
1800
150
3600
2700
1800
3600
2700
1800
200
3600
2300
1800
3600
2700
1800
250
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
300
3600
2300
1800
3600
2300
1800
350
3600
1800
1800
3600
1800
1800
400
3600
1800
3600
1800
450
3600
1800
3600
1800
500
3600
1800
3600
1800

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
12.53
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 25
MACHINE SOUND (MEDIUM INDUCTION MOTORS)
See Part 9 for Sound Power Limits and Measurement Procedures.

12.54
NUMBER OF STARTS
12.54.1 Normal Starting Conditions

Design A and B squirrel-cage induction motors having horsepower ratings given in 10.32.4 and
performance characteristics in accordance with this Part 12 shall be capable of accelerating without
injurious heating load Wk2 referred to the motor shaft equal to or less than the values listed in Table 12-7
under the following conditions:
a. Applied voltage and frequency in accordance with 12.44.
b. During the accelerating period, the connected load torque is equal to or less than a torque which
varies as the square of the speed and is equal to 100 percent of rated-load torque at rated speed.
c. Two starts in succession (coasting to rest between starts) with the motor initially at the ambient
temperature or one start with the motor initially at a temperature not exceeding its rated load
operating temperature.
The values of Wk2 of connected load given in Table 12-7 were calculated from the following formula and
larger values rounded to three significant figures:
0.95
Hp
2
Load Wk = A
0.0685
2 .4
RPM
1000

1.5
Hp
1 .8
RPM
1000

Where:
A = 24 for 300 to 1800 rpm, inclusive, motors
A = 27 for 3600 rpm motors
12.54.2 Other than Normal Starting Conditions
12.54.3 Considerations for Additional Starts

When additional starts are required, it is recommended that none be made until all conditions affecting
operation have been thoroughly investigated and the apparatus examined for evidence of excessive
heating. It should be recognized that the number of starts should be kept to a minimum since the life of
the motor is affected by the number of starts.
12.55
ROUTINE TESTS FOR POLYPHASE MEDIUM INDUCTION MOTORS
12.55.1 Method of Testing

The method of testing polyphase induction motors shall be in accordance with IEEE Std 112.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
If the starting conditions are other than those stated in 12.54.1, the motor manufacturer should be
consulted.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 26
Section II
12.55.2 Typical Tests on Completely Assembled Motors

Typical tests which may be made on motors completely assembled in the factory and furnished with shaft
and complete set of bearings are as follows:
a. Measurement of winding resistance.
b. No-load readings of current and speed at normal voltage and frequency. On 50 hertz motors,
these readings may be taken at 60 hertz.
c. Current input at rated frequency with rotor at standstill for squirrel-cage motors. This may be taken
single-phase or polyphase at rated or reduced voltage. (When this test is made single-phase, the
polyphase values of a duplicate machine should be given in any report.) On 50 hertz motors,
these readings may be taken at 60 hertz.
d. Measurement of open-circuit voltage ratio on wound-rotor motors.
e. High-potential test in accordance with 3.1 and 12.3.
12.55.3 Typical of Tests on Motors Not Completely Assembled
Typical tests which may be made on all motors not completely assembled in the factory are as follows.
b. High-potential test in accordance with 3.1 and 12.3.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 27
Table 12-7
1200
900
720
2
2
2
Load Wk (Exclusive of Motor Wk ), Lb-Ft
53
31
15
3600
1800
Hp
1
...
5.8
1.8
8.6
23
45
77
2.4
11
30
60
102
158
228
3.5
17
44
87
149
231
335
5.7
27
71
142
242
375
544
8.3
39
104
208
355
551
799
10
11
51
137
273
467
723
1050
15
16
75
200
400
684
1060
1540
20
21
99
262
525
898
1390
2020
25
26
122
324
647
1110
1720
2490
30
30
144
384
769
1320
2040
2960
40
40
189
503
1010
1720
2680
3890
50
49
232
620
1240
2130
3300
4790
60
58
275
735
1470
2520
3920
5690
75
71
338
904
1810
3110
4830
7020
100
92
441
1180
2370
4070
6320
9190
125
113
542
1450
2920
5010
7790
11300
150
133
640
1720
3460
5940
9230
...
200
172
831
2240
4510
7750
...
...
250
210
1020
2740
5540
...
...
...
300
246
1200
3240
...
...
...
...
350
281
1370
3720
...
...
...
...
400
315
1550
...
...
...
...
...
450
349
1710
...
...
...
...
...
500
381
1880
...
...
...
...
...
12.56
600
514
82
118
120
174
THERMAL PROTECTION OF MEDIUM MOTORS
The protector in a thermally protected motor shall limit the winding temperature and the ultimate trip
current as follows:
12.56.1 Winding Temperature
12.56.1.1 Running Load
When a motor marked Thermally Protected is running at the maximum continuous load which it can
carry without causing the protector to open the circuit, the temperature of the windings shall not exceed
the temperature shown in Table 12-8.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 28
Section II
Table 12-8
WINDING TEMPERATURES
A
Maximum Winding Temperature,

Degrees C
140
165
190
215
Tests shall be conducted at any ambient temperature within the range of 10C to 40C.
The temperature of the windings shall be measured by the resistance method except that, for motors
rated 15 horsepower and smaller, the temperature shall alternatively per permitted to be measured by the
thermocouple method.
12.56.1.2 Locked Rotor

When a motor marked Thermally Protected is under locked-rotor conditions, the thermal protector shall
cycle to limit the winding temperature to the values given in Table 12-9.
The test for motors with automatic-reset thermal protectors shall be run until temperature peaks are
constant or for 72 hours, whichever is shorter.
The test for motors with manual-reset thermal protectors shall be 10 cycles, the protector being reclosed
as quickly as possible after it opens. If ten cycles are completed in less than 1 hour, only the during first
hour limits given in Table 12-9 apply.
Table 12-9
WINDING TEMPERATURE UNDER LOCKED-ROTOR CONDITIONS, DEGREES C
Maximum Temperature, Degrees C*
Type of
Protector
Automatic reset
Average Temperature, **Degrees C*

A
During first hour
200
225
250
275
...
...
...
...
After first hour
175
200
225
250
150
175
200
225
During first hour
200
225
250
275
...
...
...
...
After first hour
175
200
225
250
...
...
...
...
Manual reset
* Test shall be permitted to be conducted at any ambient temperature within the range of 10C to 40C.
**The average temperature is the average of the average peak and average reset winding temperatures. The average temperature
shall be within limits during both the second and last hours of the test.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Short-time rated motors and motors for intermittent duty shall be permitted to be run at no-load and
reduced voltage, if necessary, for a continuous running test to verify that the protector limits the
temperatures to those given in the foregoing table.
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 29
12.56.2 Trip Current

A motor rated more than 1 horsepower and marked Thermally Protected shall have an ultimate trip
current, based on a 40C ambient temperature, not in excess of the following percentages of motor fullload currents:
Motor Full-Load Amperes
9.0 and less
Trip Current as a Percent of

Motor Full-Load Current
170
Over 9.0 but not over 20.0
156
Over 20.0
140
Dual-voltage motors shall comply with the ultimate trip current requirements for both voltages.
12.57
OVERTEMPERATURE PROTECTION OF MEDIUM

DEFINITION OF THERMALLY PROTECTED
MOTORS
NOT
MEETING
THE
Motors rated above 1 horsepower and marked OVER TEMP PROT- are provided with winding
overtemperature protection devices or systems which do not meet the definition of Thermally Protected.
The motors marked OVER TEMP PROT- shall be followed by the numeral 1, 2, or 3 stamped in the
blank space to indicate the type of winding overtemperature protection provided. For each type, the
winding overtemperature protector shall limit the temperature of the winding as follows.
12.57.1 Type 1Winding Running and Locked Rotor Overtemperature Protection
12.57.1.1 Winding Running Temperature
When the motor is marked OVER TEMP PROT-1 and is running at the maximum continuous load which
it can carry without causing the winding overtemperature protector to operate, the temperature of the
windings shall not exceed the temperature shown in Table 12-8.
The temperature of the windings shall be measured by the resistance method except that, for motors
rated 15 horsepower and smaller, the temperature shall be permitted to be measured by the
thermocouple method.
12.57.1.2 Winding Locked-Rotor Temperature
In addition, when the motor is marked OVER TEMP PROT-1 and is under locked-rotor conditions, the
winding overtemperature protector shall limit the temperature of the windings to the values shown in
Table 12-8.
12.57.2 Type 2Winding Running Overtemperature Protection
When the motor is marked OVER TEMP PROT-2 and is running at the maximum continuous load which
it can carry without causing the winding overtemperature protector to operate, the temperature of the
windings shall not exceed the temperature shown in Table 12-8.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When the motor is so marked, locked-rotor protection is not provided by the winding overtemperature
protector.
12.57.3 Type 3Winding Overtemperature Protection, Nonspecific Type
When the motor is marked OVER TEMP PROT-3, the motor manufacturer shall be consulted for details
of protected conditions or winding temperatures, or both.
12.58
EFFICIENCY
12.58.1 Determination of Motor Efficiency and Losses

Efficiency and losses shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std 112 or Canadian Standards
Association Standard C390. The efficiency shall be determined at rated output, voltage, and frequency.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 30
Section II
Unless otherwise specified, horizontal polyphase, squirrel-cage medium motors rated 1 to 500
horsepower shall be tested by dynamometer (Method B)1 as described in Section 6.4 of IEEE Std 112.
Motor efficiency shall be calculated using form B of IEEE Std 112 or the equivalent C390 calculation
procedure. Vertical motors of this horsepower range shall also be tested by Method B if bearing
construction permits; otherwise they shall be tested by segregated losses (Method E)2 as described in
Section 6.6 of IEEE Std 112, including direct measurement of stray-loss load.
The following losses shall be included in determining the efficiency:
a. Stator I2R
b. Rotor I2R
c. Core loss
d. Stray load loss
e. Friction and windage loss3
f. Brush contact loss of wound-rotor machines
Power required for auxiliary items, such as external pumps or fans, that are necessary for the operation
of the motor shall be stated separately.
In determining I2R losses at all loads, the resistance of each winding shall be corrected to a temperature
equal to an ambient temperature of 25C plus the observed rated load temperature rise measured by
resistance. When the rated load temperature rise has not been measured, the resistance of the winding
shall be corrected to the following temperature:
A
Temperature, Degrees C
75
95
115
130
If the rated temperature rise is specified as that of a lower class of insulation system, the temperature for
resistance correction shall be that of the lower insulation class.
12.58.2 Efficiency of Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Medium Motors with Continuous Ratings
The full-load efficiency of Design A and B single-speed polyphase squirrel-cage medium motors in the
range of 1 through 400 horsepower for frames assigned in accordance with Part 13, above 400
horsepower up to and including 500 horsepower, and equivalent Design C ratings shall be identified on
the nameplate by a nominal efficiency selected from the Nominal Efficiency column in Table 12-10 which
shall be not greater than the average efficiency of a large population of motors of the same design.
The efficiency shall be identified on the nameplate by the caption NEMA Nominal Efficiency or NEMA
Nom. Eff.
The full-load efficiency, when operating at rated voltage and frequency, shall be not less than the
minimum value associated with the nominal value in Table 12-10.
CSA Std C390 Method 1.

CSA Std C390 Method 2.
3
In the case of motors which are furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the motor
itself shall be included in the efficiency calculation. Alternatively, a calculated value of efficiency, including bearing loss due to
external thrust load, shall be permitted to be specified.
In the case of motors which are furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses, which are representative
of the actual installation, shall be determined by calculation or experience with shop test bearings, and shall be included in the
efficiency calculation.
2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 31
Table 12-10
EFFICIENCY LEVELS
Nominal
Efficiency
99.0
Minimum Efficiency
Based on 20% Loss
Difference
98.8
Nominal
Efficiency
91.0
Minimum Efficiency
Based on 20% Loss
Difference
89.5
98.9
98.7
90.2
88.5
98.8
98.6
89.5
87.5
98.7
98.5
88.5
86.5
98.6
98.4
87.5
85.5
98.5
98.2
86.5
84.0
98.4
98.0
85.5
82.5
98.2
97.8
84.0
81.5
98.0
97.6
82.5
80.0
97.8
97.4
81.5
78.5
97.6
97.1
80.0
77.0
97.4
96.8
78.5
75.5
97.1
96.5
77.0
74.0
96.8
96.2
75.5
72.0
96.5
95.8
74.0
70.0
96.2
95.4
72.0
68.0
95.8
95.0
70.0
66.0
95.4
94.5
68.0
64.0
95.0
94.1
66.0
62.0
94.5
93.6
64.0
59.5
94.1
93.0
62.0
57.5
93.6
92.4
59.5
55.0
93.0
91.7
57.5
52.5
92.4
91.0
55.0
50.5
91.7
90.2
52.5
48.0
50.5
46.0
Variations in materials, manufacturing processes, and tests result in motor-to-motor efficiency variations
for a given motor design; the full-load efficiency for a large population of motors of a single design is not a
unique efficiency but rather a band of efficiency. Therefore, Table 12-10 has been established to indicate
a logical series of nominal motor efficiencies and the minimum associated with each nominal. The
nominal efficiency represents a value which should be used to compute the energy consumption of a
motor or group of motors.
12.59
EFFICIENCY LEVELS OF ENERGY EFFICIENT POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION

MOTORS
The nominal full-load efficiency of polyphase squirrel-cage induction motors rated 600 volts or less
determined in accordance with 12.58.1, identified on the nameplate in accordance with 12.58.2, and
having a corresponding minimum efficiency in accordance with Table 12-10 shall equal or exceed the
values listed in Table 12-11 for the motor to be classified as energy efficient.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 32
12.60
Section II
EFFICIENCY LEVEL OF PREMIUM EFFICIENCY ELECTRIC MOTORS
The nominal full-load efficiency of random wound premium efficiency electric motors rated 600 volts or
less determined in accordance with 12.58.1, identified on the nameplate in accordance with 12.58.2, and
having a minimum efficiency in accordance with Table 12-10 shall equal or exceed the values listed in
Table 12-12.
12.60.2 60 Hz MOTORS RATED MEDIUM VOLTAGE, 5000 VOLTS OR LESS (FORM WOUND)
The nominal full-load efficiency of form wound premium efficiency electric motors rated at a medium
voltage of 5000 volts or less determined in accordance with 12.58.1, identified on the nameplate in
accordance with 12.58.2, and having a minimum efficiency in accordance with Table 12-10 shall equal or
exceed the values listed in Table 12-13.
12.60.3 50 Hz MOTORS RATED 600 VOLTS OR LESS (RANDOM WOUND)
The nominal full-load efficiency of random wound 50 Hz premium efficiency electric motors rated 600
volts or less determined in accordance with 12.58.1, identified on the nameplate in accordance with
12.58.2, and having a minimum efficiency in accordance with Table 12-10 shall equal or exceed the
values listed in Table 12-14.
The values of efficiency in Table 12-14 for (0.7457Hp) < 200 kW were derived based on the following
equation1:
% Efficiency = A [log10 (0.7457 Hp )]3 + B [log10 (0.7457 Hp )]2 + C log10 (0.7457 Hp ) + D

where the values of A, B, C, and D are as given in the following table:
A
B
C
D
2 Pole
4 Pole
6 Pole
0.3569
-3.3076
11.6108
82.2503
0.0773
-1.8951
9.2984
83.7025
0.1252
-2.613
11.9963
80.4769
The above relationship can be used to calculate the efficiency in percent for Hp levels which are not given
specifically in Table 12-14.
12.61
REPORT OF TEST FOR TESTS ON INDUCTION MOTORS
For reporting routine tests on induction motors, see IEEE Standard 112, Appendix A.
Based on efficiency level IE3 in IEC 60034-30


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
12.60.1 60 Hz MOTORS RATED 600 VOLTS OR LESS (RANDOM WOUND)
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 33
Table 12-11
FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCIES OF ENERGY EFFICIENT MOTORS
OPEN MOTORS
2 POLE
4 POLE
6 POLE
8 POLE
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Hp
1
1.5
2
3
5
Nominal
Efficiency
...
82.5
84.0
84.0
85.5
Minimum
Efficiency
...
80.0
81.5
81.5
82.5
Nominal
Efficiency
82.5
84.0
84.0
86.5
87.5
Minimum
Efficiency
80.0
81.5
81.5
84.0
85.5
Nominal
Efficiency
80.0
84.0
85.5
86.5
87.5
Minimum
Efficiency
77.0
81.5
82.5
84.0
85.5
Nominal
Efficiency
74.0
75.5
85.5
86.5
87.5
Minimum
Efficiency
70.0
72.0
82.5
84.0
85.5
7.5
10
15
20
25
87.5
88.5
89.5
90.2
91.0
85.5
86.5
87.5
88.5
89.5
88.5
89.5
91.0
91.0
91.7
86.5
87.5
89.5
89.5
90.2
88.5
90.2
90.2
91.0
91.7
86.5
88.5
88.5
89.5
90.2
88.5
89.5
89.5
90.2
90.2
86.5
87.5
87.5
88.5
88.5
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
91.0
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
94.5
94.5
89.5
90.2
91.0
91.7
91.7
91.7
92.4
92.4
93.6
93.6
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.6
94.1
94.1
94.5
95.0
95.0
95.4
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.6
94.1
94.1
94.5
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
94.1
94.1
94.5
94.5
95.4
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
94.5
91.0
91.0
91.7
92.4
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.5
89.5
89.5
90.2
91.0
92.4
92.4
92.4
92.4
92.4
93.6
300
350
400
450
500
95.0
95.0
95.4
95.8
95.8
94.1
94.1
94.5
95.0
95.0
95.4
95.4
95.4
95.8
95.8
94.5
94.5
94.5
95.0
95.0
95.4
95.4
94.5
94.5
Table 12-11 continued next page


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 34
Section II

FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCIES OF ENERGY EFFICIENT MOTORS
Hp
1.0
2 POLE
Nominal
Minimum
Efficiency
Efficiency
75.5
72.0
ENCLOSED MOTORS
4 POLE
6 POLE
Nominal
Minimum
Nominal
Minimum
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
82.5
80.0
80.0
77.0
8 POLE
Nominal
Minimum
Efficiency
Efficiency
74.0
70.0
1.5
82.5
80.0
84.0
81.5
85.5
82.5
77.0
74.0
2.0
84.0
81.5
84.0
81.5
86.5
84.0
82.5
80.0
3.0
85.5
82.5
87.5
85.5
87.5
85.5
84.0
81.5
5.0
87.5
85.5
87.5
85.5
87.5
85.5
85.5
82.5
7.5
88.5
86.5
89.5
87.5
89.5
87.5
85.5
82.5
10.0
89.5
87.5
89.5
87.5
89.5
87.5
88.5
86.5
15.0
90.2
88.5
91.0
89.5
90.2
88.5
88.5
86.5
20.0
90.2
88.5
91.0
89.5
90.2
88.5
89.5
87.5
25.0
91.0
89.5
92.4
91.0
91.7
90.2
89.5
87.5
30.0
91.0
89.5
92.4
91.0
91.7
90.2
91.0
89.5
40.0
91.7
90.2
93.0
91.7
93.0
91.7
91.0
89.5
50.0
92.4
91.0
93.0
91.7
93.0
91.7
91.7
90.2
60.0
93.0
91.7
93.6
92.4
93.6
92.4
91.7
90.2
75.0
93.0
91.7
94.1
93.0
93.6
92.4
93.0
91.7
100.0
93.6
92.4
94.5
93.6
94.1
93.0
93.0
91.7
125.0
94.5
93.6
94.5
93.6
94.1
93.0
93.6
92.4
150.0
94.5
93.6
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
93.6
92.4
200.0
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
94.1
93.0
250.0
95.4
94.5
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
94.5
93.6
300.0
95.4
94.5
95.4
94.5
95.0
94.1
...
...
350.0
95.4
94.5
95.4
94.5
95.0
94.1
...
...
400.0
95.4
94.5
95.4
94.5
...
...
...
...
450.0
95.4
94.5
95.4
94.5
...
...
...
...
500.0
95.4
94.5
95.8
95.0
...
...
...
...

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 35
Table 12-12
FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCIES FOR 60 HZ PREMIUM EFFICIENCY ELECTRIC MOTORS
RATED 600 VOLTS OR LESS (RANDOM WOUND)
OPEN MOTORS
2 POLE
HP
Nominal
Efficiency
4 POLE
Minimum
Efficiency
Nominal
Efficiency
6 POLE
Minimum
Efficiency
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
77.0
74.0
85.5
82.5
82.5
80.0
1.5
84.0
81.5
86.5
84.0
86.5
84.0
85.5
82.5
86.5
84.0
87.5
85.5
85.5
82.5
89.5
87.5
88.5
86.5
86.5
84.0
89.5
87.5
89.5
87.5
7.5
88.5
86.5
91.0
89.5
90.2
88.5
10
89.5
87.5
91.7
90.2
91.7
90.2
15
90.2
88.5
93.0
91.7
91.7
90.2
20
91.0
89.5
93.0
91.7
92.4
91.0
25
91.7
90.2
93.6
92.4
93.0
91.7
30
91.7
90.2
94.1
93.0
93.6
92.4
40
92.4
91.0
94.1
93.0
94.1
93.0
50
93.0
91.7
94.5
93.6
94.1
93.0
60
93.6
92.4
95.0
94.1
94.5
93.6
75
93.6
92.4
95.0
94.1
94.5
93.6
100
93.6
92.4
95.4
94.5
95.0
94.1
125
94.1
93.0
95.4
94.5
95.0
94.1
150
94.1
93.0
95.8
95.0
95.4
94.5
200
95.0
94.1
95.8
95.0
95.4
94.5
250
95.0
94.1
95.8
95.0
95.4
94.5
300
95.4
94.5
95.8
95.0
95.4
94.5
350
95.4
94.5
95.8
95.0
95.4
94.5
400
95.8
95.0
95.8
95.0
95.8
95.0
450
95.8
95.0
96.2
95.4
96.2
95.4
500
95.8
95.0
96.2
95.4
96.2
95.4
Table 12-12 continued next page
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 36
Section II

RATED 600 VOLTS OR LESS (RANDOM WOUND)
ENCLOSED MOTORS
2 POLE
4 POLE
6 POLE
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
HP
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
77.0
74.0
85.5
82.5
82.5
80.0
1.5
84.0
81.5
86.5
84.0
87.5
85.5
85.5
82.5
86.5
84.0
88.5
86.5
86.5
84.0
89.5
87.5
89.5
87.5
88.5
86.5
89.5
87.5
89.5
87.5
7.5
89.5
87.5
91.7
90.2
91.0
89.5
10
90.2
88.5
91.7
90.2
91.0
89.5
15
91.0
89.5
92.4
91.0
91.7
90.2
20
91.0
89.5
93.0
91.7
91.7
90.2
25
91.7
90.2
93.6
92.4
93.0
91.7
30
91.7
90.2
93.6
92.4
93.0
91.7
40
92.4
91.0
94.1
93.0
94.1
93.0
50
93.0
91.7
94.5
93.6
94.1
93.0
60
93.6
92.4
95.0
94.1
94.5
93.6
75
93.6
92.4
95.4
94.5
94.5
93.6
100
94.1
93.0
95.4
94.5
95.0
94.1
125
95.0
94.1
95.4
94.5
95.0
94.1
150
95.0
94.1
95.8
95.0
95.8
95.0
200
95.4
94.5
96.2
95.4
95.8
95.0
250
95.8
95.0
96.2
95.4
95.8
95.0
300
95.8
95.0
96.2
95.4
95.8
95.0
350
95.8
95.0
96.2
95.4
95.8
95.0
400
95.8
95.0
96.2
95.4
95.8
95.0
450
95.8
95.0
96.2
95.4
95.8
95.0
500
95.8
95.0
96.2
95.4
95.8
95.0


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 37
Table 12-13
RATED 5000 VOLTS OR LESS (FORM WOUND)
OPEN MOTORS
4 POLE
6 POLE
HP
Minimum
Efficiency
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
250
94.5
93.6
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
300
94.5
93.6
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
350
94.5
93.6
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
400
94.5
93.6
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
450
94.5
93.6
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
500
94.5
93.6
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
ENCLOSED MOTORS
2 POLE
4 POLE
6 POLE
HP
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
Nominal
Efficiency
Minimum
Efficiency
250
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
300
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
350
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
400
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
450
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
500
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1
95.0
94.1


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2 POLE
Nominal
Efficiency
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 38
Section II
Table 12-14
FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCIES FOR 50 HZ PREMIUM EFFICIENCY ELECTRIC MOTORS RATED
600 VOLTS OR LESS (RANDOM WOUND)
HP
1
1.5
2
3
5
2 POLE
Efficiency
80.7
82.8
84.2
85.9
87.9
4 POLE
Efficiency
82.5
84.2
85.3
86.7
88.4
6 POLE
Efficiency
78.9
81.1
82.5
84.4
86.5
7.5
10
15
20
25
89.2
90.1
91.2
91.9
92.4
89.6
90.4
91.5
92.1
92.6
88.0
89.0
90.3
91.2
91.8
30
40
50
60
75
92.8
93.3
93.7
94.0
94.3
93.0
93.5
93.9
94.2
94.6
92.2
92.9
93.4
93.7
94.1
100
125
150
200
250
94.7
95.0
95.2
95.5
95.7
95.0
95.3
95.5
95.8
95.9
94.6
94.9
95.2
95.5
95.7
300
350
400
450
500
95.8
95.8
95.8
95.8
95.8
96.0
96.0
96.0
96.0
96.0
95.8
95.8
95.8
95.8
95.8
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
12.62
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 39
MACHINE WITH ENCAPSULATED OR SEALED WINDINGSCONFORMANCE TESTS
An alternating-current squirrel-cage machine with encapsulated or sealed windings shall be capable of

passing the tests listed below.
After the stator winding is completed, join all leads together leaving enough length to avoid creepage to
terminals and perform the following tests in the sequence indicated:
a. The encapsulated or sealed stator shall be tested while all insulated parts are submerged in a
tank of water containing a wetting agent. The wetting agent shall be non-ionic and shall be added
in a proportion sufficient to reduce the surface tension of water to a value of 31 dyn/cm (31 x 103
N/m) or less at 25C.
b. Using 500 volts direct-current, take a 10 minute insulation resistance measurement following the
procedure as outlined in IEEE Std 43. The minimum insulation resistance in megohms shall be
5 times the machine rated kilovolts plus 5.
c.
Subject the winding to a 60-hertz high potential test of 1.15 times the rated line-to-line rms voltage
for 1 minute. Water must be at ground potential during this test.
d. Using 500 volts direct-current, take a 1 minute insulation resistance measurement following the
e. Remove winding from water, rinse if necessary, dry, and apply other tests as may be required.
NOTEThe above test is recommended as a test on a representative sample or prototype and should not be
construed as a production test.
12.63
MACHINE WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT WINDINGSCONFORMANCE TEST
An alternating-current squirrel-cage machine with moisture resistant windings shall be capable of passing
the following test:
a. After the stator is completed, join all leads together and place it in a chamber with 100 percent
relative humidity and 40C temperature for 168 hours, during which time visible condensation
shall be standing on the winding.
b. After 168 hours remove the stator winding from the chamber and within 5 minutes using 500 volt
direct-current take a 1 minute insulation resistance measurement following the procedure as
outlined in IEEE Std 43. The insulation resistance value shall be not less than 1.5 megohms.
NOTES
1The above test is recommended as a test on a representative sample or prototype and should not be construed as
a production test.
2The sealed winding conformance test in 20.18 shall be permitted to be used in place of this test procedure to
demonstrate moisture resistance of a prototype.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 40
Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
TESTS AND PERFORMANCEDC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 41
Section II
PART 12
12.0
SCOPE
dripproof ratings, or equivalent capacities, up to and including 1.25 horsepower per rpm, open type.
12.65
TEST METHODS
Tests to determine performance characteristics shall be made in accordance with IEEE Std 113.
12.66
TEST POWER SUPPLY
12.66.1 Small Motors

Performance tests on direct-current small motors intended for use on adjustable-voltage rectifier power
supplies shall be made with an adjustable power supply, derived from a 60-hertz source, that will provide
rated voltage and rated form factor at rated load.
See Figure 12-1.
12.66.2.1 Low-Ripple Power SuppliesPower Supply A
The rating of direct-current motors intended for use on low-ripple power supplies shall be based on the
use of one of the following test power supplies:
a. Direct-current generator
b. Battery
c. A polyphase rectifier power supply having more than six pulses per cycle and 15 percent or less
phase control
d. Any of the power supplies listed in 12.66.2.2 provided sufficient series inductance is used to
obtain 6 percent, or less, peak-to-peak armature current ripple.
12.66.2.2 Other Rectifier Power Supplies
The rating of direct-current motors intended for use on rectifier power supplies other than those described
in 12.66.2.1 shall be based on the use of a test power supply having the characteristics given in 12.66.2.3
and defined in 12.66.2.4.
12.66.2.3 Power Supply Characteristics
12.66.2.3.1 Input
a.
b.
c.
d.
Single phase or three phase, as specified

Specified frequency. Unless otherwise specified, the frequency shall be 60 hertz
Specified alternating-current voltage, plus 2 percent, minus 0 percent
Power source shall not introduce significant series impedance
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 42
Section II
Figure 12-1
TEST POWER SUPPLIES
12.66.2.3.2 Output
a. Rated direct-current motor voltages
b. Adequate direct current for all required tests
c. The difference between the highest and lowest peak amplitudes of the current pulses over one
cycle shall not exceed 2 percent of the highest pulse amplitude
12.66.2.4
Supplies Designated by a Single Letter
A test power supply designated by a single letter shall have all of the characteristics listed in 12.66.2.3
and, in addition, the following.
12.66.2.4.1 Power Supply C
Power supply identification letter C designates a three-phase full-wave power supply having six total
pulses per cycle and six controlled pulses per cycle, without free wheeling, with 60-hertz input, with no
series inductance being added externally to the motor armature circuit inductance. The input line-to-line
alternating-current voltage to the rectifier shall be 230 volts for motor ratings given in Table 10-9 of 10.62
and 460 volts for motor ratings given in Table 10-10 of 10.62.
12.66.2.4.2 Power Supply D
Power supply identification letter D designates a three-phase semibridge having three controlled pulses
per cycle, with free wheeling, with 60-hertz input, with no series inductance being added externally to the
motor armature circuit inductance. The input line-to-line alternating-current voltage to the rectifier shall be
230 volts for motor ratings given in Table 10-9 of 10.62 and 460 volts for motor ratings given in Table 1010 of 10.62.
12.66.2.4.3 Power Supply E
Power supply identification letter E designates a three-phase single-way power supply having three total
pulses per cycle and three controlled pulses per cycles, without free wheeling, with 60-hertz input, and
with no series inductance being added externally to the motor armature circuit inductance. The input lineto-line alternating-current voltage to the rectifier shall be 460 volts for motor ratings given in Table 10-10
of 10.62.
12.66.2.4.4 Power Supply K
Power supply identification letter K designates a single-phase full-wave power supply having two total
pulses per cycle and two controlled pulses per cycle, with free wheeling, with 60-hertz input, with no
series inductance being added externally to the motor armature circuit inductance. The input alternatingcurrent voltage to the rectifier shall be 230 volts for motors with armature voltage ratings of 180 volts in
Table 10-8 and 115 volts for motors with armature voltage ratings of 90 volts.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
12.67
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 43
TEMPERATURE RISE
motor, when tested in accordance with the rating at base speed, shall not exceed the values given in the
following tables.
12.67.1 Direct-Current Small Motors
All Enclosures
B
a. Armature windings and all windings other than those given in item b - resistance ............
70
100
130
b. Shunt field windings - resistance ......................................................................................
70
100
130
Class of Insulation System (See 1.65) .................................................................................

Time Rating (See 10.63)
Temperature Rise, Degrees C
c. The temperature attained by cores, commutators, and miscellaneous parts (such as brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.) shall
not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
NOTES
1Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if the ambient temperature of 40C is exceeded in regular operation. See
12.67.4.
2The foregoing values of temperature rise are based upon operation at altitudes of 3300 feet (1000 meters) or less. For
temperature rises for motors intended for operation at altitudes above 3300 feet (1000 meters), see 14.4.
12.67.2 Continuous-Time-Rated Direct-Current Medium Motors

All temperature rises in the following table are based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C.
Temperatures shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std. 113.
Totally Enclosed Nonventilated
and Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled
Motors, Including Variations
Thereof
Class of Insulation System (see 1.65) ........................A..............B...............F...............H
Motors with all Other Enclosures

A
B
F
H
Time Rating .............................................................................Continuous..................
Continuous

a. Armature windings and all windings other
than those given in items b and c resistance ........................................................70............100...........130...........155
b. Multi-layer field windings - resistance ..............70.............100...........130...........155
70
100
130
155
70
100
130
155
70
100
130
155
c. Single-layer field windings with exposed

uninsulated surfaces and bare copper
windings - resistance .....................................70.............100...........130...........155
d. The temperature attained by cores, commutators, and miscellaneous parts (such as brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.) shall
NOTES
12.67.4.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
All temperature rises in the following table are based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C.
Temperatures measured by either the thermometer or resistance method shall be determined in
accordance with IEEE Std. 113.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 44
Section II
12.67.3 Short-Time-Rated Direct-Current Medium Motors

All temperature rises in the following tables are based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C.
Class of Insulation System (see 1.65)

Temperature Rise, Degrees C*
than those given in items b and c
resistance
b. Multi-layer field windings resistance
Motors Rated 5 and 15 minutes*

Dripproof, Forced-Ventilated,**
Thereof
and Other Enclosures
A
B
F
H
A
B
F
H
90
125
155
185
80
115
145
175
90
125
155
155
80
115
145
175

windings resistance
90
125
155
185
80
115
145
175
Class of Insulation System (see 1.65)

Temperature Rise, Degrees C*
than those given in items b and c
resistance
b. Multi-layer field windings resistance
Motors Rated 30 and 60 Minutes*

Dripproof, Forced-Ventilated,**
Thereof
and Other Enclosures
A
B
F
H
A
B
F
H
80
110
140
165
70
100
130
155
80
110
140
165
70
100
130
155

windings resistance

Temperature rises given in 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and 12.67.3 are based upon a reference ambient
temperature of 40oC. However, it is recognized that dc machines may be required to operate in an
ambient temperature higher than 40oC. For successful operation of dc machines in ambient temperatures
higher than 40oC, the temperature rises of the machines given in 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and 12.67.3 shall be
reduced by the number of degrees that the ambient temperature exceeds 40oC. When a higher ambient
temperature than 40oC is required, preferred values of ambient temperatures are 50oC, and 65oC.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
80
110
140
165
70
100
130
155
*See 10.63.
**Forced-ventilated motors are defined in 1.25.6, 1.25.7, and 1.26.4.
NOTES
12.67.4.
Section II
12.67.5
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 45
Below 0o C*
The temperature rises given in 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and 12.67.3 are based upon a reference ambient
temperature of 40C to cover most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled dc
machines may be operated in environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always
be less than 40C. When an air-cooled dc machine is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C
then the allowable temperature rises in 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and 12.67.3 shall be increased according to the
following:
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and 12.67.3 is less than or equal to 5C then the
temperature rises given in 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and 12.67.3 shall be increased by the amount of the
difference between 40oC and the lower marked ambient temperature.
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and 12.67.3 is greater than 5C then the
temperature rises given in 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and 12.67.3 shall be increased by the amount calculated
from the following expression:
Where:
A
120
Reference Temperature, Degrees C

B
F
150
180
H
205
Temperature Rise Limit = maximum allowable temperature rise according to 12.67.1, 12.67.2, and
12.67.3
For example: An open medium dc motor with a Class F insulation system is marked for use in an
ambient with a maximum temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference Temperature is
180oC and from 12.67.2 the Temperature Rise Limit is 130oC. The allowable Increase in Rise to be
added to the Temperature Rise Limit is then:
180 o C 40 O C + 130 O C
O
= 13 C
O
80 C
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 46
12.68
Section II
VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE
Performance within this voltage variation will not necessarily be in accordance with the standards
established for operation at rated voltage. For operation below base speed, see 14.63.
12.69
VARIATION IN SPEED DUE TO LOAD
12.69.1 Straight-Shunt-Wound, Stabilized-Shunt-Wound, and Permanent-Magnet Direct-Current

Motors
The variation in speed from rated load to no load of a straight-shunt-wound, stabilized-shunt-wound, or
permanent-magnet direct-current motor having a rating listed in 10.62 shall not exceed the following
when the motor is operated at rated armature voltage, with the winding at the constant temperature
attained when operating at base speed rating, and the ambient temperature is within the usual service
range given in 14.2.1, item a.
Speed Regulation,
Percent (at Base
Speed)
25
Hp
Less than 3
3-50
20
51-100
15
101 and larger
10
Variation in speed due to loads when operating at speeds higher than base speeds may be greater than
the values in the above table.
12.69.2 Compound-Wound Direct-Current Motors
The variation in speed from rated load to no load of a compound-wound direct-current motor having a
rating listed in 10.62 shall not exceed the values given in the following table for small motors and shall be
approximately 30 percent of the rated load speed for medium motors when the motor is operated at rated
voltage, with the windings at the constant temperature attained when operating at its rating, and the
ambient temperature is within the usual service range given in 14.2.1, item a.
Hp
1/20 to 1/8 incl.
12.70
Speed,
Rpm
1725
Speed Regulation,
Percent
30
1/20 to 1/8, incl.
1140
35
1/6 to 1/3, incl.
1725
25
1/6 to 1/3, incl.
1140
30
1/2 to 3/4, incl.
1725
22
1/2
1140
25
VARIATION IN BASE SPEED DUE TO HEATING
12.70.1 Speed Variation with Temperature

The variation in base speed of straight-shunt-wound, stabilized-shunt-wound, and permanent magnet
direct-current motors from that at rated load at ambient temperature to that at rated load at the
temperature attained at rated load armature and field voltage following a run of the specified duration
shall not exceed the following percentage of the rated base speed.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Motors shall operate successfully, using the power supply selected for the basis of rating, up to and
including 110 percent of rated direct-current armature and field voltages and, in the case of motors
operating from a rectifier power supply, with a variation of plus or minus 10 percent of rated alternatingcurrent line voltage.
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 47
Percentage Variation of Rated Load Base Speed

A
Open
Enclosure Type
10
15
20
25
Totally Enclosed
15
20
25
30
12.70.2 Resistance Variation with Temperature

When the temperature of the motor winding changes from ambient temperature to that attained when the
motor is operating at its rating, the resistance of the motor windings will increase approximately 30
percent for motors having Class A insulation systems, 40 percent for motors having Class B insulation
systems, and 50 percent for motors having Class F insulation systems. With a constant voltage power
supply, this will result in a speed change as large as that given in 12.70.1. Considering all factors, the
speed of direct-current motors may either decrease or increase as the motor winding temperature
increases. For small motors, the armature current form factor will also increase slightly with increasing
motor winding temperature, but only with a single-phase rectifier is this likely to be significant.
12.71
The variation above or below the rated full-field speed of a direct-current motor shall not exceed 7-1/2
percent when operated at rated load and voltage and at full field with the windings at the constant
temperature attained when operating at its ratings.
12.72
MOMENTARY OVERLOAD CAPACITY
Direct-current motors shall be capable of carrying successfully for 1 minute an armature current at least
50 percent greater than the rated armature current at rated voltage. For adjustable-speed motors, this
capability shall apply for all speeds within the rated speed range when operated from the intended power
supply.
12.73
SUCCESSFUL COMMUTATION
Successful commutation is attained if neither the brushes nor the commutator are burned or injured in the
conformance test or in normal service to the extent that abnormal maintenance is required. The presence
of some visible sparking is not necessarily evidence of unsuccessful commutation.
12.74
OVERSPEEDS FOR MOTORS
12.74.1 Shunt-Wound Motors
12.74.2 Compound-Wound Motors Having Speed Regulation of 35 Percent or Less

Compound-wound motors shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to exceed 2 minutes, they
will withstand without mechanical injury an overspeed of 25 percent above the highest rated speed or 15
percent above the corresponding no-load speed, whichever is greater, but not exceeding 50 percent
above the highest rated speed.
12.74.3 Series-Wound Motors and Compound-Wound Motors Having Speed Regulation Greater
Than 35 Percent
Since these motors require special consideration depending upon the application for which they are
intended, the manufacturer shall assign a maximum safe operating speed which shall be stamped on the
nameplate. These motors shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to exceed 2 minutes, they
will withstand without mechanical injury an overspeed which is 10 percent above the maximum safe


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Direct-current shunt-wound motors shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to exceed 2

minutes, they will withstand without mechanical injury an overspeed of 25 percent above the highest
rated speed or 15 percent above the corresponding no-load speed, whichever is greater.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 48
Section II
operating speed. The safe operating speed marking is not required on the nameplates of small motors
which are capable of withstanding a speed which is 10 percent above the no-load speed.
12.75
FIELD DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
See 12.81.
12.76
ROUTINE TESTS ON MEDIUM DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
Typical tests which may be made on medium direct-current motors are listed below. All tests should be
made in accordance with IEEE Std. 113.
a. No-load readings1 at rated voltage on all shunt-, stabilized-shunt, compound-wound, and
permanent magnet motors; quarter-load readings1 on all series-wound motors.
b. Full-load readings1 at base and highest rated speed on all motors having a continuous torque
rating greater than that of a 15-horsepower 1750-rpm motor. Commutation should be observed
when full-load readings1 are taken.
c. High-potential test in accordance with 3.1 and 12.3.
12.77
REPORT OF TEST FORM FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MACHINES
For typical test forms, see IEEE Std. 113.

12.78
EFFICIENCY
12.78.1 Type A Power Supplies

Efficiency and losses shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std. 113 using the direct
measurement method or the segregated losses method. The efficiency shall be determined at rated
output, voltage, and speed. In the case of adjustable-speed motors, the base speed shall be used unless
otherwise specified.
a. I2R loss of armature
b. I2R loss of series windings (including commutating, compounding, and compensating fields, where
applicable)
c. I2R loss of shunt field2
d. Core loss
e. Stray load loss
f. Brush contact loss
g. Brush friction loss
h. Exciter loss if exciter is supplied with and driven from the shaft of the machine
i. Ventilating losses
j. Friction and windage loss3
The word readings includes the following:

a. Speed in revolutions per minute
b. Voltage at motor terminals
c. Amperes in armature
d. Amperes in shunt field
2
2
For separately excited motors, the shunt field I R loss shall be permitted to be omitted from the efficiency calculation if so stated.
3
In the case of motors furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the motor itself shall be
included in the efficiency calculations. Alternatively, a calculated value of efficiency, including bearing loss due to external thrust
load, shall be permitted to be specified.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 49
In determining I2R losses, the resistance of each winding shall be corrected to a temperature equal to an
ambient temperature of 25C plus the observed rated load temperature rise measured by resistance.
When the rated load temperature rise has not been measured, the resistance of the winding shall be
corrected to the following temperature:

A
85
110
135
155
If the temperature rise is specified as that of a lower class of insulation system, the temperature for
12.78.2 Other Power Supplies
It is not possible to make a simulated test which will determine motor efficiency in a particular rectifier
system. Only by directly measuring input watts (not the product of average volts and average amperes)
using the power supply to be used in an application can the motor efficiency in that system be accurately
determined. The extra losses due to the ripple in the current, and especially those due to magnetic
pulsations, are a function not only of the magnitude of the armature current ripple but, also, of the actual
wave shape.
12.79
STABILITY
When motors are operated in feedback control systems, due attention should be paid to stability
problems. Any such problems would necessarily have to be solved by the joint efforts of the system
designer, the motor manufacturer, and the manufacturer of the power supply.
12.80
OVER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION OF MEDIUM DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
Over-temperature protection of the various windings in a direct-current motor, especially the armature
winding which rotates, is considerably more complex than the protection of the stator winding of an
alternating-current motor. The wide range of load and speed (ventilation) in the typical direct-current
motor application adds to the difficulty. Current-sensing devices located remotely from the motor
(frequently in control panels) cannot match the thermal characteristics of direct-current motors over a
wide speed range because of these variable motor cooling conditions.
In order to improve the degree of over-temperature protection, a temperature sensing protector may be
installed in a direct-current motor. However, the precision of protection in over-temperature protected
direct-current motors is less than that possible in alternating-current motors. In over temperatureprotected direct-current motors, the protector is usually mounted on or near the commutating coil. Since
this winding carries armature load current, its temperature tends to rise and fall with changes in load in a
manner similar to the temperature of the armature winding.
The motor manufacturer should choose the protector and its mounting arrangement to prevent excessive
temperatures of either the commutating field or the armature winding under most conditions of operation.
However, under unusual loading conditions, the over-temperature protector may not be able to prevent
In the case of motors furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses which are representative of the
actual installation shall be determined by (1) calculation or (2) experience with shop test bearings and shall be included in the
efficiency calculations.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 50
Section II
the armature winding from reaching excessive temperatures for short periods. Maximum winding
temperatures at operation of the over-temperature protector may exceed the rated temperature rise.
Repeated operation of the over-temperature protector indicates a system installation which should be
investigated.
If a direct-current motor is specified to be over-temperature protected, the user should inform the motor
manufacturer whether a normally open or a normally closed contact device is required and the voltage,
current, and frequency rating of the circuit which this device is intended to open or close.
12.81
DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
The following may be used in supplying data for direct-current motors:

a. Manufacturers type ..................................................................................................
and frame designation ..................................................................................................
b. Requisition or order number .........................................................................................
c. Rated horsepower ........................................................................................................
d. Time rating ...................................................................................................................
e. Enclosure type .............................................................................................................
f. Insulation system ..........................................................................................................
g. Maximum ambient temperature ....................................................................................
h. Intended for use on power supply ................................................................................
i. (Check one) Straight-shunt wound ( ), stabilized-shunt wound ( ), compound
wound ( ), series wound ( ), or permanent magnet ( )
j. Rated voltage
1. Armature .................................................................................................................
2. Shunt field ...............................................................................................................
k. Rated armature current ................................................................................................
l. Rated form factor__________or rms current__________amperes
m. Resistance of windings at 25
1. Armature .................................................................................................................
2. Commutating (and compensating, if used) .............................................................
3. Series ...............................................................................................................
4. Shunt .......................................................................................................................
n. Field amperes to obtain the following speeds at rated load amperes:
1. Base speed ...
2. 150 percent of base speed, if applicable .................................................................
3. Highest rated speed...................................................................................
o. Saturated inductances
1. Total armature circuit ...........................................................................................
2. Highest rated speed ............................................................................................
2
p. Armature inertia (Wk ) ..................................................................................................
q. If separately ventilated, minimum cubic feet per minute and static pressure ...............
r. Maximum safe operating speed (for all series-wound and compound-wound motors
having speed regulation greater than 35 percent) .......................................................
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
_________volts, average
_________volts, average
_________amperes, average
_________ohms
_________ohms
_________ohms
_________ohms
_____rpm _____amperes
_____________millihenries
_____________millihenries
_________lb-ft2
___cfm _____inches of water
_________rpm
s. Temperature protection data

NOTEFor permanent-magnet motors and other motor designs, some of the above listed items may not be applicable. Other data may
be given.

--``,,```,,,`,`,


Section II
12.82
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 51
MACHINE SOUND OF DIRECT-CURRENT MEDIUM MOTORS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 12, Page 52
Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 13


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
FRAME ASSIGNMENTS FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 13, Page 1
Section II
Part 13
13.0
SCOPE
This standard covers frame assignments for the following classifications of alternating current integralhorsepower induction motors:
Single-phase, Design L, horizontal and vertical motors, open type
Polyphase, squirrel-cage, Designs A, B, and C, horizontal and vertical motors, open type and totally
enclosed fan-cooled type.
13.1
FRAME DESIGNATIONS FOR SINGLE-PHASE DESIGN L, HORIZONTAL, AND VERTICAL

MOTORS, 60 HERTZ, CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM, OPEN TYPE, 1.15 SERVICE
FACTOR, 230 VOLTS AND LESS
Hp
3600
Speed, Rpm
1800
1200
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
...
...
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
...
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
145T
182T
184T
...
...
...
...
NOTESee 4.4.1 for the dimensions of the frame designations.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 13, Page 2
13.2
Section II
FRAME DESIGNATIONS FOR POLYPHASE, SQUIRREL-CAGE, DESIGNS A AND B,

HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOTORS, 60 HERTZ, CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM,
OPEN TYPE, 1.15 SERVICE FACTOR, 575 VOLTS AND LESS*
Speed, Rpm
HP
3600
1800
1200
900
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
...
...
...
143T
145T
...
...
143T
145T
145T
...
143T
145T
182T
184T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
3
5
7-12
10
15
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
20
25
30
40
50
254T
256T
284TS
286TS
324TS
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
326TS
364TS
365TS
404TS
405TS
444TS
445TS
447TS
449TS
364TS**
365TS**
404TS**
405TS**
444TS**
445TS**
447TS**
449TS**
...
404T
405T
444T
445T
447T
449T
...
...
...
405T
444T
445T
447T
449T
...
...
...
...


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
* The voltage rating of 115 Volts applies only to motors rated 15 horsepower and smaller.
** When motors are to be used with V-belt or chain drives, the correct frame size is the frame size shown but with the suffix letter S
omitted. For the corresponding shaft extension dimensions, see 4.4.1.
The 250, 300, and 350 horsepower ratings at the 3600 rpm speed have a 1.0 service factor.
Section II
13.3
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 13, Page 3
FRAME DESIGNATIONS FOR POLYPHASE, SQUIRREL-CAGE, DESIGNS A AND B,

HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MOTORS, 60 HERTZ, CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM,
TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN-COOLED TYPE, 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR, 575 VOLTS AND
LESS*
3600
1800
1200
900
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
...
...
...
143T
145T
...
...
143T
145T
145T
...
143T
145T
182T
184T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
3
5
7-12
10
15
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
20
25
30
40
50
256T
284TS
286TS
324TS
326TS
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
364TS
365TS
405TS
444TS
445TS
447TS
449TS
364TS**
365TS**
405TS**
444TS**
445TS**
447TS**
449TS
404T
405T
444T
445T
447T
449T
...
405T
444T
445T
447T
449T
...
...


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Speed, Rpm
HP
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 13, Page 4
13.4
Section II
FRAME DESIGNATIONS FOR POLYPHASE, SQUIRREL-CAGE, DESIGN C, HORIZONTAL

AND VERTICAL MOTORS, 60 HERTZ, CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM, OPEN TYPE, 1.15
SERVICE FACTOR, 575 VOLTS AND LESS*
HP
1800
Speed, Rpm
1200
900
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
143T
145T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364TS**
365TS**
404TS**
405TS**
444TS**
445TS**
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
447T
449T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
447T
449T
...
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
13.5
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 13, Page 5
FRAME DESIGNATIONS FOR POLYPHASE, SQUIRREL-CAGE, DESIGN C, HORIZONTAL

AND VERTICAL MOTORS, 60 HERTZ, CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEM, TOTALLY
ENCLOSED FAN-COOLED TYPE, 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR, 575 VOLTS AND LESS*
HP
1800
Speed, Rpm
1200
900
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
143T
145T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364TS**
365TS**
405TS**
444TS**
445TS**
447TS**
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
447T
449T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
447T
449T
...

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 13, Page 6
Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`




--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 14
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
APPLICATION DATAAC AND DC SMALL AND MEDIUM MACHINES
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 1
Section II
Part 14
14.0
SCOPE
Synchronous
Speed
3600
1800
1200
900
720
600
514
Motors,
Squirrel-Cage
and Wound
Rotor, Hp
500
500
350
250
200
150
125
Power Factor
Unity
0.8
500
400
500
400
350
300
250
200
200
150
150
125
125
100
Generators,
Synchronous,
Revolving
Field Type kW
at 0.8
Power Factor
400
400
300
200
150
125
100
b. Direct-Current MachinesDirect-current machines built in frames with continuous dripproof

ratings, or equivalent capacities, up to and including:
1. motors1.25 horsepower per rpm, open type
2. generators1.0 kilowatt per rpm, open type
14.1
PROPER SELECTION OF APPARATUS
Machines should be properly selected with respect to their service conditions, usual or unusual, both of
which involve the environmental conditions to which the machine is subjected and the operating
conditions. Machines conforming to Parts 10 through 15 of this publication are designed for operation in
accordance with their ratings under usual service conditions. Some machines may also be capable of
operating in accordance with their ratings under one or more unusual service conditions. Definite purpose
or special-purpose machines may be required for some unusual conditions.
Service conditions, other than those specified as usual, may involve some degree of hazard. The
additional hazard depends upon the degree of departure from usual operating conditions and the severity
of the environment to which the machine is exposed. The additional hazard results from such things as
overheating, mechanical failure, abnormal deterioration of the insulation system, corrosion, fire, and
explosion.
Although experience of the user may often be the best guide, the manufacturer of the driven or driving
equipment or the manufacturer of the machine, or both, should be consulted for further information
regarding any unusual service conditions which increase the mechanical or thermal duty on the machine
and, as a result, increase the chances for failure and consequent hazard. This further information should
be considered by the user, consultants, or others most familiar with the details of the application involved
when making the final decision.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. Alternating-Current MachinesAlternating-current machines up to and including the ratings built

in frames corresponding to the continuous open-type ratings given in the table below.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 2
Section II
14.2
USUAL SERVICE CONDITIONS
14.2.1
Environmental Conditions
Machines shall be designed for the following operating site conditions, unless other conditions are
specified by the purchaser:
14.2.2
Operating Conditions
a. V-belt drive in accordance with 14.42 for alternating-current motors and with 14.67 for industrial
direct-current motors
b. Flat-belt, chain, and gear drives in accordance with 14.7
14.3
UNUSUAL SERVICE CONDITIONS
The manufacturer should be consulted if any unusual service conditions exist which may affect the
construction or operation of the motor. Among such conditions are:
a. Exposure to:
1. Combustible, explosive, abrasive, or conducting dusts
2. Lint or very dirty operating conditions where the accumulation of dirt may interfere with normal
ventilation
3. Chemical fumes, flammable or explosive gases
4. Nuclear radiation
5. Steam, salt-laden air, or oil vapor
6. Damp or very dry locations, radiant heat, vermin infestation, or atmospheres conducive to the
growth of fungus
7. Abnormal shock, vibration, or mechanical loading from external sources
8. Abnormal axial or side thrust imposed on the motor shaft
b. Operation where:
1. There is excessive departure from rated voltage or frequency, or both (see 12.44 for alternating
current motors and 12.68 for direct-current motors)
2. The deviation factor of the alternating-current supply voltage exceeds 10 percent
3. The alternating-current supply voltage is unbalanced by more than 1 percent (see 12.45 and
14.36)
4. The rectifier output supplying a direct-current motor is unbalanced so that the difference
between the highest and lowest peak amplitudes of the current pulses over one cycle exceed 10
percent of the highest pulse amplitude at rated armature current
5. Low noise levels are required
6. The power system is not grounded (see 14.31)
c. Operation at speeds above the highest rated speed
d. Operation in a poorly ventilated room, in a pit, or in an inclined position
e. Operation where subjected to:
1. Torsional impact loads
2. Repetitive abnormal overloads


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. Exposure to an ambient temperature in the range of -15C to 40C or, when water cooling is used,
an ambient temperature range of 5C (to prevent freezing of water) to 40C, except for machines
rated less than 3/4 hp and all machines other than water cooled having commutator or sleeve
bearings for which the minimum ambient temperature is 0C
b. Exposure to an altitude which does not exceed 3300 feet (1000 meters)
c. Installation on a rigid mounting surface
d. Installation in areas or supplementary enclosures which do not seriously interfere with the
ventilation of the machine
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 3
14.4
TEMPERATURE RISE
The temperature rises given for machines in 12.43, 12.44, 12.67, and 15.41 are based upon operation at
altitudes of 3300 feet (1000 meters) or less and a maximum ambient temperature of 40C. It is also
recognized as good practice to use machines at altitudes greater than 3300 feet (1000 meters) as
indicated in the following paragraphs.
14.4.1
Ambient Temperature at Altitudes for Rated Temperature Rise
Machines having temperature rises in accordance with 12.43, 12.44, 12.67, and 15.41 will operate
satisfactorily at altitudes above 3300 feet (1000 meters) in those locations where the decrease in ambient
temperature compensates for the increase in temperature rise, as follows:
14.4.2
Maximum Altitude, Feet (Meters)

3300 (1000)
Ambient Temperature, Degrees C

40
6600 (2000)
30
9900 (3000)
20
Motors with Service Factor
Motors having a service factor of 1.15 or higher will operate satisfactorily at unity service factor at an
ambient temperature of 40C at altitudes above 3300 feet (1000 meters) up to 9000 feet (2740 meters).
14.4.3
Temperature Rise at Sea Level
Machines which are intended for use at altitudes above 3300 feet (1000 meters) at an ambient
temperature of 40C should have temperature rises at sea level not exceeding the values calculated from
the following formula:
When altitude in feet:
(Alt 3300)
TRSL = TRA 1
33000
When altitude in meters:

(Alt 1000)
TRSL = TRA 1
10000
Where:
TRSL = test temperature rise in degrees C at sea level
TRA = temperature rise in degrees C from the appropriate table in 12.43,12.44, 12.67, 15.41
Alt = altitude above sea level in feet (meters) at which machine is to be operated


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3. Reversing or electric braking

4. Frequent starting (see 12.55)
5. Out-of-phase bus transfer (see 14.45)
6. Frequent short circuits
f. Operation of machine at standstill with any winding continuously energized or of short-time-rated
machine with any winding continuously energized
g. Operation of direct-current machine where the average armature current is less than 50 percent of
the rated full-load amperes over a 24-hour period, or continuous operation at armature current
less than 50 percent of rated current for more than 4 hours
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 4
14.4.4
Section II
Preferred Values of Altitude for Rating Motors
Preferred values of altitude are 3300 feet (1000 meters), 6600 feet (2000 meters), 9900 feet (3000
meters), 13200 feet (4000 meters), and 16500 feet (5000 meters).
14.5
SHORT-TIME RATED ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Short-time rated electrical machines (see 10.36 and 10.63) should be applied so as to ensure
performance without damage. They should be operated at rated load for the specified time rating only
when the motor is at ambient temperature prior to the start of operation. They should not be used (except
on the recommendation of the manufacturer) on any application where the driven machine may be left
running continuously.
14.6
Facing the end of the machine opposite the drive end, the standard direction of rotation for all
nonreversing direct-current motors, all alternating-current single-phase motors, all synchronous motors,
and all universal motors shall be counterclockwise. For alternating- and direct-current generators, the
rotation shall be clockwise.
This does not apply to polyphase induction motors as most applications on which they are used are of
such a nature that either or both directions of rotation may be required, and the phase sequence of the
power lines is rarely known.
Where two or more machines are mechanically coupled together, the foregoing standard may not apply
to all units.
14.7
APPLICATION OF PULLEYS, SHEAVES, SPROCKETS, AND GEARS ON MOTOR SHAFTS
14.7.1
Mounting
In general, the closer pulleys, sheaves, sprockets, or gears are mounted to the bearing on the motor
shaft, the less will be the load on the bearing. This will give greater assurance of trouble-free service.
The center point of the belt, or system of V-belts, should not be beyond the end of the motor shaft.
The inner edge of the sheave or pulley rim should not be closer to the bearing than the shoulder on the
shaft but should be as close to this point as possible.
The outer edge of a chain sprocket or gear should not extend beyond the end of the motor shaft.
14.7.2
Minimum Pitch Diameter for Drives Other Than V-Belt
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
To obtain the minimum pitch diameters for flat-belt, timing-belt, chain, and gear drives, the multiplier given
in the following table should be applied to the narrow V-belt sheave pitch diameters in 14.41 for
alternating-current general-purpose motors or to the V-belt sheave pitch diameters as determined from
14.67 for industrial direct-current motors:


Section II
Drive
Flat belt*
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 5
Multiplier
1.33
Timing belt**
0.9
Chain sprocket
0.7
Spur gear
0.75
Helical gear
0.85
*The above multiplier is intended for use with conventional single-ply flat belts.
When other than single-ply flat belts are used, the use of a larger multiplier is
recommended.
**It is often necessary to install timing belts with a snug fit. However, tension
should be no more than that necessary to avoid belt slap or tooth jumping.
14.7.3
Maximum Speed of Drive Components
The maximum speed of drive components should not exceed the values recommended by the
component manufacturer or the values specified in the industry standards to which the component
manufacturer indicates conformance. Speeds above the maximum recommended speed may result in
damage to the equipment or injury to personnel.
14.8
THROUGH-BOLT MOUNTING
Some motor users have found it to their advantage to case the motor drive end shield as an integral part
of the driven machine and, consequently, they purchase the motors without the drive-end shield. In view
of the considerable range and variety of stator rabbet diameters, clamp bolt diameters, circle diameters,
and clamp bolt sizes among motors of differing manufacture, this type of driven machine construction
may seriously limit users choice of motors suppliers unless adequate machining flexibility has been
provided in the design of this end shield.
In order to assist the machine designer in providing such flexibility, the following data have been compiled
to give some indication of the range of motor rabbet and clamp bolt circle diameters which may be
involved. The following table is based on information supplied by member companies of the NEMA Motor
and Generator Section that build motors in these frame sizes:
48 Frame,
Inches
56 Frame,
Inches
Smallest diameter reported ..................
5.25
5.875
Largest diameter reported ....................
5.625
6.5
5.34-5.54
6.03-6.34
Motor Rabbet Diameter:
Over 75 percent of respondents

reported diameters within range of ......
Motor Clamp Bolt Circle Diameter:
4.875
5.5
5.250
6.25
5.00-5.25
5.65-5.94
#8
#10
#10
#10
Over 75 percent of respondents

reported diameters within range of .......
Motor Clamp Bolt Size:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 6
14.9
Section II
RODENT PROTECTION
It is often desirable to provide rodent protection in an open machine in order to retard the entrance of
small rodents into the machine. Protection may be provided by limiting the size of the openings giving
direct access to the internal parts of the machine by means of screens, baffles, grills, expanded metal,
structural parts of the machine, or by other means. The means employed may vary with the size of the
machine. In such cases, care should be taken to assure adequate ventilation since restricting the air flow
could cause the machine to exceed its temperature rating. Before applying screens, baffles, expanded
metal, etc., to a machine for rodent protection, the motor or generator manufacturer should be consulted.
A common construction restricts the openings giving direct access to the interior of the machine so that a
0.312-in. diameter rod cannot enter the opening.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 7
Section II
Part 14
APPLICATION DATAAC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
14.0
SCOPE
built in frames corresponding to the continuous open-type ratings given in the table below:
14.30
Synchronous
Speed
Motors,
Squirrel-Cage
and Wound
Rotor, Hp
3600
500
500
400
1800
500
500
400
1200
350
350
300
900
250
250
200
720
200
200
150
600
150
150
125
514
125
125
100
Power Factor
Unity
0.8
EFFECTS OF VARIATION OF VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY UPON THE PERFORMANCE

OF INDUCTION MOTORS
14.30.1 General
Induction motors are at times operated on circuits of voltage or frequency other than those for which the
motors are rated. Under such conditions, the performance of the motor will vary from the rating. The
following are some of the operating results caused by small variations of voltage and frequency and are
indicative of the general character of changes produced by such variation in operating conditions.
14.30.2 Effects of Variation in Voltage on Temperature
With a 10 percent increase or decrease in voltage from that given on the nameplate, the heating at rated
horsepower load may increase. Such operation for extended periods of time may accelerate the
deterioration of the insulation system.
14.30.3 Effect of Variation in Voltage on Power Factor
In a motor of normal characteristics at full rated horsepower load, a 10 percent increase of voltage above
that given on the nameplate would usually result in a decided lowering in power factor. A 10 percent
decrease of voltage below that given on the nameplate would usually give an increase in power factor.
14.30.4 Effect of Variation in Voltage on Starting Torques
The locked-rotor and breakdown torque will be proportional to the square of the voltage applied.
14.30.5 Effect of Variation in Voltage on Slip
An increase of 10 percent in voltage will result in a decrease of slip of about 17 percent, while a reduction
of 10 percent will result in an increase of slip of about 21 percent. Thus, if the slip at rated voltage were 5
percent, it would be increased to 6.05 percent if the voltage were reduced 10 percent.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 8
Section II
14.30.6 Effects of Variation in Frequency

A frequency higher than the rated frequency usually improves the power factor but decreases locked
rotor torque and increases the speed and friction and windage loss. At a frequency lower than the rated
frequency, the speed is decreased, locked-rotor torque is increased, and power factor is decreased. For
certain kinds of motor load, such as in textile mills, close frequency regulation is essential.
14.30.7 Effect of Variations in Both Voltage and Frequency
If variations in both voltage and frequency occur simultaneously, the effect will be superimposed. Thus, if
the voltage is high and the frequency low, the locked-rotor torque will be very greatly increased, but the
power factor will be decreased and the temperature rise increased with normal load.
14.30.8 Effect on Special-Purpose or Small Motors
The foregoing facts apply particularly to general-purpose motors. They may not always be true in
connection with special-purpose motors, built for a particular purpose, or for very small motors.
14.31
MACHINES OPERATING ON AN UNGROUNDED SYSTEM
Alternating-current machines are intended for continuous operation with the neutral at or near ground
potential. Operation on ungrounded systems with one line at ground potential should be done only for
infrequent periods of short duration, for example as required for normal fault clearance. If it is intended to
operate the machine continuously or for prolonged periods in such conditions, a special machine with a
level of insulation suitable for such operation is required. The motor manufacturer should be consulted
before selecting a motor for such an application.
Grounding of the interconnection of the machine neutral points should not be undertaken without
consulting the System Designer because of the danger of zero-sequence components of currents of all
frequencies under some operating conditions and the possible mechanical damage to the winding under
line-to-neutral fault conditions.
Other auxiliary equipment connected to the motor such as, but not limited to, surge capacitors, power
factor correction capacitors, or lightning arresters, may not be suitable for use on an ungrounded system
and should be evaluated independently.
14.32
OPERATION OF ALTERNATING CURRENT MOTORS FROM VARIABLE-FREQUENCY OR
VARIABLE-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES, OR BOTH
14.32.1 Performance
Alternating-current motors to be operated from solid state or other types of variable-frequency or variablevoltage power supplies, or both, for adjustable-speed-drive applications may require individual
consideration to provide satisfactory performance. Especially for operation below rated speed, it may be
necessary to reduce the motor torque load below the rated full-load torque to avoid overheating the
motors. The motor manufacturer should be consulted before selecting a motor for such applications (see
Parts 30 and 31).
WARNING: Motors operated from variable frequency or variable voltage power supplies, or both, should not be used in any Division
1 hazardous (classified) locations unless:
a. The motor is identified on the nameplate as acceptable for variable speed operation when used in
Division 1 hazardous (classified) locations.
b. The actual operating speed range is not outside of the permissible operating speed range marked
on the motor nameplate.
c. The actual power supply is consistent with the type of power supply identified in information which
is supplied by the motor manufacturer.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 9
For motors to be used in any Division 2 hazardous (classified) locations, the motor manufacturer should
be consulted.
High frequency harmonics of inverters can cause an increase in the level of leakage current in the motor.
Therefore, users are cautioned to follow established grounding practices for the motor frame.
Failure to comply with this warning could result in an unsafe installation that could cause damage to
property, serious injury or death to personnel, or both.
14.32.2 Shaft Voltages
Additional shaft voltages may occur from voltage and current peaks which are superimposed on the
symmetrical phase quantities during inverter operation. Experience shows that while this is generally not
a problem on this class of machines, shaft voltages higher than 500 millivolts (peak), when tested per
IEEE Std 112, may necessitate grounding the shaft and/or insulating a bearing.
14.33
EFFECTS OF VOLTAGES OVER 600 VOLTS ON THE PERFORMANCE OF LOW-VOLTAGE
MOTORS
Polyphase motors are regularly built for voltage ratings of 575 volts or less (see 10.30) and are expected
to operate satisfactorily with a voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent. This means that motors of
this insulation level may be successfully applied up to an operating voltage of 635 volts.
Based on motor manufacturers high-potential tests and performance in the field, it has been found that
where utilization voltage exceed 635 volts, the safety factor of the insulation has been reduced to a level
inconsistent with good engineering procedure.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
In view of the foregoing, motors of this insulation level should not be applied to power systems either with
or without grounded neutral where the utilization voltage exceeds 635 volts, regardless of the motor
connection employed.
However, there are some definite-purpose motors that are intended for operation on a grounded 830-volt
system. Such motors are suitable for 460-volt operation when delta connected and for 796-volt operation
when wye connected when the neutral of the system is solidly grounded.
14.34
OPERATION OF GENERAL-PURPOSE ALTERNATING-CURRENT POLYPHASE, 2-, 4-, 6-,
AND 8-POLE, 60-HERTZ MEDIUM INDUCTION MOTORS OPERATED ON 50 HERTZ
While general-purpose alternating-current polyphase, 2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-pole, 60-hertz medium induction
motors are not designed to operate at their 60-hertz ratings on 50-hertz circuits, they are capable of being
operated satisfactorily on 50-hertz circuits if their voltage and horsepower ratings are appropriately
reduced. When such 60-hertz motors are operated on 50-hertz circuits, the applied voltage at 50 hertz
should be reduced to 5/6 of the 60-hertz voltage rating of the motor, and the horsepower load at 50 hertz
should be reduced to 5/6 of the 60-hertz horsepower rating of the motor.
When a 60-hertz motor is operated on 50 hertz at 5/6 of the 60-hertz voltage and horsepower ratings, the
other performance characteristics for 50-hertz operation are as follows:
14.34.1 Speed
The synchronous speed will be 5/6 of the 60-hertz synchronous speed, and the slip will be 5/6 of the 60hertz slip.
14.34.2 Torques
The rated load torque in pound-feet will be approximately the same as the 60-hertz rated load torque in
pound-feet. The locked-rotor and breakdown torques in pound-feet of 50-hertz motors will be
approximately the same as the 60-hertz locked-rotor and breakdown torques in pound-feet.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 10
Section II
14.34.3 Locked-Rotor Current
The locked-rotor current (amperes) will be approximately 5 percent less than the 60-hertz locked-rotor
current (amperes). The code letter appearing on the motor nameplate to indicate locked-rotor kVA per
horsepower applies only to the 60-hertz rating of the motor.
14.34.4 Service Factor
The service factor will be 1.0.

14.34.5 Temperature Rise
The temperature rise will not exceed 90C (see 14.30).

14.35
OPERATION OF 230-VOLT INDUCTION MOTORS ON 208-VOLT SYSTEMS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
14.35.1 General
Induction motors intended for operation on 208-volt systems should be rated for 200 volts.
Operation of a motor rated 230 volts on a 208-volt system is not recommended (except as described in
14.35.2) because utilization voltages are commonly encountered below the 10 percent tolerance on the
voltage rating for which the motor is designed. Such operation will generally result in overheating and
serious reduction in torques.
14.35.2 Nameplate Marking of Useable @ 200 V
Motors rated 230 volts, but capable of operating satisfactorily on 208 volt systems shall be permitted to
be labeled Usable at 200 Volts. Motors so marked shall be suitable for operation at rated (1.0 service
factor) horsepower at a utilization voltage of 200 volts at rated frequency, with a temperature rise not
exceeding the values given in 12.44, item a.2., for the class of insulation system furnished. The service
factor, horsepower, and corresponding value of current shall be marked on the nameplate; i.e. Usable @
200 V. ________ hp, ________ amps, 1.0 S.F.
14.35.3 Effects on Performance of Motor
When operated on a 208 volt system the motor slip will increase approximately 30% and the motor
locked-rotor, pull-up and breakdown torque values will be reduced by approximately 20-30%. Therefore, it
should be determined that the motor will start and accelerate the connected load without injurious
heating, and that the breakdown torque is adequate for the application.
NOTEUtilization voltage tolerance is 200 minus 5% (190 volts) - Ref. ANSI C84.1. Voltage Range A. Performance within this
voltage tolerance will not necessarily be in accordance with that stated in 14.35.2.
14.36
EFFECTS OF UNBALANCED VOLTAGES ON THE PERFORMANCE OF POLYPHASE
INDUCTION MOTORS
When the line voltages applied to a polyphase induction motor are not equal, unbalanced currents in the
stator windings will result. A small percentage voltage unbalance will result in a much larger percentage
current unbalance. Consequently, the temperature rise of the motor operating at a particular load and
percentage voltage unbalance will be greater than for the motor operating under the same conditions with
balanced voltages.
Voltages preferably should be evenly balanced as closely as can be read on a voltmeter. Should voltages
be unbalanced, the rated horsepower of the motor should be multiplied by the factor shown in Figure 14
to reduce the possibility of damage to the motor. Operation of the motor above a 5-percent voltage
unbalance condition is not recommended.
When the derating curve of Figure 14-1 is applied for operation on unbalanced voltages, the selection
and setting of the overload device should take into account the combination of the derating factor applied
to the motor and increase in current resulting from the unbalanced voltages. This is a complex problem
involving the variation in motor current as a function of load and voltage unbalance in addition to the


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 11
characteristics of the overload devices relative to Imaximum or Iaverage. In the absence of specific information,
it is recommended that overload devices be selected or adjusted, or both, at the minimum value that does
not result in tripping for the derating factor and voltage unbalance that applies. When unbalanced
voltages are anticipated, it is recommended that the overload devices be selected so as to be responsive
to Imaximum in preference to overload devices responsive to Iaverage.
Figure 14-1
MEDIUM MOTOR DERATING FACTOR DUE TO UNBALANCED VOLTAGE
14.36.1 Effect on PerformanceGeneral
The effect of unbalanced voltages on polyphase induction motors is equivalent to the introduction of a
negative sequence voltage having a rotation opposite to that occurring with balanced voltages. This
negative sequence voltage produces in the air gap a flux rotating against the rotation of the rotor, tending
to produce high currents. A small negative-sequence voltage may produce in the windings currents
considerably in excess of those present under balanced voltage conditions.
14.36.2 Unbalance Defined
The voltage unbalance in percent may be defined as follows:

percent voltage unbalance = 100 x
max imum voltage deviation from average voltage

average voltage
EXAMPLE: With voltages of 460, 467, and 450, the average is 459, the maximum deviation from average is 9, and the percent
unbalance = 100 x
9
= 1.96 percent .
459
14.36.3 Torques
The locked-rotor torque and breakdown torque are decreased when the voltage is unbalanced. If the
voltage unbalance should be extremely severe, the torques might not be adequate for the application.
14.36.4 Full-Load Speed
The full-load speed is reduced slightly when the motor operates with unbalanced voltages.
14.36.5 Currents
The locked-rotor current will be unbalanced to the same degree that the voltages are unbalanced, but the
locked-rotor kVA will increase only slightly.
The currents at normal operating speed with unbalanced voltages will be greatly unbalanced in the order
of approximately 6 to 10 times the voltage unbalance.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 12
14.37
Section II
APPLICATION OF ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS WITH SERVICE FACTORS
14.37.1 General
A general-purpose alternating-current motor or any alternating-current motor having a service factor in

accordance with 12.52 is suitable for continuous operation at rated load under the usual service
conditions given in 14.2. When the voltage and frequency are maintained at the value specified on the
nameplate, the motor may be overloaded up to the horsepower obtained by multiplying the rated
horsepower by the service factor shown on the nameplate.
A motor operating continuously at any service factor greater than 1 will have a reduced life expectancy
compared to operating at its rated nameplate horsepower. Insulation life and bearing life are reduced by
the service factor load.
14.37.2 Temperature RiseMedium Alternating-Current Motors
When operated at the service-factor load, the motor will have a temperature rise as specified in 12.44,
item a.2.
14.37.3 Temperature RiseSmall Alternating-Current Motors
When operated at the service-factor load, the motor will have a temperature rise as specified in 12.43.1.
14.38
CHARACTERISTICS OF PART-WINDING-START POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS
The result of energizing a portion of the primary windings of a polyphase induction motor will depend
upon how this portion is distributed in the motor and, in some cases, may do nothing more than overload
the portion of the winding so energized (i.e., result in no noticeable reduction of current or torque). For
this reason, a standard 230/460 volt dual voltage motor may or may not be satisfactory for part-winding
starting on a 240-volt circuit.
When the winding is distributed so as to be satisfactory for part-winding starting, a commonly used
connection results in slightly less than 50 percent of normal locked-rotor torque and approximately 60
percent of normal locked-rotor current. It is evident that the torque may be insufficient to start the motor if
it has much friction load. This is not important in applications where it is permissible to draw the fullwinding starting current from the system in two increments. (If actual values of torque and current are
important, they should be obtained from the motor manufacturer.)
When the partial winding is energized, the motor may not accelerate to full speed. On part winding, it can
at best develop less than half the torque it is capable of on full winding and usually the speed-torque
characteristic is adversely affected by harmonics resulting from the unbalanced magnetic circuit. Further,
the permissible accelerating time on part winding may be less than on full winding because of the higher
current in the portion of the winding energized. However, in the usual application, the remainder of the
winding is energized a few seconds after the first portion, and the motor then accelerates and runs
smoothly. During the portion of the accelerating period that the motor is on part winding, it may be
expected to be noisier than when on full winding.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When the motor is operated at any service factor greater than 1, it may have efficiency, power factor, and
speed different from those at rated load, but the locked-rotor torque and current and breakdown torque
will remain unchanged.
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 13
14.39
COUPLING END-PLAY AND ROTOR FLOAT FOR HORIZONTAL
ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS
14.39.1 Preferred Ratings for Motors with Ball Bearings
It is recommended that motors be provided with ball bearings wherever applicable, particularly for the
ratings indicated in the following table.
Motor Hp
500 and below
Synchronous Speed of Motors, Rpm

3600, 3000, 1800, and 1500
350 and below
1200 and 1000
250 and below
900 and 750
200 and below
720 and below
14.39.2 Limits for Motors with Sleeve Bearing
Where motors are provided with sleeve bearings, the motor bearings and limited-end float coupling
should be applied as indicated in the following table:
Min. Motor Rotor

End Float, Inch
0.25
Max. Coupling
End Float, Inch
0.09
300 to 500, incl.
3600 and 3000
0.50
0.19
125 to 500, incl.
1800 and below
0.25
0.09
14.39.3 Drawing and Shaft Markings
To facilitate the assembly of driven equipment sleeve bearing motors on frames 440 and larger, the motor
manufacturer should:
a. Indicate on the motor outline drawing the minimum motor rotor end-play in inches
b. Mark rotor end-play limits on motor shaft
NOTEThe motor and the driven equipment should be assembled and adjusted at the installation site so that there will be
some endwise clearance in the motor bearing under all operating conditions. The difference between the rotor end-play and the
end-float in the coupling allows for expansion and contraction in the driven equipment, for clearance in the driven equipment
thrust bearing, for endwise movement in the coupling, and for assembly.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Motor Hp
125 to 250, incl.
Synchronous
Speed of Motors,
Rpm
3600 and 3000
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 14
14.40
Section II
OUTPUT SPEEDS FOR MEDIUM GEAR MOTORS OF PARALLEL CONSTRUCTION

Output Speeds
(Based on Assumed Operating Speed of 1750 rpm)
Output
Nominal Gear
Ratios
Output
1.225
Speeds
1430
25.628
Speeds
68
1.500
1170
31.388
56
1.837
950
38.442
45
2.250
780
47.082
37
2.756
640
57.633
30
3.375
520
70.623
25
4.134
420
86.495
20
5.062
350
105.934
16.5
6.200
280
129.742
13.5
7.594
230
158.900
11.0
9.300
190
194.612
9.0
11.390
155
238.350
7.5
13.950
125
291.917
6.0
17.086
100
357.525
5.0
20.926
84
437.875
4.0
These output speeds are based on an assumed operating speed of 1750 rpm and certain nominal gear
ratios and will be modified:
a. By the variation in individual motor speeds from the basic operating speed of 1750 rpm
(The same list of output speeds may be applied to 50-hertz gear motors when employing motors
of 1500 rpm synchronous speed if an assumed motor operating speed of 1430 rpm is used.)
(This list of output speeds may be applied to 60-hertz gear motors when employing motors of
1200 rpm synchronous speed if an assumed motor operating speed of 1165 rpm is used.)
b. By a variation in the exact gear ratio from the nominal, which variation will not change the output
speed by more than plus or minus 3 percent
14.41
APPLICATION OF MEDIUM ALTERNATING-CURRENT SQUIRREL-CAGE MACHINES
WITH SEALED WINDINGS
14.41.1 Usual Service Conditions
Medium alternating-current squirrel-cage machines with sealed windings are generally suitable for
exposure to the following environmental conditions:
a.
b.
c.
d.
High humidity
Water spray and condensation
Detergents and mildly corrosive chemicals
Mildly abrasive nonmagnetic air-borne dust in quantities insufficient to impede proper ventilation or
mechanical operation
14.41.2 Unusual Service Conditions
For environmental conditions other than those listed in 14.41.1, the machine manufacturer should be
consulted. Such conditions may include the following:
a. Salt spray
b. Oils, greases, fats, and solvents
c. Severely abrasive nonmagnetic dusts


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Nominal Gear
Ratios
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 15
d. Vibration
e. Occasional submergence in water with the motor not running
14.41.3 Hazardous Locations
The use of machines with sealed windings in hazardous areas does not obviate the need for other
constructional features dictated by requirements for the areas involved.
NOTESee 12.44, item a.4, for temperature rating.
14.42
HAVING ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS
14.42.1 Dimensions
14.42.1.1
Selected Motor Ratings
Alternating-current motors having antifriction bearings and a continuous time rating with the frame sizes,
horsepower, and speed ratings listed in Table 14-1 are designed to operate with V-belt sheaves within
the limited dimensions listed. Selection of V-belt sheave dimensions is made by the V-belt drive vendor
and the motor purchaser but, to ensure satisfactory motor operation, the selected diameter shall be not
smaller than, nor shall the selected width be greater than, the dimensions listed in Table 14-1.
14.42.1.2
Other Motor Ratings
For motors having speeds and ratings other than those given in Table 14-1, the motor manufacturer
should be consulted.
14.42.2 Radial Overhung Load Limitations
The maximum allowable radial overhung load for horizontal motors with antifriction ball bearings are
given in Table 14-1A. These limits should not be exceeded. Bearing and shaft failure constitute a safety
hazard and safeguards suitable to each application should be taken.
Applications which result in a thrust or axial load component including vertical motors, are not covered by
Table 14-1A. The motor manufacturer should be consulted concerning these applications, as well as
applications which exceed the specified radial overhung load limit or for which a B-10 life other than
26,280 hours is required.
14.43
See 20.31.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 14-1A shows limits for loads applied at the center of the N-W dimension and a reduction factor for
loads applied at the end of the shaft. See 14.7 for further information on the mounting of sheaves.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 16
Section II
Table 14-1
MEDIUM MOTORSPOLYPHASE INDUCTION*
Horsepower at
V-belt Sheave**
Conventional
Narrow
A, B, C, and D
3V, 5V, and 8V***
Minimum
Minimum
Pitch
Maximum
Outside
Maximum
Diameter,
Width
Diameter,
Width,
#
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
2.2
2.2
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.6
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.6
2.4
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.6
4.4
4.6
4.4
5.0
4.4
5.4
5.2
6.0
6.0
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
7.4
7.4
8.2
8.2
9.0
8.6
9.0
8.0
9.0
8.4
10.0
8.6
10.0
10.0
10.0
8.6
11.5
10.5
11.0
10.0
10.5
9.5
11.0
9.5
...
10.5
12.5
12.0
12.5
12.0
...
10.5
...
13.2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Frame
Number
3600
1800
1200
900
143T
1-1/2
1
3/4
1/2
145T
2-3
1-1/2-2
1
3/4
182T
3
3
1-1/2
1
182T
5
...
...
...
184T
...
...
2
1-1/2
184T
5
...
...
...
184T
7-1/2
5
...
...
213T
7-1/2-10
7-1/2
3
2
215T
10
...
5
3
215T
15
10
...
...
254T
15
...
7-1/2
5
254T
20
15
...
...
256T
20-25
...
10
7-1/2
256T
...
20
...
...
284T
...
...
15
10
284T
...
25
...
...
286T
...
30
20
15
324T
...
40
25
20
326T
...
50
30
25
364T
...
...
40
30
364T
...
60
...
...
365T
...
...
50
40
365T
...
75
...
...
404T
...
...
60
...
404T
...
...
...
50
404T
...
100
...
...
405T
...
...
75
60
405T
...
100
...
...
405T
...
125
...
...
444T
...
...
100
...
444T
...
...
...
75
444T
...
125
...
...
444T
...
150
...
...
445T
...
...
125
...
445T
...
...
...
100
445T
...
150
...
...
445T
...
200
...
...
*For the maximum speed of the drive components, see 14.7.3.
For the assignment of horsepower and speed ratings to frames, see Part 13.
**Sheave dimensions are based on the following:
a. Motor nameplate horsepower and speed
b. Belt service factor of 1.6 with belts tightened to belt manufacturers recommendations
c. Speed reduction of 5:1
d. Mounting of sheave on motor shaft in accordance with 14.7
e. Center-to-center distance between sheaves approximately equal to the diameter of the larger sheave
f. Calculations based upon standards covered by the and *** footnotes, as applicable
The width of the sheave shall be not greater than that required to transmit the indicated horsepower but in no case shall it be
wider than 2(N-W) - 0.25.
1
*** As covered by Standard Specifications for Drives Using Narrow V-Belts (3V, 5V, and 8V) .
#The width of the sheave shall be not greater than that required to transmit the indicated horsepower but in no case shall it be wider
than (N-W).
1
As covered by Engineering Standards Specifications for Drives Using Multiple V-Belts (A, B, C, and D Cross Sections)
1
See 1.1, The Rubber Manufacturers Association.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 17
Table 14-1A
SHAFT LOADING FOR AC INDUCTION HORIZONTAL MOTORS WITH
BALL BEARINGS - MAXIMUM RADIAL OVERHUNG LOAD, IN POUNDS,
AT CENTER OF N-W DIMENSION
Synchronous Speed
Frame
Number
143T
3600
106
1800
154
1200
179
900
192
145T
109
154
176
196
182T
180
227
260
287
184T
180
227
260
289
213T
230
300
350
380
215T
230
300
350
380
254T
470
593
703
774
256T
470
589
705
776
284T
570
735
838
929
286T
570
735
838
929
324T
660
860
990
1100
326T
660
850
980
1090
364T
820
1080
1240
1390
365T
820
1080
1240
1370
404T
1270
1450
1600
405T
1290
1480
1630
444T
1560
1760
1970
445T
1520
1760
1970
447T
1450
1660
1880
449T
1490
1660
1880
NOTES
1. All belt loads are considered to act in vertically downward direction.
2. Overhung loads include belt tension and weight of sheave.
3. For load at end of the shaft subtract 15%.
4. Radial overhung load limits based on bearing L-10 life of 26,280 hours.
5. Overhung load limits do not include any effect of unbalanced magnetic pull.
6. See 14.42 for additional application information
14.44
POWER FACTOR OF THREE-PHASE, SQUIRREL-CAGE, MEDIUM MOTORS WITH

CONTINUOUS RATINGS
14.44.1 Determination of Power Factor from Nameplate Data
The approximately full-load power factor can be calculated from published or nameplate data as follows:
PF =
431 x hp
E x I x Eff
Where:
PF = Per unit power factor at full load
Percent PF
per unit PF =
100
hp = Rated horsepower

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 18
Section II
E = Rated voltage
I
= Rated current
Eff = Per unit nominal full-load efficiency from published data or as marked on the motor
nameplate
Percent Eff
per unit Eff =
100
14.44.2 Determination of Capacitor Rating for Correcting Power Factor to Desired Value
For safety reasons, it is generally better to improve power factor for multiple loads as a part of the plant
distribution system. In those cases where local codes or other circumstances require improving the power
factor of an individual motor, the KVAR rating of the improvement capacitor may be calculated as follows:
KVAR =
Where:
KVAR
hp
Eff
PF
PFi
2
0.746 HP 1 (PF )
x
Eff
PF
2
1 (PFi )
PFi
= Rating of three-phase power factor improvement capacitor

= As defined in 14.44.1
= Improved per unit power factor for the motor-capacitor combination
14.44.3 Determination of Corrected Power Factor for Specified Capacitor Rating
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
In some cases, it may be desirable to determine the resultant power factor, PFi, where the power factor
improvement capacitor selected within the maximum safe value specified by the motor manufacturer is
known. The resultant full-load power factor, PFi, may be calculated from the following:
1
PFi =
1 (PF )2
KVAR x Eff
+1
PF
0.746 x HP
WARNING: In no case should power factor improvement capacitors be applied in ratings exceeding the
maximum safe value specified by the motor manufacturer. Excessive improvement may cause
overexcitation resulting in high transient voltages, currents, and torques that can increase safety hazards
to personnel and cause possible damage to the motor or to the driven equipment.
14.44.4 Application of Power Factor Correction Capacitors on Power Systems
The proper application of power capacitors to a bus with harmonic currents requires an analysis of the
power system to avoid potential harmonic resonance of the power capacitors in combination with
transformer and circuit inductance. For power distribution systems which have several motors connected
to a bus, power capacitors connected to the bus rather than switched with individual motors is
recommended to minimize the potential combinations of capacitance and inductance, and to simplify the
application of any tuning filters that may be required. This requires that such bus-connected capacitor
bands be sized so that proper bus voltage limits are maintained.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 19
14.44.5 Application of Power Factor Correction Capacitors on Motors Operated from Electronic
Power Supply
The use of power capacitors for power factor correction on the load side of an electronic power supply
connected to an induction motor is not recommended. The proper application of such capacitors requires
an analysis of the motor, electronic power supply, and load characteristics as a function of speed to avoid
potential overexcitation of the motor, harmonic resonance, and capacitor overvoltage. For such
applications the drive manufacturer should be consulted.
14.45
BUS TRANSFER OR RECLOSING
See 20.34.
14.46
ROTOR INERTIA FOR DYNAMIC BRAKING
The rotor inertia (Wk2) in lb-ft2 for the application of medium ac induction motors with dynamic braking
equipment may be estimated by the following formula:
Wk 2
14.47
Poles
Poles
2
1.35 0.05 x 2
x HP
= 0.02 x 2
EFFECTS OF LOAD ON MOTOR EFFICIENCY
The efficiency of polyphase induction motors varies from zero at no load to a maximum value near rated
load and then decreases as load increases further. The efficiency versus load curves in Figure 14-2
illustrate the typical profile of efficiency variation for various motor ratings from no load to 125% of rated
load. Actual values of motor efficiencies at various load levels can be obtained by consulting the motor
manufacturer.
14.48
REED FREQUENCY OF VERTICAL MACHINES
See 20.23.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 20
Section II
Figure 14-2
TYPICAL EFFICIENCY VERSUS LOAD CURVES FOR 1800-RPM THREE-PHASE 60-HERTZ DESIGN
B SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 21
Section II
Part 14
APPLICATION DATADC SMALL AND MEDIUM MOTORS
14.0
SCOPE
dripproof ratings, or equivalent capacities, up to and including 1.25 horsepower per rpm, open-type.
14.60
OPERATION OF SMALL MOTORS ON RECTIFIED ALTERNATING CURRENT
14.60.1 General
When direct-current small motors intended for use on adjustable-voltage electronic power supplies are
operated from rectified power sources, the pulsating voltage and current wave forms affect motor
performance characteristics (see 14.61). Because of this, the motors should be designed or specially
selected to suit this type of operation.
A motor may be used with any power supply if the combination results in a form factor at rated load equal
to or less than the motor rated form factor.
A combination of a power supply and a motor which results in a form factor at rated load greater than the
motor rated form factor will cause overheating of the motor and will have an adverse effect on
commutation.
There are many types of power supplies which can be used; including:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Single-phase, half-wave
Single-phase, half-wave, back rectifier
Single-phase, half-wave, alternating-current voltage controlled
Single-phase, full-wave, firing angle controlled
Single-phase, full-wave, firing angle controlled, back rectifier
Three-phase, half-wave, voltage controlled
Three-phase, half-wave, firing angle controlled
It is impractical to design a motor or to list a standard motor for each type of power supply. The
combination of power supply and motor must be considered. The resulting form factor of the combination
is a measure of the effect of the rectified voltage on the motor current as it influences the motor
performance characteristics, such as commutation and heating.
14.60.2 Form Factor
The form factor of the current is the ratio of the root mean-square value of the current to the average
value of the current.
Armature current form factor of a motor-rectifier circuit may be determined by measuring the rms
armature current (using an electrothermic instrument,1 electrodynamic instrument,1 or other true rms
responding instrument) and the average armature current (using a permanent-magnet moving-coil
instrument).1 The armature current form factor will vary with changes in load, speed, and circuit
adjustment.
These terms are taken from IEEE Std 100.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 22
Section II
Armature current form factor of a motor-rectifier circuit may be determined by calculation. For this
purpose, the inductance of the motor armature circuit should be known or estimated, including the
inductance of any components in the power supply which are in series with the motor armature. The
value of the motor inductance will depend upon the horsepower, speed, and voltage ratings and the
enclosure of the motor and should be obtained from the motor manufacturer. The method of calculation of
the armature current form factor should take into account the parameters of the circuit, such as the
number of phases, the firing angle, half-wave, with or without back rectifier, etc., and whether or not the
current is continuous or discontinuous. Some methods of calculation are described in 14.62.
Ranges of armature current form factors on some commonly used motor-rectifier circuits and
recommended rated form factors of motors associated with these ranges are given in Table 14-2.
Table 14-2
RECOMMENDED RATED FORM FACTORS
Single-phase thyristor (SCR) or

thyratron with or without back
rectifiers:
Half-wave
Range of Armature
Current Form Factors*
Recommended Rated
Form Factors of Motors
1.86-2
Half-wave
1.71-1.85
1.85
Half-wave or full-wave
1.51-1.7
1.7
Full-wave
1.41-1.5
1.5
Full-wave
1.31-1.4
1.4
Full-wave
1.21-1.3
1.3
Three-phase thyristor (SCR) or

Thyratron with or without back
rectifiers:
Half-wave
1.11-1.2
1.2
Full-wave
1.0-1.1
1.1
*The armature current form factor may be reduced by filters or other circuit means which will allow
the use of a motor with a lower rated form factor.
14.61
OPERATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT MEDIUM MOTORS ON RECTIFIED ALTERNATING

CURRENT
When a direct-current medium motor is operated from a rectified alternating-current supply, its
performance may differ materially from that of the same motor when operated from a low-ripple directcurrent source of supply, such as a generator or a battery. The pulsating voltage and current waveforms
may increase temperature rise and noise and adversely affect commutation and efficiency. Because of
these effects, it is necessary that direct-current motors be designed or specially selected to operate on
the particular type of rectified supply to be used.
Part 10.60 describes the basis of rating direct-current motors intended for use with rectifier power
supplies. These ratings are based upon tests of the motors using a test power supply specified in 12.66
because these power supplies are in common use. It is impractical to design a motor or develop a
standard for every type of power supply.
A motor may, under some conditions, be applied to a power supply different from that used for the test
power supply as the basis of rating. All direct-current motors intended for use on rectifier power supplies
may be used on low-ripple power supplies such as a direct-current generator or a battery.
Because the letters used to identify the power supplies in common use have been chosen in alphabetical
order of increasing magnitude of ripple current, a motor rated on the basis of one of these power supplies


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Typical Combination of Power source

and Rectifier Type
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 23
may be used on any power supply designated by a lower letter of the alphabet. For example, a motor
rated on the basis of an E power supply may be used on a C or D power supply.
If it is desired to use a motor on a power supply designated by a higher letter of the alphabet than the one
on which it was rated, it may be necessary to add an inductance external to the motor to limit the ripple
current to the magnitude implied by the motor rating.
For operation of direct-current motors on power supplies other than those described in 12.65, the
combination of the power supply and the motor should be considered in consultation with the motor
manufacturer.
14.62
ARMATURE CURRENT RIPPLE
Peak-to-peak armature current ripple is defined as the difference between the maximum value of the
current waveform and the minimum value. The peak-to-peak armature current ripple may be expressed
as a percent of the average armature current. The peak-to-peak armature current ripple is best measured
on an oscilloscope incorporating capability for reading both direct-current and alternating-current values.
An alternative method is to use a peak-to-peak-reading voltmeter, reading the voltage drop across a noninductive resistance in series with the armature circuit.
The rms value of the ripple current cannot be derived from peak-to-peak values with any degree of
accuracy because of variations in current waveform, and the converse relationship of deriving peak-topeak values from rms values is at least equally inaccurate.
Armature current ripple of a motor-rectifier circuit may be estimated by calculation. For this purpose, the
inductance of the motor armature circuit must be known or estimated, including the inductance of any
components in the power supply which are in series with the motor armature. The value of the motor
inductance will depend upon the horsepower, speed and voltage rating and the enclosure of the motor
and must be obtained from the motor manufacturer. The method of calculation of the armature current
ripple should take into account the parameters of the circuit, such as the number of phases, the firing
angle, half-wave, with or without back rectifier, etc., and whether or not the current is continuous or
discontinuous. Some methods of calculation are described in the following references:
Characteristics of Phase-controlled Bridge Rectifiers with DC Shunt Motor Load by R.W. Pfaff, AIEE
Paper 58-40, AIEE Transactions, Vol. 77, Part II, pp. 49-53.
The Armature Current Form Factor of a DC Motor Connected to a Controlled Rectifier by E.F. Kubler,
AIEE Paper 59-128, AIEE Transactions, Vol. 78, Part IIIA, pp. 764-770.
The armature current ripple may be reduced by filtering or other circuit means. A reduction in the rms
armature current ripple reduces the heating of a motor, while a reduction in peak-to-peak armature
current ripple improves the commutating ability of the motor.
OPERATION ON A VARIABLE-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
The temperature rise of motors, when operated at full-load torque and at reduced armature voltage, will
vary with the construction, with the enclosure, with the percentage of base speed and with the type of
power supply. All self-ventilated and totally-enclosed motors suffer a loss of heat dissipating ability as the
speed is reduced below the rated base speed, and this may require that the torque load be reduced to
avoid overheating of the motor. In addition to this effect, it is characteristic of some rectifier circuits that
the armature current ripple at rated current increases as the armature voltage is reduced, and this may
require further load torque reduction. In general, such motors are capable of operation at 67 percent of
rated torque at 50 percent of base speed without injurious heating. It is impractical to develop a standard
for motors so operated, but derating data can be obtained from the motor manufacturer to determine if
the motor will be satisfactory for a particular application.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
14.63
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 24
Section II
a. The motor is identified on the nameplate as acceptable for variable speed operation when used in
b. The actual operating speed range is not outside of the permissible operating speed range marked
on the motor nameplate.
c. The actual power supply is consistent with the type of power supply identified in information which
is supplied by the motor manufacturer.
For motors to be used in any Division 2 hazardous (classified) locations, the motor manufacturer should
be consulted.
Failure to comply with this warning could result in an unsafe installation that could cause damage to
property, serious injury or death to personnel, or both.
14.64
SHUNT FIELD HEATING AT STANDSTILL
In some applications of direct-current motors, the user may want to apply voltage to the shunt field
winding during periods when the motor is stationary and the armature circuit is not energized. The
percent of rated shunt field voltage and the duration of standstill excitation which a direct-current motor is
capable of withstanding without excessive temperature will vary depending upon the size, enclosure,
rating, and type of direct-current motor.
Some direct-current motors are designed to be capable of continuous excitation of the shunt field at
standstill with rated field voltage applied. Under this condition, the shunt field temperature may exceed
rated temperature rise, and prolonged operation under this condition may result in reduced insulation life.
Other direct-current motors require that the excitation voltage applied be reduced below the rated value if
prolonged standstill excitation is planned to avoid excessive shunt field temperature.
The motor manufacturer should be consulted to obtain the heating capability of a particular direct-current
motor.
14.65
BEARING CURRENTS
When a direct-current motor is operated from some unfiltered rectifier power supplies, bearing currents
may result. Ripple currents, transmitted by capacitive coupling between the rotor winding and the core,
may flow through the ground path to the transformer secondary. While these currents are small in
magnitude, they may cause damage to either antifriction or sleeve bearings under certain circumstances.
14.66
EFFECT OF 50-HERTZ ALTERNATING-CURRENT POWER FREQUENCY
If a direct-current medium motor is to be applied to a rectifier system having a 50-hertz input frequency
where the test power supply used as the basis of rating has a 60-hertz input frequency, the magnitude of
the current ripple may be affected. In general, when other factors are equal, the ripple magnitude will be
in approximate inverse ratio of the frequencies. A number of methods exist for compensating for the
increase in ripple:
a. Add an external inductance equal to 20 percent of the original armature circuit inductance
(including the motor) to obtain the same magnitude of ripple current as is obtained with the test
power supply.
b. Utilize a motor designed for use on a 50-hertz test power supply.
c.
Derate the horsepower rating of the motor.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
WARNING: Motors operated from variable voltage power supplies, should not be used in any Division 1
hazardous (classified) locations unless:
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 25
d. Select a different power supply such that the current ripple at 50 hertz will not exceed the current
ripple of the test power supply.
Data should be obtained from the motor manufacturer to determine if the motor will be satisfactory for a
particular application.
14.67
APPLICATION OF OVERHUNG LOADS TO MOTOR SHAFTS
14.67.1 Limitations
Figure 14-3 shows minimum design limits for overhung loads for dc motors having shaft extensions
designated by the frame subscript AT. These limits should not be exceeded. Bearing and shaft failure
constitute a safety hazard and safeguards suitable to each application should be taken.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 14-3 shows limits for loads applied at the end of the shaft and at the center of the N-W dimension.
In general, the closer the load is applied to the motor bearing the less will be the load on the bearing and
the greater the assurance of trouble-free service. The center of the load should not be beyond the end of
the shaft.
In the case of a sheave or pulley, the inner edge should not be closer to the bearing than the shoulder on
the shaft but should be as close to this point as possible.
In the case of chain sprocket or gears, the outer edge of the sprocket or gear should not extend beyond
the end of the motor shaft.
Shaft loads due to the weight of flywheels or other heavy shaft mounted components are not covered by
Figure 14-3. Such loads affect system natural frequencies and should only be undertaken after
consultation with the motor manufacturer.
Applications which result in a thrust or axial component of load such as helical gears are also not covered
by Figure 14-3. The motor manufacturer should be consulted concerning these applications.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 26
Section II
Figure 14-3
SHAFT LOADING FOR DC MOTORS HAVING "AT" FRAME DESIGNATION
RADIAL OVERHUNG LOADEND OF SHAFT
NOTES
1For load at center of N-W dimensions add 10%.
2For intermediate speeds interpolate between curves.
3ATS shafts are excluded. Consult manufacturer for load capabilities.
4See 14.67 for additional application information.
14.67.2 V-Belt Drives
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The most common application that results in an overhung load on the shaft is a V-belt drive. V-belts are
friction devices and depend on tension in the belts to prevent slipping. The following equation may be
used to calculate the shaft load due to belt pull. Should the load exceed the values shown in Figure 14-3
the load should be reduced by reducing the belt tension, which may cause belt slippage, or by increasing
the sheave diameter.
LB =
2NB
MV 2
16PA Y
0.9
10 6
Fv
Where:
LB = Shaft overhung load due to belt tension, lb
NB = Number of belts
PA = Force required to deflect one belt 1/64 inch per inch of span, lbs


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 27
1
Y = 2 (favg) where f is a strain constant based on the type and section of belt. Available
64
from belt manufacturer
M = 0.9 m where m is the weight per unit length, lb/in., of the type and section of belt. Available
from belt manufacturer.
V = Belt speed, ft/min
Fv = Vector sum correction factor. Corrects tight side and slack side tension vectors for unequal
driver/driven sheave diameter. Assumes 5:1 tension ratio. Available in belt manufacturers
catalogs.
The above calculation should be made after all parameters are known and PA measured on the actual
installation. Pre-installation calculations may be made by calculating the belt static tension required by the
application and the value of PA necessary to attain that tension.
2.5 G DHP 10 3
TS = 15
VNB
G
MV 2
+
10 6
Where:
TS
= Belt static tension required by the application, lb
G
= Arc of contact correction factor. Available from belt manufacturer
DHP = Drive horsepower, belt service factor x motor hp
Having calculated the required belt static tension, the minimum value of PA to attain the required static
tension is:
T +Y
PA (MIN) = S
16
This value may now be used in the first equation for pre-installation application calculations. In actual
practice, a value up to 50% greater than PA (MIN) is sometimes used. In this case, the higher value
should be used in the first equation.
14.67.3 Applications Other Than V-Belts
Shaft loads may also occur from applications other than V-belts. Examples are timing belts, sprocket
chains and gears. Generally these will have little or no static tensioning and shaft overhung load will be a
function of the transmitted torque. The shaft overhung load may be calculated by making a proper
geometric analysis taking into account the parameters of the particular drive. Some of these parameters
might be pitch diameter, tooth pressure angle, amount of pretensioning and anticipated transmitted
torque.
14.67.4 General
The limits established in Figure 14-3 are maximums for acceptable service. For greater assurance of
trouble-free service, it is recommended that lesser loads be used where possible. Larger pitch diameters
and moving the load as close to the bearing as possible are helpful factors.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 14, Page 28
14.68
Section II
RATE OF CHANGE OF ARMATURE CURRENT
Direct current motors can be expected to operate successfully with repetitive changes in armature current
such as those which occur during a regular duty cycle provided that, for each change in current, the factor
K, as defined in the following equation, does not exceed 25. In the equation, the equivalent time for the
current change to occur is the time which would be required for the change if the current increased or
decreased at a uniform rate equal to the maximum rate at which it actually increases or decreases
(neglecting any high-frequency ripple).
K =
(Change in armature current / rated armature current) 2

Equivalent time in seconds for current change to occur
For adjustable-speed motors, this capability applies for all speeds within the rated speed range by
armature voltage control when operated from the intended power supply. Reduced limits may apply when
operated in the field control (field weaken) range and the manufacturer should be consulted.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1
Part 15
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
DC GENERATORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 15, Page 1
Section II
Part 15
DC GENERATORS
15.0
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 15 of Section II cover direct-current generators built in frames with continuous
dripproof ratings, or equivalent capacities, rated 3/4 kilowatt at 3600 rpm up to and including generators
having a continuous rating of 1.0 kW per rpm, open type.
15.10 KILOWATT, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS
15.10.1 Standard Ratings
The kilowatt, speed, and voltage ratings of industrial direct-current generators and exciters shall be in
accordance with Table 15-1.
Table 15-1
KILOWATT, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Rating
kW
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
1750
1750
1750
1750
1750
Speed, Rpm
1450
1450
1450
1450
1450
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
850
850
850
850
850
...
...
...
...
...
Rating,
Volts
125 and 250
125 and 250
125 and 250
125 and 250
125 and 250
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
4-1/2
6-1/2
9
13
17
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
1750
1750
1750
1750
1750
1450
1450
1450
1450
1450
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
850
850
850
850
850
...
...
...
...
...
125 and 250

125 and 250
125 and 250
125 and 250
125 and 250
21
25
33
40
50
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
1750
1750
1750
1750
1750
1450
1450
1450
1450
1450
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
850
850
850
850
850
...
...
...
...
...
125 and 250

125 and 250
125 and 250
125 and 250
125 and 250
65
85
100
125
170
...
...
...
...
...
1750
1750
1750
1750
1750
1450
1450
1450
1450
1450
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
850
850
850
850
850
...
...
...
...
...
250
250
250
250
250
200
240
320
400
480
...
...
...
...
...
1750
1750
...
...
...
1450
1450
1450
...
...
1150
1150
1150
1150
...
850
850
850
850
...
720
720
720
720
720
250 and 500

250 and 500
250 and 500
250 and 500
500
560
640
720
800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1150
850
850
850
850
720
720
720
...
500
500
500
500


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 15, Page 2
Section II
DC GENERATORS
15.10.2 Exciters
Kilowatt ratings for direct-connected exciters shall be in accordance with 15.10.1. The speed must
necessarily be that of the machine to which the exciter is coupled.
15.11
NAMEPLATE TIME RATING, MAXIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, AND INSULATION

SYSTEM CLASS
Industrial direct-current generators shall have a continuous time rating.
Industrial direct-current generators shall be rated on the basis of a maximum ambient temperature and
the insulation system class. The rated value of the maximum ambient temperature shall be Class A, B, F,
or H. All such ratings are based upon a load test with temperature rise values not exceeding those shown
for the designated class of insulation system in 15.41. Ratings of direct-current generators for any other
value of maximum ambient temperature shall be based on temperature rise values calculated in
accordance with 15.41.2.
15.12 NAMEPLATE MARKING
The following minimum amount of information shall be given on all nameplates. For abbreviations see
1.79. For some examples of additional information that may be included on the nameplate see 1.70.2.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Manufacturers type designation and frame number

Kilowatt output
Maximum ambient temperature for which the generator is designed (see Note for 15.41.1
table)1
e. Insulation system designation (if field and armature use different classes of insulation
systems, both insulation systems shall be given, that for the field being given first)1
f. Rated speed in rpm
g. Rated load voltage
h. Rated field voltage when different from rated armature voltage2
I. Rated current in amperes
j. Windings - series, shunt, or compound
TESTS AND PERFORMANCE
15.40 TEST METHODS
Test to determine performance characteristics shall be made in accordance with IEEE Std 113.
15.41
TEMPERATURE RISE
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
15.41.1 Temperature Rise for Maximum Ambient of 40oC

The temperature rise, above the temperature of the cooling medium, for each of the various parts of
direct-current generators, when tested in accordance with the rating, shall not exceed the values given in
the following table. All temperature rises are based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C.
1 As an alternative, these items shall be permitted to be replaced by a single item reading Temperature rise for rated continuous
load.
2 As an alternative, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following:
a. Field resistance in ohms at 25C (optional)
b. Rated field current in amperes at rated load and speed


Section II
DC GENERATORS
Class of Insulation System (see 1.65) ......................
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 15, Page 3

Generators, Including Variations
Thereof
A
B
F
H
Generators with all Other

Enclosures
A
Time Rating - Continuous

a. Armature windings and all windings other than
those given in items b and c - resistance ............
70
100
130
155
70
100
130
155
b. Multi-layer field windings - resistance .................
70
100
130
155
70
100
130
155

uninsulated surfaces and bare copper windings resistance ............................................................
70
100
130
155
70
100
130
155
NOTES
1Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if ambient temperature of 40C is exceeded in regular operation.
temperature rises for generators intended for operation at altitudes above 3300 feet (1000 meters), see 14.4.
15.41.2 Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40C
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The temperature rises given in 15.41.1 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40oC.
However, it is recognized that dc machines may be required to operate in an ambient temperature higher
than 40oC. For successful operation of dc machines in ambient temperatures higher than 40oC, the
temperature rises of the machines given in 15.41.1 shall be reduced by the number of degrees that the
ambient temperature exceeds 40oC. When a higher ambient temperature than 40oC is required, preferred
values of ambient temperatures are 50oC, and 65oC.
15.41.3
Below 0o C*
The temperature rises given in 15.41.1 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40C to cover
most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled dc generators may be operated in
environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always be less than 40C. When an
air-cooled dc generator is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C then the allowable
temperature rises in 15.41.1 shall be increased according to the following:
a) For dc generators for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C
and the Temperature Rise Limit given in 15.41.1 is less than or equal to 5C then the temperature rises
given in 15.41.1 shall be increased by the amount of the difference between 40oC and the lower marked
ambient temperature.
b) For dc generators for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C
and the Temperature Rise Limit given in 15.41.1 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises given in
15.41.1 shall be increased by the amount calculated from the following expression:



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 15, Page 4
Section II
DC GENERATORS
Where:
120
150
180
205
*Note: This requirement does not include water-cooled machines.
Temperature Rise Limit = maximum allowable temperature rise according to 15.41.1
For example: A dc generator with a Class F insulation system is marked for use in an ambient with a
maximum temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference Temperature is 180oC and
from 15.41.1 the Temperature Rise Limit is 130oC. The allowable Increase in Rise to be added to
the Temperature Rise Limit is then:
180 o C 40 O C + 130 O C
80 O C
) = 13O C
15.42 SUCCESSFUL COMMUTATION
See 12.73.
15.43 OVERLOAD
The generators shall be capable of carrying for 1 minute, with successful commutation as defined in
12.73, loads of 150 percent of the continuous-rated amperes, with rheostat set for rated-load excitation.
No temperature limit applies at this overload.
15.44 VOLTAGE VARIATION DUE TO HEATING
For flat-compound-wound dripproof direct-current generators rated 50 kilowatts and smaller and
employing a class B insulation system, the voltage at rated load, with the windings at ambient
temperature within the usual service range, shall not exceed 112 percent of the voltage at rated load with
the windings at the constant temperature attained when the generator is operating continuously at its
rating and with the field rheostat set to obtain rated voltage at rated load.
15.45 FLAT COMPOUNDING
Flat-compounded generators shall have windings which will give approximately the same voltage at no
load as at full load when operated at rated speed at a temperature equivalent to that which would be
attained after a continuous run at rated load, and the field rheostat set to obtain rated voltage at rated
load and left unchanged.
15.46 TEST FOR REGULATION
Combined regulation shall be measured in accordance with IEEE Std 113.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
DC GENERATORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 15, Page 5
15.47 OVERSPEEDS FOR GENERATORS

Direct-current generators shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to exceed 2 minutes, they will
withstand without mechanical injury an overspeed of 25 percent above rated speed.
15.48 HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
15.48.1 Safety Precautions and Test Procedure
See 3.1.
15.48.2 Test Voltage
The effective value of the high-potential test voltages for direct-current generators shall be:
a. Generators of 250 watts output or more - 1000 volts plus twice the rated voltage1 of the
generator.
b. Generators of less than 250 watts output having rated voltages not exceeding 250 volts 1000
volts. (Generators rated above 250 volts shall be tested in accordance with item a.)
ExceptionArmature or field windings for connections to circuits of 35 volts or less shall be
tested with 500 volts.
15.49 ROUTINE TESTS
Typical tests which may be made on direct-current generators are listed below:
All tests should be made in accordance with IEEE Std 113.
a. Full-load readings2 at rated voltage
b. No-load readings2 with rheostat set as in item a
c. High-potential test in accordance with 15.48
15.50 FIELD DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS
The following field data for direct-current generators may be used in supplying data to control
manufacturers.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
I.
j.
k.
Manufacturers name
Requisition or order number
Frame designation
Serial number
kW output
Shunt or compound-wound
Rated speed in rpm
Rated voltage
Rated current
Excitation voltage, or self excited
Resistance of shunt field at 25oC
1 Where the voltage rating of a separately excited field of a generator is not stated, it shall be assumed to be 1.5 times the field
resistance in ohms at 25C times the rated field current.
2 The word readings includes the following:
a. Speed in revolutions per minute
b. Voltage at generator terminals
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c. Amperes in armature
d. Amperes in shunt field


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 15, Page 6
Section II
DC GENERATORS
l. Recommended value of resistance for rheostat for hand or regulator control

m. N.L. saturation
Max. field rheostat out
Percent Rated
Armature Voltage
Field Current,
Amperes
100
50
Shunt field current at

rated voltage and load ..........................
15.51 REPORT OF TEST FORM

For typical test forms, see IEEE Std 113.
15.52 EFFICIENCY
Efficiency and losses shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std 113 using the direct measurement
method or the segregated losses method. The efficiency shall be determined at rated output, voltage, and
speed.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

b. I2R loss of series windings (including commutating, compounding, and compensating fields,
where applicable)
c. I2R loss of shunt field1
d. Core loss
e. Stray load loss
I. Ventilating losses
j. Friction and windage loss2
In determining I2R losses, the resistance of each winding shall be corrected to a temperature equal to an
ambient temperature of 25oC plus the observed rated load temperature rise measured by resistance.
Where the rated load temperature rise has not been measured, the resistance of the winding shall be
corrected to the following temperature:
1 For separately excited generators, the shunt field I2R loss shall be permitted to be omitted from the efficiency calculation if so
stated.
2 In the case of generators furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the generator itself
shall be included in the efficiency calculations. Alternatively, a calculated value of efficiency, including bearing loss due to external
thrust load, shall be permitted to be specified.
In the case of generators furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses which are representative of the
actual installation shall be determined by calculation and experience with shop test bearings, and shall be included in the efficiency
calculations.


Section II
DC GENERATORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 15, Page 7
85
110
135
155
If the temperature rise is specified as that of a lower class of insulation system, the temperature for
MANUFACTURING
15.60 DIRECTION OF ROTATION
See 14.6.
15.61 EQUALIZER LEADS OF DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS
Between any two compound-wound generators, the equalizer connection circuit should have a resistance
not exceeding 20 percent of the resistance of the series field circuit of the smaller generator. However,
lower values of resistance are desirable.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 15, Page 8
Section II
DC GENERATORS

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1
Part 18
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 1
Section II
Part 18
18.1
SCOPE

a. Alternating-Current MachinesAlternating-current machines up to and including the ratings built
in frames corresponding to the continuous open-type ratings given in the table.
b. Direct-Current MachinesDirect-current motors, generators and motor-generator sets (directcurrent output) built in frames with continuous dripproof ratings, or equivalent capacities, up to
and including:
1. motors: 1.25 horsepower per rpm, open type
2. generators: 1.0 kilowatt per rpm, open type
Motors, Synchronous Hp
Power Factor
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3600
500
200
150
Generators
Synchronous,
Revolving Field
Type, kW at 0.8
Power Factor
...
1800
500
200
150
150
1200
350
200
150
150
900
250
150
125
100
720
200
125
100
100
600
150
100
75
75
514
125
75
60
60
Synchronous Speed,
Rpm
Motors Squirrel-Cage
and Wound Rotor, Hp
Unity
0.8


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 2
Section II

(A hermetic motor consists of a stator and rotor without shaft, end shields, or bearings for installation in refrigeration compressors of
the hermetically sealed type.)
a. Single phase
1. Split phase
2. Capacitor start
3. Two-value capacitor
4. Permanent-split capacitor
b. Polyphase induction: Squirrel cage, constant speed


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.2
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 3
RATINGS
18.3
VOLTAGE RATINGS
18.3.1 Single-Phase Motors

The voltage ratings of single phase motors shall be:
a. 60 hertz 115, 200, and 230 volts
b. 50 hertz 110 and 220 volts
18.3.2 Polyphase Induction Motors
The voltage ratings for polyphase motors shall be:
a. 60 hertz 200, 230, 460, and 575 volts
18.4
FREQUENCIES
Frequencies shall be 50 and 60 hertz.

18.5
SPEED RATINGS
Synchronous speed ratings shall be 1800 rpm and 3600 rpm for 60-hertz hermetic motors and 1500 rpm
and 3000 rpm for 50-hertz hermetic motors.
18.6
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
The operating temperature of a hermetic motor depends on the design of the cooling system as well as
the motor losses. Therefore, the driven-device manufacturer has control of the operating temperature of
the hermetic motor, and the motor manufacturer should be consulted on this phase of the application.
18.7
BREAKDOWN TORQUE AND LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT OF 60-HERTZ HERMETIC

MOTORS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.7.1 Breakdown Torque

The breakdown torques of 60-hertz hermetic motors, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be in
accordance with the values given in the following tables which represent the upper limit of the range of
application for these motors.
18.7.2 Locked-Rotor Current
The locked-rotor currents of 60-hertz hermetic motors, with rated voltage and frequency applied and with
rotor locked, shall not exceed the values given in the following tables:


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 4
Section II
SINGLE-PHASE HERMETIC MOTORS

1800 Synchronous Rpm
Breakdown
Torque,
Ounce-feet
10.5
Locked-Rotor Current,
Amperes at 115 Volts
20
...

LockedRotor
Breakdown
Current,
Torque,
Amperes at
Ounce-feet
115 Volts
5.25
20
12.5
20
...
6.25
20
15
20
...
7.5
20
18
20
...
9.0
20
21.5
20
...
10.75
21
26
21.5
...
13.0
23
31
23
...
15.5
26
37
28
23*
18.5
29
44.5
34
23*
22.0
33
53.5
40
...
27.0
38
64.5
48
46*
32.0
43
77
57
46*
38.5
49
92.5
68
46*
46.0
56
*Motors having locked-rotor currents within these values usually have lower lockedrotor torques than motors with the same breakdown torque ratings and the higher
locked-rotor current values.
SINGLE-PHASE HERMETIC MOTORS (Continued)

LockedRotor
Breakdown
Current,
Torque,
Amperes at
Pound-feet
230 Volts
7
36

LockedRotor
Breakdown
Current,
Torque,
Amperes at
Pound-feet
230 Volts
3.5
32
38
4.5
39
11
44
5.5
46
14
56
7.0
56
18
68
9.0
69
23
85
11.5
85
29
104
14.5
104
36
126
18.0
126
45
155
22.5
154
POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION HERMETIC MOTORS

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 5
Breakdown
Torque, Poundfeet
9
Locked-Rotor
Current,
Amperes at 230
Volts
24
Breakdown
Torque, Poundfeet
4.5
Locked-Rotor
Current,
Amperes at 230
Volts
24
11
30
5.5
30
14
38
7.0
38
28
48
9.0
48
23
59
11.5
59
29
71
14.5
71
36
85
18.0
85
45
102
22.5
102
56
125
28.0
125
70
153
...
...
88
189
...
...
The temperature of the motor at the start of the test for breakdown torque shall be approximately 25C.
Where either single-phase or polyphase motors may be used in the same compressor, it is
recommended that the polyphase motor used have at least the next larger breakdown torque rating than
that of the single-phase motor selected.
18.8
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.9
See 12.44.
18.10
The direction of rotation for single-phase hermetic motors shall be counter-clockwise facing the lead end.
18.11
TERMINAL LEAD MARKINGS
The terminal lead markings for single-phase hermetic motors shall be as follows:
a. Start winding white
b. Common start and main white with black tracer
c. Main winding white with red tracer
18.12
METHOD OF TEST FOR CLEANLINESS OF SINGLE-PHASE HERMETIC MOTORS HAVING

STATOR DIAMETERS OF 6.292 INCHES AND SMALLER
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When a test for cleanliness of a single-phase hermetic motor having a stator outside diameter of 6.292
inches or smaller is made, the following extraction test procedure shall be used in determining the
weights of residue:


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 6
Section II
18.12.1 Stators
a. Place a sample stator in a cylindrical metal or porcelain enamel container having an inside
diameter 0.50 to 1.5 inches larger than the outside diameter of the stator. Use a perforated or
otherwise open spacer to support the stator so that the solvent may circulate freely.
b. Add sufficient methanol at room temperature (70 to 90F) to completely cover the stator,
including windings
c. Rotate the stator for 10 minutes at 200-240 rpm
d. Remove the stator, evaporate the liquid in the container to dryness, and heat the residue to
constant weight at 220 to 230F. The residue must be essentially free from metal particles.
18.12.2 Rotors
a. Place two rotors in a container holding 2 liters of toluol. Bring the solution to boil, and boil for 15
minutes.
b. Remove the rotors, evaporate the liquid in the container to dryness, and heat the residue to
constant weight at 220 to 230F. The residue shall be essentially free from metal particles.
18.13 METHOD OF TEST FOR CLEANLINESS OF HERMETIC MOTORS HAVING STATOR
DIAMETERS OF 8.777 INCHES AND SMALLER
18.13.1 Purpose
The purpose of this test is to evaluate the cleanliness of a hermetic stator and rotor by determining the
amount, for which weights are not specified, of insoluble residue (metallic chips, lint, dust, etc.) and
soluble residue (winding oil, machining oil, etc.) present as a result of the various manufacturing
processes. It is not the purpose of this particular procedure to determine the extractables present in an
insulation system or to determine the suitability of an insulation system to resist the various refrigerants
and oils present in a hermetic unit.
18.13.2 Description
The stator or rotor is vertically agitated in room-temperature Refrigerant 113 at a rate of forty to fifty 2.5inch strokes per minute for 30 minutes. The Refrigerant 113 washes out insoluble and soluble residues
with negligible solvent or chemical action on the insulation or metals present. The insoluble residue is
separated from the Refrigerant 113 and the Refrigerant 113 is reduced to near dryness by distillation.
Both the insoluble and the soluble residues are dried for 15 minutes at 125C and weighed.
18.13.3 Sample Storage
The stator or rotor sample shall be placed in a plastic bag which shall be sealed at the site where the
sample is taken. The sample shall be stored in this container until it is tested.
18.13.4 Equipment
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Stator agitation equipment

Distilling equipment
Hot plate
Oven
Aluminum weighing dishes
Glass beakers
Stainless steel containers
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 7
18.13.5 Procedure
a. Select a stainless steel container with a diameter which is 0.50 to 1.5 inches larger than the stator
or rotor diameter and at least 4 inches higher than the total stator or rotor heights.
b. Position the stator or rotor on a holder so that there will be a 0.50-inch clearance between the
stator or rotor and the bottom of the container at the bottom of the stroke. With the stator or rotor
positioned in the container, pour in enough Refrigerant 113 so that there will be a minimum of 1
inch of liquid above the upper end wire or end ring with the supporting holder at the top of the
stroke.
The total residue content of the Refrigerant 113 used in the stator cleanliness test shall be 0.0010
grams per liter maximum. This shall be determined by transferring 1000 milliliters of Refrigerant
113 to a 4000-milliliter Erlenmeyer flask connected to a distilling condenser.
Distill over the Refrigerant 113 until a volume of less than 100 milliliters remains in the flask.
Transfer this portion to a tared aluminum dish which is to be carefully warmed on a hot plate until
between 0.25 and 0.50 centimeters of liquid remains. Dry the dish and residue for 15 minutes at
125C, cool for 15 minutes in a desiccator, and weigh to the nearest 0.001 gram.
c.
Agitate vertically the stator or rotor in Refrigerant 113 at 25C plus or minus 5C at a rate of forty
to fifty 2.5 inch strokes per minute for 30 minutes. After 30 minutes of agitation, lift the stator or
rotor above the surface of the Refrigerant 113 and allow it to drain until the dripping stops.
d. Transfer the Refrigerant 113 containing the soluble and insoluble residue (from item c.) to a 4000milliliter Erlenmeyer flask connected to a distilling condenser. Wash the stainless steel container
with clean Refrigerant 113 several times and add the washings to the flask. Distill over the
Refrigerant 113 until approximately 200 milliliters remain in the flask. Filter this portion through a
pre-weighed high-retention filter. Wash the flask with clean Refrigerant 113 several times and filter
these washings. Remove the filter and dry it for 15 minutes at 125C, cool for 15 minutes in a
desiccator, and weigh to the nearest 0.001 gram. The following information shall be reported:
1. Weight of the residue
2. Description of the residue
e. Transfer the filtered Refrigerant 113 to a 250-milliliter glass beaker. Wash the filtering flask
several times with clean Refrigerant 113 and transfer these washings to the beaker . Carefully
warm the beaker and the soluble residue until a volume of less than 100 milliliters remains in the
beaker. Transfer the contents of the beaker to a tared aluminum dish. Carefully warm the
aluminum dish on a hot plate until between 0.25 and 0.50 centimeters of liquid remains. Dry the
dish and soluble residue for 15 minutes at 125C, cool for 15 minutes in a desiccator, and weigh
to the nearest 0.001 gram. The following information shall be reported:
1. Weight of residue
2. Description of residue
f.
The report shall also include the date, stator or rotor type, and the outside diameter and the
height of the lamination stacking.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 8
Section II
MANUFACTURING
18.14
ROTOR BORE DIAMETERS AND KEYWAY DIMENSIONS FOR 60-HERTZ HERMETIC

MOTORS1
The rotor bore diameters and keyway dimensions for 60-hertz hermetic motors shall be:
CA Dimension
Tolerance, Inches
Rotor Bore
Diameter, Inches
0.625
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Plus
0.0005
Minus
0.0000
Keyway Dimensions, Inches

Depth Plus
Width
Diameter of Bore
...
...
0.750
0.0005
0.0000
...
...
0.875
0.0005
0.0000
0.1885
0.9645
0.1905
0.9795
1.000
0.0005
0.0000
0.1885
1.0908
0.1905
1.1058
1.125
0.0008
0.0000
0.251
1.242
0.253
1.257
1.367
1.250
0.0008
0.0000
0.251
0.253
1.382
1.375
0.001
0.000
0.313
1.519
0.315
1.534
1.500
0.001
0.000
0.376
1.669
0.378
1.684
1.875
0.001
0.000
0.501
2.125
0.503
2.140
2.125
0.001
0.000
0.501
2.375
0.503
2.390
For lettering of dimension sheets, see 18.18.


Section II
18.15
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 9
DIMENSIONS FOR 60-HERTZ HERMETIC MOTORS1
To assist the designer of the hermetic compressor, the following parametric dimensions for 60-hertz
hermetic motors have been compiled; they are based upon information supplied by member companies
of the NEMA Motor and Generator Section that build hermetic motors.
BH
4.792
CG (Max) and CH (Max)

Three-Phase
Single-Phase
Lead
Opposite
Lead
Opposite
End
Lead End
End
Lead End
...
...
1.25
1.25
Number
of Poles
2
BL
(Max)
4.28
DE (Min)
2.50
CB
(Max)*
1.12
Stud
Diameter
Circle
of Pin
4.593
0.175
5.480
round
...
...
1.25
1.22
4.75
2.75
1.31
5.280
0.255
5.480
round
...
...
1.19
1.19
4.88
3.38
1.31
5.280
0.199
5.480
square
...
...
1.19
1.19
4.69
2.75
1.31
5.280
0.199
5.480
square
...
...
1.06
1.06
4.56
3.12
1.38
5.280
0.199
6.292
1.62
1.50
1.50
1.38
5.75
3.25
1.62
5.719
0.255
6.292
1.25
1.19
1.38
1.25
5.75
4.06
1.97
5.719
0.255
7.480
2.12
2.00
2.00
1.88
6.75
3.88
2.00
6.969
0.255
7.480
1.88
1.75
1.88
1.75
6.75
4.50
2.25
6.969
0.255
8.777
2.50
2.25
2.25
2.12
8.00
4.69
2.25
8.250
0.255
8.777
2.12
2.00
2.00
1.88
8.00
5.44
2.75
8.250
0.255
10.125
3.00
3.00
2.50
2.25
9.38
5.50
2.50
9.500
0.380
10.125
2.75
2.38
2.75
2.12
9.75
6.38
3.00
9.500
0.380
12.375**
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
15.562**
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Tolerances for BH Dimensions:

4.792, 5.480, 6.282, 7.480, - +0.000 inch, -0.002 inch
8.777, 10.125, 12.375, 15.562 - +0.000 inch, -0.003 inch
*Applies to punched counterbores. When a sleeve is used, the dimension should be reduced by 0.25 inch. A rotor counterbore will
weaken the structure of the rotor core and will also tend to adversely affect performance by the removal of active material. It is
therefore recommended that the counterbore be eliminated where possible and held to a minimum where required.
**With or without shell
18.16
FORMING OF END WIRE
The dimensions of end wires shown in 18.15 are suggested values for preliminary design work. Before
housing dimensions are finalized, it is recommended that the motor manufacturer be consulted. In any
particular motor, dimensions larger or smaller than those shown may be the practicable limit with normal
end-wire forming practice. The forming of end wires should be evaluated carefully as excessive forming
may tend to damage the stator insulation.
18.17
THERMAL PROTECTORS ASSEMBLED ON OR IN END WINDINGS OF HERMETIC
MOTORS
When thermal protectors are used with hermetic motors, the protectors are usually assembled on or in
the motor end windings and located so that the best possible heat transfer between the winding and
protector can be afforded without abusing the insulation on the motor winding or on the protector. Care
must be exercised in assembly as additional forming of the motor winding for location of the protector
may weaken or destroy the motor winding insulation.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For lettering of dimension sheets, see 18.18. For rotor bore diameters and keyway dimensions, see 18.14.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 10
Section II
Additional forming of the winding after installation of the protector is to be avoided. This forming may
weaken the winding insulation, the protective insulation between the protector and the winding, or may
change the protector calibration.
As the protector case is often a live current-carrying part, additional insulation between the protector and
the winding may be necessary in addition to the motor conductor insulation. The motor manufacturer
End winding dimensions given in 18.15 are for motors without provision for thermal protectors; these
dimensions must be increased when thermal protectors are provided. As thermal protectors of different
sizes and shapes are available, the motor manufacturer should be consulted for end winding dimensions
when thermal protectors are used.
18.18
LETTERING OF DIMENSIONS FOR HERMETIC MOTORS FOR HERMETIC

COMPRESSORS1,2
See Figure 18-1.
1
2
For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1.

The dimensions given in 18.15 apply only when the leads are located as shown by solid lines.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It is usual practice for the thermal protector to be assembled on or in the winding by the motor
manufacturer, or for the motor manufacturer to provide a formed pocket on or in the end winding for
insertion of the protector.
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 11
CG
DG (MAX)
Figure 18-1
LETTERING OF DIMENSIONS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 12
Section II
SMALL MOTORS FOR SHAFT-MOUNTED FANS AND BLOWERS

(Motors in this classification are designed for propeller fans or centrifugal blowers mounted on the motor shaft, with or without air
drawn over the motors [not suitable for belted loads].)
18.19
a. Single-phase 1/20 horsepower and larger

1. Split-phase
2. Permanent-split capacitor
3. Shaded-pole
b. Polyphase induction - 1/8 horsepower and larger; squirrel cage, constant speed
RATINGS
18.20
VOLTAGE RATINGS

The voltage ratings of single-phase motors shall be:
a. 60 hertz 115 and 230 volts
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The voltage ratings of polyphase motors shall be:

a. 60 hertz 200, 230, 460, and 575 volts
18.21
FREQUENCIES

18.22

See 10.32.1 and 10.32.2.
18.22.2 Two-Speed Motors
a. Speed ratings
1. Split-phase, pole-changing motors
a) 1800/1200 rpm synchronous speeds, 1725/1140 rpm approximate full-load speeds
b) 1200/900 rpm synchronous speeds, 1140/850 rpm approximate full-load speeds
c) 1800/900 rpm synchronous speeds, 1725/850 rpm approximate full-load speeds
2. Non-pole changing, single-voltage permanent-split-capacitor and shaded-pole motors shall be
designed so that, when loaded by a fan or blower, they will operate at approximately the
following speeds:
a) High-speed connection - the full load rpm indicated in 10.32.2
b) Low-speed connection - 66 percent of synchronous speed
b. Polyphase pole-changing motors - the speed ratings shall be the same as those listed for singlephase motors in item a.1.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 13

18.23
TEMPERATURE RISE
Motors for shaft-mounted fans and blowers shall have Class A insulation.1 The temperature rise above
the temperature of the cooling medium shall be in accordance with 12.43.2
18.24
For single-phase induction motors, see 10.34.

18.25
MAXIMUM LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENTSINGLE-PHASE
See 12.33.
18.26
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.27
See 12.44.
18.28
The direction of rotation for motors for shaft-mounted fans and blowers shall be counterclockwise facing
the end opposite the drive end.
MANUFACTURING
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.29
GENERAL MECHANICAL FEATURES
Motors for shaft-mounted fans and blowers shall be constructed with the following mechanical features
(see dimension diagrams in 18.30):
a. Totally enclosed or open
b. Horizontal motors shall have sleeve bearings and shall have provision for taking axial thrust.
Vertical motors, depending on application, shall be permitted to be provided with either ball or
sleeve bearings.
c. End-shield clamp bolts shall have a threaded extension which extends a minimum of 0.38 inch
beyond the nut.
d. The shaft extension shall be in accordance with 4.4.1.
18.30 DIMENSIONS AND LETTERING OF DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORS FOR SHAFT-MOUNTED

FANS AND BLOWERS
See Figures 18-2, 18-3, and 18-4.
18.31
TERMINAL MARKINGS
See 18.58.
See 1.66 for description of Class A insulation.

Where air flow is required over the motor from the driven fan or blower in order not to exceed the values given in 12.43, the motor
nameplate shall state air over and sufficient air shall be provided to meet the required temperature rise limit. The nameplate rating
is then dependent upon sufficient air flow over the motor in the final application.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 14
18.32
Section II
TERMINAL LEAD LENGTHS
Figure 18-2
MOTORS WITH BASE
Figure 18-3
MOTORS WITHOUT BASE
(P DIMENSION 4.38 INCHES AND LARGER)


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
See 18.56.
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 15
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
*When this dimension is greater or less than 4.00 inches, it shall vary in increments of 0.25 inch.
P, Inches
U, Inches
Over 3.5
0.3120 - 0.3125
3.5 and smaller
Standard not yet developed
Figure 18-4
MOTORS WITHOUT BASE
(P DIMENSION SMALLER THAN 4.38 INCHES)


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 16
SMALL MOTORS FOR BELTED FANS AND BLOWERS BUILT IN FRAMES 56 AND SMALLER
(Belted fan and blower motors are motors for operating belt-driven fans or blowers such as are commonly used in conjunction with
hot-air-heating and refrigeration installations and attic ventilators.)
18.33
a. Single- and two-speed

1. Split phase
2. Capacitor start
3. Polyphase
RATINGS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.34
VOLTAGE RATINGS

18.34.2 Polyphase Motors
a. 60 hertz 200, 230, 460, and 575 volts
18.35
FREQUENCIES
Frequencies shall be 50 and 60 hertz

18.36

a. Speed ratings
1. 60 hertz 1800 rpm synchronous speed, 1725 rpm approximate full-load speed
2. 50 hertz 1500 rpm synchronous speed, 1425 rpm approximate full-load speed
b. Horsepower ratings
1. Split-phase 1/6, 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, and 3/4 horsepower
2. Capacitor-start 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, and 1 horsepower
3. Polyphase 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, and 1 horsepower
18.36.2 Two-Speed Motors
a. Speed Ratings
1. 60 hertz - 1800/1200 rpm synchronous speeds, 1725/1140 rpm approximate full-load speeds,
1800/900 rpm synchronous speeds, 1725/850 rpm approximate full-load speeds
2. 50 hertz - 1500/1000 rpm synchronous speeds, 1425/950 rpm approximate full-load speeds
b. Horsepower ratings
1. Split-phase - 1/6, 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, and 3/4 horsepower
2. Capacitor-start - 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, and 1 horsepower at highest speed
3. Polyphase - 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, and 1 horsepower at highest speed


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 17
18.37
TEMPERATURE RISE
Motors for belted fans and blowers shall have either Class A or B insulation. The temperature rise above
the temperature of the cooling medium shall be in accordance with 12.43.
18.38

18.39
MAXIMUM LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT
See 12.33 for single-phase motors and 12.35 for three-phase motors.
18.40
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.41
See 12.44.
18.42
Single-phase motors for belted fans and blowers shall be adaptable for either direction of rotation and
shall be arranged for counter-clockwise rotation when facing the end opposite the drive.
MANUFACTURING
18.43
Motors for belted fans and blowers shall have the following mechanical features (see 18.44):
a. Open or dripproof
b. Resilient mounting
c. Automatic reset thermal overload protector
d. Mounting dimensions and shaft extensions in accordance with 4.4.1.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 18
18.44
LETTERING OF DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORS FOR BELTED FANS AND BLOWERS1
See Figure 18-5.
Figure 18-5
LETTERING OF DIMENSIONS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For meaning of letter dimensions, see 4.1. for general mechanical features, see 18.43.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 19
SMALL MOTORS FOR AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSERS AND EVAPORATOR FANS
18.45
a. Shaded pole
b. Permanent-split capacitor
RATINGS
18.46
VOLTAGE RATINGS

a. 60 hertz 115, 200, 230, and 265 volts
18.47
FREQUENCIES

18.48
18.48.1 Horsepower Ratings

a. Shaded-pole motors 1/20, 1/15, 1/12, 1/10, 1/8, 1/6, 1/5, 1/4, and 1/3 horsepower
b. Permanent-split capacitor motors 1/20, 1/15, 1/12, 1/10, 1/8, 1/6, 1/5, 1/4, 1/3, and 1/2
horsepower
18.48.2 Speed Ratings
60 Hertz
Synchronous
Approximate
Rpm
Full-Load Rpm
1800
1550
50 Hertz
Synchronous
Approximate
Rpm
Full-Load Rpm
1500
1300
1200
1050
1000
875
900
800
...
...
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

18.49
TEMPERATURE RISE
Shaded-pole and permanent-split capacitor motors for air conditioning condensers and evaporator fans
shall have a Class A or B insulation system.1 The temperature rise above the temperature of the cooling
medium shall be in accordance with 12.43.2
18.50
BASIS OF HORSEPOWER RATINGS
See 10.34, Table 10-6.
See 1.66 for description of classes of insulation.

Where air flow is required over the motor from the driven fan in order not to exceed the values given in 12.43, the motor nameplate
shall state air over.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 20
18.51
See 3.1 and 12.3.

The high-potential test voltage for the compressor motor is frequently higher than that for the fan motor.
In such cases, the high-potential test voltage applied to the air conditioning unit should be made without
the fan motor being connected; or, if the fan motor has been connected, the high-potential test voltage
applied to the air conditioning unit should not exceed 85 percent of the high-potential test voltage for the
fan motor.
18.52
See 12.44.
18.53
The variation from specified operating speed for permanent-split capacitor motors shall not exceed plus
or minus 20 percent of the difference between synchronous speed and the specified speed for operating
speeds above 65 percent of synchronous speed.
The variation from specified operating speed for shaded-pole motors shall not exceed plus or minus 20
percent of the difference between synchronous speed and the specified operating speed for operating
speeds above 85 percent of synchronous speed and shall not exceed plus or minus 30 percent of the
difference between synchronous speed and the specified operating speed for operating speeds between
75 percent and 85 percent of synchronous speed.
In determining the variation from rated speed, the motor shall be tested with a fan which requires the
specified torque at the specified operating speed. This variation in specified operating speed shall be
measured with rated voltage and frequency applied to the motor. The test shall be made after the motor
windings have attained a temperature of 65C or the operating temperature, whichever temperature is
lower.
If capacitors, speed control, or other auxiliary devices are not provided by the motor manufacturer,
nominal values of impedance for these devices shall be used during the test.
At operating speeds below the foregoing percentages of synchronous speeds, greater variations from the
specified operating speed may be expected. At operating speeds much below the foregoing, starting
performance, bearing life, and speed variation are very likely to be unsatisfactory to the user.
18.54
TERMINAL MARKINGSMULTISPEED SHADED-POLE MOTORS
See 18.55.
MANUFACTURING
18.55
TERMINAL MARKINGS
See 18-58.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 21
18.56
TERMINAL LEAD LENGTHS
When shaded-pole and permanent-split capacitor motors are provided with terminal leads, the lead length
shall be 12 in., including 0.75 in. of bare wire at the end.1
Tolerances for leads shall be in accordance with the following.
Tolerances, Inches
Lengths
0.75 inch stripped length
18.57
Plus
0.06
Minus
0.06
12 to 36 inches, inclusive, lead

lengths
Above 36 inches lead length
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Shaded-pole and permanent-split capacitor motors shall be constructed with the following mechanical
features:
a. Open or totally enclosed
b. Sleeve or ball bearing
c. Shaft extension and mounting dimensions in accordance with 18.59 through 18.61 and the
following.
1. Maximum shaft extension length shall be 8.00 in.
2. Maximum overall length of a shaft with double extensions shall be 20.00 in.
3. The tolerance for the permissible shaft runout, when measured at the end of the shaft extension
(See 4.11), shall be 0.002-in. indicator reading on extensions up to 2.00 in. long with a 0.001-in.
additional allowance for each 1.00-in. increment of the extension over the 2.00-in. length.
Where longer leads are required, the lead length shall vary in 3-inch increments up to 36 inches and in 6-inch increments for
lengths over 36 inches.



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 22
Section II
18.58 TERMINAL MARKINGS FOR NON-POLE-CHANGING MULTISPEED SINGLE-VOLTAGE NONREVERSIBLE PERMANENT-SPLIT

CAPACITOR MOTORS AND SHADED POLE MOTORS1, 2, 3
When multispeed single-voltage permanent-split capacitor (Figures 18-6a-6e) or shaded-pole motors (Figure 18-6f) are provided with terminal
leads, the leads shall be identified by the terminal lead colors in Figure 18-6.
18-6a
18-6b
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

18-6c
18-6d
Figure 18-6
TERMINAL MARKINGS
When identification of capacitor leads is necessary, brown shall be used to identify the lead to the connected to the outer wrap of the capacitor and pink to identify the lead to be
connected to the inner wrap.
2
Where the motor may see either a grounded or ungrounded common line lead, purple shall be used to identify the common line lead.
3
For single-speed motors, use the colors specified for high speed.
For two-speed motors, use the colors specified for high and low speeds.
For three-speed motors, use the colors specified for high, medium, and low speeds.
For four-speed motors, use the colors specified for high, medium-high, medium-low, and low speeds.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section II
18-6e
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 23
18-6f

Figure 18-6 (Continued)

TERMINAL MARKINGS
NOTES
1Parts shown within the dotted area are not a part of the motor. They are included in the diagram to clarify the motor terminal connections to be made by the user and should be
displayed in a connection diagram on each individual motor.
2The capacitor may or may not be mounted on the motor when two capacitor leads are provided.
3In Figures c and e, the electrical location of the auxiliary winding and capacitor may be reserved.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 24
18.59
DIMENSIONS OF SHADED-POLE AND PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORS HAVING

A P DIMENSION 4.38 INCHES AND LARGER
See Figure 18-7.
Figure 18-7
DIMENSIONS
*When this dimension is greater or less than 4.12 inches, it shall varying increments of 0.25 inch.
NOTE -The shaft extension length should be in 0.25-inch increments.
For motors with double shaft extensions the overall length of the shaft should also be in 0.25-inch increments.
For motors having shaft extensions of 3.00 inches and longer, the recommended maximum usable length of
flat is 2.50 inches.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 25
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section II
18.60
DIMENSIONS OF SHADED-POLE AND

PERMANENT SPLIT CAPACITOR MOTORS HAVING
A P DIMENSION SMALLER THAN 4.38 INCHES
18.61
DIMENSIONS FOR LUG MOUNTING FOR SHADEDPOLE AND PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR

MOTORS

See Figure 18-8.
See Figure 18-9.
*When this dimension is greater or less than 4.00 inches, it shall vary in increments
of 0.25 inch.
For motors having a P dimension less than 4.38 inches down to but not including
3.50 inches, the U dimension shall be 0.3120-0.3125 inch.
Figure 18-8
MOTORS HAVING P DIMENSION SMALLER
THAN 4.38 INCHES
A Hole Circle Diameter
B Hole Diameter*
C Gag Pin Diameter
7.00
7.25
0.410
0.280
0.330
0.200
7.38
0.750
0.661
7.50
0.750
0.661
*Typical examples of diameters for these mounting holes.

Figure 18-9
LUG MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 26
APPLICATION DATA
18.62
NAMEPLATE CURRENT
The input current of shaded-pole and permanent-split capacitor motors when operating at rated load, or
rated speed with rated voltage and frequency applied, may be expected to vary plus or minus 10-percent
from the average value for the particular motor design. Since usual practice is to mark motor nameplates
with rated currents approximately 5 percent above the average full-load values, some motors may be
expected to have input currents 5 percent greater than the nameplate value. In those cases where the
capacitors are not provided by the motor manufacturer, larger tolerances in input current may be
expected.
EFFECT OF VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE UPON OPERATING SPEED
The effect of variation from rated voltage upon the operating speed of typical designs of shaded-pole and
permanent-split capacitor motors used for fan drives is shown by speed-torque curves in Figures 18-10
and 18-11, respectively. In each set of curves the solid curve intersecting the 0 torque axis near 100
percent of synchronous speed illustrates the speed-torque characteristic of an average motor of a typical
design. The dashed curves enveloping the solid curve illustrate the variation in speed-torque
characteristics of the typical motor design when tested at rated voltage and frequency. The dot-dash
curves illustrate the variation in speed-torque characteristics within plus or minus 10-percent variation in
line voltage for motors of the typical design when operated at rated frequency.
In order to illustrate the variation in motor speed when driving a specified fan, a family of typical fan speed
torque curves are shown, intersecting the typical average motor speed-torque curve at operating speeds
of 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, and 70 percent of synchronous speed.
A study of the curves shows that, when the operating speed is too low a percentage of synchronous
speed, extremely wide variations in operating speed of motors of a particular design may be expected
within the plus or minus 10-percent variation from rated voltage that may be encountered in service.
Variation in air flow characteristics of the fan of a particular design are not included. Care should be
exercised in applying the motor and fan to an air conditioner application, particularly where two- or threespeed operation is desired, so that the operating speed is kept within the range where tolerable starting
characteristics and variations in operating speed may be obtained. Close cooperation among the motor
manufacturer, fan manufacturer, and air conditioner manufacturer is recommended.
18.64
INSULATION TESTING
Motors for air conditioner condenser and evaporator fans are subjected to unusual application conditions
requiring special care in the testing of insulation systems.
18.64.1 Test Conditions
18.64.1.1 Water Present
One general class of test conditions results in liquid water remaining in the motor or on the windings. This
tends to produce erratic and non-repeatable results due to variations in actual contact of water drops with
weak or damaged spots in the insulation system. In testing, the motor must be electrically disconnected
from all other components of the air conditioning unit and connected to a separate power source. Where
short-time tests of this type are used, it should be recognized that they may adequately detect weak or
damaged insulation systems, but they are of doubtful significance in measuring the effect of longtime
exposure of a particular system to moisture.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.63
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 27
18.64.1.2 High Humidity
18.64.2 Test Method

IEEE Std 117 describes a suitable test method for evaluating insulation systems. Due to environmental
conditions experienced in certain air conditioner applications, it may be desirable to modify the humidity,
temperature, contaminants, and vibration specified in IEEE Std 117 to suit known application conditions.
It must be recognized that test conditions and methods of measuring the effects of short-time accelerated
insulation tests result in only comparative data between different designs or insulation systems. Extended
life tests in the air conditioner under actual service conditions on at least one motor design are necessary
to relate test results to actual life.
When comparing insulation systems by any test, a method of determining the end point of the life of the
system should be established. The repetitive surge test described in IEEE Std 117 between windings and
between windings and ground is a suitable test for this purpose.
Neither a direct-current insulation resistance test or an alternating-current leakage current test give
dependable comparisons between insulation systems in determining the end point in life under test
conditions and should not be used for this purpose. The measurements may provide an indication of
deterioration of a particular insulation system under test or in service, but comparisons of absolute values
are frequently misleading. Measurement of alternating-current leakage current to ground is a check of
shock hazard conditions. It is used as such in some testing laboratory specifications.
18.65
SERVICE CONDITIONS
Motors for air conditioning condenser and evaporator fans are subjected to environmental conditions
such as high humidity, high and low ambient temperatures, water from condensation or rain, and salt air.
Extreme care should be used in the proper application of these motors in order that successful operation
and good service will result. The following factors should be considered:
a. The motor should be enclosed or adequately shielded to prevent splashing of condensate or rain
water into the motor. The wiring to the motor should be arranged to prevent water on the wires
from draining into the motor enclosure.
b. The flow of air through the air conditioning unit should be controlled to minimize carrying
excessive amounts of moisture or rain over and into the motor.
c. The air conditioning unit should be designed to prevent the possibility of water entering the motor
lubrication system.
d. When the ambient temperature of the motor is higher than 40C for long periods of time, the motor
should be derated or abnormal deterioration of the insulation may be expected.
e. When the motor ambient temperature is below 10C, particular care must be given to the motor
starting characteristics and bearing lubricant.
f. Speed stability of air conditioning fan motors may be poor when operating at low speeds. See
18.53 for variations to be expected in motor speeds.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The second general class of test conditions subjects the motor to high humidity without liquid water being
present. This type of test, when conducted over longer periods of time, is more indicative of the relative
life expectancy of various motor insulation systems, as they are more uniformly exposed to the
deteriorating conditions. To be significant, these tests should be conducted at close to 100-percent
relative humidity and continued as long as practicable. Testing time may be shortened by increasing the
Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 28

NOTEFan load based upon nominal speed-torque curve.
Figure 18-10
TYPICAL SHADED-POLE SPEED-TORQUE CURVE
SHOWING EXPECTED SPEED VARIATION DUE TO MANUFACTURING AND VOLTAGE VARIATIONS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 29
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section II

NOTEFan load based upon nominal speed-torque curve.
Figure 18-11
TYPICAL PERMANENT-SPLIT CAPACITOR SPEED-TORQUE CURVE
SHOWING EXPECTED SPEED VARIATION DUE TO MANUFACTURING AND VOLTAGE VARIATIONS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 30
Section II
SMALL MOTORS FOR SUMP PUMPS
(A sump pump motor is one which furnishes power for operating a pump used for draining basements, pits or sumps.)
18.66
Single-phaseSplit-phase
RATINGS
18.67
VOLTAGE RATINGS

18.68
FREQUENCIES

18.69

Horsepower ratings shall be 1/4, 1/3, and 1/2 horsepower.
Full-load speed ratings shall be:
a. 60- hertz 1800 rpm synchronous speed, 1725 rpm approximate full-load speed
b. 50 hertz 1500 rpm synchronous speed, 1425 rpm approximate full-load speed
18.70
TEMPERATURE RISE
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Sump pump motors shall have either Class A or Class B insulation.1 The temperature rise above the
temperature of the cooling medium for each of the various parts of the motor, when tested in accordance
with the rating, shall not exceed the following values:
Class of Insulation ..................................
Coil Windings, Degrees C

Single phase
thermometer .........................................
50
70
resistance .............................................
60
80
The temperature attained by cores and squirrel-cage windings shall not injure the
insulation or the machine in any respect.
18.71
Ratings of single-phase induction motors shall be in accordance with 10.34.

18.72
TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS
For 60-hertz motors, the breakdown and locked-rotor torques (see 1.50 and 1.47) shall be not less than
the following:


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 31
Torque, Oz-ft
Hp
Breakdown
Locked Rotor
1/4
21.5
14.0
1/3
31.5
20.0
1/2
40.5
20.0
The temperature of the motor at the start of the test shall be approximately 25C.
18.73
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.74
See 12.44.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.75
The direction of rotation for sump pump motors shall be clockwise facing the end opposite the drive end.
MANUFACTURING
18.76
Sump pump motors shall be constructed with the following mechanical features (see Figure 18-12):
a. Open construction. Top end bracket to be totally enclosed or to have ventilating openings
protected by louvers, or the equivalent.
b. Bearings shall be suitable for vertical operation.
c. Bottom end bracket to have hub machined for direct mounting on support pipe.
d. Motors shall be permitted to be equipped with automatic thermal protector.
e. Motor frame shall have provision for connection of ground lead.
f. When provided, supply cords shall be three-conductor of at least 18 AWG cord.
18.77
DIMENSIONS FOR SUMP PUMP MOTORS, TYPE K
See Figure 18-12.

18.78
FRAME NUMBER AND FRAME SUFFIX LETTER
When a motor built in a frame given in 4.4.1 is designed in accordance with the standards for sump pump
motors, the frame number shall be followed by the suffix letter K to indicate such construction. Sump
pump motors are normally built in 48 or 56 frame sizes.


Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 32
Figure 18-12
SUMP PUMP MOTOR DIMENSIONS


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 33

(A motor of Class I, Group D explosion-proof construction as approved by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for belt or direct-couple
drive of gasoline dispensing pumps of the size commonly used in automobile service stations.)
18.79
a. Single-phase
1. Capacitor start
2. Repulsion-start induction
b. Polyphase: Squirrel-cage, constant speed
RATINGS
18.80
VOLTAGE RATINGS

a. 60 hertz 115/230 volts
b. 50 hertz 110/220 volts
b. 50 hertz 220 volts
18.81
FREQUENCIES

18.82

The horsepower ratings shall be 1/3, 1/2, and 3/4 horsepower.
Speed ratings shall be:
a. 60 hertz 1800 rpm synchronous speed, 1725 rpm approximate full-load speed
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

18.83
TEMPERATURE RISE
Gasoline dispensing pump motors shall have Class A insulation. They shall be rated 30 minutes or
continuous, and the temperature rise above the temperature of the cooling medium for each of the
various parts of the motor, when tested in accordance with the rating, shall not exceed the following
values:


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 34
Section II

Single-phase and polyphase
thermometer ..........................................................
55
resistance ..............................................................
65
The temperature attained by cores and squirrel-cage windings shall not injure
the insulation or the machine in any respect.
NOTEAll temperature rises are based on an ambient temperature of 40C.
Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if this ambient
temperature is exceeded in regular operation.
NOTESee 1.66 for description of classes of insulation.
18.84
The horsepower ratings of single-phase motors is based upon breakdown torque (see 1.50). For small
motors for gasoline dispensing pumps, the value of breakdown torque to be expected by the user for any
horsepower shall fall within the range given in the following table:
Torque, Oz-ft
115 Volts
110 Volts
Hp
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
1/3
46.0-53.0
55.0-64.0
1/2
53.0-73.0
64.0-88.0
3/4
73.0-100.0
88.0-120.0
The minimum value of breakdown torque obtained in the manufacture of any design will determine the
rating of the design. Tolerances in manufacturing will result in individual motors having breakdown torque
from 100 percent to approximately 115 percent of the value on which the rating is based, but this excess
torque shall not be relied upon by the user in applying the motor to its load.
18.85
LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE
The locked-rotor torques (see 1.47) of single-phase small motors for gasoline dispensing pumps shall be
not less than those shown in the following table:
110 Volts
Hp
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
1/3
46.0
55.0
1/2
61.0
73.0
3/4
94.0
101.0
18.86
See 12.33 for Design N motors.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Torque, Oz-ft
115 Volts
Section II
18.87
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 35
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.88
See 12.44.
18.89
The direction of rotation shall be clockwise facing the end opposite the drive end.
18.90
MANUFACTURING
Gasoline dispensing pump motors shall be constructed with the following mechanical features:
(see 18.92)
Totally enclosed, explosion proof, Class I, Group D
Rigid base mounting
Built-in line switch and operating lever (optional)
A motor that may exceed its maximum safe temperature under any operating condition (including
locked rotor and single phasing) shall be provided with a temperature-limiting device within the
motor enclosure. The temperature-limiting device shall not open under full-load conditions within
its time rating and shall prevent dangerous temperatures from occurring on the exterior surface of
the rotor enclosure with respect to ignition of the explosion atmosphere involved. The maximum
safe temperature is 280C (536F) for Class I, Group D. The temperature limiting device shall
open the motor circuit directly.
e. Voltage selector switch built in on the same end as the swivel connector on single-phase motors
f. Line leads 36 inches long brought out through the swivel connector
g. Swivel connector and line switch shall be permitted to be furnished in locations 90 and 180
degrees from that shown in 18.92
18.91
When a motor having the dimensions given in 18.92 is designated in accordance with the standards for
gasoline dispensing pump motors, the frame number shall be followed by the letter G. See Figure 18-13.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a.
b.
c.
d.
Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 36
18.92
DIMENSIONS FOR GASOLINE DISPENSING PUMP MOTORS, TYPE G1
Hi
Volts
Low

Figure 18-13
DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE G GASOLINE DISPENSING PUMP MOTORS
For tolerances on shaft extension diameters and keyseats, see 4.5.
Section II
SMALL MOTORS FOR OIL BURNERS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 37

(A motor for operating mechanical-draft oil burners for domestic installations.)
18.93
Single-phase Split-phase
RATINGS
18.94
VOLTAGE RATINGS

18.95
FREQUENCIES

18.96

The horsepower ratings shall be 1/12, 1/8, and 1/6 horsepower.
a. 60 hertz 1800 and 3600 rpm synchronous speed, 1725 and 3450 rpm approximate full-load
speed
b. 50 hertz 1500 and 3000 rpm synchronous speed, 1425 and 2850 rpm approximate full-load speed
18.97
TEMPERATURE RISE
Oil-burner motors shall have either Class A or Class B insulation.1 The temperature rise above the
temperature of the cooling medium for each of the various parts of the motor, when tested in accordance
with the rating, shall not exceed the following values:
Class of Insulation ........................................................
thermometer ............................................................
50
70
resistance ................................................................
60
80
thermometer ............................................................
55
75
resistance ................................................................
65
85
Coil Windings, Degrees C*

Guarded motors
Totally enclosed motors
The temperatures attained by cores and squirrel-cage windings shall not injure the insulation or the
machine in any respect.
*Where two methods of temperature measurement are listed, a temperature rise within the values listed in
the table, measured by either method, demonstrates conformity with the standard.
NOTEAll temperature rises are based on an ambient temperature of 40C. Abnormal deterioration of
insulation may be expected if this ambient temperature is exceeded in regular operation.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 38
18.98
Section II

LOCKED-ROTOR CHARACTERISTICS
The locked-rotor torque (see 1.47) and locked-rotor current (see 1.53) of 60-hertz motors, with rated
voltage and frequency applied, shall be in accordance with the following table:
Hp
Minimum
Torque, Oz-ft
Maximum
Current
Amperes*
1/12
7.0
20.0
1/8
10.0
23.0
1/6
12.0
25.0

1/12
4.0
20.0
1/8
6.0
22.0
1/6
7.0
24.0
*115-volt values.
18.100
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.101
See 12.44.
18.102
The direction of rotation of oil burner motors shall be clockwise facing the end opposite the drive end.
MANUFACTURING
18.103
Oil burner motors shall be constructed with the following mechanical features: (see Figure 18-14)
a. Guarded or totally enclosed
b. Motors are to be supplied with nameplate in accordance with 10.39 and in addition marked with
the words oil burner motor.
c. Motors are to be equipped with manual reset inherent thermal overload protector provided with
suitable marking to so indicate and with directions for resetting.
d. Motors shall be supplied with:
1. Terminal leads consisting of two 20-inch lengths of flexible single-conductor wire which enter
the enclosure through a hole tapped for 1/2-inch conduit located at 3 oclock facing the end of
the motor opposite the drive end.
2. A 12-inch maximum length of two-wire 18 AWG Type SO cable brought out of the enclosure at
5 oclock facing the end of the motor opposite the drive end.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.99
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 39
Figure 18-14
MECHANICAL FEATURES FOR OIL BURNER MOTOR CONSTRUCTION
*If the shaft extension length of the motor is not suitable for the application, it is recommended that deviations from this length be in
0.25 inch increments
18.104
DIMENSIONS FOR FACE-MOUNTING MOTORS FOR OIL BURNERS, TYPES M AND N
Dimensions and tolerances for face-mounted small motors for oil burners shall be as follows:
18.104.1 Dimensions
18.105
AJ
6.750
AK
5.500
BD
Max
6.25
CE
Max
7.75
7.250
6.375
7.00
8.25
TOLERANCES
a. Maximum face runout 0.008-in. indicator reading

b. Maximum pilot eccentricity 0.008-in. indicator reading
c. AK dimension +0.000, -0.005 in.
18.106
18.106.1 Suffix Letter M

When a motor of a frame size given in 4.4.1 is designed in accordance with the standards for oil burner
motors and has an AK dimension of 5.500 inches, the frame number shall be followed by the suffix letter
M to indicate such construction.

--``,,```,,,`,`


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 40
Section II
18.106.2 Suffix Letter N

When a motor of a frame size given in 4.4.1 is designed in accordance with the standards for oil burner
motors and have an AK dimension of 6.375 inches, the frame number shall be followed by the suffix letter
N to indicate such construction.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 41

(A home laundry equipment motor is one which furnishes power for driving a home washing machine, dryer, or a combination
washer-dryer.)
18.107
Single phase
a. Split phase
b. Capacitor start
RATINGS
18.108
VOLTAGE RATINGS

18.109
FREQUENCIES

18.110

Horsepower ratings shall be 1/12, 1/8, 1/6, 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, and 3/4 horsepower.
a. 60 hertz
1. Single speed 1800 rpm synchronous speed, 1725 rpm approximate full-load speed
2. Two speed 1800/1200 rpm synchronous speeds, 1725/1140 rpm approximate full-load
speeds
b. 50 hertz
1. Single speed 1500 rpm synchronous speed, 1425 rpm approximate full-load speed
2. Two speed 1500/1000 rpm synchronous speeds, 1425/950 rpm approximate full-load speeds
18.111
NAMEPLATE MARKING
The following information shall be given on all nameplates. For abbreviation see 1.79. For some
examples of additional information that may be included on the nameplate see 1.70.2.
a. Manufacturers name (shall be permitted to be coded)
b. Manufacturers type and frame designation
c. Horsepower output (optional if amperes is marked)
d. Insulation system designation (if other than Class A)
e. Rpm at full-load
f. Frequency
g. Voltage
h. Full-load amperes (optional if horsepower is marked)
I. For motors equipped with thermal protection, the words thermally protected or thermally
protected L, whichever is applicable (L designates locked rotor protection only)

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 42
Section II
18.112
TEMPERATURE RISE
Motors for home laundry equipment shall have either Class A, Class B, or Class F insulation.1 The
temperature rise, above the temperature of the cooling medium, for each of the various parts of the motor
when tested in accordance with the rating shall not exceed the following values:
Coil Windings - Resistance, Degrees C*
Class A Insulation ..............................................
60
Class B insulation ...............................................
80
Class F insulation ...............................................
105
The temperature attained by cores and squirrel-cage windings shall not injure
the insulation or the machine in any respect.
*These temperature rises are based on an ambient temperature of 40C
18.113
For single-phase induction motors, see 10.34, Table 10-5.

18.114
The locked-rotor current of 115-volt laundry equipment motors shall not exceed 50 amperes when tested
in accordance with IEEE Std 114 with the current value being read at the end of the 3-second period.
18.115
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.116
See 12.44.
MANUFACTURING
18.117
Motors for home laundry equipment shall be constructed with the following mechanical features:
a. Open
b. Sleeve bearing
c. Mounting
The motors shall be provided with one of the following
1. Mounting rings for resilient mounting. The mounting rings dimensions and the spacing between
mounting rings shall be as shown in 18.118.
2. Extended studs. Stud spacing dimensions shall be as shown in 18.118
d. Shaft extension in accordance with 18.118
e. When blade terminals are used, the blade shall be 0.25 inch wide and 0.03 inch thick.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Section II
18.118
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 43
DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORS FOR HOME LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
See Figure 18-15.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 18-15
MOTOR DIMENSIONS
*When this dimension is greater or less than 6.44 in., it shall vary in increments of 0.50 in.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 44
Section II
MOTORS FOR JET PUMPS

(A jet-pump motor is an open dripproof-type motor built for horizontal or vertical operation for direct-driven centrifugal ejector
pumps.)
18.119
a. Single-phase
1. Split phase
2. Capacitor start
b. Polyphase induction; Squirrel-cage
RATINGS
18.120
VOLTAGE RATINGS

The voltage ratings for single-phase motors shall be:
a. 60 hertz
1. Split-phase 115 and 230 volts
2. Capacitor start 115/230 volts1
b. 50 hertz
2. Capacitor start 110/220 volts2
18.121
FREQUENCIES

18.122
HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND SERVICE FACTOR RATINGS
The horsepower ratings shall be 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2, and 3 horsepower.
The service factor and minimum rpm at service factor shall be:
Hp
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
All
Service Factor
60 Hertz
1.75
1.60
1.50
1.40
1.30
1.20
1.15
50 Hertz
1.0
Minimum Rpm at Service

Factor*
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
3450
2850
*This speed is obtained in a test at rated voltage when the temperature of the winding
and the other parts of the machine are at approximately 25C at the start of the test.
1
2
Single-phase three-horsepower are rated for 230-volt operation only.

Single-phase three-horsepower motors are rated for 220-volt operation only.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a. 60 hertz 200, 230, 460, and 575 volts
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 45
TEST AND PERFORMANCE

18.123
TEMPERATURE RISE
Motors for jet pumps shall have a Class A or Class B insulation system.1 The temperature rise above the
temperature of the cooling medium shall be in accordance with 12.43 for small ac motors and 12.44 for
medium ac motors.
18.124

18.125
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For breakdown torque, see 12.32 for single-phase induction motors and 12.37 for polyphase induction
motors.
18.126
See 12.33, 12.34, or 12.35, depending on type and rating of motor.

18.127
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.128
See 12.44.
18.129
The direction of rotation for jet-pump motors shall be clockwise facing the end opposite the drive end.
MANUFACTURING
18.130
Jet-pump motors shall be constructed with the following mechanical features:

(See Figures 18-16 and 18-17.)
a. Open dripproof construction
b. Grease-lubricated ball bearing on one end suitable for taking axial thrust and with either oillubricated sleeve bearing or a ball bearing on the other end suitable for horizontal or vertical
position. The axial thrust may be taken at either end consistent with design practice.
c. The face mounting for the drive end shall be in accordance with Figure 18-16.
d. The end shield at the end opposite the drive shall be totally enclosed or shall provide a suitable
means to accommodate a drip cover when required for vertical mounting.
e. Standard shaft extension shall be in accordance with Figure 18-16 (frame 56C). Alternate
standard shaft extension shall be in accordance with Figure 18-17 (frame 56J).2
f. Terminals for line lead connections shall be located in the end shield at the end opposite the drive
end at the 3 oclock position.
See 1.66 for description of Class A and Class B insulation systems.

If the shaft extension length of the motor is not suitable for the application, it is recommended that deviations from this length be in
1/4-inch increments.
2


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 46
Section II
g. The capacitor unit, when mounted externally on capacitor motors, shall be attached to the motor
frame 90 degrees counterclockwise from the terminal location facing the end opposite the drive
end as shown by the dotted lines in Figure 18-16.
h. Frame-mounted nameplates shall be attached to the motor in the area from 0 to 10 degrees
counterclockwise from the motor terminal location facing the end opposite the drive end. The
nameplate shall be so located that it will be read when the motor is mounted in a vertical position
and the drip cover, when used, is in place. Any other instruction plates shall be immediately
adjacent to the motor nameplate.
i. Automatic reset thermal overload protector shall be provided on single-phase motors.
j. When the alternate shaft extension shown in Figure 18-17 is used, a means shall be provided for
holding the shaft during assembly or removal of the pump impeller (3/32-inch screwdriver slot in
opposite end of shaft, flat in shaft, etc.).
18.131
DIMENSION FOR FACE-MOUNTED MOTORS FOR JET PUMPS1,2,3
1.88
Figure 18-16
FACE-MOUNTED JET PUMP MOTOR DIMENSIONS
Face runout or eccentricity of rabbet (with indicator mounted on the shaft) will be within 0.004-inch gage reading.
For general mechanical features, see 18.130.
3
See 4.4.1 for key dimensions.
2

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 47
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section II
Figure 18-17
FACE-MOUNTED JET PUMP MOTOR DIMENSIONS
18.132
When a motor of a frame size given in 4.4.1 is designed in accordance with the standards for jet-pump
motors and has the alternate standard shaft extension (threaded shaft) shown in Figure 18-17, the frame
number shall be followed by the suffix letter J to indicate such construction.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 48
Section II
SMALL MOTORS FOR COOLANT PUMPS
(A coolant-pump motor is an enclosed ball-bearing-type motor built for horizontal or vertical operation for direct connection to directdriven centrifugal coolant pumps.)
18.133
a. Single-phase
1. Split-phase
2. Capacitor start
3. Repulsion-start induction
b. Polyphase induction
Squirrel cage, constant speed
c. Direct current
Compound wound
RATINGS
18.134
VOLTAGE RATINGS

a. 60 hertz
1. Split-phase - 115 and 230 volts
2. Capacitor start
a) 1/4 horsepower and smaller 115 and 230 volts
b) 1/3 horsepower and larger 115/230 volts
b. 50 hertz
2. Capacitor start
a) 1/4 horsepower and smaller 110 and 220 volts
b) 1/3 horsepower and larger 110/220 volts
a. 60 hertz 220, 230, 460, and 575 volts
18.134.3 Direct-current Motors
115 and 230 volts.
18.135
FREQUENCIES
Frequencies for single-phase and polyphase induction motors shall be 50 and 60 hertz.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
18.136
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 49
Horsepower and speed ratings shall be as noted in the following table:

Brake Hp
Rating
1/20
1/12
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
50 Hertz
Synchronous
Approximate
Rpm
Full-Load Rpm
3000
2850
1800
1725
1500
1425
3600
3450
3000
2850
1800
1725
1500
1425
3600
3450
3000
2850
1800
1725
1500
1425
3600
3450
3000
2850
1800
1725
1500
1425
3600
3450
3000
2850
1800
1725
1500
1425
3600
3450
3000
2850
1800
1725
1500
1425
3600
3450
3000
2850
1800
1725
1500
1425
3600
3450
3000
2850
1800
1725
1500
1425
3600
3450
3000
2850
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
60 Hertz
Synchronous
Approximate
Rpm
Full-Load Rpm
3600
3450


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 50
Section II
18.137
TEMPERATURE RISE
Motors for coolant pumps shall have Class A insulation.1

The temperature rise above the temperature of the cooling medium for each of the various parts of the
motor, when tested in accordance with the rating, shall not exceed the following values:
Single-phase and polyphase-induction motors*
thermometer .......................................................................
55
resistance ...........................................................................
65
Direct-current motors - thermometer .....................................
55
Commutators - thermometer ...................................................
65
The temperatures attained by cores, squirrel-cage windings, commutators, and

miscellaneous parts (such as brushholders and brushes, etc.) shall not injure the
insulation or the machine in any respect.
*Where two methods of temperature measurement are listed, a temperature rise
within the values listed in the table, measured by either method, demonstrates
conformity with the standard.
NOTEAll temperature rises are based on a maximum ambient temperature of
40C. Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if this ambient
temperature is exceeded in regular operation.
18.138

18.139
For breakdown torque, see 12.32 for single induction motors and 12.37 for polyphase-induction motors.
18.140
See 12.33.
18.141
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.142
See 12.44 and 12.68.

18.143
The direction of rotation for coolant-pump motors is clockwise, facing the end opposite the drive end.
See 1.66 for description of Class A insulation.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 51
MANUFACTURING
18.144
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Coolant-pump motors shall be constructed with the following mechanical features:

(see 18.131)
a. Totally enclosed
b. Grease-lubricated ball bearings suitable for horizontal or vertical mounting which shall have
suitable provision for taking axial trust away from the front end.
c. Back end shield shall be machined in accordance with Figure 18-16, except that the 5/8-18
tapped hole in the bearing hub shall be omitted.
d. The straight shaft extension shall be in accordance with 4.4.1 and 4.5 or, alternatively, in
accordance with Figure 18-17.
e. Terminals or leads shall be located in the front end shield or on the frame adjacent to the front end
shield.
f. The capacitor unit, when mounted externally on capacitor motors, shall be attached to the motor
frame 90 degrees counterclockwise from the terminal location while facing the front end of the
motors.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 52
Section II
SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS FOR DEEP WELL PUMPS4-INCH

(A submersible motor for deep well pumps is a motor designed for operation while totally submerged in water having a temperature
not exceeding 25C (77F).)
18.145
a. Single-phase
1. Split-phase
2. Capacitor
b. Polyphase induction: Squirrel cage, constant speed
RATINGS
18.146
VOLTAGE RATINGS

a. 60 hertz 200, 230, 460, and 575 volts
18.147
FREQUENCIES

18.148

Horsepower ratings shall be:
a. Single-phase, 115 volts 1/4, 1/3, and 1/2 horsepower
b. Single-phase, 230 volts 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2, and 3 horsepower
c. Polyphase induction 1/4, 1/3, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, and 5 horsepower
a. 60 hertz 3600 rpm synchronous speed
b. 50 hertz 3000 rpm synchronous speed

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 53

18.149

18.150
18.150.1 Single-Phase Small Motors

For single-phase small motors, see 12.33.
For single-phase medium motors, see 12.34.
18.150.3 Three-Phase Medium Motors
For three-phase medium squirrel-cage induction motors, see 12.35.
18.151
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.152
VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE AT CONTROL BOX
See 12.44.
Length and size of cable should be taken into consideration, and the motor manufacturer should be
consulted.
18.153
VARIATION FROM RATED FREQUENCY
See 12.44.
18.154
The direction of rotation for submersible motors is clockwise facing the end opposite the drive end.
18.155
THRUST CAPACITY
When submersible pump motors are operated in a vertical position with the shaft up, they shall be
capable of withstanding the following thrust:
Horsepower
1/4 - 1-1/2, incl.
Thrust, Pounds
300
2-5, include.
900
MANUFACTURING
18.156
The terminal lead markings for single-phase submersible pump motors shall be as follows:
a. Auxiliary winding red
b. Main winding black
c. Common auxiliary winding and main winding yellow


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.150.2 Single-Phase Medium Motors
18.157
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 54
Section II
See Figure 18-18.
3.020
2.980


*Spline Data14 teeth, 24/48 pitch, 30-degree pressure angle, flat or fillet root, side fit, tolerance Class 5, in accordance with ANSI B92.1 with major diameter reduced to 0.012 inch to
allow use with former short dedendum and present standard internal splines.
Figure 18-18
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 55

18.158
See 18.145.
RATINGS
18.159
VOLTAGE RATINGS

a. 60 hertz 230 volts
a. 60 hertz 200, 230, 460, and 575 volts
18.160
FREQUENCIES
See 18.147.
18.161

Horsepower ratings shall be:
a. Single-phase 230 volts 3, 5, and 7-1/2 horsepower
b. Polyphase induction 3, 5, 7-1/2, 10, 15, 20, 25, and 30 horsepower
18.162
BASIS FOR HORSEPOWER RATING

18.163
18.163.1
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 56
Section II
18.163.2
For three-phase medium squirrel-cage induction motors, the locked-rotor current, when
measured with rated voltage and frequency impressed and with rotor locked, shall not exceed the
following:
Three-phase 60 Hertz Motors at 230 Volts*
Hp
3
64
5
92
7
130
10
190
15
290
20
390
25
500
30
600
*Locked-rotor current of motors designed for voltages other than 230 volts
shall be inversely proportional to the voltages.
18.164
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.165
See 12.44. Length and size of cable should be taken into consideration, and the motor manufacturer
18.166
See 12.44.
18.167
See 18.154.
THRUST CAPACITY
capable of withstanding the following thrusts:
Hp
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
Thrust, pounds
300
500
750
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
MANUFACTURING
18.169
See 18.156.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.168

Section II
18.170
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 57
See Figure 18-19.
&
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


*Spline Data15 teeth, 16/32 pitch, 30-degree pressure angle, flat or fillet root, side fit, tolerance Class 5, in accordance with ANSI B92.1, with major diameter reduced 0.016 inch to
allow use with former short dedendum and present standard internal splines.
Figure 18-19
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 58
Section II
18.171
Polyphase induction squirrel-cage, constant speed.

RATINGS
18.172
VOLTAGE RATINGS
Voltage ratings shall be:

18.173
FREQUENCIES

18.174

Horsepower ratings shall be 40, 50, 60, 75, and 100 horsepower.
18.175
For squirrel-cage induction motors, the locked-rotor current, when measured with rated voltage and
frequency impressed and with rotor locked, shall not exceed the following:
Three-Phase 60 Hertz Motors at 460 Volts*
Hp
Locked-Rotor current, Amperes
40
380
50
470
60
560
75
700
100
930
*Locked-rotor current of motors designed for voltages other than 460 volts
shall be inversely proportional to the voltages.
18.176
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section II
18.177
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 59
See 12.44. Length and size of cable should be taken into consideration, and the motor manufacturer
18.178
See 12.44.
18.179
See 18.154.
18.180
THRUST CAPACITY
capable of withstanding the following thrust:
Hp
Thrust, Pounds
40
4000
50
5000
60
6000
75
7500
100
10000
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 60
18.181
Section II
See Figure 18-20.

1.00 MAX
*Spline Data23 teeth, 16/32 pitch, 30 degree pressure angle, fillet root, side fit, tolerance Class 5, in accordance with ANSI B92.1.
Figure 18-20

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section II
MEDIUM DC ELEVATOR MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 61

18.182
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO TYPE
18.182.1 Class DH
Class DH direct-current high-speed elevator motors are open-type motors for use with gear-driven
elevators. Speed variation is obtained primarily by armature voltage control.
18.182.2 Class DL
Class DL direct-current low-speed elevator motors are open-type motors for the use with gearless
elevators. Speed variation is obtained primarily by armature voltage control.
RATINGS
18.183
VOLTAGE RATINGS
Because the speed variation of direct-current elevator motors is primarily obtained by armature voltage
control, these motors are operated over a wide range of voltages. Usually the highest applied armature
voltage should not exceed 600 volts. Whenever possible, it is recommended that voltage ratings of 230 or
240 volts should be utilized for motors of all horsepower ratings, although voltage ratings of 115 or 120
volts may be used for motors having ratings of 10 horsepower and smaller.
18.184
18.184.1 Class DH
When the voltage rating of a Class DH direct-current elevator motor is either 230 or 240 volts (see
18.183), the horsepower and speed ratings shall be:
1750
1150
Speed, Rpm
850
...
10
1750
1150
850
...
15
1750
1150
850
...
20
1750
1150
850
650
25
1750
1150
850
650
30
1750
1150
850
650
40
1750
1150
850
650
50
...
1150
850
650
60
...
1150
850
650
75
...
...
850
650
100
...
...
850
650
18.184.2 Class DL
Because of the multiplicity of combinations of traction sheave diameters, car speeds, car loading ratings,
and roping, it is impracticable to develop a standard for horsepower and speed ratings for Class DL
direct-current elevator motors.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Hp
7
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 62
18.185
Section II
BASIS OF RATING
18.185.1 Class DH
A Class DH direct-current elevator motor shall have a time rating of 15 minutes, 30 minutes, or 60
minutes. When operated at rated horsepower, speed, and time, the temperature rise of the motor shall be
in accordance with 18.192.
18.185.2 Class DL
A Class DL direct-current elevator motor shall have a time rating of 60 minutes. When operated at rated
horsepower, speed, and time, the temperature rise of the motor shall be in accordance with 18.192.
NOTEWhen the elevator duty cycle permits, a Class DL direct-current elevator motor may have a time rating of 30 minutes.
18.186
NAMEPLATE MARKINGS
See 10.66.
18.187
ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION CAPACITY
Class DH or DL direct-current elevator motors shall be capable of carrying successfully at least 200
percent of rated armature current for a period not to exceed 3 seconds at any voltage up to 70 percent of
rated armature voltage and a momentary load of at least 230 percent of rated armature current within the
same voltage range.
18.188
VARIATION IN SPEED DUE TO LOAD
18.188.1 Class DH
When Class DH direct-current elevator motors (see 18.184) are operated at rated voltage, the variation in
speed from full-load to no-load hot, based upon full-load speed hot with constant field current maintained,
shall not exceed 10 percent.
18.188.2 Class DL
When Class DL direct-current elevator motors are operated at rated voltage, the variation in speed from
full-load to no-load hot, based upon full-load speed hot with constant field current maintained, shall not
exceed 20 percent.
18.189
When Class DH or Class DL direct-current elevator motors (see 18.184) are operated at rated armature
and field voltage and load, the actual full-load speed hot shall not vary by more than plus or minus 7.5
percent from rated speed.
18.190
VARIATION IN SPEED DUE TO HEATING
18.190.1 Open-Loop Control System

When a Class DH or Class DL direct-current elevator motor is intended for use in an open-loop elevator
control system and is operated at rated armature and field voltage and load, the variation in speed from
full-load cold to full-load hot during a run of a specified duration shall not exceed 10 percent of the fullload speed hot.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 63
18.190.2 Closed-Loop Control System

When a Class DH or Class DL direct-current elevator motor is intended for use in a closed-loop elevator
control system and is operated at rated armature and field voltage and load, the variation in speed from
full-load cold to full-load hot during a run of a specified duration shall not exceed 15 percent of the fullload speed hot.
18.191
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.192
TEMPERATURE RISE
The temperature rise, above the temperature of cooling medium, for each of the various parts of Class
DH and Class DL direct-current elevator motors, when tested in accordance with the rating, shall not
exceed the values given in the following table. All temperature rises are based on a maximum ambient
temperature of 40C. Temperatures shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std 113.
Time Rating ...................................................................................................
15
30 and 60
minutes
minutes
Class of Insulation* ........................................................................................
Load, Percent of Rated Capacity ....................................................................
100
100
100
100

a. Armature windings and all other windings other than those given in items
b and c - resistance ..................................................................................
80
115
70
100
b. Multi-layer field windings - resistance .......................................................
80
115
70
100
80
115
70
100
c. Single-layer field windings with exposed uninsulated surfaces and bare

copper windings - resistance ....................................................................
d. The temperature attained by cores, commutators, and miscellaneous parts (such as brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.)
shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
*See 1.66 for description of classes of insulation.
**All temperature rises are based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C. Temperatures shall be determined in accordance
with IEEE Std 113. Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if this ambient temperature is exceeded in regular
operation.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 64
Section II
MOTOR-GENERATOR SETS FOR DC ELEVATOR MOTORS

(A motor-generator set consisting of an open-type induction motor direct-connected to an open-type direct-current adjustable-voltage
generator for supplying power to a direct-current elevator motor.)
RATINGS
18.193
BASIS OF RATING
18.193.1 Time Rating

The induction motor and the direct-current adjustable-voltage generator shall each have a continuous
time rating.
18.193.2 Relation to Elevator Motor
The kilowatt rating of the direct-current adjustable-voltage generator and the horsepower rating of the
induction motor do not necessarily bear any definite relation to the rating of the direct-current elevator
motor to which they furnish power because of the difference in time rating.
18.194
GENERATOR VOLTAGE RATINGS
18.194.1 Value
The direct-current adjustable-voltage generator shall be capable of producing the rated voltage of the
direct-current elevator motor to which it is supplying power.
18.194.2 Maximum Value
Since the direct-current elevator motor and the direct-current adjustable-voltage generator are rated on
different bases, the generator rated voltage may be less than that of the direct-current elevator motor.
Usually the highest rated voltage of the generator should not exceed 600 volts. Whenever possible, it is
recommended that the rated voltage of the generator be 250 volts.
18.195
VARIATION IN VOLTAGE DUE TO HEATING
18.195.1 Open-Loop Control System

When an elevator direct-current adjustable-voltage generator is intended for use in an open-loop control
system, the change in armature voltage from full-load cold to full-load hot, with a fixed voltage applied to
the generator field, shall not exceed 10 percent.
18.195.2 Closed-Loop Control System
When an elevator direct-current adjustable-voltage generator is intended for use in a closed-loop control
system, the change in armature voltage from full-load cold to full-load hot, with a fixed voltage applied to
the generator field, shall not exceed 15 percent.
18.196
OVERLOAD
Both the induction motor and the direct-current adjustable-voltage generator shall be capable of supplying
the peak load required for the direct-current elevator motor to which it is supplying power. See 18.187.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
18.197
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 65
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
The various parts of the set shall be given high-potential tests in accordance with 3.1 for single-phase
and polyphase induction motors and in accordance with 15.48 for direct-current generators.
18.198
VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE
All sets shall operate successfully at rated load and frequency with the motor voltage not more than 10
percent above or below the nameplate rating but not necessarily in accordance with the standards
established for operation at normal rating.
18.199
18.200
COMBINED VARIATION OF VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY
All sets shall operate successfully at rated load with a combined variation in motor voltage and frequency
not more than 10 percent above or below the nameplate rating, provided the limits of variations given in
18.198 and 18.199 are not exceeded, but not necessarily in accordance with the standards established
for operation at normal rating.
18.201
TEMPERATURE RISE
The temperature rise, above the temperature of the cooling medium, for each of the various parts of each
machine in the set, when tested in accordance with their ratings, shall not exceed the following values:
18.201.1 Induction Motors
See 12.44.
18.201.2 Direct-Current Adjustable-Voltage Generators
Class of Insulation* .............................................................................................................
Load, Percent of Rated Capacity ........................................................................................
100
100
Time Rating - Continuous

Temperature Rise, **Degrees C
a. Armature windings and all other windings other than those given in items b and c resistance..
70
100
b. Multi-layer field windings resistance..
70
100
c. Single-layer field windings with exposed uninsulated surfaces and bare copper windings resistance..
70
100
d. The temperature attained by cores, commutators, and miscellaneous parts (such as brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.)
shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
*See 1.66 for description of classes of insulation.
**All temperature rises are based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40C. Temperatures shall be determined in accordance
with IEEE Std 113. Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if this ambient temperature is exceeded in regular
operation.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
All sets shall operate successfully at rated load and voltage with the motor frequency not more than 5
percent above or below the nameplate rating but not necessarily in accordance with the standards
established for operation at normal rating.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 66
Section II

18.202
Polyphase alternating-current high-speed motors, Class AH, for use with gear-driven elevators shall
include:
18.202.1 AH1
All single-speed internal-resistance-type elevator motors having a squirrel-cage secondary or other form
of secondary winding having no external connection and designed for only one synchronous speed.
18.202.2 AH2
All single-speed external-resistance-type elevator motors having a wound secondary with means for
connection to an external starting resistance and designed for only one synchronous speed.
18.202.3 AH3
All multispeed internal-resistance-type elevator motors having a squirrel-cage secondary or other forms of
secondary winding having no external connection and designed to give two or more synchronous speeds.
RATINGS
18.203
BASIS OF RATINGELEVATOR MOTORS
Squirrel-cage elevator motors shall be rated primarily on the basis of locked-rotor torque, but they may
also be given a horsepower rating. The horsepower ratings shall be those ratings given under 18.206 and
shall be the brake-horsepower the motor will actually develop without exceeding the standard
temperature rise for the standard time rating as given in 18.208.
18.204
VOLTAGE RATINGS
18.205
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The voltage ratings shall be:

a. Class AH1 motors, 1 horsepower to 10 horsepower, inclusive, at 1200 and 1800 rpm - 115 volts
b. Class AH1 motors other than those covered in item a, Class AH2 motors, and Class AH3 motors 200, 230, 460, and 575 volts
FREQUENCY
The frequency shall be 60 hertz.


Section II
18.206
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 67
Horsepower and synchronous speed ratings of open-type Class AH1 squirrel-cage motors for elevators
and similar applications shall be as given in the following table:
60 HERTZ, TWO- AND THREE-PHASE
18.207
Hp
1
1800

1200
...
...
...
1800
1200
...
...
...
1800
1200
...
...
...
1800
1200
900
...
...
1800
1200
900
720
...
10
1800
1200
900
720
600
15
1800
1200
900
720
600
20
1800
1200
900
720
600
25
1800
1200
900
720
600
30
...
...
900
720
600
40
...
...
900
720
600

LOCKED-ROTOR TORQUE FOR SINGLE-SPEED SQUIRREL-CAGE ELEVATOR MOTORS
The locked-rotor torque for Class AH1 elevator motors, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be
not less than 285 percent of rated synchronous torque.
For the selection of gearing and other mechanical design features of the elevator, 335 percent of rated
synchronous torque shall be used as a maximum value of locked-rotor torque for Class AH1 elevator
motors.
18.208
TIME-TEMPERATURE RATING
The rated horsepower or torque of elevator motors under Class AH1 shall be based on a 30-minute run at
rated horsepower or rated torque and corresponding speed with a temperature rise not to exceed the
values given in 12.44.
18.209
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.210
See 12.44.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 68
Section II
MANUFACTURING
18.211
NAMEPLATE MARKING
The following information shall be given on all nameplates. For abbreviations, see 1.79. For some
a. Manufacturers type designation (optional)
b. Horsepower rating
c. Time rating
d. Temperature rise
e. Rpm at full load
f. Starting torque (pounds at 1 foot)
g. Frequency
h. Number of phases
I. Voltage
j. Full-load amperes
k. Code letter for locked-rotor kVA (see 10.37)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 69

RATINGS
18.212
VOLTAGE RATINGS
Voltage ratings shall be:

Hp
Voltage Ratings, Volts

60 Hertz
115, 200, 230, 460, and 575
1-10, incl.
15-125, incl.
200, 230, 460, and 575
150
460 and 575

50 Hertz
220 and 380
1-125, incl.
150
FREQUENCIES

18.214
Horsepower and speed ratings for intermittent-rated alternating-current wound-rotor crane motors shall
be:
Hertz
Ratings
Hp
1
60
60
60
60
60
50
1800
1200
...
...
1000
...
...
...
1800
1200
...
...
...
1500
1000
...
...
...
1800
1200
900
...
...
1500
1000
750
...
...
1800
1200
900
...
...
1500
1000
750
...
...
1800
1200
900
...
...
1500
1000
750
...
...
1800
1200
900
...
...
1500
1000
750
...
...
10
1800
1200
900
...
...
1500
1000
750
...
...
15
1800
1200
900
...
...
1500
1000
750
...
...
20
1800
1200
900
720
...
1500
1000
750
600
...
25
1800
1200
900
720
...
1500
1000
750
600
...
30
1800
1200
900
720
..
1500
1000
750
600
...
40
1800
1200
900
720
600
1500
1000
750
600
500
50
1800
1200
900
720
600
1500
1000
750
600
500
60
1800
1200
900
720
600
1500
1000
750
600
500
75
1800
1200
900
720
600
1500
1000
750
600
500
100
1800
1200
900
720
600
1500
1000
750
600
500
125
1800
1200
...
720
600
1500
1000
...
600
500
150
1800
...
...
...
600
1500
...
...
...
500

...
1500
50
50
50


50
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.213
380
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 70
18.215
Hp
Rating
1
Section II
SECONDARY DATA FOR WOUND-ROTOR CRANE MOTORS
Secondary
Volts*
90
Maximum
Secondary
Amperes
6
External
Resistance,**
Ohms
7
Hp
Rating
25
Secondary
Volts*
220
Maximum
Secondary
Ampere
60
External
Resistance,**
Ohms
1.75
1-1/2
110
7.3
30
240
65
1.75
120
8.4
40
315
60
2.75
145
10
50
350
67
2.75
140
19
3.5
60
375
74
2.75
7-1/2
165
23
3.5
75
385
90
2.30
10
195
26.5
3.5
100
360
130
1.50
15
240
32.5
3.5
125
385
150
1.40
20
265
38
3.5
150
380
185
1.10
*Tolerance plus or minus 10 percent

**Tolerance plus or minus 5 percent
NOTE100 percent external ohms is the resistance per leg in a 3-phase wye-connected bank of resistance which will limit the
motor locked-rotor torque to 100 percent.
18.216
NAMEPLATE MARKING
The following minimum amount of information shall be given on all nameplates:

For abbreviations, see 1.79.
a.
b.
c.
d.

Horsepower output
Time rating
Class of insulation system and maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed (see
12.44.1)
e. Rpm at full load
f. Frequency
g. Number of phases
h. Voltage
i. Full-load primary amperes
j. Secondary amperes at full load
k. Secondary open-circuit voltage

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 71
18.217 FRAME SIZES FOR TWO- AND THREE-PHASE 60-HERTZ OPEN AND TOTALLY ENCLOSED
WOUND-ROTOR CRANE MOTORS HAVING CLASS B INSULATION SYSTEMS
256X

1200
Frame Designation*
284X
284X
286X
324X
286X
324X
326X
25
324X
326X
364X
30
326X
364X
364X
40
364X
364X
365X
60 minutes, open
364X
365X
404X
365X
404X
405X
30 minutes, totally enclosed
404X
405X
444X
1800
Hp Rating
10
Time Rating, Enclosure

30 minutes, open
15
20
30 minutes, totally enclosed
50
60
75
900
286X
100
405X
444X
445X
125
444X
445X
...
150
445X
...
...
*Dimensions for these frame designations are given in 18.230.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

18.218
TIME RATINGS
The time ratings for open and totally enclosed alternating-current wound-rotor motors shall be 15, 30, and
60 minutes.
18.219
TEMPERATURE RISE
For temperature rise of Class B insulation system, see 12.44.

18.220
BREAKDOWN TORQUE
18.220.1 Minimum Value

The breakdown torque for alternating-current wound-rotor crane motors, with rated voltage and frequency
applied, shall be not less than 275 percent of full-load torque.
18.221.2 Maximum Value
For the selection of gearing and other mechanical design features of the crane, 375 percent of rated fullload torque shall be used as the maximum value of breakdown torque for an alternating-current woundrotor crane motor.
18.222
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 72
18.223
Section II
OVERSPEEDS
Alternating-current wound-rotor crane motors having standard horsepower and speed ratings and built in
frame sizes given in 18.217 shall be so constructed that they will withstand, without mechanical injury, an
overspeed which is 50 percent above synchronous speed.
18.224
PLUGGING
Alternating-current wound-rotor crane motors shall be designed to withstand reversal of the phase
rotation of the power supply at rated voltage when running at the overspeed given in 18.223.
18.225
See 12.44.
18.226
ROUTINE TESTS
The routine tests shall be:

a. No-load readings of current and speed at normal voltage and frequency and with collector rings
short-circuited. On 50-hertz motors, these readings shall be permitted to be taken at 60 hertz if 50
hertz is not available.
b. Measurement of open-circuit voltage ratio
c. High-potential test in accordance with 3.1 and 12.3
18.227
BALANCE OF MOTORS
See Part 7.
18.228
BEARINGS
Bearings for wound-rotor crane motors shall be of the antifriction type.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Section II
18.229
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 73
DIMENSIONS FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT WOUND-ROTOR OPEN AND TOTALLY ENCLOSED CRANE MOTORS1
See Figure 18-21.

Figure 18-21
DIMENSIONS FOR OPEN AND TOTALLY ENCLOSED CRANE MOTORS
See 18.230 for shaft style at end opposite drive.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 74
Section II
18.230 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT OPEN AND TOTALLY

ENCLOSED WOUND-ROTOR CRANE MOTORS HAVING ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS1
Frame
Designation
254X
256X
284X
286X
324X
326X
364X
365X
404X
405X
444X
445X
A Max
12.50
12.50
14.00
14.00
16.00
16.00
18.00
18.00
20.00
20.00
22.00
22.00
D*
6.25
6.25
7.0
7.0
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.0
10.0
10.0
11.0
11.0
E**
2F**
AA Min
5.00
8.25
1
5.00
10.00
1
5.50
9.50
1-1/4
5.50
11.00
1-1/4
6.25
10.50
1-1/2
6.25
12.00
1-1/2
7.00
11.25
2
7.00
12.25
2
8.00
12.25
2
8.00
13.75
2
9.00
14.50
2-1/2
9.00
16.50
2-1/2
Drive End-Straight Shaft Extension
A
4.25
4.25
4.75
4.75
5.25
5.25
5.88
5.88
6.62
6.62
7.50
7.50
H**
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.66
0.66
0.66
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.81
0.81
Keyseat
Frame Designation
254X
256X
284X
286X
324X
326X
364X
365X
404X
405X
444X
445X
U
1.3750
1.3750
1.625
1.625
1.875
1.875
2.375
2.375
2.875
2.875
3.375
3.375
N-W
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
4.75
4.75
5.75
5.75
5.50
5.50
V Min
R
3.50
1.201
3.50
1.201
3.50
1.416
3.50
1.416
3.50
1.591
3.50
1.591
4.50
2.021
4.50
2.021
5.50
2.450
5.50
2.450
5.25
2.880
5.25
2.880
Opposite Drive End-Shaft Extension
ES Min
2.78
2.78
2.53
2.53
2.41
2.41
3.03
3.03
3.78
3.78
4.03
4.03
S
0.312
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.500
0.625
0.625
0.750
0.750
0.875
0.875
Keyseat
Frame
Shaft Style
Designation
254X
Straight
256X
Straight
284X
Tapered
286X
Tapered
324X
Tapered
326X
Tapered
364X
Tapered
365X
Tapered
404X
Tapered
405X
Tapered
444X
Tapered
445X
Tapered
(See next page for notes.)
FU
1.1250
1.1250
1.3750
1.3750
1.625
1.625
2.125
2.125
2.375
2.375
2.625
2.625
FN-FW
3.00
3.00
4.12
4.12
4.50
4.50
4.88
4.88
5.25
5.25
5.88
5.88
FV
2.75
2.75
2.62
2.62
2.88
2.88
3.50
3.50
3.75
3.75
4.12
4.12
FX
...
...
2.75
2.75
3.00
3.00
3.62
3.62
3.88
3.88
4.25
4.25
FY
...
...
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.38
1.38
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
FZ Max
...
...
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.75
2.75
3.25
3.25
3.62
3.62
Shaft
Threaded
...
...
1-12
1-12
1-12
1-12
1-1/2-8
1-1/2-8
1-3/4-8
1-3/4-8
2-8
2-8
Width
0.250
0.250
0.312
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.500
0.625
0.625
0.625
0.625
Depth
0.125
0.125
0.156
0.156
0.188
0.188
0.250
0.250
0.312
0.312
0.312
0.312
For meaning of letter dimensions, see 4.1 and 18.229.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Length
2.41
2.41
2.25
2.25
2.50
2.50
3.25
3.25
3.50
3.50
3.88
3.88
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 75

* Dimension D will never be greater than the above values, but it may be less such that shims are usually required for coupled
or geared machines. When the exact dimension is required, shims up to 0.03 inch may be necessary.
** The tolerance for the E and 2F dimensions shall be 0.03 inch and for the H dimension shall be + 0.05 inch, - 0 inch.
For tolerances on shaft extensions and keyseats, see 4.9.
For straight shafts, this is a minimum dimension.
The tolerance on the length of the key is 0.03 inch.
The standard taper of shafts shall be at the rate of 1.25 inches in diameter per foot of length. The thread at the end of the
tapered shaft shall be provided with a nut and a suitable locking device.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 76
MEDIUM SHELL-TYPE MOTORS FOR WOODWORKING AND MACHINE-TOOL APPLICATIONS

18.231
DEFINITION OF SHELL-TYPE MOTOR
A shell-type motor consists of a stator and rotor without shaft, end shields, bearings, or conventional
frame. Separate fans or fans larger than the rotor are not included.
18.232
TEMPERATURE RISESHELL-TYPE MOTOR
The temperature rise of a shell-type motor depends on the design of the ventilating system as well as on
the motor losses. The motor manufacturers responsibility is limited to (a) supplying motors with losses,
characteristics, current densities, and flux densities consistent with complete motors of similar ratings,
size, and proportion: and (b) when requested, supplying information regarding the design of a ventilating
system which will dissipate the losses within the rated temperature rise.
Therefore, obviously, the machine manufacturer is ultimately responsible for the temperature rise.
18.233
TEMPERATURE RISE FOR 60-HERTZ SHELL-TYPE MOTORS OPERATED ON 50-HERTZ
When 40C continuous 60-hertz single-speed shell-type motors are designed as suitable for operation on
50-hertz circuits at the 60-hertz voltage and horsepower rating, they will operate without injurious heating
if the ventilation system is in accordance with the motor manufacturers recommendations.
18.234
OPERATION AT OTHER FREQUENCIESSHELL-TYPE MOTORS
All two-pole 40C continuous 60-hertz shell-type motors shall be capable of operating on proportionally
increased voltage at frequencies up to and including 120 hertz. The horsepower load shall be permitted
to be increased in proportion to one half of the increased speed.
18.235
RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS FOR SHELL-TYPE MOTORS1
18.235.1 Rotor Bore and Keyway Dimensions, Three-Phase 60-Hertz 40C Open Motors, 208, 220,
440, and 550 Volts
18.235.1.1
Straight Rotor Bore Motors
Hp Rating
Two Pole
Normal Diameter
Inches
1-1/2 to 10
1-1/2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7-1/2 to 20
1-7/8
15 to 25
2-1/4
Rotor Bores
Maximum
Minimum
Diameter Inches
Diameter, Inches
BH = 8-Inch Diameter
2
None
Rotor Keyways
Bores, Inches
Keys, Inches
1-1/2 to 1-3/4, incl.
3/8 x 3/16
1/2 x 1/4
1-7/8
3/8 x 3/16
2 to 2-3/8, incl.
1/2 x 1/4
2-1/4 to 2-1/2, incl.
1/2 x 1/4
2-3/4
3/4 x 3/8
2-3/8-4-, 6-, & 8None
pole motors*
2-1/8-2 pole
None
motors
BH = 12.375-Inch Diameter
2-3/4
*All other 4-, 6-, and 8-pole Hp ratings will have same rotor bores as 2-pole ratings by frame size.
See 18.236.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 77
18.235.1.2
Tapered Rotor Bores*

BH Dimension
8
Range of Bore on Big End

1.75 to 2 inches - For all pole combinations
10
2.125 to 2.375 inches - For 4, 6, and 8 poles

2.125 to 2.25 inches - For 2 poles
12.375
2.5 to 2.75 inches - For all pole combinations
*All rotor bore dimensions are based on the use of magnetic shaft material.
The small-end diameter will be whatever comes depending on length of rotor using inch taper per foot.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.235.2 BH and BJ Dimensions in Inches, Open Type Three-Phase 60-Hertz 40C Continuous,
208, 220, 440, and 550 Volts
Horsepower
Poles
2
8
...
1-1/2
3/4
1-1/2
1/2
1-1/2
BJ Maximum
Poles
4
6 and 8
6-3/4
6-3/4
6-1/8
7-1/2
7-1/8
6-7/8
3/4
7-5/8
7-3/8
9-3/8
8-3/4
7-1/2
1-1/2
11-1/2
11-1/8
10-7/8
10
...
...
...
13-1/2
...
...
7-1/2
9-1/2
8-5/8
10
7-1/2
11
10-1/2
10-1/8
15
10
7-1/2
12-3/4
12-1/4
11-7/8
20
15
10
7-1/2
14
14
13-5/8
BH = 12.375-Inch Diameter
15
10
7-1/2
1/2
11
10-3/8
9-7/8
20
15
10
7-1/2
12-1/4
11-5/8
11-1/8
25
20
15
10
13-1/2
12-7/8
12-3/8
Maximum BK =
Maximum BJ
+ 1/ 4
2



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 78
18.236
Section II
LETTERING FOR DIMENSION SHEETS FOR SHELL-TYPE MOTORS1
See Figure 18-22.

Figure 18-22
DIMENSION SHEET LETTERING
For the meaning of letter dimensions, see 4.1.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 79
MEDIUM AC SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP APPLICATIONS
MEDIUM AC SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR VERTICAL TURBINE

PUMP APPLICATIONS
(These standards were developed jointly with the Hydraulic Institute.)
18.237 DIMENSION FOR TYPE VP VERTICAL SOLID-SHAFT, SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE,

DIRECT CONNECTED SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR VERTICAL TURBINE
PUMP APPLICATIONS1, 2, 3, 4
Frame Designations*
143VP and 145VP
182VP and 184VP
213VP and 215VP
254VP and 256VP
284VP and 286VP
324VP and 326VP
364VP and 365VP
404VP and 405VP
444VP and 445VP
Frame Designations*
143VP and 145VP
182VP and 184VP
213VP and 215VP
254VP and 256VP
284VP and 286VP
324VP and 326VP
364VP and 365VP
404VP and 405VP
444VP and 445VP
AJ**
9.125
9.125
9.125
9.125
9.125
14.750
14.750
14.750
14.750
U
0.8750
1.1250
1.1250
1.1250
1.1250
1.625
1.625
1.625
2.125
AK
8.250
8.250
8.250
8.250
8.250
13.500
13.500
13.500
13.500
V Min
2.75
2.75
2.75
2.75
2.75
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
BB Min
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
AH
2.75
2.75
2.75
2.75
2.75
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
BD Max
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
Keyseat
R
ES Min
0.771-0.756
1.28
0.986-0.971
1.28
0.986-0.971
1.28
0.986-0.971
1.28
0.986-0.971
1.28
1.416-1.401
3.03
1.416-1.401
3.03
1.416-1.401
3.03
1.845-1.830
3.03
BF Clearance Hole
Number
Size
4
0.44
4
0.44
4
0.44
4
0.44
4
0.44
4
0.69
4
0.69
4
0.69
4
0.69
S
0.190-0.188
0.252-0.250
0.252-0.250
0.252-0.250
0.252-0.250
0.377-0.375
0.377-0.375
0.377-0.375
0.502-0.500
EU
0.6875
0.8750
0.8750
0.8750
0.8750
1.2500
1.2500
1.2500
1.7500
*The assignment of horsepower and speed ratings to these frames shall be in accordance with Part 13, except for the inclusion of
the suffix letter VP in place of the suffix letters T and TS.
**AJ dimensioncenterline of bolt holes shall be within 0.025 inch of true location. True location is defined as angular and
diametrical location with reference to the centerline of the AK dimension.
The tolerance on the AH dimension shall be 0.06 inch. Dimension AH shall be measured with motor in vertical position, shaft
down.
The tolerance for the permissible shaft runout shall be 0.002-inch indicator reading (see 4.11).
For the meaning of the letter dimensions, see 4.1 and Figure 18-23.
3
For tolerance on AK dimension, face runout, and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbet, see 4.13.
4
For tolerance on shaft extension diameters and keyseats, see 4.9 and 4.10.
2
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 80
Figure 18-23
DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORS FOR VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP APPLICATIONS


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 81
MEDIUM AC SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP
APPLICATIONS
18.238 DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE P AND PH ALTERNATING-CURRENT SQUIRREL-CAGE
VERTICAL HOLLOW-SHAFT MOTORS FOR VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP APPLICATIONS1, 2
18.238.1 Base Dimensions
Item*
1
Frame
Designation
182TP
AJ**
9.125
AK
8.250
BB Min
0.19
BD Max
10.00
Clearance
0.44
BF Tap
Size
...
Number
4
EO Min
2.50
184TP
9.125
8.250
0.19
10.00
0.44
...
2.50
213TP
9.125
8.250
0.19
10.00
0.44
...
2.50
215TP
9.125
8.250
0.19
10.00
0.44
...
2.50
254TP
9.125
8.250
0.19
10.00
0.44
...
2.75
256TP
9.125
8.250
0.19
10.00
0.44
...
2.75
284TP
9.125
8.250
0.19
10.00
0.44
...
2.75
286TP
9.125
8.250
0.19
10.00
0.44
...
2.75
324TP
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
4.00
10
326TP
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
4.00
11
364TP
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
4.00
12
365TP
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
4.00
13
404TP
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
4.50
14
405TP
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
4.50
15
444TP
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
5.00
16
445TP
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
5.00
17
...
14.750
13.500
0.25
20.00
0.69
...
...
18
...
14.750
13.500
0.25
24.50
0.69
5/8-11
...
19
...
26.000
22.000
0.25
30.50
0.81
3/4-10
...

*See 18.238.2 for the coupling dimensions of the motors covered in items 1 through 16.
These frames have the following alternative base dimensions, the coupling dimensions given in 18.238.2 remaining unchanged:
Base Dimensions
BF
Frame
Designations
324TPH
AJ**
9.125
AK
8.250
BB Min
0.19
BD Max
12.00
Clearance
0.44
Tap Size
...
Number
4
EO Min
4.00
326TPH
9.125
8.250
0.19
12.00
0.44
...
4.00
284TPH
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
...
2.75
286TPH
14.750
13.500
0.25
16.50
0.69
2.75
**AJ dimensioncenterline of bolt holes shall be within 0.025 inch of true location. True location is defined as angular and
diametrical location with reference to the centerline of the AK dimension.
Either clearance hole or up size shall be specified.
1
2
For tolerances on AK dimension, face runout, and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbet, see 4.13.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 82
18.238.2 Coupling Dimensions1
Coupling Dimensions
Item*
1
BX**
0.751
Standard Bore
EW
R
0.188-0.190 0.837-0.847
BY
10-32
BZ
1.375
BX**
1.001
Maximum Bore
EW
R
0.250-0.252
1.114-1.124
BY
10-32
BZ
1.375
0.751
0.188-0.190
0.837-0.847
10-32
1.375
1.001
0.250-0.252
1.114-1.124
10-32
1.375
0.751
0.188-0.190
0.837-0.847
10-32
1.375
1.001
0.250-0.252
1.114-1.124
10-32
1.375
0.751
0.188-0.190
0.837-0.847
10-32
1.375
1.001
0.250-0.252
1.114-1.124
10-32
1.375
1.001
0.250-0.252
1.114-1.124
10-32
1.375
1.251
0.250-0.252
1.367-1.377
1/4-20
1.750
1.001
0.250-0.252
1.114-1.124
10-32
1.375
1.251
0.250-0.252
1.367-1.377
1/4-20
1.750
1.001
0.250-0.252
1.114-1.124
10-32
1.375
1.251
0.250-0.252
1.367-1.377
1/4-20
1.750
1.001
0.250-0.252
1.114-1.124
10-32
1.375
1.251
0.250-0.252
1.367-1.377
1/4-20
1.750
1.188
0.250-0.252
1.304-1.314
1/4-20
1.750
1.501
0.375-0.377
1.669-1.679
1/4-20
2.125
10
1.188
0.250-0.252
1.304-1.314
1/4-20
1.750
1.501
0.375-0.377
1.669-1.679
1/4-20
2.125
11
1.188
0.250-0.252
1.304-1.314
1/4-20
1.750
1.501
0.375-0.377
1.669-1.679
1/4-20
2.125
12
1.188
0.250-0.252
1.304-1.314
1/4-20
1.750
1.501
0.375-0.377
1.669-1.679
1/4-20
2.125
13
1.438
0.375-0.377
1.605-1.615
1/4-20
2.125
1.688
0.375-0.377
1.859-1.869
1/4-20
2.500
14
1.438
0.375-0.377
1.605-1.615
1/4-20
2.125
1.688
0.375-0.377
1.859-1.869
1/4-20
2.500
15
1.688
0.375-0.377
1.859-1.869
1/4-20
2.500
1.938
0.500-0.502
2.160-2.170
1/4-20
2.500
16
1.688
0.375-0.377
1.859-1.869
1/4-20
2.500
1.938
0.500-0.502
2.160-2.170
1/4-20
2.500
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

*See the correspondingly numbered item in 18.238.1 for the frame designation and base dimensions of the motors to which
these coupling dimensions apply.
**The tolerance on the BX dimension shall be as follows
BX dimension1.001 to 1.500 inches, inclusive, +0.001 inch, -0.000 inch
BX dimensionlarger than 1.500 inches, +0.0015 inch, -0.000 inch


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 83
MEDIUM AC SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR CLOSE-COUPLED PUMPS
(A face-mounting close-coupled pump motor is a medium alternating-current squirrel-cage induction open or totally enclosed motor,
with or without feet, having a shaft suitable for mounting an impeller and sealing device. For explosion proof motors, see Note 3 of
Figure 18-24.)
RATINGS
18.239
VOLTAGE RATINGS
See 10.30.
FREQUENCIES
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.240
See 10.31.1.
18.241
NAMEPLATE MARKINGS
See 10.40.
18.242
NAMEPLATE TIME RATINGS
See 10.36.
18.243
TEMPERATURE RISE
See 12.44.
18.244
TORQUES

For polyphase medium motors, see 12.38, 12.39, and 12.40.
18.245
LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENTS
For single-phase medium motors, see 12.34. For three-phase medium motors, see 12.35.
18.246
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.247
See 12.44.
18.248
BALANCE OF MOTORS
See Part 7.
MANUFACTURING
18.249
FRAME ASSIGNMENTS
Frame assignments shall be in accordance with Part 13, except for the omission of the suffix letters T and
TS and the inclusion of the suffix letters in accordance with 18.250, (i.e., 254JP).


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 84
18.250
DIMENSIONS FOR TYPES JM AND JP ALTERNATING-CURRENT FACE-MOUNTING

CLOSE-COUPLED PUMP MOTORS HAVING ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS
(This standard was developed jointly with the Hydraulic Institute.)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
See Figure 18-24.
Figure 18-24
DIMENSIONS FOR PUMP MOTORS HAVING ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS
NOTES
1AH, EQ, and ET dimensions measured with the shaft pulled by hand away from the motor to the limit of end play.
2AJ dimension - centerline of bolt holes is within 0.015 inch of true location for frames 143 to 256 JM and JP, inclusive, and
within 0.025 inch of true location for frames 284 to 365 JM and JP, inclusive. True location is defined as angular and diametrical
location with reference to the centerline of the AK dimensions.
3Shaft end play should not exceed the bearing internal axial movement. Bearing mounting fits should be as recommended for
pump application by the bearing manufacturer. (This note applies to open and totally enclosed motors. For explosion-proof
motor, the individual motor manufacturer should be contacted.)


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 85
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section II
Table 1 of 18.250
DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE JM ALTERNATING-CURRENT FACE-MOUNTING CLOSE-COUPLED PUMP MOTORS
Frame
Designations
143JM and 145JM
182JM and 184JM
213JM and 215JM
254JM and
256JM
284JM and 286JM
324JM and 326JM
Frame
Designations
143JM and
145JM
182JM and
184JM
213JM and
215JM
254JM and
256JM
284JM and
286JM
324JM and
326JM
U
0.8745
0.8740
0.8745
0.8740
0.8745
0.8740
AH*
4.281
4.219
4.281
4.219
4.281
4.219
AJ**
5.875
1.2495
5.281
7.250
1.2490
1.2495
1.2490
1.2495
1.2490
5.219
5.281
5.219
5.281
5.219
5.875
7.250
11.000
11.000
AK
4.500
4.497
4.500
4.497
8.500
8.497
BB
0.156
0.125
0.156
0.125
0.312
0.250
8.500
0.312
8.497
12.500
12.495
12.500
12.495
0.250
0.312
0.250
0.312
0.250
EN
Tap Drill
Depth Max
1.12
Bolt Penetration
Allowance
0.75
EP
Min
1.156
BF
Tap
Size
3/8-16
BD
Max
6.62
Number
4
6.62
3/8-16
0.56
9.00
1/2-13
0.75
10.00
1/2-13
0.75
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
EL
1.156
EM
1.0000
Tap
Size
3/8-16
EQ*
0.640
ER
Min
4.25
R
0.771-0.756
1.154
1.250
0.9995
1.0000
3/8-16
1.12
0.75
1.250
0.610
0.640
4.25
0.771-0.756
1.248
1.250
0.9995
1.0000
3/8-16
1.12
0.75
1.750
0.610
0.640
4.25
1.248
1.750
1.3745
1.3750
1/2-13
1.50
1.00
1.750
0.610
0.640
1.748
1.750
1.3745
1.3750
1/2-13
1.50
1.00
2.125
1.748
1.750
1.3745
1.3750
1/2-13
1.50
1.00
2.125
1.748
1.3745
Keyseat
ES
Min
1.65
Bolt Penetration
Allowance
0.56
S
0.190-0.188
ET*
2.890
1.65
0.190-0.188
2.860
2.890
0.771-0.756
1.65
0.190-0.188
2.860
2.890
5.25
1.112-1.097
2.53
0.252-0.250
2.860
3.015
0.610
0.645
5.25
1.112-1.097
2.53
0.252-0.250
2.985
3.020
0.605
0.645
5.25
1.112-1.097
2.53
0.252-0.250
2.980
3.020
0.605
See next page for notes.
2.980

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 86
Section II

*AH, EQ, and ET dimensions measured with the shaft pulled by hand away from the motor to the limit of end play.
**AJ dimensioncenterline of bolt holes is within 0.015 inch of true location for frames 154 to 256 JM and JP, inclusive, and within 0.025 inch of true location for frames 284 to 365 JM and JP,
inclusive. True location is determined as angular and diametrical location with reference to the centerline of the AK dimension.
NOTEFor the meaning of the letter dimensions, see Figure 18-24 and 4.1.
Tolerances (see 4.11.)
Face runout
143JM to 256 JM frames, include., 0.004 inch indicator reading
Permissible shaft runout
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 87
Table 2 of 18.250
DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE JP ALTERNATING-CURRENT FACE-MOUNTING CLOSE-COUPLED PUMP MOTORS
BF
Frame
Designations
143JP and 145JP
182JP and 184JP
213JP and 215JP
254JP and 256JP
284JP and 286JP

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
324JP and 326JP

364JP and 365JP
Frame
Designations
143JM and 145JM
182JP and 184JP
213JP and 215JP
254JP and 256JP
284JP and 286JP
324JP and 326JP
364JP and 365JP
AH*
AJ**
AK
BB
0.8745
0.8740
0.8745
0.8740
1.2495
1.2490
1.2495
1.2490
1.2495
1.2490
1.2495
1.2490
1.6245
1.6240
7.343
7.281
7.343
7.281
8.156
8.094
8.156
8.094
8.156
8.094
8.156
8.094
8.156
8.094
5.875
4.500
4.497
4.500
4.497
8.500
8.497
8.500
8.497
12.500
12.495
12.500
12.495
12.500
12.495
0.156
0.125
0.156
0.125
0.312
0.250
0.312
0.250
0.312
0.250
0.312
0.250
0.312
0.250
EL
EM
1.156
1.154
1.250
1.248
1.750
1.748
1.750
1.748
1.750
1.748
1.750
1.748
2.125
2.123
1.0000
0.9995
1.0000
0.9995
1.3750
1.3745
1.3750
1.3745
1.3750
1.3745
1.3750
1.3745
1.7500
1.7495
5.875
7.250
7.250
11.000
11.000
11.000
Tap
Size
EN
Tap Drill
Depth
Max
Bolt
Penetration
Allowance
EP
Min
3/8-16
1.12
0.75
1.156
3/8-16
1.12
0.75
1.250
1/2-13
1.12
0.75
1.750
1/2-13
1.50
1.00
1.750
1/2-13
1.50
1.00
2.125
1/2-13
1.50
1.00
2.125
1/2-13
1.50
1.00
2.500
Number
Tap
Size
Bolt
Penetration
Allowance
3/8-16
0.56
6.62
3/8-16
0.56
9.00
1/2-13
0.75
10.00
1/2-13
0.75
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
14.00
5/8-11
0.94
BD
Max
6.62
Keyseat
EQ*
1.578
1.548
1.578
1.548
2.390
2.360
2.390
2.360
2.390
2.360
2.395
2.355
2.395
2.355
ER
Min
ES
Min
ET*
7.312
0.771-0.756
1.65
0.190-0.188
7.312
0.771-0.756
1.65
0.190-0.188
8.125
1.112-1.097
1.65
0.252-0.250
8.125
1.112-1.097
2.53
0.252-0.250
8.125
1.112-1.097
2.53
0.252-0.250
8.125
1.112-1.097
2.53
0.252-0.250
8.125
1.416-1.401
2.53
0.377-0.375
5.952
5.922
5.952
5.922
5.890
5.860
5.890
5.860
5.895
5.855
5.895
5.855
5.895
5.855
See next page for notes.
Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 88

*AH, EQ, and ET dimensions measured with the shaft pulled by hand away from the motor to the limit of end play.
**AJ dimensioncenterline of bolt holes is within 0.015 inch of true location for frames 143 to 256 JM and JP, inclusive, and within 0.025 inch of
true location for frames 284 to 365 JM and JP, inclusive. True location is determined as angular and diametrical location with reference to the
centerline of the AK dimension.
NOTEFor the meaning of the letter dimensions, see Figure 18-24 and 4.1.
Tolerances (see 4.11.)
Face runout
143JP to 256 JP frames, include., 0.004 inch indicator reading

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 89
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section II
18.251
DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE LP AND LPH VERTICAL SOLID-SHAFT SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE DIRECT-CONNECTED
SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS (HAVING THE THRUST BEARING IN THE MOTOR) FOR CHEMICAL PROCESS
IN-LINE PUMP APPLICATIONS
See Figure 18-25.
BF Clearance
Hole
Frame
Designations
143LP and 145LP
AJ**
9.125
182LP and 184LP
9.125
213LP and 215LP
9.125
254LP and 256LP
9.125
284LP and
9.125

286LP*
324LP and 326LP
14.750
364LP and 365LP
14.750
404LP and 405LP
14.750
444LP and 445LP
14.750
AK
8.253
8.250
8.253
8.250
8.253
8.250
8.253
8.250
8.253
8.250
13.505
13.500
13.505
13.500
13.505
13.500
13.505
13.500
BB
Min
0.19
BD
Max
10.00
Number
4
Size
0.44
0.19
10.00
0.44
0.19
10.00
0.44
0.19
10.00
0.44
0.19
10.00
0.44
0.25
16.50
0.69
0.25
16.50
0.69
0.25
16.50
0.69
0.25
16.50
0.69

*These frames have the following alternate dimensions:
284LPH and
14.750 13.505 0.25 16.50
0.69
U
1.1250
1.1245
1.1250
1.1245
1.6250
1.6245
1.6250
1.6245
2.1250
2.1240
2.1250
2.1240
2.1250
2.1240
2.1250
2.1240
2.1250
2.1240
2.1250
V
Min
2.75
2.75
2.75
2.75
4
4
4
4
4
AH***
2.781
2.719
2.781
2.719
2.781
2.719
2.781
2.719
4.531
4.469
4.531
4.469
4.531
4.469
4.531
4.469
4.531
4.469
4.531
EP
Min
1.156
1.156
1.750
1.750
2.250
2.250
2.250
2.250
2.250
2.250
EU
0.875
0.870
0.875
0.870
1.250
1.245
1.250
1.245
1.750
1.745
1.750
1.745
1.750
1.745
1.750
1.745
1.750
1.745
1.750
R
0.986-0.971
Keyseat
ES
Min
1.28
S
0.252-0.250
0.986-0.971
1.28
0.252-0.250
1.416-1.401
1.28
0.377-0.375
1.416-1.401
1.28
0.377-0.375
1.845-1.830
3.03
0.502-0.500
1.845-1.830
3.03
0.502-0.500
1.845-1.830
3.03
0.502-0.500
1.845-1.830
3.03
0.502-0.500
1.845-1.830
3.03
0.502-0.500
1.845-1.830
3.03
0.502-0.500
286LPH
13.500
2.1240
4.469
1.745
** AJ centerline of bolt holes within 0.025 inch for all frames of true location. True location is defined as angular and diametrical location with reference to the
centerline of AK.
***Dimension measured with motor in vertical position shaft down.
NOTES
1Total axial end play of shaft is 0.002 inch maximum under 50 pounds reversing static load with motor in horizontal position at ambient temperature.
2Radial displacement at end of motor shaft is 0.001 inch maximum at ambient temperature with zero axial load and a 25-pound force applied at the pump end of
the motor shaft.
3The assignment of horsepower and speed ratings to these frames should be in accordance with Part 13, except for the inclusion of the suffix letters LP and
LPH in place of the suffix letters T and TS.
4Motor balance should not exceed 0.001 inch for all operating speeds. See Part 7 for method of measurement.
Tolerances (See 4.11)
Face runout and permissible eccentricity of mounting rabbet 0.004-inch indicator reading
Permissible shaft runout 0.001-inch indicator reading
Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 90

Figure 18-25
DIMENSIONS OF INDUCTION MOTORS FOR CHEMICAL PROCESS IN-LINE PUMP APPLICATIONS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 91
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section II
18.252
DIMENSIONS FOR TYPE HP AND HPH VERTICAL SOLID-SHAFT SINGLE-PHASE AND POLYPHASE DIRECT-CONNECTED
SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS FOR PROCESS AND IN-LINE PUMP APPLICATIONS
(This standard was developed jointly with the Hydraulic Institute.)
See Figure 18-26

BF Clearance Hole
Frame
Designations
143HP and 145HP
AJ*
9.125
BB
Min
0.19
BD
Max
10.00
V
Min
2.75
EP
Min
1.156
Keyseat
ES
Min
1.28

AK
Number
Size
U
AH
EU
R
S
8.253
4
0.44
0.8750
2.781
0.688
0.771-0.756
0.190-0.188
8.250
0.8745
2.719
0.683
182HP and 184HP
9.125
8.253
0.19
10.00
4
0.44
1.1250
2.75
2.781
1.156
0.875
0.986-0.971
1.28
0.252-0.250
8.250
1.1245
2.719
0.870
213HP and 215HP
9.125
8.253
0.19
10.00
4
0.44
1.1250
2.75
2.781
1.375
0.875
0.986-0.971
1.28
0.252-0.250
8.250
1.1245
2.719
0.870
254HP and 256HP
9.125
8.253
0.19
10.00
4
0.44
1.1250
2.75
2.781
1.750
0.875
0.986-0.971
1.28
0.252-0.250
8.250
1.1245
2.719
0.870
284HP and 286HP
9.125
8.253
0.19
10.00
4
0.44
1.1250
2.75
2.781
1.750
0.875
0.986-0.971
1.28
0.252-0.250
8.250
1.1245
2.719
0.870
324HP and 326HP
14.750
13.505
0.25
16.50
4
0.69
1.6250
4.50
4.531
2.125
1.250
1.416-1.401
3.03
0.377-0.375
13.500
1.6245
4.469
1.245
364HP and 365HP
14.750
13.505
0.25
16.50
4
0.69
1.6250
4.50
4.531
2.250
1.250
1.416-1.401
3.03
0.377-0.375
13.500
1.6245
4.469
1.245
404HP and 405HP
14.750
13.505
0.25
16.50
4
0.69
1.6250
4.50
4.562
2.250
1.250
1.416-1.401
3.03
0.377-0.375
13.500
1.6245
4.438
1.245
444HP and 445HP
14.750
13.505
0.25
16.50
4
0.69
2.1250
4.50
4.562
2.250
1.750
1.845-1.830
3.03
0.502-0.500
13.500
2.1240
4.438
1.745
These frames have the following alternate dimensions:
284HPH and 286HPH
14.750
13.505
0.25
16.50
4
0.69
1.6250
4.50
4.531
1.750
1.250
1.416-1.401
3.03
0.377-0.375
13.500
1.6245
4.469
1.245
404HPH and 405HPH
14.750
13.505
0.25
16.50
4
0.69
2.1250
4.50
4.562
2.250
1.750
1.845-1.830
3.03
0.502-0.500
13.500
2.1240
4.438
1.745
*AJ centerline of bolt holes within 0.025 inch for all frames of true location. True location is defined as angular and diametrical location with reference to the centerline of AK.
Dimension measured with motor in vertical position shaft down.
NOTES
1Where continuous thrust in either direction may occur, the shaft end play should not exceed the bearing internal axial movement. The bearing and mounting fits should be as recommended by
the bearing manufacturer for pump applications. Note 1 applies to open and totally enclosed motors only; for explosion-proof motors, contact individual motor manufacturers.
2The assignment of horsepower and speed ratings to these frames should be in accordance with Part 13, except for the inclusion of the suffix letters HP and HPH in place of the suffix letters T
and TS.
Tolerances (see 4.11)
Face runout
For AK dimension 8.250 inch, 0.004-inch indicator reading
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 92
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 18-26
DIMENSIONS OF INDUCTION MOTORS FOR PROCESS AND IN-LINE PUMP APPLICATIONS
Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 93
DC PERMANENT-MAGNET TACHOMETER GENERATORS FOR CONTROL SYSTEMS

(A direct-current permanent-magnet control tachometer generator is a direct-current generator designed to have an output voltage
proportional to rotor speed for use in open-loop or closed-loop control systems.)
18.253
Direct-current permanent-magnet excited.

18.254
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO OUTPUT VOLTAGE RATING
a. High-voltage type
b. Low-voltage type
RATINGS
18.255
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RATINGS
The output voltage ratings of high-voltage-type tachometer generators shall be 50, 100, and 200 volts per
1000 rpm.
The output voltage rating of low-voltage-type tachometer generators shall be 2, 4, 8, 16, and 32 volts per
1000 rpm.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18.256
CURRENT RATING
The current rating of high-voltage-type tachometer generators shall be 25 milliamperes at the highest rate
of speed.
Low-voltage-type tachometer generators do not have a current rating. In general, the load impedance
should be at least 1000 times the armature resistance.
18.257
SPEED RATINGS
The speed range of high-voltage-type tachometer generators shall be 100-5000, 100-3600, 100-2500,
100-1800, and 100-1250 rpm.
The speed range of low-voltage-type tachometer generators shall be 100-10000, 100-5000, and 1003600 rpm.
18.258
TEST METHODS
Tests to determine performance characteristics shall be made in accordance with IEEE Std 251.
18.259
TEMPERATURE RISE
Control tachometer generators shall have a Class A insulation system1 and shall be designed for use in a
maximum ambient of 65C. The temperature rise above the temperature of the cooling medium for each
of the various parts of the generator, when tested in accordance with the rating, shall not exceed the
following values:


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 94
High-Voltage Type
Low-Voltage Type

Armature - resistance ............................
Commutators - thermometer ...............
40
50
40
40
The temperatures attained by cores, commutators, and miscellaneous parts (such as

brushholders and brushes) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if the ambient temperature stated above is
exceeded in regular operation.
18.260
VARIATION FROM RATED OUTPUT VOLTAGE
18.260.1 High-Voltage Type

The no-load voltage of individual generators shall be within plus or minus 5 percent of the rated output
voltage.
18.260.2 Low-Voltage Type
The voltage with specified load impedance shall be within plus or minus 5 percent of the rated output
voltage.
18.261
18.261.1 Test
See 3.1.
18.261.2 Application
The high-potential test shall be made by applying 1000 volts plus twice the rated voltage of the
tachometer generator. Rated voltage shall be determined by using the tachometer generator rated
voltage at maximum rated speed.
18.262
OVERSPEED
Control tachometer generators shall be so constructed that, in an emergency, they will withstand without
mechanical injury a speed of 125 percent of the maximum rated speed.
This overspeed may damage the commutator and brush surfaces with a resulting temporary change in
performance characteristics.
18.263
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
The following typical performance data shall be available for each control tachometer generator. Data will
normally be supplied in tabulated form.
a. Peak-to-peak or root mean square ripple voltage data, as specified, expressed as a percentage of
output voltage over the rated speed range and at one or more load impedances
b. Linearity data as a percentage of output voltage over the rated speed range at no-load and at one
or more load impedances
c. Reversing error data as a percentage of output voltage over the rated speed range at no-load
d. Short-time voltage stability data at constant speed and load impedance in percent of average
voltage
e. Long-time voltage stability data at constant speed and load impedance in percent voltage change
per hour
f. Rotor resistance between bars of opposite polarity corrected to 25C

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010
Part 18, Page 95
g. Standstill (break-away) and maximum running torque in ounce-feet or ounce-inches
h. Wk2 of rotor in lb-in.2
i. Total weight of generator
a.
Peak-to-peak or root mean square ripple voltage data, as specified, expressed as a percentage
of output voltage over the rated speed range and at one or more load impedances
b. Linearity data as a percentage of output voltage over the rated speed range at no-load and at one
or more load impedances
c. Reversing error data as a percentage of output voltage over the rated speed at no load
d. Rotor resistance between bars of opposite polarity corrected to 25C
e. Wk2 of rotor in oz-in.2
MANUFACTURING
18.264
NAMEPLATE MARKING
The following information shall be given on all nameplates. For abbreviations see 1.79.
For some

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Manufacturers name or identification symbol

Manufacturers serial number or date code
Electrical type1
Voltage rating - volts per 1000 rpm
Speed range1
Maximum ambient temperature1
Calibration voltageno-load test voltage and speed1
18.265
The standard direction of rotation shall be clockwise facing the end opposite the drive end.
Tachometer generators may be operated on a reversing cycle provided that the period of operation on
any one direction of rotation is no longer than 1 hour and a reasonable balance of time on each direction
is maintained. Unequal operating time in both directions may result in uneven brush wear which can
cause different output voltages, ripple content, and reversing error data. For such an application
condition, the tachometer generator manufacturer should be consulted.
18.266
Control tachometer generators shall be constructed with the following mechanical features:
On small units where nameplate size is such that it is impractical to mark all data, items d, f, g, and h shall be permitted to be on a
separate card or tag.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. Manufacturers name or identification symbol

b. Manufacturers type designation
c. Voltage ratingvolts per 1000 rpm
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section II
Part 18, Page 96

a.
b.
c.
d.
Totally enclosed
Ball bearing
Generators built in frame 42 and larger shall have dimensions according to 4.5.1 or 4.5.5.
Generators built in frame 42 and larger shall have provisions for 1/2-inch conduit connection.

a. Open or totally enclosed
b. Ball bearing
18.267
TERMINAL MARKINGS
For clockwise rotation facing the end opposite the drive end, the positive terminal shall be marked "A2" or colored red and the negative terminal shall be marked A-1 or colored black.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section II
TORQUE MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 97
TORQUE MOTORS
18.268
DEFINITION
A torque motor is a motor rated for operation at standstill.

18.269
NAMEPLATE MARKINGS
18.269.1 AC Torque Motors

The following information shall be given on all nameplates. For abbreviations see 1.79. For some
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Locked rotor torque
Time rating
Maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed
Insulation system designation (if stator and rotor use different classes of insulation systems, both
first)
f. Synchronous rpm
g. Frequency
h. Number of phases
i. Rated load amperes (locked rotor)
j. Voltage
k. The words thermally protected for motors equipped with thermal protectors1
18.269.2 DC Torque Motors
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

Locked rotor torque
Time rating
Temperature rise
Voltage
Rated-load amperes (locked rotor)
Type of winding
The words thermally protected for motors equipped with thermal protectors1
Thermal protection shall be permitted to be indicated on a separate plate.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 98
Section II
SMALL MOTORS FOR CARBONATOR PUMPS

18.270
Single-phase Split-phase
RATINGS
18.271
VOLTAGE RATINGS
The voltage rating of single-phase 60-hertz motors shall be 115 or 230 volts.
18.272
FREQUENCIES

18.273

Horsepower ratings shall be 1/6, 1/4, and 1/3 horsepower.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a. 60 hertz 1800 rpm synchronous speed, 1725 rpm approximate full-load speed
18.274

TEMPERATURE RISE
Carbonator pump motors shall have either Class A or B insulation systems. The temperature rise above
the temperature of the cooling medium shall be in accordance with 12.43.
18.275

18.276
HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1 and 12.3.

18.277
MAXIMUM LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENTSINGLE PHASE
See the values for Design O motors in 12.33.

18.278
See 12.44.
18.279
Motors for carbonator pumps shall normally be arranged for counterclockwise rotation when facing the
end opposite the drive end but shall be capable of operation in either direction.


Section II
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 99
MANUFACTURING
18.280
GENERAL MECHANICAL FEATURE
Carbonator-pump motors shall be constructed with the following mechanical features: (see 18.281)
a. Open or dripproof
b. Sleeve bearing
c. Resilient mounting
d. Automatic reset thermal overload protector
e. Mounting dimensions and shaft extension in accordance with 18.281
18.281
DIMENSIONS FOR CARBONATOR PUMP MOTORS
See Figure 18-27.
Figure 18-27
CARBONATOR PUMP MOTOR DIMENSIONS

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 18, Page 100
Section II
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 20


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
LARGE MACHINESINDUCTION MACHINES
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 1
Section III
LARGE MACHINES
Part 20
20.1
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 20 of Section III cover induction machines having (1) a continuous rating
greater than given in the table below and (2) all ratings of 450 rpm and slower speeds.
20.2
Synchronous Speed
3600
Motors, Squirrel-Cage and

Wound-Rotor, Hp
500
Generators, Squirrel-Cage kW
400
1800
500
400
1200
350
300
900
250
200
720
200
150
600
150
125
514
125
100
BASIS OF RATING
Induction machines covered by this Part 20 shall be rated on a continuous-duty basis unless otherwise
specified. The output rating of induction motors shall be expressed in horsepower available at the shaft at
a specified speed, frequency, and voltage.
The output rating of induction generators shall be expressed in kilowatts available at the terminals at a
specified speed, frequency, and voltage.
20.3
MACHINE POWER AND SPEED RATINGS
Motor horsepower ratings shall be as follows:
600
2500
9000
19000
125
700
3000
10000
20000
150
800
3500
11000
22500
200
900
4000
12000
25000
250
1000
4500
13000
27500
300
1250
5000
14000
30000
350
1500
5500
15000
35000
400
1750
6000
16000
40000
450
2000
7000
17000
45000
500
2250
8000
18000
50000


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Motor Hp Ratings
100
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 2
Section III
Generator output ratings shall be as follows:

Generator kW Ratings
75
450
1750
5500
14000
27500
100
500
2000
6000
15000
30000
125
600
2250
7000
16000
32500
150
700
2500
8000
17000
35000
200
800
3000
9000
18000
37500
250
900
3500
10000
19000
40000
300
1000
4000
11000
20000
45000
350
1250
4500
12000
22500
50000
400
1500
5000
13000
25000
Synchronous speed ratings shall be as follows:

Synchronous Speed Ratings, Rpm at 60 Hertz*
3600
720
400
277
1800
600
360
257
1200
514
327
240
900
450
300
225
*At 50 hertz, the speeds are 5/6 of the 60-hertz speeds.

NOTEIt is not practical to build induction machines of all ratings at all speeds.
20.4
POWER RATINGS OF MULTISPEED MACHINES
The power ratings of multispeed machines shall be selected as follows:

20.4.1
Constant Power
The horsepower or kilowatt rating for each rated speed shall be selected from 20.3.
20.4.2
Constant Torque
The horsepower or kilowatt rating for the highest rated speed shall be selected from 20.3. The
horsepower or kilowatt rating for each lower speed shall be determined by multiplying the horsepower or
kilowatt rating at the highest speed by the ratio of the lower synchronous speed to the highest
synchronous speed.
20.4.3 Variable Torque
20.4.3.1 Variable Torque Linear
20.4.3.2 Variable Torque Square

The torque varies as the square of speed and the horsepower or kilowatt rating for the highest rated
speed shall be selected from 20.3. The horsepower or kilowatt rating for each lower speed shall be
determined by multiplying the horsepower or kilowatt rating at the highest speed by the cube of the ratio
of the lower synchronous speed to the highest synchronous speed.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Torque varies directly with speed and the horsepower or kilowatt rating for the highest rated speed shall
be selected from 20.3. The horsepower or kilowatt rating for each lower speed shall be determined by
multiplying the horsepower or kilowatt rating at the highest speed by the square of the ratio of the lower
synchronous speed to the highest synchronous speed.
Section III
20.5
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 3
VOLTAGE RATINGS
20.5.1 Voltage Ratings

For three phase ac machines, 50 Hz or 60 Hz, intended to be directly connected to distribution or
utilization systems, the rated voltages shall be selected from the voltages given in following table. Other
voltages are subject to the approval between manufacturer and purchaser.
Nominal System voltages

for 50 Hz*
a)
b)
400
400
3300
3000
6600
6000
11000
10000

for 60 HZ
480
600
2400
4160
6900
13800
Preferred motor rated

voltages for 60 Hz (North
American Practice)
460
575
2300
4000
6600
13200
* Either one of the voltage series a) or b) is used in certain countries for 50 Hz.
NOTEInduction generators shall have the nominal system voltage ratings as shown
20.5.2 Preferred Machine Power and Voltage Rating

It is not practical to build induction machines of all ratings for all voltages. In general, based on motor
design and manufacturing considerations, preferred motor voltage ratings are as follows:
a) 60 HZ power supply:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Horsepower
100-600
200-5000
200-10000
1000-15000
3500 and up
KW
75-500
150-3500
150-7000
800-10000
2500 and up
Voltage Rating
460 or 575
2300
4000
6600
13200
KW
75-375
500-6000
500 12500
2500 and up
Voltage Rating
400
3000 - 3300
6000 - 6600
10000 - 11000
b) 50 HZ power supply:
20.6
Horsepower
100-500
600-8000
700-15000
3000 and up
FREQUENCIES
The frequencies shall be 50 or 60 hertz.

20.7
SERVICE FACTOR
20.7.1
Service Factor of 1.0
When operated at rated voltage and frequency, induction machines covered by this Part 20 will have a
service factor of 1.0 and a temperature rise not in excess of that specified in 20.8.1.
In those applications requiring an overload capacity, the use of a higher rating is recommended to avoid
exceeding the adequate torque handling capacity.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 4
20.7.2
Section III
When specified, motors furnished in accordance with this standard will have a service factor of 1.15 and a
temperature rise not in excess of that specified in 20.8.2 when operated at the service factor horsepower
rating with rated voltage and frequency maintained.
20.7.3
Application of Motors with a Service Factor of 1.15
20.7.3.1 General
A motor having a 1.15 service factor is suitable for continuous operation at rated load under the usual
service conditions given in 20.28.2. When the voltage and frequency are maintained at the value on the
nameplate, the motor may be overloaded up to the horsepower obtained by multiplying the rated
horsepower by the service factor shown on the nameplate. When the motor is operated at a 1.15 service
factor, it may have efficiency, power factor and speed values different from those at rated load.
NOTEThe percent values of locked-rotor current, locked-rotor torque, and breakdown torque are based on the rated
horsepower. Motors operating in the service factor range may not have the torque margin during acceleration as stated in 20.9.
20.7.3.2 Temperature Rise

When operated at the 1.15-service-factor-load, the motor will have a temperature rise not in excess of
that specified in 20.8.2 with rated voltage and frequency maintained. No temperature rise is specified or
implied for operation at rated load.
Operation at the temperature-rise values given in 20.8.2 for a 1.15-service-factor load causes the motor
insulation to age thermally at approximately twice the rate that occurs at the temperature-rise value given
in 20.8.1 for a motor with a 1.0 service-factor load; that is, operating 1 hour at specified 1.15 service
factor temperature-rise values is approximately equivalent to operating 2 hours at the temperature-rise
values specified for a motor with a 1.0 service factor.
NOTEThe tables in 20.8.1 and 20.8.2 apply individually to a particular motor rating (that is, a 1.0 or 1.15 service factor), and it
is not intended or implied that they be applied as a dual rating to an individual motor.

20.8
TEMPERATURE RISE
The observable temperature rise under rated-load conditions of each of the various parts of the induction
machine, above the temperature of the cooling air, shall not exceed the values given in the following
tables. The temperature of the cooling air (see exception in 20.8.3) is the temperature of the external air
as it enters the ventilating openings of the machine, and the temperature rises given in the tables are
based on a maximum temperature of 40C for this external air. Temperatures shall be determined in
accordance with IEEE Std 112.
Machines with a 1.0 Service Factor at Rated Load
Item
a
Machine Part
Insulated windings
Method of
Temperature
Determination
1. All horsepower (kW) ratings
Resistance
60
80
105
125
2. 1500 horsepower and less
Embedded detector*
70
90
115
140
a) 7000 volts and less
Embedded detector*
65
85
110
135
b) Over 7000 volts
Embedded detector*
60
80
105
125
3. Over 1500 horsepower (1120 kW)
The temperatures attained by cores, squirrel-cage windings, collector rings, and miscellaneous parts (such as
brushholders and brushes, etc.) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20.8.1
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 5
*Embedded detectors are located within the slot of the machine and can be either resistance elements or thermocouples. For
machines equipped with embedded detectors, this method shall be used to demonstrate conformity with the standard. (See 20.27.)
20.8.2
Machines with a 1.15 Service Factor at Service Factor Load

Item
a
Machine Part
Insulated windings
Method of
Temperature
Determination
1. All horsepower (kW) ratings
Resistance
70
90
115
135
Embedded detector*
80
100
125
150
Embedded detector*
75
95
120
145
b) Over 7000 volts
Embedded detector*
70
90
115
135
3. Over 1500 horsepower (1120 kW)
The temperatures attained by cores, squirrel-cage windings, collector rings, and miscellaneous parts (such as
brushholders and brushes, etc.) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
*Embedded detectors are located within the slot of the machine and can be either resistance elements or thermocouples. For
machines equipped with embedded detectors, this method shall be used to demonstrate conformity with the standard. (See 20.27.)
20.8.3
Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher than 40C
40C. However, it is recognized that induction machines may be required to operate in an ambient
temperature higher than 40C. For successful operation of induction machines in ambient temperatures
higher than 40C, the temperature rises of the machines given in 20.8.1 and 20.8.2 shall be reduced by
the number of degrees that the ambient temperature exceeds 40C.
(Exceptionfor totally enclosed water-air-cooled machines, the temperature of the cooling air is the
temperature of the air leaving the coolers. Totally enclosed water-air-cooled machines are normally
designed for the maximum cooling water temperature encountered at the location where each machine is
to be installed. With a cooling water temperature not exceeding that for which the machine is designed:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. On machines designed for cooling water temperature of 5C to 30Cthe temperature of the air
leaving the coolers shall not exceed 40C.
b. On machines designed for higher cooling water temperaturesthe temperature of the air leaving
the coolers shall be permitted to exceed 40C provided the temperature rises for the machine
parts are then limited to values less than those given in 20.8.1 and 20.8.2 by the number of
degrees that the temperature of the air leaving the coolers exceeds 40C.)
20.8.4
Temperature Rise for Altitudes Greater than 3300 Feet (1000 Meters)
For machines which operate under prevailing barometric pressure and which are designed not to exceed
the specified temperature rise at altitudes from 3300 feet (1000 meters) to 13200 feet (4000 meters), the
temperature rises, as checked by tests at low altitudes, shall be less than those listed in 20.8.1 and
20.8.2 by 1 percent of the specified temperature rise for each 330 feet (100 meters) of altitude in excess
of 3300 feet (1000 meters).
20.8.5
Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40o C,
but Not Below 0o C*
40C to cover most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled induction machines


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 6
Section III
than 40C. When an air-cooled induction machine is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C
a) For machines for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C
and the Temperature Rise Limit given in 20.8.1 and 20.8.2 is less than or equal to 5C then the
temperature rises given in 20.8.1 and 20.8.2 shall be increased by the amount of the difference between
40oC and the lower marked ambient temperature.
b) For machines for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C
and the Temperature Rise Limit given in 20.8.1 and 20.8.2 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises
Where:
A
105
Reference Temperature for 20.8.1,

Degrees C
Degrees C

B
F
130
155
115
140
165
H
180
190

For example: A 1.0 service factor rated motor with a Class F insulation system and using resistance as
the method of determining the rated temperature rise is marked for use in an ambient with a maximum
temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference Temperature is 155oC and from 20.8.1 the
Temperature Rise Limit is 105oC. The allowable Increase in Rise to be added to the Temperature Rise
Limit is then:
155 o C 40 O C + 105 O C
O
Increase in Rise = 40 o C 25 o C 1
= 13 C
80 O C
The total allowable Temperature Rise by Resistance above a maximum of a 25oC ambient is then equal
to the sum of the Temperature Rise Limit from 20.8.1 and the calculated Increase in Rise. For this
example that total is 105oC + 13oC = 118oC.
20.9
CODE LETTERS (FOR LOCKED-ROTOR KVA)
The code letter designations for locked-rotor kVA per horsepower as measured at full voltage and rated
frequency are as follows:

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 7
Letter Designation
kVA per Horsepower*
Letter Designation
0-3.15
kVA per Horsepower*

8.0-9.0
3.15-3.55
9.0-10.0
3.55-4.0
10.0-11.2
4.0-4.5
11.2-12.5
4.5-5.0
12.5-14.0
14.0-16.0
5.0-5.6
5.6-6.3
16.0-18.0
6.3-7.1
18.0-20.0
7.1-8.0
20.0-22.4
22.4-and up
*Locked kVA per horsepower range includes the lower figure up to, but not including, the higher figure.
For example, 3.14 is designated by letter A and 3.15 by letter B.
20.9.1 Multispeed motors shall be marked with the code letter designating the locked-rotor kVA per
horsepower for the highest speed at which the motor can be started, except constant-horsepower motors
which shall be marked with the code letter for the speed giving the highest locked-rotor kVA per
horsepower.
20.9.2 Single-speed motors starting on Y connection and running on delta connection shall be marked
with a code letter corresponding to the locked-rotor kVA per horsepower for the Y connection.
20.9.3 Broad- or dual-voltage motors which have a different locked-rotor kVA per horsepower on the
different voltages shall be marked with the code letter for the voltage giving the highest locked-rotor kVA
per horsepower.
20.9.4 Motors with 60- and 50-hertz ratings shall be marked with a code letter designating the lockedrotor kVA per horsepower on 60 Hertz.
20.9.5 Part-winding-start motors shall be marked with a code letter designating the locked-rotor kVA per
horsepower that is based upon the locked-rotor current for the full winding of the motor.
20.10
TORQUE
20.10.1 Standard Torque

The torques, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less than the following:
Torques
Percent of Rated Full-Load Torque
Locked-rotor*
60
Pull-up*
60
Breakdown*
175
Pushover**
175
*Applies to squirrel-cage induction motors or induction generators when

specified for self-starting
In addition, the developed torque at any speed up to that at which breakdown occurs, with starting
conditions as specified in 20.14.2, shall be higher than the torque obtained from a curve that varies as the
square of the speed and is equal to 100 percent of rated full-load torque at rated speed by at least 10
percent of the rated full-load torque.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
**Applies to squirrel-cage induction generators
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 8
Section III
20.10.2 High Torque

When specified, the torques with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall not be less than the following:
Torques
Percent of Rated Full-load Torque
Locked-rotor
200
Pull-up
150
Breakdown
190
In addition, the developed torque at any speed up to that at which breakdown occurs, with starting
conditions as specified in 20.14.2, shall be higher than the torque obtained from a curve that has a
constant 100 percent of rated full-load torque from zero speed to rated speed, by at least 10 percent of
the rated full-load torque.
20.10.3 Motor Torques When Customer Specifies A Custom Load Curve
When the customer specifies a load curve, the torques may be lower than those specified in 20.10.1
provided the motor developed torque exceeds the load torque by a minimum of 10% of the rated full-load
torque at any speed up to that at which breakdown occurs, with starting conditions as specified by the
customer ( refer to 20.14.2.3 ).
A torque margin of lower than 10% is subject to individual agreement between the motor manufacturer
and user.
20.10.4 Motor With 4.5 pu and Lower Locked-Rotor Current
The limit for breakdown torque given in 20.10.1 shall not apply for motors requiring locked-rotor current of
4.5 pu or lower. Instead the breakdown torque shall not be less than 150% of rated full-load torque for
such machines.
20.11
LOAD WK2 FOR POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS
Table 20-1 lists load Wk2 which polyphase squirrel-cage motors having performance characteristics in
accordance with this Part 20 can accelerate without injurious temperature rise provided that the
connected load has a speed torque characteristic according to 20.10.1. For torque-speed characteristics
according to 20.10.2 maximum load Wk2 shall be 50 percent of the values listed in Table 20-1.
The values of Wk2 of connected load given in Table 20-1 were calculated from the following formula1:
0.95
Hp
Load Wk 2 = A
0.0685
2 .4
RPM
1000

1.5
Hp
1 .8
RPM
1000

Where:
A = 24 for 300 to 1800 rpm, inclusive, motors
A = 27 for 3600 rpm motors
This formula may not be applicable to ratings not in Table 20-1. Consult the manufacturer for the
ratings that are not shown.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
20.12
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 9
NUMBER OF STARTS
20.12.1 Starting Capabiltity

Squirrel-cage induction motors (or induction generators specified to start and accelerate a connected
load) shall be capable of making the following starts, providing the Wk2 of the load, the load torque during
acceleration, the applied voltage, and the method of starting are those for which the motor was designed.
a. Two starts in succession, coasting to rest between starts, with the motor initially at ambient
temperature.
b. One start with the motor initially at a temperature not exceeding its rated load operating
temperature.
20.12.2 Additional Starts
If additional starts are required, it is recommended that none be made until all conditions affecting
operation have been thoroughly investigated and the apparatus has been examined for evidence of
excessive heating. It should be recognized that the number of starts should be kept to a minimum since
the life of the motor is affected by the number of starts.
20.12.3 Information Plate
When requested by the purchaser, a separate starting information plate should be supplied on the motor.
20.13
OVERSPEEDS
Squirrel-cage and wound-rotor induction machines shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to
exceed 2 minutes, they will withstand without mechanical injury overspeeds above synchronous speed in
accordance with the following table. During this overspeed condition the machine is not electrically
connected to the supply.
Synchronous Sped, Rpm
1801 and over
Overspeed, Percent of
Synchronous Speed
20
1800 and below
25
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 10
Section III
Table 20-1
LOAD Wk2 FOR POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS*
3600
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Hp
100
...
125
...
150
...
200
...
250
...
300
...
350
...
400
...
450
...
500
...
600
443
700
503
800
560
900
615
1000
668
1250
790
1500
902
1750
1004
2000
1096
2250
1180
2500
1256
3000
1387
3500
1491
4000
1570
4500
1627
5000
1662
5500
1677
6000
...
7000
...
8000
...
9000
...
10000
...
11000
...
12000
...
13000
...
14000
...
15000
...
*See MG 1-20.11
1800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2202
2514
2815
3108
3393
4073
4712
5310
5880
6420
6930
7860
8700
9460
10120
10720
11240
11690
12400
12870
13120
13170
...
...
...
...
...
1200
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4199
4666
5130
6030
6900
7760
8590
9410
11380
13260
15060
16780
18440
20030
23040
25850
28460
30890
33160
35280
37250
40770
43790
46330
48430
50100
51400
52300
52900
53100
900
...
...
...
...
...
6540
7530
8500
9460
10400
12250
14060
15830
17560
19260
23390
27350
31170
34860
38430
41900
48520
54800
60700
66300
71700
76700
81500
90500
98500
105700
112200
117900
123000
127500
131300
134500
720
Load Wk
...
...
...
...
9530
11270
12980
14670
16320
17970
21190
24340
27440
30480
33470
40740
47750
54500
61100
67600
73800
85800
97300
108200
118700
128700
138300
147500
164900
181000
195800
209400
220000
233500
244000
253600
262400
600
2
514
450
2
400
360
327
300
16830
20750
24610
32200
39640
46960
54200
61300
68300
75300
89100
102600
115900
129000
141900
173600
204500
234600
264100
293000
321300
376500
429800
481600
532000
581000
628000
675000
764000
850000
931000
1009000
1084000
1155000
1224000
1289000
1352000
21700
26760
31750
41540
51200
60600
69900
79200
88300
97300
115100
132600
149800
166900
183700
224800
265000
304200
342600
380300
417300
489400
559000
627000
693000
758000
821000
882000
1001000
1114000
1223000
1327000
1428000
1524000
1617000
1707000
1793000
27310
33680
39960
52300
64400
76400
88100
99800
111300
122600
145100
167200
189000
210600
231800
283900
334800
384600
433300
481200
528000
620000
709000
796000
881000
963000
1044000
1123000
1275000
1422000
1563000
1699000
1830000
1956000
2078000
2195000
2309000
33690
41550
49300
64500
79500
94300
10880
123200
137400
151500
179300
206700
233700
260300
286700
351300
414400
476200
537000
596000
655000
769000
881000
989000
1095000
1198000
1299000
1398000
1590000
1775000
1953000
2125000
2291000
2452000
2608000
2758000
2904000
(Exclusive of Motor Wk ), Lb-ft

...
...
12670
...
...
15610
...
13410
18520
12060
17530
24220
14830
21560
29800
17550
25530
35300
20230
29430
40710
22870
33280
46050
25470
37090
51300
28050
40850
56600
33110
48260
66800
38080
55500
76900
42950
62700
86900
47740
69700
96700
52500
76600
106400
64000
93600
130000
75100
110000
153000
85900
126000
175400
96500
141600
197300
106800
156900
218700
116800
171800
239700
136200
200700
280500
154800
228600
319900
172600
255400
358000
189800
281400
395000
206400
306500
430800
222300
330800
465600
237800
354400
499500
267100
399500
565000
294500
442100
626000
320200
482300
685000
344200
520000
741000
366700
556200
794000
387700
590200
844800
407400
622400
893100
425800
652800
934200
442900
681500
983100
Section III
20.14
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 11
20.14.1 Running
Induction machines shall operate successfully under running conditions at rated load with a variation in
the voltage or the frequency up to the following:
a. Plus or minus 10 percent of rated voltage, with rated frequency
b. Plus or minus 5 percent of rated frequency, with rated voltage
c. A combined variation in voltage and frequency of 10 percent (sum of absolute values) of the rated
frequency.
20.14.2 Starting
20.14.2.1 Standard
Induction machines shall start and accelerate to running speed a load which has a torque characteristic
not exceeding that listed in 20.10 and an inertia value not exceeding that listed in 20.11 with the voltage
and frequency variations specified in 20.14.1.
20.14.2.2 Low Voltage Option
When low voltage starting is specified, induction machines shall start and accelerate to running speed a
load which has a torque characteristic not exceeding that listed in 20.10 and an inertia value not
exceeding that listed in 20.11 with the following voltage and frequency variations:
a. -15 percent of rated voltage with rated frequency
b. 5 percent of rated frequency, with rated voltage
values, provided the frequency variation does not exceed 5 percent of rated frequency.
For loads with other characteristics, the starting voltage and frequency limits may be different. The
limiting values of voltage and frequency under which an induction machine will successfully start and
accelerate to running speed depend on the margin between the speed-torque curve of the induction
machine at rated voltage and frequency and the speed-torque curve of the load under starting conditions.
Since the torque developed by the induction machine at any speed is approximately proportional to the
square of the voltage and inversely proportional to the square of the frequency it is generally desirable to
determine what voltage and frequency variations will actually occur at each installation, taking into
account any voltage drop resulting from the starting current drawn by the machine. This information and
the torque requirements of the driven (or driving) machine define the machine speed-torque curve, at
rated voltage and frequency, which is adequate for the application.
20.15
OPERATION OF INDUCTION MACHINES FROM VARIABLE-FREQUENCY OR VARIABLEVOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES, OR BOTH
Induction machines to be operated from solid-state or other types of variable-frequency or variablevoltage power supplies, or both, for adjustable-speed applications may require individual consideration to
provide satisfactory performance. Especially for operation below rated speed, it may be necessary to
reduce the machine rating to avoid overheating. The induction machine manufacturer should be
consulted before selecting a machine for such applications.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20.14.2.3 Other
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 12
20.16
Section III
TESTS
20.16.1 Test Methods

The method of testing polyphase induction machines shall be in accordance with the following:
a. IEEE Std 112
b. All tests shall be made by the manufacturer. (The order of listing does not necessarily indicate the
sequence in which the tests shall be made.)
c. Multispeed machines shall be tested at each speed.
20.16.2 Routine Tests on Machines Completely Assembled in Factory
The following tests shall be made on machines completely assembled in the factory and furnished with
shaft and complete set of bearings:
a. Measurement of winding resistance
b. No-load motoring readings of current, power, and speed at rated voltage and frequency. On 50hertz machines, these readings shall be permitted to be taken at 60 hertz.
c. Measurement of open-circuit voltage ratio on wound-rotor machines
d. High-potential test in accordance with 20.17.
20.16.3 Routine Tests on Machines Not Completely Assembled in Factory
The following factory tests shall be made on all machines not completely assembled in the factory:
a. Measurement of winding resistance
b. High-potential test in accordance with 20.17
20.17

See 3.1.
20.17.2 Test VoltagePrimary Windings
20.17.3 Test VoltageSecondary Windings of Wound Rotors

The test voltage shall be an alternating voltage whose effective value is 1000 volts plus twice the
maximum voltage which will appear between slip rings on open-circuit with rated voltage on the primary
and with the rotor either at standstill or at any speed and direction of rotation (with respect to the rotating
magnetic field) required by the application for which the machine was designed.1
A direct instead of an alternating voltage is sometimes used for high-potential test on primary windings of machines rated 6000
volts or higher. In such cases, a test voltage equal to 1.7 times the alternating-current test voltage (effective value) as given in
20.17.2 and 20.17.3 is recommended. Following a direct-voltage high-potential test, the tested winding should be thoroughly
grounded. The insulation rating of the winding and the test level of the voltage applied determine the period of time required to
dissipate the charge and, in many cases, the ground should be maintained several hours to dissipate the charge to avoid hazard to
personnel.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The test voltage shall be an alternating voltage whose effective value is 1000 volts plus twice the rated
voltage of the machine.1
Section III
20.18
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 13
MACHINE WITH SEALED WINDINGSCONFORMANCE TESTS
An alternating-current squirrel-cage machine with sealed windings shall be capable of passing the
following tests:
20.18.1 Test for Stator Which Can Be Submerged
After the stator winding is completed, join all leads together leaving enough length to avoid creepage to
terminals and perform the following tests in the sequence indicated:
a. The sealed stator shall be tested while all insulated parts are submerged in a tank of water
containing a wetting agent. The wetting agent shall be non-ionic and shall be added in a
proportion sufficient to reduce the surface tension of water to a value of 31 dyn/cm (31 x 103
N/m) or less at 25C.
b. Using 500 volts direct-current, take a 10-minute insulation resistance measurement following the
c.
Subject the winding to a 60-hertz high-potential test of 1.15 times the rated line-to-line rms voltage
for 1 minute. Water must be at ground potential during this test.
d. Using 500 volts direct-current, take a 1 minute insulation resistance measurement following the
procedure as outlined in IEEE Std 43. The minimum insulation resistance in megohms shall
be 5 times the machine rated kilovolts plus 5.
e. Remove winding from water, rinse if necessary, dry, and apply other tests as may be required.
20.18.2 Test for Stator Which Cannot Be Submerged
When the wound stator, because of its size or for some other reason, cannot be submerged, the tests
shall be performed as follows:
a. Spray windings thoroughly for one-half hour with water containing a wetting agent. The wetting
agent shall be non-ionic and shall be added in a proportion sufficient to reduce the surface tension
of water to a value of 31 dyn/cm (31 x 103 N/m) or less at 25C.
b. Using 500 volts direct-current, take a 10-minute insulation resistance measurement following the
procedure as outlined in IEEE 43. The minimum insulation resistance in megohms shall be 5
times the machine rated kilovolts plus 5.
c.
Subject the winding to a 60-hertz high-potential test of 1.15 times the rated line-to-line rms voltage
for 1 minute.
d. Using 500 volts direct-current, take a 1-minute insulation resistance measurement following the
procedure as outlined in IEEE 43. The minimum insulation resistance in megohms shall be 5
times the machine rated kilovolts plus 5.
e. Rinse winding if necessary, dry, and apply other tests as may be required.
NOTEThe tests in 20.18.1 and 20.18.2 are recommended as a test on a representative sample or prototype and should not be
construed as a production test.
20.19
MACHINE SOUND
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 14
20.20
Section III
REPORT OF TEST FORM FOR INDUCTION MACHINES
For typical test forms, see IEEE Std 112.

20.21
EFFICIENCY
Efficiency and losses shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std 112. Unless otherwise specified,
the stray-load loss shall be determined by direct measurement (test loss minus conventional loss).
When using Method B, Dynamometer, efficiency shall be determined by loss segregation including the
smoothing of stray-load loss as outlined in IEEE 112.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Stator I2R
Rotor I2R
Core loss
Stray load loss
Friction and windage loss1
Power required for auxiliary items such as external pumps or fans necessary for the operation of
the machine shall be stated separately.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
equal to an ambient temperature of 25C plus the observed rated-load temperature rise measured by
resistance. When the rated-load temperature rise has not been measured, the resistance of the winding
75
95
115
130
If the rated temperature rise is specified as that of a lower class of insulation system (e.g., motors for
metal rolling mill service), the temperature for resistance correction shall be that of the lower insulation
class.
20.22
See Part 7.
In the case of induction machines furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the
machine itself shall be included in the efficiency calculation. Alternatively, a calculated value of efficiency, including bearing loss due
to external thrust load, shall be specified.
In the case of induction machines furnished with less than a less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses which are
representative of the actual installation shall be determined by (1) calculation or (2) experience with shop test bearings and shall be
included in the efficiency calculations.


Section III
20.23
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 15
REED FREQUENCY OF VERTICAL MACHINES
In a single degree of freedom system, the static deflection of the mass (s, inches) is related to the
resonant frequency of the system (fn, cycles per minute) as follows:
n =
1
2
g / s
Where: g = 1389600 in/min2

Vertical or other flange-mounted induction machines are frequently mounted on some part of the driven
(or driving) machine such as a pump adapter. The resulting system may have a radial resonant frequency
(reed frequency) the same order of magnitude as the rotational speed of the induction machine. This
system frequency can be calculated from the preceding equation. When the resonant frequency of the
system is too close to the rotational speed, a damaging vibration level may result.
The vertical induction machine manufacturer should supply the following information to aid in determining
the system resonant frequency, fn:
a. Machine weight
b. Center of gravity locationThis is the distance from the machine mounting flange to the center of
gravity of the machine.
c. Machine static deflectionThis is the distance the center of gravity would be displaced downward
from its original position if the machine were horizontally mounted. This value assumes that the
machine uses its normal mounting and fastening means but that the foundation to which it is
fastened does not deflect.
20.24 EFFECTS OF UNBALANCED VOLTAGES ON THE PERFORMANCE OF POLYPHASE
When the line voltages applied to a polyphase induction motor are not equal, unbalanced currents in the
stator windings will result. A small percentage voltage unbalance will result in a much larger percentage
current unbalance. Consequently, the temperature rise of the motor operating at a particular load and
percentage voltage unbalance will be greater than for the motor operating under the same conditions with
balanced voltages.
Voltages should be evenly balanced as closely as can be read on a voltmeter. If the voltages are
unbalanced, the rated horsepower of polyphase squirrel-cage induction motors should be multiplied by
the factor shown in Figure 20-2 to reduce the possibility of damage to the motor.1 Operation of the motor
with more than a 5-percent voltage unbalance is not recommended.
to the motor and the increase in current resulting from the unbalanced voltages. This is a complex
problem involving the variation in motor current as a function of load and voltage unbalance in addition to
the characteristics of the overload device relative to Imaximum or Iaverage. In the absence of specific
information it is recommended that overload devices be selected or adjusted, or both, at the minimum
value that does not result in tripping for the derating factor and voltage unbalance that applies. When the
unbalanced voltages are anticipated, it is recommended that the overload devices be selected so as to be
responsive to Imaximum in preference to overload devices responsive to Iaverage.
The derating factor shown in Figure 20-2 is applicable only to motors with normal starting torque, (i.e., motors typically intended for
service with centrifugal pumps, fans, compressors, etc.) where the required starting or pull-up torque, or both, is less than 100
percent of rated full-load torque. For motors with other torque characteristics, the motor manufacturer should be consulted.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 16
Section III
Figure 20-2
POLYPHASE SQUIRREL-CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS DERATING FACTOR
DUE TO UNBALANCED VOLTAGE
20.24.1 Effect on PerformanceGeneral
The effect of unbalanced voltages on polyphase induction motors is equivalent to the introduction of a
negative sequence voltage having a rotation opposite to that occurring with balanced voltages. This
negative-sequence voltage produces an air gap flux rotating against the rotation of the rotor, tending to
produce high currents. A small negative-sequence voltage may produce current in the windings
considerably in excess of those present under balanced voltage conditions.
20.24.2 Voltage Unbalance Defined
The voltage unbalance in percent may be defined as:

average voltage
EXAMPLE: With voltages of 2300, 2220, and 2185, the average is 2235, the maximum deviation from the average is 65, the
percentage unbalance = 100 x 65/2235 = 2.9 percent
20.24.3 Torques
The locked-rotor torque and breakdown torque are decreased when the voltage is unbalanced. If the
voltage unbalance is extremely severe, the torques might not be adequate for the application.
20.24.4 Full-Load Speed
The full-load speed is reduced slightly when the motor operates at unbalanced voltages.
20.24.5 Currents
The locked-rotor current will be unbalanced to the same degree that the voltages are unbalanced but the
locked rotor kVA will increase only slightly.
The currents at normal operating speed with unbalanced voltages will be greatly unbalanced in the order
of 6 to 10 times the voltage unbalance.
MANUFACTURING
20.25
NAMEPLATE MARKING
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The following information shall be given on all nameplates. For abbreviations, see 1.79. For some


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 17
20.25.1 Alternating-Current Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Motors

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.

Horsepower output
Time rating
Temperature rise1
Rpm at rated load
Frequency
Number of phases
Voltage
Rated-load amperes
Code letter (see 20.9)
Service factor
20.25.2 Polyphase Wound-Rotor Motors

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.

Horsepower output
Time rating
Temperature rise2
Rpm at rated load
Frequency
Number of phases
Voltage
Rated-load amperes
Secondary amperes at full load
Secondary voltage
Service factor
20.25.3 Polyphase Squirrel-Cage Generators

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.

Kilowatt rating
Time rating
Temperature rise1
Rpm at rated load
Frequency
Number of phases
Voltage
Rated-load amperes
As an alternative marking, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following:

a.
Maximum ambient temperature for which the machine is designed (see 20.8.3).
b. Insulation system designation (if stator and rotor use different classes of insulation systems, both insulation systems shall be
given, that for the stator being given first).
2
As an alternative marking, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following:
a.
Maximum ambient temperature for which the machine is designed (see 20.8.3).
b. Insulation system designation (if stator and rotor use different classes of insulation systems, both insulation
systems shall be given, that for the stator being given first).


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 18
Section III
20.25.4 Polyphase Wound-Rotor Generators

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
20.26

Kilowatt rating
Time rating
Temperature rise1
Rpm at rated load
Frequency
Number of phases
Voltage
Rated-load amperes
Secondary amperes at full speed
Secondary voltage
MOTOR TERMINAL HOUSINGS AND BOXES
20.26.1 Box Dimensions

When induction machines covered by this Part 20 are provided with terminal housings for line cable
connections,1 the minimum dimensions and usable volume shall be as indicated in Table 20-3 for Type I
terminal housings or Figure 20-3 for Type II terminal housings.
Unless otherwise specified, when induction machines are provided with terminal housings, a Type I
terminal housing shall be supplied.
20.26.2 Accessory Lead Terminations
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For machines rated 601 volts and higher, accessory leads shall terminate in a terminal box or boxes
separate from the machine terminal housing. As an exception, current and potential transformers located
in the machine terminal housing shall be permitted to have their secondary connections terminated in the
machine terminal housing if separated from the machine leads by a suitable physical barrier.
20.26.3 Lead Terminations of Accessories Operating at 50 Volts or Less
For machines rated 601 volts and higher, the termination of leads of accessory items normally operating
at a voltage of 50 volts (rms) or less shall be separated from leads of higher voltage by a suitable physical
Terminal housings containing stress cones, surge capacitors, surge arresters, current transformers, or potential transformers
require individual consideration.


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 19
Table 20-3
TYPE I TERMINAL HOUSING:
UNSUPPORTED AND INSULATED TERMINATIONS
Maximum Full-Load
Current
400
600
900
1200
Minimum Usable
Volume, Cubic Inches
900
2000
3200
4600
Minimum Internal
Dimension, Inches
8
8
10
14
Minimum Centerline
Distance,* Inches
...
...
...
...
601-2400
160
250
400
600
900
1500
180
330
900
2000
3200
5600
5
6
8
8
10
16
...
...
...
12.6
12.6
20.1
2401-4800
160
700
1000
1500
2000
2000
5600
8000
10740
13400
8
14
16
20
22
12.6
16
20
25
28.3
4801-6900
260
680
1000
1500
2000
5600
8000
9400
11600
14300
14
16
18
20
22
16
20
25
25
28.3
6901-13800
400
44000
22
900
50500
25
1500
56500
27.6
2000
62500
30.7
20.27
28.3
32.3
32.3
32.3
EMBEDDED TEMPERATURE DETECTORS
Embedded temperature detectors are temperature detectors built into the machine during construction at
points which are inaccessible after the machine is built.
Unless otherwise specified, when machines are equipped with embedded detectors they shall be of the
resistance temperature detector type. The resistance element shall have a minimum width of 0.25 inch,
and the detector length shall be approximately as follows:
Core Length Inches
12 or less
Greater than 12 and less than 40
40 or greater
Approximate Detector Length,

Inches
6
10
20
For motors rated 6000 hp or less or generators rated less than 5000 kW or 5000 kVA, the minimum
number of detectors shall equal the number of phases for which the machine is wound (i.e., three
detectors for a three-phase machine). For motors rated greater than 6000 hp or generators rated 5000
kW (or kVA) or higher the minimum number of detectors shall be six. The detectors shall be suitably
distributed around the circumference, located between the coil sides, and in positions having normally the
highest temperature along the length of the slot.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Voltage
0-600
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 20
Section III
The detector shall be located in the center of the slot (with the respect to the slot width) and in intimate
contact with the insulation of both the upper and lower coil sides whenever possible; otherwise, it shall be
in contact with the insulation of the upper coil side (that is, the coil side nearest the air gap). Each
detector shall be installed, and its leads brought out, so that the detector is effectively protected from
contact with the cooling medium. If the detector does not occupy the full length of the core, suitable
packing shall be inserted between the coils to the full length of the core to prevent the cooling medium
from directly contacting the detector.
Machine Voltage
460-600
24
18
18
9-1/2
8-1/2
2-1/2
12
2300-4160
26
27
18
9-1/2
8-1/2
5-1/2
3-1/2
14
6600-6900
36
30
18
9-1/2
8-1/2
30
13200-13800
48
48
25
13-1/2
11-1/2
8-1/2
13-1/2
6-1/2
9-1/2
36
Figure 20-3
TYPE II MACHINE TERMINAL HOUSING STANDOFFINSULATOR-SUPPORTED INSULATED
OR UNINSULATED TERMINATIONS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 21
APPLICATION DATA
20.28
SERVICE CONDITIONS
20.28.1 General
Induction machines should be properly selected with respect to their service conditions, usual or unusual,
both of which involve the environmental conditions to which the machine is subjected and the operating
conditions.
Machines conforming to this Part 20 are designed for operation in accordance with their ratings under
one or more unusual service conditions. Definite-purpose or special-purpose machines may be required
for some unusual conditions.
explosion.
Although experience of the user may often be the best guide, the manufacturer of the driven (or driving)
equipment and the induction machine manufacturer should be consulted for further information regarding
any unusual service conditions which increase the mechanical or thermal duty on the machine and, as a
result, increase the chances for failure and consequent hazard. This further information should be
considered by the user, his consultants, or others most familiar with the details of the application involved
Usual service conditions include the following:
a. Exposure to an ambient temperature in the range of -15C to 40C or, when water cooling is used,
an ambient temperature range of 5C (to prevent freezing of water) to 40C, except for machines
other than water cooled having slip rings for which the minimum ambient temperature is 0C.
b. An altitude not exceeding 3300 feet (1000 meters)
c. A location and supplementary enclosure, if any, such that there is no serious interference with the
ventilation of the machine.
construction or operation of the machine. Among such conditions are:
a. Exposure to:
2. Lint or very dirty operating conditions where the accumulation of dirt will interfere with normal
ventilation
growth of fungus
8. Abnormal axial or side thrust imposed on the machine shaft
b. Operation where:
1. There is excessive departure from rated voltage or frequency, or both (see 20.14)

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 22
2.
3.
4.
5.
c.
Section III
The deviation factor of the alternating-current supply voltage exceeds 10 percent

The alternating-current supply voltage is unbalanced by more than 1 percent (see 20.24)
Low noise levels are required
The power system is not grounded (see 20.36)
Operation at speeds other than the rated speed (see 20.14)

5. Out-of-phase bus transfer (see 20.33)
6. Frequent short circuits
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20.29 END PLAY AND ROTOR FLOAT FOR COUPLED SLEEVE BEARING HORIZONTAL
INDUCTION MACHINES
20.29.1 General
Operating experience on horizontal sleeve bearing induction machines has shown that sufficient thrust to
damage bearings may be transmitted to the induction machine through a flexible coupling. Damage to
induction machine bearings due to thrusts under such conditions will be avoided if the following limits are
observed by the induction machine manufacturer and the driven (or driving) equipment/induction machine
assembler.
20.29.2 Limits
Where induction machines are provided with sleeve bearings, the machine bearings and limited-end-float
coupling should be applied as indicated in the following table:
Machine Hp (kW)
Synchronous Speed,
Rpm
500 (400) and below

300 (250) to 500 (400) incl.
600 (500) and higher
1800 and below

3600 and 3000
all speeds
Min. Motor Rotor End

Float, Inches
Max. Coupling End

Float,* Inches
0.25
0.50
0.50
0.09
0.19
0.19
*Couplings with elastic axial centering forces are usually satisfactory without these precautions.
20.29.3 Marking Requirements

To facilitate the assembly of driven (or driving) equipment and sleeve bearing induction machines, the
induction machine manufacturer should:
a. Indicate on the induction machine outline drawing the minimum machine rotor end play in inches.
b. Mark rotor end play limits on machine shaft.
NOTEThe induction machine and the driven (or driving) equipment should be assembled and adjusted at the installation site
so that there will be some endwise clearance in the induction machine bearing under all operating conditions. The difference
between the rotor end play and the end float in the coupling allows for expansion and contraction in the driven (or driving)
equipment, for clearance in the driven (or driving) equipment thrust bearing, for endwise movement in the coupling, and for
assembly.


Section III
PULSATING STATOR CURRENT IN INDUCTION MOTORS
When the driven load, such as that of reciprocating type pumps, compressors, etc., requires a variable
torque during each revolution, it is recommended that the combined installation have sufficient inertia in
its rotating parts to limit the variations1 in motor stator current to a value not exceeding 66 percent of fullload current.
20.31
20.31.1 General
The susceptibility of induction machines to earthquake damage is particularly influenced by their
mounting structures. Therefore, the asiesmatic capability requirements for induction machines should be
based on the response characteristics of the system consisting of the induction machine and mounting
structure or equipment on which the induction machine will be mounted when subjected to the specified
earthquake ground motions.
20.31.2 Frequency Response Spectrum
System aseismatic capability requirements should preferably be given in terms of the peak acceleration
which a series of single-degree-of-freedom oscillators, mounted on the induction machine support
structure system, would experience during the specified earthquake. A family of continuous plots of peak
acceleration versus frequency over the complete frequency range and for various values of damping is
referred to as a frequency response spectrum for the induction machine and support structure system.
This frequency response spectrum should be utilized by those responsible for the system or mounting
structure, or both, to determine the aseismatic capability requirement which is to be applied to the
induction machine alone when it is mounted on its supporting structure. The induction machine
manufacturer should furnish the required data for induction machine natural frequency or mass stiffness,
or both, to allow this determination to be made.
20.31.3 Units for Capability Requirements
Induction machine aseismatic capability requirements should preferably be stated as a single
acceleration or g value as determined from the system structural characteristics and input data as
outlined in 20.31.1 and 20.31.2.
20.31.4 Recommended Peak Acceleration Limits
For induction machines covered by this Part 20, it is recommended that the supporting base structure for
the induction machine limit the peak acceleration due to earthquakes to the following maximum values:
a. One and one-half gs in any direction
b. One g vertically upward and downward in addition to the normal downward gravity of one g.
The loads imposed as a result of the foregoing inputs can be assumed to have negligible effect upon the
operation of the induction machine.
NOTES
2
1Accelerations are given in gs or multiples of the standard gravitational acceleration (32.2 ft/sec ) (9.81 meter/sec ) and are
based on an assumed damping factor of 1 percent. Horizontal and vertical accelerations are assumed to act individually but not
simultaneously.
2The axial restraint of the shaft in most horizontal applications is provided by the driven (or driving) equipment or other devices
external to the induction machine. In such cases, the axial seismic loading of the shaft should be included in the requirements for
the driven (or driving) equipment. In other applications, restraint of the driven (or driving) equipment rotor may be provided by the
induction machine. In such cases, the axial seismic loading of the shaft should be included in the requirements for the induction
machine.
1
The basis for determining this variation should be by oscillograph or similar measurement and not by ammeter readings. A line
should be drawn on full-load current of the motor. (The maximum value of the motor stator current is to be assumed as 1.41 times
the rated full-load current.)


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20.30
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 23
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 24
Section III
3When a single g value is given, it is implied that this g value is the maximum value of peak acceleration on the actual frequency
response curve for the induction machine when mounted on its supporting structure for a particular value of system structural
damping and specified earthquake ground motion. Values for other locations are frequently inappropriate because of nonrigid
characteristics of the intervening structure.
20.32
BELT, CHAIN, AND GEAR DRIVE
When induction machines are for belt, chain, or gear drive, the manufacturer should be consulted.
20.33
Induction machines are inherently capable of developing transient current and torque considerably in
excess of rated current and torque when exposed to an out-of-phase bus transfer or momentary voltage
interruption and reclosing on the same power supply. The magnitude of this transient torque may range
from 2 to 20 times rated torque and is a function of the machine, operating conditions, switching time,
rotating system inertias and torsional spring constants, number of motors on the bus, etc.
20.33.1 Slow Transfer or Reclosing
A slow transfer or reclosing is defined as one in which the length of time between disconnection of the
motor from the power supply and reclosing onto the same or another power supply is equal to or greater
than one and a half motor open-circuit alternating-current time constants (see 1.60).
It is recommended that slow transfer or reclosing be used so as to limit the possibility of damaging the
motor or driven (or driving) equipment or both. This time delay permits a sufficient decay in rotor flux
linkages so that the transient current and torque associated with the bus transfer or reclosing will remain
within acceptable levels. When several motors are involved, the time delay should be based on one and a
half times the longest open-circuit time constant of any motor on the system being transferred or
reclosed.
20.33.2 Fast Transfer or Reclosing
The rotating masses of motor-load system, connected by elastic shafts, constitute a torsionally
responsive mechanical system which is excited by the motor electromagnetic (air gap) transient torque
that consists of the sum of an exponentially decaying unidirectional component and exponentially
decaying oscillatory components at several frequencies, including power frequency and slip frequency.
The resultant shaft torques may be either attenuated or amplified with reference to the motor
electromagnetic (air-gap) torque, and for this reason it is recommended that the electromechanical
interactions of the motor, the driven equipment, and the power system be studied for any system where
fast transfer or reclosure is used.
The electrical and mechanical parameters required for such a study will be dependent upon the method
of analysis and the degree of detail employed in the study. When requested, the motor manufacturer
should furnish the following and any other information as may be required for the system study:
a. Reactances and resistances for the electrical equivalent circuit for the motor, as depicted in Figure
1-4, for both unsaturated and saturated (normal slip frequency) condition
b. Wk2 of the motor rotor
c. Spring constant of the motor shaft


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A fast transfer or reclosing is defined as one which occurs within a time period shorter than one and a half
open-circuit alternating-current constants. In such cases transfer or reclosure should be timed to occur
when the difference between the motor residual voltage and frequency, and the incoming system voltage
and frequency will not result in damaging transients.
Section III
20.34
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 25
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
WARNING: When power factor correction capacitors are to be switched with an induction machine, the
maximum value of corrective kVAR should not exceed the value required to raise the no-load power
factor to unity. Corrective kVAR in excess of this value may cause over-excitation resulting in high
transient voltages, currents, and torques that can increase safety hazards to personnel and can cause
possible damage to the machine or to the driven (or driving) equipment. For applications where
overspeed of the machine is contemplated (i.e., induction generators, paralleled centrifugal pumps
without check valves), the maximum corrective kVAR should be further reduced by an amount
corresponding to the square of the expected overspeed.
a. The maximum value of corrective kVAR to be switched with an induction machine can be
calculated as follows:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
kVAR
0.9 x Inl x E x 3
1000 x (1 + OS )2
Where:
Inl = No-load current at rated voltage
E = Rated voltage
OS = Per unit maximum expected overspeed
b. The use of capacitors for power factor correction, switched at the motor terminals, is not
recommended for machines subjected to high speed bus transfer or reclosing, elevator motors,
multi-speed motors, motors used on plugging or jogging applications, and motors used with open
transition autotransformer or wye delta starting. For such applications the machine manufacturer
should be consulted before installing power factor corrective capacitors switched with the
machine.
Closed transition autotransformer starters may introduce a large phase shift between the supply voltage
and the motor internal voltage during the transition period when the autotransformer primary is in series
with the motor winding. To minimize the resultant transient current and torque when the autotransformer
is subsequently shorted out, capacitors for power factor correction should be connected on the line side
of the autotransformer.
20.35
20.35.1 General
Stator winding insulation systems of ac machines are exposed to stresses due to the steady state
operating voltages and to steep-fronted voltage surges of high amplitudes. Both types of voltages stress
the ground insulation. The steep-fronted surge also stresses the turn insulation. If the rise time of the
surge is steep enough (0.1 to 0.2 sec), most of the surge could appear across the first or line coil and its
distribution in the coil could be non-linear.
20.35.2 Surge Sources
The steep-fronted surges appearing across the motor terminals are caused by lightning strikes, normal
circuit breaker operation, motor starting, aborted starts, bus transfers, switching windings (or speeds) in
two-speed motors, or switching of power factor correction capacitors. Turn insulation testing itself also
imposes a high stress on the insulation system.
20.35.3 Factors Influencing Magnitude and Rise Time
The crest value and rise time of the surge at the motor depends on the transient event taking place, on
the electrical system design, and on the number and characteristics of all other devices in the system.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 26
Section III
These include, but are not limited to, the motor, the cables connecting the motor to the switching device,
the type of switching device used, the length of the busbar and the number and sizes of all other loads
connected to the same busbar.
20.35.4 Surge Protection
Although certain surge withstand capability levels must be specified for the windings, it is desirable,
because of the unpredictable nature of the surge magnitudes and rise times, that for critical applications
surge protection devices be installed at or very close to the motor terminals to slope back the rise of the
incoming surge thereby making it more evenly distributed across the entire winding.
20.35.5 Surge Withstand Capability for Standard Machines
Stator windings of ac machines, unless otherwise specified, shall be designed to have a surge withstand
capability of 2 pu (per unit) at a rise time of 0.1 to 0.2 s and 4.5 pu at 1.2s, or longer, where one pu is
the crest of the rated motor line-to-ground voltage, or:
2 / 3 VL L
20.35.6 Special Surge Withstand Capability

When higher surge capabilities are required, the windings shall be designed for a surge withstand
capability of 3.5 pu at a rise time of 0.1 to 0.2 s and 5 pu at a rise time of 1.2 s or longer. This higher
capability shall be by agreement between the customer and the manufacturer.
20.35.7 Testing
Unless otherwise agreed to between the customer and the manufacturer, the method of test and the test
instrumentation used shall be per IEEE Std 522.
The test may be made at any of the following steps of manufacture:
a. On individual coils before installation in slots
b. On individual coils after installation in slots, prior to connection with stator slot wedging and
endwinding support systems installed
c. On completely wound and finished stator
The actual step where testing is done shall be a matter of agreement between the customer and the
manufacturer.
20.35.8 Test Voltage Values
The test voltage steps at 20.35.7.a and 20.35.7.b shall be at least:
a. 65% of the values specified in 20.35.5 or 20.35.6 for unimpregnated coils
b. 80% of the values specified in 20.35.5 or 20.35.6 for resin-rich coils
20.36


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1 pu =
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 27
Induction motors while running and at rated temperature shall be capable of withstanding a current equal
to 150 percent of the rated current for 30 seconds.
Excess capacity is required for the coordination of the motor with the control and protective devices. The
heating effect in the machine winding varies approximately as the product of the square of the current
and the time for which this current is being carried. The overload condition will thus result in increased
temperatures and a reduction in insulation life. The motor should therefore not be subjected to this
extreme condition for more than a few times in its life.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20.37
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 20, Page 28
Section III
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 21


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
LARGE MACHINESSYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 1
Section III
LARGE MACHINES
Part 21
(The standards in this Part 21 do not apply to nonexcited synchronous motors, nor do they necessarily
apply to synchronous motors of motor-generator sets.)
RATINGS
21.1
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 21 of this Section III cover (1) synchronous motors built in frames larger than
those required for synchronous motors having the continuous open-type ratings given in the table below,
and (2) all ratings of synchronous motors of the revolving-field type of 450 rpm and slower speeds.
Synchronous Speed
3600
21.2
Power Factor
Unity
0.8
500
400
1800
500
400
1200
350
300
900
250
200
720
200
150
600
150
125
514
125
100
BASIS OF RATING
Synchronous motors covered by this Part 21 shall be rated on a continuous-duty basis unless otherwise
specified. The output rating shall be expressed in horsepower available at the shaft at a specified speed,
frequency, voltage, and power factor.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 2
21.3
Section III

20
25
30
40
50
600
700
800
900
1000
Horsepower Ratings
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
27500
30000
32500
35000
37500
60
75
100
125
150
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
200
250
300
350
400
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
65000
70000
75000
80000
90000
450
500
5000
5500
22500
100000
25000
Speed Ratings, Rpm at 60 Hertz*
3600
514
277
164
1800
450
257
150
1200
400
240
138
900
360
225
129
720
327
200
120
600
300
180
109
*At 50 hertz, the speeds are 5/6 of the 60-hertz speeds.
NOTE - It is not practical to build motors of all horsepower ratings at all speeds.
21.4
100
95
90
86
80
...
POWER FACTOR
The power factor for synchronous motors shall be unity or 0.8 leading (overexcited).
21.5
VOLTAGE RATINGS
21.5.1 Voltage Ratings

for 50 Hz*
a)
b)
400
400
3300
3000
6600
6000
11000
10000

for 60 HZ
480
600
2400
4160
6900
13800
Preferred motor rated

voltages for 60 Hz (North
American Practice)
460
575
2300
4000
6600
13200
* Either one of the voltage series a) or b) is used in certain countries for 50 Hz.
NOTEFor synchronous motors with a leading power factor (overexcited) the recommended rated voltage is the nominal system
voltages for 60 Hz.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For three phase ac machines, 50 Hz or 60 Hz, intended to directly connected to distribution or utilization
systems, the rated voltages shall be selected from the voltages given in following table. Other voltages
are subject to the approval between manufacturer and end user.
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 3
21.5.2 Preferred Motor Output/Voltage Rating

It is not practical to build synchronous machines of all ratings for all voltages. In general, based on motor
design and manufacturing considerations, preferred motor voltage ratings are as follows:
a) 60 HZ power supply:
Horsepower
100-600
200-5000
200-10000
1000-15000
3500 and up
Voltage Rating
460 - 575
2300 - 2400
4000 - 4160
6000 - 6600
13200 - 13800
b) 50 HZ power supply:
Horsepower
100-500
600-8000
700- 15000
3000 and up
21.6
Voltage Rating
380 - 440
3000 - 3300
6000 - 6600
10000 - 11000
FREQUENCIES

21.7
EXCITATION VOLTAGE
The excitation voltages for field windings shall be 62-1/2, 125, 250, 375, and 500 volts direct current.
These excitation voltages do not apply to motors of the brushless type with direct-connected exciters.
NOTEIt is not practical to design all horsepower ratings of motors for all of the foregoing excitation voltages.
21.8
SERVICE FACTOR
21.8.1
When operated at rated voltage and frequency, synchronous motors covered by this Part 21 and having a
rated temperature rise in accordance with 21.10.1 shall have a service factor of 1.0.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
In those applications requiring an overload capacity, the use of a higher horsepower rating, as given in
21.3, is recommended to avoid exceeding the temperature rise for the insulation class used and to
provide adequate torque capacity.
21.8.2
When a service factor other than 1.0 is specified, it is preferred that motors furnished in accordance with
this Part 21 will have a service factor of 1.15 and temperature rise not in excess of that specified in
21.10.2 when operated at the service factor horsepower with rated voltage and frequency maintained.
21.8.3
Application of Motor with 1.15 Service Factor
21.8.3.1 General
A motor having a 1.15 service factor is suitable for continuous operation at rated load under the usual
service conditions given in 21.28.2. When the rated voltage and frequency are maintained, the motor may
be overloaded up to the horsepower obtained by multiplying the rated horsepower by the service factor


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 4
Section III
shown on the nameplate. At the service factor load, the motor will have efficiency and power factor or
field excitation values different from those at rated load.
1.0 power factor motors will have their field excitation adjusted to maintain the rated power factor. Motors
with power factors other than 1.0 (i.e., over-excited) will have their field excitation held constant at the
rated load value and the power factor allowed to change.
NOTEThe percent values of locked-rotor, pull-in and pull-out torques and of locked-rotor current are based on the rated
horsepower.

When operated at the 1.15 service factor load the motor will have a temperature rise not in excess of that
specified in 21.10.2 with rated voltage and frequency applied and the field set in accordance with
21.8.3.1. No temperature rise is specified or implied for operation at rated load.
NOTES
1Tables 21.10.1 and 21.10.2 apply individually to a particular motor at 1.0 or 1.15 service factor. It is not intended or implied
that they be applied to a single motor both at 1.0 and 1.15 service factors.
2Operation at temperature rise values given in 21.10.2 and for a 1.15 service factor load causes the motor insulation to age
thermally at approximately twice the rate that occurs at the temperature rise values given in 21.10.1 for a motor with a 1.0
service factor load, i.e., operation for one hour at specified 1.15 service factor is approximately equivalent to operation for two
hours at 1.0 service factor.
21.9
TYPICAL KW RATINGS OF EXCITERS FOR 60-HERTZ SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
When synchronous motors have individual exciters, the kilowatt ratings given in Tables 21-1 to 21-4,
inclusive, represent typical kilowatt ratings for such exciters.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 5
Table 21-1
1.0 POWER FACTOR, 60-HERTZ, SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS, 1800-514 RPM
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Hp
1800
1200
Exciter Ratings, kW
Speed, Rpm
900
720
600
514
20
25
30
40
50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.0
0.75
0.75
1.0
1.0
1.5
...
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
...
...
1.5
1.5
1.5
...
...
...
1.5
2.0
...
...
...
...
...
60
75
100
125
150
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
...
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
200
250
300
350
400
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
450
500
600
700
800
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
17
13
13
13
17
17
13
13
17
17
21
13
17
17
17
21
17
17
17
21
21
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
17
17
17
21
21
17
21
21
25
25
21
21
25
25
33
21
21
25
25
33
21
25
33
33
33
25
25
33
33
33
7000
8000
9000
10000
11000
25
33
33
33
40
33
33
40
40
50
33
40
40
50
50
33
40
40
50
50
33
40
50
50
50
40
40
50
50
50
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
40
50
50
50
65
50
50
65
65
65
50
65
65
65
65
50
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
85
65
65
65
65
85
17000
18000
19000
20000
22500
65
65
65
65
85
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
100
85
85
85
85
100
85
85
85
85
100
25000
27500
30000
85
100
100
100
100
125
100
125
125
100
125
125
100
125
125
125
125
125


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 6
Section III
Exciter Ratings, kW
Speed, Rpm
900
720
Hp
1800
1200
600
514
20
25
30
40
50
0.75
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
...
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
...
...
2.0
3.0
3.0
...
...
...
3.0
3.0
...
...
...
...
...
60
75
100
125
150
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
...
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
200
250
300
350
400
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
450
500
600
700
800
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
6.5
9.0
9.0
13
13
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
13
13
13
17
17
13
13
17
17
21
13
17
17
17
21
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
13
13
17
17
21
17
17
17
21
25
17
21
21
25
25
21
21
21
25
33
21
25
25
33
33
21
25
25
33
33
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
21
25
33
33
33
25
33
33
33
40
33
33
40
40
40
33
33
40
40
50
33
40
40
50
50
40
40
40
50
50
7000
8000
9000
10000
11000
40
40
50
50
65
40
50
50
65
65
50
50
65
65
85
50
65
65
65
85
65
65
65
80
85
65
65
65
85
85
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
65
65
65
85
85
65
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
85
85
85
100
100
85
100
100
100
125
85
100
100
100
125
17000
18000
19000
20000
22500
85
85
100
100
125
100
100
100
125
125
100
125
125
125
170
100
125
125
125
170
125
125
125
125
170
125
125
125
170
170
25000
27500
30000
125
125
170
125
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
200
170
170
200


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 21-2

Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 7
Table 21-3

Hp
450
400
360
327
300
Exciter Ratings, kW
Speed, Rpm
277
257
240
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
25
25
33
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
1.5
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
33
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
33
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
85
100
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
31
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
33
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
225
200
180
164
150
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
125
125
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
125
125
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 8
Section III
Table 21-4

Hp
450
400
360
327
300
Exciter Ratings, kW
Speed, Rpm
277
257
240
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
170
170
170
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
3.0
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
3.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
100
100
100
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
100
100
100
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
50
65
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
225
200
180
164
150
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
100
100
100
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
170
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
170
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
13
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
25
25
25
33
33
33
40
40
40
50
50
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
100
100
125
125
125
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 9

21.10
TEMPERATURE RISESYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
The observable temperature rise under rated-load conditions of each of the various parts of the
synchronous motor, above the temperature of the cooling air, shall not exceed the values given in the
appropriate table. The temperature of the cooling air is the temperature of the external air as it enters the
ventilating openings of the machine, and the temperature rises given in the tables are based on a
maximum temperature of 40C for this external air. Temperatures shall be determined in accordance with
IEEE Std 115.
21.10.1 Machines with 1.0 Service Factor at Rated Load
Item
a.
Machine Part
Armature winding
Method of Temperature
Determination
1. All horsepower ratings
Resistance
60
80
105
125
Embedded detector*
70
90
115
140
Embedded detector*
65
85
110
135
b) Over 7000 volts
Embedded detector*
60
80
105
125
1. Salient-pole motors
Resistance
60
80
105
125
2. Cylindrical rotor motors
Resistance
...
85
105
125
3. Over 1500 horsepower
b.
c.
Field winding
The temperatures attained by cores, amortisseur windings, collector rings, and miscellaneous parts (such as
brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
*Embedded detectors are located within the slots of the machine and can be either resistance elements or thermocouples. For
motors equipped with embedded detectors, this method shall be used to demonstrate conformity with the standard (see 20.28).
21.10.2 Machines with 1.15 Service Factor at Service Factor Load

Item
a.
Machine Part
Armature winding
Determination
1. All horsepower ratings
Resistance
70
90
115
135
Embedded detector*
80
100
125
150
Embedded detector*
75
95
120
145
b) Over 7000 volts
Embedded detector*
70
90
115
135
1. Salient-pole motors
Resistance
70
90
115
135
2. Cylindrical rotor motors
Resistance
...
95
115
135
3. Over 1500 horsepower
b.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c.
Field winding
The temperatures attained by cores, amortisseur windings, collector rings, and miscellaneous parts (such as
brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
*Embedded detectors are located within the slots of the machine and can be either resistance elements or thermocouples. For
motors equipped with embedded detectors, this method shall be used to demonstrate conformity with the standard (see 20.28).


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 10
Section III

40oC. However, it is recognized that synchronous motors may be required to operate in an ambient
temperature higher than 40oC. For successful operation of the motors in ambient temperatures higher
than 40C, the temperature rises of the motors given in 21.10.1 and 21.10.2 shall be reduced by the
number of degrees that the ambient temperature exceeds 40oC.
a) On machines designed for cooling water temperatures of 5oC to 30oCtemperature of the air
leaving the coolers shall not exceed 40oC.
b) On machines designed for higher cooling water temperaturesthe temperature of the air leaving the
coolers shall be permitted to exceed 40oC provided the temperature rises for the machine parts are then
limited to values less than those given in 21.10.1 and 21.10.2 by the number of degrees that the
temperature leaving the coolers exceeds 40oC.)
21.10.4 Temperature Rise for Altitudes Greater than 3300 Feet (1000 Meters)
temperature rises, as checked by tests at low altitudes, shall be less than those listed in 21.10.1 and
21.10.2 by 1 percent of the specified temperature rise for each 330 feet (100 meters) of altitude in excess
of 3300 feet (1000 meters).
21.10.5 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Motors for Ambients Lower than 40o C, but Not Below
0o C*
40C to cover most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled synchronous motors
than 40C. When an air-cooled synchronous motor is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C
a) For motors for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 21.10.1 and 21.10.2 is less than or equal to 5C then the
temperature rises given in 21.10.1 and 21.10.2 shall be increased by the amount of the difference
between 40oC and the lower marked ambient temperature.
b) For motors for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 21.10.1 and 21.10.2 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises
Where:
A
105

Degrees C
Degrees C
115

B
F
130
155
140
165
H
180
190
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 11
For example: A 1.0 service factor rated motor with a Class F insulation system and using resistance
as the method of determining the rated temperature rise is marked for use in an ambient with a
maximum temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference Temperature is 155oC and
from 20.10.1 the Temperature Rise Limit is 105oC. The allowable Increase in Rise to be added to
o
O
O
155 C 40 C + 105 C
O
Increase in Rise = 40 o C 25 o C 1
= 13 C
80 O C
21.11
TORQUES1
21.11.1 General
The locked-rotor, pull-in, and pull-out torques, with rated voltage and frequency applied, shall be not less
than the values shown in Table 21-5. The motors shall be capable of delivering the pull-out torque for at
least 1 minute.
21.11.2 Motor Torques When Customer Supplies Load Curve
When the load curve is provided by the customer, the motor developed torque shall exceed the load
torque by a minimum of 10% of motor rated torque at all locations throughout the speed range up the
motor pull-in torque point for any starting condition specified by customer. (refer to 21.17.2). A torque
margin of lower than 10% is subject to individual agreement between motor manufacturer and user.
Pull out torque shall be 150% at rated voltage, rated frequency with rated exitation current applied.
Torque values as specified in Table 21-5 do not apply.

21.12
NORMAL WK2 OF LOAD2
Experience has shown that the pull-in torque values in Table 21-5 are adequate when the load inertia
does not exceed the values of Table 21-6. The values of load inertia have been calculated using the
following empirical formula:
Normal Wk 2 of load =
0.375 x (horsepower rating )1.15
(speed in rpm / 1000 )2
Values of torque apply to salient-pole machines. Values of torque for cylindrical rotor machines are subject to individual negotiation
between manufacturer and user.
2
2
2
Values of normal Wk of load apply to salient-pole machines. Values of normal Wk for cylindrical-rotor machines are subject to
individual negotiation between manufacturer and user.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 12
Section III
Table 21-5
TORQUE VALUES
Speed, Rpm
500 to 1800
Hp
200 and below
Power Factor
1.0
150 and below
0.8
100
100
175
250 to 1000
1.0
60
60
150
200 to 1000
0.8
60
60
175
1250 and larger
450 and below
Torques, Percent of Rated Full-Load Torque

Pull-In (Based on
2
Locked-Rotor
Normal Wk of Load)*
Pull-Out
100
100
150
All ratings
1.0
40
60
150
0.8
40
60
175
1.0
40
30
150
0.8
40
30
200
*Values of normal Wk of load are given in 21.12.

With rated excitation current applied.
21.13
NUMBER OF STARTS1
21.13.1 Starting Capability

Synchronous motors shall be capable of making the following starts, providing the Wk2 of the load, the
load torque during acceleration, the applied voltage, and the method of starting are those for which the
motor was designed:
a. Two starts in succession, coasting to rest between starts, with the motor initially at ambient
temperature
b. One start with the motor initially at a temperature not exceeding its rated load operating
temperature
21.13.2 Additional Starts
If additional starts are required, it is recommended that none be made until all conditions affecting
operation have been thoroughly investigated and the apparatus examined for evidence of excessive
heating. It should be recognized that the number of starts should be kept to a minimum since the life of
the motor is affected by the number of starts.
21.13.3 Information Plate
When requested by the purchaser, a separate starting information plate will be supplied on the motor.
21.14
EFFICIENCY
Efficiency and losses shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std 115. The efficiency shall be
determined at rated output, voltage, frequency, and power factor.
a.
b.
c.
d.
I2R loss of armature

I2R loss of field
Core loss
Stray-load loss
The number of starts applies to salient-pole machines. The number of starts for cylindrical-rotor machines is subject to individual
negotiation between manufacturer and user.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 13
e. Friction and windage loss1

f. Exciter loss if exciter is supplied with and driven from the shaft of the machine
equal to an ambient temperature of 25oC plus the observed rated-load temperature rise measured by
Class of Insulation system
A
75
95
115
130
21.15
OVERSPEED
Synchronous motors shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to exceed 2 minutes, they will
withstand without mechanical damage overspeeds above synchronous speed in accordance with the
following table. During this overspeed condition the machine is not electrically connected to the supply.
21.16

1500 and over
Overspeed, Percent of Synchronous Speed

20
1499 and below
25
OPERATION AT OTHER THAN RATED POWER FACTORS
21.16.1 Operation of an 0.8 Power-factor Motor at 1.0 Power-factor

For an 0.8-power factor motor which is to operate at 1.0 power factor, with normal 0.8-power factor
armature current and with field excitation reduced to correspond to that armature current at 1.0 power
factor, multiply the rated horsepower and torque values of the motor by the following constants to obtain
horsepower at 1.0 power factor and the torques in terms of the 1.0-power factor horsepower rating.
Horsepower
1.25
Locked-rotor torque
0.8
Pull-in torque
0.8
Pull-out torque (approx.)
0.6
For example, consider a 1000-horsepower 0.8-power factor motor which has a locked-rotor torque of 100
percent, a pull-in torque of 100 percent, and a pull-out torque of 200 percent and which is to be operated
at 1.0 power factor. In accordance with the foregoing, this motor would be operated at 1250 horsepower,
1.0 power factor, 80 percent locked-rotor torque (based upon 1250 horse power), 80 percent pull-in
torque (based upon 1250 horsepower) and a pull-out torque of approximately 120 percent (based upon
1250 horsepower).
In the case of motors which are furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the motor
external thrust load, may be specified.
In the case of motors which are furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses which are representative
of the actual installation shall be determined by (1) calculation or (2) experience with shop test bearings and shall be included in the


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
of the motor shall be stated separately.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 14
Section III
21.16.2 Operation of a 1.0 Power-factor Motor at 0.8 Power-factor

For a 1.0-power factor motor which is to operate at 0.8 power factor, with normal 1.0-power factor field
excitation and the armature current reduced to correspond to that excitation, multiply the rated
horsepower and torque values of the motor by the following constants to obtain the horsepower at 0.8power factor and the torques in terms of the 0.8 power factor horsepower rating.
Horsepower
0.35
Locked-rotor Torque
2.85
Pull-in torque
2.85
Pull-out torque (approx.)
2.85
For example, consider a 1000-horsepower 1.0-power factor motor which has a locked-rotor torque of 100
percent, a pull-in torque of 100 percent, and a pull-out torque of 200 percent and which is to be operated
at 0.8-power factor. In accordance with the foregoing, this motor could be operated at 350 horsepower,
0.8-power factor, 285 percent locked-rotor torque (based upon 350 horsepower), 285 percent pull-in
torque (based upon 350 horsepower) and a 570 percent pull-out torque (based upon 350 horsepower).
21.17
21.17.1 Running
Motors shall operate successfully in synchronism, rated exciting current being maintained, under running
conditions at rated load with a variation in the voltage or the frequency up to the following:
a. Plus or minus 10 percent of rated voltage, with rated frequency
b. Plus or minus 5 percent of rated frequency, with rated voltage
frequency
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21.17.2 Starting
The limiting values of voltage and frequency under which a motor will successfully start and synchronize
depend upon the margin between the locked-rotor and pull-in torques of the motor at rated voltage and
frequency and the corresponding requirements of the load under starting conditions. Since the lockedrotor and pull-in torques of a motor are approximately proportional to the square of the voltage and
inversely proportional to the square of the frequency, it is generally desirable to determine what voltage
and frequency variations will actually occur at each installation, taking into account any voltage drop
resulting from the starting current drawn by the motor. This information and the torque requirements of
the driven machine determine the values of locked-rotor and pull-in torque at rated voltage and frequency
that are adequate for the application.
21.18
OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS FROM VARIABLE-FREQUENCY POWER

SUPPLIES
Synchronous motors to be operated from solid-state or other types of variable-frequency power supplies
for adjustable-speed-drive applications may require individual consideration to provide satisfactory
performance. Especially for operation below rated speed, it may be necessary to reduce the motor torque
load below the rated full-load torque to avoid overheating the motor. The motor manufacturer should be
consulted before selecting a motor for such applications.


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 15
Table 21-6
NORMAL Wk2 OF LOAD IN LB-FT2
Hp
20
1800
3.63
1200
8.16
900
14.51
720
22.7
Speed, Rpm
600
514
32.7
44.4
450
58.0
25
4.69
10.55
18.76
29.3
42.2
57.4
30
5.78
13.01
23.1
36.1
52.0
70.8
40
8.05
18.11
32.2
50.3
72.5
50
10.41
23.4
41.6
65.0
60
12.83
28.9
51.3
75
16.59
37.3
66.4
100
23.1
52.0
92.4
125
29.8
67.2
150
36.8
82.8
400
73.5
360
90.7
327
109.7
75.0
95.0
117.2
141.9
92.5
117.1
144.6
174.9
98.6
123.8
163.0
201
244
93.7
127.5
166.5
211
260
315
80.2
115.5
157.2
205
260
321
388
103.7
149.3
203
265
336
415
502
144.3
208
283
369
468
577
699
119.3
186.6
269
366
478
604
746
903
147.2
230
331
451
589
745
920
1114
200
51.2
115.3
205
320
461
628
820
1038
1281
1550
250
66.2
149.0
265
414
596
811
1060
1341
1656
2000
300
81.7
183.8
327
511
735
1001
1307
1654
2040
2470
350
97.5
219
390
610
878
1195
1561
1975
2440
2950
400
113.7
256
455
711
1024
1393
1820
2300
2840
3440
450
130.2
293
521
814
1172
1595
2080
2640
3260
3940
500
147.0
331
588
919
1323
1801
2350
2980
3670
4450
600
181.3
408
725
1133
1632
2220
2900
3670
4530
5480
700
216
487
866
1353
1948
2650
3460
4380
5410
6550
800
252
568
1009
1577
2270
3090
4040
5110
6310
7630
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
900
289
650
1156
1806
2600
3540
4620
5850
7220
8740
1000
326
734
1305
2040
2940
4000
5220
6610
8160
9870
1250
422
949
1687
2640
3790
5160
6750
8540
10540
12750
1500
520
1170
2080
3250
4680
6370
8320
10530
13000
15730
1750
621
1397
2480
3880
5590
7610
9930
12570
15520
18780
2000
724
1629
2900
4520
6510
8870
11580
14660
18100
21900
2250
829
1865
3320
5180
7460
10150
13260
16780
20700
25100
2500
936
2110
3740
5850
8420
11460
14970
18950
23400
28300
3000
1154
2600
4620
7210
10390
14140
18460
23400
28800
34900
3500
1378
3100
5510
8610
12400
16880
22000
27900
34400
41700
4000
1606
3610
6430
10040
14460
19680
25700
32500
40200
48600
4500
1839
4140
7360
11500
16550
22500
29400
37200
46000
55600
5000
2080
4670
8310
12980
18690
25400
33200
42000
51900
62800
5500
2320
5210
9270
14480
20900
28400
37100
46900
57900
70100
6000
2560
5760
10240
16000
23000
31400
41000
51900
64000
77500
7000
3060
6880
12230
19110
27500
37500
48900
61900
76400
92500
8000
3560
8020
14260
22300
32100
43700
57000
72200
89100
107800
9000
4080
9180
16330
25500
36700
50000
65300
82700
102000
123500
10000
4610
10370
18430
28800
41500
56400
73700
93300
115200
139400
(Continued)


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 16
Section III

Hp
20
300
130.6
277
153.3
257
177.8
240
204
Speed, Rpm
225
232
200
294
180
363
164
439
150
522
25
168.8
198.1
230
264
300
380
469
567
675
30
208
244
283
325
370
468
578
700
833
40
290
340
395
453
515
652
805
974
1159
50
375
440
510
585
666
843
1041
1259
1499
60
462
542
629
721
821
1040
1283
1553
1848
75
597
701
813
933
1062
1344
1659
2010
2390
100
831
976
1132
1299
1478
1871
2310
2790
3330
125
1075
1261
1463
1679
1910
2420
2980
3610
4300
150
1325
1555
1804
2070
2360
2980
3680
4450
5300
200
1845
2170
2510
2880
3280
4150
5120
6200
7380
250
2380
2800
3250
3730
4240
5370
6620
8010
9540
300
2940
3450
4000
4600
5230
6620
8170
9880
11760
350
3510
4120
4780
5490
6240
7900
9750
11800
14050
400
4090
4800
5570
6400
7280
9210
11370
13760
16380
450
4690
5500
6380
7320
8330
10550
13020
15760
18750
500
5290
6210
7200
8270
9410
11910
14700
17790
21200
600
6530
7660
8880
10200
11600
14680
18130
21900
26100
700
7790
9140
10610
12180
13850
17530
21600
26200
31200
800
9090
10660
12370
14200
16150
20400
25200
30500
36300
900
10400
12210
14160
16260
18490
23400
28900
35000
41600
1000
11740
13780
15980
18350
20900
26400
32600
39500
47000
1250
15180
17810
20700
23700
27000
34200
42200
51000
60700
1500
18720
22000
25500
29200
33300
42100
52000
62900
74900
1750
22400
26200
30400
34900
39700
50300
62100
75100
89400
2000
26100
30600
35500
40700
46300
58600
72400
87600
104200
2250
29800
35000
40600
46600
53000
67100
82900
100300
119400
2500
33700
39500
45800
52600
59900
75800
93600
113200
134700
3000
41500
48800
56500
64900
73900
93500
115400
139600
166200
3500
49600
58200
67500
77500
88200
111600
137800
166700
198400
4000
57800
67900
78700
90400
102800
130100
160600
194400
231000
4500
66200
77700
90100
103500
117700
149000
183900
223000
265000
5000
74700
87700
101700
116800
132900
168200
208000
251000
299000
5500
83400
97900
113500
130300
148300
187700
232000
280000
334000
6000
92200
108200
125500
144000
163900
207000
256000
310000
369000
7000
110100
129200
149800
172000
195700
248000
306000
370000
440000
8000
128300
150600
174700
201000
228000
289000
356000
431000
513000
9000
146900
172500
200000
230000
261000
331000
408000
494000
588000
10000
165900
194700
226000
259000
295000
373000
461000
558000
664000
(Continued)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 17

Hp
138
129
120
109
Speed, Rpm
100
95
90
86
80
20
613
711
816
988
1175
1310
1451
1600
1837
25
793
919
1055
1277
1519
1693
1876
2070
2370
30
977
1134
1301
1575
1874
2090
2310
2550
2930
40
1361
1578
1811
2190
2610
2910
3220
3550
4080
50
1759
2040
2340
2830
3370
3760
4160
4590
5270
60
2170
2520
2890
3490
4160
4630
5130
5660
6500
75
2800
3250
3760
4520
5370
5990
6640
7320
8400
100
3900
4530
5200
6290
7480
8340
9240
10180
11690
125
5040
5850
6720
8130
9670
10780
11940
13160
15110
150
6220
7220
8280
10020
11930
13290
14720
16230
18640
200
8660
10040
11530
13950
16600
18500
20500
22600
25900
250
11190
12980
14900
18030
21500
23900
26500
29200
33500
300
13810
16010
18380
22200
26500
29500
32700
36000
41400
350
16480
19120
21900
26600
31600
35200
39000
43000
49400
400
19220
22300
25600
31000
36800
41100
45500
50200
57600
450
22000
25500
29300
35500
42200
47000
52100
57400
65900
500
24800
28800
33100
40000
47600
53100
58800
64800
74400
600
30600
35500
40800
49400
58700
65400
72500
79900
91800
700
36600
42400
48700
58900
70100
78100
86600
95500
109600
800
42700
49500
56800
68700
81800
91100
100900
111300
127800
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
900
48800
56600
65000
78700
93600
104300
115600
127400
146300
1000
51000
63900
73400
88800
105700
117800
130500
143900
165100
1250
71300
82600
94900
114800
136600
152200
168700
185900
213000
1500
87900
101900
117000
141600
168500
187700
208000
229000
263000
1750
104900
121700
139700
169000
201000
224000
248000
274000
314000
2000
122300
141900
162900
197100
235000
261000
290000
319000
366000
2250
140100
162500
186500
226000
269000
299000
332000
366000
420000
2500
158100
183400
211000
255000
303000
338000
374000
413000
474000
3000
195000
226000
260000
314000
374000
417000
462000
509000
584000
3500
233000
270000
310000
375000
446000
497000
551000
608000
697000
4000
271000
315000
361000
437000
520000
580000
643000
708000
813000
4500
311000
361000
414000
501000
596000
664000
736000
811000
931000
5000
351000
407000
467000
565000
673000
750000
831000
916000
1051000
5500
392000
454000
521000
631000
751000
836000
927000
1022000
1173000
6000
433000
502000
576000
697000
830000
924000
1024000
1129000
1296000
7000
517000
599000
688000
832000
991000
1104000
1223000
1348000
1548000
8000
602000
699000
802000
971000
1155000
1287000
1426000
1572000
1805000
9000
690000
800000
918000
1111000
1323000
1474000
1633000
1800000
2070000
10000
779000
903000
1037000
1254000
1493000
1663000
1843000
2030000
2330000


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 18
21.19
Section III
SPECIFICATION FORM FOR SLIP-RING SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
The specification form for listing performance data on synchronous motors with slip rings shall be as
follows:
Date __________________
SLIP-RING SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR RATING
Hp
(Output)
Power
Factor
kVA
Rpm
Number
of Poles
Phase
Hertz
Volts
Amperes
(Approx.)
Frame
Description:
Temperature Rise Guarantees
Temperature Rise (Degrees C) Not to Exceed
Armature Winding
Field Winding
Embedded
Resistance
Temperature Detector
Resistance
Hp
(Output)
Excitation Requirements (Maximum)
Exciter Rated
Voltage
kW
Rating and temperature rise are based on cooling air not exceeding 40 C and altitude not exceeding 3300 feet (1000 meters). Highpotential test in accordance with MG1-21.22.
Torque and kVA (Expressed in terms of above full-load rating with 100-percent voltage applied)
Pull-In Torque
Locked-Rotor
Code Letter
Percent LockedRotor kVA
Percent LockedRotor Torque
Percent
Torque
Maximum Load Wk 2
lb.ft
Percent Pull-Out Torque

Sustained for 1 Minute With
Rated-Load Excitation
If started on reduced voltage, the starting torque of the motor will be reduced approximately in proportion to the square of the
reduced voltage applied.
Minimum Efficiencies
Hp
(Output)
Power
Factor
Full
Load
3/4 Load
1/2 Load
Total
Net
Approximate Weight, Pounds

Heaviest
Rotor
Part for
Total
Net
Crane Net
Shipping
Efficiencies are determined by including I R losses of armature and field windings at _____ C, core losses, stray-load losses, and
friction and windage losses.* Exciter loss is included if supplied with and driven from shaft of machine. Field rheostat losses are not
included.
*a. In the case of a motor furnished with a thrust bearing, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the motor itself is
included in the efficiency calculation.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b. In the case of a motor furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses representative of the actual
installation are included as determined by (a) calculation or (b) experience with shop test bearings.


Section III
21.20
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 19
SPECIFICATION FORM FOR BRUSHLESS SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
The specification form for listing performance data on brushless synchronous motors shall be as follows:
Date __________________
BRUSHLESS SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR RATING
Hp
(Output)
Power
Factor
kVA
Rpm
Number
of Poles
Phase
Hertz
Volts
Amperes
(Approx.)
Frame
Description:
Temperature Rise Guarantees
Temperature Rise
(Degrees C) Not to Exceed
Armature Winding
Embedded
Resistance
Temperature Detector
Hp
(Output)
Field
Winding
Resistance
Excitation Requirements* (2)

(Maximum)
Exciter Rated Field
Watts
Voltage
Motor
Exciter* (1)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
*For rotating transformer give (1) data for equivalent winding temperatures and (2) input kVA and voltage instead of excitation for
exciter.
o
Rating and temperature rise are based on cooling air not exceeding 40 C and altitude not exceeding 3300 feet (1000 meters). Highpotential test in accordance with MG1-21.22.
Torque and kVA (Expressed in terms of above full-load rating with 100-percent voltage applied)
Pull-In Torque
Locked-Rotor
Code Letter
Percent LockedRotor kVA
Percent LockedRotor Torque
Percent
Torque
Maximum Load
2
2
Wk -lb.ft
Percent Pull-Out Torque

Sustained for 1 Minute With
Rated-Load Excitation
If started on reduced voltage, the starting torque of the motor will be reduced approximately in proportion to the square of the
reduced voltage applied.
Minimum Efficiencies
Hp
(Output)
Power
Factor
Full
Load
3/4 Load
1/2 Load
Total
Net

Heaviest
Rotor
Part for
Total
Net
Crane Net
Shipping
Efficiencies are determined by including I R losses of armature and field windings at _____ C, core losses, stray-load losses, and
friction and windage losses.* Exciter loss is included if supplied with and driven from shaft of machine. Field rheostat losses are not
included.
*a. In the case of a motor furnished with a thrust bearing, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the motor itself is
included in the efficiency calculation.
b. In the case of a motor furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses representative of the actual


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 20
21.21
Section III
ROUTINE TESTS
21.21.1 Motors Not Completely Assembled in the Factory

The following tests shall be made on all motors which are not completely assembled in the factory,
including those furnished without a shaft, or a complete set of bearings, or neither:
a. Resistance of armature and field windings
b. Polarity of field coils
21.21.2 Motors Completely Assembled in the Factory
The following tests shall be made on motors which are completely assembled in the factory and furnished
with a shaft and a complete set of bearings:
b. Check no-load field current at normal voltage and frequency.1
c. High-potential test in accordance with 21.22.
21.22

See 3.1.
21.22.2 Test VoltageArmature Windings
The test voltage for all motors shall be an alternating voltage whose effective value is 1000 volts plus
twice the rated voltage of the machine.2
21.22.3 Test VoltageField Windings, Motors with Slip Rings
The test voltage for all motors with slip rings shall be an alternating voltage whose effective value is as
follows:
a. Motor to be started with its field short-circuited or closed through an exciting armature; ten times
rated excitation voltage but in no case less than 2500 volts nor more than 5000 volts.
b. Motor to be started with a resistor in series with the field winding; twice the rms value of the IR
drop across the resistor but in no case less than 2500 volts, the IR drop being taken as the
product of the resistance and the current which would circulate in the field winding if shortcircuited on itself at the specified starting voltage.
21.22.4 Test VoltageAssembled Brushless Motor Field Winding and Exciter Armature Winding
The test voltage for all assembled brushless motor field windings and exciter armature windings shall be
an alternating voltage whose effective value is as follows:
a. Rated excitation voltage 350 volts direct-current; ten times the rated excitation voltage but in no
b. Rated excitation voltage > 350 volts direct-current; 2800 volts plus twice the rated excitation
voltage
On motors having brushless excitation systems, check instead the exciter field current at no-load with normal voltage and
frequency on the motor.
2
A direct instead of an alternating voltage is sometimes used for high-potential tests on primary windings of machines rated 6000
volts or higher. In such cases, a test voltage equal to 1.7 times the alternating-current test voltage (effective value) as given in
21.22.2 and 21.22.3 is recommended. Following a direct-voltage high-potential test, the tested winding should be thoroughly
grounded. The insulation rating of the winding and the test level of the voltage applied determine the period of time required to
dissipate the charge and, in many cases, the ground should be maintained for several hours to dissipate the charge to avoid hazard
to personnel.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,


Section III
c.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 21
Alternatively, the brushless exciter rotor (armature) shall be permitted to be tested at 1000 volts
plus twice the rated nonrectified alternating-current voltage but in no case less than 1500 volts.
The brushless circuit components (diodes, thyristors, etc.) on an assembled brushless exciter and
synchronous machine field winding shall be short-circuited (not grounded) during the test.
21.22.5 Test VoltageBrushless Exciter Field Winding
The test voltage for all brushless exciter field windings shall be an alternating voltage whose effective
value is as follows:
a. Rated excitation voltage 350 volts direct-current; ten times the rated excitation voltage but in no
b. Rated excitation voltage > 350 volts direct-current; 2800 volts plus twice the rated excitation
voltage
c.
21.23
Exciters with alternating-current excited stators (fields) shall be tested at 1000 volts plus twice the
alternating-current rated voltage of the stator
MACHINE SOUND
See 20.19.
21.24
See Part 7.
MANUFACTURING
21.25
NAMEPLATE MARKING
The following information shall be given on nameplates. For abbreviations, see 1.79. For some examples
of additional information that may be included on the nameplate see 1.70.2.
Horsepower output
Time rating
Temperature rise1
Rpm at full load
Frequency
Number of phases
Voltage
Rated amperes per terminal
Rated field current2
Rated excitation voltage2
Rated power factor
Code letter (see 10.37)
Service factor
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
As an alternative marking, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following.

a. Maximum ambient temperature for which the motor is designed (see 21.10.3).
b. Insulation system designation (if armature and field use different classes of insulation systems, both insulation systems shall
be given, with that for the armature being given first).
2
Applies to exciter in case of brushless machine.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 22
Section III
Some examples of additional information that may be included on the nameplate are:
o.
p.
q.
r.
21.26
Enclosure or IP code
MOTOR TERMINAL HOUSINGS AND BOXES
21.26.1 Box Dimensions

When motors covered by this Part 21 are provided with terminal housings for line cable connections,1 the
minimum dimension and usable volume shall be as indicated in Table 21-7 for Type I terminal housings
or Figure 21-1 for Type II terminal housings.
Unless otherwise specified, when motors are provided with terminal housings, a Type I terminal housing
shall be supplied.
21.26.2 Accessory Lead Terminations
For motors rated 601 volts and higher, accessory leads shall terminate in a terminal box or boxes
separate from the motor terminal housing. As an exception, current and potential transformers located in
the motor terminal housing shall be permitted to have their secondary connections terminated in the
motor terminal housing if separated from the motor leads by a suitable physical barrier.
21.26.3 Lead Terminations of Accessories Operating at 50 Volts of Less
For motors rated 601 volts and higher, the termination of leads of accessory items normally operating at a
voltage of 50 volts (rms) or less shall be separated from leads of higher voltage by a suitable physical
Terminal housings containing surge capacitors, surge arresters, current transformers, or potential transformers, require individual
consideration.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 23
Table 21-7
TYPE I TERMINAL HOUSING UNSUPPORTED AND INSULATED TERMINATIONS
Maximum Full-Load
Current
400
600
900
1200
Minimum Usable
Volume, Cubic Inches
900
2000
3200
4600
Minimum Internal
Dimension, Inches
8
8
10
14
Minimum Centerline
Distance,* Inches
...
...
...
...
601-2400
160
250
400
600
900
1500
180
330
900
2000
3200
5600
5
6
8
8
10
16
...
...
...
12.6
12.6
20.1
2401-4800
160
700
1000
1500
2000
2000
5600
8000
10740
13400
8
14
16
20
22
12.6
16
20
25
28.3
4801-6900
260
680
1000
1500
2000
5600
8000
9400
11600
14300
14
16
18
20
22
16
20
25
25
28.3
6901-13800
400
900
1500
2000
4400
50500
56500
62500
22
25
27.6
30.7
28.3
32.3
32.3
32.3
Voltage
0-600
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 24
Section III

Motor
Voltage
460-575
2300-4000
6600
13200
L
24
26
36
48
W
18
27
30
42
D
18
18
18
25
A
9
9
9
13
B
8
8
8
11
C
4
5
6
8
X
5
8
9
13
E
2
3
4
6
F
4
5
6
9
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 21-1
TYPE II MOTOR TERMINAL HOUSING STANDOFF-INSULATOR-SUPPORTED INSULATED OR
UNINSULATED TERMINATIONS
21.27
EMBEDDED DETECTORS
See 20.28.


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 25
APPLICATION DATA
21.28
SERVICE CONDITIONS
21.28.1 General
Motors should be properly selected with respect to their service conditions, usual or unusual, both of
conditions. Machines conforming to this Part 21 are designed for operation in accordance with their
ratings under usual service conditions. Some machines may also be capable of operating in accordance
with their ratings under one or more unusual service conditions. Definite-purpose or special-purpose
machines may be required for some unusual conditions.
Service conditions, other than those specified as usual may involve some degree of hazard. The
explosion.
Although experience of the user may often be the best guide, the manufacturer of the driven equipment
and the motor manufacturer should be consulted for further information regarding any unusual service
conditions which increase the mechanical or thermal duty on the machine and, as a result, increase the
chances for failure and consequent hazard. This further information should be considered by the user, his
consultants, or others most familiar with the details of the application involved when making the final
decision.
a. An ambient temperature in the range of 0oC to 40oC, or when water cooling is used, in the range
of 5oC to 40oC
c. A location and supplementary enclosures, if any, such that there is no serious interference with
the ventilation of the motor
a. Exposure to:
ventilation
growth of fungus
b. Operation where:
1. There is excessive departure from rated voltage or frequency, or both (see 21.17)
2. The deviation factor of the alternating-current supply voltage exceeds 10 percent
3. The alternating-current supply voltage is unbalanced by more than 1 percent (see 21.29)


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 26
Section III
5. The power system is not grounded (see 21.39).

c.
Operation at speeds other than rated speed (see 21.17)

5. Out-of-phase bus transfer
21.29 EFFECTS OF UNBALANCED VOLTAGES ON THE PERFORMANCE OF POLYPHASE
SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
When the line voltages applied to a polyphase synchronous motor are not equal, unbalanced currents in
the stator windings will result. A small percentage voltage unbalance will result in a much larger
percentage current unbalance.
Voltages should be evenly balanced as closely as can be read on a voltmeter. If the voltages are
unbalanced, the rated horsepower of polyphase synchronous motors should be multiplied by the factor
shown in Figure 21-2 to reduce the possibility of damage to the motor.1 Operation of the motor with more
than a 5-percent voltage unbalance is not recommended.
Figure 21-2
POLYPHASE SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR DERATING FACTOR DUE TO UNBALANCED VOLTAGE
to the motor and the increase in current resulting from the unbalanced voltages. This is a complex
problem involving the variation in motor current as a function of load and voltage unbalance in addition to
the characteristics of the overload device relative to Imaximum or Iaverage. In the absence of specific
information it is recommended that overload devices be selected or adjusted, or both, at the minimum
value that does not result in tripping for the derating factor and voltage unbalance that applies. When
unbalanced voltages are anticipated, it is recommended that negative sequence current relays be
installed or the overload devices be selected so as to be responsive to Imaximum in preference to overload
devices responsive to Iaverage.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`
The derating factor shown in Figure 21-2 is applicable only to motors with normal starting torque and normal locked-rotor current,
i.e., motors typically intended for service with centrifugal pumps, fans, compressors, and so forth, where the required starting torque
is less than 100 percent of rated full-load torque. For motors with other starting torque characteristics, or motors with specified limits
on locked-rotor current, the motor manufacturer should be consulted.


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 27
21.29.1 Effect on Performance

The temperature rise of the motor operating at a particular load and percentage voltage unbalance will be
greater than for the motor operating under the same conditions with balanced voltages.
21.29.1.2 Currents
The effect of unbalanced voltages on polyphase synchronous motors is equivalent to the introduction of a
negative-sequence voltage having a rotation opposite to that occurring with balanced voltages. This
negative sequence voltage produces an air gap flux rotating against the rotation of the rotor, tending to
produce high currents. A small negative-sequence voltage may produce significant continuous current in
the amortisseur (cage) winding, which normally carries little or no current when the motor is running in
synchronism, along with slightly higher current in the stator winding.
The negative-sequence current at normal operating speed with unbalanced voltages may be in the order
of four to ten times the voltage unbalance.
The locked-rotor current will be unbalanced to the same degree that the voltages are unbalanced but the
locked-rotor kVA will increase only slightly.
21.29.1.3 Torques
The locked-rotor torque, pull-in torque, and pull-out torque are decreased when the voltage is
unbalanced. If the voltage unbalance is extremely severe, the torques might not be adequate for the
application.
21.29.2 Voltage Unbalance Defined
The voltage unbalance in percent may be defined as follows.

average voltage
EXAMPLEWith voltages of 2300, 2220, and 2185 the average is 2235, the maximum deviation from the average is 65, and
the percent unbalance = 10 x 65/2235 = 2.9 percent.
21.30
COUPLING END PLAY AND ROTOR FLOAT FOR HORIZONTAL MOTORS
See 20.30.
21.31
BELT, CHAIN, AND GEAR DRIVE
When motors are for belt, chain, or gear drive, the motor manufacturer should be consulted.
21.32
PULSATING ARMATURE CURRENT
When the driven load, such as that of reciprocating-type pumps, compressors, etc., requires a variable
torque during each revolution, it is recommended that the combined installation have sufficient inertia in
its rotating parts to limit the variations in motor armature current to a value not exceeding 66 percent of
full-load current.
NOTEThe basis for determining this variation should be by oscillograph measurement and not by ammeter readings. A line
should be drawn on the oscillogram through the consecutive peaks of the current wave. This line is the envelope of the current
wave. The variation is the difference between the maximum and minimum ordinates of this envelope. This variation should not
exceed 66 percent of the maximum value of the rated full-load current of the motor. (The maximum value of the motor armature
current to be assumed as 1.41 times the rated full-load current.)

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 28
21.33
Section III
TORQUE PULSATIONS DURING STARTING OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS
When operated at other than synchronous speed, all salient-pole synchronous motors develop a
pulsating torque superimposed on the average torque. During starting and acceleration (with no field
excitation applied), the frequency of the torque pulsations is at any instant equal to the per-unit slip times
twice the line frequency. Thus, for a 60-hertz motor, the frequency of the torque pulsation varies from 120
hertz at zero speed to zero hertz at synchronous speed.
Any system consisting of inertias connected by shafting has one or more natural torsional frequencies.
During acceleration by a salient-pole synchronous motor, any torsional natural frequency at or below
twice line frequency will be transiently excited.
When it is desired to investigate the magnitudes of the torques which are transiently imposed upon the
shafting during starting, the instantaneous torque pulsations should be considered in addition to the
average torque.
Synchronous motors are inherently capable of developing transient current and torque considerably in
excess of rated current and torque when exposed to an out-of-phase bus transfer or momentary voltage
interruption and reclosing on the same power supply. The magnitude of this transient torque may range
from 2 to 20 times rated torque and is a function of the machine, operating conditions, switching time,
rotating system inertias and torsional spring constants, number of motors on the bus, etc.
21.34.1 Slow Transfer or Reclosing
A slow transfer or reclosing is defined as one in which the length of time between disconnection of the
motor from the power supply and reclosing onto the same or another power supply is equal to or greater
than one and a half motor open-circuit alternating-current time constant.
It is recommended that slow transfer or reclosing be used so as to limit the possibility of damaging the
motor or driven (or driving) equipment, or both. This time delay permits a sufficient decay in rotor flux
linkages so that the transient current and torque associated with the bus transfer or reclosing will remain
within acceptable levels. When several motors are involved, the time delay should be based on one and a
half times the longest open-circuit time constant of any motor on the system being transferred or
reclosed.
21.34.2 Fast Transfer or Reclosing
A fast transfer or reclosing is defined as one which occurs within a time period (typically between 5 and
10 cycles) shorter than one and a half open circuit alternating-current time constant. In such cases
transfer or reclosure should be timed to occur when the difference between the motor residual voltage
and frequency, and the incoming system voltage and frequency will not result in damaging transients.
The rotating masses of a motor-load system, connected by elastic shafts, constitutes a torsionally
responsive mechanical system which is excited by the motor electromagnetic (air-gap) transient torque
that consists of the sum of an exponentially decaying unidirectional component and exponentially
decaying oscillatory components at several frequencies, including power frequency, slip frequency and
twice slip frequency. The resultant shaft torques may be either attenuated or amplified with reference to
the motor electromagnetic (air-gap) torque, and for this reason it is recommended that the
electromechanical interactions of the motor, the driven equipment, and the power system be studied for
any system where fast transfer or reclosing is used.
The electrical and mechanical parameters required for such a study will be dependent upon the method
of analysis and the degree of detail employed in the study. When requested, the motor manufacturer
should furnish the following and any other information as may be required for the system study:


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
21.34
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 29
a. Synchronous, transient and subtransient reactances and time constants as well as resistances
b. Wk2 of the motor and exciter rotors
c. A detailed shaft model with elastic data, masses, shaft lengths and diameters of different sections
21.34.3 Bus Transfer Procedure
For slow bus transfers, and for fast transfers if the study indicates that the motor will not remain in
synchronism, the following procedures are recommended:
a. Motor with slip ringsRemove the field excitation, reestablish conditions for resynchronizing and
delay transfer or reclosing for one-and-one-half open circuit alternating-current time constants.
b. Brushless motorRemove the exciter field excitation, reestablish conditions for resynchronizing,
and delay transfer or reclosing for one-and-one-half open circuit alternating time constants.
21.35 CALCULATION OF NATURAL FREQUENCY OF SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES DIRECTCONNECTED TO RECIPROCATING MACHINERY
21.35.1 Undamped Natural Frequency
The undamped natural frequency of oscillation of a synchronous machine connected to an infinite system
is:
fn =
35200
n
Pr x f
Wk 2
Where:
fn = natural frequency in cycles per minute
n = synchronous speed in revolutions per minute
Pr = synchronizing torque coefficient (see 21.35.2)
W = weight of all rotating parts in pounds
k = radius of gyration of rotating parts in feet
21.35.2 Synchronizing Torque Coefficient, Pr
When a pulsating torque is applied to its shaft, the synchronous machine rotor will oscillate about its
average angular position in the rotating magnetic field produced by the currents in the stator. As a result
of this oscillation, a pulsating torque will be developed at the air gap, a component of which is
proportional to the angular displacement of the rotor from its average position. The proportionality factor
is the synchronizing torque coefficient, Pr. It is expressed in kilowatts, at synchronous speed, per
electrical radian.
21.35.3 Factors Influencing Pr
The value of Pr, for a given machine, is dependent upon (1) the voltage and frequency of the power
system, (2) the magnitude of the applied load, (3) the operating power factor, (4) the power system
impedance, and (5) the frequency of the torque pulsations. It is recommended that, unless other
conditions are specified, the value of Pr submitted be that corresponding to operation at rated voltage,
frequency, load, and power factor, with negligible system impedance and a pulsation frequency, in cycles
per minute, equal to the rpm for synchronous motors and equal to one-half the rpm for synchronous
generators.
21.36
TYPICAL TORQUE REQUIREMENTS
Typical torque requirements for various synchronous motor applications are listed in Table 21-8. In
individual cases, lower values may be adequate or higher values may be required depending upon the
design of the particular machine and its operating conditions.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 30
Section III
When using Table 21-8, the following should be noted:

a. The locked-rotor and pull-in torque values listed are based upon rated voltage being maintained at
the motor terminals during the starting period. If the voltage applied to the motor is less than the
rated voltage because of a drop in line voltage or the use of reduced-voltage starting, the lockedrotor and pull-in torque values specified should be appropriately higher than the torque values at
rated voltage. Alternatively, the locked-rotor and pull-in torque values listed in the table should be
specified together with the voltage at the motor terminals for each torque value.
b. The locked-rotor and pull-in torque values listed in Table 21-8 are also based upon the selection
of a motor whose rating is such that the normal running load does not exceed rated horsepower. If
a smaller motor is used, correspondingly higher locked-rotor and pull-in torques may be required.
c.
The pull-in torque developed by a synchronous motor is not a fixed value but varies over a wide
range depending upon the Wk2 of its connected load. Hence, to design a motor which will
synchronize a particular load, it is necessary to know the Wk2 of the load as well as the pull-in
torque. For the applications listed in Table 21-8, the Wk2 of the load divided by the normal Wk2 of
load (see 21.12) will usually fall within the range of the values shown in the last column. Where a
rotating member of the driven equipment operates at a speed different from that of the motor, its
Wk2 should be multiplied by the square of the ratio of its speed to the motor speed to obtain the
equivalent inertia at the motor shaft.
d. For some applications, torque values are listed for (a) starting with the driven machine unloaded in
some manner and (b) starting without unloading of the driven machine. Even though the driven
machine is normally unloaded for starting, the higher torque values required for starting under load
may be justified since, with suitable control, this will allow automatic resynchronization following
pull-out due to a temporary overload or voltage disturbance.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
e. The pull-out torque values listed in Table 21-8 take into account the peak loads typical of the
application and include an allowance for usual variations in line voltage. Where severe voltage
disturbances are expected and continuity of operation is important, higher values of pull-out torque
may be justified.
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 31
Table 21-8
TYPICAL TORQUE REQUIREMENTS FOR SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR APPLICATIONS
Item
No.
1
Application
Attrition mills (for grain processing) - starting unloaded ...........
Torques in Percent of Motor

Full-Load Torque
LockedRotor
Pull-In
Pull-Out
100
60
175
Ratio of Wk
of Load to
2
Normal Wk of
Load
3-15
Ball mills (for rock and coal) .....................................................
140
110
175
2-4
Ball mills (for ore) .....................................................................
150
110
175
1.5-4
Banbury mixers ........................................................................
125
125
250
0.2-1
Band mills ................................................................................
40
40
250
50-110
Beaters, standard .....................................................................
125
100
150
3-15
Beaters, breaker ......................................................................
125
100
200
3-15
Blowers, centrifugalstarting with:

a. Inlet or discharge valve closed .............................................
30
40-60*
150
3-30
b. Inlet or discharge valve open ...............................................
30
100
150
3-30
Blowers, positive displacement, rotary - by-passed for starting
30
25
150
3-8
10
Bowl mills (coal pulverizers) - starting unloaded

a. Common motor for mill and exhaust fan ...............................
90
80
150
5-15
b. Individual motor for mill ........................................................
140
50
150
4-10
Chippers - starting empty .........................................................
60
50
250
10-100
30
40-60*
150
3-30
30
100
150
3-30
11
12
13
14
Compressors, centrifugal - starting with:
Compressors, Fuller Company

a. Starting unloaded (by-pass open) ........................................
60
60
150
0.5-2
b. Starting loaded (by-pass closed) ..........................................
60
100
150
0.5-2
Compressors, Nash-Hyotr - starting unloaded ..........................
40
60
150
See page 30 for notes applying to this table
2-4
(Continued)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 32
Section III
Item
No.
15

Full-Load Torque
LockedRotor
Pull-In
Pull-Out
Application
Compressors, reciprocating - starting unloaded
Ratio of Wk
of Load to
2
Normal Wk of
Load
a. Air and gas ...........................................................................
30
25
150
0.2-15
b. Ammonia (discharge pressure 100-250 psi) .........................
30
25
150
0.2-15
c. Freon ...................................................................................
30
40
150
0.2-15
16
Crushers, Bradley-Hercules - starting unloaded .......................
100
100
250
2-4
17
Crushers, cone - starting unloaded ..........................................
100
100
250
1-2
18
Crushers, gyratory - starting unloaded .....................................
100
100
250
1-2
19
Crushers, jaw - starting unloaded .............................................
150
100
250
10-50
20
Crushers, roll - staring unloaded ..............................................
150
100
250
2-3
21
Defibrators (see Beaters, standard)

40
40
250
5-10
30
40-60*
150
5-60
30
100
150
5-60
Fans, centrifugal sintering - starting with inlet gates closed ......
40
100
150
5-60
26
Fans, propeller type - starting with discharge valve open .........
30
100
150
5-60
27
Generators, alternating-current ................................................
20
10
150
2-15
28
Generators, direct-current (except electroplating)

a. 150 kW and smaller .............................................................
20
10
150
2-3
b. Over 150 kW ........................................................................
20
10
200
2-3
29
Generators, electroplating ........................................................
20
10
150
2-3
30
31
50
40
150
2-5
32
Grinders, pulp, single, long magazine-type - starting unloaded

Grinders, pulp, all except single, long magazine-type - starting
unloaded ..................................................................................
Hammer mills - starting unloaded .............................................
40
100
30
80
150
250
1-5
30-60
33
Hydrapulpers, continuous type .................................................
125
125
150
5-15
34
Jordans (see Refiners, conical) ................................................
35
Line shafts, flour mill ................................................................
175
100
150
5-15
36
Line shafts, rubber mill .............................................................
125
110
225
0.5-1
37
Plasticators ..............................................................................
125
125
250
0.5-1
38
Pulverizers, B & W - starting unloaded

a. Common motor for mill and exhaust fan ...............................
105
100
175
20-60
b. Individual motor for mill ........................................................
175
100
175
4-10
22
Disintegrators, pulp (see Beaters, standard)
23
Edgers .....................................................................................
24
Fans, centrifugal (except sintering fans) - starting with:
25
39
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
40
41
Pumps, axial flow, adjustable blade - starting with:

a. Casing dry ............................................................................
5-40**
15
150
0.2-2
b. Casing filled, blades feathered .............................................
5-40**
40
150
0.2-2
Pumps, axial flow, fixed blade - starting with:

a. Casing dry ............................................................................
5-40**
15
150
0.2-2
b. Casing filled, discharge closed .............................................
5-40**
175-250*
150
0.2-2
c. Casing filled, discharge open ...............................................
5-40**
100
150
0.2-2
Pumps, centrifugal, Francis impeller - starting with

a. Casing dry ............................................................................
5-40**
15
150
0.2-2
5-40**
60-80*
150
0.2-2
5-40**
100
150
See page 30 for notes applying to this table.
0.2-2
(Continued)


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 33
43
44
Application
Pumps, centrifugal, radial impeller - starting with:
Ratio of Wk
of Load to
2
Normal Wk of
Load
a. Casing dry ............................................................................
5-40**
15
150
0.2-2
5-40**
40-60*
150
0.2-2
5-40**
100
150
0.2-2
Pumps, mixed flow - starting with:

a. Casing dry ............................................................................
5-40**
15
150
0.2-2
5-40**
82-125*
150
0.2-2
5-40**
100
150
0.2-2
Pumps, reciprocating - starting with:

a. Cylinders dry ........................................................................
40
30
150
0.2-15
b. By-pass open .......................................................................
40
40
150
0.2-15
150
100
150
0.2-15
46
c. No by-pass (three cylinder) ..................................................

Refiners, conical (Jordan, Hydrafiners, Claflins, Mordens) starting with plug out ................................................................
Refiners, disc type - starting unloaded .....................................
50
50
50-100
50
150
150
2-20
1-20
47
Rod mills (for ore grinding) .......................................................
160
120
175
1.5-4
48
Rolling mills
a. Structural and rail roughing mills ..........................................
40
30
300-400
0.5-1
b. Structural and rail finishing mills ...........................................
40
30
250
0.5-1
c. Plate mills ............................................................................
40
30
300-400
0.5-1
d. Merchant mill trains ..............................................................

e. Billet, skelp, and sheet bar mills, continuous, with lay-shaft drive
f. Rod mills, continuous with lay-shaft drive ..............................
60
60
100
40
40
60
250
250
250
0.5-1
0.5-1
0.5-1
g. Hot strip mills, continuous, individual drive roughing stands
50
40
250
0.5-1
h. Tube piercing and expanding mills .......................................
60
40
300-400
0.5-1
i. Tube rolling (plug) mills .........................................................
60
40
250
0.5-1
j. Tube reeling mills ..................................................................
60
40
250
0.5-1
k. Brass and copper roughing mills ..........................................
50
40
250
0.5-1
45
l. Brass and copper finishing mills ............................................
150
125
250
0.5-1
49
Rubber mills, individual drive ....................................................
125
125
250
0.5-1
50
Saws, band (see Band mills)
51
Saws, edger (see Edgers)
52
Saws, trimmer ..........................................................................
40
40
250
5-10
53
Tube mills (see Ball mills)
54
Vacuum pumps, Hytor

a. With unloader .......................................................................
40
30
150
2-4
b. Without unloader ..................................................................
60
100
150
2-4
55
Vacuum pumps, reciprocating - starting unloaded ...................
40
60
150
0.2-15
56
Wood hogs ..............................................................................
60
50
250
30-100
*The pull-in torque varies with the design and operating conditions. The machinery manufacturer should be consulted.
**For horizontal shaft pumps and vertical shaft pumps having no thrust bearing (entire thrust load carried by the motor), the locked-rotor torque
required is usually between 5 and 20 percent, while for vertical shaft machines having their own thrust bearing a locked-rotor torque as high as 40
percent is sometimes required.
The pull-in torque required varies with the design of the refiner. The machinery manufacturer should be consulted. Furthermore, even though 50
percent pull-in torque is adequate with the plug out, it is sometimes considered desirable to specify 100 percent to cover the possibility that a start will
be attempted without complete retraction of the plug.
The pull-out torque varies depending upon the rolling schedule.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Item
No.
42

Full-Load Torque
LockedRotor
Pull-In
Pull-Out
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 34
21.37
Section III
COMPRESSOR FACTORS
The pulsating torque of a reciprocating compressor produces a pulsation in the current which the driving
motor draws from the line. To limit this current pulsation to an acceptable value, the proper Wk2 must be
provided in the rotating parts. Table 21-9 gives data for calculating the amount of Wk2 required.
Table 21-9 lists a wide variety of compressor applications, each representing a compressor of a certain
type together with a set of operating conditions. The application number assigned is for convenient
identification. For each application, the table gives a range of values for the compressor factor, C, which
will limit the current pulsation to 66 percent of motor full-load current (the limit established in 21.33) and
also the range of values which will limit the current pulsation to 40 percent and to 20 percent of motor fullload current. The method of measuring pulsation is also given in 21.32.
The values of compressor factor, C, which are required to keep the current pulsation within specified
limits are determined by the physical characteristics of the compressor, such as number of cylinders,
whether single or double acting, number of stages, crank angle, and weight of reciprocating parts,
together with the operating conditions, such as kind of gas compressed, suction and discharge
pressures, and method of unloading. They are independent of the characteristics of the synchronous
motor used to drive the compressor.
The compressor factor which will be provided by a synchronous motor is a function of the total Wk2 of the
rotating parts (motor, compressor, and flywheel) and certain motor characteristics as given by the
formula:
C=
Where:
0.746 x Wk 2 x (n )4
Pr x f x 10 8
W, k, n, Pr, and f are as defined in 21.36. This means that the total Wk2 must have a
value:
Wk 2 =
C x f x Pr x 10 8
0.746 x (n )4
Where:
C is within the range of acceptable values for the compressor application involved.
For most of the compressor applications listed in Table 21-9, the compressor factor must be within a
single range of values for a given current pulsation. For certain applications, however, two ranges of
values are shown. The lower range is commonly referred to as the loop since it corresponds to a loop or
valley in the curve of current pulsations versus compressor factor for that application.
The motor characteristic, Pr, increases with an increase in line voltage or the excitation current and
decreases with a reduction in these operating variables. Since the compressor factor provided by a motor
varies inversely with the value of Pr, an increase in line voltage or excitation current will reduce the value
of compressor factor provided and vice versa. Hence, if the line voltage or excitation current are expected
to depart appreciably from rated values (on which the value of Pr is based), it may be necessary to take
this into account by placing narrower limits on the range of values for the compressor factor than those
shown in Table 21-9. This is particularly important if the Wk2 selected gives a compressor factor in the
loop since then either an increase or a decrease in the compressor factor may increase the current
pulsation.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 35
The compressor factors in Table 21-9 were calculated from typical values of the physical characteristics
for each type of compressor and, therefore, a compressor factor within the range of values shown will, in
most cases, limit the current pulsation to the value indicated. Particular cases will, however, occur where
a compressor and its operating conditions correspond to one of the applications listed, and yet a
compressor factor within a narrower range must be provided to limit the current pulsation to the value
indicated because the compressor characteristics differ significantly from those assumed.
21.38
Surge withstand capabilities of armature winding shall be as per 20.35.

21.39
21.40
Synchronous motors while running and at rated temperature shall be capable of withstanding a current
equal to 150 percent of the rated current for 30 seconds.
Excess capacity is required for the coordination of the motor with the control and protective devices. The
heating effect in the machine winding varies approximately as the product of the square of the current
and the time for which this current is being carried. The overload condition will thus result in increased
temperatures and a reduction in insulation life. The motor should therefore not be subjected to this
extreme condition for more than a few times in its life.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 36
Section III
Table 21-9
COMPRESSOR FACTORS
Application No.
1
3
5
7
11

21
23
25
Application (Description)
66% Pulsation
Ammonia or Freon - Horizontal - Single-stage - Equal Suction (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi)
One-cylinder, double-acting, single-stage.
14.0 and over
One-cylinder, HDA ammonia or freon compressor half load by using clearance pocket
on head end.
28.0 and over
Two-cylinder, double-acting, single-stage, 90-degree cranks for duplex operation only.
2.0 to 6.0 or
12.0 and over
Two-cylinder, double-acting, single-stage, 90-degree cranks for single-cylinder
operation, with one crank disconnected. (When both cranks are connected and both
cylinders are operating normally, this becomes equivalent to Application 5 and the
current variation will generally be less and will never exceed the values given for
Application 7.)
12.0 and over
Two-cylinder, double-acting, single-stage, 90-degree cranks for duplex operation with
2.0 to 6.0 or
clearance pockets on all cylinder ends, balanced operation at all loads.
12.0 and over
NOTEThe current variation may be 125 percent if unbalanced operation of clearance
pockets is used.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, single-stage, 90-degree cranks, with clearance pockets at
one end of each cylinder to completely unload that cylinder end. (Under balanced
operation with clearance pockets not in use, this becomes equivalent to Application 5
and the current variation will generally be less and will never exceed the values given for
Application 11.
16.0 and over
Ammonia or Freon - Horizontal - Two-stage - Equal Suction (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi)
Two-cylinder, double-acting, 90-degree cranks - no partial capacity operation.
13.0 and over
Two-cylinder, double-acting, 90-degree cranks for duplex operation with clearance
pockets on all cylinder ends and with balanced operation at all loads.
13.0 and over
Two-cylinder, double-acting, two-stage, 90-degree cranks, with clearance pockets at
one end of each cylinder to completely unload that cylinder end. (Under balanced
operation with clearance pockets not in use, this becomes equivalent to Application 21
and the current variation will generally be less and will never exceed the values given for
Application 25.)
17.0 and over
Compressor Factor C
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
20.0 and over
28.0 and over
40.0 and over

3.5 to 4.5 or
14.0 and over
72.0 and over

20.0 and over
14.0 and over

3.5 to 4.5 or
14.0 and over
20.0 and over
21.0 and over
32.5 and over
16.0 and over
23.0 and over
16.0 and over
23.0 and over
23.0 and over
35.5 and over
20.0 and over
(Continued)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 37
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section III
Application No.
41
66% Pulsation
Ammonia or Freon - Vertical - Single-stage - Equal Suction (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi)
Two-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, single-stage, 180-degree cranks. The value of
compressor factor C to use depends upon the weight of reciprocating parts as
determined by factor called Q.
Q=
0.065 x W x R 2 x ( S / 100)
I . Hp.
where W = weight of reciprocating parts per cylinder.

R = crank radius, in feet.
S = revolutions per minute.
I. Hp. = indicated horsepower of both cylinders, total.
For values of Q of 0.2 to 0.4
43
45
47
Compressor Factor C
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation

Two-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 180 degrees, with by-passes at one-third
or one-half of piston stroke, to reduce capacity. By-passes always opened together for
balanced operation.
Two-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 180, single-stage. Half load by closing
inlet valve on one cylinder.
Twin vertical, two-cylinder, single-acting, single-stage, for twin operation only with
cranks of the two compressors set at 90 degrees. (This application consists of two
identical independent compressors, each V.D.S.A. with one motor between arranged for
driving both compressors.)
9.5 or over
8.5 or over
7.5 or over
6.5 or over
14.5 and over

13.0 and over
11.0 and over
9.5 and over
26.0 and over

23.0 and over
19.5 and over
16.5 and over
5.7 or over
8.0 and over
14.0 and over
9 and over
13.5 and over
25.0 and over
40 and over
60.0 and over
111.0 and over
2.5 and over
4.0 and over
7.0 and over
49
Twin vertical, two-cylinder, single-acting, single-stage, with cranks of the two

compressors set at 90 degrees as in Application 47, except when used for single
compressor operation, that is, motor arranged for driving only one compressor. (When
both compressors are operating this becomes equivalent to Application 47 and the
current variation will generally be less and will never exceed the values given for
Application 49.)
51
Three-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, single-stage, cranks at 120 degrees.
6 and over
35.5 and over
8.0 and over

5.5 and over
15.0 and over

9.5 and over
53
Three-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, single-stage, cranks at 120 degrees with bypasses at one-third or one-half of piston stroke, to reduce capacity. By-passes always
opened together for balanced operation.
3.5 and over
5.5 and over
9.5 and over

(Continued)
Section III
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 38

Application No.
55
57
58A
58B
58C

Compressor Factor C
66% Pulsation
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
Ammonia or Freon - Vertical - Single-stage - Equal Suction (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi) (Continued)
Twin, three-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, single-stage for twin operation only with
cranks of the two compressors set at 60 degrees. (This application consists of two
identical independent compressors, with one motor between arranged for driving both
compressors.)
1 and over
2.0 and over
3.5 and over
Twin, three-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, single-stage, cranks of the two compressors
set at 60 degrees as in Application 55 except when used for single compressor
operation, that is, one compressor disconnected. (When both compressors are
operating, this becomes equivalent to Application 55, and the current variation will
generally be less and will never exceed the values given for Application 57.)
6.5 and over
4.0 and over
2.5 and over
Four-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 90 degrees. Operation at full load and no
load only.
2.5 and over
4 and over
7 and over
Four-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 90 degrees. Capacity reduction bypasses on each cylinder operated together for balanced operation at all loads.
2.5 and over
4 and over
7 and over
Four-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 90 degrees with three-step control.
Full load - all cylinders working normally.
Three-quarters load - mid-stroke by-pass open on two cylinders whose cranks are
180 degrees apart.
One half load - mid-stroke by-pass open on all cylinders.
16 and over
11 and over
6 and over
58D
Four-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 90 degrees with three-step control.

Three-quarters load - mid-stroke by-pass open on two cylinders whose cranks are
90 degrees apart.
One half load - mid-stroke by-pass open on all cylinders.
20 and over
25 and over
45 and over
58E
Four-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 90 degrees with five-step control.

Seven-eighths load - mid-stroke by-pass open on one cylinder.
Three-quarters load - mid-strike by-pass open on cylinders whose cranks are 180
degrees apart.
Five-eighths load - mid-stroke by-pass open on three cylinders.
One-half load - mid-stroke by-pass open on all cylinders.
16 and over
20 and over
32 and over
(Continued)

Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 39
61
62
63
64
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Compressor Factor C
66% Pulsation
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
Ammonia or Freon - Split Suction - Horizontal - One-Cylinder - Double-acting (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi)
58F
Four-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 90 degrees with five-step control.
Seven-eighths load - mid-stroke by-pass open on one cylinder.
Three-quarters load - mid-stroke by-pass open on two cylinders whose cranks
are 90 degrees apart
Five-eighths load - mid-stroke by-pass open on three cylinders.
One-half load - mid-stroke by-pass open on all cylinders.
20 and over
26 and over
45 and over
58G
Two-cylinder, vertical, single-acting, cranks at 180 degrees with three-step control.
Full load - both cylinders working normally.
Three-quarters load - mid-stroke by-pass open on one cylinder.
One-half load - mid-stroke by-pass open on two cylinders.
20 and over
26 and over
42 and over
Ammonia or Freon - Split Suction - Horizontal - One-Cylinder - Double-acting (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi)
Pressures Suction
Pressures Suction
Head-end
Crank-end
Discharge
5
20
185
23 and over
32.5 and over
55.0 and over
0
20
185
28 and over
40.0 and over
72.0 and over
20
5
185
26 and over
37.0 and over
65.0 and over
20
0
185
30 and over
43.5 and over
78.0 and over
Ammonia or Freon - Split Suctions - Horizontal - Two-cylinder - Double-acting - Cranks at 90 Degrees (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi)
Pressures Suction
Pressures Suction
Leading Cylinder
Lagging Cylinder
Head-end
Crank-end
Head-end
Crank-end
Discharge
5
20
20
20
185
16.5 and over
22.0 and over
34.5 and over
0
20
20
20
185
19.5 and over
26.5 and over
44.0 and over
20
5
20
20
185
19.0 and over
26.0 and over
42.0 and over
20
0
20
20
185
22.0 and over
30.5 and over
52.0 and over
20
20
5
20
185
14.5 and over
19.0 and over
28.0 and over
20
20
0
20
185
17.0 and over
22.5 and over
36.0 and over
20
20
20
5
185
17.0 and over
22.5 and over
36.0 and over
20
20
20
0
185
20.0 and over
27.5 and over
45.5 and over
5
20
5
20
185
18.0 and over
24.0 and over
39.0 and over
0
20
0
20
185
21.0 and over
29.0 and over
48.5 and over
20
5
20
5
185
21.0 and over
29.0 and over
48.5 and over
20
0
20
0
185
23.0 and over
32.0 and over
55.0 and over
Application No.
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
(Continued)
Section III
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 40

Compressor Factor C
Application No.
66% Pulsation
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
Ammonia or Freon - Split Suctions - Vertical - Two-cylinder - Single-acting - Cranks at 180 Degrees (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi)
Five lbs suction on one cylinder, 20 lbs suction on the other, 185 lbs discharge on both
101
cylinders.
22.5 and over
31.5 and over
54.0 and over
Zero lbs suction on one cylinder, 20 lbs suction on the other, with 185 lbs discharge on
103
both cylinders.
25.0 and over
35.5 and over
62.0 and over
Ammonia or Freon - Split Suctions - Vertical - Three-cylinder - Single-acting (Discharge Pressure 100-250 Psi)
Five lbs suction on one cylinder, 20 lbs suction on both of the other two cylinders, with
121
185 lbs discharge on all cylinders.
16.5 and over
20.0 and over
35.0 and over
Zero lbs suction on one cylinder, 20 lbs suction on both of the other two cylinders, with
123
185 lbs discharge on all three cylinders.
19.5 and over
26.5 and over
44.0 and over
141
143
145

147
148
149
Air-Single-stage (Based on Standard Pressures Not Over 160 Psi)

Single-cylinder, double-acting, single-stage, two-step control.
Full load - both cylinder ends working normally.
No load - all suction valves lifted.
Single-cylinder, double-acting, single-stage, suction valve held open at head-end.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, two-step control.
Full load - all cylinder ends working normally.
No load - operating with all suction valves lifted.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, three-step control.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on both ends of lagging cylinder.
No load - suction valves lifted on both ends of both cylinders.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, three-step control. Cylinders mounted on vertical frame with
cranks at 180 degrees.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on two crank ends, two head ends
working normally.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, five-step control.
Three-quarters load - suction valves lifted on head-end of :lagging: cylinder.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on both ends of lagging cylinder.
One-quarter load - suction valves lifted on both ends of lagging cylinder and
also head-end of leading cylinder.
14.5 and over

40 and over
20.0 and over

60.0 and over
30.0 and over

111.0 and over
3.0 to 5.5 or
12.5 and over
15.5 and over
21.5 and over
14.0 and over

(for worst
condition)
19.0 and over
27.0 and over
9.5 and over
14.5 and over
26.0 and over
25.0 and over

(for worst
condition)
38.0 and over
66.0 and over
(Continued)

Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 41

Compressor Factor C
Application No.
Air-Single-stage (Based on Standard Pressures Not Over 160 Psi) (Continued)
66% Pulsation
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
151
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, with any step unloading by clearance

pockets maintaining balanced operation at all loads.
Four-cylinder, double-acting, tandem duplex (the two cylinders of each frame operated
by a single connecting rod with the cylinders on same side of shaft or on opposite sides
with tie rod), with 90 degrees between the cranks on the two frames, with five-step
control.
Three-quarters load - suction valves lifted on crank-end of one cylinder and
head end of other cylinder on one side.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on head-end on one cylinder, and crankend of other cylinder on both sides.
One-quarter load - all suction valves in both cylinders on one side lifted, and
suction valves on crank-end of one cylinder and head-end of other cylinder
on other side lifted.
Four-cylinder, double-acting, opposed duplex (the two cylinders of each frame on
opposite sides of shaft operated by individual connecting rods driven by a single crank),
with 90 degrees between the cranks of the two frames, with five-step control.
Three-quarters load - suction valves lifted on both head-ends, or both crankends, of one opposed frame.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on all head-ends, or all crank-ends.
One-quarter load - all suction valves lifted on both cylinders of one opposed
frame and on both head-ends , or on both crank-ends of the opposed frame.
Four-cylinder, double-acting, balanced opposite duplex (the two cylinders of each frame
on opposite sides of shaft operated by individual connecting rods and individual cranks
180 degrees apart), with 90 degrees between the cranks of the two frames, with fivestep control.
Three-quarters load - suction valves lifted on head-end of one cylinder, crankend of other cylinder on one opposed frame.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on head-end on one cylinder and crankend of opposed cylinder on each frame.
One-quarter load - all suction valves lifted on both cylinders of one opposed
frame and on head-end of one cylinder and crank-end of the other cylinder on
second opposed frame.
3.0 to 5.5 or
12.5 and over
16.0 and over
21.5 and over
4.5 to 6 or
12.5 and over
16.0 and over
21.5 and over
4.5 and over
6.0 and over
10.0 and over
4.5 to 5.5 or
12.5 and over
16.0 and over
21.5 and over
153
155

157
(Continued)
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 42
Section III

Compressor Factor C
Application No.
Air-Two-stage (Based on Standard Pressures Not Over 160 Psi)
161
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, with two-step control.

Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, with three-step control.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on end of each cylinder (it makes no
difference which end of either cylinder).
No load - all valves lifted.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, with four-step control.
Three-quarters load - head-end of high pressure cylinder and crank-end of low
pressure cylinder on clearance pockets
One-half load - all ends on clearance pockets.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, with any step control. all steps of
unloading accomplished by clearance pockets maintaining balanced operation at all
loads.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, with five step control.
Full load -all cylinder ends working normally.
Three-quarters load - head-end of high-pressure cylinder and crank-end of low
pressure cylinder on clearance pockets.
One-half load - all ends of both cylinders on clearance pockets.
One-quarter load - suction valves lifted on head-end of high-pressure cylinder
and crank-end of low-pressure cylinder. Opposite ends of cylinders on
clearance pockets.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, with five-step control.
Three-quarters load - two head-ends working normally, two crank-ends on
clearance pockets.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on two head-ends. Two crank-ends
working normally.
One-quarter load - suction valves lifted on two head-ends. Two crank-ends on
clearance pockets.
163
165
167
169
171
66% Pulsation
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
4.0 to 5.0 or
13.5 and over
17.5 and over
24.5 and over
26.0 and over

(for worst
condition)
37.0 and over
65.0 and over
13.5 and over

(for worst
condition)
17.5 and over
24.5 and over
17.5 and over
24.5 and over
24.0 and over

(for worst
condition)
34.0 and over
58.5 and over
26.0 and over

(for worst
condition)
38.0 and over
65.0 and over
4.0 to 5.0 or
13.5 and over
(Continued)

Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 43

Compressor Factor C
Application No.
Air-Two-stage (Based on Standard Pressures Not Over 160 Psi) (Continued)
173
Three-cylinder (two low-pressure cylinders in tandem), double-acting, cranks at 90

degrees, two-stage, with five-step control.
Three-quarters load - suction valves lifted on head-end of one low-pressure
cylinder.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on both ends of one low-pressure
cylinder, and on crank-end of high-pressure cylinder.
One-quarter load - suction valves lifted on both ends of one low-pressure
cylinder, one end of other low-pressure cylinder, and crank-end of highpressure cylinder.
Four-cylinder, double-acting, tandem duplex (one high-pressure cylinder and one lowpressure cylinder on each frame operated by a single connecting rod with the cylinders
on same side of shaft, or on opposite sides with a tie rod), with 90 degrees between the
cranks of the two frames, with five-step control.
Three-quarters load - suction valves on head-end of low-pressure cylinder,
and crank-end of high-pressure cylinder, on one side lifted.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on head-ends of both low-pressure
cylinders, and on crank-ends of both high-pressure cylinders.
One-quarter load - all suction valves in both cylinders on one side lifted, and
suction valves on crank-end of low-pressure cylinder and head-end of highpressure cylinder on other side lifted.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, cranks at 90 degrees, with three-step control.
Sixty-percent load - head-ends on clearance pockets.
Two-cylinder, double-acting, single-crank cylinders set at 90 degrees, angle compound
air compressors, full- and no-load only, single-crank.
Twin, two-cylinder, double-acting, compound air compressors, 180 degrees apart, twin
operation only.
175

177
179
181
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
66% Pulsation
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
17.5 and over

(for worst
condition)
23.5 and over
37.5 and over
16.0 and over
21.5 and over
4.5 to 6.0 or
12.5 and over
(for worst
condition)
3.0 to 5.0 or
13.5 and over
(for worst
condition)
3.5 to 7.0 or
11.5 and over
17.5 and over
24.5 and over
14.0 and over
19.0 and over
2.0 and over
3.5 and over
5.0 and over

(Continued)

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 44
Section III

Compressor Factor C
Application No.
Air-Two-stage (Based on Standard Pressures Not Over 160 Psi) (Continued)
183
Four-cylinder, double-acting, opposed duplex (one high-pressure cylinder and one lowpressure cylinder on each frame on opposite sides of shaft and operated by individual
connecting rods driven by a single crank), with 90 degrees between the cranks of the
two frames, with five-step control.
Three-quarters load - crank-ends of all cylinders on clearance pockets, all
other cylinder ends working normally.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on crank-ends all cylinders, all other
cylinder ends working normally.
One-quarter load - suction valves lifted on head-ends all cylinders, the crankends of all cylinders on clearance pockets.
Four-cylinder, double-acting, balanced opposed duplex (one high-pressure cylinder and
one low-pressure cylinder on each frame on opposite sides of shaft and operated by
individual connecting rods and individual cranks 180 degrees apart), with 90 degrees
between the cranks of the two frames, with five-step control.
Three-quarters load - head-end of high-pressure cylinder and crank-end of low
pressure cylinder on both frames on clearance pockets, all other cylinder ends
working normally.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on all cylinder ends on one opposed
frame, the cylinders of other opposed frames working normally.
One-quarter load - suction valves lifted on all cylinder ends of one opposed
frame, the head-end of high-pressure cylinder and crank-end of low-pressure
cylinder on clearance pockets and opposite ends of same cylinders working
normally.
Two-cylinder (cylinders mounted on vertical fame with cranks at 180 degrees), doubleacting, with three-step control.
Full load - both cylinders working normally.
One-half load - suction valves lifted on two crank-ends, two head-ends
working normally.
187

189
66% Pulsation
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
4.5 to 5.5 or
12.5 and over
16.0 and over
21.5 and over
13.0 and over
16.5 and over
23.0 and over
13.0 and over
16.5 and over
23.0 and over

(Continued)

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 45
Compressor Factor C
Application No.
66% Pulsation
40% Pulsation
20% Pulsation
CO2 - Horizontal - Single-cylinder - Double-acting - Single-stage (Based on 300 to 450 Psi suction and 900 to 1500 Psi Discharge Pressure)
Piston Rod Diameter in Percent of
Percent
Piston Diameter
Unbalance
191
30
4
18 and over
24.0 and over
39.5 and over
192
40
21 and over
28.5 and over
49.0 and over
193
50
12
25 and over
35.5 and over
62.0 and over
194
60
18
30 and over
43.5 and over
78.0 and over
CO2 - Horizontal - Two-cylinder - Double-acting - Single-stage, with Cranks at 90 Degrees (Based on 300 to 450 Psi suction and 900 to 1500 Psi Discharge Pressure)
Piston Rod Diameter in Percent of
Percent
Piston Diameter
Unbalance
211
30
2
14 and over
18.0 and over
26.0 and over
212
40
17 and over
23.0 and over
35.5 and over
213
50
20 and over
27.0 and over
45.0 and over

214
60
9
23 and over
32.0 and over
55.0 and over
CO2 - Horizontal - Two-cylinder - Double-acting - Single-stage, with Cranks at 180 Degrees (Based on 300 to 450 Psi suction and 900 to 1500 Psi Discharge Pressure)
231
All. (The unbalance of one cylinder is offset by that of the other cylinder.)
8.5 and over
13.5 and over
23.0 and over
CO2 - Horizontal or Vertical - Two-cylinder - Double-acting - Single-stage (Based on 300 to 450 Psi suction and 900 to 1500 Psi Discharge Pressure)
Compressor with 30-percent clearance pockets each head-end, any unloading, with
251
cranks at 180 degrees.
17 and over
23.0 and over
36.5 and over
CO2 - Horizontal or Vertical - Three-cylinder - Double-acting - Single-stage (Based on 300 to 450 Psi suction and 900 to 1500 Psi Discharge Pressure)
271
273
291
293
295
Compressors without clearance pockets balanced operation.

Compressor with 30-percent clearance pockets on each head-end, any unloading.
2.0 and over

3.5 and over
3.5 to 7.0 or
12.0 and over
14.5 and over
CO2 - Vertical - Single-stage - Equal suction (Based on 300 to 450 Psi suction and 900 to 1500 Psi Discharge Pressure)
5.0 and over

21.0 and over
Two-cylinder, single-acting, with cranks at 180 degrees.

Twin, two-cylinder, single-acting, for twin operation only, with cranks of the two
compressors set at 90 degrees.
9 and over
14.0 and over
25.0 and over
2.5 and over
4.0 and over
7.0 and over
Twin, Two-cylinder, single-acting, with cranks of the two machines set at 90 degrees as
in Application 293, except when used for single compressor operation, that is, motor
arranged for driving only one compressor. (When both compressors are operating this
becomes equivalent to Application 293 and the current variation will generally be less
and will never exceed the values given for Application 295.
6.0 and over
8.0 and over
15.0 and over
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 21, Page 46
Section III
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1
Part 23

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
LARGE MACHINESDC MOTORS
LARGER THAN 1.25 HORSEPOWER PER RPM, OPEN TYPE
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 1
Section III
LARGE MACHINES
Part 23
CLASSIFICATION
23.1
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 23 of Section III cover direct-current motors built in frames larger than that
having a continuous dripproof rating, or equivalent capacity, of 1.25 horsepower per rpm, open type.
23.3
METAL ROLLING MILL MOTORS
These motors are designed particularly for metal rolling mill service (except for reversing hot-mill service,
see 23.4) and are known as either Class N or Class S metal rolling mill motors. They may be designed for
operation with a single direction of rotation (nonreversing) or, if required, they may be designed for either
direction of rotation (reversing). These motors differ in design from general industrial motors because of
the requirements for this service which are as follows:
a. Continuous overload capability (see 23.10.2)
b. Heavy mechanical construction
c. High momentary overload (see 23.10)
d. Close speed regulation
23.3.1 Class N Metal Rolling Mill Motors
Class N metal rolling mill motors are normally designed for operation at a given base speed but, when
specified, may be designed for operation at speeds above base speeds by field weakening as indicated
in Table 23-3 and Table 23-5.
23.3.2 Class S Metal Rolling Mill Motors
Still higher speeds than those attained for Class N metal rolling mill motors by field weakening can be
obtained, when specified, on metal rolling mill motors by using higher strength material, additional
banding, and bracing. Such motors are known as Class S metal rolling mill motors. The maximum speeds
recommended for operation of these motors are given in Table 23-4 and Table 23-6.
23.4
REVERSING HOT MILL MOTORS
These motors are designed particularly for application to reversing hot mills, such as blooming and
stabbing mills. They are characterized by:
a. No continuous overload capability
b. Mechanical construction suitable for rapid reversal and for the sudden application of heavy loads
c. Higher momentary overload capacity (see 23.10.3)


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
23.2
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MOTORS
These motors are designed for all general industrial service (excepting metal rolling mill service) and may
be designed, when specified, for operation at speeds above base speed by field weakening as indicated
in Table 23-3 and Table 23-5.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 2
Section III
RATINGS
23.5
BASIS OF RATING
Direct-current motors covered by this Part 23 shall be rated on a continuous-duty basis unless otherwise
specified. The rating shall be expressed in horsepower available at the shaft at rated speed (or speed
range) and voltage.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 3
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section III
23.6
HORSEPOWER, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS
23.6.1 General Industrial Motors and Metal Rolling Mill Motors, Classes N and S
Horsepower, base speed, and voltage ratings for these motors shall be those shown in Table 23-1.
Table 23-1
Hp
250
850
...
650
...
500
...
450
...
400
...
350
...
300
...
250
...
300
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
400
...
...
...
...
...
...
500
...
...
...
...
...
600
...
...
...
700
...
...
800
...
...
Base Speed, Rpm

175
150
125
A
A
A
225
...
200
...
110
A
100
A
90
...
80
...
70
...
65
...
60
...
55
...
50
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...

900
...
1000
...
1250
C*
1500
C*
C*
C*
1750
C*
C*
2000
...
C*
C*
C*
2250
...
C*
C*
C*
C*
2500
...
C*
C*
C*
C*
C*
3000
...
...
C*
C*
C*
C*
C*
3500
...
...
...
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
4000
...
...
...
...
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
4500
...
...
...
...
...
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
5000
...
...
...
...
...
...
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
6000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
7000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
8000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
D*
*These ratings are based on forced ventilation.

A indicates voltage rating at either 250 or 500 volts.
B indicates voltage ratings at either 250, 500, or 700 volts.
C indicates voltage rating at either 500 or 700 volts
D indicates voltage rating at 700 volts, only.

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 4
Section III
23.6.2 Reversing Hot Mill Motors

Horsepower, base speed, and voltage ratings for these motors shall be those shown in Table 23-2.
Table 23-2
Base Speed, Rpm
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Hp
200
175
150
125
110
100
90
80
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
500
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
600
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
700
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
800
...
...
...
...
...
...
900
...
...
...
...
...
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
C
C
2250
2500
...
3000
...
...
3500
...
...
...
4000
...
...
...
4500
...
...
...
...
5000
...
...
...
...
...
6000
...
...
...
...
...
...
7000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
8000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
9000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
C indicates voltage rating at either 500 or 700 volts.

D indicates voltage rating at 700 volts, only.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 5
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section III
23.7
SPEED RATINGS BY FIELD CONTROL FOR 250-VOLT DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
Speed ratings by field control shall be permitted to vary between the base speed and the speeds listed in Tables 23-3 and 23-4.
Table 23-3
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MOTORS (SEE 23.2) AND METAL ROLLING MILL MOTORS, CLASS N (SEE 23.3)
Base Speed, Rpm
650
500
450
400
350
Hp
300
250
225
200
175
150
125
110
100
Speed by Field Control, Rpm - Nonreversing Service*
250
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
725
660
585
540
510
300
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
820
760
700
630
560
520
490
400
...
...
...
...
...
910
810
765
710
650
595
525
490
460
500
...
...
...
...
930
855
765
720
670
615
565
500
465
440
600
...
...
990
940
880
805
725
690
640
590
540
480
445
425
700
...
975
935
890
830
765
690
655
615
560
515
460
430
410

800
...
925
890
840
795
735
660
630
590
540
500
450
420
395
900
1000
875
845
800
760
700
630
605
570
525
480
435
405
385
1000
965
840
800
770
725
675
615
585
550
505
460
420
395
370
175
150
125
110
100
Table 23-4
METAL ROLLING MILL MOTORS, CLASS S (SEE 23.3)
Base Speed, Rpm
650
500
450
400
350
Hp
300
250
225
200
250
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
850
775
690
640
600
300
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
960
890
820
745
660
615
580
400
...
...
...
...
...
1060
950
890
830
765
695
620
575
545
500
...
...
...
...
1075
990
890
840
785
720
660
590
550
520
600
...
...
1135
1080
1010
930
840
800
745
690
630
565
525
500
700
...
1105
1070
1020
960
885
800
760
715
660
600
540
505
480
800
...
1040
1010
960
910
840
765
730
685
630
580
525
490
465
900
1110
985
950
915
870
805
735
700
660
610
560
510
475
450
1000
1050
935
905
870
830
775
710
675
640
590
540
490
460
435
*Speed ratings by field control of motors designed for reversing service (operation with either direction of rotation) shall be permitted to vary between the base speed and a speed
equal to 90 percent of the value listed in the table.
NOTEThe speeds indicated in the above tables take into consideration both electrical and mechanical limitations. Operation at speeds above those indicated by increasing the
armature voltage is not recommended.
Section III
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 6
23.8
SPEED RATINGS BY FIELD CONTROL FOR 500- OR 700-VOLT DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
Speed ratings by field control shall be permitted to vary between the base speed and the speeds listed in Tables 23-5, 23-6, and 23-7. (See 23.6
for the voltage ratings for the horsepower ratings listed.)
Table 23-5
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MOTORS (SEE MG 23.2) AND METAL ROLLING MILL MOTORS, CLASS N (SEE 23.3)

90
80
70
65
60
55
50
1140
1090
1020
960
910
Base Speed, Rpm

250
225
200
175
150
125
110
100
1030
960
890
820
730
645
590
550
990
920
855
790
700
620
570
530
920
860
800
735
655
580
540
500
870
810
750
700
625
550
510
480
830
775
720
660
590
530
490
455
...
...
...
450
430
...
...
...
...
400
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
940
900
870
840
770
720
870
830
805
780
720
670
790
760
730
710
660
610
740
710
690
660
620
580
690
660
640
620
575
540
640
610
590
570
530
500
570
550
530
515
480
450
510
490
475
460
430
410
470
450
440
425
400
380
440
425
410
400
385
355
415
400
385
375
350
330
385
370
360
350
330
310
350
340
330
320
300
285
...
315
305
295
280
265
...
300
285
275
260
250
...
...
260
255
240
230
...
...
...
240
225
215
670
630
600
570
510
470
630
590
560
535
490
445
575
540
515
490
450
410
540
515
490
470
430
395
510
485
460
440
405
380
475
450
430
410
380
350
430
410
390
370
340
320
358
370
350
340
315
295
360
340
330
315
295
275
340
320
310
300
280
260
315
300
290
280
260
245
300
285
275
260
245
230
270
260
250
240
225
210
250
240
230
225
210
200
235
225
220
210
200
190
220
210
205
200
190
180
205
200
195
190
180
170
850
650
500
450
400
350
300
Hp
250
300
400
500
600
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1400
1330
...
...
1290
1220
1160
...
...
1250
1170
1120
...
...
1200
1110
1060
...
1190
1110
1040
980
700
800
900
1000
1250
1500
1370
1320
1270
1220
1115
1030
1270
1220
1170
1130
1030
960
1110
1070
1030
990
920
850
1065
1020
980
950
870
810
1010
970
930
900
830
770
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
960
...
...
...
...
...
900
840
795
750
...
...
800
750
710
675
610
...
760
720
680
650
585
530
720
675
640
600
540
490
4000
...
...
...
...
450
430
410
380
365
350
330
300
275
260
250
235
220
200
190
180
170
160
4500
...
...
...
...
...
390
380
355
340
330
310
285
260
245
235
220
205
190
180
170
165
155
5000
...
...
...
...
...
...
350
330
320
310
290
270
250
235
225
210
195
180
170
165
160
150
6000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
260
240
225
210
205
190
180
165
155
150
145
140
7000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
220
205
195
190
175
165
155
145
140
135
130
8000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
190
180
170
160
150
140
135
130
128
125
NOTEThe speeds indicated in Table 23-5 take into consideration both electrical and mechanical limitations. Operation at speeds above those indicated by increasing the armature
voltage is not recommended.

Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 7
Table 23-6
METAL ROLLING MILL MOTORS, CLASS S (SEE 23.3)

90
80
70
65
60
55
50
1340
1280
1200
1120
1060
Base Speed, Rpm

250
225
200
175
150
125
110
100
1200 1130 1050
965
860
760
700
650
1160 1085 1010
930
825
730
675
625
1075 1010
940
860
775
680
635
590
1020
950
880
820
735
650
600
565
965
905
840
775
695
620
575
535
...
...
...
525
505
...
...
...
...
470
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1085
1030
1000
960
875
820
1010
960
930
900
825
765
915
880
850
820
765
700
860
825
800
765
715
670
805
770
745
720
670
625
740
710
685
660
615
580
670
645
620
600
560
525
600
575
555
540
500
475
550
530
515
500
470
440
515
500
480
470
450
415
490
470
450
435
410
385
455
435
420
400
385
365
410
400
390
375
350
335
...
370
360
350
325
310
...
350
335
325
300
295
...
...
310
300
285
270
...
...
...
275
265
255
755
720
670
635
565
515
720
670
635
600
540
490
660
625
585
550
510
460
620
590
560
530
485
445
585
555
525
500
460
430
550
520
490
465
430
395
500
475
450
425
390
365
445
430
405
390
360
335
415
395
380
365
340
315
395
370
360
345
325
300
365
350
335
325
300
285
350
330
320
300
280
265
315
300
290
280
260
240
295
285
270
260
245
230
275
265
255
245
230
220
260
245
240
235
220
210
240
235
230
220
210
200
850
650
500
450
400
350
300
Hp
250
300
400
500
600
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1590
1500
...
...
1480
1400
1320
...
...
1440
1350
1280
...
...
1390
1310
1220
...
1390
1290
1210
1130
700
800
900
1000
1250
1500
1510
1460
1400
1330
1210
1100
1420
1330
1310
1260
1140
1050
1260
1215
1165
1120
1040
950
1210
1160
1110
1080
1020
920
1160
1110
1060
1025
1000
870
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
1030
...
...
...
...
...
980
910
855
800
...
...
885
830
785
740
660
...
850
800
750
710
635
570
810
755
715
665
590
530
4000
...
...
...
...
480
465
450
420
405
395
370
335
310
295
285
270
250
230
220
210
195
185
4500
...
...
...
...
...
420
410
390
375
355
340
320
295
280
270
250
235
220
205
195
190
180
5000
...
...
...
...
...
...
370
360
350
340
320
300
280
265
255
240
225
210
195
190
185
175
6000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
285
265
250
240
230
215
205
190
180
170
165
160
7000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
240
230
220
215
195
185
175
165
160
155
150
8000
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
210
200
190
180
170
160
155
150
145
140
Table 23-7
REVERSING HOT MILL MOTORS (SEE 23.4)
Base Speed, Rpm
200
175
150
125
110
100
90
80
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
120
110
100
90
80
70
60

400
350
300
250
220
200
180
160
140
130
NOTEThe speeds indicated in Tables 23-6 and 23-7 take into consideration both electrical and mechanical limitations. Operation at speeds above those indicated by increasing the
armature voltage is not recommended.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section III
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 8

23.9
TEMPERATURE RISE
The observable temperature rise under rated-load conditions of each of the various parts of the motor, above the temperature of the cooling air, shall not
exceed the values given in the following table. The temperature of the cooling air is the temperature of the external air as it enters the ventilating openings
of the machine, and the temperature rises given in the table are based on a maximum temperature of 40oC for this external air. Temperatures shall be
determined in accordance with IEEE Std 113.1
OBSERVABLE TEMPERATURE RISES, DEGREES C
Metal Rolling Mill Service
Metal Rolling Mills,
Excluding Reversing Hot Mills
General Industrial Service
Semi-enclosed
Continuous Rated
100% Load
Insulation Class
Item
1
2
3
4
5
Machine Part
Method of
Temperature
Determination*
Forced-ventilated or
Totally-enclosed Water-air-cooled
Continuous Rated
2 Hours
100% Load
125% Load
Insulation Class
Insulation Class
Totally-enclosed
Continuous Rated
100% Load
Insulation Class
Reversing
Hot Mills
Forcedventilated or
Totally-enclosed
Water-air-cooled
Continuous Rated
100% Load
Insulation Class
Armature windings and all other

windings other than those given in
Thermometer
50
70
90
110
55
75
95
115
40
60
75
55
75
95
50
70
items 2 and 3
Resistance
70
100
130
155
70
100
130
155
60
90
110
80
110
135
70
100
Multilayer field windings
Resistance
70
100
130
155
70
100
130
155
70
100
120
80
110
135
70
100
Single-layer field windings with
exposed uninsulated surfaces and
Thermometer
60
80
105
130
65
85
110
135
50
70
90
65
85
110
60
80
bare copper windings
130
Resistance
70
100
155
70
100
130
155
60
90
110
80
110
135
70
100
Commutator and collector rings
Thermometer
65
85
105
125
65
85
105
125
55
75
90
65
85
105
65
85
The temperatures attained by cores, commutators, and miscellaneous parts (such as brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
*Where two methods of temperature measurement are listed, a temperature rise within the values listed in the table measured by either method demonstrates conformity with the standard.
Temperature limits apply at end of 2-hour operation at 125-percent load following operation at rated load long enough to reach a stable temperature.
NOTE 1 - See 1.65 for description of classes of insulation.
o
NOTE 2 - Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if the ambient temperature of 40 C is exceeded in regular operation.
1 See 1.1.
H
90
130
130
105
130
105
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 9

The temperature rises given in 23.9 are based on a reference ambient temperature of 40oC. However, it
is recognized that dc motors may be required to operate in an ambient temperature higher than 40oC. For
successful operation of the motors in ambient temperatures higher than 40oC, the temperature rises of
the motors given in 23.9 shall be reduced by the number of degrees that the ambient temperature
exceeds 40oC.
a. On machines designed for cooling water temperature of 5oC to 30oCthe temperature of the air
b. On machines designed for higher cooling water temperaturesthe temperature of the air leaving
the coolers shall be permitted to exceed 40oC provided the temperature rises for the machine
parts are then limited to values less than those given in 23.9 by the number of degrees that the
temperature of the air leaving the coolers exceeds 40oC.)
temperature rises, as checked by tests at low altitudes, shall be less than those listed in 23.9 by 1 percent
of the specified temperature rise for each 330 feet (100 meters) of altitude in excess of 3300 feet (1000
meters).
23.9.3 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40o C, but Not Below
0o C*
The temperature rises given in 23.9 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40C to cover
most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled dc motors may be operated in
environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always be less than 40C. When an
air-cooled dc motor is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C then the allowable temperature
rises in 23.9 shall be increased according to the following:
a) For dc motors for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 23.9 is less than or equal to 5C then the temperature rises given in
23.9 shall be increased by the amount of the difference between 40oC and the lower marked ambient
temperature.

Where:
A
120

B
F
150
180
H
205
*Note: This requirement does not include water-cooled machines.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b) For dc motors for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in 23.9 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises given in 23.9
shall be increased by the amount calculated from the following expression:
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 10
Section III

For example: A dc motor for general industrial service with a Class F insulation system and using
resistance as the method of determining the rated temperature rise is marked for use in an ambient
with a maximum temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference Temperature is 180oC
and from 23.9 the Temperature Rise Limit is 130oC. The allowable Increase in Rise to be added to
180 o C 40 O C + 130 O C
O
= 13 C
O
80 C
equal to the sum of the Temperature Rise Limit from 23.9 and the calculated Increase in Rise. For
this example that total is 130oC + 13oC = 143oC.
23.10 OVERLOAD CAPABILITY
23.10.1 General Industrial Motors
These motors shall be capable of carrying, with successful commutation, the following momentary
(1 minute) loads:
Percent of Rated Horsepower Load
Percent of Base Speed*
Occasionally Applied**
Frequently Applied**
100
150
140
200
150
130
300 and over
140
125
*At intermediate speeds the variation in momentary load capability is linear with respect to speed.
**See 23.11.
These motors have no continuous overload capability.

23.10.2 Metal Rolling Mill Motors (Excluding Reversing Hot Mill Motors)Open, Forced-Ventilated,
and Totally Enclosed Water-Air-Cooled
These motors shall be capable of carrying, with successful commutation, the following loads:
a. 115 percent of rated-horsepower load continuously at rated voltage, throughout the rated-speed
range. Under this load, the temperature rises will be higher and other characteristics may differ
from those specified for operation under rated conditions
b. 125 percent of rated-horsepower load for 2 hours at rated voltage throughout the rated-speed
range, following continuous operation at rated load, without exceeding the temperature rises
specified in 23.9 for this operating condition. Other characteristics may differ from those specified
for operation under rated conditions
c. The following momentary (1 minute) loads:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Percent of Base Speed*

100
Percent of Rated Horsepower Load

Occasionally Applied**
Frequently Applied**
200
175
200
200
160
300 and over
175
140
*At intermediate speeds the variation in momentary load capability is linear with respect to speed.
**See 23.11.


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 11
23.10.3 Reversing Hot Mill MotorsForced-Ventilated and Totally Enclosed Water-Air-Cooled

These motors shall be capable of carrying, with successful commutation, the following momentary (1minute) loads:
Occasionally Applied Load*
Percent of Rated
Percent of Rated
Base Speed Torque
Horsepower
275
256
...
...
199
248.5
162
242.5
135
236.5
Percent of Base
Speed
93**
95**
125
150
175
Frequently Applied Load*

Percent of Rated
Percent of Rated
Base Speed Torque
Horsepower
...
...
225
214
166
207.5
135
202
112
196.5
200
115
230
95.5
191
225
99.5
224
82.5
185.5
250
87.5
218
72
180
275
77
212
63.5
174.5
300
68.5
206
56.3
169
*See 23.11.
**Approximate speed attained at load shown with motor field adjusted for 100-percent base speed at 100-percent load.
These motors have no continuous overload capability.

23.11 MOMENTARY LOAD CAPACITY
Occasionally applied momentary load capacity denotes the ability of a motor to carry loads in excess of
its continuous rating for a period not to exceed 1 minute on an infrequent or emergency basis. It is
recommended that the circuit breaker instantaneous-trip setting correspond to the occasionally applied
momentary load capacity.
Frequently applied momentary load capacity denotes the ability of the motor to carry loads in excess of its
rating on a repetitive basis, such as a part of a regular duty cycle.
Operation at the momentary load capacity should be followed by light load operation such that the rms
load value of the complete load cycle does not exceed the continuous motor rating. Also, the time of
operation at momentary load capacity must be limited to a period such that the rated temperature rise is
not exceeded to ensure that the insulation life is not reduced.
Successful commutation is attained if neither the brushes nor the commutator are burned or injured in the
conformance test or in normal service to the extent that abnormal maintenance is required. The presence
of some visible sparking is not necessarily evidence of unsuccessful commutation.
23.13 EFFICIENCY
Efficiency and losses shall be in accordance with IEEE Std 113. The efficiency shall be determined at
rated output, voltage, and speed. In the case of adjustable-speed motors, the base speed shall be used
unless otherwise specified.
b. I2R loss of series windings
c. I2R loss of shunt field
d. Core loss
e. Stray load loss

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 12
i.
j.
Section III
Ventilating loss
equal to an ambient temperature of 25oC plus the observed rated-load temperature rise measured by
resistance. Where the rated-load temperature rise has not been measured, the resistance of the winding
A
B
F
H
Temperature, Degree C
85
110
135
155
If the rated temperature rise is specified as that of a lower class insulation system (e.g., motors for metal
rolling mill service), the temperature for resistance correction shall be that of the lower insulation class.
23.14 TYPICAL REVERSAL TIME OF REVERSING HOT MILL MOTORS
The maximum time typically required for reversing hot mill motors to reverse their direction of rotation,
when operating at no load and with suitable control and power supply, is given in the following table:
Motor Speed (Forward and Reverse),
Reversal Time,
Percent of Base Speed
Seconds
Horsepower x base speed (rpm) not over 250,000 and speed ratio not over 2:1
100
1.5
150
2.5
200
Horsepower x base speed (rpm) over 250,000 or speed ratio over 2:1
100
150
200
240
300
12
23.15 IMPACT SPEED DROP OF A DIRECT-CURRENT MOTOR

The impact speed drop of a direct-current motor is defined as the initial transient speed drop (from the
time of impact to the first point of zero slope on the transient speed-time curve), expressed as a
percentage of the speed prior to the speed change, when full load is suddenly applied under conditions of
fixed line and shunt field excitation voltages while the motor is operating at no-load and rated voltage with
shunt field excitation required to produce rated base speed at rated load and rated voltage.
NOTEIn actual operation, the resultant speed drop of the motor is affected by the stability of the applied voltage, the added
inertia of the connected load and the operation of any control equipment.
23.16 OVERSPEED
Direct-current motors shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to exceed 2 minutes, they will
withstand an overspeed of 25 percent above rated full-load speed without mechanical injury.
1 In the case of motors furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the motor itself shall
be included in the efficiency calculation. Alternatively, a calculated value of efficiency, including bearing loss due to external thrust
In the case of motors furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses which are representative of the
actual installation shall be determined by (1) calculation or (2) experience with shop test bearings, and shall be included in the

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 13
23.17 VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE

23.17.1 Steady State
Direct-current motors covered by this Part 23 shall operate successfully at rated load up to and including
110 percent of rated direct-current armature or field voltage, or both, provided the maximum speed is not
exceeded.
Performance within this voltage variation will not necessarily be in accordance with the standards
established for operation at rated voltage. For operation below base speed at reduced armature voltage,
see 23.27.
23.17.2 Transient Voltages of Microsecond Duration
Direct-current motors shall withstand transient peak voltages of 160 percent of rated voltage for repetitive
transients and 200 percent of rated voltage for random transients.
23.18 FIELD DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS
The following data for direct-current motors may be required by the control manufacturer:
a. Manufacturers name
b. Requisition or order number
c. Frame designation
d. Serial number
e. Horsepower output
f. Shunt or compound-wound
g. Rated speed in rpm
h. Rated voltage
i. Rated current
j. Excitation voltage
k. Resistance of shunt field at 25C
l. Field amperes to obtain:
100% speed at full load ....................
____ speed at full load ....................
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NOTEThe above table is to be followed only up to the speed that agrees with the maximum speed rating of the motor.
Indicate if values given are calculated or taken from tests.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 14
Section III
23.19 ROUTINE TESTS

The following tests shall be performed in accordance with IEEE Std 113:
a. Measurement of resistance of all windings
b. Potential drop and polarity of field coils
c. Brush setting
d. Commutation adjustment
e. Speed-limit-switch adjustment
f. Air gap measurement
g. High-potential test in accordance with 23.20
23.20 HIGH-POTENTIAL TEST
See 3.1.
voltage of the machine.
23.21 MECHANICAL VIBRATION
See Part 7.
23.22 METHOD OF MEASURING THE MOTOR VIBRATION
See 7.7, except that series motors shall be checked at rated operating speed only.
23.23 CONDITIONS OF TEST FOR SPEED REGULATION
For conditions of test for speed regulation, see IEEE Std 113.
MANUFACTURING
Horsepower output
Time rating
Temperature rise1
Rpm at rated load
Voltage
Amperes at rated load
Windingshunt, compound, or series
1 As an alternative marking, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following.

a. Maximum ambient temperature for which the machine is designed.
b. Insulation system designation (if field and armature use different classes of insulation systems, both insulation systems shall
be given, that for the field being given first).


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 15
APPLICATION DATA
23.25 SERVICE CONDITIONS
23.25.1 General
Motors should be properly selected with respect to their service conditions, usual or unusual, both of
explosion.
Although experience of the user may often be the best guide, the manufacturer of the driven equipment
and the motor manufacturer should be consulted for further information regarding any unusual service
conditions which increase the mechanical or thermal duty on the machine and, as a result, increase the
chances for failure and consequent hazard. This further information should be considered by the user, his
consultants, or others most familiar with the details of the application involved when making the final
decision.
a. An ambient temperature in the range of 0oC to 40oC or, when water cooling is used, in the range
of 5oC to 40oC
c. A location or supplementary enclosures, if any, such that there is no serious interference with the
ventilation of the motor
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. Exposure to:
ventilation
growth of fungus


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 16
Section III
b. Operation where:
1. There is excessive departure from rated voltage (see 23.17)
c. Operation at:
1. Speeds above highest rated speed
2. Standstill with any winding continuously energized
23.26 OPERATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS ON RECTIFIED ALTERNATING CURRENT
23.26.1 General
When a direct-current motor is operated from a rectified alternating-current supply, its performance may
differ materially from that of the same motor when operated from a direct-current source of supply having
the same effective value of voltage. At the same load, its temperature rise, speed regulation, and noise
level may be increased, and successful commutation may not be achieved. The degree of difference will
depend upon the effect of the rectified voltage on the motor current and is more likely to be significant
when the rectifier pulse number is less than 6 or when the rectifier current is phase controlled to produce
an output voltage of 85 percent or less of the maximum possible rectified output voltage.
23.26.2 Operation on Power Supply with Ripple
If the power supply for a direct-current motor has a continuous pulsation or ripple in its output voltage, a
similar ripple will appear in the motor armature current. The performance standards for direct-current
motors in this Part 23 are based upon operation from a direct-current source of supply, such as a
generator or battery, and do not necessarily apply if the magnitude of the ripple current (peak-to-peak),
expressed in percent of rated-load current, exceeds six percent at rated load, rated armature voltage, and
rated base speed.
The inductance of the motor armature winding is a major component of the impedance limiting the flow of
ripple current. The approximate inductance in henries can be calculated from the formula:
La =
19.1 x Vo
x Cx
P x N1 x Ia
Where:
La = Armature circuit inductance in henries
Vo = Rated motor voltage in volts
P = Number of poles
N1 = Base speed in rpm
Ia = Rated motor current in amperes
Cx = Per unit value of armature circuit reactance at base speed frequency. (Typically, the armature
circuit reactance, at base speed frequency, has a per unit value which will equal or exceed 0.1
for motors having compensating windings and 0.4 for motors without compensating windings.)
Since the value of Cx varies with machine construction, the armature circuit inductance calculated by this
formula is an approximation.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 17
The manufacturer should be contacted if a more accurate value of the saturated inductance is required.
Besides the armature circuit inductance, the current ripple calculation may include the effects of cable
inductance, series inductor(s) (either integral with, or separate from, the power supply), and the
inductance of the supply transformer.
23.26.3 Bearing Currents
When a direct-current motor is operated from some unfiltered rectifier power supplies, bearing currents
may result. Ripple currents, transmitted by capacitive coupling between the rotor winding and core, may
flow to ground. While these currents are small in magnitude, they may cause damage to either antifriction
or sleeve bearings under certain circumstances. It is recommended that manufacturers be consulted to
determine whether bearing currents may be a problem and, if so, what measures can be taken to
minimize them.
23.27
OPERATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS BELOW BASE SPEED BY REDUCED

ARMATURE VOLTAGE
When a direct-current motor is operated below base speed by reduced armature voltage, it may be
necessary to reduce its torque load below rated full-load torque to avoid overheating of the motor.
23.28 RATE OF CHANGE OF LOAD CURRENT
Direct-current motors can be expected to operate successfully with repetitive changes in load current
such as those which occur during a regular duty cycle provided that, for each change in current, the factor
K, as defined in the following formula, does not exceed 15.
K=
(Change
in current / rated load current )2

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
In the formula, the equivalent time for the current change to occur is the time which would be required for
the change if the current increased or decreased at a uniform rate equal to the maximum rate at which it
actually increases or decreases (neglecting any high-frequency ripple).


Section III
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 23, Page 18


MG 1
Part 24
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
LARGE MACHINESDC GENERATORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 1
Section III
LARGE MACHINES
Part 24
LARGE MACHINESDC GENERATORS LARGER THAN 1.0 KILOWATT
PER RPM, OPEN TYPE CLASSIFICATION
24.0
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 24 of Section III cover direct-current generators built in frames larger than that
having a continuous dripproof rating, or equivalent capacity, of 1.0 kilowatt per rpm, open type.
24.1
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL GENERATORS
These generators are designed for all general industrial service (excepting metal rolling mill service).
24.2
METAL ROLLING MILL GENERATORS
These generators are designed particularly for metal rolling mill service (except for reversing hot mill
service, see 24.3). These generators differ in design from general industrial generators because of the
requirements for this service which are as follows:
a. Continuous overload capability (see 24.41).
b. High momentary overload (see 24.41).
24.3
REVERSING HOT MILL GENERATORS
These generators are designed particularly for application to reversing hot mills, such as blooming and
slabbing mills. They are characterized by:
a. No continuous overload capability
b. Higher momentary overload capacity (see 24.41)
RATINGS
24.9
BASIS OF RATING
Direct-current generators covered by this Part 24 shall be rated on a continuous-duty basis unless
otherwise specified. The rating shall be expressed in kilowatts available at the terminals at rated speed
and voltage.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 2
Section III
24.10 KILOWATT, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS

Kilowatt, speed, and voltage ratings shall be as shown in Table 24-1.
Table 24-1
KILOWATT, SPEED, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS FOR DC GENERATORS LARGER THAN 1.0 KILOWATT
PER RPM, OPEN TYPE
Speed, Rpm
kW
900
720
600
514
450
125
For smaller ratings, see 15.10
170
...
...
400
360
327
300
277
257
240
225
200
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
200
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
240
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
320
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
400
...
...
...
...
...
...
480
...
...
...
...
560
...
...
...
640
...
...
720
...
...
800
...
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
...
2000
...
2400
...
...
2800
...
...
...
3200
...
...
...
3600
...
...
...
...
4000
...
...
...
...
...
4800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5600
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6400
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A indicates voltage rating at either 250 or 500 volts.

B indicates voltage ratings at either 250, 500, or 700 volts.
C indicates voltage rating at either 500 or 700 volts.
D indicates voltage rating at 700 volts only.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 3
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section III

24.40 TEMPERATURE RISE
The observable temperature rise under rated-load conditions of each of the various parts of the generator, above the temperature of the cooling
air, shall not exceed the values given in the following table. The temperature of the cooling air is the temperature of the external air as it enters the
ventilating openings of the machine, and the temperature rises given in the table are based on a maximum temperature of 40oC for this external
air. Temperatures shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std 113.
Observable Temperature Rises, Degrees C
Metal Rolling Mill Service
Metal Rolling Mills,
General Industrial Service
Excluding Reversing Hot Mills
Semi-enclosed
Continuous Rated
100% Load
Insulation Class
Forced-ventilated or
Totally-enclosed Water-air-cooled
Continuous Rated
2 Hours
100% Load
125% Load
Insulation Class
Insulation Class
Totally-enclosed
Continuous Rated
100% Load
Insulation Class
Reversing
Hot Mills
Forcedventilated or
Totally-enclosed
Water-air-cooled
Continuous Rated
100% Load
Insulation Class

Machine Part
Armature windings and all other
windings other than those given
in items 2 and 3
Method of
Temperature
Determination*
Thermometer
Resistance
50
70
70
100
90
130
110
155
55
70
75
100
95
130
115
155
40
60
60
90
75
110
55
80
75
110
95
135
50
70
70
100
90
130
Multilayer field windings
Resistance
70
100
130
155
70
100
130
155
60
90
110
80
110
135
70
100
130
Single-layer field windings with

exposed uninsulated surfaces
and bare copper windings
Thermometer
Resistance
60
70
80
100
105
130
130
155
65
70
85
100
110
130
135
155
50
60
70
90
90
110
65
80
85
110
110
135
60
70
80
100
105
130
Item
1
4
5
Commutator and collector rings

Thermometer
65
85
105
125
65
85
105
125
55
75
90
65
85
105
65
85
105
The temperatures attained by cores, commutators, and miscellaneous parts (such as brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any
respect.
*Where two methods of temperature measurement are listed, a temperature rise within the values listed in the table measured by either method demonstrates conformity with the standard.
Temperature limits apply at end of 2-hour operation at 125-percent load following operation at rated load long enough to reach a stable temperature.
NOTE
1 See 1-1.66 for description of classes of insulation.
o
2 Abnormal deterioration of insulation may be expected if the ambient temperature of 40 C is exceeded in regular operation.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 4
Section III

The temperature rises given in 24.40 are based on a reference ambient temperature of 40oC.
However, it is recognized that dc generators may be required to operate in an ambient temperature
higher than 40oC. For successful operation of the generators in ambient temperatures higher than
40oC, the temperature rises of the generators given in 24.40 shall be reduced by the number of
degrees that the ambient temperature exceeds 40oC.
designed for the maximum cooling water temperature encountered at the location where each
machine is to be installed. With a cooling water temperature not exceeding that for which the machine
is designed:
a) On machines designed for cooling water temperature of 5oC to 30oCthe temperature of the air
b) On machines designed for higher cooling water temperaturesthe temperature of the air leaving
the coolers shall be permitted to exceed 40oC provided the temperature rises for the machine parts
are then limited to values less than those given in 24.40 by the number of degrees that the
temperature of the air leaving the coolers exceeds 40oC.)
For machines which operate under prevailing barometric pressure and which are designed not to
exceed the specified temperature rise at altitudes from 3300 feet (1000 meters) to 13200 feet (4000
meters), the temperature rises, as checked by tests at low altitudes, shall be less than those listed in
24.40 by 1 percent of the specified temperature rise for each 330 feet (100 meters) of altitude in
excess of 3300 feet (1000 meters).
24.40.3 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40o C, but Not
Below 0o C*
The temperature rises given in 24.40 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40C to
cover most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled dc generators may be
operated in environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always be less than
40C. When an air-cooled dc generator is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C then the
allowable temperature rises in 24.40 shall be increased according to the following:
a) For generators for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C
and the Temperature Rise Limit given in 24.40 is less than or equal to 5C then the temperature rises
given in 24.40 shall be increased by the amount of the difference between 40oC and the lower marked
b) For generators for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C
and the Temperature Rise Limit given in 24.40 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises given in
24.40 shall be increased by the amount calculated from the following expression:
Increase in Rise = {40C - Marked Ambient} x { 1
Temperature Rise Limit)] / 80oC}
[Reference Temperature (40C +
Where:
A
120

B
F
150
180
H
205
*NoteThis requirement does not include water- cooled machines.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 5

For example: A dc generator for general industrial service with a Class F insulation system and
using resistance as the method of determining the rated temperature rise is marked for use in an
ambient with a maximum temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference
Temperature is 180oC and from 24.40 the Temperature Rise Limit based on resistance is 130oC.
The allowable Increase in Rise to be added to the Temperature Rise Limit is then:
180 o C 40 O C + 130 O C
O
= 13 C
O
80 C
equal to the sum of the Temperature Rise Limit from 24.40 and the calculated Increase in Rise.
24.41 OVERLOAD CAPABILITY
24.41.1 General Industrial Generators
These generators shall be capable of carrying, with successful commutation, a load of 150 percent of
rated-load amperes for 1 minute with the rheostat set for rated load excitation and with no temperature
rise specified. These generators have no continuous overload capability.
24.41.2 Metal Rolling Mill Generators (Excluding Reversing Hot Mill Generators)Open,
Forced-Ventilated, and Totally Enclosed Water-Air-Cooled
These generators shall be capable of carrying, with successful commutation, the following loads:
a. 115 percent of rated current continuously, when operating at rated speed and rated or less
than rated voltage, with no temperature rise specified.
b. 125 percent of rated current for 2 hours, at rated speed and rated or less than rated voltage,
following continuous operation at rated load without exceeding the temperature rises specified
in 24.40 for this operating condition.
c. 200 percent of rated-load amperes for 1 minute with the rheostat set for rated load or lower
excitation and with no temperature rise specified.
24.41.3 Reversing Hot Mill GeneratorsForced-Ventilated and Totally Enclosed Water-AirCooled
These generators shall be capable of carrying, with successful commutation, a load of 275 percent of
rated-load amperes for 1 minute with the rheostat set for rated-load excitation and with no temperature
rise specified. These generators have no continuous overload capability.
24.42 MOMENTARY LOAD CAPACITY
Occasionally-applied momentary load capacity denotes the ability of a generator to carry loads in
excess of its continuous rating for a period not to exceed 1 minute on an infrequent basis. It is
recommended that the circuit breaker instantaneous-trip setting correspond to the occasionallyapplied momentary load capacity.
Frequently-applied momentary load capacity denotes the ability of a generator to carry loads in excess
of its rating on a repetitive basis, such as a part of a regular duty cycle.
Operation at the momentary load capacity should be followed by light load operation such that the rms
load value of the complete load cycle does not exceed the continuous generator rating. Also, the time
of operation at momentary load capacity must be limited to a period such that the rated temperature
rise is not exceeded to ensure that the insulation life is not reduced.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 6
Section III

Successful commutation is attained if neither the brushes nor the commutator are burned or injured in
the conformance test or in normal service to the extent that abnormal maintenance is required. The
presence of some visible sparking is not necessarily evidence of unsuccessful commutation.
24.44 OUTPUT AT REDUCED VOLTAGE
When operated at less than rated voltage, generators shall carry load currents equal to those
corresponding to their kilowatt and voltage ratings.
24.45 EFFICIENCY
Efficiency and losses shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std 113; efficiency shall be
determined at rated output, voltage, and speed.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.

I2R loss of series windings
I2R loss of shunt field
Core loss
Stray load loss
Brush contact loss
Brush friction loss
Exciter loss if exciter is supplied with and driven from the shaft of the machine
In determining I2R losses at all loads, the resistance of each winding shall be corrected to a
temperature equal to an ambient temperature of 25oC plus the observed rated-load temperature rise
measured by resistance. Where the rated-load temperature rise has not been measured, the
resistance of the winding shall be corrected to the following temperature.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1 In the case of generators furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the machine
external thrust load, shall be specified.
In the case of generators furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses which are representative of
the actual installation shall be determined by (1) calculation or (2) experience with shop test bearings and shall be included in
the efficiency calculation.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 7
Class of Insulation System*
A
B
F
H
85
110
135
155
If the rated temperature rise is specified as that of a lower class of insulation system (e.g., generators
for metal rolling mill service), the temperature for resistance correction shall be that of the lower
insulation class.
24.46 OVERSPEED
Direct-current generators shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to exceed 2 minutes, they
will withstand an overspeed of 25 percent without mechanical injury.
24.47 FIELD DATA FOR DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS
The following field data for direct current generators may be required by control manufacturers.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
Manufacturers name
Requisition or order number
Frame designation
Serial number
kW output
Shunt or compound-wound
Rated speed in rpm
Rated voltage
Rated current
Excitation voltage, or self-excited
Resistance of shunt field at 25oC
Recommended value of resistance for rheostat for hand or regulator control
N.L. saturation
Percent Rated
Armature Voltage
Field Current
Amperes
Max. field rheostat out

100
50
Shunt field current at
rated voltage and load
24.48
a.
b.
c.
d.
ROUTINE TESTS
Field current at no load, rated voltage, and rated speed
Field current at rated load, rated voltage, and rated speed (commutation to be observed)
Voltage regulation curve
High-potential tests in accordance with 24.49
All tests shall be made in accordance with IEEE Std 113

24.49 HIGH POTENTIAL TESTS
See 3.1.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 8
Section III

voltage of the machine.
24.50 CONDITIONS OF TESTS FOR VOLTAGE REGULATION
For conditions of test for voltage regulation, see IEEE Std 113.
24.51 MECHANICAL VIBRATION
See Part 7.
MANUFACTURING
Kilowatt output
Temperature rise1
Overload2
Time rating of overload2
Temperature rise for overload1, 2
Rated speed in rpm
Voltage rating3
Rated current in amperes
Windingseries, shunt or compound
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
APPLICATION DATA
24.80 SERVICE CONDITIONS
24.80.1 General
Generators should be properly selected with respect to their service conditions, usual or unusual, both
of which involve the environmental conditions to which the machine is subjected and the operating
ratings under usual service conditions. Some machines may also be capable of operating in
accordance with their ratings under one or more unusual service conditions. Definite-purpose or
special-purpose machines may be required for some unusual conditions.
Service conditions other than those specified as usual, may involve some degree of hazard. The
additional hazard depends upon the degree of departure from usual operating conditions and the
severity of the environment to which the machine is exposed. The additional hazard results from such
1 As an alternative marking, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following.

a. Maximum ambient temperature for which the machine is designed (see 20.40.1).
b. Insulation system designation (if field and armature use different classes of insulation
systems, both insulation systems shall be given, that for the field being given first).
2 Applies only to generators having overload capabilities for which temperature rises are given.
3 Both rated and no-load voltage to be given for compound-wound generators.


Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 9
things as overheating, mechanical failure, abnormal deterioration of the insulation system, corrosion,
fire, and explosion.
Although experience of the user may often be the best guide, the manufacturer of the driving
equipment and the generator manufacturer should be consulted for further information regarding any
unusual service conditions which increase the mechanical or thermal duty on the machine and, as a
considered by the user, his consultants, or others most familiar with the details of the application
involved when making the final decision.
a. An ambient temperature not less than 10oC nor more than 40oC
c. A location or supplementary enclosures, if any, such that there is no serious interference with
the ventilation of the generator
24.80.3
construction or operation of the generator. Among such conditions are:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Exposure to:
2. Lint or very dirty conditions where the accumulation of dirt will interfere with normal
ventilation
6. Damp or very dry locations, radiant heat, vermin infestation, or atmospheres conducive
to the growth of fungus
8. Abnormal axial or side thrust imposed on the generator shaft
Operation at:
1. Voltages above rated voltage
2. Speeds other than rated speed
3. Standstill with any winding continuously energized
Operation where low noise levels are required
Operation in a poorly ventilated room, in a pit, or in an inclined position
Operation in parallel with other power sources
24.81 RATE OF CHANGE OF LOAD CURRENT

Direct-current generators can be expected to operate successfully with repetitive changes in load
current such as those which occur during a regular duty cycle provided that, for each change in
current, the factor K, as defined in the following formula, does not exceed 15.
In the formula, the equivalent time for the current change to occur is the time which would be required
for the change if the current increased or decreased at a uniform rate equal to the maximum rate at
which it actually increases or decreases (neglecting any high-frequency ripple).
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 10
K =
Section III
(Change in current / rated load current) 2

24.82 SUCCESSFUL PARALLEL OPERATION OF GENERATORS

Successful parallel operation is attained if the load of any generator does not differ more than plus or
minus 15 percent of its rated kilowatt load from its proportionate share, based on the generator ratings
of the combined load, for any change in the combined load between 20 percent and 100 percent of
the sum of the rated load of all of the generators. Successful parallel operation is considered to be
obtained when the following conditions are met:
a. The generators should be at their normal operating temperatures.
c.
For compound-wound machines, the voltage drop at rated-load current across the series-field
circuit (including the series-field proper, cables between series field, and main bus) of all
machines should be made by the insertion of resistance if necessary.
d. Between any two compound wound machines, the equalizer connection circuit should have a
resistance not exceeding 20 percent of the resistance of the series-field circuit of the smaller
machine. However, lower values of resistance are desirable.
24.83 OPERATION OF DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS IN PARALLEL WITH RECTIFIED
ALTERNATING-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
24.83.1 General
When a direct-current generator is operated in parallel with a rectified alternating-voltage power
supply, its performance may differ materially from that of the same generator when operated
individually or in parallel with another direct-current generator. At the same time, its temperature rise,
voltage regulation, and noise level may be increased, and successful commutation may not be
achieved. The degree of difference will depend upon the magnitude of the ripple voltage impressed
upon the commutator and is more likely to be significant when the rectifier pulse number is less than 6
or the amount of phase control is more than 15 percent or both.
24.83.2 Operation in Parallel with Power Supply with Ripple
If the rectified alternating-voltage power supply has a continuous pulsation or ripple in its output
voltage, this ripple voltage will be impressed across the generator commutator. The performance
standards for direct-current generators in this Part 24 are based on individual operation or operation in
parallel with a generator or battery and do not necessarily apply if the generator is operated in parallel
with a power supply in which the magnitude of the resultant ripple current (peak to peak), expressed in
percent of rated generator current, exceeds 6 percent at rated load and rated armature voltage.
24.83.3 Bearing Currents
When a direct-current generator is operated in parallel with some unfiltered rectifier power supplies,
bearing currents may result. Ripple currents, transmitted by capacitive coupling between the rotor
winding and core, may flow to ground. While these currents are small in magnitude, they may cause
damage to either antifriction or sleeve bearings under certain circumstances. It is recommended that
manufacturers be consulted to determine whether bearing currents may be a problem and, if so, what
measures can be taken to minimize them.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b. The speed of the generators should be constant or decreasing with the change in speed
proportional to the change in load to agree with the speed regulation of the prime mover.
Section III
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 11
24.84 COMPOUNDING
24.84.1 Flat Compounding
Flat-compounded generators should have the series winding so proportioned that the terminal voltage
at no load is essentially the same as at rated load when the generator is operated at rated speed and
normal operating temperature and with the field rheostat set to obtain rated voltage at rated load and
left unchanged.
24.84.2 Other
Other compounding of generators may be required to provide individual characteristics. Overcompounded generators should have the series windings so proportioned that the terminal voltage at
rated load is greater than at no load when the generator is operated at rated speed and normal
operating temperature and with the field rheostat set to obtain rated voltage at rated load and left
unchanged. A dropping voltage-current characteristic curve where the voltage at rated load in less
than the no-load voltage is used for some applications and may require the series windings to be
connected in differential with respect to the shunt field.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section III
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 24, Page 12


MG 1
Part 30
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 1
Section IV
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS APPLYING TO ALL MACHINES
Part 30
APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS FOR CONSTANT SPEED MOTORS USED ON A
SINUSOIDAL BUS WITH HARMONIC CONTENT AND GENERAL PURPOSE
MOTORS USED WITH ADJUSTABLE-VOLTAGE OR ADJUSTABLE-FREQUENCY
CONTROLS OR BOTH
30.0
SCOPE
The information in this Section applies to 60 Hz NEMA Designs A and B squirrel-cage motors covered by
Part 12 and to motors covered by Part 20 rated 5000 horsepower or less at 7200 volts or less, when used
on a sinusoidal bus with harmonic content, or when used with adjustable-voltage or adjustable-frequency
controls, or both.
NEMA Designs C and D motors and motors larger than 5000 horsepower and voltages greater than 7200
volts are excluded from this section and the manufacturer should be consulted regarding their application.
For motors intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations refer to 30.2.2.10.
30.1
APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS FOR CONSTANT SPEED MOTORS USED ON A

SINUSOIDAL BUS WITH HARMONIC CONTENT
30.1.1 Efficiency
Efficiency will be reduced when a motor is operated on a bus with harmonic content. The harmonics present
will increase the electrical losses which, in turn, decrease efficiency. This increase in losses will also result in
an increase in motor temperature, which further reduces efficiency.
30.1.2 Derating for Harmonic Content
Harmonic currents are introduced when the line voltages applied to a polyphase induction motor include
voltage components at frequencies other than nominal (fundamental) frequency of the supply.
Consequently, the temperature rise of the motor operating at a particular load and per unit voltage harmonic
factor will be greater than that for the motor operating under the same conditions with only voltage at the
fundamental frequency applied.
When a motor is operated at its rated conditions and the voltage applied to the motor consists of
components at frequencies other than the nominal frequency, the rated horsepower of the motor should be
multiplied by the factor shown in Figure 30-1 to reduce the possibility of damage to the motor. This curve is
developed under the assumption that only harmonics equal to odd multiples (except those divisible by three)
of the fundamental frequency are present. It is assumed that any voltage unbalance or any even harmonics,
or both, present in the voltage are negligible. This derating curve is not intended to apply when the motor is
operated at other than its rated frequency nor when operated from an adjustable voltage or an adjustable
frequency power supply, or both.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section IV
APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 2
Section IV
Figure 30-1
DERATING CURVE FOR HARMONIC VOLTAGES
30.1.2.1 Harmonic Voltage Factor (HVF) Defined

The harmonic voltage factor (HVF) is defined as follows:
n=
n=5
Vn2
n
Where:
n = order of odd harmonic, not including those divisible by three
Vn = the per-unit magnitude of the voltage at the nth harmonic frequency
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Example: With per-unit voltages of 0.10, 0.07, 0.045, and 0.036 occurring at the 5, 7, 11, and 13th
harmonics, respectively, the value of the HVF is:
0.102 0.072 0.0452 0.0362

+
+
+
= 0.0546
5
7
11
13
30.1.3 Power Factor Correction
The proper application of power capacitors to a bus with harmonic currents requires an analysis of the
power system to avoid potential harmonic resonance of the power capacitors in combination with
transformer and circuit inductance. For power distribution systems which have several motors connected to
a bus, power capacitors connected to the bus rather than switched with individual motors are recommended
to minimize potentially resonant combinations of capacitance and inductance, and to simplify the application
of any tuning filters that may be required. This requires that such bus-connected capacitor banks be sized so
that proper bus voltage limits are maintained. (See 14.44 or 20.34.)
30.2
GENERAL PURPOSE MOTORS USED WITH ADJUSTABLE-VOLTAGE OR

ADJUSTABLE-FREQUENCY CONTROLS OR BOTH
30.2.1 Definitions
30.2.1.1 Base Rating Point
Base rating point for motors defines a reference operating point at a specified speed, fundamental voltage,
and torque or horsepower.

Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 3
30.2.1.2 Breakaway Torque (Motor)

The torque that a motor produces at zero speed when operating on a control.
30.2.1.3 Constant-Horsepower Speed Range (Drive)
The portion of its speed range within which the drive is capable of maintaining essentially constant
horsepower.
30.2.1.4 Constant-Torque Speed Range (Drive)
The portion of its speed range within which the drive is capable of maintaining essentially constant torque.
30.2.1.5 Control
The term control applies to devices that are also called inverters and converters. They are electronic
devices that convert an input AC or DC power into a controlled output AC voltage or current.
30.2.1.6 Drive
The equipment used for converting available electrical power into mechanical power suitable for the
operation of a machine. A drive is a combination of a power converter (control), motor, and any motor
mounted auxiliary devices.
Examples of motor mounted auxiliary devices are encoders, tachometers, thermal switches and detectors,
air blowers, heaters, and vibration sensors.
30.2.1.7 (Drive) Speed-Range
All the speeds that can be obtained in a stable manner by action of part (or parts) of the control equipment
governing the performance of the motor.
30.2.1.8 (Drive) System Response
The total (transient plus steady state) time response resulting from a sudden change from one level of
control input to another.
30.2.1.9 Magnetizing Current (Motor)
The reactive current which flows in a motor operating at no load.
30.2.1.11 Motor Output Capability

The mechanical output capability of the motor when operated on a control. Generally the motor is capable
of producing constant torque (horsepower proportional to speed) at and below base rated speed, and
constant horsepower (torque inversely proportional to speed) at and above base rated speed, except where
limited by the following:
a.
b.
c.
Effect of reduced speed on cooling (see 30.2.2.2.2);

Additional losses introduced by harmonic content (under consideration);
Torque produced when operated within the limitations of the control output power (see
30.2.2.2.3).
30.2.1.12 Overload Capability (Motor)

The maximum load a motor can carry for a specified period of time without permanent damage or significant
performance deterioration.
30.2.1.13 Pulsating Torque
The single amplitude of variation in torque from the average torque.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
30.2.1.10 Maximum Operating Speed (Motor)

Maximum operating speed is the upper limit of the rotational velocity at which a motor may operate based on
mechanical considerations.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 4
Section IV
30.2.1.14 Pulse Frequency

Pulse frequency (also called carrier frequency, switching frequency, and chopping frequency) is the
frequency of the switching pulses used by a control to generate the output voltage or current wave form.
30.2.1.15 Pulse Width Modulated Control
A control where the frequency and magnitude of the output voltage or current are accomplished by pulse
modulation in which the duration of the pulses is varied.
30.2.1.16 Rated Temperature
The maximum allowable winding temperature of the motor when the drive is delivering rated output at any
speed within the rated speed range for a defined and specified period of time.
30.2.1.17 Regeneration
The process of returning energy to the power source.
30.2.1.18 Regenerative Braking
A form of dynamic braking in which the kinetic energy of the motor and driven machinery is returned to the
power supply system.
30.2.1.19 Rise Time (Voltage)
The time required for the voltage to make the change from 10% of the steady-state value to 90% of the
steady-state value, either before overshoot or in the absence of overshoot. See Figure 30-5.
30.2.1.20 Six Step Control
A control where the frequency and magnitude of the output voltage or current are accomplished by
creating a wave form made up of 6 discrete steps.
30.2.1.21 Slip
Slip is the quotient of (A) the difference between synchronous speed and the actual speed of the rotor to (B)
the synchronous speed, expressed as a ratio or as a percentage.
30.2.1.22 Slip Rpm
Slip rpm is the difference between the speed of a rotating magnetic field (synchronous speed) and that of a
rotor, expressed in revolutions per minute.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
30.2.1.23 Speed Stability

Speed stability is the amplitude of the variation in speed from the average speed, expressed in percent,
throughout the entire speed range when the drive is connected to the driven equipment.
30.2.1.24 Variable -Torque Speed Range (Drive)
The portion of its speed range within which the drive is capable of maintaining a varying level of torque (for
the defined time rating) generally increasing with speed. It is common for the term variable-torque to be used
when referring to a torque which varies as the square of the speed and hence the power output varies as the
cube of the speed.
30.2.1.25 Voltage Boost
An additional amount of control output voltage, above the value based on constant volts per hertz, applied at
any frequency. It is generally applied at lower frequencies to compensate for the voltage drop in the stator
winding.
30.2.1.26 Volts/Hertz Ratio (Base)
The base volts/hertz ratio is the ratio of fundamental voltage to frequency at the base rating point.


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 5
30.2.2 Application Considerations

30.2.2.1 Base Rating Point (Motor)
When a motor is applied to a control, the nameplate data shall be its base rating point.
30.2.2.2 Torque
30.2.2.2.1 Motor Torque During Operation Below Base Speed
To develop constant torque below base speed by maintaining constant air-gap flux the motor input voltage
should be varied to maintain approximately rated volts per hertz. At frequencies below approximately 30
hertz, an increase in the volts per hertz ratio (boost voltage) may be required to maintain constant air-gap
flux (i.e., constant torque). For applications that require less than rated torque below base speed, system
economics may be improved by operation at a reduced volts per hertz ratio.
30.2.2.2.2 Torque Derating Based on Reduction in Cooling
Induction motors to be operated in adjustable-speed drive applications should be derated due to the
reduction in cooling resulting from any reduction in operating speed. This derating should be in accordance
with Figure 30-2. This derating may be accomplished by or inherent in the load speed-torque characteristics,
or may require selection of an oversized motor. The curves are applicable only to the NEMA frame sizes and
Design types as indicated, and as noted, additional derating for harmonics may be required. For larger
NEMA frames or other Design types consult the motor manufacturer.
The curves in Figure 30-2 represent the thermal capability of Design A and B motors under the conditions
noted, and are based on non-injurious heating which may exceed the rated temperature rise for 1.0 service
factor motors (see 12.44) for the class of insulation. This is analogous to operation of a 1.15 service factor
motor at service factor load (with rated voltage and frequency applied) as evidenced by the 115 percent
point at 60 hertz for a 1.15 service factor motor.
30.2.2.2.3 Torque Derating During Control Operation
Induction motors to be operated in adjustable-speed drive applications should also be derated as a result of
the effect of additional losses introduced by harmonics generated by the control. The torque available from
the motor for continuous operation is usually lower than on a sinusoidal voltage source. The reduction
results from the additional temperature rise due to harmonic losses and also from the voltage-frequency
characteristics of some controls.
The temperature rise at any load-speed point depends on the individual motor design, the type of cooling,
the effect of the reduction in speed on the cooling, the voltage applied to the motor, and the characteristics of
the control. When determining the derating factor, the thermal reserve of the particular motor is important.
Taking all of these matters into account, the derating factor at rated frequency ranges from 0 to 20 percent.
There is no established calculation method for determining the derating curve for a particular motor used
with a particular control that can be used by anyone not familiar with all of the details of the motor and
control characteristics. The preferred method for determining the derating curve for a class of motors is to
test representative samples of the motor design under load while operating from a representative sample of
the control design and measure the temperature rise of the winding.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 30-3 shows examples of a derating curve for a typical motor for which the thermal reserve of the
motor at rated frequency is less than the additional temperature rise resulting from operation on a control
and one for which the thermal reserve is greater. It is not possible to produce a curve which applies to all
cases. Other motors with different thermal reserve, different methods of cooling (self-circulation cooling or
independent cooling), and used with other types of controls will have different derating curves.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 6
Section IV
Figure 30-2
THE EFFECT OF REDUCED COOLING ON THE TORQUE CAPABILITY AT REDUCED SPEEDS OF
60 HZ NEMA DESIGN A AND B MOTORS
NOTES
a. Limit for Class B 80C or Class F 105C rise by resistance, 1.0 service factor.
b. Limit for Class B 90C or Class F 115C rise by resistance, 1.15 service factor
2. All curves are based on a sinusoidal wave shape, rated air-gap flux. Additional derating for harmonic voltages should be
applied as a multiplier to the above limits.
3. All curves are based on non-injurious heating which may exceed rated temperature rise.
4. Curves are applicable only to frame sizes and design types indicated. For larger frames or other design types consult the
motor manufacturer.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1. Curve identification
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 7
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section IV
Figure 30-3
EXAMPLES OF TORQUE DERATING OF NEMA MOTORS WHEN USED WITH ADJUSTABLE
FREQUENCY CONTROLS
NOTES
a. Motor #1: motor thermal reserve greater than the additional temperature rise resulting from operation on a control
b. Motor #2: motor thermal reserve less than the additional temperature rise resulting from operation on a control
30.2.2.2.4 Motor Torque During Operation Above Base Speed

Above base speed, a motor input voltage having a fundamental component equal to rated motor voltage
(which may be limited by the control and its input power) as frequency increases will result in constant
horsepower operation (torque reducing with reduced volts per hertz). The maximum (breakdown) torque
capability of the motor within this speed range will limit the maximum frequency (and speed) at which
constant horsepower operation is possible.
The curves in Figure 30-4 represent the load which the defined motor is capable of carrying above base
speed. The curves represent operation at constant horsepower for 1.0 service factor motors and similar
performance for 1.15 service factor motors. The maximum frequency of 90 hertz is established based on the
approximate peak torque capability of greater than 175 percent for NEMA Design A and B motors assuming
operation at a constant level of voltage equal to rated voltage from 60 to 90 hertz. For the capability of
motors for which the minimum breakdown torque specified in 12.39.1 or 12.39.2 is less than 175 percent,
consult the motor manufacturer.
For operation above 90 hertz at a required horsepower level, it may be necessary to utilize a motor with a
greater horsepower rating at 60 hertz.
However, the maximum speed at which a motor can safely operate may be limited to some speed below the
maximum speed related to its load carrying capability because of mechanical considerations (see 30.2.2.3).


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 8
Section IV
Figure 30-4
TORQUE CAPABILITY ABOVE BASE SPEED
NOTES
a. Limit for Class B 80C or Class F 105C rise by resistance, 1.0 service factor.
b. Limit for Class B 90C or Class F 115C rise by resistance, 1.15 service factor
2. All curves are based on a sinusoidal wave shape, constant voltage equal to rated voltage. Additional derating for harmonic
voltages should be applied as a multiplier to the above limits.
3. All curves are based on non-injurious heating which may exceed rated temperature rise.
4. Curves are applicable to NEMA Design A and B motors having breakdown torques of not less that 175 percent at 60 hertz.
5. See 30.2.2.3 for any additional limitations on the maximum operating speed.
30.2.2.3 Maximum Safe Operating Speeds

The maximum safe operating speed of a direct-coupled motor at 040oC ambient temperature should not
exceed the values given in Table 30-1. For possible operation at speeds greater than those given in
Table 30-1 or conditions other than those stated consult the motor manufacturer. For motors not covered
by Table 30-1, refer to 12.53.1 or 20.13.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 9
Open Dripproof
3600
1800
Horsepower
1200
3600
1800
1200
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
-
Maximum Safe Operating Speed
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
NOTES
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
5400
5400
5400
5400
5400
5400
4500
4500
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2250
2250
2250
1800
1800
1800
1800
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
-
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
5400
5400
5400
5400
5400
5400
4500
4500
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
a. Standard NEMA Design A and B motors in frames per Part 13.

b. The permissible overspeed value is 10 percent above values in Table 30-1 (not to exceed 2 minutes in duration) except where
the maximum safe operating speed is the same as the synchronous speed at 60 Hz, where the overspeeds referenced in
12.52.1 apply.
c. TS shaft over 250 frame size.
d. The values in the table are based on mechanical limitations. Within the operating limits noted in the table, the
motor is capable of constant horsepower from 60 through 90 hertz. Above approximately 90 hertz the motor may not provide
sufficient torque based on specified voltage to reach stable speeds while under load.
e. Operation above nameplate speed may require refined balance.
f. Contact the manufacturer for speeds and ratings not covered by the table.
g. Considerations:
1. Noise limits per 12.53 and vibration limits per Part 7 are not applicable.
2. Bearing life will be affected by the length of time the motor is operated at various speeds.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 30-1
MAXIMUM SAFE OPERATING SPEEDS FOR DIRECT-COUPLED MOTORS USED ON ADJUSTABLE
FREQUENCY CONTROLS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 10
Section IV
30.2.2.4 Current
30.2.2.4.1 Running Current
Controls are generally rated in terms of a continuous output current capability, a short term output current,
and a peak output current. To properly choose the size of control required in an application, consideration
should be given to the peak and transient values in addition to the rms value of motor current, and the
manner in which the system is to be operated. Because some level of current will exist at each of the
harmonic frequencies characteristic of the particular type of control, the total rms sum of current required by
the motor at full load may be from 5 percent to 10 percent greater than that level of current corresponding to
operation on a sinusoidal power source. The magnitude of the peak values of the current waveform may
vary from 1.3 to 2.5 times the rms value of the current, depending on the type of control considered and the
motor characteristics. An additional margin from 10 percent to 50 percent in the current rating of the control
should be considered to allow for possible overload conditions on the motor so as not to trip the control on
such short time overcurrent demand. When the motor and control are used in a system where sudden
changes in load torque or frequency might occur, the control should be sized based on the peak value of the
transient current which results from the sudden change. Also, when changing from one operating speed to
another, if the rate of change in frequency is greater than the possible rate of change in motor speed and if
the slip increases beyond the value of slip at rated load, then the amount of rms current or peak current
required from the control may exceed that of the steady state requirements.
30.2.2.4.2 Starting Current
In a stall condition, the amount of current drawn by an induction motor is primarily determined by the
magnitude and frequency of the applied voltage and the impedance of the motor. Under adjustable
frequency control, motors are normally started by applying voltage to the motor at a low frequency (less than
3 hertz). The current drawn by the motor under this condition is mainly a function of the equivalent stator and
rotor resistances since the reactive impedance is small because of the low frequency. In order to provide
sufficient starting torque, it is necessary to provide an increase in voltage (voltage boost) at low frequencies
in order to overcome this resistive drop in the motor. This voltage boost is the product of the required phase
current (for the level of breakaway torque needed) and the stator phase resistance and the square root of 3
(to convert phase quantity to line-to-line value). A wye connection is assumed. For rated torque at start it will
be necessary to adjust the voltage boost to have at least rated current. Since stator and rotor resistances
vary with temperature, the actual starting current will be a function of the machine temperature.
CAUTION Continued application of boosted motor voltage at low frequencies under no load conditions
will increase motor heating. When voltage boost is required to achieve a breakaway torque greater than
140 percent of rated torque, the motor should not be operated under voltage boost condition at
frequencies less than 10 hertz for more than 1 minute without consulting the manufacturer.
30.2.2.5 Efficiency
Motor efficiency will be reduced when it is operated on a control. The harmonics present will increase the
electrical losses, which decrease efficiency. This increase in losses will also result in an increase in motor
temperature, which further reduces efficiency.
30.2.2.6 Sound
Sound levels should be considered when using induction motors with an adjustable frequency and voltage
power supply. The sound level is dependent upon the construction of the motor, the number of poles, the
pulse pattern and pulse frequency, and the fundamental frequency and resulting speed of the motor. The
response frequencies of the driven equipment should also be considered. Sound levels produced thus will
be higher than published values when operated above rated speed. At certain frequencies mechanical
resonance or magnetic noise may cause a significant increase in sound levels, while a change in frequency
and/or voltage may reduce the sound level.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,
Experience has shown that typically an increase in the A-weighted noise level by up to 6dB can occur at
rated frequency when motors are used with non-PWM (pulse width modulated) controls, in comparison with
operation on sinusoidal supply voltage and frequency. An increase of up to 5dB to 15dB can occur at rated
frequency in the case when motors are used with PWM controls. For other frequencies the noise levels may
be higher


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 11
30.2.2.7 Resonances, Sound, Vibration

When an induction motor is operated from a control, torque ripple at various frequencies may exist over the
operating speed range. Consideration should be given to identifying the frequency and amplitude of these
torques and determining the possible effect upon the motor and the driven equipment. It is of particular
importance that the equipment not be operated longer than momentarily at a speed where a resonant
condition exists between the torsional system and the electrical system (i.e., the motor electrical torque). For
example, if the control is of the six step type then a sixth harmonic torque ripple is created which would vary
from 36 to 360 hertz when the motor is operated over the frequency range of 6 to 60 hertz. At low speeds,
such torque ripple may be apparent as observable oscillations of the shaft speed or as torque and speed
pulsations (usually termed cogging). It is also possible that some speeds within the operating range may
correspond to the natural mechanical frequencies of the load or support structure and operation other than
momentarily could be damaging to the motor and or load and should be avoided at those speeds.
30.2.2.8 Voltage Stress
The exact quantitative effects of peak voltage and rise time on motor insulation are not fully understood. It
can be assumed that when the motor is operated under usual service conditions (14.2 or 20.28.2) there will
be no significant reduction in service life due to voltage stress, if the following voltage limit values at the
motor terminals are observed.
Motors with base rating voltage Vrated 600 volts:
Vpeak 1kV
Rise time 2 s
See Figure 30-5 for a typical voltage response at the motor terminals for an illustration of Vpeak and rise time.
Motors with base rating voltage Vrated > 600 volts:
Vpeak 2.04 * Vrated
Rise time 1 s
Where:
CAUTIONWhen the input voltage to the control exceeds the rated voltage, care must be taken in
determining the maximum peak voltage (Vpeak) that will be applied to the motor by the control.
For suitability when values are outside these limits contact the manufacturer for guidance. A definite purpose
motor per Part 31 may be required. Filters, chokes, or other voltage conditioning devices, applied with
guidance from the control manufacturer may also be required.
30.2.2.9 Power Factor Correction
The use of power capacitors for power factor correction on the load side of an electronic control connected
to an induction motor is not recommended. The proper application of such capacitors requires an analysis of
the motor, electronic control, and load characteristics as a function of speed to avoid potential
over-excitation of the motor, harmonic resonance, and capacitor over-voltage. For such applications the
electronic control manufacturer should be consulted.
30.2.2.10 Operation in Hazardous (Classified) Locations
WARNING Motors operated from adjustable frequency or adjustable voltage power supplies or both,
should not be used in any Division 1 hazardous (classified) locations unless the motor is identified on the
nameplate as acceptable for such operation when used in Division 1 hazardous (classified) locations.
For motors to be used in any Division 2 hazardous (classified) locations, the motor manufacturer should be
consulted.
Failure to comply with this warning could result in an unsafe installation that could cause damage to property
or serious injury or death to personnel, or both.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Vpeak is a single amplitude zero-to-peak line-to-line voltage.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 30, Page 12
Section IV
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 30-5
TYPICAL VOLTAGE RESPONSE AT MOTOR TERMINALS


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 31


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
DEFINITE-PURPOSE INVERTER-FED POLYPHASE MOTORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 1
Section IV
Part 31
31.0
SCOPE
The information in this Section applies to definite purpose polyphase squirrel-cage induction motors rated
5000 horsepower or less at 7200 volts or less, intended for use with adjustable-voltage and
adjustable-frequency controls, commonly referred to as inverters.
31.1
SERVICE CONDITIONS
31.1.1 General
Machines should be properly selected with respect to their service conditions, usual or unusual, both of
which involve the environmental conditions to which the machine is subjected and the operating conditions.
Machines conforming to Part 31 of this publication are designed for operation in accordance with their
with their ratings under one or more unusual service conditions. Special machines may be required for some
unusual conditions.
Service conditions, other than those specified as usual, may involve some degree of hazard. The additional
hazard depends upon the degree of departure from usual operating conditions and the severity of the
environment to which the machine is exposed. The additional hazard results from such things as
explosion.
Although past experience of the user may often be the best guide, the manufacturer of the driven or driving
equipment or the manufacturer of the machine, or both, should be consulted for further information regarding
any unusual service conditions which increase the mechanical or thermal duty on the machine and, as a
considered by the user, his consultants, or others most familiar with the details of the application involved
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a. An ambient temperature in the range of -15oC to 40oC for machines with grease lubricated
bearings, 0oC to 40oC for machines with oil lubricated bearings or, when water cooling is used, in
the range of 5oC to 40oC
b. An altitude which does not exceed 3300 feet (1000 meters)
c.
Installation on a rigid mounting surface
d. Installation in areas or supplementary enclosures which do not seriously interfere with the
ventilation of the machine
e. For medium motors
1. V-belt drive in accordance with 14.67
2. Flat-belt, chain, and gear drives in accordance with 14.7


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 2
Section IV
a. Exposure to:
2. Lint or very dirty operating conditions where the accumulation of dirt may interfere with normal
ventilation
growth of fungus
b. Operation where:
c.

2. The voltage at the motor terminals is unbalanced by more than one percent
Operation at speeds above the highest rated speed

f.

Belt, gear, or chain drives for machines not covered by 31.1.2e
g. Multi-motor applications:
Special consideration must be given to applications where more than one motor is used on the
same control. Some of these considerations are:
1. Possible large variation in load on motors where load sharing of two or more motors is
required
2. Protection of individual motors
3. Starting or restarting of one or more motors
4. Interaction between motors due to current perturbations caused by differences in motor
loading
31.1.4 Operation in Hazardous (Classified) Locations
WARNING Motors operated from inverters should not be used in any Division 1 hazardous (classified)
locations unless the motor is identified on the nameplate as acceptable for such operation when used in
For motors to be used in any Division 2 hazardous (classified) locations, the motor manufacturer should be
consulted.
Failure to comply with this warning could result in an unsafe installation that could cause damage to property
or serious injury or death to personnel, or both.
31.2
DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES, AND MOUNTING FOR FRAME DESIGNATIONS
Frame designations for medium definite-purpose inverter-fed motors shall be in accordance with Part 4.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
31.3
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 3
RATING
31.3.1 Basis of Rating

Definite-purpose inverter-fed ac induction motors covered by this Part shall be rated based on identification
of the applicable load points selected from the four load points shown in and defined in Figure 31-1. The
base rating shall be defined coincident with point (3) in Figure 31-1 by specifying the motor voltage, speed,
and horsepower or torque, at that point.
Figure 31-1
BASIS OF RATING
NOTES
1 = Torque at minimum speed based on temperature considerations and voltage boost
3 = Base rating point at upper end of constant torque range
4 = Maximum operating speed based on constant horsepower and any limitation on rotational speed
When the voltage ratings at reference points 3 and 4 are different, then, unless otherwise specified, the
voltage is assumed to reach the maximum value at a frequency between points 3 and 4 per a constant volts
to Hertz relationship equal to the voltage at point 3 divided by the frequency at point 3.
31.3.2 Base Horsepower and Speed Ratings
Preferred horsepower and speed ratings shall be as shown in Table 31-1.
NOTEIt is not practical to build induction motors of all horsepower ratings at all speeds.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2 = Lowest speed of the constant torque range based on temperature considerations
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 4
Section IV
Table 31-1
PREFERRED HORSEPOWER AND SPEED RATINGS
Output Horsepower
1/2
10
75
400
1250
4000
3/4
15
100
450
1500
4500
20
125
500
1750
5000
1-1/2
25
150
600
2000
30
200
700
2250
40
250
800
2500
50
300
900
3000
7-1/2
60
350
1000
3500
Speed (RPM)
300
650
1750
400
850
2500
5000
7000
500
1150
3500
10000
31.3.3 Speed Range

Defined speed ranges illustrated by the points shown in Figure 31-1 are based on the base rating point (3)
speed for a given machine.
31.3.3.1 Lowest Speed of Constant Torque RangePoint (2)
The preferred ratio of speed at base rating point (3) to that at point (2) shall be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 10, 20, or 100,
except where point (2) is zero rpm, in which case the ratio is undefined. (Example: expressed as 6 to 1, 6:1.)
31.3.3.2 Maximum Operating SpeedPoint (4)
The preferred ratio of speed at point (4) to that of base rating point (3) shall be 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3, or 4.
31.3.3.3 Minimum SpeedPoint (1)
The minimum speed may be zero.
NOTE It is not practical to build induction motors of all horsepower ratings at all speed ranges or combinations of speed
ranges.
31.3.3.4 Other Speed Ranges

Other speed ranges may be specified by agreement between the purchaser and manufacturer.
31.3.4 Voltage
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Preferred voltages shall be 115, 230, 460, 575, 2300, 4000, 4600, 6600, and 7200 volts. These voltage
ratings apply to the maximum level of the rms fundamental voltage to be applied to the motor over the rated
speed range.
NOTEIt is not practical to build induction motors of all horsepower ratings at all voltages.
31.3.5 Number of Phases

The preferred number of phases is three (3).


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 5
31.3.6 Direction of Rotation

F1 or F2 arrangement, foot mounted:
The standard direction of rotation for definite purpose inverter-fed motors having an F1 or F2
arrangement and foot mounting is counter-clockwise when phase sequence 1, 2, and 3 of the
power from the control is applied to terminals T1, T2, and T3 of the motor, respectively, when
facing the end of the motor for which the conduit box is on the right and the feet are down.
b. Other arrangements:
The standard direction of rotation for definite purpose inverter-fed motors having arrangements
other than F1 or F2 is counter-clockwise when phase sequence 1, 2, and 3 of the power from the
control is applied to terminals T1, T2, and T3 of the motor, respectively, when facing the opposite
drive end.
WARNINGThe phase sequence of the output power from the control may not be the same as the
phase sequence of the power into the control. Direction of rotation should be checked by momentary
application of voltage to the motor before connecting the motor to the driven equipment.
31.3.7 Service Factor
A motor covered by this Part 31 shall have a service factor of 1.0.
31.3.8 Duty
31.3.8.1 Variable Speed
The motor is intended for varied operation over the defined speed range and not for continuous operation
at a single or limited number of speeds.
31.3.8.2 Continuous
The motor can be operated continuously at any single speed within the defined speed range.
31.4
PERFORMANCE
31.4.1 Temperature Rise

31.4.1.1 Maximum Temperature Rise for Variable Speed Duty
The maximum intermittent temperature rise of the windings, above the temperature of the cooling medium,
shall not exceed the values given in Table 31-2 when tested at any rated load within the rated speed range
with the identified control. The relative equivalent temperature rise TE for a defined load/speed cycle as
determined according to 31.4.1.2 shall not exceed the values given in the table. All temperature rises in the
table are based on a maximum ambient temperature of 40oC.
The temperature attained by cores, squirrel-cage windings, and miscellaneous parts shall not injure the
insulation of the machine in any respect.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 6
Section IV
Table 31-2
TEMPERATURE RISE
Maximum Intermittent Winding
Temperature Rise Degrees C
Relative Equivalent Temperature

Rise (TE) Degrees C
Determination
Determination
Insulation Class
Resistance
Embedded
Detector
Resistance
Embedded
Detector
70
80
60
70
100
110
80
90
F*
130
140
105
115
H*
155
170
125
140
* Where a Class F or H insulation system is used, special consideration should be given to bearing
temperature, lubrication etc.
31.4.1.2 Relative Equivalent Temperature Rise For Variable Speed Duty

The load cycle of the definite purpose inverter-fed motor may be comprised of varying load conditions at
varying speeds within the defined speed range. The minimum load within a load cycle may have the value
zero.
The reference to a load cycle, given in this standard, is to be considered as integral figures over a long
period of time such that thermal equilibrium is reached. It is not necessary that each cycle be exactly the
same as another (which would be periodic duty, which implies times too short for thermal equilibrium to be
reached). They will be similar and can be integrated to give a nominal pattern with the same thermal life
expectancy. An example of a load cycle based on temperature and time of operation is shown in Figure
31-2.
The rate of thermal aging of the insulation system will be dependent on the value of the temperature and the
duration of operation at the different loads and speeds within the load cycle. A thermal life expectancy of the
motor operating over the load cycle can be derived in relation to that for the motor operating continuously at
a temperature equal to that for the temperature classification of the insulation system. This relative thermal
life expectancy can be calculated by the following equation:
T1
K
+ t 2 2
T2
K
+...+ t n 2
Tn
K
Where:
TL = relative thermal life expectancy for the load cycle related to the thermal life expectancy for
continuous operation at the temperature rating of the insulation class
T1 ... Tn = difference between the temperature rise of the winding at each of the various loads within
the load cycle and the permissible temperature rise for the insulation class
t1 ... tn = period of time for operation at the various loads expressed as a per unit value of the total
time for the load cycle
k = 10oC = difference in temperature rise which results in a shortening of the thermal life expectancy of
the insulation system by 50%


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1
= t1 2
TL
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 7
A relative equivalent temperature rise based on continuous operation at that temperature rise for the load
cycle time and resulting in the same level of relative thermal life expectancy for the defined load cycle can be
determined as follows:
1
TE =k LOG2 + TR
TL
[ or TE = K x 3.322 x Log10 (
1
) + TR ]
TL
Where:
TE = relative equivalent temperature rise
TR = permissible temperature rise for insulation class (Figure 31-2; for example see 12.43, 12.44, or
20.8)
31.4.1.3 Maximum Temperature Rise for Continuous Duty

The maximum temperature rise of the windings, above the temperature of the cooling medium, shall not
exceed the values given for relative equivalent temperature rise in Table 31-2.
31.4.1.4 Temperature Rise for Ambients Higher Than 40C
The temperature rises given in Table 31-2 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40C.
However, it is recognized that induction machines may be required to operate in an ambient temperature
higher than 40C. For successful operation of induction machines in ambient temperatures higher than
40C, the temperature rises of the machines given in Table 31-2 shall be reduced by the number of
degrees that the ambient temperature exceeds 40C. When a higher ambient temperature than 40C is
required, preferred values of ambient temperatures are 50C , 65C , 90C , and 115C.
31.4.1.5 Temperature Rise for Altitudes Greater than 3300 Feet (1000 Meters)
temperature rises, as checked by tests at low altitudes, shall be less than those listed in Table 31-2 by 1
percent of the specified temperature rise for each 330 feet (100 meters) of altitude in excess of 3300 feet
(1000 meters).
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Preferred values of altitude are 3300 feet (1000 meters), 6600 feet (2000 meters), 9900 feet (3000
meters), and 13200 feet (4000 meters).


Section IV
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 8
Figure 31-2
LOAD CYCLE BASED ON TEMPERATURE AND TIME OF OPERATION
31.4.1.6
Below 0o C*
The temperature rises given in Table 31-2 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40C to
cover most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled induction motors may be
operated in environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always be less than 40C.
When an air-cooled induction motor is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C then the
allowable temperature rises in table 31-2 shall be increased according to the following:
a) For motors for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and the
Temperature Rise Limit given in Table 31-2 is less than or equal to 5C then the temperature rises given
in Table 31-2 shall be increased by the amount of the difference between 40oC and the lower marked
b) For motors for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and the
Temperature Rise Limit given in Table 31-2 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises given in Table
31-2 shall be increased by the amount calculated from the following expression:
Where:
120
150
180
205
*NoteThis requirement does not include water-cooled machines.


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 9
Temperature Rise Limit = maximum allowable temperature rise according to Table 31-2
For example: An inverter-fed induction motor with a Class F insulation system is marked for use in
an ambient with a maximum temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference
Temperature is 180oC and from Table 31-2 the Temperature Rise Limit is 130oC. The allowable
Increase in Rise to be added to the Temperature Rise Limit is then:
180 o C 40 O C + 130 O C
80 O C
) = 13O C
equal to the sum of the Temperature Rise Limit from Table 31-2 and the calculated Increase in Rise.
31.4.2 Torque
31.4.2.1 Breakaway Torque
The motor should be capable of producing a breakaway torque of at least 140% of rated torque requiring not
more than 150% rated current when the voltage boost is adjusted to develop rated flux in the motor and
when the inverter is able to produce the required minimum fundamental frequencies.
For frequencies below 5 hertz rated flux occurs approximately when:
VLL = 3 IL
(R LL )
f
+ VLLrated
2
frated
Where:
VLL = line-to-line rms fundamental voltage at the motor terminals
IL = line current (rms) corresponding to the desired level of breakaway torque
RLL = line-to-line stator winding resistance at operating temperature
f = frequency
The voltage boost should not be adjusted to exceed a value of VLL based on IL equal to 1.5 times rated full
load current to achieve higher breakaway torque without special consideration.
CAUTION Continued application of boosted motor voltage at low frequencies under no load conditions
will increase motor heating. When voltage boost is required to achieve a breakaway torque greater than
140 percent of rated torque, the motor should not be operated under voltage boost condition at
frequencies less than 10 hertz for more than 1 minute without consulting the manufacturer.
31.4.2.2 Breakdown Torque
The breakdown torque at any frequency within the defined frequency range shall be not less than 150
percent of the rated torque at that frequency when rated voltage for that frequency is applied.
31.4.3 Operating Limitations
31.4.3.1 Starting Requirements
While definite-purpose motors may be capable of being started across-the-line, the level of locked rotor
current at line frequency and voltage may exceed that for general-purpose motors. The torque versus speed
profile during across the line starting of the definite-purpose motor also may be different from that of the
general-purpose motors and may not be suitable for the requirements of the load. For large motors the
stator end-winding support may be inadequate. If across-the-line starting capability is required by the
application, these factors should be considered when selecting the motor and controls.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 10
Section IV
31.4.3.2 Variations From Rated Voltage

The rated motor fundamental line voltage as a function of motor speed is defined at the base rating point
and implied at the various operating conditions in 31.3. Definite purpose inverter-fed motors shall operate
successfully throughout their defined speed range when the applied fundamental voltage does not vary from
the rated value at any operating point by more than plus or minus 10 percent. Performance with this
variation will not necessarily be in accordance with operation at the rated voltage.
31.4.3.3 Occasional Excess Current
Definite purpose inverter-fed motors shall be capable of withstanding an occasional excess current for a
period of not less than 1 minute when the motor is initially at normal operating temperature. The magnitude
of the current and the time in minutes between successive applications of this current are as follows:
Momentary Overload as a Percent

of Base Current
Time Interval Between Overloads

(minutes)
110
125
28
150
60
Repeated overloads may result in operation where winding temperatures are above the maximum values
given by 31.4.1.1 which will result in reduced insulation life. If the overload is part of the normal duty cycle,
the relative equivalent temperature rise must be calculated per 31.4.1.2 to ensure that the limits in 31.4.1.1
are not exceeded.
31.4.3.4 Power Factor Correction Or Surge Suppression
The use of power capacitors for power factor correction or surge suppression on the load side of an inverter
connected to an induction motor is not recommended. Line reactors or filter networks for inverter voltage
spike suppression may be acceptable. For such applications the control manufacturer should be consulted.
31.4.3.5 Overspeeds
Definite purpose inverter-fed motors shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not to exceed 2 minutes,
they will withstand without mechanical damage, overspeeds above the maximum operating speed (see
Figure 31-1) in accordance with the following:
Maximum Operating Speed, RPM
Overspeed, Percent of Maximum

Operating Speed
3601 and over
15
1801 - 3600
20
1800 and below
25
31.4.4 Insulation Considerations

31.4.4.1 Leakage Currents
31.4.4.2 Voltage Spikes

Inverters used to supply adjustable frequency power to induction motors do not produce sinusoidal output
voltage waveforms. In addition to lower order harmonics, these waveforms also have superimposed on them
steep-fronted, single-amplitude voltage spikes. Turn-to-turn, phase-to-phase, and ground insulation of stator

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
High frequency harmonics of inverters can cause an increase in the magnitudes of leakage currents in the
motor due to a reduction in the capacitive reactance of the winding insulation at higher frequencies.
Established and safe grounding practices for the motor frame should therefore be followed.
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 11
windings are subjected to the resulting dielectric stresses. Suitable precautions should be taken in the
design of drive systems to minimize the magnitude of these spikes.
When operated under usual service conditions (31.1.2), where the inverter input nominal voltage does not
exceed rated motor voltage, stator winding insulation systems for definite purpose inverter fed motors shall
be designed to operate under the following limits at the motor terminals.
Motors with base rating voltages Vrated 600 volts:
Vpeak 1.1 2
2 Vrated = 3.1 Vrated
Rise time 0.1 s

See Figure 30-5 for a typical voltage response at the motor terminals for an illustration of Vpeak and rise time.
Motors with base rating voltage Vrated >600 volts:
2
V
= 2.04 * Vrated
Vpeak 2.5
3 rated
Rise time 1 s
Where: Vpeak is a single amplitude zero-to-peak line-to-line voltage.
Vratred is the rated line-to-line voltage.
CAUTION When the input voltage to the inverter exceeds the rated voltage, care must be taken in
determining the maximum peak voltage (Vpeak) that will be applied to the motor by the inverter.
31.4.4.3 Shaft Voltages and Bearing Insulation
Shaft voltages can result in the flow of destructive currents through motor bearings, manifesting themselves
through pitting of the bearings, scoring of the shaft, and eventual bearing failure. In larger frame size
motors, usually 500 frame and larger, these voltages may be present under sinusoidal operation and are
caused by magnetic dissymmetries in the construction of these motors. This results in the generation of a
shaft end-to-end voltage. The current path in this case is from the motor frame through a bearing to the
motor shaft, down the shaft, and through the other bearing back to the motor frame. This type of current can
be interrupted by insulating one of the bearings. If the shaft voltage is larger than 300 millivolts peak when
tested per IEEE 112, bearing insulation should be utilized.
More recently, for some inverter types and application methods, potentially destructive bearing currents
have occasionally occurred in much smaller motors. However, the root cause of the current is different.
These drives can be generators of a common mode voltage which shifts the three phase winding neutral
potentials significantly from ground. This common mode voltage oscillates at high frequency and is
capacitively coupled to the rotor. This results in peak pulses as high as 10-40 volts from shaft to ground.
The current path could be through either or both bearings to ground. Interruption of this current therefore
requires insulating both bearings. Alternately, shaft grounding brushes may be used to divert the current
around the bearing. It should be noted that insulating the motor bearings will not prevent the damage of
other shaft connected equipment.
At this time, there has been no conclusive study that has served to quantify the relationship of peak voltage
from inverter operation to bearing life or failure. There is also no standard method for measuring this
voltage. Because of this, the potential for problems cannot consistently be determined in advance of motor
installation.
31.4.4.4 Neutral Shift
When inverters are applied to motors, the motor windings can be exposed to higher than normal line-toground voltages due to the neutral shift effect. Neutral shift is the voltage difference between the source
neutral and the motor neutral. Its magnitude is a function of the total system design and in the case of some
types of current source inverters can be as high as 2.3 per unit (1pu = 2 / 3 VLL ) , resulting in motor
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 12
Section IV
line-to-ground voltages of up to 3.3 per unit, or 3.3 times the crest of the nominal sinusoidal line-to-ground
voltage. In the case of a typical voltage source inverter, the magnitude of the line-to-ground voltage can be
as high as 3 times the crest of the nominal sinusoidal line-to-ground voltage.
The magnitude of the neutral voltage can be reduced if the inverter is connected to an ungrounded power
source or, if this is not possible, by isolating it from the source ground by using an isolation transformer, by
using separate reactors in both the positive and the negative direct current link, or by connecting the motor
neutral to the ground through a relatively low impedance. Proper selection of the method to reduce motor
line-to-ground voltage should be coordinated with the system designer.
31.4.5 Resonances, Sound, Vibration
31.4.5.1 General
The motor and the driven equipment (system) have natural resonant frequencies in the lateral, axial, and
torsional modes. When an inverter is applied to the motor, the system is excited by a spectrum of harmonics
coming from the inverter. This can affect the sound level, vibration level, and torsional response of the
system. The system integrator should take these effects into consideration to ensure successful system
performance.
31.4.5.2 Sound and Vibration
Machine sound and vibration are influenced by the following parameters:

a. Electromagnetic design
b. Type of inverter
c.
Resonance of frame structure and enclosure
d. Integrity, mass, and configuration of the base mounting structure.

e. Reflection of sound and vibration originating in or at the load and shaft coupling
f.
Windage
It is recognized that it is a goal that motors applied on inverter type supply systems for variable speed
service should be designed and applied to optimize the reduction of sound and vibration in accordance with
the precepts explained above. However, since many of these influencing factors are outside of the motor
itself, it is not possible to address all sound and vibration concerns through the design of the motor alone.
31.4.5.3 Torsional Considerations
When an induction motor is operated from an inverter, torque ripple at various frequencies may exist over
the operating speed range. Consideration should be given to identifying the frequency and amplitude of
these torques and determining the possible effect upon the motor and the driven equipment. It is of particular
importance that the equipment not be operated longer than momentarily at a speed where a resonant
condition exists between the torsional system and the electrical system (i.e., the motor electrical torque). For
example, if the inverter is of the six-step type then a sixth harmonic torque ripple is created which would vary
from 36 to 360 Hz when the motor is operated over the frequency range of 6 to 60 Hz. At low speeds, such
torque ripple may be apparent as observable oscillations of the shaft speed or as torque and speed
pulsations (usually termed "cogging"). It is also possible that some speeds within the operating range may
correspond to the natural mechanical frequencies of the load or support structure and operation other than
momentarily should be avoided at those speeds.
Successful operation of the bearings depends on their ability to function within acceptable temperatures.
Above a certain operating speed, depending on the design, size, and load, the losses in an oil lubricated
sleeve bearing may increase to a point that the temperature exceeds the permissible limits with
self-lubrication. Below a certain speed, self-lubrication may not be adequate and may result in abnormal
wear or high temperature or both. In either case, forced lubrication will be required.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
31.4.6 Bearing Lubrication at Low and High Speeds
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 13
Grease-lubricated anti-friction bearings do not have similar problems at low speeds. Maximum operating
speed for these bearings is limited due to temperature considerations and is a function of the bearing
design, its size, the load and other considerations.
The maximum and minimum operating speeds should be taken into consideration in the selection of the
bearing and lubrication systems for motors covered by this Part.
31.5
NAMEPLATE MARKING
31.5.1 Variable Torque Applications
The following minimum information necessary to characterize the motor for variable torque applications in
which the maximum operating speed does not exceed the speed corresponding to the base rating point (3)
defined in Figure 31-1 shall be given on all nameplates. All performance data is to be based on a sine wave
power supply. For some examples of additional information that may be included on the nameplate see
1.70.2.
a. Manufacturer's name, serial number or date code, type, frame, and enclosure
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b. The following data corresponding to base rating point (3) defined in Figure 31-1
c.
1. Horsepower
2. Voltage
3. Current
4. SpeedRPM
5. Frequency
Number of phases
d. Ambient temperaturedegrees C
e. Insulation class
f.
Duty rating
31.5.2 Other Applications
For applications other than variable torque, the appropriate items selected from the following list should be
given in addition to that stated in 31.5.1.
a. The following data corresponding to base rating points (1), (2), or (4) defined in Figure 31-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Horsepower
Voltage
Current
SpeedRPM
Frequency
Torque
b. Equivalent circuit parameters for R1, R2, X1, X2, Xm (see 1.61.6) in Ohms per phase (Wye
equivalent) at 25C for the base rating. For reconnectable winding multi-voltage motors the
parameters are to be based on the higher voltage connection.
c.
31.6
Rotor Wk2
TESTS
31.6.1 Test Method
The method of testing definite purpose inverter-fed motors shall be in accordance with IEEE Standard 112.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 31, Page 14
Section IV
31.6.2 Routine Tests

b. No-load readings of current, power, and speed at base rating voltage and frequency (point (3) of
Figure 31-1) using sinusoidal voltage. For motors with the base rating at other than 60 Hertz, these
readings shall be permitted to be taken at 60 Hertz at the appropriate voltage for 60 Hertz.
c.
High-potential test in accordance with 3.1, 12.3, or 20.17.
31.6.3 Performance Tests
Performance tests, when required, shall be conducted on a sinusoidal power supply unless otherwise
specified by mutual agreement between the manufacturer and the user.
31.7
ACCESSORY MOUNTING
When provided, a Type FC face for the mounting of tachometers, resolvers, encoders or similar accessories
on the end opposite the drive end of definite purpose inverter-fed motors shall be per 4.4.5 based on FAK
dimensions of 4.50 or 8.50 in.
Care should be used in the selection of the accessory coupling to ensure it is able to accommodate any
misalignment likely to be encountered in the assembly. If the driven accessory is a tachometer, resolver, or
encoder, it also may be necessary to ensure that the coupling has adequate torsional stiffness for the
desired response, resolution and stability in the intended application.
If the motor has an insulated bearing or similar means to guard against bearing currents (see 31.4.4.3), it
may be necessary to provide an insulated coupling or other means to prevent such shaft potentials from
being applied to connected accessories.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1
Part 32
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,


Section IV
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORS
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 1
Section IV
Part 32
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORS (EXCLUSIVE OF GENERATORS COVERED BY
ANSI STANDARDS C50.12, C50.13, C50.14, AND C50.15 ABOVE 5000 kVA)
RATINGS
32.0
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 32 of Section IV cover synchronous generators of the revolving-field type at
speeds and in ratings covered by Tables 32-1 and 32-2.
32.1
BASIS OF RATING
Synchronous generators shall be rated on a continuous duty basis, and the rating shall be expressed in
kilovoltamperes available at the terminals at 0.8-power-factor lagging (overexcited). The corresponding
kilowatts shall also be stated. General purpose synchronous generators may have a standby continuous
rating in accordance with 32.35.
32.2
KILOVOLT-AMPERE (KVA) AND (KW) RATINGS
The ratings for 60- and 50-hertz, 0.8-power-factor lagging (overexcited) synchronous generators shall be
as shown in Table 32-1.
Table 32-1
KILOVOLT-AMPERE AND KILOWATT RATINGS
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
kVA
kW
kVA
kW
kVA
kW
1.25
2.5
3.75
6.25
9.4
12.5
18.7
25
31.3
37.5
50
62.5
75
93.8
125
156
187
219
1.0
2.0
3.0
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
175
250
312
375
438
500
625
750
875
1000
1125
1250
1563
1875
2188
2500
2812
3125
3750
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
4375
5000
5625
6250
7500
8750
10000
12500
15625
18750
25000
31250
37500
43750
50000
62500
75000
3500
4000
4500
5000
6000
7000
8000
10000
12500
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
50000
60000
NOTEIt is not practical to build synchronous generators of all

kVA ratings at all speeds and for all voltage ratings.
32.3
SPEED RATINGS
Speed ratings shall be as shown in Table 32-2.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 2
Section IV
Table 32-2
SPEED RATINGS
Speed, Rpm
Number of Poles
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
3600
3000
1800
1500
1200
1000
900
750
10
720
600
12
600
500
14
514
429
16
450
375
18
400
333
20
360
300
22
327
273
24
300
250
26
277
231
28
257
214
30
240
200
32
225
188
36
200
167
40
180
150
44
164
136
48
150
---
52
138
---

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 3
32.4
VOLTAGE RATINGS
32.4.1 Voltage Ratings for 60 Hz Circuits, Volts
Three-Phase Broad
Voltage
Three-Phase Discrete Voltage
Single-Phase Discrete Voltage
208-240/416-480
208Y/120
120
240
120/240
480
240
480Y/277
240/480
600
2400
4160Y/2400
4800
6900
13800
NOTEIt is not practical to build synchronous generators of all kVA ratings for all of these voltage ratings.
32.4.2 Voltage Ratings for 50 Hz Circuits, Volts

Three-Phase Broad
Voltage
Single-Phase Broad
Voltage
190-220/380-440
110-120/220-240
Three-Phase Discrete
Voltage
Single-Phase Discrete
Voltage
190
127
200Y/115
115/230
220Y/127
220
380
250
400Y/230
415
440
690
3300Y/1905
6000
11000
12470
32.4.3 Excitation Voltages

The excitation voltages for field windings shall be 62-1/2, 125, 250, 375, and 500 volts direct current.
These excitation voltages do not apply to generators of the brushless type with direct-connected exciters.
NOTEIt is not practical to design all KVA ratings of generators for all of the excitation voltages.
32.5
FREQUENCIES
32.6
TEMPERATURE RISE
synchronous generator, above the temperature of the cooling air, shall not exceed the values given in
Table 32-3. The temperature of the cooling air is the temperature of the external air as it enters the
ventilating openings of the machine, and the temperature rises given in the table are based on a
maximum temperature of 40C for this external air. Temperatures shall be determined in accordance
with IEEE Std 115.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 4
Section IV
Temperature rises in Table 32-3 are based upon generators rated on a continuous duty basis.
Synchronous generators may be rated on a stand-by duty basis (see 32.35). In such cases, it is
recommended that temperature rises not exceed those in Table 32-3 by more than 25C under
continuous operation at the standby rating.
Temperature rises given in Table 32-3 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40C.
However, it is recognized that synchronous generators may be required to operate at an ambient
temperature higher than 40C. For successful operation of generators in ambient temperatures higher
than 40C, the temperature rises of the generators given in Table 32-3 shall be reduced by the number of
degrees that the ambient temperature exceeds 40C.
a. On machines designed for cooling water temperature from 5C to 30C the temperature of the
air leaving the coolers shall not exceed 40C.
b. On machines designed for higher cooling water temperatures the temperature of the air leaving
the coolers shall be permitted to exceed 40C provided the temperature rises of the machine
parts are then limited to values less than those given in Table 32-3 by the number of degrees that
the temperature of the air leaving the coolers exceeds 40C. )
Table 32-3
TEMPERATURE RISE
Item
a.
Determination
Resistance
F*
H**
1. All kVA ratings
Resistance
60
80
105
125
2. 1563 kVA and less
Embedded detector*
70
90
115
140
a. 7000 volts and less
Embedded detector*
65
85
110
135
b. Over 7000 volts
Embedded detector*
60
80
105
125
Resistance
65
80
105
125
Machine Part
Armature windings
3. Over 1563 kVA
b.
Field winding
c.
The temperature attained by the cores, amortisseur windings, collector rings, and miscellaneous parts (such as
brusholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any respect.
*Embedded detectors are located within the slot of the machine and can be either resistance elements or
thermocouples. For machines equipped with embedded detectors, this method shall be used to demonstrate conformity
with the standard. (See 20.27.)
** For machines operating at Class F or Class H temperature rises, consideration should be given to bearing
temperatures, lubrication, etc.
32.6.1 For machines which operate under prevailing barometric pressure and which are designed not to
exceed the specified temperature rise at altitudes from 3300 feet (1000 meters) to 13000 feet (4000
meters), the temperature rises, as checked by tests at low altitudes, shall be less than those listed in the
foregoing table by 1 percent of the specified temperature rise for each 330 feet (100 meters) of altitude in
excess of 3300 feet (1000 meters).


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(Exception: for totally enclosed water-air-cooled machines, the temperature of the cooling air is the
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 5
32.6.2 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40o C, but Not Below
0o C*
cover most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled synchronous generators may
be operated in environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always be less than
40C. When an air-cooled synchronous generator is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C
then the allowable temperature rises in Table 32-3 shall be increased according to the following:
a) For generators for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in Table 32-3 is less than or equal to 5C then the temperature rises
given in Table 32-3 shall be increased by the amount of the difference between 40oC and the lower
marked ambient temperature.
b) For generators for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in Table 32-3 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises given in
Table 32-3 shall be increased by the amount calculated from the following expression:
Where:
A
105
B
130
F
155
H
180
*Note: This requirement does not include water-cooled generators.
For example: A synchronous generator with a Class F insulation system and using resistance as the
method of determining the rated temperature rise is marked for use in an ambient with a maximum
temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference Temperature is 155oC and from Table
32-3 the Temperature Rise Limit is 105oC. The allowable Increase in Rise to be added to the
Temperature Rise Limit is then:
155 o C 40 O C + 105O C
Increase in Rise = 40 C 25 C 1
80 O C
o
) = 13O C
32.7
MAXIMUM MOMENTARY OVERLOADS
Synchronous generators shall be capable of carrying a 1-minute overload with the field set for normal
rated load excitation in accordance with the following:
Armature Current, Percent of
Normal Rated Current
1801 and over
130
1800 and below
150

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 6
Section IV
It is recognized that the voltage and power factor will differ from the rated load values when generators
are subjected to this overload condition. Also, since the heating effect in the machine winding varies
approximately as the product of the square of the current and the time for which this current is being
carried, the overload condition will result in increased temperatures and a reduction in insulation life. The
generator should therefore not be subjected to this extreme condition for more than a few times in its life.
It is assumed that this excess capacity is required only to coordinate the generator with the control and
protective devices.
32.8
OVERLOAD CAPABILITY
General-purpose synchronous generators and their exciters (if provided) shall be suitable for operation at
a generator overload of 10 percent for 2 hours out of any consecutive 24 hours of operation. When
operated at any load greater than rated load the temperature rise will increase and may exceed the
temperature rises specified in Table 32-3.
32.9
Generators shall be capable of withstanding a current equal to 1.5 times the rated current for not less
than 30 seconds when the generator is initially at normal operating temperature.
32.10 MAXIMUM DEVIATION FACTOR
The deviation factor of the open-circuit line-to-line terminal voltage of synchronous generators shall not
exceed 0.1.
32.11 TELEPHONE INFLUENCE FACTOR (TIF)
The telephone influence factor of a synchronous generator is the measure of the possible effect of
harmonics in the generator voltage wave on telephone circuits.
32.11.1 The balanced telephone influence factor (TIF) based on the weighting factors given in 32.11.3
shall not exceed the following values:
kVA Rating of Generator
TIF
6.25 to 62
62.5 to 4999
5000 to 19999
20000 and above
250
150
100
70
32.11.2 The residual component telephone influence factor based on the weighting factors given in
32.11.3 shall not exceed the following values. The residual component applies only to those generators
having voltage ratings of 2000 volts and higher.
1000 to 4999
5000 to 19999
20000 and above
TIF
Residual
100
75
50
32.11.3 The single-frequency telephone influence weighting factors (TIFf), according to the 1960 single
frequency weighting are as listed in Table 32-4.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 7
Table 32-4
TIFf ACCORDING TO THE 1960 SINGLE
FREQUENCY WEIGHTING
Frequency
TIFf
Frequency
TIFf
60
0.5
1860
7820
180
30
1980
8330
300
225
2100
8830
360
400
2160
9080
420
650
2220
9330
540
1320
2340
9840
660
2260
2460
10340
720
2760
2580
10600
780
3360
2820
10210
900
4350
2940
9820
1000
5000
3000
9670
1020
5100
3180
8740
1080
5400
3300
8090
1140
5630
3540
6730
1260
6050
3660
6130
1380
6370
3900
4400
1440
6650
4020
3700
1500
6680
4260
2750
1620
6970
4380
2190
1740
7320
5000
840
1800
7570
32.11.4 The telephone influence factor shall be measured in accordance with IEEE Std 115.
TIF shall be measured at the generator terminals on open circuit at rated voltage and frequency.
32.12 EFFICIENCY
Efficiency and losses shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Std 115. The efficiency shall be
determined at rated conditions.
a.
b. I2R loss of field

c. Core loss
d. Stray-load loss
e. Friction and windage loss
f.
Exciter loss if exciter is supplied with and driven from shaft of machine
of the generator shall be stated separately.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 8
Section IV
A
B
F
H
75
95
115
130
In the case of generators which are furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing
loss produced by the generator itself shall be included in the friction and windage loss for efficiency
calculation. Alternatively, a calculated value of efficiency, including bearing loss due to external thrust
32.13 SHORT-CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS

A synchronous generator shall be capable of withstanding, without damage, a 30-second, three-phase
short circuit at its terminals when operating at rated kVA and power factor, at 5-percent over-voltage, with
fixed excitation. The generator shall also be capable of withstanding, without damage, at its terminals
any other short circuit of 30 seconds or less provided:
a. The machine phase currents under fault conditions are such that the negative-phase-sequence
current, (I2), expressed in per unit of stator current at rated kVA, and the duration of the fault in
seconds, t, are limited to values which give an integrated product, (I2)2t, equal to or less than
1. 40 for salient-pole machines
2. 30 for air-cooled cylindrical rotor machines
b. The maximum phase current is limited by external means to a value which does not exceed the
maximum phase current obtained from the three-phase fault.
2
NOTEGenerators subjected to faults between the preceding values of (I2) t and 200 percent of these values may suffer varying
degrees of damage; for faults in excess of 200 percent of these limits, serious damage should be expected.
32.13.1 With the voltage regulator in service, the allowable duration, t, of the short circuit shall be
determined from the following equation in situations where the regulator is designed to provide ceiling
voltage continuously during a short circuit:
nominal field voltage
t =
exciter ceiling voltage
2
* 30 seconds
Where:
Nominal field voltage is the voltage across the generator field winding at rated load condition.
32.14 CONTINUOUS CURRENT UNBALANCE

A synchronous generator shall be capable of withstanding, without damage, the effects of a continuous
current unbalance corresponding to a negative-phase sequence current I2 of the following values,
providing the rated kVA is not exceeded and the maximum current does not exceed 105 percent of rated


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
In the case of generators which are furnished with less than a full set of bearings, the efficiency may be
determined by testing with shop test bearings. Friction and windage losses which are representative of
the actual installation shall be determined by (1) calculation or (2) experience with shop test bearings and
shall be included in the efficiency calculations.
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 9
current in any phase. (Negative-phase-sequence current is expressed as a percentage of rated stator

current.)
Type of Generator
Permissible I2 Percent
Salient pole
a. With connected amortisseur winding
b. With nonconnected amortisseur winding
Air-cooled cylindrical rotor
10
8
10
These values also express the negative-phase-sequence current capability at reduced generator kVA
capabilities, as a percentage of the stator current corresponding to the reduced capability.
32.15 OPERATION WITH NON-LINEAR OR ASYMMETRIC LOADS
Non-linear loads result in a distortion of the current from a pure sinewave shape when sinusoidal voltage
is applied. A synchronous generator shall be capable of withstanding, without damage, the effects of
continuous operation at rated load on such a circuit provided the instantaneous value of the current does
not differ from the instantaneous value of the fundamental current by more than 5 percent of the
amplitude of the fundamental, and when neither the negative-sequence nor zero-sequence component of
current exceeds 5 percent of the positive-sequence component when any unbalance between phases is
present.
The foregoing levels of current distortion may result in generator output voltage distortion levels beyond
user limits.
Synchronous
Speed,
Overspeed, Percent of
Rpm Synchronous Speed
1801 and over

1800 and below
20
25


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32.16 OVERSPEEDS
Synchronous generators and their exciters (if provided) shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not
to exceed 2 minutes, they will withstand without mechanical damage overspeeds above synchronous
speed in accordance with the following:
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 10
Section IV
32.17 VARIATION FROM RATED VOLTAGE

32.17.1 Broad Voltage Range
Synchronous generators shall be capable of delivering rated output (kVA) at rated frequency and power
factor, at any voltage within the broad range (see 32.4) in accordance with the standards of performance
established in this Part 32.
32.17.2 Discrete Voltage
factor, at any voltage not more than 5 percent above or below rated voltage but not necessarily in
accordance with the standards of performance established for operation at rated voltage (see 32.4).
32.18 SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR VOLTAGE REGULATION (VOLTAGE DIP)
32.18.1 General
When a synchronous generator is subjected to a sudden load change there will be a resultant timevarying change in terminal voltage. One function of the exciter-regulator system is to detect this change
in terminal voltage and to vary the field excitation as required to restore the terminal voltage. The
maximum transient deviation in output voltage that occurs is a function of (1) the magnitude, power factor,
and rate of change of the applied load; (2) the magnitude, power factor, and current versus voltage
characteristic of any initial load; (3) the response time and voltage forcing capability of the exciterregulator system; and (4) the prime mover speed versus time following the sudden load change.
Transient voltage performance is therefore a system performance criterion involving the generator,
exciter, regulator, and prime mover and cannot be established based on generator data alone. The scope
of this section is only the generator and exciter-regulator system. Performance of the prime mover, its
governor, and associated controls are outside the scope of NEMA standards.
In selecting or applying synchronous generators, the maximum transient voltage deviation (voltage dip)
following a sudden increase in load is often specified or requested. When requested by the purchaser,
the generator manufacturer should furnish expected transient voltage regulation, assuming either of the
following criteria applies:
a. Generator, exciter, and regulator furnished as integrated package by the generator manufacturer
b. Complete data defining the transient performance of the regulator (and exciter if applicable) is
made available to the generator manufacturer
When furnishing expected transient voltage regulation, the following conditions should be assumed
unless otherwise specified:
a. Constant speed (rated)
b. Generator, exciter, regulator initially operating at no load, rated voltage, starting from ambient
temperature
c. Application of a constant impedance linear load as specified
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32.18.2 Definitions
See Figure 32-1.


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 11
4
2
V1 = Voltage dip
T0 = Point at which load is applied
V2 = Maximum transient voltage overshoot
T1 = Time to recover to a specified band
V3 = Recovery voltage
T2 = Time to recover to and remain
V4 = Steady-state regulator
within the specified band
Figure 32-1
GENERATOR TRANSIENT VOLTAGE VERSUS TIME FOR SUDDEN LOAD CHANGE
Transient voltage regulation is the maximum voltage deviation that occurs as the result of a sudden load
change.
NOTETransient voltage regulation may be voltage rise or a voltage dip and is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage.
32.18.2.2 Voltage Dip
Voltage dip is the transient voltage regulation that occurs as the result of a sudden increase in load. (See
Figure 32-1.)
NOTEVoltage dip is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage.
32.18.2.3 Transient Voltage Overshoot
Transient voltage overshoot is the maximum voltage overshoot above rated voltage that occurs as a
result of the response of the exciter-regulator system to a sudden increase in load. (See Figure 32-1.)
NOTETransient voltage overshoot is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage.
32.18.2.4 Steady-state Voltage Regulation
Steady-state voltage regulation is the settled or steady-state voltage deviation or excursion that occurs as
the result of a load change after all transients due to the load change have decayed to zero. (See Figure
32-1.)
NOTESteady-state voltage regulation is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage for any load between no load and rated
load with the range of unity (1.0) to rated power factor.
32.18.2.5 Recovery Voltage
Recovery voltage is the maximum obtainable voltage for a specified load condition.
NOTERecovery voltage is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage. For loads in excess of rated, recovery voltage is
limited by saturation and field forcing capability.
32.18.2.6 Recovery Time
Recovery time is the time interval required for the output voltage to return to a specified condition
following a specified sudden load change. (See Figure 32-1.)


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32.18.2.1 Transient Voltage Regulation
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 12
Section IV
32.18.3 Voltage Recorder Performance
The voltage recorder used for making measurements shall meet the following specifications:
a. Response time < 1 millisecond
b. Sensitivity > 1 percent per millimeter
NOTES
1When peak-to-peak recording instruments are used, readings of the steady-state terminal voltage before and after load
application should be made with an rms-indicating instrument in order to determine minimum transient voltage (see Figure 32-2).
2See IEEE Std 115 for care in calibration of oscillograph.
32.18.4 Examples
A strip chart of output voltage as a function of time demonstrates the transient performance of the
generator, exciter. and regulator system to sudden changes in load. The entire voltage envelope should
be recorded to determine the performance characteristics.
An example of a voltage recorder strip chart is illustrated in Figure 32-2. The labeled charts and sample
calculations should be used as a guide in determining generator-exciter-regulator performance when
subjected to a sudden load change.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 32-2
32.18.5 Motor Starting Loads
The following test procedure and presentation of data is recommended for evaluating the motor starting
capability of a synchronous generator, exciter, and regulator system.


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 13
32.18.5.1 Load Simulation
a. Constant impedance (non-saturable reactive load)

b. Power factor < 0.3 lagging
NOTEThe current drawn by the simulated motor starting load should be corrected by the following ratio whenever the generator
terminal voltage fails to return to rated voltage:
V(rated voltage )
V (recovery voltage)
This value of current and rated terminal voltage should be used to determine the actual kVA load applied.
32.18.5.2 Temperature
32.18.5.3 Presentation of Data
Transient voltage regulation performance curves should be identified as "Voltage Dip" (in percent of rated
voltage) versus "kVA Load" (see Figure 32-3).
The performance characteristics will vary considerably for broad voltage range generators (see 32.4.1)
when operating over the broad voltage adjust range. (See Figure 32-3.) Therefore, the percent voltage
dip versus kVA load curve provided for broad voltage range generators should show the performance at
the extreme ends of the operating range; i.e 208/416V and 240/480V. For discrete voltage generators,
the percent voltage dip versus kVA load curve should show the performance at the discrete rated
voltage(s).
Unless otherwise noted, the percent voltage dip versus kVA load curve should provide a voltage recovery
to at least 90 percent of rated voltage. If the recovery voltage is less than 90 percent of rated voltage, a
point on the voltage dip curve beyond which the voltage will not recover to 90 percent of voltage should
be identified or a separate voltage recovery versus kVA load curve should be provided.
In the absence of manufacturers' published information, the value of voltage dip may be estimated from
machine constants, subject to the conditions set forth in 32.18.1 and the following:
a. Voltage regulator response time < 17 milliseconds
b. Excitation system ceiling voltage* > 1.5
c. Rated field voltage
Voltage dip = Xd , percent
XL + Xd
Where:
Xd= direct axis transient reactance, per unit
XL= applied load, per unit on generator kVA base
or XL=
kVA rated
.
kVA (low power factor load)
Data estimated in accordance with the above calculation should be identified as Calculated Voltage Dip.
* See IEEE Std 421


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The test should be conducted with the generator and excitation system initially at ambient temperature.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 14
Section IV
Figure 32-3
PERFORMANCE CURVES (PF < 0.3) (STEP LOADING)

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 15
32.19 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION FORMS

32.19.1 Slip-ring Synchronous Generators
The specification form for listing performance data on synchronous generators with slip rings shall be as
follows:
Date ____________________
SLIP-RING SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR RATING
kVA
Power
Factor
kW
Rpm
Number
of Poles
Phase
Hertz
Volts
Amperes
Frame
Description:
Is amortisseur winding included?_________
Temperature Rise (oC) Not to Exceed
Armature Winding
kVA
Power Factor
Field Winding
Embedded
Temperature
Detector
Resistance
Resistance
Excitation Requirements
(Maximum)
kW
Exciter
Rated Voltage
Rating and temperature rise are based on cooling air not exceeding _
degrees C and altitude not exceeding
feet
(meters). High-potential test in accordance with 32.20. The rotor of the generator and the armature of the direct-connected exciter,
when used, will stand an overspeed of _____ percent without mechanical damage.
Maximum Efficiencies
kVA
Power
Factor
kW
Full Load
load
Load
Efficiencies are determined by including I R losses of armature winding at

C and field windings at _____C, core losses,
stray-load losses, and friction and windage losses.* Exciter loss is included if supplied with and driven from shaft of machine. Field
rheostat losses are not included.
2
*1. In the case of a generator furnished with a thrust bearing, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the generator
itself is included in the efficiency calculation.
2. In the case of generator furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses representative of the actual
Approximate Data
Wk2 of the Generator
Pr. Synchronizing Power

per Electrical Radian

Total
Net
Rotor
Net
Heaviest
Part for
Crane Net
Total
Shipping

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 16
32.19.2
Section IV
BRUSHLESS SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORS
The specification form for listing performance data on brushless synchronous generators shall be as follows.
Date ____________________
BRUSHLESS SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR RATING
kVA
Power
Factor
kW
Rpm
Number
of Poles
Phase
Hertz
Volts
Amperes
Frame
Description:
Temperature Rise (o C) Not to Exceed
kVA
Excitation Requirements*
(2) (Maximum)
Power
Factor
Armature Winding
Resistance
Field Winding
Embedded
Temperature
Detector
Resistance
Watts
Exciter Rated
Field Voltage
Generator
Exciter* (1)
exciter.
o
Rating and temperature rise are based on cooling air not exceeding
_ C and altitude not exceeding ____ feet (meters). Highpotential test in accordance with ______ . The rotor of the generator and the armature of the direct-connected exciter, when used,
will stand an overspeed of _____ percent without mechanical damage.
Maximum Efficiencies
Power Factor
kW
Full Load
load
Load
Efficiencies are determined by including I R losses of armature windings at

C and field windings at _____C, core losses,
stray-load losses, and friction and windage losses.** Exciter loss is included if supplied with and driven from shaft of machine. Field
2
**1. In the case of a generator furnished with a thrust bearing, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the generator
2. In the case of generator furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses representative of the actual
Approximate Data
2
Wk of the
Generator
Pr. Synchronizing Power


Total
Net
Rotor
Net
Heaviest
Part for
Crane Net
Total
Shipping


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
kVA
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 17
32.20 ROUTINE FACTORY TESTS

32.20.1 Generators Not Completely Assembled in the Factory
The following tests shall be made on all generators (and exciters if provided) which are not completely
assembled in the factory, including those furnished without a shaft or a complete set of bearings, or
neither:
b. Polarity of field coils
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32.20.2 Generators Completely Assembled in the Factory

The following tests shall be made on generators (and exciters, if provided) which are completely
assembled in the factory and furnished with a shaft and a complete set of bearings:
b. If brushless exciter is not provided, check generator field current at no load with normal voltage
and frequency on the generator. On generators having brushless excitation systems, check
instead the exciter field current at no load with normal voltage and frequency on the generator.
32.21 HIGH-POTENTIAL TESTS
32.21.1 Safety Precautions and Test Procedures
See 3.1.
32.21.2 Test VoltageArmature Windings
The test voltage for all generators shall be an alternating voltage whose effective value is 1000 volts plus
twice the rated voltage of the machine but in no case less than 1500 volts.
A direct instead of an alternating voltage is sometimes used for high-potential tests on primary windings
of machines. In such cases, a test voltage equal to 1.7 times the alternating-current test voltage
(effective value) as given in 32.21.2 and 32.21.3 is recommended. Following a direct-voltage highpotential test, the tested winding should be thoroughly grounded. The insulation rating of the winding and
the test level of the voltage applied determine the period of time required to dissipate the charge and, in
many cases, the ground should be maintained for several hours to dissipate the charge to avoid hazard
to personnel.
32.21.3 Test VoltageField Windings, Generators with Slip Rings
The test voltage for all generators with slip rings shall be an alternating voltage whose effective value
is as follows:
a. Rated excitation voltage < 500 volts direct currentten times the rated excitation voltage but in
no case less than 1500 volts
b. Rated excitation voltage > 500 volts direct current4000 volts plus twice the rated excitation
voltage
32.21.4 Test VoltageAssembled Brushless Generator Field Winding and Exciter Armature
Winding
The test voltage for all assembled brushless generator field windings and exciter armature windings shall
be an alternating voltage whose effective value is as follows:
voltage


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 18
Section IV
synchronous machine field wiring shall be short-circuited (not grounded) during the test.
32.21.5 Test VoltageBrushless Exciter Field Winding
value is as follows:
voltage
c. Exciters with alternating-current excited stators (fields) shall be tested at 1000 volts plus twice the
rated alternating-current voltage of the stator, but in no case less than 1500V
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
32.22 MACHINE SOUND SYNCHRONOUS (GENERATORS)

32.22.1 Sound Quality
Sound quality, the distribution of effective sound intensities as a function of frequency, affects the
acceptability of the sound.
A measurement of total sound does not completely define sound acceptability because machines with the
same overall decibel sound level may have a different sound quality. It may be necessary, in some
cases, to describe sound profile in more detail, including octave band values.
32.22.2 Sound Measurement
Machine sound should be measured in accordance with Part 9 in overall sound power levels using the Aweighting network and stated in decibels (reference = 10-12 watts).
Generator sound tests should be taken at rated voltage no load. The generator should be isolated from
other sound sources.
Sound power values are related to the sound source and are not affected by environmental conditions.
They are calculated from test data taken under prescribed conditions and the values can be repeated.
Field measurements are measured in sound pressure. Measurements of sound pressure levels of
generators installed in the field can be correlated to sound power levels using corrections to
environmental conditions as outlined in NEMA Standards Publication No. MG 3.
32.23 VIBRATION
See Part 7 for evaluation of vibration for two-bearing generators. Vibration limits and test methods for
single-bearing machines are by agreement between the user and the manufacturer.


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 19
MANUFACTURING DATA

The following information shall be provided. The items need not all be on the same plate. For
abbreviations, see 1.79. For some examples of additional information that may be included on the
nameplate see 1.70.2.
a. Manufacturers type and frame designation
b. Kilovolt-ampere output
c. Power factor
d. Time rating
e. Temperature rise1
f. Rated speed in rpm
g. Voltage
h. Rated current in amperes per terminal
i. Number of phases
j. Frequency
k. Rated field current2
l. Rated excitation voltage2
Additional information that may be included on the nameplate:

a.
Connection diagram located near or inside the terminal box, if more than 3 leads
b.
Minimum ambient if other than that in 32.33.2.a
32.25 SHAFT EXTENSION KEY
When the machine shaft extension is provided with a keyway it should be provided with a full key.
32.26 GENERATOR TERMINAL HOUSING
32.26.1 When generators covered by this Part are provided with terminal housings for wire-to-wire
connections, the housings shall have the following dimensions and usable volumes:
1 As an alternate marking, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following:

a. Maximum ambient temperature for which the generator is designed (see 32.6).
b. Insulation system designation (if armature and field use different classes of insulation systems, both insulation systems shall
be given, that for the armature being given first).
2 Applies to exciter in case of brushless machine.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 20
Section IV
Minimum
Minimum
Usable
Minimum
Centerline
Volume
Dimension,
Distance,*
Voltage
kVA
Cu. In.
Inches
Inches
0599
<20
75
2.5
0599
2145
250
0-599
46200
500
201-312, incl.
600
313-500, incl.
1100
6002399
24004159
41606899
690013800
501-750, incl.
2000
751-1000, incl.
3200
10
201-312, incl..
600
313-500, incl.
1100
501-750, incl.
2000
751-1000, incl.
3200
10
251-625, incl.
180
626-1000, incl.
330
1000-1563, incl.
600
1564-2500, incl.
1100
2501-3750, incl.
2000
351-1250, incl.
2000
12.5
1251-5000, incl.
5600
14
16
5001-7500, incl.
8000
16
20
876-3125, incl.
5600
14
16
3126-8750, incl.
8000
16
20
Terminal housings containing surge capacitors, surge arrestors, current transformers, or potential
32.26.2 For generators rated above 600 volts, accessory leads shall terminate in a terminal box or boxes
separate from the generator terminal housing. As an exception, current and potential transformers
located in the generator terminal housing shall be permitted to have their secondary connections
terminated in the generator terminal housing if separated from the generator leads by a suitable physical
barrier to prevent accidental contact.
32.26.3 For generators rated 601 volts and higher, the termination of leads of accessory items normally
operating at a voltage of 50 volts (rms) or less shall be separated from leads of higher voltage by a
suitable physical barrier to prevent accidental contact, or shall be terminated in a separate box.
32.27 EMBEDDED TEMPERATURE DETECTORS
See 20.28.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 21
APPLICATION DATA
32.29 PARALLEL OPERATION

Many of the factors which affect the parallel operation of generators are contained in the prime mover,
and the characteristics of the equipment connected to the system with which the generator is to operate
in parallel also impose conditions which should be taken into account in parallel operation:
When requested, the generator manufacturer should furnish the following and any other information as
may be required, in determining the system requirements for successful parallel operation.
a. Synchronizing torque coefficient Prunless otherwise specified the value of Pr should
correspond to a pulsation frequency of one-half the rpm (see 21.36);
b. Wk2 of the generator rotor.
c.
Generator third harmonic line-neutral voltage at no load.
32.30 CALCULATION OF NATURAL FREQUENCY

See 21.36.
32.31 TORSIONAL VIBRATION
Excessive torsional vibration may result in overstressed shafts, couplings, and other rotating parts.
Torsional vibration is difficult to determine and measure, and it is recommended that torsional stresses be
investigated when generators are to be driven by prime movers producing periodic torque pulsations.
While the factors which affect torsional vibration are primarily contained in the design of the prime mover,
the design of the generator rotor should also be considered. When requested, the generator
manufacturer should furnish the Wk2 and weight of the generator rotor, and any other information, such
as the stiffness of the spider, as may be required to make a successful design of the combined unit.
32.32 MACHINES OPERATING ON AN UNGROUNDED SYSTEM

level of insulation suitable for such operation is required. The generator manufacturer should be
consulted before selecting a generator for such an application.
Auxiliary equipment connected to the generator may not be suitable for use on an ungrounded system
32.33
SERVICE CONDITIONS
32.33.1 General
Generators should be properly selected with respect to their service conditions, usual or unusual, both of


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Before the generator spider and such part of the shaft as may be furnished by the generator
manufacturer are manufactured, the final drawings of the same should be submitted for approval insofar
as their design affects torsional vibration.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 22
Section IV
explosion.
Although experience of the user may often be the best guide, the manufacturer of the driving equipment
and the generator manufacturer should be consulted for further information regarding any unusual
service conditions which increase the mechanical or thermal duty on the machine and , as a result,
increase the chances for failure and consequent hazard. This further information should be considered by
the user, his consultants, or others most familiar with the details of the application involved when making
the final decision.
a. Exposure to an ambient temperature in the range of -15C to 40C or, when water cooling is
used, an ambient temperature range of 5C (to prevent freezing of water) to 40C, except for
machines rated less than 600 watts and all machines other than water-cooled having commutator
or sleeve bearings for which the minimum ambient temperature is 0C
c. A location or supplementary enclosure, if any, such that there is no serious interference with the
ventilation of the generator
d. Installation on a rigid mounting surface
a. Exposure to:
ventilation
growth of fungus
7. Abnormal shock or vibration from external sources
8. Abnormal axial or side thrust imposed on the generator shaft
b. Operation where:
1. There is excessive departure from rated voltage (see 32.17)
3. Generator neutral will be solidly grounded (see 32.34)
c. Operation at speeds other than rated speed
1. Torsional vibration (see 32.31)
2. Out-of-phase paralleling

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section IV
f.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 23
3. Excessive unbalanced load

4. Excessive current distortion (see 32.15)
5. Excessive non-linear loads (see 32.15)
Applications where generators are belt, chain or gear driven
32.34 NEUTRAL GROUNDING

For safety of personnel and to reduce over-voltages to ground, the generator neutral is often either
grounded solidly or grounded through a resistor or reactor. When the neutral is grounded through a
resistor or reactor properly selected in accordance with established power systems practices, there are
no special considerations required in the generator design or selection unless the generator is to be
operated in parallel with other power supplies. The neutral of a generator should not be solidly grounded
unless the generator has been specifically designed for such operation. With the neutral solidly
grounded, the maximum line-to-ground fault current may be excessive (see 32.13), and in parallel
systems excessive circulating harmonic currents may be present in the neutrals.
32.35 STAND-BY GENERATOR
Synchronous generators may at times be assigned a standby rating where the application is an
emergency back-up power source and is not the prime power supply. Under such conditions,
temperature rises up to 25C above those for continuous-duty operation may occur per 32.6. Operation at
these stand-by temperature rise values causes the generator insulation to age thermally at about four to
eight times the rate that occurs at the continuous-duty temperature rise values, i.e., operating 1 hour at
stand-by temperature rise values is approximately equivalent to operating 4 to 8 hours at continuous-duty
temperature rise values.
32.36 GROUNDING MEANS FOR FIELD WIRING
When generators are provided with terminal housings for wire-to-wire connections or fixed terminal
connections, a means for attachment of an equipment grounding conductor termination shall be provided
inside, or adjacent with accessibility from, the terminal housing. Unless its intended use is obvious, it shall
be suitably identified. The termination shall be suitable for the attachment and equivalent fault current
ampacity of a copper grounding conductor as shown in Table 32-5. A screw, stud, or bolt intended for the
termination of a grounding conductor shall be not smaller than shown in Table 32-5. For generator
full-load currents in excess of 30 amperes ac or 45 amperes dc, external tooth lockwashers, serrated
screw heads, or the equivalent shall not be furnished for a screw, bolt, or stud intended as a grounding
conductor termination.
When a generator is provided with a grounding terminal, this terminal shall be the solderless type and
shall be on a part of the machine not normally disassembled during operation or servicing.
When a terminal housing mounting screw, stud, or bolt is used to secure the grounding conductor to the
main terminal housing, there shall be at least one other equivalent securing means for attachment of the
terminal housing to the machine frame.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 32, Page 24
Section IV
Table 32-5
MINIMUM SIZE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TERMINATION
Maximum Size of
Motor Full
Grounding Conductor
Minimum Size of
Load Current
Termination
Screw, Stud, or Bolt
Attachment Means,
ac
AWG
Steel
Bronze
12
14
#6
---
16
12
#8
---
30
10
#10
---
45
#12
#10
70
5/16
#12
110
5/16
5/16
160
3/8
5/16
250
1/2
3/8
400
2/0
---
1/2
600
3/0
---
1/2
800
4/0
---
1/2
1000
250 kcmil
---
1/2
1250
350 kcmil
---
1/2
1500
400 kcmil
---
1/2
2000
500 kcmil
---
1/2

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---




--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1
Part 33


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section IV
DEFINITE PURPOSE SYNCHRONOUS GENERATORS FOR
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 1
Section IV
Part 33
33.0
SCOPE
The standards in this Part 33 of Section IV establish the principal characteristics of synchronous
generators of the revolving field type when used for reciprocating internal combustion engine driven
generating set applications. This Part covers the use of such generators for land and marine use, but
excludes those used on aircraft or used to propel land vehicles and locomotives.
33.1
DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this Part, the following definitions apply.

33.1.1
Rated Output Power
33.1.1.1
Rated Output Power S
The product of the rated line-to-line rms voltage, the rated rms current and a constant m, divided by 1000,
expressed in kilo volt-ampere (kVA), where
m = 1 for single-phase;
m = 2 for two-phase;
m = 3 for three-phase
33.1.1.2
Rated Active Power P
The product of the rated line-to-line rms voltage, the in-phase component of the rated rms current and a
constant m, divided by 1000 expressed in kilowatts (kW), where
m = 1 for single-phase;
m = 2 for two-phase;
m = 3 for three-phase.
33.1.1.3
Rated Reactive Power Q
The vector difference of the rated output power and the rated active power expressed in kilovolt-amperes
reactive (kVAr) or its decimal multiples.
Q = ( S2 P2 )
33.1.1.4
Rated Power Factor cos
The ratio of the rated active power P to the rated output power S.
cos = P / S
33.1.1.5
Continuous Power (Prime Power)
Continuous power is that which a generator is capable of delivering continuously between stated
maintenance intervals and under the stated altitude and ambient conditions, the maintenance being
carried out as prescribed by the manufacturer.

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 2
33.1.1.6
Section IV
Standby Power
Synchronous generators may at times be assigned a standby rating where the application is an
emergency back-up power source and is not the prime power supply.
33.1.2
Rated Speed of Rotation n
The speed of the rotation necessary for voltage generation at rated frequency.
n = 120 f / p
Where:
n = speed in rpm;
p is the number of poles;
f is the rated frequency.
33.1.3
Voltage Terms
These terms relate to a generator running at constant (rated) speed under the control of the normal
excitation and voltage control system.
33.1.3.1
Rated Voltage V
The line-to-line voltage at the terminals of the generator at rated frequency and rated output.
NOTERated voltage is the voltage assigned by the manufacturer for operating and performance characteristics.
33.1.3.2
No-load Voltage Vnl
The line-to-line voltage at the terminals of the generator at rated frequency and no load.
33.1.3.3
Range of Voltage Setting Vr
The range of possible upward and downward adjustment of voltage at generator terminals (Vup and Vdo
where Vup is the upper limit of voltage setting and Vdo is the lower limit of voltage setting) at rated
frequency, for all loads between no-load and rated output.
Vr = Vup + Vdo
The voltage setting range is expressed as a percentage of the rated voltage.
a)
Upward range, Vup

Vup = (Vup - V) 100 / V
b)
Downward range, Vdo

Vdo = (V - Vdo ) 100 / V
Steady-state Voltage Bandwidth V
The agreed voltage band about the steady-state voltage that the voltage may reach within a given voltage
recovery time after a specified sudden increase or decrease of load.
33.1.3.5
Transient Voltage Regulation
Transient voltage regulation is the maximum voltage deviation that occurs as the result of a sudden load
change.
NOTETransient voltage regulation may be voltage rise or a voltage dip and is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage.
33.1.3.6
Voltage Dip (V1)
Voltage dip is the transient voltage regulation that occurs as the result of a sudden increase in load. (See
Figure 33-1).
NOTEVoltage dip is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
33.1.3.4
Section IV
33.1.3.7
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 3
Voltage Rise
Voltage rise is the transient voltage regulation that occurs as the result of a sudden decrease in load.
NOTEVoltage rise is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage.
33.1.3.8
Transient Voltage Overshoot (V2)
Transient voltage overshoot is the maximum voltage overshoot above rated voltage that occurs as a
result of the response of the exciter-regulator system to a sudden increase in load. (See Figure 33-1.)
NOTETransient voltage overshoot is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage.
33.1.3.9
Steady-state Voltage Regulation (V4)
Steady-state voltage regulation is the settled or steady-state voltage deviation or excursion that occurs as
the result of a load change after all transients due to the load change have decayed to zero. (See Figure
33-1.)
NOTESteady-state voltage regulation is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage for any load between no load and rated
load with the range of unity (1.0) to rated power factor.
V1 = Voltage dip
T0 = Point at which load is applied
V2 = Maximum transient voltage overshoot
T1 = Time to recover to a specified band
V3 = Recovery voltage
T2 = Time to recover to and remain within the specified band
V4 = Steady-state regulator
Figure 33-1
33.1.3.10
Recovery Voltage (V3)
Recovery voltage is the maximum obtainable voltage for a specified load condition
NOTERecovery voltage is normally expressed as a percent of rated voltage. For loads in excess of rated, recovery voltage is
limited by saturation and field forcing capability.
33.1.3.11
Recovery Time (T1)
Recovery time is the time interval required for the output voltage to return to a specified band following a
specified sudden load change. (See Figure 33-1.)


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 4
33.1.3.12
Section IV
Voltage Modulation Vmod
The quasi-periodic voltage variation (peak-to-peak) about steady-state voltage having typical frequencies
below the fundamental generation frequency expressed as a percentage of average voltage of the
modulating voltage of one phase.
Vmod = 2 (Vmodmax - Vmodmin) / (Vmodmax + Vmodmin) 100
33.1.3.13
Voltage Unbalance
Voltage unbalance in percentage is defined as:

Percent voltage unbalance = 100 x (maximum voltage deviation from average voltage) / average voltage
where average voltage is the average of the three line-to-line voltages.
33.1.3.14
Voltage Regulation Characteristics
Curves of terminal voltage expressed as a function of load current at a given power factor under steadystate conditions at rated speed without any manual adjustment of the voltage regulation system.
33.1.3.15
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)
Percent THD is the square root of the sum of the squares of the rms harmonic voltages divided by the
rms fundamental voltage, multiplied by 100.
33.1.3.16
Telephone Harmonic Factor (THF)
Telephone Harmonic factor (THF %) of a voltage wave is 100 multiplied by the ratio of the square root of
the sum of the squares of the weighted root mean square (rms) values of all the sine wave components
including both the fundamental and harmonics to the rms value (unweighted) of the entire wave.
33.1.3.17
Telephone Influence Factor (TIF)
Telephone Influence factor of a voltage wave is the ratio of the square root of the sum of the squares of
the weighted root mean square (rms) values of all the sine wave components including both fundamental
and harmonics to the rms value (unweighted) of the entire wave.
33.1.3.18
Deviation Factor
The deviation factor of a wave is the ratio of the maximum difference between corresponding ordinates of
the wave and of the equivalent sine wave to the maximum ordinate of the equivalent sine wave when the
waves are superimposed in such a way as to make this maximum difference as small as possible. The
equivalent sine wave is defined as having the same frequency and the same rms value as the wave
being tested.
33.1.4
Performance Classes
Four performance classes are specified to cover the various requirements of the supplied electrical
systems.
33.1.4.1
Performance Class G1
This is required for application where the connected loads are such that only basic parameters of voltage
and frequency need to be specified.
Examples: General purpose applications (lighting and other simple electrical loads).
33.1.4.2
This is required for applications where the demands on voltage characteristics are very much the same
as for the commercial power system. When load change occurs, there may be temporary but acceptable
deviation of voltage and frequency.
Examples: Lighting systems; pumps, fans and hoists.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
33.1.4.3
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 5
This is required for applications where the connected equipment may make severe demands on the
frequency, voltage and waveform characteristics.
Examples: Telecommunications and thyristor-controlled loads. It should be especially recognized that
both rectifier and thyristor-controlled loads may need special consideration with respect to their effect on
generator-voltage waveform.
33.1.4.4
This is required for applications where the demands made on the frequency, voltage and waveform
characteristics are exceptionally severe.
Examples: Data-processing equipment or computer systems.
33.2
RATINGS
33.2.1
Power Factor
The preferred value of power factor is 0.8 lagging.

Kilovolt - Ampere (KVA) and Kilowatt (KW) Ratings
The ratings for 60- and 50-hertz, 0.8-power-factor lagging (overexcited) synchronous generators shall be
as shown in Table 33-1.
Table 33-1
KILOVOLT-AMPERE AND KILOWATT RATINGS
kVA
kW
kVA
kW
kVA
kW
1.25
2.5
3.75
6.25
9.4
12.5
1.0
2.0
3.0
5
7.5
10
250
312
375
438
500
625
200
250
300
350
400
500
4375
5000
5625
6250
7500
8750
3500
4000
4500
5000
6000
7000
18.7
25
31.3
37.5
50
62.5
15
20
25
30
40
50
750
875
1000
1125
1250
1563
600
700
800
900
1000
1250
10000
12500
15625
18750
25000
8000
10000
12500
15000
20000
75
93.8
125
156
187
219
60
75
100
125
150
175
1875
2188
2500
2812
3125
3750
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
NOTEIt is not practical to build synchronous generators of all kVA ratings at all speeds and for all voltage ratings.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
33.2.2
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 6
33.2.3
Section IV
Speed
Speed ratings shall be as shown in Table 33-2.
Table 33-2
SPEED RATINGS
Speed, Rpm
Number of Poles
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
3600
3000
1800
1500
1200
1000
900
750
10
720
600
12
600
500
14
514
429
16
450
375
18
400
333
20
360
300
22
327
273
24
300
250
26
277
231
28
257
214
30
240
200
32
225
188
36
200
167
40
180
150
44
164
136
48
150
---
52
138
---

33.2.4
Voltage
33.2.4.1
Broad Voltage Ratings, Volts
Three Phase 60 Hz
208-240/416-480
Three Phase 50 Hz
190-220/380-440
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
Discrete Voltage Ratings, Volts
Three-Phase 60 Hz
Single-Phase 60 Hz
Three-Phase 50 Hz
Single-Phase 50 Hz
208Y/120
120
190
127
240
120/240
200Y/115
115/230
480
240
220Y/127
220
480Y/277
380
250
240/480
400Y/230
600
415
2400
440
4160Y/2400
690
4800
3300Y/1905
6900
6000
13800
11000
12470
33.2.5
FREQUENCIES

33.3
PERFORMANCE
33.3.1
Voltage and Frequency Variation
33.3.1.1
Variation From Rated Voltage
33.3.1.1.1 Broad Voltage Range

factor at any voltage within the broad voltage range (see 33.2.4.1) in accordance with the standards of
performance established in this Part. Voltage variations beyond this range may cause damage to the
generator and to connected loads.
33.3.1.1.2 Discrete Voltages
Synchronous generators with discrete voltage ratings shall be capable of delivering rated output (kVA) at
rated frequency and power factor at any voltage not more than 5 percent above or below rated voltage
(see 33.2.4.2), but not necessarily in accordance with the standards of performance established for
operation at rated voltage.
33.3.1.2
Variation From rated Frequency
33.3.1.2.1 Steady-state
The steady-state frequency variations depend mainly on the performance of the engine speed governor.
The generators shall be capable of delivering its rated output (kVA) at rated power factor within 2
percent frequency range. The voltage under these conditions may not necessarily be the rated voltage.
33.3.1.2.2 Transient
The dynamic frequency characteristics, i.e., the response to load changes, depend on the combined
behavior of all the system components (for example on the engine torque characteristics, including type
of turbocharging system, the characteristics of the load, the inertias, the damping, etc.) and thus on the
individual design of all the relevant components. The dynamic frequency behavior of the generating set
may be related directly to the generator speed.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
33.2.4.2
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 7
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 8
Section IV
The transient frequency and voltage characteristics of the generating set to sudden load change depend
on such influences as the following:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
the turbo-charging system of the RIC engine,

brake mean effective pressure of the RIC engine at declared power,
speed governor behavior,
generator design,
alternator excitation system characteristics,
voltage regulator behavior,
rotational inertia of the whole generating set, and
the applied load, the power factor of the applied load, and existing loads on the generator set.
33.3.2
Limits of Temperature and Temperature Rise
33.3.2.1
Continuous Rating
synchronous generator, above the temperature of the cooling air, shall not exceed the values given in
Table 33-3. The temperature of the cooling air is the temperature of the external air as it enters the
ventilating openings of the machine, and the temperature rises given in the table are based on a
maximum temperature of 40C for this external air. Temperatures shall be determined in accordance with
IEEE Std 115.
Temperature rises given in Table 33-3 are based upon a reference ambient temperature of 40C.
However, it is recognized that synchronous generators may be required to operate at an ambient
temperature higher than 40C. For successful operation of generators in ambient temperatures higher
than 40C, the temperature rises of the generators given in Table 33-3 shall be reduced by the number of
degrees that the ambient temperature exceeds 40C. (Exceptionfor totally enclosed water-air-cooled
machines, the temperature of the cooling air is the temperature of the air leaving the coolers. Totally
enclosed water-air-cooled machines are normally designed for the maximum cooling water temperature
encountered at the location where each machine is to be installed. With a cooling water temperature not
exceeding that for which the machine is designed:
a)
On machines designed for cooling water temperature from 5C to 30C, the temperature of the
air leaving the coolers shall not exceed 40C.
b)
On machines designed for higher cooling water temperatures, the temperature of the air leaving
the coolers shall be permitted to exceed 40C provided the temperature rises of the machine
parts are then limited to values less than those given in Table 33-3 by the number of degrees that
the temperature of the air leaving the coolers exceeds 40C.)

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 9
Table 33-3
TEMPERATURE RISE
Temperature Rise.
Degrees C
Class of Insulation
Item
Machine Part
a.
System
Determination
F*
H*
Armature Windings
1. All kVA ratings
Resistance
80
105
125
2. 1563 kVA and less
Embedded detector **
90
115
140
a. 7000 volts and less
Embedded detector**
85
110
135
b. Over 7000 volts
Embedded detector**
80
105
125
Resistance
80
105
125
3. Over 1563 kVA
b.
Field winding
c.
The temperatures attained by cores, amortisseur windings, collector rings, and miscellaneous
parts (such as brushholders, brushes, etc.) shall not injure the insulation or the machine in any
respect.
*Where a class F or H insulation system is used, special consideration should be given to bearing temperatures,
lubrication, etc.
**Embedded detectors are located within the slot of the machine and can be either resistance elements or
thermocouples. For machines with embedded detectors, this method shall be used to demonstrate conformity with
the standard (see 33.3.2.2).
33.3.2.2
Embedded Temperature Detectors
Embedded temperature detectors are resistance temperature detectors or thermocouples built into the
machine during construction at points which are inaccessible after the machine is built.
Unless otherwise specified, when machines are equipped with embedded detectors they shall be of the
resistance temperature detector type. The resistance element shall have a minimum width of 0.25 inch,
and the detector length shall be approximately as follows.
Core Length, Inches
Approximate Detector Length, Inches
12 or less
Greater than 12 and less than 40
10
40 or greater
20
For generators rated less than 5000 kVA the minimum number of detectors shall equal the number of
phases for which the machine is wound (i.e., three detectors for a three-phase machine). For generators
rated 5000 kVA or higher the minimum number of detectors shall be six. The detectors shall be suitably
distributed around the circumference, located between the coil sides, and in positions having normally the
highest temperature along the length of the slot.
The detector shall be located in the center of the slot (with the respect to the slot width) and in intimate
contact with the insulation of both the upper and lower coil sides whenever possible; otherwise, it shall be
in contact with the insulation of the upper coil side (that is, the coil side nearest the air gap). Each
detector shall be installed, and its leads brought out, so that the detector is effectively protected from
contact with the cooling medium. If the detector does not occupy the full length of the core, suitable
packing shall be inserted between the coils to the full length of the core to prevent the cooling medium
from directly contacting the detector.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 10
33.3.2.3
Section IV
Standby Duty
generator shall not exceed the values given in 33.3.2.1 by more than 25C when the generator is
operated continuously at the standby rating (see 33.1.1.6). Operation at these stand-by temperature rise
values causes the generator insulation to age thermally at about four to eight times the rate that occurs at
the continuous-duty temperature rise values, i.e., operating 1 hour at stand-by temperature rise values is
approximately equivalent to operating 4 to 8 hours at continuous-duty temperature rise values.
33.3.2.4
Altitude
temperature rises, as checked by tests at low altitudes, shall be less than those listed in 33.3.2.1 by 1
percent of the specified temperature rise for each 330 feet (100 meters) of altitude in excess of 3300 feet
(1000 meters).
33.3.2.5 Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Machines for Ambients Lower than 40o C, but Not
Below 0o C*
cover most general environments. However, it is recognized that air-cooled synchronous generators may
be operated in environments where the ambient temperature of the cooling air will always be less than
40C. When an air-cooled synchronous generator is marked with a maximum ambient less than 40C
then the allowable temperature rises in Table 33-3 shall be increased according to the following:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a) For generators for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in Table 33-3 is less than or equal to 5C then the temperature rises
given in Table 33-3 shall be increased by the amount of the difference between 40oC and the lower
marked ambient temperature.
b) For generators for which the difference between the Reference Temperature and the sum of 40C and
the Temperature Rise Limit given in Table 33-3 is greater than 5C then the temperature rises given in
Table 33-3 shall be increased by the amount calculated from the following expression:

Where:
105
130
155
180
*NOTEThis requirement does not include water-cooled generators.


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 11
For example: A synchronous generator with a Class F insulation system and using resistance as the
method of determining the rated temperature rise is marked for use in an ambient with a maximum
temperature of 25oC. From the Table above the Reference Temperature is 155oC and from Table
33-3 the Temperature Rise Limit is 105oC. The allowable Increase in Rise to be added to the
Temperature Rise Limit is then:
155o C 40 O C + 105O C
80 O C
) = 13O C
33.3.3
Special Load Conditions
33.3.3.1
Overload Capability
A continuous duty synchronous generator and exciter (if provided) shall be suitable for operation at a
generator overload of 10 percent for 2 hours out of any consecutive 24 hours of operation.
When operated at any load greater than rated load the temperature rise will increase and may exceed the
temperature rises specified in 33.3.2.1.
33.3.3.2
Occasional Excess Current
Generators shall be capable of withstanding a load current equal to 1.5 times the rated current for not
less than 30 seconds.
33.3.3.3
Continuous Current Unbalance
A generator shall be capable of withstanding, without damage, the effects of a continuous current
unbalance corresponding to a negative-phase-sequence current I2 of the following values, providing the
rated kVA is not exceeded and the maximum current does not exceed 105 percent of rated current in any
phase. (Negative-phase-sequence current is expressed as a percentage of rated stator current.).
Type of Generator
Permissible I2, Percent
Salient pole
a. With connected amortisseur winding
10
b. With nonconnected amortisseur winding
Air-cooled cylindrical rotor
10
These values also express the negative-phase-sequence current capability at reduced generator kVA
capabilities, as a percentage of the stator current corresponding to the reduced capability.
33.3.3.4
Short-circuit Current
A synchronous generator shall be capable of withstanding, without damage, a 30-second, three-phase

short circuit at its terminals when operating at rated kVA and power factor, at 5-percent over-voltage for
generators with discrete voltage ratings and at the maximum voltage for generators with broad voltage
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 12
Section IV
ratings, with fixed excitation. The generator shall also be capable of withstanding, without damage, at its
terminals any other short circuit of 30 seconds or less provided:
a)
The machine phase currents under fault conditions are such that the negative-phase-sequence
current, (I2), expressed in per unit of stator current at rated kVA, and the duration of the fault in
seconds, t, are limited to values which give an integrated product, (I2)2t, equal to or less than:
1. 40 for salient-pole machines
2. 30 for air-cooled cylindrical rotor machines
b)
The maximum phase current is limited by external means to a value which does not exceed the
maximum phase current obtained from a three-phase fault.
2
NOTEGenerators subjected to faults between the preceding values of (I2) t and 200 percent of these values may suffer
varying degrees of damage; for faults in excess of 200 percent of these limits, serious damage should be expected.
2
nominal field voltage
30 seconds
t =
exciter ceiling voltage
33.3.3.5
Operation with Non-linear or Asymmetric Loads
Non-linear loads result in a distortion of the current from a pure sinewave shape when sinusoidal voltage
is applied. A synchronous generator shall be capable of withstanding, without damage, the effects of
continuous operation at rated load on such a circuit provided the instantaneous value of the current does
not differ from the instantaneous value of the fundamental current by more than 5 percent of the
amplitude of the fundamental, and when neither the negative-sequence nor zero-sequence component of
the current exceeds 5 percent of the positive-sequence component when any unbalance between phases
is present.
The foregoing levels of current distortion may result in generator output voltage distortion levels beyond
user limits.
33.3.4
Power Quality
33.3.4.1
Telephone Influence Factor (TIF)60 Hz only
The telephone influence factor of a synchronous generator is the measure of the possible effect of
harmonics in the generator voltage wave on telephone circuits.
33.3.4.1.1
Balanced TIF
The balanced telephone influence factor (TIF) based on the weighting factors given in 33.3.4.1.3 shall not
exceed the following values:
6.25 to 62
62.5 to 4999
5000 to 19999
20000 and above
Balanced TIF
250
150
100
70


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
With the voltage regulator in service, the allowable duration, t, of the short circuit shall be
determined from the following equation in situations where the regulator is designed to provide
ceiling voltage continuously during a short circuit.
Section IV
33.3.4.1.2
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 13
Residual Component TIF
The residual component telephone influence factor based on the weighting factors given in 33.3.4.1.3
shall not exceed the following values. The residual component applies only to those generators having
voltage ratings of 2000 volts and higher.
33.3.4.1.3
Residual TIF
1000 to 4999
5000 to 19999
20000 and above
100
75
50
Weighting Factors
The single-frequency telephone influence weighting factors (TIFf), according to the 1960 single frequency
weighting are as listed in Table 33-4.
33.3.4.1.4
Test Conditions
The telephone influence factor shall be measured in accordance with IEEE Std 115.
measured at the generator terminals on open circuit at rated voltage and frequency.
33.3.4.2
TIF shall be
Telephone Harmonic Factor (THF)50 hertz only
33.3.4.2.1 THF Limits

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
When tested on open-circuit and at rated speed and voltage, the telephone harmonic factor (THF) of the
line-to-line terminal voltage as measured according to the methods laid down in 33.3.4.2.2 shall not
exceed the following values:
THF
6.25 - 62.5
8%
63.0 - 1 000
5%
1 001 - 5 000
3%
above 5 000
1.5%
NOTES
1. Limiting values of individual harmonics are not specified as it is considered that machines which meet the
above requirements will be operationally satisfactory.
2 Where the synchronous machine is to be connected to the system in an unusual manner (e.g. where the start
point of the machine is connected to ground and the machine is not linked to the system via a transformer),
the waveform requirements should be agreed between manufacturer and purchaser.


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 14
Section IV
Table 33-4
TIFF ACCORDING TO THE 1960 SINGLE
FREQUENCY WEIGHTING
33.3.4.2.2
Frequency
TIFf
Frequency
TIFf
60
180
300
360
420
0.5
30
225
400
650
1860
1980
2100
2160
2220
7820
8330
8830
9080
9330
540
660
720
780
900
1320
2260
2760
3360
4350
2340
2460
2580
2820
2940
9840
10340
10600
10210
9820
1000
1020
1080
1140
1260
5000
5100
5400
5630
6050
3000
3180
3300
3540
3660
9670
8740
8090
6730
6130
1380
1440
1500
1620
1740
6370
6650
6680
6970
7320
3900
4020
4260
4380
5000
4400
3700
2750
2190
840
1800
7570
Tests
Type tests shall be carried out on ac generators to verify compliance with 33.3.4.2.1.
The range of frequencies measured shall cover all harmonics from rated frequency up to 5000 Hz.
Either the THF may be measured directly by means of a meter and associated network specially
designed for the purpose, or each individual harmonic shall be measured and from the measured values
the THF shall be computed using the following formula:
THF (%) =
100
V
E12 21 + E 22 22 + E 32 23 + ... E n2 2n
Where:
En is the rms value of nth harmonic line-to-line terminal voltage;
V is the rms value line-to-line terminal voltage of machine;
n is the weighting factor for frequency corresponding to nth harmonic.
Numerical values of the weighting factor for different frequencies shall be obtained from Table 33-5; the
curve in Figure 33-2 may be used as an aid to interpolation.
33.3.4.3
Total harmonic distortion (THD)
The total harmonic distortion of the open-circuit line-to-line terminal voltage shall not exceed 5%.
33.3.4.4
Deviation Factor
The deviation factor of the open-circuit line-to-line terminal voltage of synchronous generators shall not
exceed 0.1.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 15
Frequency Hz
Weighting factor
Frequency Hz
Weighting factor
16.66
50
0.00000117
0.0000444
2050
2100
1.79
1.81
100
0.00112
2150
1.82
150
0.00665
2200
1.84
200
0.0233
2250
1.86
250
0.0556
2300
1.87
300
0.111
2350
1.89
350
0.165
2400
1.90
400
0.242
2450
1.91
450
500
0.327
0.414
2500
2550
1.93
1.93
550
0.505
2600
1.94
600
0.595
2650
1.95
650
0.691
2700
1.96
700
0.790
2750
1.96
750
0.895
2800
1.97
800
1.000
850
900
1.10
1.21
2850
2900
1.97
1.97
950
1.32
2950
1.97
1000
1.40
3000
1.97
1050
1.46
3100
1.94
1100
1.47
3200
1.89
1150
1.49
3300
1.83
1200
1.50
3400
1.75
1250
1300
1.53
1.55
3500
3600
1.65
1.51
1350
1.57
3700
1.35
1400
1.58
3800
1.19
1450
1.60
3900
1.04
1500
1.61
4000
0.890
1550
1.63
4100
0.740
1600
1.65
4200
0.610
1650
1700
1.66
1.68
4300
4400
0.496
0.398
1750
1.70
4500
0.316
1800
1.71
4600
0.252
1850
1.72
4700
0.199
1900
1.74
4800
0.158
1950
1.75
4900
0.125
2000
1.77
5000
0.100


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 33-5
HARMONIC WEIGHTING FACTORS FOR THF
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 16
Section IV
2
1 .8
1 .6
Weighting Factor
1 .4
1 .2
1
0 .8
0 .6
0 .4
0 .2
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
F re q u e n c y H z
Figure 33-2
WEIGHTING CURVE FOR COMPUTING THF1
33.3.4.5
Electromagnetic Compatibility
33.3.4.5.1 General
Electromagnetic emissions may be radiated or conducted. Electromagnetic compatibility of a device
refers to its successful operation in an environment exposed to these emissions and the device not
producing emissions at a higher than accepted level. It is necessary that the device does not produce
electromagnetic emissions at a level that might affect the operation of other devices in its vicinity (i.e.,
emissions, conducted and radiated), and that the operation of the device is not affected by the emissions
it receives from other sources (i.e., immunity from conducted and radiated emissions).
33.3.4.5.2 Generator Defined
The EMC requirements apply to synchronous generators with rated voltage not exceeding 1000 volts.
In this context, the synchronous generator includes all electronic components mounted inside the
machine and essential for its operation. Examples of this are the rotating diodes installed between the
exciter and the main generator.
Control devices such as voltage regulators, monitoring devices, etc., whether mounted inside or outside
the generator are outside the scope of this standard.
33.3.4.5.3 Immunity
Synchronous generators are inherently immune from conducted and radiated emissions defined by
Tables 33-6 and 33-7 and paragraphs 33.3.4.1, 33.3.4.2, 33.3.4.3 and 33.3.4.4.
Reproduced with permission of the IEC, which retains the copyright.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 17
33.3.4.5.4 Radiated Emission limits

When supplying a circuit which is virtually non-deforming and virtually balanced, synchronous generators
under steady-state load conditions do not radiate disturbances higher than the limits in Table 33-6 for
brushless designs or higher than Table 33-7 for designs with slip rings and brushes.
A circuit is considered to be virtually non-deforming if, when supplied by a sinusoidal voltage, the current
is virtually sinusoidal, i.e., none of the instantaneous values differ from instantaneous value of the same
phase of the fundamental wave by more than 5% of the amplitude of the latter.
A polyphase circuit is considered to be virtually balanced if, when supplied by a balanced system of
voltages, the system of currents is virtually balanced, i.e., neither the negative-sequence components nor
the zero-sequence component exceeds 5% of the positive-sequence component.
Conducted Emission Limits
Conducted high frequency limits are covered by Tables 33-6 and 33-7. Conducted low frequency limits
are covered by Paragraphs 33.3.4.1 and 33.3.4.2.
33.3.4.5.6
Tests
33.3.4.5.6.1 Immunity
Tests are not required to demonstrate compliance with 33.3.4.5.3.
33.3.4.5.6.2 Emissions
Tests for conducted low frequency emissions shall be carried out to verify compliance with 33.3.4.1 and
33.3.4.2. No other tests are required to demonstrate EMC compliance.
Table 33-6
ELECTROMAGNETIC DISTURBANCE LIMITS FOR BRUSHLESS GENERATORS
Frequency range
Radiated Disturbance
Conducted Disturbance on a.c.

supply terminals
Limits
30 MHz to 230 MHz
30 dB (V/m) quasi peak

1
measured at 10 m distance
230 MHz to 1000 MHz

1
0.15 MHz to 0.5 MHz

Limits decrease linearly with
logarithm frequency
66 to 56 dB (V) quasi peak

54 to 46 dB (V) average
0.5 MHz to 5 MHz
56 dB (V) quasi peak

46 dB (V) average
5 MHz to 30 MHz

50 dB (V) average
1. May be measured at 3 m distance using the limits increased by 10 dB


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
33.3.4.5.5
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 18
Section IV
Table 33-7
ELECTROMAGNETIC DISTURBANCE LIMITS FOR GENERATORS WITH BRUSHES
Conducted Disturbance on a.c.

supply terminals
Frequency range
30 MHz to 230 MHz
Limits
1
230 MHz to 1000 MHz

1
0.15 MHz to 0.5 MHz

66 dB (V) average
0.5 MHz to 30 MHz

60 dB (V) average
1. May be measured at 10 m distance using the limits increased by 10 dB or measured at 3 m distance

using the limits increased by 20 dB
33.3.5
Overspeed
Synchronous generators and their exciters (if provided) shall be so constructed that, in an emergency not
to exceed 2 minutes, they will withstand without mechanical damage overspeeds above synchronous
speed in accordance with the following:
Synchronous Speed, rpm
Overspeed, Percent of Synchronous Speed
1801 and over
20
1800 and below
25
33.3.6
Machine Sound
33.3.6.1
Sound Quality
Sound quality, the distribution of effective sound intensities as a function of frequency, affects the
acceptability of the sound.
A measurement of total sound does not completely define sound acceptability because machines with the
same overall decibel sound level may have a different sound quality. It may be necessary, in some
cases, to describe sound profile in more detail, including octave band values.
33.3.6.2
Sound Measurement
Machine sound should be measured in accordance with Part 9 in overall sound power levels using the Aweighting network and stated in decibels (reference = 10-12 watts).
Generator sound tests should be taken at rated voltage on no load. The generator should be isolated
from other sound sources.
Sound power values are related to the sound source and are not affected by environmental conditions.
They are calculated from test data taken under prescribed conditions and the values can be repeated.
Field measurements are measured in sound pressure. Measurements of sound pressure levels of
generators installed in the field can be correlated to sound power levels using corrections to
environmental conditions as outlined in MG 3.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Radiated Disturbance
Section IV
33.3.6.3
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 19
Sound Level
If the sound level is to be limited, then a special agreement shall be made between the manufacturer and
the customer.
33.3.7
Linear Vibration
33.3.7.1
Tests
See Part 7 for evaluation of two-bearing generators. Vibration limits and test methods for single-bearing
machines are by agreement between the user and the manufacturer.
33.3.7.2
Imposed Vibration
Typical features of reciprocating internal combustion engines are oscillating masses, torque fluctuations
and pulsating forces. All these features exert considerable alternating forces on the main supports of the
genset components. Generators operating in gensets are thus exposed to higher levels of vibration
compared with those running independently. It is the responsibility of the genset manufacturer to ensure
compatibility of the genset components and to eliminate structural resonances to minimize vibration.
33.3.8
Testing
33.3.8.1
Routine Factory Tests
33.3.8.1.1 Generators Not Completely Assembled in the Factory

The following tests shall be made on all generators (and exciters if provided) which are not completely
assembled in the factory, including those furnished without a shaft or a complete set of bearings.
a)
b)
c)
Resistance of armature and field windings

Polarity of field coils
High-potential test in accordance with 33.3.8.2.
33.3.8.1.2 Generators Completely Assembled in the Factory

The following tests shall be made on generators (and exciters if provided) which are completely
assembled in the factory and furnished with a shaft and a complete set of bearings.
a)
b)
c)
33.3.8.2
Resistance of armature and field windings

If brushless exciter is not provided, check generator field current at no load with normal voltage
and frequency on the generator. On generators having brushless excitation systems, check
instead the exciter field current at no load with normal voltage and frequency on the generator.
High-potential test in accordance with 33.3.8.2.
High Potential Tests
33.3.8.2.1 Safety Precautions and Test Procedures

See Part 3, paragraph 3.1.
33.3.8.2.2 Test VoltageArmature Windings
The test voltage for all generators shall be an alternating voltage whose effective value is 1000 volts plus
twice the rated voltage of the machine but in no case less than 1500 volts.
33.3.8.2.3 Test VoltageField Windings, Generators with Slip Rings
The test voltage for all generators with slip rings shall be an alternating voltage whose effective value is
as follows:
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 20
a)
b)
Section IV
Rated excitation voltage < 500 volts direct current; ten times the rated excitation voltage but in
Rated excitation voltage > 500 volts direct current; 4000 volts plus twice the rated excitation
voltage.
33.3.8.2.4
Test VoltageAssembled Brushless Generator Field Winding and Exciter

Armature Winding
The test voltage for all assembled brushless generator field windings and exciter armature windings shall
be an alternating voltage whose effective value is as follows:
b)
voltage
synchronous machine field wiring shall be short-circuited (not grounded) during the test.
a)
33.3.8.2.5
Test VoltageBrushless Exciter Field Winding
value is as follows.
a)
b)
c)
voltage
Exciters with alternating-current excited stators (fields) shall be tested at 1000 volts plus twice
the rated alternating-current voltage of the stator, but in no case less than 1500V.
33.3.8.2.6
DC Test Voltage
A direct instead of alternating voltage is sometimes used for high-potential tests. In such cases, a test
voltage equal to 1.7 times the alternate-current test voltage (effective value) as given in 33.3.8.2.2,
33.3.8.2.3, 33.3.8.2.4, and 33.3.8.2.5 is recommended. Following a direct voltage high-potential test, the
test winding should be thoroughly grounded. The insulation rating of the winding and the test level of the
voltage applied determine the period of time required to dissipate the charge and, in many cases, the
ground should be maintained for several hours to dissipate the charge to avoid hazard to personnel.
33.3.8.3
Efficiency
When testing for efficiency is required, efficiency and losses shall be determined in accordance with IEEE
Std 115. The efficiency shall be determined at rated output, voltage, frequency, and balanced load
conditions.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)

I2R loss of field
Core loss
Stray-load loss
Friction and windage loss
Exciter loss if exciter is supplied with and driven from shaft of machine
of the generator shall be stated separately.


Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 21
95
115
130
In the case of generators which are furnished with thrust bearings, only that portion of the thrust bearing
loss produced by the generator itself shall be included in the efficiency calculation. Alternatively, a
calculated value of efficiency, including bearing loss due to external thrust load, shall be permitted to be
specified.
In the case of generators which are furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage
losses which are representative of the actual installation shall be determined by (1) calculation or (2)
experience with shop test bearings and shall be included in the efficiency calculations.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 22
Section IV
33.3.9
Performance Specification Forms
33.3.9.1
Slip-ring Synchronous Generators
The specification form for listing performance data on synchronous generators with slip rings shall contain at least the
following information.
Date ____________________
SLIP-RING SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR RATING
kVA
Power
Factor
kW
Number
of Poles
Rpm
Phase
Hertz
Volts
Amperes
Frame
Description:

Armature Winding
kVA
Power Factor
Resistance
Field Winding
Excitation Requirements
(Maximum)
kW
Exciter Rated
Voltage
Embedded
Temperature
Detector
Rating and temperature rise are based on cooling air not exceeding _____C and altitude not exceeding ____feet (meters). Highpotential test in accordance with 33.3.8.2. The rotor of the generator and the armature of the direct-connected exciter, when used,
will withstand an overspeed of _____ percent without mechanical damage.
Efficiencies
kVA
kW
Full Load
load
Load
Efficiencies are determined by including I R losses of armature winding at ______C and field windings at _____C, core losses,
stray-load losses, and friction and windage losses.* Exciter loss is included if supplied with and driven from shaft of machine. Field
*1. In the case of a generator furnished with a thrust bearing, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the generator
2. In the case of a generator furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses representative of the actual
Approximate Data
Pr, Synchronizing Power
Wk of the rotor
2
Total Net

Heaviest Part
Rotor Net
for Crane Net
Total Shipping


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Power
Factor
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 23
33.3.9.2 Brushless Synchronous Generators

The specification form for listing performance data on brushless synchronous generators shall contain at least the following
information.
Date ____________________
BRUSHLESS SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR RATING
kVA
Power
Factor
kW
Number
of Poles
Rpm
Phase
Hertz
Volts
Amperes
Frame
Description:
kVA
Armature Winding
Embedded
Temperature
Resistance
Detector
Power Factor
Field Winding
Excitation Requirements*(2)
(Maximum)
Exciter Rated
Watts
Voltage
Generator
Exciter* (1)
exciter.
Rating and temperature rise are based on cooling air not exceeding_____C and altitude not exceeding_____feet (meters).
High-potential test in accordance with 33.3.8.2. The rotor of the generator and the armature of the direct-connected exciter,
when used, will withstand an overspeed of _____ percent without mechanical damage.
Efficiencies
Power
Factor
kVA
kW
Full Load
load
Load
Efficiencies are determined by including I R losses of armature windings at ____C and field windings at _____C, core losses,
stray-load losses, and friction and windage losses.** Exciter loss is included if supplied with and driven from shaft of machine. Field
**1. In the case of a generator furnished with a thrust bearing, only that portion of the thrust bearing loss produced by the generator
2. In the case of a generator furnished with less than a full set of bearings, friction and windage losses representative of the actual
Approximate Data
2
Wk of the rotor
Pr, Synchronizing Power
Total Net

Rotor Net
Heaviest Part
for Crane Net
Total Shipping


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 24
33.4
APPLICATIONS
33.4.1
Service Conditions
Section IV
explosion.
Although experience of the user may often be the best guide, the manufacturer of the driving equipment
and the generator manufacturer should be consulted for further information regarding any unusual
service conditions which increase the mechanical or thermal duty on the machine and , as a result,
increase the chances for failure and consequent hazard. This further information should be considered
by the user, his consultants, or others most familiar with the details of the application involved when
making the final decision.
33.4.1.1
Usual Service Conditions

a)
b)
c)
d)
33.4.1.2
Exposure to an ambient temperature in the range of -15C to 40C or, when water cooling is
used, an ambient temperature range of 5C (to prevent freezing of water) to 40C, except for
machines rated less than 600 watts and all machines other than water cooled having
commutator or sleeve bearings for which the minimum ambient temperature is 0C.
An altitude not exceeding 3300 feet (1000 meters)
A location or supplementary enclosure, if any, such that there is no serious interference with the
ventilation of the generator
Installation on a rigid mounting surface.
a)
Exposure to:
2. Lint, sand, or very dirty operating conditions where the accumulation of dirt will interfere
with normal ventilation
3. Chemical fumes, or flammable or explosive gases
6. Damp, humid, or very dry locations, radiant heat, vermin infestation, or atmospheres
conducive to the growth of fungus
7. Abnormal shock or vibration imposed from external sources


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Generators should be properly selected with respect to their service conditions, usual or unusual, both of
conditions. Machines conforming to this Part are designed for operation in accordance with their ratings
under usual service conditions. Some machines may also be capable of operating in accordance with
their ratings under one or more unusual service conditions. Definite-purpose or special-purpose
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 25
8. Abnormal-axial or side thrust imposed on the generator shaft

9. Extremes in ambient temperature
10. Locations at altitudes in excess of 3300 feet (1000 meters)
b) Operation where:
c)
1. There is excessive departure from rated voltage (see 33.3.1.1)

3. Generator neutral will be solidly grounded (see 33.4.4.1)
Operation at speeds other than rated speed
d)
Operation in a poorly ventilated room, in a pit, or in an inclined position
e)
Operation where subjected to:
f)
1. Torsional vibration (see 33.4.3)

2. Out-of-phase paralleling
3. Excessive unbalanced load
4. Excessive current distortion (see 33.3.3.5)
5. Excessive non-linear loads (see 33.3.3.5)
Applications where generators are belt, chain, or gear driven
33.4.2
Transient Voltage Performance
33.4.2.1
Synchronous Generator Voltage Regulation (Voltage Dip)
33.4.2.1.1 General
When a synchronous generator is subjected to a sudden load change there will be a resultant timevarying change in terminal voltage. One function of the exciter-regulator system is to detect this change
in terminal voltage and to vary the field excitation as required to restore the terminal voltage. The
maximum transient deviation in output voltage that occurs is a function of (1) the magnitude, power factor.
and rate of change of the applied load; (2) the magnitude, power factor, and current versus voltage
characteristic of any initial load; (3) the response time and voltage forcing capability of the exciterregulator system; and (4) the prime mover speed versus time following the sudden load change.
Transient voltage performance is therefore a system performance criterion involving the generator,
exciter, regulator, and prime mover and cannot be established based on generator data alone. The scope
of this section is only the generator and exciter-regulator system. Performance of the prime mover, its
governor, and associated controls are outside the scope of NEMA standards.
a)
b)
Generator, exciter, and regulator furnished as integrated package by the generator

manufacturer
Complete data defining the transient performance of the regulator (and exciter if applicable) is
made available to the generator manufacturer
When furnishing expected transient voltage regulation, the following conditions should be assumed
unless otherwise specified:
c)
Constant speed (rated)


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
In selecting or applying synchronous generators, the maximum transient voltage deviation (voltage dip)
following a sudden increase in load is often specified or requested. When requested by the purchaser,
the generator manufacturer should furnish expected transient voltage regulation, assuming either of the
following criteria applies:
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 26
d)
e)
33.4.2.2
Section IV
Generator, exciter, regulator initially operating at no load, rated voltage, starting from ambient
temperature
Application of a constant impedance linear load as specified
Voltage Recorder Performance
The voltage recorder used for making measurements shall meet the following specifications:
a)
b)
Response time < 1 millisecond

Sensitivity > 1 percent per millimeter
NOTES
1When peak-to-peak recording instruments are used, readings of the steady-state terminal voltage before and after load
application should be made with an rms-indicating instrument in order to determine minimum transient voltage (see Figure 33-3).
2See IEEE Std 115 for care in calibration of oscillograph.
33.4.2.3
Examples
Strip charts of the output voltage as a function time demonstrate the transient performance of the
generator, exciter, and regulator system to sudden changes in load. The entire voltage envelope should
be recorded to determine the performance characteristics.
An example of a voltage recorder strip chart is illustrated in Figure 33-3. The labeled charts and sample
calculations should be used as a guide in determining generator-exciter-regulator performance when
subjected to a sudden load.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 33-3


Section IV
33.4.2.4
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 27
Motor Starting Loads
The following procedure and presentation of data is recommended for evaluating the motor starting
capability of a synchronous generator, exciter, and regulator system.
33.4.2.4.1 Load Simulation
a)
b)
Constant impedance (non-saturable reactive load.)

Power factor < 0.3 lagging
NOTEThe current drawn by the simulated motor starting load should be corrected by the following ratio whenever the generator
terminal voltage fails to return to rated voltage:
V(rated voltage )
V (recovery voltage)
This value of current and rated terminal voltage should be used to determine the actual kVA load applied.
33.4.2.4.2 Temperature
The test should be conducted with the generator and excitation system initially at ambient temperature.
33.4.2.4.3 Presentation of Data
Transient voltage regulation performance curves should be identified as "Voltage Dip" (in percent of rated
voltage) versus "kVA Load" (see Figure 33-4).
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The performance characteristics will vary considerably for broad voltage range generators (see 33.2.4.1)
when operating over the broad voltage adjust range. Therefore, the percent voltage dip versus kVA load
curve provided for broad voltage range generators should show the performance at the extreme ends of
the operating range; i.e., 208/416 and 240/480V. For discrete voltage generators, the percent voltage dip
versus kVA load curve should show the performance at the discrete rated voltage(s).
Unless otherwise noted, the percent voltage dip versus kVA load curve should provide a voltage recovery
to at least 90 percent of rated voltage. If the recovery voltage is less than 90 percent of rated voltage, a
point on the voltage dip curve beyond which the voltage will not recover to 90 percent of voltage should
be identified or a separate voltage recovery versus kVA load curve should be provided.
In the absence of manufacturers' published information, the value of voltage dip may be estimated from
machine constants, subject to the conditions set forth in 33.4.2.1 and the following:
a)
Voltage regulator response time 17 milliseconds
b)
Excitation system ceiling voltage 1.5 x rated field voltage
c)
Voltage dip =
X' d
x 100
XL + X' d
Where:
XL= (kVA rated) / kVA (low power factor load)
Xd = direct axis transient reactance, per unit
Data estimated in accordance with the above calculation should be identified as Calculated Voltage Dip.


Section IV
PERCENT VOLTAGE DIP
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 28
Figure 33-4
PERFORMANCE CURVES (PF 0.3) (STEP LOADING)
33.4.2.5
Performance Limits
The following values apply only to the generator, at constant (rated) speed and at ambient temperature.
The effect of the prime mover speed regulation may cause these values to differ from those given in the
following table:
Parameter
Load Change
Lagging
Power Factor
Performance Class
G1
G2
G3
G4
Steady-State
Voltage
Regulation %
All loads between

no-load and rated
output.
Rated
2.5
By Agreement
Transient Voltage
Dip %
Rated Load
Application
Rated
30
24
18
By Agreement
Transient Voltage
Rise %
Rated Load
rejection
Rated
35
25
20
By Agreement
Voltage Recovery
1
Time, S
Application or
Rejection
Rated
2.5
1.5
1.5
By Agreement
Maximum Voltage
Unbalance %
All loads between

no-load and rated
output.
Rated
1.0
1.0
1.0
By Agreement
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Section IV
33.4.3
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 29
Torsional Vibration
Excessive torsional vibration may result in over stressed shafts, couplings, and other rotating parts.
Torsional vibration is difficult to determine and measure, and it is recommended that torsional stresses be
investigated when generators are to be driven by prime movers producing periodic torque pulsations.
While the factors which affect torsional vibration are primarily contained in the design of the prime mover,
the design of the generator rotor should also be considered. When requested, the generator
manufacturer should furnish the Wk2 and weight of the generator rotor, and any other information, such
as the stiffness of the spider, as may be required to make a successful design of the combined unit.
Before the generator spider and such part of the shaft as may be furnished by the generator
manufacturer are manufactured, the final drawings of the same should be submitted for approval insofar
as their design affects torsional vibration.
33.4.4
Generator Grounding
33.4.4.1
Neutral Grounding
For safety of personnel and to reduce over-voltages to ground, the generator neutral is often either
grounded solidly or grounded through a resistor or reactor. When the neutral is grounded through a
resistor or reactor properly selected in accordance with established power system practices, there are no
special considerations required in the generator design or selection, unless the generator is to be
operated in parallel with other power supplies. The neutral of a generator should not be solidly grounded
unless the generator has been specifically designed for such operation. With the neutral solidly grounded,
the maximum line-to-ground fault current may be excessive and in parallel systems excessive circulating
harmonic currents may be present in the neutrals.
33.4.4.2
Ground-Fault Protection
Ground-fault protection may be applied to the generating set or to the system to which it is connected.
The applicable relaying scheme mainly depends upon the given neutral grounding methods of the
system. Ground-fault protection is the responsibility of the user.
Ground-fault protection is typically provided by one of three relaying schemes detecting the zerosequence current.
a)
b)
c)
Residual relaying scheme (See ISO 8528-4.)

Ground-fault current is detected by sensing the current remaining in the secondary of the threephase summation current transformer. A ground-fault relay in the current transformer neutral
connection carries current only when a ground-fault occurs.
Ground sensor scheme
A window-type core-balance current transformer encircles all phase conductors (cable current
transformer). The ground-fault relay detects unbalance and catches the zero-sequence current
component. For loads connected line-to-neutral, the core-balance current transformer also
encloses the neutral conductor.
Neutral ground scheme
Ground-fault current is sensed by an ground-fault protection relay as transformed by a zerosequence current transformer connected in a resistance-ground system neutral grounding
conductor.
To obtain selectivity, restricted ground-fault protection is usually employed. This form of protection
monitors only a specific zone, normally the generator stator windings, up to the points where the
detecting current transformers are fitted. Ground faults outside this protected zone are restrained from
tripping by directional ground-fault relaying. In the case of low-resistance neutral grounding, relay

--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 30
Section IV
polarization is done by zero-sequence current and, in the case of high-resistance neutral grounding, by
zero-sequence voltage.
Unrestricted ground-fault protection may be provided as for a single independent generating set.
For fixed high-voltage generating sets it is advisable to have the benefit of ground-fault protection.
Special care shall be taken in the case of single low-voltage generating sets operating independently for
temporary supply.
Coordination of ground-fault protective devices may be the subject of an agreement between the
authority having jurisdiction, the customer and the generating set manufacturer.
33.4.5
Cyclic Irregularity
Cyclic irregularity is the periodic fluctuation of speed caused by the irregularity of the reciprocating-type
prime mover. It is the ratio of the difference between the maximum and minimum angular velocity to the
mean angular velocity at the generator shaft at any constant load. In the case of single operation, the
cyclic irregularity is evident in a corresponding modulation in generator voltage and can be determined by
measuring the variation in generated voltage.
NOTES
1. It is possible to alter the cyclic irregularity of rotational speed at the generator relative to the measured value of the cyclic
irregularity at the internal combustion engine by installing a resilient coupling between the internal combustion engine and
the generator and/or by modifying the mass moment of inertia.
2. Special consideration is to be given for generating sets working in parallel with low-speed (100 RPM to 180 RPM) sets in
order to avoid resonance between engine torque irregularity and electromechanical frequency oscillation of the set (see
also ISO 8528-3: 1993, clause 11).
33.4.6
Application Criteria
33.4.6.1
Modes of Operation
The mode of operation of the generating set may affect reliable operation of the generator. The mode of
operation shall be agreed upon by the user and the manufacturer.
33.4.6.1.1 Continuous Operation
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Continuous operation is operation of a generating set without a time limit, but allowing for maintenance
periods.
33.4.6.1.2 Standby Operation
Standby operation is operation of the generating set for a limited time.
The demand for electrical power is supplied from the power mains and only in the event of failure of the
latter is it supplied by an internal generating set. If there is a failure in the normal power supply, the
internal generating set, operating as a back-up or emergency supply, provides a supply temporarily or for
a limited time for:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Safety equipment (e.g. during the evacuation of the building);

Connected equipment which is important for the purposes of operation, to maintain emergency
operations;
The entire group of connected equipment or part thereof.
Standby power is also used for the following:
The electric power generated is used to cover a peak demand (peak-load operation);
There is no normal supply from power mains and the generating set is only operated from time
to time.


Section IV
33.4.6.2
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 31
Single and Parallel Operation
Generating sets may be operated as a single unit or in parallel, defined as follows:

33.4.6.2.1 Single Operation
Single operation refers to a generating set, irrespective of its configuration or modes of start-up and
control, which will operate as the sole source of electrical power and without the support of other sources
of electrical supply.
33.4.6.2.2 Parallel Operation
Parallel operation refers to the electrical connection of a generating set to another source of electrical
supply with the same voltage, frequency and phase to provide the power for the connected network. The
characteristics of the main supply, including range and variation of voltage, frequency, impedance of the
network, etc., shall be stated by the customer. Many of the factors which affect the parallel operation of
generator sets are contained in the engine. However, the characteristics of the equipment controlling the
system in which the set is to operate also impose conditions which should be taken into account.
When requested, the generator manufacturer should furnish the following and any other information
which may be required to determine the system requirements for successful parallel operation.
a)
b)
c)
Synchronizing torque coefficient Pr. Unless otherwise specified, the value of Pr should
correspond to a pulsation frequency of one-half the rpm.
Wk2 of the generator rotor.
Third harmonic voltage, at no load and full load.
In this type of operation, two or more generating sets are electrically connected (not mechanically
connected) after having been brought into synchronism. Generating sets with different output power
ratings and speeds can be used.
33.4.6.2.2.2 Operation in Parallel with Power Mains
In this type of operation, one or more parallel-operating generating sets are electrically connected to the
main supply.
33.4.6.3
Site Criteria
33.4.6.3.1 Land Use

Land use covers generating sets, either fixed, transportable or mobile, which are used on land.
33.4.6.3.2 Marine Use
Marine use covers generating sets used onboard ships and offshore installations.
33.4.6.4
System Short Circuit Fault Protection
Under short circuit conditions, it may be necessary to sustain a minimum value of current for a sufficient
time to ensure operation of system protective devices, if installed. Compliance with this need may require
either a permanent magnet exciter or a device such as the series boost to ensure that adequate field
excitation is available as the generator voltage collapses. These options and their provision are a matter
of agreement between the manufacturer and the user.
33.4.6.5
Calculation of Natural Frequency of Synchronous Machines Directly Connected to

Reciprocating Machinery
The undamped natural frequency of oscillation of a synchronous machine connected to an infinite system
is:


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
33.4.6.2.2.1 Parallel Operation of Generating Sets
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 32
fn = (35200/n) x
Section IV
Pr* f / Wk 2
Where:
fn = natural frequency in cycles per minute
n = synchronous speed in revolutions per minute
Pr = synchronizing torque coefficient
f = frequency of generator output in hertz
W = weight of all rotating parts in pounds
k = radius of gyration of rotating parts in feet
When a pulsating torque is applied to its shaft, the synchronous machine rotor will oscillate about its
average angular position in the rotating magnetic field produced by the currents in the stator. As a result
of this oscillation, a pulsating torque will be developed at the air gap, a component of which is
proportional to the angular displacement of the rotor from its average position. The proportionality factor
is the synchronizing torque coefficient, Pr. It is expressed in kilowatts, at synchronous speed, per
electrical radian.
33.5
MANUFACTURING
33.5.1
Nameplate Marking
The following information shall be given on all nameplates.

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)

Kilovolt-ampere output
Power factor
Time rating
Temperature rise1
Rated speed in rpm
Voltage
Rated current in amperes per terminal
Number of phases
Frequency
Rated field current2
Rated excitation voltage2
As an alternate marking, this item shall be permitted to be replaced by the following.
a. Maximum ambient temperature for which the generator is designed (see 33.3.2).
b. Insulation system designation (if armature and field use different classes of insulation systems, both insulation systems shall be
given, that for the armature being given first).
2
Applies to exciter in case of brushless machine.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The value of Pr, for a given machine, is dependent upon (1) the voltage and frequency of the generator,
(2) the magnitude of the applied load, (3) the operating power factor, (4) the power system impedance,
and (5) the frequency of the torque pulsations. It is recommended that, unless other conditions are
specified, the value of Pr submitted be that corresponding to operation at rated voltage, frequency, load
and power factor, with negligible system impedance and a pulsation frequency, in cycles per minute,
equal to one-half the rpm for synchronous generators.
Section IV
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 33
Some examples of additional information that may be required on the nameplate are:
m)
n)
o)
p)
q)
r)
s)
t)
u)
v)
w)
x)
y)
Enclosure or IP code
Applicable rating and performance standards
Connection diagram near or inside the terminal box, if more than 3 leads
Maximum momentary overspeed
Maximum ambient if greater than 40C
Maximum water temperature for water-air-cooled machines if greater than 30C
Minimum ambient if other than that in 33.4.1.1.a
Altitude if greater than 3300 ft (1000 m)
Approximate weight
Direction of rotation for unidirectional machines, by an arrow
33.5.2
Terminal Housings
33.5.2.1
Dimensions and Usable Volumes
When generators covered by this Part are provided with terminal housings for generator leads, the
housings shall have the following dimensions and usable volumes.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


Voltage
0 599
600 2399
2400 -4159
4160 -6899
6900 - 13800
Section IV
KVA
<20
Minimum
Usable
Volume Cu. In.
75
Minimum Opening
Dimension, Inches
2.5
21-45, incl.
250
46-200, incl.
500
201-312, incl.
600
313-500, incl.
1100
501-750, incl.
2000
751-1000, incl.
3200
10
Minimum
Centerline
Distance,*
Inches
201-312, incl.
600
313-500, incl.
1100
501-750, incl.
2000
751-1000, incl.
3200
10
251-625, incl.
180
626-1000, incl.
330
1000-1563, incl.
600
1564-2500, incl.
1100
2501-3750, incl.
2000
351-1250, incl.
2000
12.5
1251-5000, incl.
5600
14
16
5001-7500, incl.
8000
16
20
876-3125, incl.
5600
14
16
3126-8750, incl.
8000
16
20
Terminal housings containing surge capacitors, surge arresters, current transformers, or potential
33.5.2.2 Accessory Leads
For generators rated greater than 600 volts, accessory leads shall terminate in a terminal box or boxes
separate from the generator main terminal housing. As an exception, current and potential transformers
located in the generator terminal housing shall be permitted to have their secondary connections
terminated in the generator terminal housing if separated from the generator leads by a suitable physical
barrier to prevent accidental contact.
33.5.2.3 Accessory Items
For generators rated greater than 600 volts, the termination of leads of accessory items normally
operating at a voltage of 50 volts (rms) or less shall be separated from leads of higher voltage by a
suitable physical barrier to prevent accidental contact, or shall be terminated in a separate box.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Part 33, Page 34
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Index Page 1
INDEX
The NEMA Standards Publication for Motors and Generators is logically arranged and contains cues and
cross-references to help the reader locate desired information. The text is divided into four major
sections: Section I, Standards Applying to All Machines, with green tabs; Section II Small and Medium
Machines, with yellow labs; Section III, Large Machines, with orange tabs; and Section IV,
Performance Standards Applying to All Machines, with blue tabs. The 4 major sections are divided into
a total of twenty-eight general Parts with a characteristic paragraph number series and subject title
marked on the colored labs. According to-the-paragraph number series, the Part number precedes the
decimal point and the sequence number follows the decimal point. For example: under the keyword
efficiency, paragraphs numbered in the 1.XX series will indicate general definition information; the
12.XX and 15.XX series indicates efficiency information for integral horsepower machines; the 20.XX
series for large synchronous generators; the 23.XX series for large dc motors; and the 24.XX series for
large dc generators. The index is provided to identify and cross-reference individual paragraphs by a topic
or keyword.
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
abbreviations See 1.79

accessories
high-potential tests - See 3.18
lead terminations - See 20.26.3, 21.26.3
mounting dimensions
ac motors - See 4.4.5
dc motors - See 4.5.9
inverter fed motors See 31.7
acoustic analysis See 9.2
adjustable-speed motor - See 1.32
adjustable varying-speed motor See 1.34
adjustable-frequency controls See 30.0, 30.2, 31.0
adjustable-speed-drive See 14.32.1, 21.18
adjustable-voltage See 30.0, 31.0
air conditioning condensers See 18.45
alternating-current generators See 1.22
direction of rotation See 2.24
alternating-current large machine See 1.5.1
alternating-current medium machine See 1.4.1
alternating-current windings See 2.30
altitude - See 14.2.1, 14.4, 20.28.2, 20.8.4, 21.10.4, 31,
4.1.5
preferred values See 14.4.4
above 3300 feet See 14.4.3
ambient temperature - See 1.56, 10.38, 14.2.1, 20.28.2,
20.8.3, 21.10.3, 31.4.1.4
antifriction bearings See 14.42
armature
form factor - See 10.60.1, 14.60.2
inductance - See 23.62.2
ripple - See 10.61, 14.62, 23.62.2
armature lead See 2.10.2
articulated probe - See 1.25.4
aseismatic capability See 20.31
assembly symbols See 4.3, Figure 4-6
asynchronous machine See 1.17.3.1, 1.17.3.3
auxiliary devices - See 2.1, 2.2, 2.42, 2.43, 2.45
auxiliary equipment See 9.43, 21.39, 32.32
auxiliary winding See 1.20.3, 2.40.1, 2.40.2, 2.46.1
axial centering force - See 1.59, 20.29.2
B
ball bearings See 14.39.1, 14.42.2, 18.144
barrier See 4.19.2.3, 5.1, 20.26.2, 20.26.3, 21.26.2,
21.26.3, 32.26.2, 32.26.3, 33.5.2.2, 33.5.2.3
base rating See 30.2.2.8, 31.3.1, 31.4.4.2, 31.5.131.5.2,
31.6.2, 30.2.1.1, 30.2.2.1, 31.3.3
base speed - See 1.33, 10.62.2, 12.69.1, 23.3.1
basis of rating See 10.34.1, 10.60, 10.61.1
bearing. See also sheaves.
losses - See 12.7
bearing currents See 14.65, 23.26.3, 24.83.3, 31.4.4.3,
31.7
bearing failure See 31.4.4.3
bearing insulation See 31.4.4.3
bearings See 7.2, 14.39.1, 14.42, 20.16.2, 31.4.4.3,
31.4.6, 32.20.1
belts - See 14.7.1, 14.67.2, 14.67.3, 20.32. See also
sheaves; drives.
belted-type generator See 1.61.1, 1.62.1
blade terminals - See 4.18.2, 18.117
blower motors See 18.33
boosted motor voltage See 30.2.2.4.2, 31.4.2.1
breakaway torque See 30.2.1.2, 30.2.2.4.2, 31.4.2.1
breakdown torque - See 1.50, 10.34.1, 12.32.1, 12.37,
12.39, 20.24.3, 30.2.2.2.4, 31.4.2.2
broad voltage See 10.39.5, 32.4.1, 32.4.2, 32.17.1
bus transfer See 14.3, 14.45, 20.33, 21.34
C
Capacitance See 1.58, 14.44.4, 30.1.3
capacitor See 2.42, 2.43
capacitor motor See 1.20.3.3, 1.58
capacitor motors - See also Table of Contents for Part 18.
carbonator pump motors - See 18.270-18.281
center of gravity location See 20.23
chain drive See 14.2.2, 14.7.1, 14.7.2, 14.67.1, 20.32,
21.31
classes of insulation systems See 1.66
cleanliness test - See 18.13.5
clearance holes - See 1.63.2, 1.63.3, 4.8
close-coupled pump motors - See 18.23918.250
code letter See 1.71, 10.37, 10.37.4, 10.37.6, 10.37.7,


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Index Page 2
D
deep well pump motors
4-inch - See 18.14518.157
6-inch - See 18.15818.170
8-inch - See 18.17118.181
definite purpose, Part 18
industrial, Part 15
application data, Part 14
definitions, 1.21, 1.61
dimensions, Part 11
direction of rotation, 2.11, 15.60
large, Part 24
terminal markings, 2.10-2.13
motors
definite purpose. Part 18
large, Part 23
small and medium
application data, Part 14, 14.60, 14.60-14.67
definitions, 1.03, 1.061.08, 1.181.20
dimensions, Part 11, 11.60-11.68
direction of rotation, 2.11, 14.06
ratings, Part 10, 10.6010.66
tests and performance. Part 12
terminal markings, 2.10-2. 13
deep well pomp motors
4-inch, 18.37618.388
6-inch, 18.40118.413
8-inch, 18.41418.424
definite-purpose motors, 1.11, Part 18
definitions, Part 1
delta-connected, 2.62, 2.64
derating factor, 20.24, 21.29
deviation factor, 1.78, 32.10, 33.1.3.18, 33.3.4.4
dielectric
high potential tests, 3.1, 12.3, 12.4
dimensions, Part 4, Part 18.
ac machines, Part 4
face-mounting. 4.4.4, 4.4.5
flange-mounting, 4.4.6
foot-mounted, 4.4.1-4.4.3 1.33
de machines, Part 4
base for type P and PH, 4.5.8
face-mounting, 4.5.4-4.5.6, 4.5.9
flange-mounting, 4.5.7
foot-mounted, 4.5.2, 4.5.3
small, 4.5.1
vertical, 4.5.8
frame designation, 4.2
lettering, 4.1
terminal housings. See terminal housing.
through-bolt mounting, 14.8
direction of rotation. See rotation.
dripproof, 1.25.1
drives, 20.32, 21.31
dryer motors, 18.107-18.118
dual voltage, 2.40, 2.62
dust-ignition-proof, 1.26.11
dynamic balance. See balance
E
eccentricity of mounting surfaces, 4.11
efficiency
definition, 1.41
large machines
de generators, 24.45
de motors, 23.13
induction motors, 20.21
synchronous generators, 32.12, 33.3.8.3
synchronous motors, 21.14
medium machines
ac motors, 12.58-12.60, 30.1.1, 30.2.2.5
de generators, 15.52
dc motors, 12.78
power factor, 14.44
elevator motors
ac, 18.202-18.211
dc, 18.182-18.192
motor-generator sets, 18.193-18.201
embedded detectors, 20.27, 21.27, 32.27, 33.3.3.2
encapsulated windings, 1.27, 12.62
enclosed machine, 1.26
end-lay. See coupling.
equalizer leads, 15.61
evaporator fan motors, 18.45-18.65
excitation voltage, 21.7, 32.4.3
exciters, 15.10, 21.9
explosion-proof. 1.26.10
F
face-mounting. Sec dimensions.
face runout, 4.11
fan motors
belted, 18.33-18.44
shaft-mounted, 18.19-18.32
field control, 23.7, 23.8
field data format. See also test forms.
de generators, 15.50, 24.47
de motors, 12.75, 23.18


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
10.39.1, 10.40.1, 20.9

cogging See 30.2.2.7, 31.4.5.3
coil insulation See 1.65.1
color assignment See 2.41
color coding See 2.1
commutator motor See 1.18.3, 1.21.1
commutation - See 12.73, 12.76, 15.42, 23.10.1, 23.12,
24.43
compensated series-wound motor See 1.21.2
compounding - See 1.43.1, 15.45, 24.84
compound-wound generator See 1.24.2, 15.61
compound-wound motor See 1.23.3, 12.74.2, 12.74.3
compressor factors - See 21.37, Table 21-9
connection diagrams - See 2.13, 2.14
constant-speed motor - See 1.30, 10.62.1.1, 30.1
continuous rating 1.40.1, 10.63, 33.3.2.1
control See 30.2.1.5, 30.2.2.4.1
converters See 30.2.1.5
coolant See 6.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.2
coolant pumps See 18.133
coolant pump motors - See 18.143, 18.144
coupled-type generator See 1.61.3, 1.62.3
coupling - See 14.39, 14.65, 20.29.1, 21.30, 21.81
crane motors - See 18.212
current distortion See 32.15, 33.3.3.5
current transformers See 3.1.8, 33.4.4.2
current unbalance See 14.36, 20.24, 21.19, 32.14
current unbalance (gensets) See 33.3.3.3
cyclic irregularity (gensets) See 33.4.5
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Index Page 3
G
gasoline pump motors, 18.79-18.92
gear motors, 14.40
gears, 14.7. See also drive.
general industrial motor, 1.12, 23.2
general standards. See Section I.
grounding, 4.20, 32.34, 32.36, 33.4.4
guarded machine, 1.25.4
H
heating. See also temperature.
dc machines
shuntfield, 14.64
speed variation, 12.70, 18.190
voltage variation, 15.44
hermetic motors, 18.2-18.18
high-potential test, Part 3. See also Table of Contents for
Part 18
definitions, 1.57
large machines
dc generators, 24.49
dc motors, 23.20
small and medium machines, 12.3, 15.48, 32.21, 33.3.8.2
horsepower. See also Part 18.
large motors
dc, 23.6
induction, 20.3, 20.4
synchronous, 21.3
small and medium motors
ac, 10.32-10.34
dc, 10.62
I
impedance protection, 10.39.2.h
induction motor, 1.18.1. See also ac motors.
industrial. See Part 18.
insulation classification, 1.65, 1.66
See also efficiency.
See also healing.
See also temperature.
See also temperature rise.
instantaneous peak inrush current, 12.36
integral-horsepower machines. See medium machines.
IP designation, 5.3
J
jet pump motors, 18.119-18.132
K
keyseats, 4.9, 4.10. See also dimensions; Table of Contents
for Part 18.
kilowatt ratings
dc generators, 15.10,24.10
synchronous generators, 32.2, 33.2.2
knockout diameters, 4.8
kVA, 1.79, 10.37, 32.2, 33.2.2
L
labeling. See nameplate markings.
large machines. See Section III.
laundry motors, 18.10718.118
lettering, 1.79,4.1. See also nameplate markings.
load. See also overload.
capacity, large machines
dc generators, 24.41, 24.42
dc motors, 23.10, 23.11
current, large machines
dc motors, 23.28
short-time, 10.36
2
Wk
induction, 12.54, 20.11
synchronous, 21.11
locked-rotor current
definition, 1.53
small and medium machines, 12.3312.36
locked-rotor torque. See torque.


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
flanges. See also dimensions. See also definite-purpose

machines.
Type C, 4.4.4, 4.5.4-4.5.6
Type D, 4.4.6, 4.5.7
Type FC, 4.4.5, 4.5.9
flat compounding. 15.45, 24.84.1
fractional-horsepower machines. See small machines.
frame designation, 4.2
frequency
large machines
induction motors, 20.6, 20.14, 20.23
synchronous generators, 32.5, 32.30, 32.2.5, 33.3.1.2,
31.4.6.5
synchronous motors, 21.6. 21.17, 21.35
small and medium machines
ac motors, 10.31, 12.44, 14.30
synchronous generators, 32.5, 33.2.5, 33.3.1.2, 33.4.6.5
universal motors, 10.31
underfrequency, 14.4
variable, 14.32
variations, 12.44, 14.30, 20.14, 21.17
full-load torque. See torque.
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Index Page 4
M
machine-tool motors, 18.23118.236
magnetic pull, 1.59
marking. See abbreviations. See nameplate marking. See
terminal marking.
medium machines. See Section II.
mill motors, 21.36, 23.3, 23.4
motor-generator sets, 2.3.3, 18.19318.201, Part 33
mounting, Part 4. See also Table of Contents for Part 18;
dimensions.
multispeed motor, 1.35
N
nameplate markings. See Table of Contents for Part 18.
large machines
dc motors, 23.24
induction, 20.25
ac motors, 10.3810.40
dc motors, 10.6310.66
noise. See sound.
0
oil burner motors, 18.9318.106
open machine, 1.25
oscillation, 21.35, 33.4.6.5
overload. See also service factor.
dc motors, 12.72, 23.10
synchronous generators, 32.8, 33.3
overspeed. See also speed.
large machines
dc motors, 23.16
induction motors, 20.13, 31.4.3.5
synchronous generators. 32.16, 33.3.5
ac motors, 12.52, 30.2.2.3, 31.4.3.5
dc motors, 12.74
overtemperature, 1.74, 12.56-12.57, 12.80
P
parallel operation. 24.82, 24.83, 32.29, 33.4.6.2.2
part-winding-start motor, 1.75, 14.38
performance. See tests; ac machines; de machines.
permanent-magnet generator, 18.253-18.267

permanent-split capacitor motor. See capacitor motors.
phase-sequence, 2.21,2.22,2.25
phasors, 2.23
polarity, 2.25
polyphase motors, 1.19. See also ac motors.
power factor
correction, 14.44, 20.34, 30.1.3, 30.2.2.9, 31.4.3.4
large synchronous motors, 21.4,21.16
small and medium motors, 14.44
power supply, 10.61,12.65
probes, 1.25, 1.26
protection and cooling, 1.251.27, 1.721.74
pulleys, 14.7. See also sheaves.
pull-in torque, pull-out torque; pull-up torque. See torque.
pulsation. See also ripple.
armature current, 21.32
stator current, 20.30
torque, 21.33
pump motors. See Table of Contents for Part 18.
R
ratings. See ac machines; dc machines
reciprocating machinery, 21.35, 33.4.6.5
reclosing, 14.45, 20.33,21.34
rectified ac. See ripple.
referenced standards, 1.1
refrigeration motors, 18.218.18, 18.4518.65
regulation. See voltage; speed
repulsion motors, 1.20.4, 2.52
resistance-start motor, 1.20.3.2
reverse rotation. Sec rotation.
reversing mill motors, 23.4, 23.14
ripple
large dc machines
rectified ac, 23.26. 24.83
small and medium dc machines
rectified ac, 14.6014.62, 14.66
test power, 12.66
rodent protection, 14.9
rotation. See also terminal markings; Table of Contents for
Part 18.
ac machines, 2.3, 2.24
dc machines, 2.3, 2.12, 14.6
phasors. 2.23
reverse, 2.12, 2.25
rotor float. See coupling.
routine tests. See tests.
S
safety warning, 3.01
schematic diagrams. See terminal markings.
sealed windings, 1.27 12.62, 14.41, 20.18
secondary data, 10.35, 18.215
secondary voltage. 1.465
series-wound motor, 1.18.3, 1.23.2
service conditions
large machines
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Index Page 5
dc motors, 23.25
small and medium machines, 14.0114.03
air condenser motors, 18.65
evaporator fan motors, 18.65
service factor, 1.42
inverter-fed motors, 31.3.7
large machines
induction motors, 20.07, 20.08
small and medium machines, 12.51, 14.04, 14.34, 14.37
synchronous motors, 21.08, 21.10
shaded-pole motor. See capacitor motors.
shaft extensions, 4.04-4.06, 4.09. See also dimensions.
sheaves
application, 14.07
dimensions
ac motors, 14.42
dc motors, 14.67
shell-type motors, 18.231 18.236
short-circuit, synchronous generators 32.13
shunt-wound machines, 1.23.1, 1.24.1, 12.69
single-phase motor, 1.20, 2.40
size, classification, 1.02 1.05
slip, 14.30.5, 14.34.1, 14.35.3
definition, 30.2.1.21
small motors
application data, Part 14; definite purpose, Part 18
definition, 1.03, 1.06, 1.08
dimensions, Part 4
ratings, Part 10
terminal markings, Part 2
tests and performance, Part 12
sound
all machines, part 9
general purpose motors on adjustable-freq drives
30.02.2.6
inverter-fed motors 31.4.5
synchronous generators 32.22, 33.36
sparking (commutator) 12.73, 23.12, 24.43
speed. See also overspeed. See also Table of Contents for
Part 18.
maximum speed on adjustable frequency drives, 30.2.2.3
base, 1.33, 14.63
classifications, 1.301.35, 1.43
definite-purpose machines, Part 18
large machines
dc motors, 23.06 - 23.08, 23.10
inverter fed motors 31.3, 31.4.6
regulation, 1.43, 23.23
synchronous generators, 32.3
terminal markings, part 2
variation, 12.46, 12.6912.71
ac motors, 10.32, 14.34.1
dc motors, 10.62
speed ratings (gensets) 33.2.3
splash-proof machine, 1.25
split-phase motor, 1.20.3.1, 2.47
sprockets, 14.7
squirrel-cage motors, 1.18.1.1, See also ac motors.
stability, 12.79
standards, referenced, 1.01
stand-by-generator, 32.35
start, part-winding, 1.75, 10.37.7, 14.38

starts, 12.54, 20.12, 21.13
static torque. See torque.
submergence test, 20.18
submersible motors, 18.145 - 18.180
sump pump motors. 18.66 18.78
surge test, 12. 5
symbols. See abbreviations.
synchronous machines. See also Table of Contents for Part
18.
definitions,
machine, 1.17.3.4
motor, 1.18.2
generator, 1.22.2, 1.61
generators, Part 32
gensets, Part 33
motors, Part 21
T
tachometer generators, 18.253 - 18.267
telephone influence factor (TIF), 32.11
temperature. See also insulation classification; service
conditions.
ambient, 1.56
bearing, 4.17
embedded detectors, 20.27, 21.27
overtemperature protection 1.74, 12.57, 12.80
ratings
ac small and universal motors, 10.38
dc motors, 10.65
tests, 1.55
thermal protection,
definition, 1.73
medium motors, 12.56
thermal protector, 1.72
temperature rise. See also service factor, Table of Contents
for
Part 18; insulation classification.
large machines
dc gencrators, 24.40
dc motors, 23.9
ac motors, 12.42, 12.43, 14.04
dc motors, 12.67, 14.04
gensets 33.3.2
inverter-fed motors, 31.4.1
terminal connections, 4.18
terminal housing
dimensions
gen sets, 33.5.2
small and med ac and dc motors, 4.19
knockout diameters and clearance holes, 4.8
location, 4.3
terminal markings, Part 2. See also Table of Contents for
Part 18.
ac machines, 2.202.66
generators and synchronous motors, 2.25-2.30
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Index Page 6
pulsation, 21.33,21.35, 33.4.6
torque motors, 18.268-18.269
variable, 10.33
torsional vibration, 32.31, 33.4.3
totally-enclosed machines, 1.26
transient voltage, 32.18.2, 33.1.3, 33.4
trip current, 12.56.2
turbine pump motors, 18.237-18.238
U
unbalance. See voltage.
underfrequency, 14.34
universal motors
definition, 1.21
direction of rotation, 14.6
frequencies, 10.31
high-potential test, 12.3
ratings, 10.32.5
schematic, 2.51
shaft extensions, 4.6
temperature rise, 12.42.2
V
variation. See voltage; frequency; speed.
varying speed motor, 1.34
velocity. See speed.
vertical motors, 4.5.8. See also ac machines; dc machines.
vertical turbine pump motors, 18.237.18.238
vibration, Part 7. See also balance.
voltage
boost 30.2.1.25
deviation factor, 1.78, 32.10, 33.1.3.18, 33.3.4.4
dip, 32.18, 33.1.3.6, 33.4.2.1
excitation, 21.7, 32.4.3
high potential, 3.1, 12.3, 20.17, 15.48, 21.22, 23.20,
24.49, 32.21
overvoltage, 14.33
ratings
definite-purpose machines, Part 18
large machines
dc motors, 23.6
ac motors, 10.30
dc motors, 10.62
regulation, 1.44, 15.46, 24.50, 32.18
tests. See tests.
unbalance, 12.45, 14.36, 20.24, 21.29
undervoltage, 14.35, 24.44
variable, 14.32, 14.63, 20.15, Part 30
variation. See also heating.
large machines
de motors, 23.17


--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
polyphase induction, 2.60-2.66

single-phase. 2.40-2.53
color, 2.41
dc machines, 2.10-2.14
direction of rotation, 2.3, 2.21-2.24
location, 2.1
markings, 2.2
schematic diagrams, 2.472.53
test forms. See also field data forms.
large machines
induction, 20.20
synchronous. 21.19,21.20
small and medium machines 12.61, 12.77, 15.51
synchronous generators, 32.19,33.3.9
tests. See also Table of Contents for Part 18.
definite-purpose inverter-fed motors, 31.6
high-potential, 3.1
large machines
dc generators, 24.40-24.51
dc motors, 23.9-23.23
induction motors, 20.8-20.24
synchronous motors, 21.10-21.24
small and medium machines, Part 12
ac motors, 12.30-12.63
dc generators, 15.40-15.52
dc motors, 12.65-12.78
synchronous generators, 32.6-32.23, 33.3
thermal protection. See temperature.
thermal protector
definition, 1.72
hermetic motors, 18.17
through-bolt mounting, 14.8, 18.29
thrust capacity, 18.155. 18.168, 18.180
time constants, 1.60
time ratings
definition, 1.40
large machines
dc motors, 23.14
induction, 20.2
ac motors, 10.36, 14.5
dc motors, 10.63, 10.64, 12.67
tolerances, 4.7-4.13. See also dimensions.
torque. See also Table of Contents for Part 18.
breakdown
large motors
induction, 20.10,20.24.3
small and medium motors, 12.32, 12.37, 12.39, 12.41,
14.34.2, 14.36.3
constant, 10.33
definitions, 1.461.52
locked-rotor
large motors
induction, 20.10, 20.2.3
synchronous 21.11, 21.29, 21.33, 21.36
small and medium motors, 12.32, 12.38. 14.34.2,
14.36.3
motors, 18.268-18.269
pull-in and pull-out
large synchronous motors, 21.11, 21.29, 21.33, 21.36
pull-up
large motors
induction, 20.10
small and medium motors, 12.32, 12.40
MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Index Page 7
ac motors, 12.44, 14.30
dc motors, 12.68
W
warnings, 3.1.1, 14.32.1, 14.44.3, 14.63, 20.34, 30.2.2.10,
31.1.4, 31.3.6
water-cooled, 1.26
water-proof. 1.26
weather-protected, 1.25
winding. See also terminal markings.
application, 14.41
encapsulated. 1.27, 12.62
part-winding-start. 1.75, 14.38
sealed, 1.27, 12.62, 14.41, 20.18
temperature, 12.42, 12.43, 12.67, 15.41, 20.8, 21.10,
23.9, 24.40, 31.4.1, 32.6, 33.3.2
wiring diagrams. See terminal markings.
2
Wk . See load.
woodworking motors, 18.231-18.236
wound-rotor. 1.18, 12.41. Sec also ac motors.
Y
Y-connected, 2.61, 2.62, 2.64
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Index Page 8
--``,,```,,,`,`,``````,,`,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Nema MG1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nema MG1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nema MG1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the document about?

What is the document about?

What information is contained in the document?

What information is contained in the document?

NEMA MG 1

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

NEMA Standards Publication MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Example of change made for MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Example of change made for MG 1-2009

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Example of change made for MG 1-2006 Revision 1

TERMINAL MARKINGS Footnotes

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Changes made for MG 1-2003 Revision 2, published as MG 1-2006, are marked by

Example of change made for MG 1-2003 Revision 2, published as MG 1-2006

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Corrections to Effective Test Voltage

Section II, Part 14

DEFINITE PURPOSE MACHINES

MOTORS FOR HERMETIC REFRIGERATION COMPRESSORS

SMALL MOTORS FOR AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSERS AND

SMALL MOTORS FOR GASOLINE DISPENSING PUMPS

SMALL MOTORS FOR HOME LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT

MEDIUM AC POLYPHASE ELEVATOR MOTORS

MEDIUM AC CRANE MOTORS

MEDIUM SHELL-TYPE MOTORS FOR WOODWORKING AND MACHINETOOL APPLICATIONS

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

VARIATIONS FROM RATED VOLTAGE AND RATED FREQUENCY

Section III Part 20

Copyright National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensee=Fluor Corp no FPPPV per administrator /2110503106, User=SUAREZ, CARLOS

MG 1-2009, Revision 1-2010

Section III Part 23